Loading...
KAPOK TERRACE SANITARY SYSTEM PROJECT - 15-0036-UT ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT I0z1::rtI1H ,"ur'wV:RBV.AV,1F11911ll, BA)i IIX;j WEAt 111 CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OFFICE COMMUNICATION TO: Ivan Dimitrov SUBJECT: One Year Warranty Check CEFINSPECTOR: Erik Soderlund PROJECT COMPLETION DATE: 09/13/19 PROJECT NAME: Kapok Terrace Sanitary Sewer Expansion 15-0036-UT CONTRACTOR: Suncoast Development 2340 Destiny Way Odessa, FL 33556 727 372-9033 INSPECTOR: Jerry Wells DATE: 9/9/2020 COMMENTS: No issues to report. Manholes have had pans installed and the lines are flowing. SIGNATURE: ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT „�w�,uoiuuuWi9W9,aIN,u,I I" "0 F ,, r CONSTRUCTION DIVISION OFFICE COMMUNICATION DDimitrov Tsu-1-1,1111'CT: One Fear Warrant; CheckT : Iia .�� ... CRIANSPECTCR.: Erik Sodl rlund l ROJECT Ct)lh!II LETT N DATE.E: O I113�/19 ROp .. �. .._ �I�C"I"I�1A ^I� Kapok Terra�e Sannta S��v�r � �arus�a Q5-0036-UT) CONTRACTOR: Sun oast Dlopm-ent 2340 Destiny gay Odessa,FL 33556 _ (727) 372-9033 INSPECTOR: S r ai nt nauc DATE: 8/13120, COMMENTS: s nnlasrvd. .�� .. ._..�.�. ,mss�u��. _. °� CLEARWATER 'M BEACH " ,: mmmuGmu-r MD' xm.rfmm-m""Y ..,. CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION Project: Kayok Terrace Sanitary Sever System & Stormrmwater Improvements,Contract: 15-0 Location: Kapok Terrace Subdivision Contract(late: 11114117 Notice to Proceed Date: 02126118 Substantial Completion hate: 09/13119 -Warranty Expiration hate: 019/13120, The work performed under this Contract has been inspected by authorized representatives of the Owner,Contractor,and Consultant,and the Project(Construction of gravity sanitary sewer system including approximately 7,650 LF of gravity sanitary sewer piping, 34 precast concrete manholes and. abandonment of individual onsite septic system.Time project also includes approximately 1,100 LF of storm server piping, 12 precast storm sewer structures,2,900 LF ofuxnderdrain and 20,900 SY of asphalt restoration.)is hereby declared to be substantially completed on the above date.. II MITION OF SUBSTANTML COMPLETION Substantial completion is the stage in construction when a project or designated portion thereof is sufficiently complete in accordance with contract documents so that the Owner can use the mark or portion thereof for its intended use. Items that affect operational integrity and function'ofthe work must be capable of continuous use. X Consultant: King Engineering/Ardarra Authorized Representative Date The Contractor accepts the above Certificate of Substantial Completion and agrees to complete and correct the items on the tentative list within the time indicated.. / f /C? y: X Contractor:Suuncoast Development Authorized Representative hate The towner accepts the specified area of the Project as Substantially Complete and will assume fall possession of the specified area of the project on 10131119. The responsibility for utilities, security, and insurance under the Contract Documents shall be as set forth in the Contract Documents, X Owner: City of Clearwater � Authorized Representative ate Certificate of Substantial Completion, Page 2 of PROJECT PUNCH LIST punch list of items to be completed or corrected b o.",. This lest may not be p p y 111 is appended hereto.lel/1 exhaustive, and the :failure to include an item on it does not alter the responsibility of the Contractors to complete all the work in accordance with the Contract Documents. PROJECT ONE YEAR WARRANTY Contract Section Illi, 73.5 WARRANTY1CORRECTION PERIOD f f within one year after the date cqf Substantial Completion,or.such longer period caf'timeas may be prescribed by Lawes or Regulations or by the terms gfany applicablespecial guarantee required by they (.7ontract Documents or by any specfic provision of the Contract Documents, any, Work is° ound to be de"ctive',. Contractor shall,promptly, without cost to the Owner and in accordance with the Owner's written instructions; (a) correct such de fectave Work, or, oft has been rejected by the ( weer, remove i1from the site and replace it with fork that is not de fictive and(ii) sati.sfactority correct or remove and replace any damage to other Work or the work of'others resuhintherefrom... Where defective Work, (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected, removed or replac'e'd under this paragraph the correction period hereunder with respect to such Work'w ill be extended,fbr an additional period oJ'one year after such correction or removal and replacement has been satisfactority' completed. Substantial Completion Irate: 09/13/19 —Warranty Expiration Hate: 119/13/20 A copy of this signed.and executed document should be provided to the following parties: Project Owner "reject Contractor Project Consultant (if applicable) Cites Construction Office Specialist. Project bile SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION PIS'NCHLIST ARDURRA City of Clearwater 4921 Memorial Highway Kapok Terrace Sanitary Sewer System Project(1 5-0036-UT) One Memorial Center,Suite 300 Project No.2110-217-000 Tampa,Florida 33634 (813)880-8881 # (813)880-8882 Contractor: Suncoast Development of Pinellas County,Inc. www.ardurra.com Date of Substantial Walkthrough: September 13,2019 Date of Finall Walkthrougih: TSD No.I Description Completed Status(Date) "IReplc,Erectangular plastic lid on Verizon be.Cat3024 Merrill Ave. 2 Compiete welds on all handrail at Grandview wall 1 3 13049 Glen 0,k Ave.N.has concrete spillage in curbing that needs to be chipped out 4 13041 Glen O,k Ave.N.-Crack in curb that needs to be removed/replaced or sealed 5 3012 Lake Vista Dr.-Minor depression by foricing that needs to be filled 6 3132,3136 San Jose and 900 Madera-Remove wooden forms from cleanout pad 7 3132 San Jose-Add fill and sod around cleanout 8 Seed and mulch Lake Vista t-turnaround staging area 9 Sweep road/dear sediment from Grandview t-turnaround I Clean construction debris at base of Merill[Ave.retaining wall(soutwest side) 2 Chacktrepair inlets S-15&S-16 for groundwater seeping through joints 3 Seal crack in curb east transition of S-15 4 Cut overgrown vegetation around riprap and pipe end at FES S-19 5 Clean construction sediment at existing pipe west end of Lake Vista Dr. SiubMantial ComjAmjori Punchllstxis 1 Of I SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION PUNCHLIST UII II ARD RRA City of Clearwater 4921 Memorial Highway Kapok Terrace Sanitary Sewer System Project(15-0036-UT) One Memorial Center,Suite 300 Project No.2110-217-000 Tampa, Florida 33634 (813)880-8881 ♦ (813)880-8882 Contractor: Suncoast Development of Pinellas County,Inc. www.ardurra.com Date of Substantial Walkthrough: September 13,2019 Date of Final Walkthrough: TBD No. Description Completed Status(Date) 1 Replace rectangular plastic lid on Verizon box at 3024 Merrill Ave. 1/10/2020 2 Complete welds on all handrail at Grandview wall OK 3 3049 Glen Oak Ave. N.has concrete spillage in curbing that needs to be chipped out 9/18/2019 4 3041 Glen Oak Ave. N.-Crack in curb that needs to be removed/replaced or sealed 9/18/2019 5 3012 Lake Vista Dr.-Minor depression by fencing that needs to be filled 9/18/2019 6 3132,3136 San Jose and 900 Madera-Remove wooden forms from cleanout pad 9/18/2019 7 3132 San Jose-Add fill and sod around cleanout 9/25/2019 8 Seed and mulch Lake Vista t-turnaround staging area 9/18/2019 9 Sweep road/clear sediment from Grandview t-turnaround 9/18/2019 1 Clean construction debris at base of Merill Ave.retaining wall(soutwest side) 9/18/2019 2 Check/repair inlets S-15&S-16 for groundwater seeping through joints 10/8/2019 3 Seal crack in curb east transition of S-15 To be revisited in 1 yr 4 Cut overgrown vegetation around riprap and pipe end at FES S-19 9/18/2019 5 Clean construction sediment at existing pipe west end of Lake Vista Dr. 9/18/2019 O:\ENV_ENG\2110\217\000\Construction\Closeout\2019-09-16 Substantial Completion Punch Iist.xIs 1 of 1 From: Davis,Laura To: Gardner. Richard; Daniel.Glenn;Brawn.Jeremv;Wells.Jerrv; Barto. Duane;Cheek.Bradford; Melone. Christopher; Parsons. Heather; Kurtz.Timathv M. Cc: Kivett,Tara;Shobero,Elliot E.;Ryder,Sherry; Dimitrov,Ivan Subject: FW: Kapok Terrace Sanitary Sewer Extension 15-0036-UT Date: Tuesday, May 19,2020 3:22:00 PM ecl r S k e lir 0 e r s, ::iind dek)fls are rinc.dr)(Je(] IbeIkwV i(Dr heKcl�r)(Dk Ierrcic;e Sclinik"Iry SewerI: AeinSiOin pr(Djec.'L )leclse expec.'ll he I Yecir WcUrcliNy inspec.'N(Din requesI mid Jrflya Ih("11 in k YOU, �11 au' ira Davlis Contracts& Procuireimeint 771pechflkt City of Clearwai],er l Engineering ICoinsliru' ;,,Cioin 100 S Myrde Ave#220, Clearwar, ::1 33756 rr`hone727.562.4509 1 irrav 727 562.4 755 11rlli:,,airwati:,,,,iircoiiiiTiii LU)-/-/WWW rnu.hryar-wah ..........................................i A , 'fidi tl Ago/ ON PFIF/I qr� 00/10 I ffl BEA C?'T'11VL-RAY113 BEACH 11"111,Or""F71 From: Dirnitrov, Ivan <ivan.dimitrov@MyClearwater.com> Sent:Tuesday, May 19, 2020 2:09 PM To: Davis, Laura <Laura.Davis@ MyClea rwater.corn> Subject: RE: Kapok Terrace Sanitary Sewer Extension 15-0036-UT Laura, see responses in red below.Thanks, Ivan. Ivan Dimitrov, E.I. Engineering Specialist 11 City of Clearwater 727-562-4779 i..Y.a..n dim i1r.ay myclear ater.co /'/a/i/0%PP/"' MING" From: Davis, Laura <.Laur-.,..Davi"--..(LDM E .....ter corn> .................. 2 !�Lj ... ............................ ................................................. Sent: Monday, May 18, 2020 1:42 PM To: Dirnitrov, Ivan <iv-..n,,..cfi.rni ro (r�D�MOE-,�arwater�cc)rn> ..........2 t V ............................................................. Subject: i Kapok Terrace Sanitary Sewer Extension 15-0036-UT Ihaink YOU, IIVoin i:�(Dr IIIhe Ih61lpiUI rini�(Drirndi(Din. Ooseer ulQrueslloinII lcis MOSS L)eein resdved? I V'iey wen 1 oac� , a wee� ,, acio .I.o lix I G'ie sewer. 4/16 ([�)60W) YOU inded MOSS rS (Din(:J(D'1in(:J. 3/11 (cd II cic;hed eii YOU sk;fled MOSS W(DrAsl Ih.)e (-.'(DirnpIli 1ed h:)r Dre rek:,iiinci( ii sr r6ec,isesl. Curreinhy we cire r)r(D(-.,essiin(:J (-.'(DNrci(-.,kDr's iiincflpciyirneiNlrek;iiinci(:Je�). We released onr y a Icoirvliion o I4ie reaiinage. We 'ieId enougl'i urrrcriney, I 'id J1 we 'iad Io 4liire soiryieone ese, we c�ould Icay ieiryi. ie woil:, is now c;oiryiplehed. PirojeclIlliafo Shiairfing� 16Qy II [d2E�Lrjrsj yd2u[ 0 Skjkehdders, WhO i Ihcive riNeres (did II rniss ciiny(Dine)? Gcirsliner, Ric.,hcirst, IC ciini6, Gleinin.' �3r(DWin, Jereirny., Wdk, .Jerry.' Ih3cirlldr, Duciine; Cheek, '3rcidi'Ord., MekDine, ChriskDpher.' )cirs(Dins, II Necflher.' IIKudz, RMOhhy M. Yes. Coinlirractoir Evdlruarlloins 11've rec.'eived YOUrs ciind Il''''rik's. Can Y. 2u [2��[niind every�2D2 0, CIO heirr) (cd cic.,hed), Or ShOrfld . Or (-J(D y0r) kin(DW rihey i L)e wcifliin(:J uNd he reSdr)H(Din Oi11he pr(Dje(-.,11? II will send anon 'ier eiryiaiL 11 Wairraintylinspeclloin Explires 9Z]3Z2Q Wfll 2 rr)(Dinhh's ecid Ihiirne Ih.re ein0r)("ih J�Or c,fll sk;ikehdslers II(D rinspe(-.,1, Or CIO YOU need ess/1'r)(Dre irne? 2 ryionH'is is line. hciinks J�Or. cfll YOUr Ihr6llp, You're we�c�oiryle ci r)r ci From: Dimitrov, Ivan <.Yan cfirnitrov(.�DM�Ciearwater corn> ................................................................................... Sent:Thursday, April 16, 2020 9:08 AM To: Davis, Laura <Laura,..1)avi,-)..(LW EI�Ljter corn> ...................................i................................ .................................................... Subject: RE: Kapok Terrace Sanitary Sewer Extension 15-0036-UT Laura, See my late responses below. Hope it helps. Ivan Dimitrov, E.I. Engineering Specialist 11 City of Clearwater 727-562-4779 i..Y.a..n d%..........._t if..Q.v njyclear ater.co gg///g#p 4 ,wlllr, From: Davis, Laura <.Laur-.,..1)avi,1.(LW EI�Ljter corn> .................. 2 .... ... .............................. ................................................. Sent: Monday, March 23, 2020 11:49 AM To: Dimitrov, Ivan <iv-..n,,..cfi.rni ro (r�i)�MCJe�arwater�cc)rn> ..........2 t V ............................................................. Cc:Johnson, Roger<,rr, c(..)rn>; Kurtz,Timothy M. <F]r1i o.1.13 V.,j< r t z(ri)rny(-'Jearwater c(..)ryi> ....... ..... -- .... Subject: Kapok Terrace Sanitary Sewer Extension 15-0036-UT GOOd rr)(Driniin(:J Ilvciina Mciy II ()Sk fOr YOUr Ih6llp Ih(D C.d0se OrAl l his prOjec.1, IhsIIec,rse. 0 C(J M Af ll0II°�a * IIHow innainy gXtrrg, dlays wetre, girraintedl our 11hie, Coinliracl° (Mcv we 400; ciclys L)eweein 9r. CSC wcis 564 CR)yS, Or 1164 extirra dlays oveir 11hie, Max)? II c�cvn lind ,ie docruuvienr cflion loi- ie adcMiond wale, ouh II ci-obaUy won'h Ioe aUe ho Bind ie coi-i-ecl days. We 'iad a Ioof adcMiond woo lc and deays due Io design, ec:. You c:cvn see in ui i-esponse rr-nucJ'i Ioeow. * �here cme n(D Chciin(:Je Orders (Din IIIh is prO(ec.l. Kheire, III cain IIIocarle 11hie, e, °e,iinisloiini����giiraiiinil°iiinig dlocuiinriie,iinil°cil°loiini (Iell lers/eimcifls) fOr )r(D(ec.l cisedic.,he c,iinsl C(DiNrcic.ls/COII sJcflcflL)cise, if ciiny c1ciys were (Dilk-.'iCflly cislslesl? SIepI'icvnie c`i-eded ie adir-yiin cJ'icvnge Cif'-dei- Cif'-dei- loi- ie dec`i-ease in c�`os�. * I 1pdlarles oin Coinineciloins & AininexaIlii oin IIFees by Address (sinc.'e IIlh e Ilcisrll sprec,islshee�l II C.'(DrAd (D(-.'Cfle wcis 8/23/18) o i'alIII coininectell uindleir OpIloin 11? # Of Aininexcfli(Dins @ $900 116 # Of Aininexcfli(Dins @ $11,800 6 li'ald� coininectedl so [gir uindleir OpIloin 2? mro seplic laiindks so [gir, ais a ures ,e IIW irrollect? sIpiirea&hee°III° OWSfX',fl I II`,J J;My II [NSa * 906, Moss his is vII°Ell 011ingolling * Sedl cirraick, in ecis�h lhrciinsih(Din Of &�115 (hD L)e reevcflucflesl priOr 0 WcirrcliNy expirc,fli(Din) 1 ries wiH e c�oi-i-ec�led dui-ing 14'ie I yi-wai-i-only inspec�lion. COt,l RAC I O�R VN UA�O"IS (f(DOCI fOr Ilh0r)("Jh wc'ls (-.QMrJQH(Din IhIIIme C.'(Dinsidered, cis Illh is pr(Djec.1's iime depensled (Din # Of h(DUses C.'(Dininec.led (see cihci(-.'hesJ Yes, Ivuwe 'iad exh-a wale, added Lo c:onlingenc:y. We iad ho cJ,icvnge cfii-ec"lion o[ c"uilos on hwo inlei-sec`lions, due Io c"Nzen c"oi-yiplcflnls i-egai-ding Iloocfing. I 'ien Ioec"ause o[ 1'id, we 'iad ho -egg-ade an inlei-secrlion due Io addNond c�Nzen c�oi-yipcflnls. I�i'le design loi- l'id od,, d lereasl a -YionHl'i. We dso 'iad a lew 'ioi-yies in l4'ie oi-ojec"I ai-ecl, oilgincfly rr-yiail:,ed cis cell-early on sewei-. 14'iey were noeshing ho vei-i[y 1,ld od,, sor-yie Iiii-yie cis weH. We ended up adding adcMiond 2000isI'i leeo[ c�uilo. 'ia l was Ion ac�ed in i-andoi-yi Iocrcr l ions l 'ii-oug1'iou. l 4'ie neij'flooill'iood. 0 II3iId YOU W(DrAd in(D11 IhirQM. IIIhits (-.(DNrci(-.'hDr ci(:Jciiin LxA1 84 WCIS YOUr rcfliin(:J. IIf E Q1 MQ!Q, C`(DNr(j(-J(Dr Iheelpa c".'urreiN L)isl IlulrrT. [�Ak's evc,fluc,fli(Din wcis 95 ciinsl Ih e W(DrAsl re hire,' LxA� II rink wcis Oidy Ihhere clurim:J IIlh e 61 c)(DOCJ Nimes" cfl I he L)e(:Jiininiin(�) cel Ihhe prOjec.l. I Vl'iey ai-e cludilied Io loaid wale, loi- I4l'ie Ciy. IIC II C0',ISa �I kDW wfll reskleink Ikincyw Ihlh e (-.'(Dinskr)(-.,H(Din (-.,(DimpleH(Din dcfle, ciind/Or Ih (DW fl c,iffec.'k Ihh6r reimciilNinc"j (-.'h(Dk-.,e(s) Il0 (-.'(Dininec.,�? II sciw n(D rec.,(Drd Of (�",'(D M M U i ci r(D ins wHh Ilhe nek"Jh[)(Drh(D(D(J sinc.,e Ihhe Mcirc.,h 2018 (see cflk�,ic.dhecj r)(DSk-.,c,ir(-J). We senh an addNond coslcai-d in I )ecei-yibei- 2018. H 's in(DWjush under 6 Irr)(Dinhhs L)eibre exp4cflbin Of Ilhe $450 c.'redH (DWcIrd c,iininexc,flbin fees, .fOr he sepHc., IhciInIk ciind C.'(Dininec.'Hinc g, Vil cl pr 0 fessr(Din ci s, Iles Ilh e sewer c., eciincsUlhaS!iinic e, septic a ba indloin inneirmt is 11hie, City's godl, cain III hielp you fdlow up to 11hie, iinioiini������coiiniiinie,c�l°e,dI aiddlirresses, willh a reinnfindleir of 11hie, t° Ilrellnrralliillnfing oplioins ($450 crredllt / IInIlhrie1p firoinn City) aindl pirrovidle, 11hie, crredllt explirraIlii oin dlarle? II 4silu lc h4'scrlsl,ioub chill-ec hive s4,ioJd coi-yie li�-oii-yi IscuIUic uhiEies. Wfll we eAeind Ilhe exp4cflbin dcfle due Ih0 Ilhe C(DrOincMrus pciin(Jeirrk-.`,.? Ii,obaUy, Ivuh iI 's IscuIv ic uIHNes' decision. �hc,iink YOU fOr YOUr c.'ansklercflbin ciind Ih6llp, �II auira IlDavliis Coiifiracts& City of Giearwai],eir Engineering I Coinsliru�;rtioin 100 S IlVlyrde Ave#220, Clearwar, ::1 33756 Irrav 72 7 562 4 755 11rlli:,,airwati:,,,,iir,,,,coiiiiiiT i LM)-/-/WWW rllu.h-ryarwah .......................................... ,P" ,", i,P"gFIFF ............... g/g le B 3V"I'�rL At rll'Pit IL-RAY 11)BEAC"ll 'IF WC, NTJ B,E KAPOK TERRACE SANITARY SEWER SYSTEM (PROJECT No. 15 -0036 -UT) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS & SPECIFICATIONS Prepared for CLEARWATER BRIGHT AND BEAUTIFUL • BAY TO BEACH CONFORMED DOCUMENTS \\N ►►►TRv,,,�% o , PGENSFO-C o. 65709 i � w 1 A SEPTEMBER 2017 ;�,•, �, sTo�= ;'�� ONA►- A 'Ill II City of Clearwater, Florida KAPOK TERRACE SANITARY SEWER SYSTEM (PROJECT No. 15 -0036 -UT) TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION I ADVERTISEMENT OF BIDS & NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS SECTION II INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SECTION III GENERAL CONDITIONS SECTION IV TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SECTION IVa SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS APPENDIX OTHER PROJECT DOCUMENTATION SECTION V CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Prepared in the Office of the City Engineer COVER Page II Updated 6/1/2017 SECTION 1 INVITATION TO BID NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS KAPOK TERRACE SANITARY SEWER SYSTEM PROJECT #15 -0036 -UT Documents and plans for Project #15 -0036 -UT are available at www.myclearwater.com/bid. The work includes: Construction of a gravity sanitary sewer system including approximately 7,650 LF of gravity sanitary sewer piping, 34 precast concrete manholes and abandonment of individual onsite septic systems. The project also includes approximately 1,100 LF of storm sewer piping, 12 precast storm sewer structures, 2,900 LF of underdrain and 20,900 SY of asphalt restoration. Pre -Bid Conference: [Insert Date & Time here] [Insert location here] Pre -qualification DEADLINE: [Insert Date] Category: [Insert Category Type & Amount] Bids DUE: [Insert Date here] City of Clearwater, Project #15 -0036 -UT Purchasing Office, 3rd Floor 100 S. Myrtle Ave, Clearwater, FL 33756-5520 Issued by: Alyce Benge, Purchasing Manager For additional information contact Engineering Dept.: 727-562-4750 SECTION I Page 1 Updated 4/7/2017 SECTION II INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Table of Contents SECTION II I INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1. COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS 1 2. QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS 1 3. EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE 1 4. INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA 2 5. BID SECURITY OR BID BOND 3 6. CONTRACT TIME 3 7. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 3 8. SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 3 9. SUBCONTRACTORS 3 10. BID/PROPOSAL FORM 4 11. SUBMISSION OF BIDS 4 12. MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS 5 13. REJECTION OF BIDS 5 14. DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDER 5 15. OPENING OF BIDS 5 16. LICENSES, PERMITS, ROYALTY FEES AND TAXES 5 17. IDENTICAL TIE BIDS/VENDOR DRUG FREE WORKPLACE 6 18. AWARD OF CONTRACT 7 19. BID PROTEST 7 20. TRENCH SAFETY ACT 9 21. CONSTRUCTION SITE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL MANAGEMENT MEASURES 9 SECTION II i Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders 1. COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS 1.1. Complete sets of the Bidding Documents are accessible through the City of Clearwater website at address: www.myclearwater.com/cityprojects. Price of Contract Documents and Plans, as indicated on the Jiffy Reprographics Plan Room, reflects reproduction costs only, which is non-refundable. Bidding Documents may include, but aren't limited to, plans, specifications, bond forms, contract form, affidavits, bid/proposal form and Addendums. 1.2. Complete sets of Bidding Documents must be used in preparing bids. Neither the City nor the Engineer shall be liable for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents, by Bidders, sub -bidders or others. 2. QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS 2.1. Each prospective Bidder must pre -qualify to demonstrate, to the complete satisfaction of the City of Clearwater, that the Bidder has the necessary facilities, equipment, ability, financial resources and experience to perform the work in a satisfactory manner. An application package for pre -qualification may be obtained by contacting the City of Clearwater, Engineering Department, P.O. Box 4748, Clearwater, Florida 33758-4748 (mailing address); 100 South Myrtle Avenue, Clearwater, Florida 33756-5520 (street address) or by phone at (727) 562-4750. Pre -Qualification requirement information is also available on the City of Clearwater Website at address: www.myclearwater. com/gov/depts/pwa/engin/Construction/prequal. asp. Contractors wanting to pre -qualify to bid on a project as a General Contractor must do so two weeks (ten work days) prior to the bid opening date. Bidders currently pre -qualified by the City do not have to make reapplication. It is the Contractor's responsibility to confirm pre -qualification status before a Bid Opening. 3. EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE 3.1. It is the responsibility of each Bidder, before submitting a Bid, to (a) examine the Contract Documents thoroughly; (b) visit the site to become familiar with local conditions that may in any manner affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the work; (c) consider and abide by all applicable federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations; and (d) study and carefully correlate Bidder's observations with the Contract Documents, and notify Engineer in writing of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies in the Contract Documents. 3.2. For the purposes of bidding or construction, bidder may rely upon the accuracy of the technical data contained in reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the site which have been utilized by the Engineer in the preparation of the Contract Documents, but not upon non-technical data, interpretations or opinions contained therein or for the completeness thereof. Drawings relating to physical conditions of existing surface and subsurface conditions (except Underground Facilities) which are at or contiguous to the site and which have been utilized by the Engineer in preparation of the Contract Documents, may be relied upon by Bidder for accuracy of the technical data contained in such drawings but not upon the completeness thereof for the purposes of bidding or construction. 3.3. Information and data reflected in the Contract Documents with respect to Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site are based upon information and data furnished to the SECTION II Page 1 of 9 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders City and Engineer by owners of such Underground Facilities or others, and the City does not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness thereof unless expressly provided in the Contract Documents. 3.4. Provisions concerning responsibilities for the adequacy of data furnished to prospective Bidders on subsurface conditions, Underground Facilities, other physical conditions, possible conditions, and possible changes in the Contract Documents due to differing conditions appear in the General Conditions. 3.5. Before submitting a Bid, each Bidder shall, at Bidder's own expense, make or obtain any additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests and studies and obtain any additional information and data which pertain to the physical conditions (surface, subsurface and Underground Facilities) at or contiguous to the site or otherwise which may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing the work in accordance with the time, price and other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 3.6. On request in advance, City will provide each Bidder access to the site to conduct such explorations and tests at Bidder's own expense as each Bidder deems necessary for submission of a Bid. Bidder shall fill all holes and clean up and restore the site to its former condition upon completion of such explorations and tests. 3.7. The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights-of-way and easements for access thereto and other lands designated for use by the Contractor in performing the Work are identified in the Contract Documents. All additional lands and access thereto required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment are to be provided by the Contractor. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing structures are to be obtained and paid for by the City unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 3.8. The submission of a Bid will constitute an unequivocal representation by the Bidder that the Bidder has complied with every requirement of these Instructions to Bidders and that, without exception, the Bid is premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents by such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction as may be indicated in or required by the Contract Documents, and that the Contract Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions of performance and furnishing of the work. 4. INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA 4.1. All questions as to the meaning or intent of the Contract Documents are to be directed in writing to the Engineer. Interpretations or clarifications considered necessary by the Engineer in response to such questions will be issued by Addenda, via the Jiffy Reprographics Plan Room to all parties recorded by the Plan Room as plan holders having received the Bidding Documents. Questions received after the time frame specified on the pre-bid meeting agenda, prior to the date for opening of Bids, may not be answered. Only information provided by formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations of clarifications will be without legal effect. 4.2. Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by the City or Engineer. SECTION II Page 2 of 9 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders 5. BID SECURITY OR BID BOND 5.1. Each Bid must be accompanied by Bid Security made payable to the City of Clearwater in an amount equal to ten percent (10%) of the Bidder's maximum Bid price and in the form of a certified or cashier's check or a Proposal/Bid Bond (on form provided in Section V) issued by a surety meeting the requirements of the General Conditions. 5.2. The Bid Security of the Successful Bidder will be retained until such Bidder has executed the Agreement and furnished the required Payment and Performance bonds, whereupon the Bid Security will be returned. If the Successful Bidder fails to execute, deliver the Agreement and furnish the required Bonds within ten (10) days after the award of contract by the City Council, the City may annul the bid and the Bid Security of the Bidder will be forfeited. The Bid Security of any Bidder whom the City believes to have a reasonable chance of receiving the award may be retained by the City until the successful execution of the agreement with the successful Bidder or for a period up to ninety (90) days following bid opening. Security of other Bidders will be returned approximately fourteen (14) days after the Bid Opening. 5.3. The Bid Bond shall be issued in the favor of the City of Clearwater by a surety company qualified to do business in, and having a registered agent in, the State of Florida. 6. CONTRACT TIME 6.1. The number of consecutive calendar days within which the work is to be completed is set forth in the Technical Specifications. 7. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 7.1. Provisions for liquidated damages are set forth in the Contract Agreement, Section V. 8. SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 8.1. The contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of material and equipment described in the Drawings or specified in the Specifications without consideration of possible substitute or "or equal" items. Whenever it is indicated in the Drawings or specified in the Specifications that a substitute or "or equal" item may be furnished or used, application for its acceptance will not be considered by the Engineer until after the effective date of the Contract Agreement. The procedure for submittal of any such application is described in the General Conditions and as supplemented in the Technical Specifications. 9. SUBCONTRACTORS 9.1. If requested by the City or Engineer, the Successful Bidder, and any other Bidder so requested, shall, within seven (7) days after the date of the request, submit to the Engineer an experience statement with pertinent information as to similar projects and other evidence of qualification for each Subcontractor, supplier, person and organization to be used by the Contractor in the completion of the Work. The amount of subcontract work shall not exceed fifty percent (50%) of the Work except as may be specifically approved by the Engineer. If the Engineer, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any proposed Subcontractor, supplier, other person or organization, he may, before recommending award of the Contract to the City Council, request the Successful Bidder to submit an acceptable substitute without an increase in Contract Price or Contract Time. If the Successful Bidder SECTION II Page 3 of 9 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders declines to make any such substitution, the City may award the contract to the next lowest and most responsive Bidder that proposes to use acceptable Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations. Declining to make requested substitutions will not constitute grounds for sacrificing the Bid Security to the City of any Bidder. Any Subcontractor, supplier, other person or organization listed by the Contractor and to whom the Engineer does not make written objection prior to the recommendation of award to the City Council will be deemed acceptable to the City subject to revocation of such acceptance after the Effective Date of the Contract Agreement as provided in the General Conditions. 9.2. No Contractor shall be required to employ any Subcontractor, supplier, person or organization against whom he has reasonable objection. 10. BID/PROPOSAL FORM 10.1. The Bid/Proposal Form is included with the Contract Documents and shall be printed in ink or typewritten. All blanks on the Bid/Proposal Forms must be completed. Unit Prices shall be to no more than two decimal points in dollars and cents. The Bidder must state in the Bid/Proposal Form in words and numerals without delineation's, alterations or erasures, the price for which they will perform the work as required by the Contract Documents. Bidders are required to bid on all items in the Bid/Proposal form. The lump sum for each section or item shall be for furnishing all equipment, materials, and labor for completing the section or item as per the plans and contract specifications. Should it be found that quantities or amounts shown on the plans or in the proposal, for any part of the work, are exceeded or should they be found to be less after the actual construction of the work, the amount bid for each section or item will be increased or decreased in direct proportion to the unit prices bid for the listed individual items. 10.2. Bids by corporations shall be executed in the corporate name by the president or a vice- president (or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign) and the corporate seal shall be affixed. The corporate address and state of incorporation shall be shown below the Signature. If requested, the person signing a Bid for a corporation or partnership shall produce evidence satisfactory to the City of the person's authority to bind the corporation or partnership. 10.3. Bids by partnerships shall be executed in the partnership name and signed by a general partner, whose title shall appear under the signature and the official address of the partnership shall be shown below the signature. 10.4. All names shall be typed or printed below the signature. 11. SUBMISSION OF BIDS 11.1. Sealed Bids shall be submitted at or before the time and at the place indicated in the Advertisement for Bids and shall be submitted in a sealed envelope with the project name and number on the bottom left hand corner. If forwarded by mail, the Bid shall be enclosed in another envelope with the notation "Bid Enclosed" on the face thereof and addressed to the City of Clearwater, attention Purchasing Manager. Bids will be received at the office indicated in the Advertisement until the time and date specified. Bids in any other form will not be accepted. 11.2. The sealed bid envelope shall contain, but not be limited to, the Proposal/Bid Bond and corresponding Power of Attorney, Affidavit, Non Collusion Affidavit, Proposal (pages one SECTION II Page 4 of 9 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders to three), Addendum Sheet, Bidder's Proposal, and Scrutinized Companies and Business Operations with Cuba and Syria Certification Form. 12. MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS 12.1. Bids may be modified or withdrawn by an appropriate document duly executed (in the manner that a Bid must be executed) and delivered as described in the Advertisement of Bids. A request for withdrawal or a modification shall be in writing and signed by a person duly authorized to do so. Withdrawal of a Bid will not prejudice the rights of a Bidder to submit a new Bid prior to the Bid Date and Time. After expiration of the period for receiving Bids, no Bid may be withdrawn or modified. 12.2. After a bid is received by the City, the bidder may request to modify the bid for typographical or scrivener's errors only. The bidder must state in writing to the City that a typographical or scrivener's error has been made by the bidder, the nature of the error, the requested correction of the error, and what the adjusted bid amount will be if the correction is accepted by the City. The City reserves the right at its sole discretion to accept, reject, or modify any bid. 13. REJECTION OF BIDS 13.1. To the extent permitted by applicable State and Federal laws and regulations, the City reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, and to waive any and all informalities. Grounds for the rejection of a bid include but are not limited to a material omission, unauthorized alteration of form, unauthorized alternate bids, incomplete or unbalanced unit prices, or irregularities of any kind. Also, the City reserves the right to reject any Bid if the City believes that it would not be in the best interest of the public to make an award to that Bidder, whether because the Bid is not responsive or the Bidder is unqualified or of doubtful financial ability or fails to meet any other pertinent standard or criteria established by the City. The City reserves the right to decide which bid is deemed to be the lowest and best in the interest of the public. 14. DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDER 14.1. Any or all bids will be rejected if there is any reason for believing that collusion exists among the bidders, the participants in such collusion will not be considered in future proposals for the same work. Each bidder shall execute the Non -Collusion Affidavit contained in the Contract Documents. 15. OPENING OF BIDS 15.1. Bids will be opened and read publicly at the location and time stated in the Advertisement for Bids. Bidders are invited to be present at the opening of bids. 16. LICENSES, PERMITS, ROYALTY FEES AND TAXES 16.1. The Contractor shall secure all licenses and permits (and shall pay all permit fees) except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. The Contractor shall comply with all Federal and State Laws, County and Municipal Ordinances and regulations, which in any manner effect the prosecution of the work. City of Clearwater building permit fees SECTION II Page 5 of 9 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders and impact fees will be waived except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. 16.2. The Contractor shall assume all liability for the payment of royalty fees due to the use of any construction or operation process, which is protected by patent rights except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. The amount of royalty fee, if any, shall be stated by the Contractor. 16.3. The Contractor shall pay all applicable sales, consumer, use and other taxes required by law. The Contractor is responsible for reviewing the pertinent State Statutes involving the sales tax and sales tax exemptions and complying with all requirements. 16.4. The City of Clearwater is exempt from state sales tax on materials purchased by the City and incorporated into the WORK. The City of Clearwater reserves the right to implement the Owner Direct Purchase (ODP) Option, as may be indicated in the Scope of Work Description in Section IV — Technical Specifications and as defined in Section III — General Conditions. 17. IDENTICAL TIE BIDSNENDOR DRUG FREE WORKPLACE 17.1. In accordance with the requirements of Section 287.087 Florida Statutes regarding a Vendor Drug Free Workplace, in the event of identical tie bids, preference shall be given to bidders with drug-free workplace programs. Whenever two or more bids which are equal with respect to price, quality, and service are received by the City for the procurement of commodities or contractual services, a bid received from a business that certifies that it has implemented a drug-free workplace program shall be given preference in the award process. Established procedures for processing tie bids will be followed if none or all of the tied bidders have a drug-free workplace program. In order to have a drug-free workplace program, a contractor shall supply the City with a certificate containing the following six statements and the accompanying certification statement: (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) SECTION II Publish a statement notifying employees that the unlawful manufacture, distribution, dispensing, possession, or use of a controlled substance is prohibited in the workplace and specifying the actions that will be taken against employees for violations of such prohibition. Inform employees as to the dangers of drug abuse in the workplace, the business's policy of maintaining a drug-free workplace, any available drug counseling, rehabilitation, and employee assistance programs, and the penalties that may be imposed upon employees for drug abuse violations. Give each employee engaged in providing the commodities or contractual services that are under bid a copy of the statement specified in subsection (1). In the statement specified in subsection (1), notify the employees that, as a condition of working on the commodities or contractual services that are under bid, the employee will abide by the terms of the statement and will notify the employer of any conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, any violation of chapter 893, or of any controlled substance law, of the United States, or of any state, for a violation occurring in the workplace no later than five (5) days after such conviction. Impose a sanction on, or require the satisfactory participation in a drug abuse assistance or rehabilitation program if such is available in the employee's community, by any employee who is so convicted. Page 6 of 9 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders (6) Make a good faith effort to continue to maintain a drug-free workplace through implementation of this section. I certify that this firm does/does not (select only one) fully comply with the above requirements. 18. AWARD OF CONTRACT 18.1. Discrepancies between words and figures will be resolved in favor of words. Discrepancies in the multiplication of units of work and unit prices will be resolved in favor of the unit prices. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum. 18.2. In evaluating the Bids, the City will consider the qualifications of the Bidders, whether or not the Bids comply with the prescribed requirements, unit prices, and other data as may be requested in the Bid/Proposal form. The City may consider the qualifications and experience of Subcontractors, suppliers and other persons and organizations proposed by the Contractor for the Work. The City may conduct such investigations as the City deems necessary to assist in the evaluation of any Bid and to establish the responsibility, qualifications and financial ability of Bidders, proposed Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons, and organizations to perform and furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents to the City's satisfaction within the prescribed time. 18.3. If the Contract is to be awarded, it will be awarded to the lowest responsible, responsive Bidder whose evaluation by the City indicates to the City that the award will be in the best interest of the City. 18.4. Award of contract will be made for that combination of base bid and alternate bid items in the best interest of the City, however, unless otherwise specified all work awarded will be awarded to only one Contractor. 18.5. The successful bidder/contractor will be required to comply with Section 119.0701, Florida Statutes (2014), specifically to: (a) Keep and maintain public records that ordinarily and necessarily would be required by the City of Clearwater in order to perform the service; (b) Provide the public with access to public records on the same terms and conditions that the City of Clearwater would provide the records and at a cost that does not exceed the cost provided in this chapter or as otherwise provided by law; (c) Ensure that public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements are not disclosed except as authorized by law; and (d) Meet all requirements for retaining public records and transfer, at no cost, to the City of Clearwater all public records in possession of the contractor upon termination of the contract and destroy any duplicate public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements. All records stored electronically must be provided to the public agency in a format that is compatible with the information technology systems of the City of Clearwater. 19. BID PROTEST 19.1. RIGHT TO PROTEST: SECTION II Page 7 of 9 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders Any actual bidder who is aggrieved in connection with the solicitation or award of a contract may seek resolution of his/her complaints initially with the Purchasing Manager, and if not satisfied, with the City Manager, in accordance with protest procedures set forth in this section. 19.2. PROTEST PROCEDURE: A. A protest with respect to the specifications of an invitation for bid or request for proposal shall be submitted in writing a minimum of five (5) work days prior to the opening of the bid or due date of the request for proposals, unless the aggrieved person could not have been reasonably expected to have knowledge of the facts giving rise to such protest prior to the bid opening or the closing date for proposals. Opening dates for bids or due dates for requests for proposal will be printed on the bid/request document itself B. Protests in respect to award of contract shall be submitted in writing a maximum of five (5) work days after notice of intent to award is posted, or is mailed to each bidder, whichever is earlier. Notice of intent to award will be forwarded to bidders upon telephonic or written request. Protests of recommended award should cite specific portions of the City of Clearwater Code of Ordinances that have allegedly been violated. C. Exceptions to the five (5) day requirements noted in both A and B above may be granted if the aggrieved person could have not been reasonably expected to have knowledge of the facts giving rise to such protest prior to the bid opening, posting of intent to award, or due date for requests for proposals. Request for exceptions should be made in writing, stating reasons for the exception. D. The Purchasing Manager shall respond to the formal written protest within five (5) work days of receipt. The Purchasing Manager's response will be fully coordinated with the appropriate Department Director and the Assistant City Manager. E. If the protestor is not satisfied with the response from the Purchasing Manager, he/she may then submit in writing within five (5) work days of receipt of that response his/her reason for dissatisfaction, along with copies of his/her original formal protest letter and the response from the Purchasing Manager, to the City Manager. F. The City Manager as Purchasing Agent for the City has the final authority in the matter of protests. The City Manager will respond to the protestor within ten (10) work days of receipt of the appeal. 19.3. PROTEST FEE: When filing a formal protest, the protesting vendor must include a fee in the amount of 5% of the selected vendor's total bid to offset the City's additional expenses related to the protest. This fee shall not exceed $2,500 nor be less than $50. If either the Purchasing Manager or the City Manager upholds the protest, the City will refund 100% of the fee paid. 19.4. STAY OF PROCUREMENT DURING PROTEST: In the event of a timely protest, the Purchasing Manager shall not proceed with the solicitation or award of contract until all administrative remedies have been exhausted or until the City Manager makes written determination that the award of contract without delay is necessary to protect the best interest of the City. SECTION II Page 8 of 9 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION II — Instructions to Bidders 20. TRENCH SAFETY ACT 20.1. The Bidder shall comply with the provisions of the City of Clearwater's Ordinance related to trench digging (Ordinance No. 7918-08) along with the Florida Trench Safety Act (Sections 553.60-553.64, Florida Statutes) and the provisions of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration's (OSHA) excavation safety standards, 29 C.F.R.s 1926.650 Subparagraph P, or current revisions of these laws. 21. CONSTRUCTION SITE EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL MANAGEMENT MEASURES 21.1. The Bidder shall comply with the provisions of the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) National Pollution Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) stormwater permit and implement stormwater pollution prevention plans (SWPPP's) or stormwater management programs (both using best management practices (BMPs) that effectively reduce or prevent the discharge of pollutants into receiving waters. A. The control of construction -related sediment loadings is critical to maintaining water quality. The implementation of proper erosion and sediment control practices during the construction stage can significantly reduce sediment loadings to surface waters. B. Prior to land disturbance, prepare and implement an approved erosion and sediment control plan or similar administrative document that contains erosion and sediment control provisions. NPDES Management Measures available at City of Clearwater Engineering Environmental Division and EPA websites to help address construction -related Best Management Practices. SECTION II Page 9 of 9 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION III GENERAL CONDITIONS Table of Contents: 1. DEFINITIONS 1 2. PRELIMINARY MATTERS 5 2.1. DELIVERY OF BONDS AND CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE 5 2.2. COPIES OF DOCUMENTS 5 2.3. COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIME/NOTICE TO PROCEED; STARTING THE PROJECT 5 2.4. BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION 6 2.5. PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE 6 2.6. PROGRESS MEETINGS 6 3. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INTENT 6 3.1. INTENT 6 3.2. REPORTING AND RESOLVING DISCREPANCIES 7 4. AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS 7 4.1. AVAILABILITY OF LANDS 7 4.2. INVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTS 8 4.3. PHYSICAL CONDITIONS, UNDERGROUND FACILITIES 8 4.4. REFERENCE POINTS 8 5. BONDS AND INSURANCE 9 5.1. PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND/CONTRACT BOND 9 5.2. INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS 9 5.2.1. COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE 9 5.2.2. COMMERCIAL AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY INSURANCE 10 5.2.3. WORKERS' COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE10 5.2.4. PROFESSIONAL LIABILITY/MALPRACTICE/ERRORS OR OMISSIONS INSURANCE 10 5.2.5. CONTRACTOR'S EQUIPMENT/INLAND MARINE/PROPERTY 1NSURANCE10 5.2.6. BUILDER'S RISK INSURANCE 10 5.3. OTHER INSURANCE PROVISIONS 10 5.4. WAIVER OF RIGHTS 11 6. CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITIES 12 6.1. SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCE 12 6.2. LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 12 6.3. SUBSTITUTES AND "OR EQUAL" ITEMS 13 6.4. SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS 14 SECTION III I Updated 6/3/2016 1 SECTION III—General Conditions ' 6.5. USE OF PREMISES 14 6.5.1. STAGING AREAS 15 6.5.2. RESTORATION TIME LIMITS 15 6.6. LICENSE AND PATENT FEES, ROYALTIES AND TAXES 16 6.7. LAWS AND REGULATIONS 16 6.8. PERMITS 16 6.9. SAFETY AND PROTECTION 17 6.10. EMERGENCIES 17 6.11. DRAWINGS 18 6.11.1. SHOP DRAWINGS, SAMPLES, RFIs, AND SUBMITTAL REVIEW 18 6.11.2. AS -BUILT DRAWINGS 19 6.11.3. CAD STANDARDS 21 6.11.4. DELIVERABLES 23 6.12. CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE 23 ' 6.13. CONTINUING THE WORK 23 6.14. INDEMNIFICATION 23 6.15. CHANGES IN COMPANY CONTACT INFORMATION 24 6.16. PUBLIC RECORDS 24 7. OTHER WORK 25 ' 7.1. RELATED WORK AT SITE 25 7.2. COORDINATION 25 1 8. OWNERS RESPONSIBILITY 26 9. OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION26 9.1. OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE 26 9.2. CLARIFICATIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS 26 9.3. REJECTING OF DEFECTIVE WORK 27 9.4. SHOP DRAWINGS, CHANGE ORDERS, AND PAYMENTS 27 9.5. DECISIONS ON DISPUTES 27 9.6. LIMITATIONS ON OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S RESPONSIBILITIES 28 10. CHANGES IN THE WORK 28 11. CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE 29 11.1. CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE 29 11.2. ALLOWANCES AND FINAL CONTRACT PRICE ADJUSTMENT 30 1 11.3. UNIT PRICE WORK 31 12. CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT TIME 31 1 13. TESTS AND INSPECTIONS, CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 32 13.1. TESTS AND INSPECTION 32 13.2. UNCOVERING THE WORK 33 SECTION III ii Updated 6/3/2016 1 SECTION III — General Conditions 13.3. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE MAY STOP THE WORK 33 13.4. CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK 33 13.5. WARRANTY/CORRECTION PERIOD 34 13.6. ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 34 13.7. OWNER MAY CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK 34 14. PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION 35 14.1. APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT 35 14.2. CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY OF TITLE 36 14.3. REVIEW OF APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS 36 14.4. PARTIAL UTILIZATION 37 14.5. FINAL INSPECTION 37 14.6. FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT 38 14.7. FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE 38 14.8. WAIVER OF CLAIMS 39 15. SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 39 15.1. OWNER MAY SUSPEND THE WORK 39 15.2. OWNER MAY TERMINATE 39 15.3. CONTRACTOR MAY STOP WORK OR TERMINATE 40 16. DISPUTE RESOLUTION 41 17. MISCELLANEOUS 41 17.1. SUBMITTAL AND DOCUMENT FORMS 41 17.2. GIVING NOTICE 41 17.3. NOTICE OF CLAIM 41 17.4. PROFESSIONAL FEES AND COURT COSTS INCLUDED 41 17.5. ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT 41 17.6. RENEWAL OPTION 42 17.7. ROLL -OFF CONTAINERS AND/OR DUMPSTERS 42 18. ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK 42 19. MATERIAL USED 42 20. CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS 42 21. OWNER DIRECT PURCHASE (ODP) 42 21.1. SALES TAX SAVINGS 42 21.2. TITLE AND OWNER RISK 43 21.3. CONTRACTOR'S RECEIPT OF MATERIALS 43 21.4. ODP RECORDS, WARRANTIES AND INDEMNIFICATION 44 22. RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION 44 22.1. GENERAL 44 SECTION III iii Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions 22.2. EXAMPLE 46 23. PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS 46 23.1. SCOPE AND PURPOSE 46 23.2. TYPE OF PROJECT SIGN, FIXED OR PORTABLE 46 23.3. FIXED SIGN 47 23.4. PORTABLE SIGNS 47 23.5. SIGN COLORING 47 23.6. SIGN PLACEMENT 47 23.7. SIGN MAINTENANCE 47 23.8. TYPICAL PROJECT SIGN 48 24. AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE .48 25. SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH CUBA AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION FORM 49 SECTION III iv Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions 1. DEFINITIONS Addenda Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct or change the Bidding Requirements or the contract documents. Agent Architect, engineer or other outside agency, consultant or person acting on behalf of the City. Agreement The written contract between Owner and Contractor covering the Work to be performed; other Contract Documents are attached to the Agreement and made a part thereof as provided therein. Application for Payment The form accepted by Engineer which is to be used by Contractor in requesting progress or final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. Approve The word approve is defined to mean satisfactory review of the material, equipment or methods for general compliance with the design concepts and with the information given in the Contract Documents. It does not imply a responsibility on the part of the Engineer to verify in every detail conformance with the Drawings and Specifications. Bid The offer or proposal of the bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the work to be performed. Bidding Documents The advertisement or invitation to Bid, instructions to bidders, the Bid form, and the proposed Contact Documents (including all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids). Bonds Performance and payment bonds and other instruments of security. Change Order A written order to Contractor signed by Owner and Contractor authorizing an addition, deletion or revision in the Work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time issued on or after the effective date of the Agreement. City The City of Clearwater, Pinellas County, Florida. Construction Inspector A person who is the authorized representative of the Construction Manager and inspects City construction projects in order to insure the Contractor's work complies with the intent of the Contract Documents. Construction Manager The person who is typically in responsible charge of City construction projects. The Construction Manager assumes responsibility for the management of construction contracts at the Preconstruction Conference. The Construction Manager chairs the SECTION III Page 1 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions Preconstruction Conference and is the authority on any disputes or decisions regarding contract administration and performance. The Construction Manager typically acts as the Owner's Representative during construction. Contract Documents The Agreement, Addenda (which pertain to the Contract Documents), Contractor's Bid (including documentation accompanying the bid and any post -Bid documentation submitted prior to the execution of the Agreement) when attached as an exhibit to the Agreement, the Bonds, Instructions to Bidders, these General Conditions, any Supplementary Conditions, the Specifications and the Drawings, any other exhibits identified in the Agreement, together with all Modifications issued after the execution of the Agreement. Contract Price The Contract price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized adjustments) payable by Owner to Contractor for performing the Work. Contract Time The number of days or the date stated in the Agreement for the completion of the Work. Contractor The Person with whom the Owner has entered into the Agreement. For the purposes of this contract, the person, firm or corporation with whom this contract or agreement has been made by the City of Clearwater or its duly authorized representative. Critical Path Method Construction Schedule—CPM A graphic format construction schedule that displays construction activities as they relate to one another for the purpose of identifying the most efficient way to perform the work in a timely manner. The critical path identifies which activity is critical to the execution of the schedule. Day A calendar day of twenty-four (24) hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. Defective An adjective which when modifying the word Work refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty or deficient, or does not conform to the Contract Documents or does not meet the requirements of any inspection, reference standard, test or approval referred to in the Contract Documents, or has been damaged prior to Engineers recommendation of final payment. Drawings The drawings, which will be identified in Technical Specifications or the Agreement, which show the character and scope of the Work to be performed and which have been prepared or approved by Engineer and are referred to in the contract documents. Shop drawings are not Drawings as so defined. Engineer The duly appointed representative of the City Manager of the City of Clearwater. For the purposes of this contract, the City Engineer of the City of Clearwater, Pinellas County, Florida, or his authorized representative. For certain projects, the Engineer may serve as the Owner's Representative during construction. SECTION III Page 2 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions Engineer's Consultant A Person having a contract with Engineer to furnish services as Engineer's independent professional associate or consultant with respect to the Project and who is identified as such in the Supplementary Conditions. F.D.O.T Specifications The Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction as issued by the Florida Department of Transportation (latest English edition). Furnish The words "furnish", "furnish and install", "install", and "provide" or words of similar meaning shall be interpreted, unless otherwise specifically stated, to mean "furnish and install complete in place and ready for service". Inspection The term "inspection" and the act of inspecting means examination of construction to ensure that it conforms to the design concept expressed in the Drawings and Specifications. These terms shall not be construed to mean supervision, superintending or overseeing. Laws and Regulations Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes and orders of any kind of governmental bodies, agencies, authorities and courts having jurisdiction. Liens Liens, charges, security interests or encumbrances upon real property or personal property. Milestone A principal event specified in the contract Documents relating to an intermediate completion date or time prior to the final completion date. Notice to Proceed (NTP) A written notice given by the Owner to the Contractor fixing the date on which the Contract Time will commence to run and on which Contractor shall start to perform his obligations under the Contract Documents. Owner The City of Clearwater, Florida. For the purposes of this contract, the person who is the City's authorized representative from the City's Department with whom will be responsible for the maintenance and operation of the Work once the Work is completed. For certain projects, a designee of the Owner may serve as the Owner's Representative during construction. Owner's Representative Designee of the Owner with authority to act on behalf of the Owner during construction. Person A natural person, or a corporation, partnership, firm, organization, or other artificial entity. Project The total construction of which the Work to be provided under the Contract Documents may be the whole or a part as indicated elsewhere in the Contract Documents. SECTION III Page 3 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions Partial Utilization Use by Owner of a substantially completed part of the Work for the purpose for which is intended (or a related purpose) prior to Final Completion of all the Work. Representative of Contractor The Contractor shall assign a responsible person or persons, one of whom shall be at the construction site at all times that work is progressing. The names and positions of these persons shall be submitted to the City Engineer at the time of the pre -construction conference. This person or persons shall not be changed without written approval of City Engineer. Request for Information (RFI) An official written request for clarification of the intent of the contract documents from the Contractor to the Engineer. Shop Drawing All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules and other data which are specifically prepared by or for Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work and all illustrations, brochures, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, diagrams and other information prepared by a supplier and submitted by Contractor to illustrate material or equipment for some portion of the Work. Specifications Those portions of the Contract Documents consisting of written technical descriptions of materials, equipment, construction systems, standards and workmanship as applied to the Work and certain administrative details applicable thereto. Subcontractor A person having a direct contract with Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work at the site. Substantial Completion The Work (or a specified part thereof) which has progressed to the point where, in the opinion of Engineer, as evidenced by Engineer's definitive certificate of Substantial Completion, it is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract documents, so that the Work (or specified part) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended; or if no such certificate is issued, when the Work is complete and ready for final payment as evidenced by the Engineer's recommendation of final payment. The terms "substantially complete" and "substantially completed" as applied to all or part of the Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof. Supplementary Conditions The part of the Contract which amends or supplements these General Conditions. Supplier A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, material man or vendor having a direct contract with Contractor or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work by the Contractor. Surety Any person, firm or corporation which is bound with Contractor and which engages to be responsible for Contractor and his acceptable performance of the Work by a Bid, Performance or Payment Bond. SECTION III Page 4 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III—General Conditions Underground Facilities All pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels or other such facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing such facilities which have been installed underground to furnish any of the following services or materials: electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable television, sewage and drainage removal or treatment, traffic or other control systems or water. Unit Price Work Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. Work The entire completed construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be furnished under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result of performing or furnishing labor and incorporating materials and equipment into the construction, and performing or furnishing services and furnishing documents, all as required by the Contract Documents. Work Change Directive A written directive to Contractor, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and signed by the Engineer, ordering an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work, or responding to differing or unforeseen physical conditions under which the Work is to be performed or emergencies. Work Change Directive will not change the Contract Price or Contract Time, but is evidence that the parties expect that the change directed or documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if any, on the Contract Price or Contract Times. 2. PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.1. DELIVERY OF BONDS AND CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE When Contractor delivers the executed Agreements to the Owner, Contractor shall also deliver to the Owner such Bonds and Certificates of Insurance as Contractor may be required to furnish by this contract. 2.2. COPIES OF DOCUMENTS Engineer shall furnish to Contractor one (1) copy of Contract Documents for execution. Additional copies will be furnished, upon request, at the cost of reproduction. 2.3. COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIME/NOTICE TO PROCEED; STARTING THE PROJECT The Contract Time will commence on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. Contractor shall start to perform the work on the date the Contract Time commences to run. No work shall be done at the site prior to the date that the Contract Time commences to run. Pursuant to Section 255.05(1)(b), Florida Statutes, the Notice to Proceed cannot be issued until Contractor provides City with a certified copy of the recorded bond issued by the Pinellas County Clerk of Court. SECTION III Page 5 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions 2.4. BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION Before undertaking each part of the Work, Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures shown thereon and all applicable field measurements. Contractor shall promptly report in writing to Engineer any conflict, error or discrepancy which Contractor may discover; and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from Engineer before proceeding with any work effected thereby; however, Contractor shall not be liable to the Owner for failure to report any conflict, error or discrepancy in the Drawings or Specifications, unless Contractor had actual knowledge thereof or should reasonably have known thereof No verbal agreement or conversation with any officer, Agent or employee of the Owner or Engineer's Consultant, either before or after the execution of this Contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations herein contained. Contractor shall not commence any work at any time without approved insurance required by these General Conditions. Failure to obtain this insurance will be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. 2.5. PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE After Contract has been fully executed and before the start of the Work, the Owner's Representative shall schedule a preconstruction conference to be attended by Contractor, Engineer, Owner and others as appropriate to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work and to discuss the schedule of the Work and general Contract procedures. The Contractor shall submit to the Owner's Representative prior to the Notice to Proceed, a color Critical Path Method (CPM) Construction Schedule. This is to be a sequence of events including submittal review and procurement. Notice to Proceed is usually established at the preconstruction conference and such date can be inserted into the schedule at that time. The Contractor shall also submit a Submittal Schedule for review by the Engineer. This is to make sure that the list is complete and this schedule shall be the basis of a Submittal Log. The Contractor shall submit to the Owner's Representative prior to the Notice to Proceed, a completed Emergency Call List, a completed Authorized Signature List, and Verification of Illegal Discharge Construction Site Training. 2.6. PROGRESS MEETINGS The Contractor is required to attend Progress Meetings. These meetings will be scheduled on a weekly, bi-weekly, or monthly basis depending on the needs of the project. The Contractor shall bring to each meeting an updated submittal log, an updated request for information (RFI) log, a look -ahead schedule to cover the project activity from the current meeting to the next meeting, and all material test reports generated in the same time period. 3. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INTENT 3.1. INTENT The Contract Documents comprise the entire Agreement between Owner and the Contractor concerning the Work. They may be altered only by written agreement. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete project (or part thereof) to be SECTION III Page 6 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any Work, materials or equipment which may reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or from trade usage as being required to produce the intended result will be furnished and performed whether or not specifically called for. When words or phrases, which have a well- known technical or construction industry or trade meaning, are used to describe Work, materials or equipment, such words or phrases shall be interpreted in accordance with that meaning. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued by the Owner's Representative. Reference to standards, specifications, manuals or codes of any technical society, organization or association, or to the code, Laws or Regulation of any governmental authority, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the latest standard specification, manual or code, or Laws or Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents. However, no provision of any referenced standard specification, manual or code, whether or not specially incorporated by reference in the responsibilities of Owner or Contractor as set forth in the Contract Documents, shall change the duties and responsibilities of Owner, Contractor, Engineer or Owner's Representative, or any of their Agents or employees from those set forth in the Contract Documents. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract shall be issued by the Owner's Representative. Each and every provision of law and clause required by law to be inserted in these Contract documents shall be deemed to be inserted herein, and they shall be read and enforced as through it were included herein, and if through mistake or otherwise, any such provision is not inserted, or if not correctly inserted, then upon the application of either party, the Contract Documents shall forthwith be physically amended to make such insertion. 3.2. REPORTING AND RESOLVING DISCREPANCIES If, during the performance of the Work, Contractor discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy within the Contract Documents or between the Contract Documents and any provision of any such Law or Regulation applicable to the performance of the Work or of any such standard, specification, manual or code or of any instruction of any Supplier, Contractor shall report it to the Owner's Representative in writing at once, and Contractor shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby (except in an emergency) until an amendment or supplement to Contract Documents has been issued by one of the methods provided in these General Specifications, provided however, that Contractor shall not be liable to Owner, or Owner's Representative for failure to report any such conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy unless Contractor knew or reasonably should have known thereof 4. AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS 4.1. AVAILABILITY OF LANDS The Owner shall furnish, as indicated in the Contract Documents, the lands upon which the Work is to be Performed, rights-of-way, easements, rights of entry for access thereto, and such other lands which are designated for the use of contractor. The Owner shall identify any encumbrances or restrictions not of general application but specifically related to use of lands so furnished with which contractor will have to comply in performing the Work. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities will be obtained and paid for by the Owner, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. SECTION III Page 7 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions 4.2. INVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTS Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions and Technical Specifications for identification of those reports of investigations and tests of subsurface and latent physical conditions at the site or otherwise affecting cost, progress or performance of the Work which have been relied upon by Engineer in preparation of the Drawings and Specifications. Such reports are not guaranteed as to accuracy or completeness and are not part of the Contract Documents. Contractor shall promptly notify the Owner's Representative in writing of any subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site, or in an existing structure, differing materially from those indicated or referred to in the Contract Documents. Engineer will promptly review those conditions and advise if further investigation or tests are necessary. Owner or Engineer shall obtain the necessary additional investigations and tests and furnish copies to the Engineer and Contractor. If Engineer finds that the results of such investigations or tests indicate that there are subsurface or latent physical conditions, which differ materially from those, indicated in the contract Documents, and which could not reasonably have been anticipated by Contractor, a work change or Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions. 4.3. PHYSICAL CONDITIONS, UNDERGROUND FACILITIES The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site is based on information and data furnished to Owner or Engineer by the owners of such Underground Facilities or by others. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Contract Documents, Owner and Engineer shall not be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data; and the cost of all the following will be included in the Contract Price and contractor shall have full responsibility for: (i) reviewing and checking all such information and data, (ii) locating all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, (iii) coordination of the Work with the owners of such Underground Facilities during construction, and (iv) the safety and protection of all such Underground Facilities and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the Work. The Contractor is required to call the Sunshine State One Call of Florida prior to any excavation per State regulations and to notify any utility owners who are not a member of the Sunshine State One Call of Florida prior to any excavation. The Sunshine State One Call of Florida is an agency for the protection and location of utilities prior to any excavation and contact number is available in local telephone directory. 4.4. REFERENCE POINTS Engineer shall provide engineering surveys to establish reference points for construction, which in Engineer's judgment are necessary to enable Contractor to proceed with the Work. Contractor shall be responsible for laying out the Work, unless otherwise noted in the Contract, shall protect and preserve the established reference points and shall make no changes or relocations without the prior written approval of the Owner and Engineer. Contractor shall report to Engineer whenever any reference point is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall be responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such reference points by a surveyor licensed in the State of Florida. The Contractor is referred to the Technical Specifications for more specific information regarding the provision of construction surveys. If a City survey crew is assigned to the project and there is excessive stake replacement caused by negligence of Contractor's forces after initial line and grade have been set, as determined by the Engineer, the Contractor will be charged at the rate of $100.00 per SECTION III Page 8 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions hour. Time shall be computed for actual time on the project. All time shall be computed in one- hour increments with a minimum charge of one hour. 5. BONDS AND INSURANCE 5.1. PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND/CONTRACT BOND Contractor shall furnish a Performance and Payment Bond pursuant to Section 255.05, Florida Statutes in an amount equal to the Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and payment of all Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents. This bond shall remain in effect at least one year after the date when final payment becomes due, unless a longer period of time is prescribed by laws and regulations or by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall also furnish such other Bonds as are required by the Supplementary Conditions. All Bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents in Section V and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in the current list of "Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Audit Staff, Bureau of Government Financial Operations, U.S. Treasury Department. All bonds signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of such agents' authority to act. All bonds shall be deemed to contain all of the Conditions of Section 255.05, Florida Statutes, even if such language is not directly contained within the bond and the Surety shall be licensed and qualified to do business in the State of Florida. Owner reserves the right to reject any surety. If the Surety on any Bond furnished by the Contractor is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in any state where any part of the Project is located or it ceases to meet the requirements of these Contract Documents, the Contractor shall within five days after notice thereof substitute another Bond and surety, both of which must be acceptable to Owner. 5.2. INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS The Contractor shall, at its own cost and expense, acquire and maintain (and cause any sub- contractors, representatives or agents to acquire and maintain) during the term with the City, sufficient insurance to adequately protect the respective interest of the parties. Coverage shall be obtained with a carrier having an AM Best Rating of A -VII or better. In addition, the City has the right to review the Contractor's deductible or self-insured retention and to require that it be reduced or eliminated. Specifically the Contractor must carry the following minimum types and amounts of insurance on an occurrence basis or in the case of coverage that cannot be obtained on an occurrence basis, then coverage can be obtained on a claims -made basis with a minimum four (4) year tail following the termination or expiration of this Agreement: The following insurance limits may be achieved by a combination of primary and umbrella/excess liability policies. 5.2.1. COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE Commercial General Liability Insurance coverage, including but not limited to, premises operations, products/completed operations, products liability, contractual liability, advertising injury, personal injury, death, and property damage in the minimum amount of $1,000,000 (one million dollars) per occurrence and $2,000,000 (two million dollars) general aggregate. SECTION III Page 9 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions 5.2.2. COMMERCIAL AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY INSURANCE Commercial Automobile Liability Insurance coverage for any owned, non -owned, hired or borrowed automobile is required in the minimum amount of $1,000,000 (one million dollars) combined single limit. 5.2.3. WORKERS' COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE Statutory Workers' Compensation Insurance coverage in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida, and Employer's Liability Insurance in the minimum amount of $100,000 (one hundred thousand dollars) each employee each accident, $100,000 (one hundred thousand dollars) each employee by disease and $500,000 (five hundred thousand dollars) aggregate by disease with benefits afforded under the laws of the State of Florida. Coverage should include Voluntary Compensation, Jones Act, and U.S. Longshoremen's and Harbor Worker's Act coverage where applicable. Coverage must be applicable to employees, contractors, subcontractors, and volunteers, if any. 5.2.4. PROFESSIONAL LIABILITY/MALPRACTICE/ERRORS OR OMISSIONS INSURANCE Professional Liability/Malpractice/Errors or Omissions Insurance coverage appropriate for the type of business engaged in by the Contractor with minimum limits of $1,000,000 (one million dollars) per occurrence. If a claims made form of coverage is provided, the retroactive date of coverage shall be no later than the inception date of claims made coverage, unless prior policy was extended indefinitely to cover prior acts. Coverage shall be extended beyond the policy year either by a supplemental extended reporting period (ERP) of as great a duration as available, and with no less coverage and with reinstated aggregate limits, or by requiring that any new policy provide a retroactive date no later than the inception date of claims made coverage. 5.2.5. CONTRACTOR'S EQUIPMENT/INLAND MARINE/PROPERTY INSURANCE If Contractor is using its own property in connection with the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, then Contractor's Equipment—Inland Marine Insurance and/or Property Insurance on an "All Risks" basis with replacement cost coverage for property and equipment in the care, custody and control of others is recommended. City is not responsible for Contractor's (or any sub -contractors, representatives, or agents) equipment or property. 5.2.6. BUILDER'S RISK INSURANCE The City will provide at its expense, Builder's Risk Insurance for the project to cover all risks of loss in the complete and full value of the project. Contractor agrees to cooperate in a timely manner with providing any information or documentation required for the application and by the carrier as the project proceeds. 5.3. OTHER INSURANCE PROVISIONS Upon approval of this Agreement by City Council, and then annually upon the anniversary date(s) of the insurance policy's renewal date(s) for as long as this Agreement remains in effect, the Contractor will furnish the City with a Certificate of Insurance(s) (using appropriate ACORD SECTION III Page 10 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions certificate, SIGNED by the Issuer, and with applicable endorsements) evidencing all of the coverage set forth above and naming the City as an "Additional Insured." In addition when requested in writing from the City, Contractor will provide the City with certified copies of all applicable policies. The address where such certificates and certified policies shall be sent or delivered is as follows: City of Clearwater Engineering Department Attn: Construction Office Specialist P.O. Box 4748 Clearwater, FL 33758-4748 1. The Description (of Operations/Locations/Vehicles) should specify Project Name and Project Number. 2. Contractor shall provide thirty (30) days written notice of any cancellation, non -renewal, termination, material change or reduction in coverage. 3. Contractor's insurance as outlined above shall be primary and non-contributory coverage for Contractor's negligence. 4. Contractor reserves the right to appoint legal counsel to provide for the Contractor's defense, for any and all claims that may arise related to Agreement, work performed under this Agreement, or to Contractor's design, equipment, or service. Contractor agrees that the City shall not be liable to reimburse Contractor for any legal fees or costs as a result of Contractor providing its defense as contemplated herein. The stipulated limits of coverage above shall not be construed as a limitation of any potential liability to the City, and the City's failure to request evidence of this insurance shall not be construed as a waiver of Contractor's (or sub -contractors, representatives, or agents) obligation to provide the insurance coverage specified. 5.4. WAIVER OF RIGHTS The Owner and Contractor intend that all policies purchased in accordance with Article on Insurance will protect the Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and all other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insured or additional insured in such policies and will provide primary coverage for all losses and damages caused by the perils covered thereby. All such policies shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any loss or damage the insurers will have no rights of recovery against any of the insured or additional insured thereunder, the Owner and Contractor waive all rights against each other and their respective officers, directors, employees and agents for all losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from any of the perils covered by such policies and any other property insurance applicable to the work; and, in addition, waive all such rights against Sub -contractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and all other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insured or additional insured under such policies for losses and damages so caused. None of the above waivers shall extend to , the rights that any party making such waiver may have to the proceeds of insurance otherwise payable under any policy so issued. In addition, the Owner waives all rights against Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultant and the officers, directors, employees and agents of any of them for: (i) loss due to business interruption, loss of use or other consequential loss extending beyond direct physical loss or damage to the Owner property or the Work caused by, arising out of or resulting from fire or other peril, whether or not insured by the Owner and; (ii) loss or damage to the completed Project or part thereof caused by, arising out of or resulting SECTION III Page 11 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions from fire or other insured peril covered by any property insurance maintained on the completed Project or part thereof by the Owner during partial utilization, after substantial completion or after final payment. 6. CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITIES 6.1. SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCE Contractor shall supervise, inspect and direct the Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction. Contractor shall not be responsible for the negligence of others in the design or specification of a specific means, method, technique, sequence or procedure of construction which is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall be responsible to see that the completed work complies accurately with the Contract Documents. Contractor shall keep on the work at all times during its progress a competent resident superintendent, who shall not be replaced without notice to the Owner's Representative except under extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent will be Contractor's representative at the site and shall have authority to act on behalf of Contractor. All communications to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to Contractor. The Contractor's superintendent shall keep a mobile cell phone on his person so he can be contacted whenever necessary. Contractor shall employ only competent persons to do the work and whenever the Owner's Representative shall notify Contractor, in writing, that any person on the work appears to be incompetent, unfaithful, disorderly, disrespectful or otherwise unsatisfactory, such person shall be removed from the project and shall not again be employed on it except with the written consent of the Owner's Representative. Contractor represents the City of Clearwater and shall conduct themselves in a professional manner to the public at all times. Contractor shall reimburse Owner for additional engineering and inspection costs incurred as a result of overtime work in excess of the regular working hours or on the Owner normally approved holidays. At such times when Inspector overtime is required, the Contractor shall sign an overtime slip documenting such hours and the Contractor shall be provided a copy for his records. At the end of the project and prior to payment of withheld retainage funds, the Contractor shall deliver to the Owner a check made out to the Owner of Clearwater for full reimbursement of all Inspector overtime hours. Withheld retainage shall not be released until the Owner has received this check. Minimum number of chargeable hours for inspection costs on weekends or holidays shall be four hours. The cost of overtime inspection per hour shall be $80.00 per hour. Contractor shall provide and maintain in a neat and sanitary condition, such sanitary accommodations for the use of Contractor's employees as may be necessary to comply with the requirements of Laws and Regulations and the Engineer. 6.2. LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT Contractor shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey, lay out and construct the work as required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall at all times maintain good SECTION III Page 12 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions discipline and order at the site. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents, all work at the site shall be performed during regular working hours. Contractor shall adhere to the Community Development Code, Section 3-1508 regarding noise restrictions from 6:00 p.m. to 7:00 a.m. any day and all day Sunday. Contractor will not permit overtime work or the performance of work on Saturday, Sunday, or any legal holiday without Owner consent given after prior notice to Engineer. Unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements, Contractor shall furnish and assume full responsibility for all materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the furnishing, performance, testing, start-up and completion of the Work. All materials and equipment installed in the Work shall be of good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If required by Engineer, Contractors shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the quality of materials and equipment. The Contractor shall provide suitable and secure storage for all materials to be used in the Work so that their quality shall not be impaired or injured. Materials that are improperly stored, may be rejected by the Engineer without testing. All materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned and conditioned in accordance with the instructions of the applicable manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, or distributor, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. The City of Clearwater, at its sole discretion, reserves the right to purchase major equipment or materials to be incorporated into the Work under the Owner Direct Purchase (ODP) Option, per Section III, Article 21. In such event, the Contractor shall cooperate and assist the Owner of Clearwater, at no additional cost, to implement the ODP documents and procedures. 6.3. SUBSTITUTES AND "OR EQUAL" ITEMS Whenever an item of material or equipment is specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or description is intended to establish the type, function and quality required. Unless the specification or description contains or is followed by words reading that no like, equivalent or "or equal" item or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment or material or equipment of other Suppliers may be accepted by Engineer. If in Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, it may be considered by Engineer for approval. If in the Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor does not qualify as an "or equal" item, it may be considered as a proposed substitute item. Contractor shall submit sufficient information as required by the Engineer to allow the Engineer to determine that the item of material or equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to that named and is an acceptable substitute therefore. Request for review of proposed substitute and "or equal" will be not be accepted by Engineer from anyone other than Contractor. Request for substitute and "or equal" items by Contractor must be submitted in writing to Owner's Representative and will contain all information as Engineer deems necessary to make a determination. Request for substitute shall identify why a substitute is submitted and include advantages to the Owner. All data provided by Contractor in support of any proposed substitute SECTION III Page 13 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions or "or equal" item will be at Contractor's expense. Engineer will be allowed a reasonable time to evaluate each proposal or submittal made per this paragraph. Engineer will be sole judge of acceptability. 6.4. SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS The Contractor shall deliver to the Owner's Representative before or at the preconstruction conference a list of all Subcontractors, suppliers and other persons and organizations proposed by the Contractor for Work to be performed on the Project. The Contractor shall include with this list the qualifications and references for each Subcontractor, supplier or other person and organization for review and approval. Any changes to this list must be submitted to the Owner's Representative for approval prior to the substitution of any Subcontractors, suppliers or other persons and organizations before performing any Work on the Project for the Contractor. Contractor shall be fully responsible to Owner and Engineer for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons performing or furnishing any of the work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor just as Contractor is responsible for Contractor's own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall create for the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person any contractual relationship between Owner or Engineer and any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person, nor shall it create any obligation on the part of Owner or Engineer to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person. Contractor shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the work of Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons performing or furnishing any of the work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor. Contractor shall require all Subcontractors, Suppliers and such other persons performing or furnishing any of the work to communicate with the Engineer through Contractor. The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identifications of any Drawings shall not control Contractor in dividing the work among Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the work to be performed by any specific trade. All work performed for Contractor by a Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an appropriate agreement between Contractor and the Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically binds the Subcontractor or Supplier to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the benefit of Owner and Engineer. Contractor shall not pay or employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization whether initially or as a substitute, against whom Owner or Engineer may have reasonable objection. Contractor shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or organization to furnish or perform any of the work against whom Contractor has reasonable obj ection. Owner or Engineer will not undertake to settle any differences between Contractor and his Subcontractors or between Subcontractors. 6.5. USE OF PREMISES Contractor shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment and the operations of works to the site and land areas identified in and permitted by the Contract Documents on other land areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, right-of-way, permits and easements, and shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with construction equipment or other materials or equipment. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any SECTION III Page 14 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof or of any adjacent land or areas, resulting from the performance of the Work. Should any claim be made by any such owner or occupant because of the performance of the Work, Contractor shall promptly settle with such other party by negotiation or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceed in or at law. Contractor shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, indemnify and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultant and their officials, directors, employees and agents from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages arising out of or resulting from any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant against Owner, Engineer or any other party indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by or based upon Contractor's performance of the Work. During the progress of the Work, Contractor shall keep the premises free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish and other debris resulting from the Work. At the completion of the Work or at intervals established by the Engineer, Contractor shall remove all waste materials, rubbish and debris from and about the premises as well as all tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery and surplus materials. Contractor shall restore to original condition all property not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents. 6.5.1. STAGING AREAS The Contactor shall obtain and deliver to the City written permission for the use of all staging and storage areas outside of the Limits of Construction. Use of right of way within the limits of construction must be approved by the City. All applicable erosion control, tree barricade and restoration, including time limits, specifications, etc., must be followed. 6.5.2. RESTORATION TIME LIMITS The timely restoration of all impacted areas, especially right-of-ways, is very important to the Citizens of Clearwater; therefore these time limits are imposed: • Debris piles shall be removed within five (5) consecutive calendar days. • Concrete driveways and sidewalks shall be replaced within ten (10) consecutive calendar days of removal. Resident access shall be maintained at all times. • All arterial and collector roadways shall be restored ASAP. • Local streets and asphalt driveways shall be restored as soon as a sufficient quantity is generated, however, this is never to exceed fifteen (15) consecutive calendar days. Local and resident access shall be maintained at all times. • Any irrigation systems or components damaged or impacted by construction activities shall be repaired or replaced "in-kind" within forty-eight (48) hours to minimize the loss of turfgrass or landscape plantings, particularly during periods of drought. • Sod must be restored "in-kind" within fourteen (14) consecutive calendar days of a successful pipe pressure test, removal of concrete forms, backfill of excavations, replacement of driveways or sidewalks or other project specific milestone. It must be watered for a period of thirty (30) days after it is placed. Erosion control and dust control of denuded areas must be maintained at all times. If the project or a portion of it does not involve right -of ways, then a different schedule of sod restoration may be considered. SECTION III Page 15 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III—General Conditions 6.6. LICENSE AND PATENT FEES, ROYALTIES AND TAXES Contractor shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the performance of the work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular invention, design, process, product or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the performance of the work and if to the actual knowledge of Owner or Engineer its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to others, the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by Owner or Engineer in the Contract Documents. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and the officers, directors, employees, agents and other consultants of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages arising out of or resulting from any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device not specified in the Contract Documents, and shall defend all such claims in connection with any alleged infringement of such rights. Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other taxes required to be paid by Contractor in accordance with the Laws and Regulations of the State of Florida and other governmental agencies, which are applicable during the performance of the work. 6.7. LAWS AND REGULATIONS Contractor shall give all notices and comply with all Laws and Regulations applicable to furnishing and performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations, neither Owner nor Owner's Representative shall be responsible for monitoring Contractor's compliance with any Laws or Regulations. If Contractor performs any work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or Regulations, Contractor shall bear all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or arising out of such work: however, it shall not be Contractor's primary responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not relieve Contractor of Contractor's obligations to the Owner to report and resolve discrepancies as described above. When City projects include Federal or State funding, the requirements of Executive Order 11-02 shall be adhered to utilizing the Homeland Security E -Verify System to verify employment eligibility. 6.8. PERMITS Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Contractor shall obtain and pay for all construction permits and licenses. The Owner shall assist Contractor, when necessary, in obtaining such permits and licenses. Contractor shall pay all governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work, which are applicable at the time of opening of Bids. Contractor shall pay all charges of utility owners for connections to the work, and the Owner shall pay all charges of such utility owners for capital costs related thereto such as plant investment fees. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, Clearwater Building Permit Fees will be waived. SECTION III Page 16 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions 6.9. SAFETY AND PROTECTION Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: (i) all persons on the work site or who may be affected by the work, (ii) all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site; and (iii) other property at the site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, utilities and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction. In the event of temporary suspension of the work, or during inclement weather, or whenever Owner's Representative may direct; Contractor shall, and shall cause Subcontractors, to protect carefully the Work and materials against damage or injury from the weather. If, in the opinion of the Owner's Representative, any portion of Work or materials shall have been damaged or injured by reason of failure on the part of the Contractor or any Subcontractors to so protect the Work, such Work and materials shall be removed and replaced at the expense of Contractor. The Contractor shall initiate and maintain an accident prevention program which shall include, but shall not be limited to the establishment and supervision of programs for the education and training of employees in the recognition, avoidance and prevention of unsafe conditions and acts. Contractor shall provide first aid services and medical care to his employees. The Contractor shall develop and maintain an effective fire protection and prevention program and good housekeeping practices at the site of contract performance throughout all phases of construction, repair, alteration or demolition. Contractor shall require appropriate personal protective equipment in all operations where there is exposure to hazardous conditions. The Engineer may order that the work stop if a condition of immediate danger to the Owner's employees, equipment or if property damage exists. This provision shall not shift responsibility or risk of loss for injuries of damage sustained from the Contractor to Owner, and the Contractor shall remain solely responsible for compliance with all safety requirements and for the safety of all persons and property at the site of Contract performance The Contractor shall instruct his employees required to handle or use toxic materials or other harmful substances regarding their safe handling and use. The Contractor shall take the necessary precautions to protect pedestrians and motorists from harm, and to prevent disruptions of such traffic due to construction activity. Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction for safety of persons or property and to protect them from damage, injury or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. Contractor shall notify owners of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and utility owners when execution of the work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation and replacement of their property. All damage, injury or loss to any property caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or part, by Contractor, any Subcontractor, Supplier or any other person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by Contractor. Contractor's duties and responsibilities for safety and for protection of the Work shall continue until such time as all the Work is completed and Engineer has issued a notice to Owner and Contractor that the Work is acceptable. 6.10. EMERGENCIES In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, Contractor, with or without special instruction or authorization from Owner or SECTION III Page 17 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions the Owner's Representative, is obligated to act to prevent damage, injury or loss. Contractor shall give Engineer prompt written notice if Contractor believes that any significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby. If the Owner's Representative determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by Contractor in response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive or Change Order will be issued to document the consequences of such action. 6.11. DRAWINGS 6.11.1. SHOP DRAWINGS, SAMPLES, RFIs, AND SUBMITTAL REVIEW Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings to Engineer for review and approval as called for in the Technical Specifications or required by the Engineer. The data shown on the Shop Drawings will be complete with respect to quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, materials and similar data to show Engineer the materials and equipment Contractor proposes to provide and to enable Engineer to review the information. Contractor shall also submit Samples to Engineer for review and approval. Before submitting each Shop Drawing or Sample, Contractor shall have determined and verified: (i) all field measurements, quantities, dimensions, specified performance criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers and similar information with respect thereto, (ii) all materials with respect to intended use, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work, and (iii) all information relative to Contractor's sole responsibilities in respect to means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. Contractor shall also have reviewed and coordinated each Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents. Each submittal will have a transmittal cover sheet identifying the shop drawing name, number, and technical specification reference; will bear a stamp or specific written indication that Contractor has satisfied Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to Contractor's review and approval of that submittal. At the time of submission, Contractor shall give Engineer specific written notice of such variations, if any, that the Shop Drawing or Sample submitted may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents, such notice to be in a written communication separate from the submittal; and, in addition, shall cause a specific notation to be made on each Shop Drawing and Sample submitted to Engineer for review and approval of each such variation. The Contractor shall maintain a submittal log as mentioned in Article 2.5. The Engineer shall receive updated copies at each progress meeting, and the Engineer shall respond to each submittal within fourteen (14) consecutive calendar days. The Contractor shall maintain a request for information (RFI) log as mentioned in Article 2.5. The Engineer shall receive updated copies at each progress meeting, and the Engineer shall respond to each RFI within fourteen (14) consecutive calendar days. The untimely submission of Submittal or RFIs shall not be grounds for a delay claim from the Contractor. Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings and Samples will be only to determine if the items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated the Contract Documents. Engineer's review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction (except where a particular means method, technique, sequence or procedure of SECTION III Page 18 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions construction is specifically and expressly called for by the Contract Documents) or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. Contractor shall make corrections required by Engineer, and shall return the required number of corrected copies of Shop Drawings and submit as required new Samples for review and approval. Contractor shall direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by Engineer on previous submittals. Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings or Samples shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless Contractor has in writing called Engineer's attention to each such variation at the time of submission and Engineer has given written approval of each such variation by specific written notation thereof incorporated in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or Sample approval; nor will any approval by the Engineer relieve the Contractor from responsibility for complying with the requirements of paragraph above discussing field measurements by the Contractor. Contractor shall furnish required submittals with complete information and accuracy in order to achieve required approval of an item within two (2) submittals. Owner's Representative reserves the right to backcharge Contractor, for Engineer's costs for resubmittals that account for a number greater than twenty percent (20%) of the total number of first time submittals, per the approved initial submittal log. Owner's Representative reserves the right to backcharge Contractor for all third submittals. The number of first time submittals shall be equal to the number of submittals agreed to by Engineer and Contractor. All costs to Engineer involved with subsequent submittal of Shop Drawings, Samples or other items requiring approval will be backcharged to Contractor at the rate of 3.0 times direct technical labor cost by deducting such costs from payments due Contractor for Work completed. In the event that Contractor requests a substitution for a previously approved item, all of Engineer's costs in the reviewing and approval of the substitution will be backcharged to Contractor, unless the need for such substitution is beyond the control of Contractor. 6.11.2. AS -BUILT DRAWINGS The Contractor shall keep and maintain one set of blueprints, As -Built Drawings, in good order and legible condition to be continuously marked -up at the job site. The Contractor shall mark and annotate neatly and clearly all project conditions, locations, configurations and any other changes or deviations which may vary from the details represented on the original Contract Plans, including revisions made necessary by Addenda, Shop Drawings, and Change Orders during the construction process. The Contractor shall record the horizontal and vertical locations, in the plan and profile, of all buried utilities that differ from the locations indicated or which were not indicated on the Contract Plans and buried (or concealed), construction and utility features which are revealed during the construction period. The As -Built Drawings shall be available for inspection by the Engineer, Engineer's Consultant, and the Owner's Representative at all times during the progress of the Project. The As -Built Drawings shall be reviewed by the Owner's Representative, or his designee, for accuracy and compliance with the requirements of "As -Built Drawings" prior to submittal of the monthly pay requests. The pay requests shall be rejected if the marked -up redline prints do not conform to the "As -Built Drawings" requirements. As -Built Drawings shall be submitted to the Owner Inspector for approval upon completion of the project and prior to acceptance of final pay SECTION III Page 19 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions request. Final pay request shall not be processed until As -Built Drawings have been reviewed by the Engineer or the Engineer's Consultant for accuracy and completeness. Prior to placing new potable water mains in service, the Contractor shall provide the Engineer intersection drawings, as specified for the water mains. The Owner's acceptance of the "As -Built Drawings" does not relieve the Contractor of the sole responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of the As -Built Drawings. 6.11.2.1. General The Contractor shall prepare an "AS -BUILT SURVEY" per chapter 5J-17.052, Florida Administrative Code (see definition below), signed and sealed by a Florida registered land surveyor. The contractor will deliver to the Owner two hard copies of signed and sealed As -Built Drawings and an AutoCAD file. 5J-17.050 Definition: (10)(a) As -Built Survey: a survey performed to obtain horizontal and/or vertical dimensional data so that constructed improvements may be located and delineated: also known as Record Survey. This survey shall be clearly titled "As -Built Survey" and shall be signed and sealed by a Florida registered land surveyor. The survey must be delivered to the Owner of Clearwater Construction Division upon substantial completion of the project. If this condition is not met, the Owner will procure the services of a Professional Surveyor and Mapper registered in the State of Florida and will back charge the contractor a fee of $1,800 per day or any portion thereof to provide the Owner with the required As -Built Survey. 6.11.2.2. Sanitary and Storm Sewer Piping Systems 1. Manholes and inlets shall be located by survey coordinates (northing, easting and elevation) based on the approved horizontal and vertical datum or utilize the stationing supplied on the construction plans. New and replaced service connections shall be dimensioned to the nearest downstream manhole. All manholes, cleanouts and catch basin invert and rim elevations, manhole and catch basin dimensions, pipe sizes, and pipe material shall also be noted on the plan view and also on the profile if one exists. The terminal ends of all subdrains, inverts of all pipe in structures, and the flow line of inlets shall also be noted on the plan view and also on the profile if one exists. 2. Pipe materials and areas of special construction shall be noted. 6.11.2.3. Pressure Pipe construction (Water, Reclaimed Water, Forcemain) All pipes shall be located by survey coordinates (northing, easting and elevation) based on the approved horizontal and vertical datum or utilize the stationing supplied on the construction plans. Coordinates shall be at all pipe bends, tees, valves, reducers, and deflections. Also all new and replaced service connections for potable and reclaimed water will be located as described above. Additionally there must be survey coordinates no further than 100 feet apart on linear type construction and shall denote top of pipe elevation at those points. 6.11.2.4. Electrical and Control Wiring The as -built drawings shall include all changes to the original Contract Plans. The as -built drawings shall also include the size, color, and number of wires and conduit. For projects where this information is too voluminous to be contained on the blueline prints, the Contractor shall SECTION III Page 20 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION III — General Conditions prepare supplemental drawings, on same size sheets as the blueline prints, showing the additional conduit runs, 1 -line diagrams, ladder diagrams, and other information. The wiring schematic diagrams shall show termination location and wiring identification at each point on the ladder diagram. 6.11.2.5. Horizontal and Vertical Control The As -Built survey shall be based on the original datum used for the construction design plans or if required by the Owner the datum shall be referenced to the North American Datum of 1983/90 (horizontal) and the North American Vertical Datum of 1988. The unit of measurement shall be the United States Foot. Any deviation or use of any other datum, (horizontal and or vertical), must be approved by the Owner of Clearwater Engineering Department. 6.11.2.6. Standards The As -Built survey shall meet the Minimum Technical Standards per Chapter 5J-17 and the Clearwater CAD STANDARDS set forth below. In addition to locating all improvements that pertain to the as -built survey it is the requirement of the Owner to have minimum location points at every change in direction and no more than 100 feet apart on all pressure pipes. 6.11.2.7. Other The As -Built drawings shall reflect any differences from the original Contract Plans, in the same level of detail and units of dimensions as the Plans. 6.11.3. CAD STAN DARDS 6.11.3.1. Layer Naming 6.11.3.1.1. Prefixes and Suffixes DI prefix denotes digitized or scanned entities EP prefix denotes existing points - field collected EX prefix denotes existing entities - line work and symbols PR prefix denotes proposed entities - line work and symbols FU prefix denotes future entities (proposed but not part of this contract) - line work and symbols TX suffix denotes text — use for all text, no matter the prefix 6.11.3.1.2. Laver Naming Definitions: GAS gas lines and appurtenances ELEC power lines and appurtenances PHONE telephone lines and appurtenances CABLE cable TV lines and appurtenances BOC curbs WALK sidewalk SECTION III Page 21 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III—General Conditions WATER water lines and appurtenances, sprinklers STORM storm lines and appurtenances TREES trees, bushes, planters SANITARY sanitary lines and appurtenances FENCE all fences BLDG buildings, sheds, finished floor elevation DRIVE driveways EOP edge of pavement without curbs TRAFFIC signal poles, control boxes TOPBANK top of bank . TOESLOPE toe of slope TOPBERM top of berm TOEBERM toe of berm SEAWALL seawall CONCSLAB concrete slabs WALL walls, except seawall SHORE shoreline, water elevation CL centerline of road CLD centerline of ditch CLS centerline of swale CORNER property corners, monumentation BENCH benchmark, temporary benchmarks Other layers may be created as required, using above format. 6.11.3.2. Layer Properties All layers will use standard AutoCAD linetypes, bylayer. All layers will use standard AutoCAD colors, bylayer. All text will use standard AutoCAD fonts. 6.11.3.3. Text Styles Text style for EX layers will use the simplex font, oblique angle of 0°, and a text times the plot scale. Text style for PR and FU layers will use the simplex font, oblique angle of 22 height of .010 times the plot scale. SECTION III height of .008 .5°, and a text Page 22 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION III — General Conditions 6.11.4. DELIVERABLES The as -built survey shall be produced on bond material, 24" x 36" at a scale of 1"=20' unless approved otherwise. The consultant shall deliver two hard copies and one digital copy of all drawings. Requested file formats are: Autodesk DWG and Adobe PDF files. Please address any questions regarding format to Mr. Tom Mahony, at (727) 562-4762 or e-mail address Thomas.Mahony@myClearwater.com. 6.12. CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE Contractor warrants and guarantees to Owner, Engineer and Engineer's Consultants that all Work will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder includes defects or damage caused by abuse, vandalism, modification or operation by persons other than Contractor, Subcontractors or Suppliers. Until the acceptance of the Work by the Owner, the Work shall be under the charge and care of the Contractor, and he shall take every necessary precaution against injury or damage to any part thereof by action of the elements, or from any other cause whatsoever, arising from the execution or non -execution of the Work. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair and make good, at his own expense, all injuries or damages to any portion of the Work occasioned by any cause before its completion and final acceptance by the Owner. In addition, "the Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work at his own expense and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom which appear within a period of one year from the date of final acceptance". Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes improper maintenance and operation by Owner's employees and normal wear and tear under normal usage for any portion of the Work, which has been partially accepted by the Owner for operation prior to final acceptance by the Owner. Contractor's obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of Contractor's obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: (i) observations by Owner's Representative, (ii) recommendation of any progress or final payment by Owner's Representative, (iii) the issuance of a certificate of Substantial Completion or any payment by the Owner to contractor under the Contract Documents, (iv) use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by Owner, (v) any acceptance by Owner or any failure to do so, (vi) any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample submittal or the issuance of a notice of Acceptance by the Engineer. 6.13. CONTINUING THE WORK Contractor shall carry on the work and adhere to the progress schedule during all disputes or disagreements with the Owner. No work shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as the Owner or Contractor may otherwise agree in writing. 6.14. INDEMNIFICATION To the fullest extent permitted by law, Contractor agrees to defend, indemnify, and hold the City, its officers, agents, and employees, harmless from and against any and all liabilities, demands, claims, suits, losses, damages, causes of action, fines or judgments, including costs, attorneys', witnesses', and expert witnesses' fees, and expenses incident thereto, relating to, arising out of, SECTION III Page 23 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions or resulting from: (i) the services provided by Contractor personnel under this Agreement; (ii) any negligent acts, errors, mistakes or omissions by Contractor or Contractor personnel; and (iii) Contractor or Contractor personnel's failure to comply with or fulfill the obligations established by this Agreement. Contractor will update the City during the course of the litigation to timely notify the City of any issues that may involve the independent negligence of the City that is not covered by this indemnification. The City assumes no liability for actions of Contractor and will not indemnify or hold Contractor or any third party harmless for claims based on this Agreement or use of Contractor -provided supplies or services. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, this indemnification provision shall not be construed as a waiver of any immunity to which Owner is entitled or the extent of any limitation of liability pursuant to § 768.28, Florida Statutes. Furthermore, this provision is not intended to nor shall be interpreted as limiting or in any way affecting any defense Owner may have under § 768.28, Florida Statutes or as consent to be sued by third parties. 6.15. CHANGES IN COMPANY CONTACT INFORMATION Contractor shall notify Owner by US mail addressed to the City Engineer of any changes in company contact information. This includes: contact phone, address, project manager, email addresses, etc. 6.16. PUBLIC RECORDS The ENGINEER will be required to comply with Section 119.0701, Florida Statutes (2014), specifically to: a) Keep and maintain public records required by the city of Clearwater (hereinafter "public agency") to perform the service being provided by the contractor hereunder. b) Upon request from the public agency's custodian of public records, provide the public agency with a copy of the requested records or allow the records to be inspected or copied within a reasonable time at a cost that does not exceed the cost provided for in Chapter 119, Florida Statutes, as many be amended from time to time, or as otherwise provided by law. c) Ensure that public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements are not disclosed except as authorized by law for the duration of the contract term and following completion of the contract if the contractor does not transfer the records to the public agency. d) Upon completion of the contract, transfer, at no cost, to the public agency all public records in possession of the contractor or keep and maintain public records required by the public agency to perform the service. If the contractor transfers all public records to the public agency upon completion of the contract, the contractor shall destroy any public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements. If the contractor keeps and maintains public records upon completion of the contract, the contractor shall meet all applicable requirements for the retaining public records. All records stored electronically must be provided to the public agency, upon request from the public agency's custodian of public records in a format that is compatible with the information technology systems of the public agency. SECTION III Page 24 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III—General Conditions e) A request to inspect or copy public records relating to a public agency's contract for ' services must be made directly to the public agency. If the public agency does not possess the requested records, the public agency shall immediately notify the contractor of the request and the contractor must provide the records to the public agency or allow ' the records to be inspected or copied within a reasonable time. f) The Contractor hereby acknowledges and agrees that if the contractor does not comply with the public agency's request for records, the public agency shall enforce the contract ' provisions in accordance with the contract. g) A Contractor who fails to provide the public records to the public agency within a reasonable time may be subject to penalties under Section 119.10, Florida Statutes. h) If a civil action is filed against a contractor to compel production of public records relating to a public agency's contract for services, the court shall assess and award against the contractor the reasonable costs of enforcement, including reasonable attorney ' fees, if: 1. The court determines that the contractor unlawfully refused to comply with the public records request within a reasonable time; and 2. At least 8 business days before filing the action, the plaintiff provided written notice of the public request, including a statement that the contractor has not complied with the request, to the public agency and to the contractor. i) A notice complies with subparagraph (h)2. if it is sent to the public agency's custodian of public records and to the contractor at the contractor's address listed on its contract with the public agency or to the contractor's registered agent. Global Express Guaranteed, or certified mail, with postage or shipping paid by the sender and with evidence of delivery, ' which may be in an electronic format. j) A contractor who complies with a public records request within 8 business days after the notice is sent is not liable for the reasonable costs of enforcement. 7. OTHER WORK ' 7.1. RELATED WORK AT SITE The City reserves the right to have its own forces enter the construction site at any time and perform work as necessary in order to perform infrastructure repair or maintenance, whether 1 related to the project or not. The Contractor will allow complete access to all utility owners for these purposes. ' The City may have its own forces perform new work related to the project, however, this work will be identified in the Contract Scope of Work and coordination will be such that this activity is denoted in the Contractor's CPM Schedule so as not to cause any delays or interference with ' the Contractor's work or schedule. 7.2. COORDINATION ' If the Owner contracts with others for the performance of other work on the Project at the site, the following will be set forth in the Scope of Work: (i) the person who will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various prime contractors will be ' identified; (ii) the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be itemized; and (iii) the extent of such authority and responsibilities will be provided. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, the Owner shall have sole authority and responsibility in respect of such coordination. SECTION III Page 25 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions 8. OWNERS RESPONSIBILITY Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions, the Owner shall issue all communications from the Owner to the Contractor through Owner's Representative. The Owner shall furnish the data required of the Owner under the Contract Documents promptly and shall make payments to Contractor promptly when they are due as provided in these General Conditions. The Owner is obligated to execute Change Orders as indicated in the Article on Changes In The Work. The Owner's responsibility in respect of certain inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth in the Article on Tests and Inspections. In connection with the Owner's right to stop work or suspend work, see the Article on Engineer may Stop the Work. The Article on Suspension of Work and Termination deals with the Owner's right to terminate services of Contractor under certain circumstances. Owner shall not supervise, direct or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for, Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the Work. The Owner will not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform or furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 9. OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 9.1. OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE Dependent of the project type, the Owner's Representative during the construction period will either be the Construction Manager, the Engineer, or a designee of the Project's Owner. The duties, responsibilities and the limitations of authority of Owner's Representative during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents and shall not be extended without written consent of Owner and Engineer. 9.2. CLARIFICATIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS Engineer will issue with reasonable promptness such written clarifications or interpretations of the requirements of the Contract Documents regarding design issues only, in the form of Submittal responses, RFI responses, Drawings or otherwise, as Engineer may determine necessary, which shall be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from Contract Documents. All other clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents shall be issued form the Owner's Representative. Such written clarifications and interpretations will be binding on the Owner and Contractor. If Contractor believes that a written clarification or interpretation justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time and the parties are unable to agree to the amount or extent thereof, if any, Contractor may make a written claim therefore as provided in the Articles for Change of Work and Change of Contract Time. SECTION III Page 26 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions 9.3. REJECTING OF DEFECTIVE WORK The Owner's Representative or the Engineer will have authority to disapprove or reject Work which Owner's Representative or the Engineer believes to be defective, or that Owner's Representative or the Engineer believes will not produce a completed Project that conforms to the Contract Documents or that will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. The Owner's Representative or the Engineer will also have authority to require special inspection or testing of the Work whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed or completed. 9.4. SHOP DRAWINGS, CHANGE ORDERS, AND PAYMENTS In connection with Engineer's authority as to Shop Drawings and Samples, see articles on Shop Drawings and Samples. In connection with Owner's Representative authority as to Change Orders, see the articles on Changes of Work, Contract Price and Contract Time. In connection with Owner's Representative authority as to Applications for Payment, see the articles on Payments to Contractor and Completion. 9.5. DECISIONS ON DISPUTES The Owner's Representative will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and judge of the acceptability of the work thereunder. Claims, disputes and other matters relating to the acceptability of the work or the interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents pertaining to the performance and furnishing of the work and Claims under the Articles for Changes of Work, Changes of Contract Time and Changes of Contract Price will be referred initially to Owner's Representative in writing with a request for a formal decision in accordance with this paragraph. Written notice of each such claim, dispute or other matter will be delivered by the claimant to Owner's Representative and the other party to the Agreement promptly, but in no event later than thirty (30) days, after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise thereto, and written supporting data will be submitted to Owner's Representative and the other party within sixty (60) days after the start of such occurrence or event unless Owner's Representative allows an additional period of time for the submission of additional or more accurate data in support of such claim, dispute or other matter. The opposing party shall submit any response to Owner's Representative and the claimant within thirty (30) days after receipt of the claimant's last submittal, unless Owner's Representative allows additional time. Owner's Representative will render a formal decision in writing within thirty (30) days after receipt of the opposing party's submittal, if any, in accordance with this paragraph. Owner Representative's written decision on such claim, dispute or other matter will be final and binding upon the Owner and Contractor unless (i) an appeal from Owner Representative's decision is taken within thirty (30) days of the Owner Representative's decision, or the appeal time which may be stated in a Dispute Resolution Agreement between Owner and Contractor for the settlement of disputes or (ii) if no such Dispute Resolution Agreement has been entered into, a written notice of intention to appeal from Owner Representative's written decision is delivered by the Owner or Contractor to the other and to Owner's Representative within thirty (30) days after the date of such decision and a formal proceeding is instituted by the appealing party in a forum of competent jurisdiction to exercise such rights or remedies as the appealing party may have with respect to such claim, dispute or other matter in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations within sixty (60) days of the date of such decision, unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Owner and Contractor. SECTION III Page 27 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions When functioning as interpreter and judge, Owner's Representative will not show partiality to the Owner or Contractor and will not be liable in connection with any interpretation or decision rendered in good faith in such capacity. The rendering of a decision by Owner's Representative with respect to any such claim, dispute or other matter will be a condition precedent to any exercise by the Owner or Contractor of such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any such claim, dispute or other matter pursuant the Article on Dispute Resolution. 9.6. LIMITATIONS ON OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S RESPONSIBILITIES Neither Owner Representative's authority or responsibility under this paragraph or under any other provision of the Contract Documents nor any decision made by Owner's Representative in good faith either to exercise or not exercise such authority or responsibility or the undertaking, exercise or performance of any authority or responsibility by Owner's Representative shall create, impose or give rise to any duty owed by Owner's Representative to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person or organization or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them. Owner's Representative will not supervise, direct, control or have authority over or be responsible for Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the work. Owner's Representative will not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform or furnish the work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Owner's Representative will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of Contractor or of any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other person or organization performing or furnishing any of the work. Owner Representative's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation and all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds and certificates of inspection, tests and approvals and other documentation required to be delivered by the Contractor will only be to determine generally that their content complies with the requirements of the Contract Documents and, in the case of certificates of inspections, tests and approvals that the results certified indicate compliance with the Contract Documents. The limitations upon authority and responsibility set forth in this paragraph shall also apply to Owner Representative's CEI, the Engineer's Consultants, and assistants. 10. CHANGES IN THE WORK Without invalidating the Agreement and without notice to any surety, the Owner may, at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions or revisions in the Work. Such additions, deletions or revisions will be authorized by a Written Amendment, a Change Order, or a Work Change Directive. Upon receipt of any such document, Contractor shall promptly proceed with the Work involved which will be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents (except as may otherwise be specifically provided). If the Owner and Contractor are unable to agree as to the extent, if any, of an adjustment in the Contract Price or an adjustment of the Contract Time that should be allowed as a result of a Work Change Directive, a claim may be made therefore as provided in these General Conditions. SECTION III Page 28 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions Contractor shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time with respect to any Work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents as amended, modified and supplemented as provided in these General Conditions except in the case of an emergency as provided or in the case of uncovering work as provided in article for Uncovering Work. The Owner and Contractor shall execute appropriate Change Orders or Written Amendments recommended by Owner's Representative covering: • changes in the work which are (i) ordered by the Owner (ii) required because of acceptance of defective work under the article for Acceptance of Defective Work or correcting defective Work under the article for Owner May Correct Defective Work or (iii) agreed to by the parties; • changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which are agreed to by the parties; and • changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which embody the substance of any written decision rendered by Owner's Representative pursuant to the article for Decisions on Disputes; • provided that, in lieu of executing any such Change Order, an appeal may be taken from any such decision in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents and applicable Laws and Regulations, but during any such appeal, Contractor shall carry on the Work and adhere to the progress schedule as provided in the article for Continuing the Work. If notice of any change affecting the general scope of the work or the provisions of the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Time) is required by the provisions of any Bond to be given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be Contractor's responsibility, and the amount of each applicable Bond will be adjusted accordingly. 11. CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE 11.1. CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE The Contract Price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized adjustments) payable to Contractor for performing the Work. All duties, responsibilities and obligations assigned to or undertaken by Contractor shall be at Contractor's expense without change in the Contract Price. The Contract Price may only be adjusted by a Change Order or by a Written Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price shall be based on a written notice of claim stating the general nature of the claim, to be delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to Owner's Representative or promptly (but in no event later than thirty days) after the start of the occurrence or event giving rise to the claim. Notice of the amount of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty (60) days after the start of such occurrence or event, unless Owner's Representative allows additional time for claimant to submit additional or more accurate data in support of the claim, and shall be accompanied by claimant's written statement that the claimed adjustment covers all known amounts to which the claimant is entitled as a result of said occurrence or event. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be valid if not submitted in accordance with this paragraph. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order or of any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be determined as follows: (i) where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by application of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (ii) where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by SECTION III Page 29 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions a mutually agreed lump sum (which may include an allowance for overhead and profit), (iii) where the Work is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and agreement is reached to establish unit prices for the Work. Where the work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and where the Owner's Representative, the Owner, the Engineer, the Engineer's Consultant, and Contractor cannot mutually agree on a lump sum price, the City of Clearwater shall pay for directed changes in the Work, on "COST REIMBURSEMENT" basis. The Contractor shall apply for compensation, detailing Contractors forces, materials, equipment, subcontractors, and other items of direct costs required for the directed work. The application for Cost Reimbursement shall be limited to the following items: 1. Labor, including foremen, for those hours associated with the direct work (actual payroll cost, including wages, fringe benefits, labor insurance and labor taxes established by law). Expressly excluded from this item are all costs associated with negotiating the subject change. 2. Materials associated with the change, including sales tax. The costs of materials shall be substantiated through vendors' invoices. 3. Rental or equivalent rental costs of equipment, including necessary transportation costs if specifically used for the Work. The rental rates shall not exceed the current rental rates prevailing in the locality or as defined in the rental Rate Blue Book for Construction Equipment (a.k.a. DataQuest Blue Book). The rental rate is defined as the full -unadjusted base rental rate for the appropriate item of construction equipment and shall cover the costs of all fuel, supplies, repairs, insurance, and other costs associated with supplying the equipment for work ordered. Contractor -owned equipment will be paid for the duration of time required to complete the work. Utilize lowest cost combination of hourly, daily, weekly, or monthly rates. Do not exceed estimated operating costs given in Blue Book. Operating costs will not be allowed for equipment on stand-by. 4. Additional costs for Bonds, Insurance if required by the City of Clearwater. The following fixed fees shall be added to the costs of the directed work performed by the Contractor or Subcontractor. A. A fixed fee of fifteen percent (15%) shall be added to the costs of Item 1 above. If work is performed by a subcontractor, the Contractor's fee shall not exceed five percent (5%), and the subcontractor's fee shall not exceed ten percent (10%). B. A fixed fee of ten percent (10%) shall be added to the costs of Item 2 above. C. No markup shall be added to the costs of Items 3 and 4. The fixed fees shall be considered the full compensation for all cost of general supervision, overhead, profit, and other general expense. 11.2. ALLOWANCES AND FINAL CONTRACT PRICE ADJUSTMENT It is understood that Contractor has included in the Contract Price all allowances so named in the Contract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be furnished and performed for such sums as may be acceptable to Owner and Engineer. Contractor agrees that: (i) the allowances SECTION III Page 30 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions include the cost to Contractor (less any applicable trade discounts) of materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the Site, and all applicable taxes; and (ii) Contractor's costs for unloading and handling on the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit and other expenses contemplated for the allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances and no demand for additional payment on account of any of the foregoing will be valid. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued as recommended by Owner's Representative to reflect actual amounts due Contractor on account of Work covered by allowances and all the Work actually performed by the Contractor, and the Contract Price shall be correspondingly adjusted. 11.3. UNIT PRICE WORK Where the Contract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for all Unit Price Work an amount equal to the sum of the established unit price for each separately identified item of unit price work times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor will be made by Owner's Representative. Each unit price will be deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to be adequate to cover Contractor's overhead and profit for each separately identified item. The Owner or Contractor may make a claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price if: (i) the quantity of any item of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor differs materially and significantly from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Contract Documents; and (ii) there is no corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work; and (iii) if Contractor believes that Contractor is entitled to an increase in Contract Price as a result of having incurred additional expense or the Owner believes that the Owner is entitled to a decrease in Contract Price and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of any such increase or decrease. On unit price contracts, Owner endeavors to provide adequate unit quantities to satisfactorily complete the construction of the project. It is expected that in the normal course of project construction and completion that not all unit quantities will be used in their entirety and that a finalizing change order which adjusts contract unit quantities to those unit quantities actually used in the construction of the project will result in a net decrease from the original Contract Price. Such reasonable deduction of final Contract Price should be anticipated by the Contractor in his original bid. 12. CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT TIME The Contract Time (or Milestones) may only be changed by a Change Order or a Written Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment of the Contract Time (or Milestones) shall be based on written notice delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to Owner's Representative promptly, but in no event later than thirty (30) days, after the occurrence of the event giving rise to the claim and stating the general nature of the claim. Notice of the extent of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty (60) days after such occurrence, unless Owner's Representative allows an additional period of time to ascertain more accurate data in support of the claim, and shall be accompanied by the claimant's written statement that the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the claimant has reason to believe it is entitled as a result of the occurrence of said event. All claims for adjustment in the Contract SECTION 111 Page 31 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions Time (or Milestones) shall be determined by Owner's Representative. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Time (or Milestones) will be valid if not submitted in accordance with the requirements of this paragraph. All time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Agreement. Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part of the work within the Contract Time (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of Contractor, the Contract Time (or Milestones) may be extended in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay if a claim is made therefore as provided in the article for Changes in the Work. Delays beyond the control of Contractor shall include, but not be limited to, acts by the Owner, acts of utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by the article for Other Work, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions or acts of God. Delays attributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be delays within the control of Contractor. Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part of the Work within the Contract Times (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of both the Owner and Contractor, an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones) in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay shall be Contractor's sole and exclusive remedy for such delay. In no event shall the Owner be liable to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person, or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them, for damages arising out of or resulting from (i) delays caused by or within the control of Contractor, or (ii) delays beyond the control of both parties including but not limited to fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, acts of God or acts by utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by paragraph for Other Work. 13. TESTS AND INSPECTIONS, CORRECTION, REMOVAL OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 13.1. TESTS AND INSPECTION Contractor shall give Owner's Representative and Engineer timely notice of readiness of the Work for all required inspections, tests or approvals, and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests. Contractor shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory to perform all inspections, tests, or approvals required by the Contract Documents. The costs for these inspections, tests or approvals shall be borne by the Contractor except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any Work (or part thereof) specifically to be inspected, tested or approved by an employee or other representative of such public body including all Owner Building Departments and Owner Utility Depaitalents, Contractor shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests or approvals, pay all costs in connection therewith, and furnish Owner's Representative the required certificates of inspection or approval. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, Owner permit and impact fees will be waived. Contractor shall also be responsible for arranging and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with any inspections, tests or approvals required for Owner's and Engineer's acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work, SECTION III Page 32 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions or of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractor's purchase thereof for incorporation of the Work. If any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected tested or approved is covered by Contractor without written concurrence of Owner's Representative, it must, if requested by Owner's Representative, be uncovered for observation. Uncovering Work as provided in this paragraph shall be at Contractor's expense unless Contractor has given Owner's Representative and Engineer timely notice of Contractor's intention to cover the same and Owner's Representative has not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such notice. 13.2. UNCOVERING THE WORK If any Work is covered contrary to the written request of Owner's Representative, it must, if requested by Owner's Representative, be uncovered for Owner Representative's observation and replaced at Contractor's expense. If Owner's Representative considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by Owner's Representative or inspected or tested by others, Contractor, at Owner Representative's request, shall uncover, expose or otherwise make available for observation, inspection or testing as Engineer or Owner's Representative may require, that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material and equipment. If it is found that such Work is defective, Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by, arising out of or resulting from such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection and testing and of satisfactory replacement or reconstruction (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others); and the Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price for the costs of the investigation, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, may make a claim therefore as provided in the article for Change in Contract Price. If, however, such Work is not found to be defective, Contractor shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones), or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, replacement and reconstruction; and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, Contractor may make a claim therefore as provided the article for Change in Contract Price and Change of Contract Time. 13.3. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE MAY STOP THE WORK If the Work is defective, or Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, or fails to furnish or perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform to the Contract Documents, Engineer or Owner's Representative may order Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of Owner's Representative to stop the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of Owner's Representative or Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor or any surety or other party. If the Owner's Representative stops Work under this paragraph, Contractor shall be entitled to no extension of Contract Time or increase in Contract Price. 13.4. CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK If required by Engineer or Owner's Representative, Contractor shall promptly, as directed, either correct all defective Work, whether or not fabricated, installed or completed, or, if the Work has been rejected by Engineer or Owner's Representative, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by SECTION III Page 33 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions or resulting from such correction or removal (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others). 13.5. WARRANTY/CORRECTION PERIOD If within one year after the date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as may be prescribed by Laws or Regulations or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents or by any specific provision of the Contract Documents, any Work is found to be defective, Contractor shall promptly, without cost to the Owner and in accordance with the Owner's written instructions; (i) correct such defective Work, or, if it has been rejected by the Owner, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective and (ii) satisfactorily correct or remove and replace any damage to other Work or the work of others resulting therefrom. If Contractor does not promptly comply with the terms of such instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage, the Owner may have the defective Work corrected or the rejected. Work removed and replaced, and all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such removal and replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others) will be paid by Contractor. In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service before Final Completion of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start to run from an earlier date if specifically and expressly so provided in the Specifications or by Written Amendment. Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected, removed or replaced under this paragraph the correction period hereunder with respect to such Work will be extended for an additional period of one year after such correction or removal and replacement has been satisfactorily completed. 13.6. ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, the Owner prefers to accept it, the Owner may do so. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages attributable to the Owner's evaluation of and determination to accept such defective Work such costs to be approved by Owner's Representative as to reasonableness. If any such acceptance occurs prior to Owner Representative's recommendation of final payment, a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and the Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, the Owner may make a claim therefore as provided in article for Change of Contract Price. If the acceptance occurs after the Owner Representative's recommendation for final payment an appropriate amount will be paid by Contractor to the Owner. 13.7. OWNER MAY CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK If Contractor fails within a reasonable time after written notice from Owner's Representative to correct defective Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by Owner's Representative in accordance with the article for Correction and Removal of Defective Work or if Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if SECTION III Page 34 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions Contractor fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, the Owner may, after seven days' written notice to Contractor, correct and remedy any such deficiency. In exercising the rights and remedies under this paragraph the Owner shall proceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective and remedial action, the Owner may exclude Contractor from all or part of the site, take possession of all or part of the Work, and suspend Contractor's services related thereto, and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which the Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere. Contractor shall allow Owner, Owner's Representatives, Agents and employees, the Owner's other contractors, and Owner's Representative, Engineer, and Engineer's Consultants access to the site to enable the Owner to exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph. All claims, costs, losses and damages incurred or sustained by the Owner in exercising such rights and remedies will be charged against Contractor and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and the Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, the Owner may make a claim therefore as provided in the article for Change of Contract Price. Such claims, costs, losses and damages will include but not be limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal or replacement of Contractor's defective Work. Contractor shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones) because of any delay in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by the Owner of the Owner's rights and remedies hereunder. 14. PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION Requests for payment shall be processed in accordance with F.S. 218.735 and as described herein. Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units completed. 14.1. APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT Contractor shall submit (not more often than once a month) to Owner's Representative for review an Application for Payment filled out and signed by Contractor covering the Work completed once each month and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Owner's Representative and the Contract Documents. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, payment will not be made for materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work. Payment will only be made for that portion of the Work, which is fully installed including all materials, labor and equipment. A retainage of not less than five (5%) of the amount of each Application for Payment for the total of all Work, including as -built survey and Inspector overtime reimbursement, completed to date will be held until final completion and acceptance of the Work covered in the Contract Documents. No progress payment shall be construed to be acceptance of any portion of the Work under contract. The Contractor shall review with the Engineer or the Construction Inspector all quantities and work for which payment is being applied for and reach agreement prior to submittal of an Official Pay Request. The Engineer or the Construction Inspector will verify that the on-site marked up as -built drawings are up to date with the work and are in compliance with the Contract Documents. In addition to all other payment provisions set out in this contract, the Owner's Representative may require the Contractor to produce for Owner, within fifteen (15) days of the approval of any progress payment, evidence and/or payment affidavit that all subcontractors and suppliers have SECTION III Page 35 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions been paid any sum or sums then due. A failure on the part of the contractor to provide the report as required herein shall result in further progress or partial payments being withheld until the report is provided. 14.2. CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY OF TITLE Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials and equipment covered by any Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to the Owner no later than the time of payment, free and clear of liens. No materials or supplies for the Work shall be purchased by Contractor or Subcontractor subject to any chattel mortgage or under a conditional sale contact or other agreement by which an interest is retained by the seller. Contractor warrants that he has good title to all materials and supplies used by him in the Work, free from all liens, claims or encumbrances. Contractor shall indemnify and save the Owner harmless from all claims growing out of the lawful demands of Subcontractors, laborers, workmen, mechanics, materialmen, and furnisher's of machinery and parts thereof, equipment, power tools, and all supplies incurred in the furtherance of the performance of this Contract. Contractor shall at the Owner's request, furnish satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the nature hereinabove designated have been paid, discharged, or waived. If Contractor fails to do so, then the Owner may, after having served written notice on said Contractor either pay unpaid bills, of which the Owner has written notice, or withhold from the Contractor's unpaid compensation a sum of money deemed reasonably sufficient to pay any and all such lawful claims until satisfactory evidence is furnished that all liabilities have been fully discharged, whereupon payment to Contractor shall be resumed in accordance with the terms of this Contract, but in no event shall the provisions of this sentence be construed to impose any obligations upon the Owner to the Contractor or the Surety. In paying any unpaid bills of the Contractor, the Owner shall be deemed the agent of Contractor and any payment so made by the Owner shall be considered as payment made under the Contract by the Owner to Contractor, and the Owner shall not be liable to Contractor for any such payment made in good faith. 14.3. REVIEW OF APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS The Owner's Representative will within twenty (20) business days after receipt authorize and process payment by the Owner a properly submitted and documented Application for payment, unless the application requires review by an Agent. If the Application for payment requires review and approval by an Agent, properly submitted and documented Applications for payment will be paid by the Owner within twenty-five (25) business days. If an Application for payment is rejected, notice shall be given within twenty (20) business days of receipt indicating the reasons for refusing payment. The reasons for rejecting an Application will be submitted in writing, specifying deficiencies and identifying actions that would make the Application proper. In the latter case, Contractor may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. The Owner's Representative or Agent may refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any payment to Owner. Owner's Representative or Agent may also refuse to recommend any such payment, or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or the results of subsequent inspections or test, nullify any such payment previously recommended, to such extent as may be necessary in Owner Representative's or Agent's opinion to protect the Owner from loss because: (i) the Work is defective, or completed Work has been damaged requiring correction or replacement, (ii) the Contract Price has been reduced by amendment or Change Order, (iii) the Owner has been required to correct defective Work or complete Work, or (iv) Owner's SECTION III Page 36 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions Representative or Agent has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in the article on Suspension of Work and Termination. The Owner may refuse to make payment of the full amount recommended by the Owner's Representative or Agent because: (i) claims have been made against the Owner on account of Contractor's performance or furnishing of the Work, (ii) Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where Contractor has delivered a specific Bond satisfactory to the Owner to secure the satisfaction and discharge of such Liens, (iii) there are other items entitling the Owner to a set-off against the amount recommended, or (iv) the Owner has actual knowledge of any of the events described in this paragraph. The Owner shall give Contractor notice of refusal to pay in accordance with the time constraints of this section with a copy to the Owner's Representative or Agent, stating the reasons for such actions, and Owner shall promptly pay Contractor the amount so withheld, or any adjustment thereto agreed to by the Owner and Contractor, when Contractor corrects to the Owner's satisfaction the reasons for such action. 14.4. PARTIAL UTILIZATION Use by the Owner at the Owner's option of any substantially completed part of the Work which (i) has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or (ii) Owner, Engineer, Owner's Representative, and Contractor agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by the Owner for its intended purpose without significant interference with Contractor's performance of the remainder of the Work, may be accomplished prior to Final Completion of all the Work subject to the following: The Owner at any time may request Contractor in writing to permit the Owner to use any such part of the Work which the Owner believes to be ready for its intended use and substantially complete. If Contractor agrees that such part of the Work is substantially complete, Contractor will certify to Owner, Owner's Representative, and Engineer that such part of the Work is substantially complete and request Owner's Representative to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Contractor at any time may notify Owner, Owner's Representative, and Engineer in writing that Contractor considers any such part of the Work ready for its intended use and substantially complete and request Owner's Representative to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Within a reasonable time after either such request, Owner, Contractor, Owner's Representative, and Engineer shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completion. If Engineer does not consider that part of the Work to be substantially complete, Engineer will notify Owner, Owner's Representative, and Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefore. If Engineer considers that part of the Work to be substantially complete, the provisions of the articles for Substantial Completion and Partial Utilization will apply with respect to certification of Substantial Completion of that part of the Work and the division of responsibility in respect thereof and access thereto. 14.5. FINAL INSPECTION Upon written notice from Contractor that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete, Owner's Representative will make a final inspection with Engineer, Owner and Contractor and will within thirty (30) days notify Contractor in writing of particulars in which this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or defective. The Owner's Representative will produce a final punch list, deliver it to the Contractor within five (5) days of completion and assign a date for this work to be completed not less than thirty (30) days from delivery of the list. SECTION III Page 37 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions Failure to include any corrective work or pending items does not alter the responsibility of the contractor to complete all the construction services purchased pursuant to the contract. Contractor shall immediately take such measures as are necessary to complete such Work or remedy such deficiencies. 14.6. FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT After Contractor has completed all such corrections to the satisfaction of Owner's Representative and has delivered in accordance with the Contract Documents all maintenance and operating instructions, As-built/Record Drawings, schedules, guarantees, Bonds, certificates or other evidence of insurance required by the paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, certificates of inspection, Inspector overtime reimbursement as required in the Contract Documents and other documents, Contractor may make application for final payment following the procedure for progress payments. The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied (except as previously delivered) by: (i) all documentation called for in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the evidence of insurance required by paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, and (ii) executed consent of the surety to final payment using the form contained in Section V of the Contract Documents. Prior to application for final payment, Contractor shall clean and remove from the premises all surplus and discarded materials, rubbish, and temporary structures, and shall restore in an acceptable manner all property, both public and private, which has been damaged during the prosecution of the Work, and shall leave the Work in a neat and presentable condition. 14.7. FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE If through no fault of Contractor, final completion of the Work is significantly delayed and if Owner's Representative so confirms, the Owner shall, upon receipt of Contractor's final Application for payment and recommendation of Owner's Representative, and without terminating the Agreement, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance to be held by the Owner for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in the Agreement, and if Bonds have been furnished as required in paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, the written consent of the surety to the payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by Contractor to Owner's Representative with the Application for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that such payment shall not constitute a waiver of claims. If on the basis of Owner Representative's observation of the Work during construction and final inspection, and Owner Representative's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation, all as required by the Contract Documents, Owner's Representative is satisfied that the Work has been completed and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, Owner's Representative will indicate in writing his recommendation of payment and present the Application to Owner for payment. Thereupon, Owner's Representative will give written notice to Owner and Contractor that the Work is acceptable subject to the provisions of this article. Otherwise, Owner's Representative will return the Application to Contractor, indicating in writing the reasons for refusing to recommend final payment, in which case Contractor shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. If the Application and accompanying documentation are appropriate as SECTION III Page 38 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 r SECTION III - General Conditions to form and substance, the Owner shall, within twenty (20) days after receipt thereof pay 1 contractor the amount recommended by Owner's Representative. 14.8. WAIVER OF CLAIMS The making and acceptance of final payment will constitute: a waiver of all claims by the Owner against Contractor, except claims arising from unsettled Liens, from defective Work appearing after final inspection, from failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any special guarantees specified therein, or from Contractor's continuing obligations under the Contract Documents; and a waiver of all claims by Contractor against the Owner other than those previously made in writing and still unsettled. 15. SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION ' 15.1. OWNER MAY SUSPEND THE WORK At any time and without cause, Owner's Representative may suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than ninety (90) days by notice in writing to Contractor, which will fix the date on which Work will be resumed. Contractor shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. Contractor shall be allowed an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to any such suspension if Contractor makes an approved claim therefore as provided in the articles for Change of Contract Price and Change of Contract Time. ' 15.2. OWNER MAY TERMINATE Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events; if Contractor persistently fails ' to perform the work in accordance with the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or failure to adhere to the progress schedule as adjusted from time to time); if Contractor disregards Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction; if Contractor disregards the authority of Owner's Representative; if Contractor otherwise violates in any substantial way any provisions of the Contract Documents; or if the Work to be done under this Contract is abandoned, or if this Contract or any part thereof is sublet, without the previous written consent of the Owner, or if the Contract or any claim thereunder is assigned by Contractor otherwise than as herein specified, or at any time Owner's Representative certifies in writing to the Owner that the rate of progress of the Work or any part thereof is unsatisfactory or that the work or any part thereof is unnecessarily or unreasonably delayed. The Owner may, after giving Contractor (and the surety, if any), seven days' written notice and, to the extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, terminate the services of Contractor, exclude Contractor from the site and take possession of the Work and of all Contractor's tools, appliances, construction equipment and machinery at the site and use the same to the full extent they could be used by Contractor (without liability to Contractor for trespass or conversion), ' incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which the Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere, and finish the Work as the Owner may deem expedient. In such case Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, costs, losses and ' SECTION III Page 39 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions damages sustained by the Owner arising out of or resulting from completing the Work such excess will be paid to Contractor. If such claims, costs, losses and damages exceed such unpaid balance, Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. Such claims, costs, losses and damages incurred by the Owner will be reviewed by Owner's Representative as to their reasonableness and when so approved by Owner's Representative incorporated in a Change Order, provided that when exercising any rights or remedies under this paragraph the Owner shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed. Where Contractor's services have been so terminated by the Owner, the termination will not affect any rights or remedies of the Owner against Contractor then existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys due Contractor by the Owner will not release Contractor from liability. Upon seven (7) days' written notice to Contractor and Owner's Representative, the Owner may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of the Owner, elect to terminate the Agreement. In such case, Contractor shall be paid (without duplication of any items): for completed and acceptable Work executed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such Work; for expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services and furnishing labor, materials or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in connection with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such expenses; for all claims, costs, losses and damages incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with Subcontractors, Suppliers and others; and for reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination. Contractor shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination. 15.3. CONTRACTOR MAY STOP WORK OR TERMINATE If, through no act or fault of Contractor, the Work is suspended for a period of more than ninety (90) days by the Owner or under an order of court or other public authority, or the Owner's Representative fails to act on any Application for Payment within thirty (30) days after it is submitted or the Owner fails for thirty (30) days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, then Contractor may, upon seven (7) days' written notice to the Owner and Owner's Representative, and provided the Owner or Owner's Representative does not remedy such suspension or failure within that time, terminate the Agreement and recover from the Owner payment on the same terms as provided in the article for the Owner May Terminate. However, if the Work is suspended under an order of court through no fault of Owner, the Contractor shall not be entitled to payment except as the Court may direct. In lieu of terminating the Agreement and without prejudice to any other right or remedy, if Owner's Representative has failed to act on an Application for Payment within thirty (30) days after it is submitted, or the Owner has failed for thirty (30) days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, Contractor may upon seven (7) days' written notice to the Owner and Owner's Representative stop the Work until payment of all such amounts due Contractor. The provisions of this article are not intended to preclude Contractor from making claim under paragraphs for Change of Contract SECTION III Page 40 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions Price or Change of Contract Time or otherwise for expenses or damage directly attributable to Contractor's stopping Work as permitted by this article. 16. DISPUTE RESOLUTION If and to the extent that the Owner and Contractor have agreed on the method and procedure for resolving disputes between them that may arise under this Agreement, such dispute resolution method and procedure will proceed. If no such agreement on the method and procedure for resolving such disputes has been reached, subject to the provisions of the article for Decisions on Disputes, the Owner and Contractor may exercise such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any dispute provided, however, that nothing herein shall require a dispute to be submitted to binding arbitration. 17. MISCELLANEOUS 17.1. SUBMITTAL AND DOCUMENT FORMS The form of all submittals, notices, change orders, pay applications, logs, schedules and other documents permitted or required to be used or transmitted under the Contract Documents shall be determined by the Owner's Representative subject to the approval of Owner. 17.2. GIVING NOTICE Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, notice will be deemed to have been validly given if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of the notice. 17.3. NOTICE OF CLAIM Should the Owner or Contractor suffer injury or damage to person or property because of any error, omission or any act of the other party or of any of the other party's officers, employees or agents or others for whose acts the other party is legally liable, claim will be made in writing to the other party within a reasonable time of the first observance of such injury or damage. The provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the provisions of any applicable statute of limitations or repose. 17.4. PROFESSIONAL FEES AND COURT COSTS INCLUDED Whenever reference is made to "claims, costs, losses and damages," the phrase shall include in each case, but not be limited to, all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and all court or other dispute resolution costs. 17.5. ASSIGNMENT OF CONTRACT The Contractor shall not assign this contract or any part thereof or any rights thereunder without the approval of Owner, nor without the consent of surety unless the surety has waived its rights to notice of assignment. SECTION III Page 41 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions 17.6. RENEWAL OPTION Annual Contracts issued through the Engineering Department may be renewed for up to two (2) years, upon mutual consent of both the Owner and the Contractor/Vendor. All terms, conditions and unit prices shall remain constant unless otherwise specified in the contract specifications or in the Invitation to bid. Renewals shall be made at the sole discretion of the Owner, and must be agreed to in writing by both parties. All renewals are contingent upon the availability of funds, and the satisfactory performance of the Contractor as determined by the Construction Department. 17.7. ROLL -OFF CONTAINERS AND/OR DUMPSTERS All City construction projects shall utilize City of Clearwater Solid Waste roll -off containers and/or dumpsters for their disposal and hauling needs. For availability or pricing contact Mike Pryor at the City of Clearwater, Solid Waste Department, by phone: (727) 562-4923 or email: Michael. PryorAmyC learwater. com. 18. ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK The City reserves the right to accept and use any portion of the work whenever it is considered to the public interest to do so. The Engineer shall have the power to direct on what line or street the Contractor shall work and order thereof. 19. MATERIAL USED All material incorporated into the final work shall be new material unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. If requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall furnish purchase receipts of all materials. 20. CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS The various Contract Documents shall be given precedence, in case of conflict, error or discrepancy, as follows: Modifications, Contract Agreement, Addenda, Supplementary General Conditions, General Conditions, Supplementary Technical Specifications and Technical Specifications. In a series of Modifications or Addenda the latest will govern. In the case of an inconsistency between Drawings and Specifications or within either Document not clarified by addendum, the better quality, more stringent or greater quantity of Work shall be provided in accordance with the Engineer/Architect's interpretation. 21. OWNER DIRECT PURCHASE (ODP) 21.1. SALES TAX SAVINGS The Owner reserves the right to purchase certain portions of the materials or equipment for the Project directly in order to save applicable sales tax in compliance with Florida Law since owner is exempt from the payment of sales tax. The contract price includes Florida sales and other applicable taxes for materials, supplies, and equipment which will be a part of the Contractor's Work. Owner -purchasing of construction materials or equipment, if selected, will be administered on a deductive Change Order basis. The contract price shall be reduced by the actual cost of the materials or equipment purchased by owner plus the normally applicable sales SECTION III Page 42 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions tax, even if the actual cost is in excess of the cost for the materials or equipment as -bid by the Contractor. For purposes of calculating engineering fees, contractor fees, architects fees, and any other amounts that are based on the contract amount, however, the original, as -bid contract amount shall be used. Direct purchase shall be considered for single items or materials that exceed $10,000 in value and/or items identified in Section V, Bidders Proposal. The Contractor shall provide the Owner an ODP Summary of all intended suppliers, vendors, equipment and materials for consideration as ODP materials or equipment (refer to ODP Instructions in Contract Appendix). 21.2. TITLE AND OWNER RISK Owner will issue Purchase Orders and provide a copy of Owner's Florida Consumer Certification of Tax Exemption and Certificate of Entitlement directly to the Vendor for ODP materials or equipment. Invoices for ODP materials or equipment shall be issued to the Owner, and a copy sent to the Contractor. Notwithstanding the transfer of ODP materials or equipment by the Owner to the Contractor's possession, the Owner shall retain legal and equitable title to any and all ODP materials or equipment; therefore, the owner assumes the risk of damage or loss at the time of purchase or delivery of items, unless material is damaged as the result of negligence by the Contractor. 21.3. CONTRACTOR'S RECEIPT OF MATERIALS The Contractor shall be fully responsible for all matters relating to the receipt of materials or equipment furnished to the Owner including, but not limited to, verifying correct quantities, verifying documents of orders in a timely manner, coordinating purchases, providing and obtaining all warranties and guarantees required by the Contract Documents, and inspection and acceptance of the goods at the time of delivery. The Owner shall coordinate with Contractor and Vendor delivery schedules, sequence of delivery, loading orientation, and other arrangements normally required by the Contractor for the particular materials or equipment furnished. The Contractor shall provide all services required for the unloading and handling of materials or equipment. The Contractor agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Owner from any and all claims of whatever nature resulting from non-payment of goods to suppliers arising from the action of the Contractor. As ODP materials or equipment are delivered to the job site, the Contractor shall visually inspect all shipments from the suppliers, and approve the vendor's invoice for items delivered. The Contractor shall assure that each delivery of ODP materials or equipment is accompanied by documentation adequate to identify the Purchase Order against which the purchase is made. This documentation may consist of a delivery ticket and/or an invoice from the supplier conforming to the Purchase Order together with such additional information as the Owner may require. The Contractor will then forward an electronic copy of the invoice and supporting documentation to the Owner for payment within fourteen (14) calendar days of receipt of said goods or materials. Such payment shall be directly from public funds, from Owner to Vendor. The Contractor shall insure that ODP materials or equipment conform to the Specifications and determine prior to acceptance of goods at time of delivery if such materials or equipment are patently defective, and whether such materials or equipment are identical to the materials or equipment ordered and match the description on the bill of lading. If the Contractor discovers defective or non -conformities in ODP materials or equipment upon such visual inspection, the SECTION III Page 43 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions Contractor shall not utilize such nonconforming or defective materials or equipment in the Contractor's Work and instead shall properly notify the Owner of the defective or nonconforming condition so that repair or replacement of those materials or equipment can occur without undue delay or interruption to the Project. If the Contractor fails to perform such inspection and otherwise incorporates into the Contractor's Work such defective or nonconforming ODP materials or equipment, the condition of which it either knew or should have known by performance of an inspection, Contractor shall be responsible for all damages to the Owner, resulting from Contractor's incorporation of such materials or equipment into the Project, including liquidated damages. 21.4. ODP RECORDS, WARRANTIES AND INDEMNIFICATION The Contractor shall maintain records of all ODP materials or equipment it incorporates into Contractor's Work from the stock of ODP materials or equipment in its possession. The Contractor shall account monthly to the Owner for any ODP materials or equipment delivered into the Contractor's possession, indicating portions of all such materials or equipment which have been incorporated in the Contractor's Work. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining and managing all warranties and guarantees for all materials, equipment and products as required by the Contract Documents. All repair, maintenance, or damage -repair calls shall.be forwarded to the Contractor for resolution with the appropriate supplier, vendor, or subcontractor. The Owner shall indemnify and hold Contractor harmless from any sales tax (and interest and penalties incurred in connection therewith) in the event there is a final determination that purchases made by Owner, which Owner treats as being exempt from sales tax, are subject to sales tax. "Final determination" shall mean an assessment by the Department of Revenue that is no longer subject to protest, or a determination of a court having jurisdiction over such matters that is final and not subject to appeal. Contractor agrees to promptly notify owner of any audit, assessment, proposed assessment or notice of deficiency issued with regard to the Project and relating to ODP materials or equipment. ODP Purchase Orders must be closed out prior to closing out the contract/Contractor Purchase Order. If material costs needed for project exceed the ODP Purchase Order amount, the ODP Purchase Order will not be increased. Amounts in excess of the ODP Purchase Order will be paid for by the Contractor. 22. RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION 22.1. GENERAL The Contractor shall notify all residents along the construction route or within a 500 -foot radius, unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents, with a printed door hanger notice indicating the following information about the proposed construction work and the Contractor performing the work: City seal or logo; the scheduled date for the start of construction; the type of construction; general sequence and scheduling of construction events; possibility of water service disruption and/or colored water due to construction efforts; Contractor's name, the Superintendent's name, Contractor address and telephone number; Contractor's company logo (optional); requirement for residents to remove landscaping and/or other private appurtenances which are in conflict with the proposed construction; and other language as appropriate to the scope of Contract work. Sample door hanger including proposed language shall be approved by SECTION III Page 44 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions the City prior to the start of construction. Notification shall be printed on brightly colored and durable card stock and shall be a minimum of 4-1/4 by 11 inches in size. Notification (door hanger) shall be posted to residences and businesses directly affected by the Contractor's activities no later than seven (7) days prior to the start of construction activity. Directly affected by the Contractor's activities shall mean all Contractor operations including staging areas, equipment and material storage, principal access routes across private property, etc. Contractor cannot start without proper seven (7) day notice period to residents. Contractor is required to maintain sufficient staff to answer citizen inquiries during normal business hours and to maintain appropriate message recording equipment to receive citizen inquires after business hours. Resident notification by the Contractor is a non-specific pay item to be included in the bid items provided in the contract proposal. SECTION III Page 45 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions 22.2. EXAMPLE CITY LOGO of CITY OF CLEARWATER NOTICE OF CONSTRUCTION TODAY'S DATE: / / PLEASE EXCUSE US FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE We are the construction contractor performing the (state project name) for the City of Clearwater in your area. The work will be performed in the public right-of-way adjacent to your property. This notice is placed a minimum of seven (7) days in advance of construction to notify property owners of the pending start of construction. (Brief description of the construction process to be expected by the property owners) The construction process may necessitate the removal of certain items from the right-of-way. Typical items such as sprinklers, grass, and postal approved mailboxes will be replaced by the contractor within a reasonably short period of time. The replacement of driveways and sidewalks will be made using standard asphalt or concrete materials. The property owner is responsible for the expense and coordination to replace driveways and sidewalks which have customized colors, textures and/or materials. Small trees, shrubs, landscaping materials, unauthorized mailboxes or structures within the right-of-way which must be removed due to the construction process will not be replaced. The property owner is responsible to relocate any such items which the property owner wishes to save prior to the start of construction. Vehicles parked on the streets or within the right-of-way may be required to be placed elsewhere. We are available to answer any questions you may have regarding the construction process or any particular item that must be relocated. Please contact our Construction Manager at (727) . We will be more than happy to assist you. Construction is anticipated to begin on: Company Name Company Address Contractor Phone Number 23. PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS 23.1. SCOPE AND PURPOSE The Owner desires to inform the general public on the Owner's use and expenditure of public funding for general capital improvement and maintenance projects. To help accomplish this purpose, the Contractor is required to prepare and display public project information signs during the full course of the contract period. These signs will be displayed at all location(s) of active work. Payment to Contractor for the preparation, installation and management of project sign(s) shall be included in the cost of the work. The number of and type of signs will be stated in SECTION IV, SCOPE OF WORK. 23.2. TYPE OF PROJECT SIGN, FIXED OR PORTABLE Sign type shall be "fixed" on stationary projects and "portable" on projects which have extended locations or various locations. The particular wording to be used on the signs will be determined SECTION III Page 46 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016. SECTION III — General Conditions after contract award has been approved. Contractor will be provided the wording to be used on sign at the preconstruction conference. 23.3. FIXED SIGN Fixed sign shall be 4 -foot by 6 -foot (4'x6') in size and painted on a sheet of exterior grade plywood of the same size and a minimum thickness of 1/2 -inches. Sign shall be attached to a minimum of two (2) 4 -inch by 4 -inch (4"x4") below grade pressure treated (P.T.) wooden posts and braced as necessary for high winds. Posts shall be long enough to provide secure anchoring in the ground. Bottom of sign must be a minimum of 24 -inches above the ground. Alternate mounting system or attachment to fencing or other fixed structure can be considered for approval. Sign shall be painted white on both sides with exterior rated paint. 23.4. PORTABLE SIGNS Portable sign shall be a minimum of 24 -inches by 30 -inches (24"x30") in size and will be attached to a standard sized portable traffic barricade. Sign material shall be aluminum, 0.080 - inches or thicker, background of white reflective sheeting, and shall be silkscreen or vinyl lettering. Portable sign shall be two signs located and attached to each side of the traffic barricade. 23.5. SIGN COLORING Background shall be white. Project Descriptive Name shall be in blue lettering. All other lettering shall be black. Basic lettering on sign shall be in all capital letters, of size proportional to the sign itself. Each sign shall depict the City's logo. The Project Manager/City Representative shall provide the appropriate electronic logo file(s) to the Contractor. 23.6. SIGN PLACEMENT Signs shall be placed where they are readily visible by the general public which pass by the project site. Signs are not to be placed where they may become a hazard or impediment to either pedestrian or vehicular traffic. For construction projects outside of the Owner's right-of-way, the signs will be placed on the project site. For projects constructed inside of the Owner's right-of- way, the signs will be placed in the right-of-way. Portable signs are to be moved to the locations of active work on the project. Multiple portable signs will be necessary where work is ongoing in several locations at the same time. Fixed signs are to be placed at the start of construction and will remain in place until the request for final payment. 23.7. SIGN MAINTENANCE The Contractor is responsible for preparation, installation, movement, maintenance, replacement, removal and disposal of all project signs during the full course of the contract period. The Contractor will place and secure portable signs from dislocation by wind or other actions. Signs are to be cleaned as necessary to maintain legibility and immediately replaced if defaced. SECTION!!! Page 47 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions 23.8. TYPICAL PROJECT SIGN <PROJECT NAME> <CONTRACT NUMBER> <DEPARTMENT NAME> PROJECT N CONTRACTOR - 1 COMPLETION DATE FUNDING OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE- :E rV BRIGHT ANI) BEAUTI FIJL • HAY TO BEACH 3'074" 24. AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE It will be required that the work will commence not later than five (5) calendar days after the Engineer gives written Notice to Proceed (NTP), which notice shall be given as outlined in Article 2 of these General Conditions. It is further required that all work within this contract be completed within the indicated number of consecutive calendar days as determined in Section IV, Scope of Work. Contract Time to commence at start date noted on the Notice to Proceed. If the Contractor fails to complete the work within the stipulated time, the City will retain the amount stated in the Contract, per calendar day, for each day that the contract remains incomplete. The work shall be discontinued on Saturdays, Sundays, and approved Holidays. If it becomes necessary for the Contractor to perform work on Saturdays, Sundays, and approved City of Clearwater Employee Holidays, that in the opinion of the Engineer, will require the presence of Inspectors, the Contractor shall pay SECTION III Page 48 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions the City of Clearwater, Florida, the amount of Four Hundred Eighty Dollars ($480.00) per each eight-hour (8) day for each Inspector given such assignment. The Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work at his own expense and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom which appear within a period of one (1) year from the date of final acceptance. 25. SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH CUBA AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION FORM Any company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List, or is engaged in business operations in Cuba or Syria, is ineligible for, and may not bid on, submit a proposal for, or enter into or renew a contract with the City of Clearwater for goods or services for an amount equal to or greater than one million ($1,000,000.00) dollars. Therefore, if applicable, each entity submitting a bid, proposal, or response to a solicitation must certify to the City of Clearwater that it is not on either list or engaged in business operations in Cuba or Syria at the time of submitting a bid, proposal or response, in accordance with section 287.135, Florida Statutes. Business Operations means, for purposes specifically related to Cuba or Syria, engaging in commerce in any form in Cuba or Syria, including, but not limited to, acquiring, developing, maintaining, owning, selling, possessing, leasing, or operating equipment, facilities, personnel, products, services, personal property, real property, military equipment, or any other apparatus of business or commerce. The certification form (the Certification) is attached hereto, and it must be submitted, along with all other relevant contract documents, at the time of submitting a bid, proposal, or response. Failure to provide the Certification may deem the entity's submittal non-responsive. If the City of Clearwater determines that an entity has submitted a false certification form, been placed either on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List or the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List, (for contracts entered into or renewed on or after July 1, 2011 through June 30, 2012), or submitted a false certification form, has been placed either on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List or the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List or been engaged in business operations in Cuba or Syria, (for contracts entered into or renewed on or after July 1, 2012) then the contract may be terminated at the option of the City of Clearwater. Other than the submission of a false certification, the option to waive the aforementioned deficiencies mentioned in the previous sentence may be asserted on a case-by-case basis, at the sole discretion of the City of Clearwater, if to the following conditions are found to exist: A. For Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List or the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List, (all of the following must occur): 1. The scrutinized business operations were made before July 1, 2011. 2. The scrutinized business operations have not been expanded or renewed after July 1, 2011. 3. The City of Clearwater determines that it is in the best interest of the City to contract with the company or entity. SECTION III Page 49 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION III — General Conditions 4. The company or entity has adopted, has publicized and is implementing a formal plan to cease scrutinized business operations and to refrain from engaging in any new scrutinized business operations. B. For Companies Engaged in Business Operations in Cuba or Syria: 1. The business operations were made before July 1, 2012. 2. The business operations have not been expanded or renewed after July 1, 2012. 3. The City of Clearwater determines that it is in the best interest of the City to contract with the company or entity. 4. The company or entity has adopted, has publicized, and is implementing a formal plan to cease business operations and to refrain from engaging in any new business operations in Cuba or Syria. Further, the City may allow a company to bid on, submit a proposal for, or enter into or renew a contract with the City of Clearwater for goods or services for an amount equal to or greater than one million ($1,000,000.00) dollars, if the City makes a public finding that, absent one of the above exemptions, the City would otherwise be unable to obtain goods or services for which the contract is offered. The City retains the right to pursue civil penalties and any other applicable rights and remedies as provided by law for the false submission of the attached certification form. See Section V of the Contract for Certification Form to be executed and submitted with the Bid/Proposal Form. SECTION III Page 50 of 50 Updated 6/3/2016 SECTION IV TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Table of Content: 100 SERIES: GENERAL 1 101. SCOPE OF WORK 1 102. FIELD ENGINEERING 1 102-1. LINE AND GRADE PERFORMED BY THE CONTRACTOR 2 102-2. LINE AND GRADE PERFORMED BY THE CITY 2 103. DEFINITION OF TERMS 2 103-1. REFERENCE STANDARDS 3 104. STREET CROSSINGS, ETC. 3 105. AUDIO/VIDEO RECORDING OF WORK AREAS 3 105-1. CONTRACTOR TO PREPARE AUDIO/VIDEO RECORDING 3 105-2. SCHEDULING OF AUDIO/VIDEO RECORDING 3 105-3. PROFESSIONAL VIDEOGRAPHERS 3 105-4. EQUIPMENT 4 105-5. RECORDED AUDIO INFORMATION 4 105-6. RECORDED VIDEO INFORMATION 4 105-7. VIEWER ORIENTATION 4 105-8. LIGHTING 4 105-9. SPEED OF TRAVEL 5 105-10. VIDEO LOG/INDEX 5 105-11. AREA OF COVERAGE 5 105-12. COSTS OF VIDEO SERVICES 5 106. STREET SIGNS 5 107. WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL 5 107-1. CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL 5 107-2. WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN 6 107-3. ROADWAY CLOSURE GUIDELINES 6 107-4. APPROVAL OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN 7 107-5. INSPECTION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL OPERATION 8 107-6. PAYMENT FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL 8 107-7. CERTIFICATION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL SUPERVISOR 8 108. OVERHEAD ELECTRIC LINE CLEARANCE 8 108-1. CLEARANCE OPTIONS 8 108-2. REQUIRED MINIMUM CLEARANCE DISTANCES 9 109. PROJECT WEB PAGES 9 109-1. WEB PAGES DESIGN 9 109-2. WEB ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES 9 109-3. THE SUN AND WAVES LOGO AND ITS USE 10 SECTION IV i Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV - Technical Specifications 109-4. MAPS AND GRAPHICS 10 109-5. INTERACTIVE FORMS 10 109-6. POSTING 10 109-7. WEB PAGES UPDATES 10 200 SERIES: SITEWORK 11 201. EXCAVATION FOR UNDERGROUND WORK 11 202. OBSTRUCTIONS 12 203. DEWATERING 12 203-1. GENERAL 12 203-2. PERMIT REQUIREMENTS 12 204. UNSUITABLE MATERIAL REMOVAL 13 204-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 13 204-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT 13 205. UTILITY TIE IN LOCATION MARKING 13 206. CLEARING AND GRUBBING 14 206-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 14 206-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT 14 207. EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 14 207-1. GENERAL 14 207-2. TRAINING OF PERSONNEL 14 207-3. STABILIZATION OF DENUDED AREAS 15 207-4. PROTECTION AND STABILIZATION OF SOIL STOCKPILES 15 207-5. PROTECTION OF EXISTING STORM SEWER SYSTEMS 15 207-6. SWALES, DITCHES AND CHANNELS 15 207-7. UNDERGROUND UTILITY CONSTRUCTION 15 207-8. MAINTENANCE 15 207-9. COMPLIANCE 16 208. CONSTRUCTION AND REPAIR OF SEAWALLS AND OTHER BEACH EROSION CONTROL STRUCTURES. 16 208-1. EXISTING SEAWALLS AND REVETMENTS 16 208-2. TOP OF CAP ELEVATION 16 208-3. SEAWALLS AND REVETMENTS LOCATED SEAWARD OF THE CCL 16 208-4. PLACEMENT OF NEW SEAWALL 16 208-5. POST CONSTRUCTION SURVEY 17 208-6. RIP -RAP 17 208-7. RETAINING WALL IN LIEU OF VERTICAL SEAWALL 17 300 SERIES: MATERIALS 18 301. CONCRETE 18 302. EXCAVATION AND FORMS FOR CONCRETE WORK 18 302-1. EXCAVATION 18 302-2. FORMS 18 303. REINFORCEMENT 18 SECTION IV ii Updated 2/11/2016 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION IV - Technical Specifications 303-1. BASIS OF PAYMENT 19 304. BACKFILL 19 304-1. MATERIALS AND GENERAL 19 304-2. TESTING AND INSPECTION 19 305. RIPRAP 20 305-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 20 305-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT 21 400 SERIES: SANITARY SEWER 22 401. SANITARY MANHOLES 22 401-1. BUILT UP TYPE 22 401-2. PRECAST TYPE 22 401-3. DROP MANHOLES 23 401-4. FRAMES AND COVERS 23 401-5. MANHOLE COATINGS 23 401-6. CONNECTIONS TO MANHOLES 23 402. RAISING OR LOWERING OF SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES 23 402-1. BASIS OF PAYMENT 23 403. SANITARY SEWERS AND FORCE MAINS 24 403-1. MATERIALS 24 403-2. INSTALLATION 24 403-3. TESTING 25 403-4. BASIS OF PAYMENT 26 404. HDPE DEFORMED - REFORMED PIPE LINING 26 404-1. INTENT 26 404-2. PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR/INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY 26 404-3. MATERIALS 26 404-4. CLEANING/SURFACE PREPARATION 27 404-5. TELEVISION INSPECTION 28 404-6. LINER INSTALLATION 29 404-7. LATERAL RECONNECTION 29 404-8. TIME OF CONSTRUCTION 29 404-9. PAYMENT 29 405. SANITARY MANHOLE LINER RESTORATION 30 405-1. SCOPE AND INTENT 30 405-2. PAYMENT 30 405-3. FIBERGLASS LINER PRODUCTS 30 405-4. STRONG SEAL MS -2 LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM 31 405-5. INFILTRATION CONTROL 32 405-6. GROUTING MIX 32 405-7. LINER MIX 32 405-8. WATER 33 405-9. OTHER MATERIALS 33 405-10. EQUIPMENT 33 405-11. INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION 34 SECTION IV iii Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV -Technical Specifications 405-12. INNERLINE ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM 35 500 SERIES: POTABLE AND RECLAIMED WATER MAINS, FIRE LINES AND APPURTENANCES 41 501. SCOPE 41 502. MATERIALS 41 502-1. GENERAL 41 502-2. PIPE MATERIALS AND FITTINGS 41 502-3. GATE VALVES 43 502-4. VALVE BOXES 44 502-5. HYDRANTS 44 502-6. SERVICE SADDLES 45 502-7. TESTS, INSPECTION AND REPAIRS 45 502-8. BACKFLOW PREVENTERS 46 502-9. TAPPING SLEEVES 46 502-10. BLOW OFF HYDRANTS 46 503. CONSTRUCTION 46 503-1. MATERIAL HANDLING 46 503-2. PIPE LAYING 47 503-3. SETTING OF VALVES, HYDRANTS AND FITTINGS 48 503-4. CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING LINES 49 504. TESTS 49 504-1. HYDROSTATIC TESTS 49 504-2. NOTICE OF TEST 50 505. STERILIZATION 50 505-1. STERILIZING AGENT 50 505-2. FLUSHING SYSTEM 50 505-3. STERILIZATION PROCEDURE 50 505-4. RESIDUAL CHLORINE TESTS 50 505-5. BACTERIAL TESTS 50 506. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 51 506-1. GENERAL 51 506-2. FURNISH AND INSTALL WATER MAINS 51 506-3. FURNISH AND INSTALL FITTINGS 52 506-4. FURNISH AND INSTALL GATE VALVES COMPLETE WITH BOXES AND COVERS 52 506-5. FURNISH AND INSTALL FIRE HYDRANTS 52 600 SERIES: STORMWATER 53 601. RAISING OR LOWERING OF STORM DRAINAGE STRUCTURES 53 601-1. BASIS OF PAYMENT 53 602. UNDERDRAINS 53 602-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 53 602-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT 54 SECTION IV iv Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV - Technical Specifications 603. STORM SEWERS 54 603-1. TESTING AND INSPECTION 54 603-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT 55 604. STORM MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH BASINS OR OTHER STORM STRUCTURES 55 604-1. BUILT UP TYPE STRUCTURES 55 604-2. PRECAST TYPE 56 604-3. BASIS OF PAYMENT 56 605. GABIONS AND MATTRESSES 56 605-1. MATERIAL 56 605-2. PERFORMANCE 57 700 SERIES: STREETS AND SIDEWALKS 59 701. RESTORATION OR REPLACEMENT OF DRIVEWAYS, CURBS, SIDEWALKS AND STREET PAVEMENT 59 702. ROADWAY BASE AND SUBGRADE 59 702-1. BASE 59 702-2. SUBGRADE 61 703. ASPHALTIC CONCRETE MATERIALS 62 703-1. ASPHALTIC CONCRETE 62 703-2. HOT BITUMINOUS MIXTURES - PLANT, METHODS, EQUIPMENT & QUALITY ASSURANCE 62 703-3. ASPHALT MIX DESIGNS AND TYPES 63 703-4. ASPHALT PAVEMENT DESIGNS AND LAYER THICKNESS 63 703-5. GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS 63 703-6. CRACKS AND POTHOLE PREPARATION 63 703-7. ADJUSTMENT OF MANHOLES 64 703-8. ADDITIONAL ASPHALT REQUIREMENTS 64 703-9. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 65 703-10. BASIS OF PAYMENT 65 704. ADJUSTMENT TO THE UNIT BID PRICE FOR ASPHALT 65 705. ASPHALT DRIVEWAYS 66 705-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 66 705-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT 66 706. CONCRETE CURBS 66 706-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 66 706-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT 66 707. CONCRETE SIDEWALKS AND DRIVEWAYS 67 707-1. CONCRETE SIDEWALKS 67 707-2. CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS 67 707-3. CONCRETE CURB RAMPS 67 707-4. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 67 707-5. BASIS OF PAYMENT 67 708. MILLING OPERATIONS 68 SECTION IV v Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV - Technical Specifications 708-1. EQUIPMENT, CONSTRUCTION & MILLED SURFACE 68 708-2. ADDITIONAL MILLING REQUIREMENTS 68 708-3. SALVAGEABLE MATERIALS 69 708-4. DISPOSABLE MATERIALS 69 708-5. ADJUSTMENT AND LOCATION OF UNDERGROUND UTILITIES 69 708-6. ADJUSTMENT OF UTILITY MANHOLES 69 708-7. TYPES OF MILLING 69 708-8. MILLING OF INTERSECTIONS 69 708-9. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT 70 708-10. BASIS OF PAYMENT 70 800 SERIES: TRAFFIC SIGNALS, SIGNS AND MARKINGS 71 801. TRAFFIC SIGNAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS 71 801-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 71 802. SIGNING AND MARKING 71 802-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 72 803. ROADWAY LIGHTING 72 803-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 72 900 SERIES: LANDSCAPING/RESTORATION 73 901. WORK IN EASEMENTS OR PARKWAYS 73 902. GENERAL PLANTING SPECIFICATIONS 73 902-1. IRRIGATION 73 902-2. LANDSCAPE 83 903. SODDING 97 904. SEEDING 98 905. LAWN MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS 98 905-1. SCOPE 98 905-2. SCHEDULING OF WORK 99 905-3. WORK METHODS 99 906. LEVEL OF SERVICE 101 907. COMPLETION OF WORK 101 908. INSPECTION AND APPROVAL 101 909. SPECIAL CONDITIONS 102 910. TREE PROTECTION 102 910-1. TREE BARRICADES 102 910-2. ROOT PRUNING 103 910-3. PROPER TREE PRUNING 104 SECTION IV vi Updated 2/11/2016 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 100 SERIES: GENERAL 101. SCOPE OF WORK Project Name: Kapok Terrace Sanitary Sewer System Project Number: 15 -0036 -UT Scope of Work: The scope of work for the aforementioned project includes in general the following: — Installation of approximately 7,650 LF of PVC and DIP gravity sewer piping; — Installation of 34 precast concrete manholes; — Installation of approximately 135 sewer laterals and cleanouts from the new gravity sewer to the right-of-way line; — Abandonment of up to 135 individual septic systems on private property and connection of existing sewer service laterals to the new sewer system lateral; — Connection of sewer service laterals to the new gravity sanitary sewer system; — Installation of approximately 1,100 LF of storm sewer piping; — Installation of 12 precast storm sewer structures; — Installation of 2,900 LF of underdrain piping; — Miscellaneous roadway modifications including roadway widening and installation of 4 T -Turn Arounds; — Installation of approximately 20,900 SY of asphalt; — Restoration of concrete driveways, curbs, sidewalks, and miscellaneous site restoration. The Contractor shall provide 3 Fixed project signs as described in SECTION III, ARTICLE 23 of the Contract Documents. The final number of project signs will be determined at the beginning of the project based on the Contractor's schedule of work submitted for approval. Additional project signs may be required at no additional cost to the Owner due to the Contractor's schedule of work. Contract Period: 310 Consecutive Calendar Days In addition to the number of calendar days specified above, up to an additional 90 consecutive calendar days shall be added to the Contract Period for completing the abandonment of septic tanks and connection of sewer service laterals as specified in Section 00120. The maximum Contract Period shall be 400 consecutive calendar days. SECTION IV Page 1 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 102. FIELD ENGINEERING 102-1. LINE AND GRADE PERFORMED BY THE CONTRACTOR Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall provide and pay for field engineering service required for the project. Such work shall include survey work to establish lines and levels and to locate and lay out site improvements, structures, and controlling lines and levels required for the construction of the work. Also included are such Engineering services as are specified or required to execute the Contractor's construction methods. Engineers and Surveyors shall be licensed professionals under the laws of the State of Florida. The Contractor shall provide three (3) complete sets of As -built Surveys to the Engineer prior to final payment being made as outlined in Section III (General Conditions), Article 6.11.2 of these Contract Documents. 102-1.1. GRADES, LINES AND LEVELS Existing basic horizontal and vertical control points for the project are those designated on the Drawings or provided by the City. Control points (for alignment only) shall be established by the Engineer. The Contractor shall locate and protect control points prior to starting site work and shall preserve all permanent reference points during construction. In working near any permanent property corners or reference markers, the Contractor shall use care not to remove or disturb any such markers. In the event that markers must be removed or are disturbed due to the proximity of construction work, the Contractor shall have them referenced and reset by a Professional Land Surveyor licensed in the State of Florida. 102-1.2. LAYOUT DATA The Contractor shall layout the work at the location and to the lines and grades shown on the Drawings. Survey notes indicating the information and measurements used in establishing locations and grades shall be kept in notebooks and furnished to the Engineer with the record drawings for the project. 102-2. LINE AND GRADE PERFORMED BY THE CITY If line and grade is supplied by the City, at the completion of all work the Contractor shall be responsible to have furnished to the project inspector a replacement of the wooden lath and stakes used in the construction of this project. Excessive stake replacement caused by negligence of Contractor's forces, after initial line and grade have been set, as determined by the City Engineer, will be charged to the Contractor at the rate of $100.00 per hour. Time shall be computed for actual time on the project. All time shall be computed in one-hour increments. Minimum charge is $100.00. The Contractor shall provide three (3) complete sets of As -built Surveys to the Engineer prior to final payment being made as outlined in Section III (General Conditions), Article 6.11.2 of these Contract Documents. 103. DEFINITION OF TERMS For the Purpose of these Technical Specifications, the Definition of Terms from Section III, Article 1 - Definitions of these Contract Documents shall apply. SECTION IV Page 2 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications For the purpose of the Estimated Quantities, the Contractor's attention is called to the fact that the estimate of quantities as shown on the Proposal is approximate and is given only as a basis of calculation upon which the award of the contract is to be made. The City does not assume any responsibility that the final quantities will remain in strict accordance with estimated quantities nor shall the Contractor plead misunderstandings or deception because of such estimate of quantities or of the character or location of the work or of other conditions or situations pertaining thereto. 103-1. REFERENCE STANDARDS Reference to the standards of any technical society, organization, or associate, or to codes of local or state authorities, shall mean the latest standard, code, specification, or tentative standard adopted and published at the date of receipt of bids, unless specifically stated otherwise. The most stringent specification prevails in the case where more than one specification is referenced for the same task. Contractor shall utilize applicable FDOT Standards and Specifications for tasks that are not covered by City's Standards and Specifications. 104. STREET CROSSINGS, ETC. At such crossings, and other points as may be directed by the Engineer, trenches shall be bridged in an open and secure manner, so as to prevent any serious interruption of travel upon the roadway or sidewalk, and also to afford necessary access to public or private premises. The material used, and the mode of constructing said bridges, and the approaches, thereto, must be satisfactory to the Engineer. The cost of all such work must be included in the cost of the trench excavation. 105. AUDIONIDEO RECORDING OF WORK AREAS 105-1. CONTRACTOR TO PREPARE AUDIONIDEO RECORDING Prior to commencing work, the Contractor shall have a continuous color audio/video recording taken along the entire length of the Project including all affected project areas. Streets, easements, rights-of-way, lots or construction sites within the Project must be recorded to serve as a record of pre -construction conditions. 105-2. SCHEDULING OF AUDIONIDEO RECORDING The video recordings shall not be made more than twenty-one (21) days prior to construction in any area. 105-3. PROFESSIONAL VIDEOGRAPHERS The Contractor shall engage the services of a professional videographer. The color audio/video recording shall be prepared by a responsible commercial firm known to be skilled and regularly engaged in the business of pre -construction color audio/video recording documentation. SECTION IV Page 3 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 1054. EQUIPMENT All equipment, accessories, materials and labor to perform this service shall be furnished by the Contractor. The total audio/video system shall reproduce bright, sharp, clear pictures with accurate colors and shall be free from distortion, tearing, rolls or any other form of imperfection. The audio portion of the recording shall reproduce the commentary of the camera operator with proper volume, clarity and be free from distortion and interruptions. In some instances, audio/video coverage may be required in areas not accessible by conventional wheeled vehicles. Such coverage shall be obtained by walking. 105-5. RECORDED AUDIO INFORMATION Each recording shall begin with the current date, project name and be followed by the general location, i.e., viewing side and direction of progress. Accompanying the video recording of each video shall be a corresponding and simultaneously recorded audio recording. This audio recording, exclusively containing the commentary of the camera operator or aide, shall assist in viewer orientation and in any needed identification, differentiation, clarification, or objective description of the features being shown in the video portion of the recording. The audio recording shall also be free from any conversations. 105-6. RECORDED VIDEO INFORMATION All video recordings must continuously display transparent digital information to include the date and time of recording. The date information shall contain the month, day and year. The time information shall contain the hour, minutes and seconds. Additional information shall be displayed periodically. Such information shall include, but not be limited to, project name, contract number, direction of travel and the viewing side. This transparent information shall appear on the extreme upper left hand third of the screen. Camera pan, tilt, zoom -in and zoom out rates shall be sufficiently controlled such that recorded objects will be clearly viewed during video playback. In addition, all other camera and recording system controls, such as lens focus and aperture, video level, pedestal, chrome, white balance, and electrical focus shall be properly controlled or adjusted to maximize picture quality. 105-7. VIEWER ORIENTATION The audio and video portions of the recording shall maintain viewer orientation. To this end, overall establishing views of all visible house and business addresses shall be utilized. In areas where the proposed construction location will not be readily apparent to the video viewer, highly visible yellow flags shall be placed by the Contractor in such a fashion as to clearly indicate the proposed centerline of construction. When conventional wheeled vehicles are used as conveyances for the recording system, the vertical distance between the camera lens and the ground shall not exceed ten feet (10'). The camera shall be firmly mounted such that transport of the camera during the recording process will not cause an unsteady picture. 105-8. LIGHTING All recording shall be done during time of good visibility. No videoing shall be done during precipitation, mist or fog. The recording shall only be done when sufficient sunlight is present to SECTION IV Page 4 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications properly illuminate the subjects of recording and to produce bright, sharp video recordings of those subjects. 105-9. SPEED OF TRAVEL The average rate of travel during a particular segment of coverage shall be directly proportional to the number, size and value of the surface features within the construction area's zone of influence. The rate of speed in the general direction of travel of the vehicle used during videoing shall not exceed forty-four (44) feet per minute. 105-10. VIDEO LOG/INDEX All videos shall be permanently labeled and shall be properly identified by video number and project title. Each video shall have a log of that video's contents. The log shall describe the various segments of coverage contained on the video in terms of the names of the streets or location of easements, coverage beginning and end, directions of coverage, video unit counter numbers, engineering survey or coordinate values (if reasonably available) and the date. 105-11. AREA OF COVERAGE Video coverage shall include all surface features located within the zone of influence of construction supported by appropriate audio coverage. Such coverage shall include, but not be limited to, existing driveways, sidewalks, curbs, pavements, drainage system features, mailboxes, landscaping, culverts, fences, signs, Contractor staging areas, adjacent structures, etc., within the area covered by the project. Of particular concern shall be the existence of any faults, fractures, or defects. Taped coverage shall be limited to one side of the Site, street, easement or right of way at any one time. 105-12. COSTS OF VIDEO SERVICES The cost to complete the requirements under this section shall be included in the contract items provided in the proposal sheet. There is no separate pay item for this work. 106. STREET SIGNS The removal, covering or relocation of street signs by the Contractor is prohibited. All street signs shall be removed, covered or relocated by the City's Traffic Engineering Division in accordance with Sections 700, 994, 995, and 996 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. The Contractor shall notify the City's Traffic Engineering Division a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours in advance of the proposed sign relocation, covering or removal. 107. WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL 107-1. CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL The Contractor shall be responsible to furnish, operate, maintain and remove all work zone traffic control associated with the Project, including detours, advance warnings, channelization, hazard SECTION IV Page 5 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications warnings and any other necessary features, both at the immediate work site and as may be necessary at outlying points. 107-2. WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN The Contractor shall prepare a detailed traffic control plan designed to accomplish the level of performance outlined in the Scope of the Work and/or as may be required by construction permits issued by Pinellas County and/or the Florida Department of Transportation for the Project, incorporating the methods and criteria contained in Part VI, Standards and Guides for Traffic Controls for Street and Highway Construction, Maintenance, Utility and Incident Management Operations in the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices published by the U.S. Department of Transportation and adopted as amended by the Florida Department of Transportation, or most recent addition. This plan shall be reviewed and approved by City Traffic Operations personnel regardless if MOT plan details are included in the contract plans. 107-2.1. WORK ZONE SAFETY The general objectives of a program of work zone safety are to protect workers, pedestrians, bicyclists and motorists during construction and maintenance operations. This general objective may be achieved by meeting the following specific objectives: • Provide adequate advance warning and information regarding upcoming work zones. • Provide the driver clear directions to understanding the situation they will be facing as the driver proceeds through or around the work zone. • Reduce the consequences of an out of control vehicle. • Provide safe access and storage for equipment and material. • Promote speedy completion of projects (including thorough cleanup of the site). • Promote use of the appropriate traffic control and protection devices. • Provide safe passageways for pedestrians through, in, and/or around construction or maintenance work zones. Per the 2014 Design Standards (DS), Index 600 or latest revision: "When an existing pedestrian way or bicycle way is located within a traffic control work zone, accommodation must be maintained and provision for the disabled must be provided. Only approved pedestrian longitudinal channelizing devices may be used to delineate a temporary traffic control zone pedestrian walkway. Advanced notification of sidewalk closures and marked detours shall be provided by appropriate signs." Per the 2014 Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction or latest revision FDOT Design Standards (DS): 102-5 Traffic Control, 102-5.1 Standards, are the minimum standards for the use in the development of all traffic control plans. 107-3. ROADWAY CLOSURE GUIDELINES Roadway types: Major Arterials, Minor Arterials, Local Collectors, and Local Following are typical requirements to be accomplished prior to closure. The number of requirements increases with traffic volume and the importance of access. Road closures affecting business or sole access routes will increase in process requirements as appropriate. For all but local SECTION IV Page 6 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications streets, no road or lane closures are allowed during the Christmas holiday season and the designated "Spring Break" season without prior approval by the City Engineer. 107-3.1. ALL ROADWAYS Obtain permits for Pinellas County or Florida Department of Transportation roadways. Traffic control devises conform to national and state standards. 107-3.1.1. PUBLIC NOTIFICATION Standard property owner notification prior to start of construction for properties directly affected by the construction process. 107-3.2. MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS, LOCAL COLLECTORS Consult with City Traffic Division staff for preliminary traffic control options. Develop Formal Traffic Control Plan for Permit Submittal to Regulatory Agency as necessary. 107-3.2.1. PUBLIC NOTIFICATION Message Board Display, Minimum of seven (7) day notice period prior to road closure and potentially longer for larger highway. The message board is to be provided by the Contractor. 107-3.3. MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR ARTERIALS 107-3.3.1. PUBLIC NOTIFICATION C -View Release 107-3.4. MAJOR ARTERIALS 107-3.4.1. PUBLIC NOTIFICATION News Release The Message Board may need to be displayed for a period longer than seven (7) days. 107-4. APPROVAL OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN The Contractor is invited and encouraged to confer in advance of bidding, and is required, as a specification of the work, to confer in advance of beginning any work on the Project, with the Traffic Operations Division, Municipal Services Building, 100 South Myrtle Avenue, telephone (727) 562-4747, for the purpose of approval of the Contractor's proposed detailed traffic control plan. All maintenance of traffic (MOT) plans shall be signed and sealed by a Professional Engineer or an individual who is certified in the preparation of MOT plans in the State of Florida. SECTION IV Page 7 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 107-5. INSPECTION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL OPERATION The Traffic Operations Division may inspect and monitor the traffic control plan and traffic control devices of the Contractor. The City's Construction Inspector assigned to the project, may make known requirements for any alterations or adjustments to the traffic control devices. The Contractor shall take direction from the Project Engineer or Project Inspector. 107-6. PAYMENT FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL Payment for work zone traffic control is a non-specific pay item to be included in the construction costs associated with other specific pay items unless specifically stated otherwise. 107-7. CERTIFICATION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL SUPERVISOR The City may require that the Supervisor or Foreman controlling the work for the Contractor on the Project have a current International Municipal Signal Association, Work Zone Traffic Control Safety Certification or Worksite Traffic Supervisor Certification from the American Traffic Safety Association with additional current Certification from the Florida Department of Transportation. This requirement for Certification will be noted in the Scope of Work and/or sections of these Technical Specifications. When the certified supervisor is required for the Project, the supervisor will be on the Project site at all times while work is being conducted. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall be available on a twenty-four (24) hour per day basis and shall review the project on a day-to-day basis as well as being involved in all changes to traffic control. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall have access to all equipment and materials needed to maintain traffic control and handle traffic related situations. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall ensure that routine deficiencies are corrected within a twenty-four (24) hour period. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall be available on the site within 45 minutes after notification of an emergency situation, prepared to positively respond to repair the work zone traffic control or to provide alternate traffic arrangements. Failure of the Worksite Traffic Supervisor to comply with the provisions of this Subarticle may be grounds for decertification or removal from the project or both. Failure to maintain a designated Worksite Traffic Supervisor or failure to comply with these provisions will result in temporary suspension of all activities except traffic and erosion control and such other activities deemed to be necessary for project maintenance and safety. 108. OVERHEAD ELECTRIC LINE CLEARANCE 108-1. CLEARANCE OPTIONS When working in the vicinity of overhead power lines, the Contractor shall utilize one of the following options: Option 1 - Having the power lines de -energized and visibly grounded. SECTION IV Page 8 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION IV—Technical Specifications Option 2 - Maintaining a minimum distance of twenty feet (20') of clearance for voltages up to 350 kV and fifty feet (50') of clearance for voltages more than 350 kV. Option 3 - Determine the line voltage and provide clearance in accordance with the following table. 108-2. REQUIRED MINIMUM CLEARANCE DISTANCES VOLTAGE (nominal, kV, alternating current) MINIMUM CLEARANCE DISTANCE (feet) Up to 50 10 Over 50 to 200 15 Over 200 to 350 20 Over 350 to 500 25 Over 500 to 750 35 Over 750 to 1,000 45 Over 1,000 (as established by the utility owner/operator or registered professional engineer who is a qualified person with respect to electric power transmission and distribution) Note: The value that follows "to" is up to and includes that value. For example, over 50 to 200 means up to and including 200kV. 109. PROJECT WEB PAGES 109-1. WEB PAGES DESIGN If requested by the City, Engineer shall design the Project Web Site in accordance with the current City Web Site standards and styles. Project Web Site should include general project information as: Project Name & Number, Scope description, Location, Schedule, and Project Contacts. Note: Occasionally City modifies the general design of the City's Web Site, and the Engineer shall consult the City Webmaster for the current requirements, before designing or updating the Project Web Pages. 109-2. WEB ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES Project Web Pages should conform to the W3C Web Accessibility Guidelines and US Section 508 guidelines whenever possible: http://www.w3.org/TR/1999/WAI-WEBCONTENT-19990505/ SECTION IV Page 9 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications http://www. section508.gov/ In particular, use of variable -width tables, user-adjustable/relative font sizes, ALT text for images, CSS whenever possible, etc. Accessibility should be a priority over design/aesthetics. 109-3. THE SUN AND WAVES LOGO AND ITS USE The City's Sun and Waves logo should be used for everyday business, on all print and electronic material. It should be used on all internal correspondence, brochures, advertising, vehicles, apparel and signage. It should be used only in the manner presented here, in the proportion shown here, with no alterations. It should not be condensed, lengthened, or otherwise distorted to fit a space. The logo is approved for use by City departments, and is not to be used by outside vendors without the permission of the City Manager, Assistant City Manager or Public Communications office. Electronic versions of the logo should be obtained from Public Communications. 109-4. MAPS AND GRAPHICS Use of maps and graphics is recommended to illustrate the project; only approved graphics should be posted to the Project Web Pages. 109-5. INTERACTIVE FORMS The site should also include an interactive form or other options to allow the Public's input sent back to the City regarding the Project. 109-6. POSTING The site should be presented to the City's Webmaster for review and posting to the City's Web Server. Posting of the Project Web Pages to a different server than City's Web server, if approved, should be coordinated with the City's Webmaster for resolving all accessibility and conformity issues. 109-7. WEB PAGES UPDATES Unless otherwise specified and agreed, Engineer is responsible for keeping the posted Web Pages up-to-date, by sending revisions and updates through the City Project Manager to the City's Webmaster for posting. SECTION IV Page 10 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 200 SERIES: SITEWORK 201. EXCAVATION FOR UNDERGROUND WORK The Contractor is responsible to take all necessary steps to conduct all excavation in a manner which provides for the successful completion of the proposed work while at all times maintaining the safety of the workmen, the general public and both public and private property. The Contractor's methods of work will be consistent with the standard practices and requirements of all appropriate Safety Regulatory Agencies, particularly the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) requirements for excavation. Unless otherwise specifically stated in these plans and specifications, the methods of safety control and compliance with regulatory agency safety requirements are the full and complete responsibility of the Contractor. For the purposes of the Contractor's safety planning in the bidding process, the contractor is to consider all excavation to be done in the performance of this contract to be in soil classified as OSHA "Type C". The Contractor's attention is called to specific requirements of OSHA for excavation shoring, employee entry, location of excavated material adjacent to excavation, the removal of water from the excavation, surface encumbrances and in particular the requirement of a "Competent Person" to control safety operations. The Contractor will identify their Competent Person to City staff at the start of construction. City staff is required from time to time to perform inspections, tests, survey location work, or other similar activity in an excavation prepared by the Contractor. City staff, in conformance with the OSHA Excavation Safety Requirements, is to only enter an excavation in compliance with these OSHA standards. The City's staff reserve the option to refuse entry into the Contractor's excavation if, in the opinion of the City's staff, the entry into the Contractor's excavation is unsafe or does not conform to OSHA requirements. If this circumstance occurs, the Contractor must either provide the necessary safety requirements or provide alternate means for the accomplishment of the City's work at the Contractor's expense. The construction quantities, if any, contained in the bid proposal for this contract do not contain sufficient quantities to allow the Contractor to perform excavation work using strictly the "open cut" method whereby no shoring systems are used and trench side slopes are cut to conform to OSHA safety requirements without a shoring system. In addition to safety reasons, the Contractor is required to use excavation and trench -shoring methods in compliance with all safety requirements which allow the Contractor to control the amount of restoration work necessary to complete the project. Not more than four hundred feet (400') of trench shall be opened at one time in advance of the completed work unless written permission is received from the Engineer for the distance specified. For pipe installation projects, the trench shall be a minimum of six inches (6") wider on each side than the greatest external horizontal width of the pipe or conduit, including hubs, intended to be laid in them. The bottom of the trench under each pipe joint shall be slightly hollowed, to allow the body of the pipe to rest throughout its length. In case a trench is excavated at any place, excepting at joints, below the grade of its bottom as given, or directed by the Engineer, the filling and compaction to grade shall be done in such manner as the Engineer shall direct, without compensation. SECTION IV Page 11 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 202. OBSTRUCTIONS Any pipes, conduits, wires, mains, footings, driveways, or other structures encountered shall be carefully protected from injury or displacement. Any damage thereto shall be fully, promptly, and properly repaired by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Engineer and the owner thereof. Any survey monument or benchmark which must be disturbed shall be carefully referenced before removal, and unless otherwise provided for, shall be replaced upon completion of the work by a registered land surveyor. Any concrete removed due to construction requirements shall be removed to the nearest expansion joint or by saw cut. Contractor shall consult Inspector for the approved means. 203. DEWATERING 203-1. GENERAL Unless specifically authorized by the Engineer, all pipe, except subdrains, shall be laid "in the dry". The Contractor shall dewater trench excavation as required for the proper execution of the work, using one or more of the following approved methods: well point system, trenched gravity underdrain system, or sumps with pumps. Well point systems must be efficient enough to lower the water level in advance of the excavation and maintain it continuously in order that the trench bottom and sides shall remain firm and reasonably dry. The well points shall be designed especially for this type of service, and the pumping unit used shall be capable of maintaining a high vacuum, and at the same time, of handling large volumes of air as well as of water. The Contractor shall be responsible for disposing of all water resulting from trench dewatering operations, and shall dispose of the water without damage or undue inconvenience to the work, the surrounding area, or the general public. Contractor shall not dam, divert, or cause water to flow in excess in existing gutters, pavements or other structures: and to do this Contractor may be required to divert the water to a suitable place of discharge as may be determined by the Engineer. Where possible, Contractor may contain produced groundwater on the project site, a dewatering plan must be submitted to the City for approval if a discharge permit is not obtained or required. The cost of dewatering shall be included in the unit price bid per linear foot of pipe, or, in the case of other underground structures, in the cost of such structures. 203-2. PERMIT REQUIREMENTS 203-2.1. DEWATERING DISCHARGE The Contractor shall be responsible for submitting the Notice of Intent to use the Generic Permit for the Discharge of Groundwater from Dewatering Operations and associated fee in accordance with Florida DEP Requirements, F.A.C. 62-621.300(2)(b) prior to discharging of produced groundwater into the City's streets, storm sewers or waterways. Prior to construction, a dewatering plan must be prepared and submitted to the City for review. It shall include site-specific notes and details presenting the Contractor's proposed dewatering and disposal methods. The City will field -inspect the dewatering operation throughout construction. SECTION IV Page 12 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 204. UNSUITABLE MATERIAL REMOVAL All unsuitable material, such as muck, clay, rock, etc., shall be excavated from under pipes, structures and roadways and removed from the site. All material removed is property of the Contractor, who shall dispose of said material off-site at their expense. The limits and depths of the excavation shall be determined in the field by the Engineer. 204-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement shall be the amount of cubic yards of clean fill placed as determined by either cross sections of the excavation, truck measure, or lump sum as specified in the Scope of Work and Contract Proposal. Included in the cost of cubic yards of suitable material placed is the removal, hauling and disposal of unsuitable material. 204-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT The unit price for the removal of unsuitable material shall include: all materials, equipment, tools, labor, disposal, hauling, excavating, dredging, placing, compaction, dressing surface and incidentals necessary to complete the work. If no pay item is given, the removal of unsuitable material shall be included in the most appropriate bid item. 205. UTILITY TIE IN LOCATION MARKING The tie in locations for utility laterals of water, sanitary sewer, and gas shall be plainly marked on the back of the curb. Marking placed on the curb shall be perpendicular with respect to the curb of the tie in location on the utility lateral. Marks shall not be placed on the curb where laterals cross diagonally under the curb. The tie in location shall be the end of the utility lateral prior to service connection. Markings shall be uniform in size and shape and colors in conformance with the code adopted by the American Public Works Association as follows: SAFETY RED Electric power, distribution & transmission Municipal Electric Systems HIGH VISIBILITY SAFETY YELLOW Gas Distribution and Transmission Oil Distribution and Transmission Dangerous Materials, Produce Lines, Steam Lines SAFETY ALERT ORANGE Telephone and Telegraph Systems Police and Fire Communications Cable Television SAFETY PRECAUTION BLUE Water Systems, Slurry Pipe Lines and Potable Water SAFETY GREEN Sewer Systems LAVENDER Reclaimed Water, Irrigation and Slurry Lines SECTION IV Page 13 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications WHITE Proposed Excavation PINK Temporary Survey Markings Marks placed on curbs shall be rectangular in shape and placed with the long dimension perpendicular to the flow line of the curb. Marks placed on valley gutter and modified curb shall be six inch (6") x three inch (3") and placed at the back of the curb. Marks placed on State Road and vertical curb shall be four inch (4") x two inch (2") and be placed on the curb face. 206. CLEARING AND GRUBBING The work included in this specification includes the removal and disposal of all structures, appurtenances, asphalt, concrete, curbs, walls, trees, roots, vegetation, boulders, conduits, poles, posts, pipes, inlets, brush, stumps, debris and other obstructions resting on or protruding through the ground surface necessary to prepare the area for construction. Clearing and grubbing shall be performed in accordance with Section 110 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. Unless otherwise specified in the contract documents, the Contractor shall take ownership of all removed material and dispose of them off-site in accordance with all Local, State and Federal Requirements. 206-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement shall be either a lump sum quantity or the number of acres cleared and grubbed as specified on the plans or directed by the Engineer. 206-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT The pay item for clearing and grubbing shall include: all removal and disposal of materials and structures as well as all materials, hauling, equipment, tools, labor, leveling of terrain, landscape trimming and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. 207. EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL 207-1. GENERAL Erosion and sediment control shall conform to the requirements of the FDOT Standard Specifications for Prevention, Control, and Abatement of Erosion and Water Pollution. Contractor shall use temporary erosion and sediment control features found in the State of Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Designer and Reviewer Manual (E&SC Manual) or the City of Clearwater Standard Indices. 207-2. TRAINING OF PERSONNEL The City may require that the Supervisor or Foreman controlling the work for the Contractor on the Project have a current Florida Department of Environmental Protection (FDEP) Florida Stormwater, Erosion, and Sedimentation Control Inspector Training & Certification. All personnel working on the Project shall complete illicit discharge training once per calendar year. Contractor shall provide documentation to the City prior to Notice To Proceed, Example of training and SECTION IV Page 14 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications training sign -in sheet will be provided by the City to the Contractor at the Pre -Construction Meeting. 207-3. STABILIZATION OF DENUDED AREAS No disturbed area may be denuded for more than thirty (30) calendar days unless otherwise authorized by the City Engineer. During construction, denuded areas shall be covered by mulches such as straw, hay, filter fabric, seed and mulch, sod, or some other temporary vegetation. Within sixty (60) calendar days after final grade is established on any portion of a project site, that portion of the site shall be provided with established permanent soil stabilization measures per the original site plan, whether by impervious surface or landscaping. 207-4. PROTECTION AND STABILIZATION OF SOIL STOCKPILES Fill material stockpiles shall be protected at all times by on-site drainage controls which prevent erosion of the stockpiled material. Control of dust from such stockpiles may be required, depending upon their location and the expected length of time the stockpiles will be present. In no case shall an unstabilized stockpile remain after thirty (30) calendar days. 207-5. PROTECTION OF EXISTING STORM SEWER SYSTEMS During construction, all storm sewer inlets in the vicinity of the project shall be protected by temporary erosion and sediment control features found in the State of Florida Erosion and Sediment Control Designer and Reviewer Manual (E&SC Manual) or the City of Clearwater Standard Indices, or equals approved by the City Engineer before installation. 207-6. SWALES, DITCHES AND CHANNELS All swales, ditches and channels leading from the site shall be sodded within three (3) days of excavation. All other interior swales, etc., including detention areas will be sodded prior to issuance of a Certificate of Occupancy. 207-7. UNDERGROUND UTILITY CONSTRUCTION The construction of underground utility lines and other structures shall be done in accordance with the following standards: no more than 400 linear feet of trench shall be open at any one time; and, wherever consistent with safety and space consideration, excavated material shall be cast to the uphill side of trenches. Trench material shall not be cast into or onto the slope of any stream, channel, road ditch or waterway. 207-8. MAINTENANCE All erosion and siltation control devices shall be checked regularly, especially after each rainfall and will be cleaned out and/or repaired as required. SECTION IV Page 15 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 207-9. COMPLIANCE Failure to comply with the aforementioned requirements may result in a fine and/or more stringent enforcement procedures such as (but not limited to) issuance of a "Stop Work Order". 208. CONSTRUCTION AND REPAIR OF SEAWALLS AND OTHER BEACH EROSION CONTROL STRUCTURES. Other beach erosion control structures, accompanied by a certified survey showing the location of the groin or other beach erosion control structure and adjoining groins or other beach erosion control structures, shall be presented to the city council for final approval. Where steps are necessary to provide access along the beach to the public, then such steps shall be shown as part of the plan for groin construction prior to issuance of the permit, and such steps shall be constructed and maintained in a safe condition at all times. 208-1. EXISTING SEAWALLS AND REVETMENTS Existing seawalls and revetments on natural waterbodies may be replaced with a revetment or with a vertical seawall with the provision of rip rap placed at the base of the wall up to the mean high water line for the entire length of the seawall. Revetments and seawalls may be replaced with a vertical seawall in manmade waterbodies, provided that the seawall is within the property line and maintains the established shoreline. 208-2. TOP OF CAP ELEVATION The top of cap elevation for all replacement and new seawalls and seawall caps shall not exceed 4.8 feet N.A.V.D. If the top of a seawall cap is constructed at an elevation differing from the adjacent property owner top of cap elevation by greater than one foot, then a return wall is required to sufficiently provide for the break in grade at the property line. Seawalls exceeding 4.8 feet N.A.V.D. in height prior to the effective date of this article may be maintained, repaired and replaced to their current height. 208-3. SEAWALLS AND REVETMENTS LOCATED SEAWARD OF THE CCL Seawalls and revetments located seaward of the coastal construction setback line are controlled by regulations of the Division of Beaches and Shores of the Florida Department of Environmental Protection. Replacement of a seawall or revetment that is located seaward of the coastal construction setback line necessitates submission of a permit application to the state department of environmental protection. 208-4. PLACEMENT OF NEW SEAWALL The placement of a new seawall waterward of an existing seawall is permitted, subject to the following conditions: (a) A Florida registered professional engineer must certify the new seawall design. (b) The new seawall shall not extend more than 18 inches from the waterward face of the original alignment of the existing vertical seawall location. SECTION IV Page 16 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications (c) The new seawall shall be placed vertically plumb. (d) Placing a seawall in front of an existing seawall shall only be permitted once unless the seawall behind the new seawall is removed. (e) Existing seawall sections that interfere with new seawall location shall be removed. (f) The new seawall shall include an adequate closure of gaps at each property line. (g) For zoning purposes, the setbacks for the property will be measured from either the property line or the waterside of the original seawall slab, whichever is more restrictive, and will not be adjusted to accommodate the new seawall addition. For purposes of pier construction, the shore normal dimensions will be measured from the waterside of the original seawall slab. 208-5. POST CONSTRUCTION SURVEY Prior to final inspection and approval of a new or replacement seawall or seawall cap, a post - construction survey shall be required. Repairs of existing seawalls and seawall caps which do not alter the height or location shall not be subject to this requirement. 208-6. RIP -RAP On all natural waterways, an apron of rip -rap shall be placed at the base of all new and repaired seawalls up to the mean high water line for the entire length of the seawall to absorb the wave energy and protect the underlying soft earth or sand from being carried away, as well as to provide habitat for desirable marine species. This rip -rap shall be required at the base of all new seawalls and at the time that an existing seawall is repaired where the replacement constitutes greater than 50 percent of the entire length of the seawall or includes the replacement of a panel. 208-7. RETAINING WALL IN LIEU OF VERTICAL SEAWALL A retaining wall may be built as an alternative to a vertical seawall, provided that all activities, including dredging, filling, slope grading, or equipment access and similar activities and all portions of the wall are located landward of the mean high water line. SECTION IV Page 17 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 300 SERIES: MATERIALS 301. CONCRETE The Contractor shall notify the Construction Inspector or City a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours in advance of all concrete placement. Unless otherwise noted elsewhere or directed, the following requirements shall be adhered to: All concrete work shall be performed in accordance with the latest editions of the Design and Control of Concrete Mixtures by the Portland Cement Association, the American Concrete Institute, and FDOT's Standard Specifications. Unless otherwise specified, all concrete shall have fiber mesh reinforcing and have a minimum compressive strength of 3000 p.s.i. at twenty-eight (28) days. The cement type shall be Type I and shall conform to AASHTO M-85. The aggregate shall conform to ASTM C-33. All ready mix concrete shall conform to ASTM C-94. The slump for all concrete shall be in the range of three inches (3") to five inches (5"), except when admixtures or special placement considerations are required. All concrete shall be tested in the following manner. Placement of less than five cubic yards (5 cy) shall be tested at the Engineer's discretion. Otherwise, for each class, for each day, for every 50 cy or part thereof exceeding five cubic yards (5 cy), one set of three (3) compressive strength cylinders will be required (1 at 7 days and 2 at 28 days). At the discretion of the Engineer, unacceptable test results may require the Contractor to provide further tests, as determined by the Engineer, to determine product acceptability, or need for removal, and compensation or denial thereof. 302. EXCAVATION AND FORMS FOR CONCRETE WORK 302-1. EXCAVATION Excavating for concrete work shall be made to the required depth of the subgrade or base upon which the concrete is to be placed. The base or subgrade shall be thoroughly compacted to a point six inches (6") outside said concrete work before the forms are placed. 302-2. FORMS Forms for concrete work shall be either wood or metal, except curbs. Curb forms shall be metal only, unless at radius, intermittent sections less than ten (10) linear feet or by written permission from Engineer. They shall be free from warps or bends, shall have a depth equal to the dimensions required for the depth of the concrete deposited against them and shall be of sufficient strength when staked to resist the pressure of concrete without moving or springing. 303. REINFORCEMENT When required, reinforcement shall be placed in the concrete work. Bar reinforcement shall be deformed: ASTMA-A 615, steel shall be billet Intermediate or Hard Grade: Rail Steel A.A.S.H.T.O. M42. Twisted Bars shall not be used, Fabric Reinforcement shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO M55 (ASTM A185). Welded deformed steel wire fabric for Concrete reinforcement shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 221 (ASTM A497). Welded wires shall SECTION IV Page 18 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV - Technical Specifications I be elevated by the use of chairs. Epoxy coated reinforcing Steel Bars shall meet ASTM A775/A77 requirements. I 303-1. BASIS OF PAYMENT Reinforcement shall not be paid for separately. The cost of such work shall be included in the contract unit price for the item of work specified. ' 304. BACKFILL ' 304-1. MATERIALS AND GENERAL Material for backfill other than under Gabion mattress shall be carefully selected from the ' excavated material or from other sources as may be required by the Engineer. Such material shall be granular, free from clay, muck, organic matter or debris, contain no rocks or other hard fragments greater than three inches (3") in the largest dimension and all fill shall be similar material. 1 Material for backfill under Gabion mattress shall be an A-1 soil meeting AASHTO M145. Backfill shall be carried up evenly in layer not exceeding eight inches (8") in thickness and shall be compacted into place by mechanical tamping before the next layer is applied. A hydro -hammer shall not be used for compaction. Backfill placed around pipes shall be carefully placed around the sides and top of pipe by hand shovels and thoroughly compacted to twelve inches (12") above the ' pipe by tamping or other suitable means. For backfill in small areas that do not permit any type of tamping, Contractor may use flowable fill to achieve required density. Flowable fill shall adhere to Section 121 of FDOT specifications. 1 Where wet conditions are such that dewatering by normal pumping methods would not be effective, as determined by the Engineer, Contractor may use #57 stone (meeting FDOT's specifications) and hand tamping until backfill has reached an elevation and condition such as to make the use of the mechanical tampers practical. Fully wrap the stones with a layer of Type D filter fabric of FDOT Index 199. Do not place stones within four feet (4') of the ends of trench or ' ditch; use normally accepted backfill material at the ends. Where new cast -in-place concrete work is performed, do not place backfill until the specified twenty-eight (28) days compressive strength occurs. ' Do not allow heavy construction equipment to cross over pipes or culverts until placing and compacting backfill material to the finished earthwork grade or to an elevation of at least four feet (4') above the top of the pipe or culvert. 1 The cost of backfill, flowable fill, alternative approved material for wet conditions, and extra dewatering effort to achieve required density, etc., shall be included in the contract unit price or lump sum price for the item of the work specified. 304-2. TESTING AND INSPECTION ' Contractor shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory, approved by the Owner, to perform density testing on backfilled material. All testing shall be witnessed by SECTION IV Page 19 of 105 Updated 2 11 2016 P / / SECTION IV —Technical Specifications the Owner's Representative. The test shall be repeated until satisfactory results are obtained. The Contractor shall be charged for all retests and re -inspection services. Backfill under all type of impervious areas and around structures: Backfill in these areas shall be compacted to a minimum of 98% Modified Proctor Test in accordance with ASTM D 1557 or ASSHTO T 180. Tests shall be performed up to the proposed bottom of pavement elevation. Backfill outside of impervious areas: Backfill in these areas shall be compacted to a minimum of 95% Standard Proctor Test in accordance with ASTM D-698 or AASHTO T-99. Tests shall be performed up to the proposed finished grade. Backfill Testing: The Contractor shall demonstrate the adequacy of backfill compaction by performing density testing. For each test location, density testing shall be performed at eight inch (8") lifts. The character of the backfill material will be observed during the excavation for density testing to determine conformance with the specifications. Density testing shall be performed using nuclear field density equipment or conventional weight -volume methods. If the weight -volume method is used, volume shall be determined by using the sand replacement test (ASTM D 1556) or liquid displacement methods (ASTM D 2167). If nuclear methods are used, the trench correction effect shall be accounted for by recalibrating the nuclear gauge on its calibration block at the location of each test prior to taking the density measurement. The Contractor shall furnish all equipment, tools, and labor to prepare the test site for testing. Normal Testing Frequency: One test shall be performed for each one hundred feet (100') of backfill or fraction thereof or for each single run of pipe/culvert connecting two (2) successive structures whichever is less. The location of the test within each section shall be selected by the Owner's Representative. Testing shall progress as each one hundred foot (100') section is completed. Four (4) tests equally spaced around each structure shall be performed on each eight inch (8") lift. Testing which indicates that unacceptable material has been incorporated into the backfill, or that insufficient compaction is being obtained shall be followed by expanded testing to determine the limits of the unacceptable backfill. Expanded Testing Requirements: If normal testing within a testing section indicates unacceptable backfill, the Owner's Representative may require additional testing within the same test section to determine the limits of unacceptable backfill. Additional testing required by the Owner's Representative shall be paid for by the Contractor and shall not exceed testing of four (4) additional locations within the test section. Unacceptable backfill within the limits established by the testing shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. Additional testing beyond that required may be performed by the Contractor at his expense to further delineate limits of unacceptable backfill. 305. RIPRAP The work included in this specification includes the construction of riprap as shown on the plans. The riprap shall be constructed per Section 530 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. 305-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement for riprap shall be the dry weight in tons. SECTION IV Page 20 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 305-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT The pay item for sand -cement riprap shall include: all materials, testing, labor, grout, hauling, equipment, excavation, backfill, dressing and shaping for placement of sand -cement and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. The pay item for rubble riprap shall include: all materials, required bedding stone, dressing and shaping for placement of bedding stone, filter fabric, testing, hauling, excavating, backfill, dressing and shaping for placement of rubble, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. No payment will be granted if concrete or stone that exists on-site is used as rubble riprap. SECTION IV Page 21 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 400 SERIES: SANITARY SEWER 401. SANITARY MANHOLES 401-1. BUILT UP TYPE Manholes shall be constructed of brick with cast iron frames and covers as shown on the drawings. Invert channels shall be constructed smooth and semicircular in shape conforming to inside of adjacent sewer section. Changes in direction of flow shall be made in a smooth curve of as large a radius as possible. Changes in size and grade of channels shall be made gradually and evenly. Invert channels shall be formed by one of the following methods: form directly into concrete manhole base, build up with brick and mortar, lay half tile in concrete, or lay full section of sewer pipe through manhole and break out top half of pipe. The manhole floor outside of channels shall be made smooth and sloped toward channels. Free drop in manholes from inlet pipe invert to top of floor outside the channels shall not exceed twenty four inches (24"). Standard Drop Manholes shall be constructed wherever free drop exceeds twenty four inches (24"). Manhole steps shall not be provided. Joints shall be completely filled and the mortar shall be smoothed from inside of manholes. The entire interior and exterior of brick manholes shall be plastered with one half inch (1/2") of mortar. Brick used may be solid only. Brick shall be laid radially with every sixth course being a stretcher course. 401-2. PRECAST TYPE Precast Sanitary Manholes shall conform to this specification unless otherwise approved by the City Engineer. AASHTO M 85 Type II cement shall be used throughout with a minimum wall thickness of five inches (5"). The precast sections shall conform to ASTM C 478 latest revision. Section joints shall be a tongue and groove with "ram neck" gasket or "0" ring to provide a watertight joint. Minimum concrete strength shall be 4000 psi at 28 days. Three sets of shop drawings and location inventory shall be submitted to the City Engineer for approval. Approval of shop drawings does not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance to these specifications unless letter from Contractor requesting specific variance is approved by the City Engineer. Location inventory submitted with shop drawing shall detail parts of manhole per manhole as numbered on the construction plans. All manhole parts shall be numbered or lettered before being sent to the job site to permit proper construction placement. A plan or list of the numbering system shall be present on the job site when manhole components are delivered. SECTION IV Page 22 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV—Technical Specifications Precast manhole dimensions, drop entry, grout flow of channel, etc., shall be as shown on City of Clearwater Engineering Index #302 Sheets 1 and 2 of 2. Manhole sections shall be rejected if abused during shipping or placement and if pipe openings are not properly aligned. The "break in" to precast manholes for pipe entry will not be allowed. The manhole base shall be set on a pad ofA 1 or A 2 Classification soil approximately five inches (5") thick to secure proper seating and bearing. 401-2.1. MANHOLE ADJUSTMENT RINGS (GRADE RINGS) Between the top of the manhole cone and the manhole cover frame, a manhole adjustment ring shall be installed. The intent of the manhole adjustment ring is to accommodate future grade changes without disturbing the manhole. See Section IV, Article 703-7, Asphaltic Concrete — Adjustment of Manholes. 401-3. DROP MANHOLES Standard drop inlets to manholes shall be constructed of commercial pipe, fittings and specials as detailed on the drawings. 401-4. FRAMES AND COVERS Manhole frames and covers shall be set in a full bed of mortar with the top of the cover flush with or higher than finished grade as directed. Refer to Index 301. 401-5. MANHOLE COATINGS The exterior and interior of all built up manholes shall be coated with two (2) coats of Type II Asphalt emulsion, moisture and damp proof (Specification ASTM D 1227 Type II Class I) as manufactured by W.R. Meadows Sealtite or approved equal. The exterior of all precast manholes shall have a 15 mil dry thickness of Sherwin Williams Targuard® Coal Tar Epoxy or approved equal. The interior shall be AGRU SUREGRIP HDPE or PP -R Liner with a minimum thickness of two millimeters (2 mm). 401-6. CONNECTIONS TO MANHOLES Connections to existing sanitary manholes using approved PVC sewer main shall be made with a manhole adapter coupling by NPC Kor-N-Seal® or approved water stop coupling. 402. RAISING OR LOWERING OF SANITARY SEWER STRUCTURES Sanitary Sewer Structures shall be raised or lowered as indicated on the plans or as indicated by the Engineer. 402-1. BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment, unless covered by a bid item, shall be included in the cost of the work. SECTION IV Page 23 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV—Technical Specifications 403. SANITARY SEWERS AND FORCE MAINS 403-1. MATERIALS 403-1.1. GRAVITY SEWER PIPE GRAVITY SEWER PIPE SHALL BE POLYVINYL CHLORIDE OR DUCTILE IRON. Polyvinyl chloride pipe and fittings shall conform to ASTM specification D 3034 for S.D.R. 35. Sewer pipe with more than ten feet (10') of cover shall be SDR 26. The pipe shall be plainly marked with the above ASTM designation. The bell end of joints and fittings shall have a rubber sealing ring to provide a tight flexible seal in conformance with ASTM D 3212. The laying length of pipe joints shall be a maximum of twenty feet (20'). Unless otherwise noted in these specifications or construction plans, Ductile Iron pipe and fittings for gravity sewer shall conform to Article 501 of these Technical Specifications for DIP water main except pipe shall be interior Protecto 401 ceramic epoxy lined in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Where sanitary sewer main is to be placed between building lots in a sideline easement, the sewer main shall, insofar as possible, be constructed without manholes or lateral connections within the side easement. The pipe material in the side easement between streets shall be C 900, SDR 18 polyvinyl chloride water main pipe as described in these Technical Specifications Article 501. A two-way cleanout shall be installed on each lateral at the property line. 403-1.2. FORCE MAIN PIPE FORCE MAIN PIPE SHALL BE POLYVINYL CHLORIDE OR DUCTILE IRON. Unless otherwise noted in the specifications or construction plans, both polyvinyl chloride and ductile iron force main pipe and fittings shall conform to Article 501 of these Technical Specifications for water main pipe except that DIP shall be Protecto 401 ceramic epoxy lined in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. All polyvinyl chloride pipe which has become deteriorated due to exposure to ultra violet radiation shall be rejected. 403-2. INSTALLATION 403-2.1. GRAVITY SEWER PIPE Installation of Thermoplastic gravity sewer pipe shall be in conformance with recommended practices contained in ASTM D 2321. The bottom trench width in an unsupported trench shall be limited to the minimum practicable width (typically pipe OD plus eight inches (8") to twelve inches (12") on each side) allowing working space to place and compact the haunching material. The use of trench boxes and movable sheeting shall be performed in such a manner that removal, backfill and compaction will not disturb compacted haunching material or pipe alignment. Dewatering of the trench bottom shall be accomplished using adequate means to allow preparation of bedding, placement of the haunching material and pipe in the trench without standing water. SECTION IV Page 24 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications Dewatering shall continue until sufficient backfill is placed above the pipe to prevent flotation or misalignment. Where pipe bedding is insufficient to adequately support pipe, the Contractor will be required to remove unsuitable material and bed pipe in Class I material (one half inch (1/2") diameter aggregate) to provide firm support of pipe. Connections to manholes with sanitary pipe shall use a joint two (2) feet in length and shall use an approved water stop around pipe joint entry. The laterals shown on the plans do not necessarily reflect exact locations. The Contractor is required to locate all existing laterals for reconnection and to coordinate with the construction inspector the location of all new laterals. 403-2.2. FORCE MAIN PIPE Installation of force main pipe shall be in conformance with Article 501 of these Technical Specifications for water main pipe. 403-3. TESTING 403-3.1. TESTING OF GRAVITY SEWERS The Contractor shall take all precautions to secure a perfectly water tight sewer under all conditions. The water tightness of a sewer which has a crown lying below groundwater level may be tested by measuring infiltration. The water tightness of sewers having crowns lying above groundwater level may be tested by filling the pipe with water so as to produce a hydrostatic head of two feet or more above the crown of the sewer at the upper end of the test section or the water table outside of the sewer, whichever is higher, and then measuring the exfiltration. In no case shall the infiltration or exfiltration exceed fifty (50) gallons per inch of diameter per mile per day. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment to test the amount of infiltration or exfiltration under the Engineer's direction. Where the infiltration or exfiltration is excessive, the Contractor at their own expense shall take the necessary steps to remedy such conditions by uncovering the sewer, remaking the joints or by replacing the entire length of sewer as required by the Engineer. No such repaired joints may be backfilled until after they have been tested and found to be acceptable. Care shall be taken to avoid flotation. The Contractor shall TV inspect all mains to verify the true and uniform grade and the absence of bellies or dropped joints prior to acceptance. Any dips or sags of more than five percent (5%) of the inside pipe diameter dimension shall be cause for rejection. The above tests shall be performed at the discretion of the Engineer on any or all sections of the line. 403-3.2. TESTING OF FORCE MAINS Force mains shall be tested under a hydrostatic pressure of 150 P.S.I. for two (2) hours, as described in Article 501 of these Technical Specifications for the testing of water mains. SECTION IV Page 25 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV—Technical Specifications 403-4. BASIS OF PAYMENT 403-4.1. GRAVITY SEWER PIPE Payment for in place sanitary sewer gravity main pipe shall be the unit price per linear foot per appropriate range of depth of cut as contained in the contract proposal. Measurement for payment shall be along the centerline of the sewer main from center to center of manholes. Payment for laterals shall be the unit price per linear foot of pipe as measured from the centerline of the sewer main pipe to the terminal end of the lateral pipe including a two-way cleanout at the property line. Payment for sewer pipe shall include all labor, equipment and materials necessary to complete the installation. This shall include clearing and grubbing, excavation, shoring and dewatering, backfill and grading. 403-4.2. FORCE MAIN PIPE Payment and measurement of force main pipe shall be the same as described in Article 501 of these Technical Specifications for water main pipe. 404. HDPE DEFORMED - REFORMED PIPE LINING 404-1. INTENT It is the intention of this specification to provide for the trenchless restoration of eight inch (8") to twelve inch (12") sanitary sewers by the installation of a high density polyethylene, jointless, continuous, fold and form pipe liner which is watertight and chemically resistant to withstand exposure to domestic sewage including all labor, materials and equipment to provide for a complete, fully restored and functioning installation. 404-2. PRODUCT AND CONTRACTOR/INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY The City requires that all contractors be prequalified. See General Conditions regarding contractor prequalification. In addition, the City requires a proven extensive track record for the fold and form liner system to be used in this project. All contractors submitting for prequalification approval for this project must exhibit extensive satisfactory experience in the installation of the proposed liner system and satisfactory evidence that the proposed liner system has been extensively and successfully installed in the Unites States and the State of Florida. The installer must be certified by the liner system manufacturer for installation of the liner system. The City reserves full and complete authority to approve the satisfactory nature of the both the liner system and the installer. 404-3. MATERIALS Pipe shall be made from P. E. 3408 polyethylene resins complying with ASTM D 3350, cell classification: P.E. 345434 D for High Density. It shall be Type 3, Grade 4, Class D, according to ASTM D 1248. The Contractor shall provide certified test results for review by the Engineer, from the manufacturer, that the material conforms with the applicable requirements. Material shall have SECTION IV Page 26 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications a minimum thickness of SDR 32.5. Pipe specimens shall comply with the minimum property values shown below with the applicable ASTM requirements: Material Property ASTM Method Value HDPE HDPE Tensile Strength D 638 3,300 psi Elasticity Modulus E=113,000 psi Impact Strength D 256 A 3.0 ft-lb/in Flexure Modulus E=136,000 psi Expansion Coeff. c=0.009 in/in/deg F At the time of manufacture, each lot of liner shall be reviewed for defects and tested in accordance with ASTM D 2837 and D 1693. At the time of delivery, the liner shall be homogeneous throughout, uniform in color, free of cracks, holes, foreign materials, blisters, or deleterious faults. The Contractor shall provide, as requested, certified test results for review by the Engineer, from the manufacturer, that the material conforms with the applicable requirements. The Engineer may at any time request the Contractor provide test results from field samples to the above requirements. Liner shall be marked at five (5) foot intervals or less with a coded number, which identifies the manufacturer, SDR, size, material, date, and shift on which the liner was extruded. Lining manufacturer shall submit to the Engineer for approval as requested, complete design calculations for the liner thickness. The criteria for liner design shall be HS -20 traffic loading, water table to the ground surface, minimum expected lifetime of fifty (50) years, and no structural strength retained from the existing pipe. Any liner system must be approved by the Engineer prior to receiving bids. Request for contractor prequalification and/or liner system approval must be received by the Engineer no later than fourteen (14) days prior to the date for receiving bids. 404-4. CLEANING/SURFACE PREPARATION It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to clean and prepare the existing pipes for rehabilitation. The Contractor will thoroughly clean the interior of the sewers to produce a clean interior surface free of all coatings, sand, rock, roots, sludge, or other deleterious materials prior to liner insertion. Bypass pumping will be provided by the Contractor as part of the unit cost of restoration. Bypass operations are to be so arranged as to cause minimum disruptions to local traffic, residents and particularly to commercial facilities. During the cleaning and preparation operations all necessary precautions shall be taken to protect the public, all property and the sewer from damage. All material removed from the sewers shall be the Contractor's responsibility for prompt disposal in accordance with all regulatory agency requirements. The Contractor may be required to control the rate of sewer cleaning in the sanitary system to avoid heavy pollution loads at the City's treatment plants. SECTION IV Page 27 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 404-5. TELEVISION INSPECTION After cleaning, and again after the rehabilitation work on each section of the project is completed, all pipe sections shall be visually inspected with a digital camera and recorded in DVD format as specified below. 404-5.1. VIDEO, PHOTO CAPTURE AND DATA COLLECTION REQUIREMENTS FOR MANHOLE AND PIPELINE INSPECTION This section describes the requirements of the Contractor in providing the following minimum requirements for Video, Photo Capture and Database structure to the City. The City is currently using CUES Granite XP video and data collection software. The Contractor shall provide the TV Inspections in the same Granite XP database, photo and video capture format. The Contractor - provided TV Inspections, Database, DVDs, Photos and related files shall have the ability to direct synchronize to the City's existing Granite XP database. 404-5.2. IMAGE (PHOTOS) CAPTURE FORMAT AND REQUIREMENTS The Inspection image files (pictures) shall have the ability to export to Industry Standard Formats to include JPEG, BMP, and TIFF formats and be transferable by disk, DVD and/or external hard drive to an external personal computer utilizing standard viewers and printers. 404-5.3. DIGITAL VIDEO FORMAT AND REQUIREMENTS Digital video files (Inspection Videos) shall be captured and/or recorded in the MPEG 1, 2 or 4 format or as specified by the City. The Video capture files shall be in MPEG format with data linking (Inspection Observations) to the database file(s). The "Link" of the video capture file to the database observation file is required. The inspection observation(s) shall link to the video record in real-time. The accompanying database shall support the following code systems: WRc, PACP, CUES standard, or current code system being utilized by the City. The Database and Software program (Granite XP V2.X) shall be able to import asset data from an ArcGIS (City current version) geo- database file utilizing the network features to associate Sewer Mains with corresponding Sewer Nodes. The database structure shall retain information on the various structures found within a sewer or storm system. It is important that the structures, nodes, manholes and pipe identifiers and related attribute information be retained as separate tables from the Inspection allowing import of existing data from multiple sources. The data structure allows different projects to reside within a single database. Information gathered in projects shall be available to view by project or by system. Data gathered during project inspection shall be available to view by the selected structure. Therefore, all inspections can be viewed on a structure even if gathered in different projects. 404-5.4. SYNCHRONIZATION The database shall have the ability to synch assets and inspections from replicated databases. The synch process should have built-in error checking for duplicates, updates and any modifications to SECTION IV Page 28 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications the data being synched. This allows for multiple sources of data to be effectively consolidated into a single unitary database for analysis and evaluation. 404-6. LINER INSTALLATION Liner shall be sized to field measurements obtained by the Contractor to provide a tight fit to the full interior circumference of the existing sanitary sewer and shall be a continuous, jointless liner product from inside of manhole to inside of manhole. Contractor shall use installation methods approved by the liner manufacturer including liner placement, reforming to fit existing pipe, pressure and heat requirements and reconnection of laterals. The Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer of any construction delays taking place during the insertion operation. Contractor shall maintain a reasonable backup system for bypass pumping should delays or problems with pumping systems develop. Liner entries at manholes shall be smooth, free of irregularities, and watertight. No pinholes, tears, cracks, thin spots, or other defects in the liner shall be permitted. Such defects shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at their expense. OSHA requirements for installation procedures, in particular, confined spaces are to be met. 404-7. LATERAL RECONNECTION Sanitary laterals shall be reconnected as soon as possible to renew service. Laterals are to be reconnected by means of robotics, by internally cutting out the liner to 100% of the area of the original opening. All lateral reconnections are to be grouted to prevent leakage. Grouting method and material is to be approved by the Engineer. Any reconnections to laterals and connections to manholes which are observed to leak shall be resealed by the Contractor. All laterals discovered during the lining process are to be reconnected unless specifically directed otherwise by the City. Contractor shall notify all local system users when the sanitary system will not be available for normal usage by the delivery of door hangers with appropriate information regarding the construction project. 404-8. TIME OF CONSTRUCTION Construction schedules will be submitted by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. At no time will any sanitary sewer service connection remain inoperative for more than an eight (8) hour period without a service bypass being operated by the Contractor. In the event that sewage backup occurs and enters buildings, the Contractor shall be responsible for cleanup, repair and property damage costs and claims. 404-9. PAYMENT Payment for sanitary sewer restoration shall be made per linear foot including all preparation, bypass pumping, equipment, labor, materials, operations, restoration, etc., to provide a fully completed and operational sewer. Payment shall be measured from center of manhole to center of manhole for the sanitary systems and from end of pipe to end of pipe for storm systems. SECTION IV Page 29 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 405. SANITARY MANHOLE LINER RESTORATION 405-1. SCOPE AND INTENT It is the intent of this portion of the specification to provide for the structural rehabilitation of manhole walls and bases with solid preformed liners and made -in-place liner systems used in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and these specifications. In addition to these specifications, the Contractor shall comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for work. Purpose of work is to eliminate infiltration, provide corrosion protection, repair voids and to restore the structural integrity of the manhole. For any particular system the Contractor will submit manufacturer's technical data and application instructions. All OSHA regulations shall be met. 405-2. PAYMENT Payment for liners shall be per vertical foot of liner installed from the base to the top of the installed liner. Liners will generally be installed to the top of existing or new corbels. No separate payment will be made for the following items: Bypass pumping; Traffic Control; Debris Disposal; Excavation, including necessary pavement removal; Shoring and/or dewatering; Structural fill; Backfill and compaction; Grout and mortar; Brick; Resetting of the manhole ring and cover; Pipe extensions and connectors necessary to the installation; Replacement of unpaved roadway and grass or shrubbery plot; Replacement of roadway base and asphalt surface; and Appurtenant work as required for a complete and operable system. The cost of such work shall be included in the pay item, per linear foot of liner. 405-3. FIBERGLASS LINER PRODUCTS 405-3.1. MATERIALS 405-3.1.1. LINERS Liners shall be fiberglass engineered to meet or exceed AASHTO H 20 loading of 16,000 pound vertical wheel load. Manhole liners are to be of the integral corbel design unless otherwise stipulated. Manhole liners are to be as large in diameter as will fit into the existing manhole. The Contractor shall measure the existing manhole immediately prior to ordering materials and is solely responsible for the fitting of the liner. Contractor will be required to submit factory certification for fiberglass liners. The manhole liner shall meet all requirements of ASTM D 3753. 405-3.1.2. MORTAR Mortar shall be composed of one part Portland Cement Type I and between two (2) and three (3) parts clean, well graded sand, 100% of which shall pass a No. 8 sieve. 405-3.1.3. GROUTING Grouting shall be a concrete slurry of four (4) bags of Portland Cement Type II per cubic yard of clean, well graded sand. SECTION IV Page 30 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 405-3.2. INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION Excavate an area around the top of the existing manhole sufficiently wide and deep for the removal of the manhole ring and corbel section. Remove the frame and cover and corbel section without damaging the existing manhole walls. Care is to be taken not to allow brick or soil to fall into the existing manhole. Remove or reinsert loose brick which protrude more than one inch from the interior wall of the manhole and which could interfere with the insertion of the fiberglass liner. If the shelf of the manhole invert is not level around the perimeter, form a flat shelf with mortar. Cut the liner to the proper length. Cutouts in the manhole shall be made to accommodate existing inlet and outlet pipes, drops and cleanouts. Lower the liner into the existing manhole and set the bottom of the liner into quick setting grout. Obtain a good bottom seal to prevent the loss of grout from the annular space between the outside of the liner and the inside wall of the existing manhole. Set the liner as nearly vertical as possible. Pour six inches (6") of quick setting grout above the initial bottom seal in the annular void to insure an adequate bottom seal. Bridge the gap from drops, laterals, force mains, cleanouts and all existing piping between the existing manhole wall and the new manhole liner with P.V.C. pipe. Use quick setting mortar to seal the area around the manhole liner and piping. Fill the annular space between the manhole liner and the existing manhole interior walls with grout. Care must be taken not to deflect the manhole liner due to head pressure. Set the existing manhole ring and cover using brick to make elevation adjustments as needed. Observe water tightness and repair any visible leakage. Backfill around the new liner and compact the backfill. Sod the disturbed area. Match existing sod. Where manholes fall in paved areas, refer to Standard Detail Index 104, "Street and Driveway Replacement for Concrete and Asphaltic Concrete Surfaces". 405-4. STRONG SEAL MS -2 LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM This specification shall govern all work to spray apply a monolithic fiber reinforced cementitious liner to the wall and bench surfaces of brick, concrete or any other construction material; Strong Seal MS 2 product. Described are procedures for manhole preparation, cleaning, application and testing. The applicator must be approved, trained and certified as having successfully completed factory training. The applicator/contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment and materials for applying the Strong Seal MS 2 product directly to the contour of the manhole to form a structural cementitious liner of a minimum one half inch (1/2") thickness using a machine specially designed for the application. All aspects of the installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and with the following specifications which includes: 1. The elimination of active infiltration prior to making the application. 2. The removal of any loose and unsound material. SECTION IV Page 31 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 3. The spray application of a pre blended cementitious mix to form a monolithic liner in a two (2) coat application. 405-4.1. MATERIALS 405-4.1.1. PATCHING MIX Strong Seal shall be used as a patching mix according to the manufacturer's recommendations and shall have the following minimum requirements: 1. Compressive Strength (ASTM C-109) 15 min., 200 psi 6 hrs., 1,400 psi 2. Shrinkage (ASTM C-596) 28 days, 150 psi 3. Bond (ASTM C-952) 28 days, 150 psi 4. Cement Sulfate resistant 5. Density, when applied 105 +/- 5 pcf 405-5. INFILTRATION CONTROL Strong Plug shall be used to stop minor water infiltration according to the manufacturer's recommendations and shall have the following minimum requirements: 1. Compressive strength (ASTM C-109) - 600 psi, 1 hr.; 1000 psi 24 hrs. 2. Bond (ASTM C-952) - 30 psi, 1 hr.; 80 psi, 24 hrs. 405-6. GROUTING MIX Strong -Seal Grout shall be used for stopping very active infiltration and filling voids according to the manufacturer's recommendations. The grout shall be volume stable, and have a minimum twenty-eight (28) day compressive strength of 250 psi and a one (1) day strength of 50 psi. 405-7. LINER MIX Strong Seal MS 2 shall be used to form the monolithic liner covering all interior manhole surfaces and shall have the following minimum requirements at twenty-eight (28) days: 1. Compressive strength (ASTM C 109) 3,000 psi 2. Tensile strength (ASTM C 496) 300 psi 3. Flexural strength (ASTM C 78) 600 psi 4. Shrinkage (ASTM C 596) 0% at 90% R.H. 5. Bond (ASTM C 952) 130 psi 6. Density, when applied 105 + pcf Product must be factory blended requiring only the addition of water at the Project site. Bag weight shall be 50 to 51 pounds and contents shall have dry bulk density of 54 to 56 pounds per cubic foot. Fiberglass rods which are contained in the product shall be alkaline resistant and shall be one - SECTION IV Page 32 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications half inch (1/2") to five-eighths inch (5/8") long with a diameter of 635 to 640 microns. Products shall, in the unmixed state, have a lead content not greater than two percent (2%) by weight. Strong Seal MS 2C shall be made with Calcium Aluminate Cement and shall be used according to the manufacturer's recommendations in applications where there is evidence of severe sulfide conditions. Product must be factory blended requiring only the addition of water at job site. Bag weight shall be 50 to 51 pounds and contents must have a dry bulk density of 50 to 56 pounds per cubic foot. Cement content must be 65% to 75% of total weight of bag. One bag of product when mixed with correct amount of water must have a wet density of 95 to 108 pounds per cubic foot and must yield a minimum of 0.67 cubic foot of volume. Fiberglass rods must be alkaline resistant with rod lengths not less than one-half inch (1/2") in length nor greater than five-eighths inch (5/8") in height. Product shall not include any basic ingredient that exceeds maximum allowable EPA limit for any heavy metal. Manufacturer must provide MSDS sheets for product(s) to be used in reconstruction process. A two (2) coat application of liner material will be required (no exceptions) with the first coat rough troweled to force materials into cracks and crevices to set the bond. The second coat to be spray applied to assure a minimum of one-half inch (1/2") thickness after troweling or brush finishing to a relatively smooth finish. 405-8. WATER Shall be clean and potable. 405-9. OTHER MATERIALS No other material shall be used with the mixes previously described without prior approval or recommendation from the manufacturer. 405-10. EQUIPMENT A specially designed machine consisting of an optimized progressive cavity pump capable of producing a minimum of 250 psi pumping pressure, contra blend mixer with twin ribbon paddles with discharge, and an air system for spray application of product. Equipment must be complete with water storage and metering system. Mixer and pump is to be hydraulically powered. Equipment is to be mounted to heavy duty construction tandem axle road worthy trailer complete with electric brakes and running lights. Internal combustion engine must be included to power the hydraulic system and air compressor. SECTION IV Page 33 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 405-11. INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION 405-11.1. PREPARATION 1. Place boards over inverts to prevent extraneous material from entering the sewer lines and to prevent up stream line from flooding the manhole. 2. All foreign material shall be removed from the manhole wall and bench using a high pressure water spray (minimum 1,200 psi). Loose and protruding brick, mortar and concrete shall be removed using a mason's hammer and chisel and/or scraper. Fill any large voids with quick setting patching mix. 3. Active leaks shall be stopped using quick setting specially formulated mixes according to the manufacturer's recommendations. Some leaks may require weep holes to localize the infiltration during the application after which the weep holes shall be plugged with the quick setting mix prior to the final liner application. When severe infiltration is present, drilling may be required in order to pressure grout using a cementitious grout. Manufacturer's recommendations shall be followed when pressure grouting is required. 4. Any bench, invert or service line repairs shall be made at this time using the quick setting mix and following the manufacturer's recommendations. 5. After all preparation has been completed, remove all loose material. 405-11.2. MIXING For each bag of product, use the amount of water specified by the manufacturer and mix using the Spray Mate Model 35C or 35D equipment for thirty (30) seconds to one (1) minute after all materials have been placed in the mixing hopper. Place the mix into the holding hopper and prepare another batch with timing such that the nozzleman can spray in a continuous manner without interruption until each application is complete. 405-11.3. SPRAYING The surface, prior to spraying, shall be damp without noticeable free water droplets or running water. Materials shall be sprayed, applied to a minimum uniform thickness to insure that all cracks, crevices and voids are filled and a somewhat smooth surface remains after light troweling. The light troweling is performed to compact the material into voids and to set the bond. Not before the first application has begun to take an initial set (disappearance of surface sheen which could be fifteen (15) minutes to one (1) hour depending upon ambient conditions) is the second application made to assure a minimum total finished thickness of one-half inch (1/2"). The surface is then troweled to a smooth finish being careful not to over trowel so as to bring additional water to the surface and weaken it. A brush finish may be applied to the finished coat to remove trowel marks. Manufacturer's recommendation shall be followed whenever more than twenty-four (24) hours have elapsed between applications. The wooden bench covers shall be removed and the bench is sprayed such that a gradual slope is produced from the walls to the invert with the thickness at the edge of the invert being no less than one-half inch (1/2"). The wall bench intersection shall be rounded to a uniform radius, the full circumference of the intersection. The final application shall have a minimum of four (4) hours cure time before being subjected to active flow. SECTION IV Page 34 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 405-11.4. PRODUCT TESTING At some point during the application, at least four (4) two inch (2") cubes may be prepared each day or from every fifty (50) bags of product used, identified and sent, in accordance with the Owner's or Manufacturer's directions, for compression strength testing as described in ASTM C 109. 405-11.5. CURING Ambient manhole conditions are adequate for curing so long as the manhole is covered. It is imperative that the manhole be covered as soon as possible after the application has been completed. 405-11.6. MANHOLE TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE Manhole may be vacuum tested from the top of manhole frame to the manhole base. All pipes entering the manhole shall be plugged, taking care to securely place the plug from being drawn into the manhole. The test head shall be placed and the seal inflated in accordance with the manufacturers' recommendations. A vacuum pump of ten inches (10") of mercury shall be drawn and the vacuum pump shut off. With the valves closed, the time shall be measured for the vacuum to drop to nine inches (9"). The manhole shall pass if the time is greater than sixty (60) seconds for forty-eight inch (48") diameter, seventy five (75) seconds for sixty inch diameter (60"), and ninety (90) seconds for seventy-two inch (72") diameter manholes. If the manhole fails the initial test, necessary repairs shall be made. Retesting shall proceed until a satisfactory test is obtained. Tests shall be performed by the Contractor under the direction of the Project Engineer. 405-12. INNERLINE ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM 405-12.1. SCOPE Materials and application procedures for manhole rehabilitation for the purpose of restoring structural integrity, providing corrosion resistance, and stopping infiltration by means of: 1. Hydraulic grouting, where required, as a preliminary measure to stop high volume infiltration. 2. Hydrophilic grouting (positive side waterproofing), where required, as follows: a. Hydrophilic foam -injected through wall of manhole to fill voids, and/or b. Hydrophilic gel -injected through wall of manhole to stop active leaks 3. Cementitious waterproofing with crystallization (negative side waterproofing) 4. Calcium aluminate cement lining, minimum of one-half inch (1/2") 5. Epoxy coating, minimum of thirty (30) dry mils SECTION IV Page 35 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV—Technical Specifications 405-12.2. MATERIALS 405-12.2.1. REPAIRING CEMENT A quick setting hydraulic cement compound shall be used to plug all visible minor leaks and to instantly stop major leaks, so that further waterproofing processes may proceed unhindered. The repairing cement shall be nonshrinking, nonmetallic, and noncorrosive. The compound shall have the following properties: Set Time Tensile Strength ASTM C 307 Compressive Strength ASTM -C 109 Flexural Strength ASTM C 78 1-3 minutes 1 day 510 psi 3 days 745 psi 28 days 855 psi 1 day 3,125 psi 7 days 7,808 psi 28 days 9,543 psi 1 day 410 psi 3 days 855 psi 28 days 1,245 psi 405-12.2.2. HYDROPHILIC GROUTING Based on conditions found in and around the manhole, the applicator shall pressure inject either one or both of the following materials: 1. An expansive foam grout shall be used to stop major intrusion of water and fill cracks and voids behind the structure's surface. Physical properties are as follows: Tensile Strength 380 psi ASTM D 3574-86 Elongation 400% ASTM D 3574-86 Bonding Strength 250-300 psi 2. A hydrophilic gel grout shall be used for soil stabilization behind the manhole to prevent seepage, to provide a damming effect, and to place a hydrostatic barrier around exterior of manhole. Physical properties are as follows: Density 8.75-9.17 lbs/gal ASTM D-3574 Tensile Strength 150 psi ASTM D- 412 Elongation 250% ASTM D-3574 Shrinkage Less than 4% ASTM D-1042 Toxicity Non Toxic 405-12.2.3. WATERPROOFING A waterproofing component based on the crystallization process shall be applied. The system combines cementitious and silicate based materials that are applied to negative side surfaces to seal and stop leakage caused by hydrostatic pressure. A combination of five coats (using three components -two powders and a special liquid) react with moisture and the constituents of the substrate to form the crystalline structure. It becomes an integral part of the structure and blocks the passage of water. With moisture present, the crystallization process will continue for SECTION IV Page 36 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications approximately six (6) months. Upon completion, the color will be light grey. Physical properties are as follows: Slant/Shear bond Strength to Calcium Aluminate Cement ASTM C882 Modified 1,200 1,800 psi Tensile Strength (7 day cure) ASTM C 190 Permeability (3 day cure) CRD 48 55 380 psi (2.62 MPa) 325 psi (2.24 MPa) 8.1x1O'10 cm/sec to 7.6x10^-11 cm/sec at 100% RH at 50% RH 405-12.2.4. CEMENT LINING A self -bonding calcium aluminate cement shall be applied to restore structural integrity and provide corrosion resistance qualities. The cement (before adding fibers) shall have the following properties: Calcium Aluminate Cement 12 Hrs 24 Hrs 7 Days 28 Days Astm C 495 Compressive Strength, Psi 7000 11000 12000 13000 Astm C 293 Flexural Strength, Psi 1000 1500 1800 2000 Astm C 596 Shrinkage At 90% Humidity -- <0.04 <0.06 <0.08 Astm C 666 Freeze -Thaw Aft 300 Cycle No Damage Astm C 990 Pull - Out Strength 200 - 230 Psi Tensile Astm C 457 Air Void Content (7 Days) 3% Astm C 497 Porosity/Adsorption Test 4 - 5% Modules of Elasticity: 7.10 X 10 PSI after twenty-four (24) hours moist curing at 68 degrees Fahrenheit. The calcium aluminate cement shall be reinforced with inert fibers which comply with ASTM C 1116 and ASTM C 1018, added at the rate of one (1) pound per cubic yard of concrete. The mixture shall be applied to a thickness of at least one half inch (1/2"), but no greater than two inches (2"). It will have a dark grey color. 405-12.2.5. EPDXY COATING A high build, flexible waterproofing epoxy shall be applied to a minimum of thirty (30) dry mils. This epoxy will seal structure from moisture and provide protective qualities to the surface, including excellent resistance to chemical attack and abrasion. The epoxy shall be 100% solids, can be applied to damp surfaces, cures to a tile like finish, is easy to clean, and has no toxic fumes. Its uses include sewage treatment plants and other sewer structures. The epoxy shall have the following properties at 75 degrees Fahrenheit: Mixing Ratio (Parts A:B), by volume 1:1 Color (other colors available on request) Light Gray SECTION IV Page 37 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications Pot Life, hrs 1 Tensile Strength, psi, min 2,000 Tensile Elongation, % 10 —20 Water Extractable Substances, mg./sq. in., max 5 Bond Strength to Cement (ASTM 882) psi 1,800 405-12.2.6. CHEMICAL RESISTANCE The sanitary sewer liner shall be resistant to: Alcohols, Trichloroethylene, Nitric Acid (3%), Jet Fuels, Water, Sulfuric Acid (3% 10%), MEK, Wine, Butyl Acetate, Beer, Lactic Acid (3%), Gasoline, Corn Oil, Aluminum Sulfate, Paraffin Oil, Vegetable Juice, Sodium Chloride, Motor Oil, Hydrochloric Acid (3%), and many others. 405-12.3. INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION 405-12.3.1. PROCEDURAL OVERVIEW Work shall proceed as follows: 1. Remove rungs (steps), if desired by client. 2. Clean manhole and remove debris. a. Plug lines and/or screen out displaced debris. b. Apply acid wash, if necessary, to clean and degrease. c. Hydroblast and/or sand blast structure. d. Remove debris from work area. 3. Repair minor defects in walls, benches, and inverts, as required, with repairing cement. (Note: Major structural repairs, such as rebuilding of benches, will also be made as required by client.) 4. Inject hydrophilic grout through all surfaces, as needed, to eliminate infiltration. 5. Apply cementitious/crystallization waterproofing agents to all surfaces, repeating steps as needed. 6. Spray and/or hand apply calcium aluminate cement lining to all surfaces. 7. Spray apply epoxy coating to all surfaces. NOTE: Steps 1-5 shall be executed consecutively with minimal delays; calcium aluminate (Step 6) shall require a cure time of at least twenty-four (24) hours for needed adhesion of epoxy (Step 7) to cement lining. 405-12.3.2. PREPARATION An acid wash shall be used (if needed) to clean and degrease. Then, if the client desires, the rungs shall be removed. Next, the entire structure is thoroughly water and/or sand blasted to remove any loose or deteriorated material. Care shall be taken to prevent any loose material from entering lines and other areas by either plugging the lines (where feasible) or inserting protective screens. SECTION IV Page 38 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 405-12.3.3. STRUCTURAL REPAIR Hand place or spray apply hydraulic cement material as necessary to prepared surface to fill cracks and voids in structure. Allow twenty (20) minutes before applying waterproofing/crystallization. 405-12.3.4. INFILTRATION CONTROL Pressure injection of hydrophilic gel and hydrophilic foam. 1. Drill five-eighths inch (5/8") holes through active leaking surface. 2. Install all zert fittings, as recommended by manufacturer. 3. Inject material until water flow stops. 4. Remove fittings (if necessary). 405-12.3.5. WATERPROOFING/CRYSTALLIZATION PROCESS 1. Apply a slurry coat of powder #1 to moist wall using a stiff brush, forming an undercoat. 2. Apply dry powder #2 to slurry coat by hand. 3. Brush or spray on sealing liquid during the application to penetrate and initiate the crystal forming process. 4. Repeat steps 2 and 3, until there are no visible leaks. 5. Apply powder #1 as an overcoat. 6. Allow one (1) hour to cure before applying cement lining. 405-12.3.6. CEMENT LINING 1. Dampen surface. 2. Mix material in mixer as recommended for spray or hand trowel application. 3. Apply cement until required build up of at least one half inch (1/2") (and no more than two inches (2")) has been achieved. 4. Trowel to smooth finish, restoring contours of manhole. 5. Texture brush surface to prepare for epoxy finish. 6. Allow for a twenty-four (24) hour cure time prior to epoxy coating. NOTE: If conditions of heavy humidity prevail, a dry air blower shall be used to facilitate curing times. 405-12.3.7. EPDXY COATING Spray apply epoxy coating using airless spraying equipment until surface is visibly covered and a thickness of at least thirty (30) mils has been achieved. Manhole may be safely entered after six (6) hours, as epoxy will be hardened. Full cure strength will be achieved at forty eight (48) hours. SECTION IV Page 39 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV—Technical Specifications 405-12.3.8. CLEAN UP The work crew shall remove all debris and clean work area. 405-12.3.9. MANHOLE TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE Manhole may be vacuum tested from the top of manhole frame to the manhole base. All pipes entering the manhole shall be plugged, taking care to securely place the plug from being drawn into the manhole. The test head shall be placed and the seal inflated in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. A vacuum pump of ten inches (10") of mercury shall be drawn and the vacuum pump shut off. With the valves closed, the time shall be measured for the vacuum to drop to nine inches (9"). The manhole shall pass if the time is greater than sixty (60) seconds for a forty eight inch (48") diameter, seventy five (75) seconds for sixty (60) inches, and ninety (90) seconds for seventy-two inch (72") diameter manholes. If the manhole fails the initial test, necessary repairs shall be made. Retesting shall proceed until a satisfactory test is obtained. Tests shall be performed by the Contractor under the direction of the Project Engineer. 405-12.3.10. WARRANTY All materials and workmanship shall be warranted to the Owner for a period of five (5) years, provided that all the above mentioned repair steps are used. SECTION IV Page 40 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 500 SERIES: POTABLE AND RECLAIMED WATER MAINS, FIRE LINES AND APPURTENANCES 501. SCOPE The Contractor shall furnish all plant, labor, materials and equipment to perform all operations in connection with the construction of potable water mains, fire lines, reclaimed water mains and appurtenances including clearing, excavation, trenching, backfilling and clean up. 502. MATERIALS 502-1. GENERAL Materials, equipment and supplies furnished and permanently incorporated into the project shall be of first quality in every respect and shall be constructed and finished to high standards of workmanship. Materials shall be suitable for service intended, shall reflect modern design and engineering and shall be fabricated in a first class workmanlike manner. All materials, equipment and supplies shall be new and shall have not been in service at any time previous to installation, except as required in tests or incident to installation. Machined metal surfaces, exposed bearings and glands shall be protected against grit, dirt, chemical corrosion and other damaging effects during shipment and construction. 502-2. PIPE MATERIALS AND FITTINGS 502-2.1. DUCTILE IRON PIPE Ductile Iron Pipe shall be in accordance with ANSUAWWA C151/A21.51 81 or latest revision. Pipe thickness class, wall thickness and working pressure shall conform to the following table: Size Class Thickness (In.) Rated Water Working Pressure (PSI) 4" 51 0.26 350 6" 50 0.25 350 8" 50 0.27 350 12" 50 0.31 350 The trench laying condition shall be Type 2, Flat bottom trench backfill lightly consolidated to centerline of pipe. Pipe shall be manufactured in accordance with ANSUAWWA C151/A21.51 81 or latest revision. Pipe shall be asphalt coated on the outside and standard cement lined and sealed coated with approved bituminous seal coat in accordance with ANSUAWWA C 104/A21.4 80 or latest revision. SECTION IV Page 41 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications Ductile iron pipe shall be used for all hydrant installations and for fire line installations from the main to the backflow preventer. 502-2.2. POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe four inch (4") through eight inch (8") shall be in accordance with ANSUAWWA C900 or latest revision and the American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM) Standard D 2241 and PVC Resin Compound conforming to ASTM Specification D 1784. Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe shall have the same O.D. as Cast and Ductile Iron Pipe and be compatible for use without special adapters with Cast Iron Fittings. Pipe dimension ratio, working pressure and laying length shall conform to the following table: Size Dimension Ratio (OD/Thick.) Rated Water Working Pressure (PSI) Laying Length (Ft) 4 18 150 20 6 18 150 20 8 18 150 20 Pipe larger than eight inch (8") shall be ductile iron. The City Engineer reserves the right to require the use of ductile iron in sizes four inch (4") through eight inch (8") when needed due to laying conditions or usage. The bell of four inch (4") and larger PVC pipe shall consist of an integral wall section with a solid cross section elastomeric ring which meets the requirements of ASTM D 1869. Each length of pipe shall bear identification that will remain legible during normal handling, storage and installation and so designate the testing agency that verified the suitability of the pipe material for potable water service. All polyvinyl chloride pipe shall be laid with two (2) strands of insulated twelve (12) gauge A.W.G. solid strand copper wire taped to the top of each joint of pipe with about eighteen inches (18") between each piece of tape. It is to be installed at every valve box through a two inch (2") PVC pipe to twelve inches (12") minimum above the top of the concrete slab. The two inch (2") PVC pipe shall be the same length as the adjustable valve box, and the two inch (2") PVC pipe shall be plugged with a two inch (2") removable brass plug with recessed nut. This wire is to be continuous with splices made only by direct bury 3M brand splice kit approved by the Engineer. This wire is to be secured to all valves, tees and elbows. 502-2.3. FITTINGS AND JOINTS Fitting from four inch (4") through sixteen inch (16") in size will be compact ductile iron cast in accordance with ANSUAWWA C 153/A 21.53 with mechanical joint bells. Bolts, nuts and gaskets shall be in accordance with requirements of ANSUAWWA C153/A 21.53. The working pressure rating shall be 350 P.S.I. Ductile iron fittings shall be coated and lined in accordance with requirements of ANSUAWWA C104/A21.4. Mechanical joint glands shall be ductile iron in accordance with ANSUAWWA C111/A 21.11. When reference is made to ANSUAWWA SECTION IV Page 42 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications Standards, the latest revisions apply. Only those fittings and accessories that are of domestic (USA) manufacture will be acceptable. 502-2.4. RESTRAINT Restraint of plugs, caps, tees, bends, etc., shall be accomplished by the use of approved mechanical restraining rings or glands installed per manufacturer's recommendations. Hydrants shall be restrained by the use of swivel connecting joints. Restraining mechanical joint glands on hydrants shall be used only where hydrant runout length precludes the use of swivel joint connectors. 502-2.5. PIPE WITHIN CASING All pipe placed within casings shall be slip joint ductile iron restrained by the use of restraining gaskets designed for use with the particular joint being installed and have properly sized casing spacers (Cascade Series) installed on the pipe so that the pipe will be centered within the casing. Each end of the casing shall be properly sealed to prevent the intrusion of soil, water, or debris within the casing itself. It shall be sealed by brick and mortar, cement or any approved method by the Engineer. 502-3. GATE VALVES Discs of valves shall be operated by methods which will allow operation in any position with respect to the vertical. Gate valves for interior piping or exposed above grade outside structures, shall be hand wheel operated with rising stems. Valves four inches (4") and larger, buried in earth shall be equipped with two inch (2") square operating nuts, valve boxes and covers. Valves shall be fitted with joints suitable for the pipe with which they are to be used. The direction of opening for all valves shall be to the left (counter clockwise). Unless otherwise shown or specified, valves for high pressure service shall be rated at not less than 150 psi cold water, non -shock. The manufacturer's name and pressure rating shall be cast in raised letters on the valve body. Installation shall be in accordance with good standard practice. Exposed pipelines shall be so supported that their weight is not carried through valves. Two Inch (2") diameter and smaller are not allowed. These should be approved ball valves. Three Inch (3") diameter are not allowed. Gate Valves, four inch (4") to sixteen inch (16") diameter, inclusive, shall be resilient seated gate valves encapsulated with EPDM Rubber in conformance with ANSI/A.W.W.A. Standard Specification C509-515 latest revision. These valves shall include the following features consistent with C509-515, full opening unobstructed waterway, zero leakage at 200 p.s.i. differential pressure, all internal parts removable from bonnet without removing body from pressure main, corrosion resistant bronze or stainless steel nonrising stem with 0 -ring bonnet seal with epoxy coated inside and outside cast iron or ductile iron valve body. Gate valves larger than sixteen inches (16") shall be suitable for the service intended and shall be resilient seated gate valves encapsulated with EPDM rubber in conformance with ANSI/AWWA. These valves shall include the following features consistent with C509-80, full opening unobstructed waterway, zero leakage at 200 psi differential pressure. All valves shall be equipped SECTION IV Page 43 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications with steel cut bevel gears, extended type gear case and rollers, bronze or babbitt tracks and scrapers and valved by-pass. 502-4. VALVE BOXES Valve boxes shall be of standard extension design and manufacture and shall be made of cast iron. No PVC Risers or Derisers are allowed as part of a valve box assembly. They are to be three-piece valve box assemblies. The lower part of the assembly can be ordered in various heights to accommodate different depths. Suitable sizes of valve boxes and extension pieces shall be provided where shown. The valve box cover shall be of cast iron. Valve boxes and their installation shall be included in the bid price for valves. Refer to City Index No. 402; Sheet 1 of 5 & Sheet 2 of 5 for potable water valve pad detail, and City Index No. 502; Sheet 1 of 2 & Sheet 2 of 2 for reclaimed water valve boxes and pad detail. 502-5. HYDRANTS No other hydrants, other than those listed below, may be used in extension to or replacement of the City of Clearwater potable water system: • Kennedy Guardian #K 81D Fire Hydrant, • Mueller Super Centurion 25 Fire Hydrant • AVK Nostalgic 2780. • American Darling B -84-B. No substitutions shall be allowed without the approval of the City of Clearwater. Above hydrants shall be in accordance with the latest revision of the AWWA Specification C 502 and include the following modifications: 1. All shipments to be palletized and tailgate delivery. 2. Hydrants shall conform to A.W.W.A. Standard C-502 latest revision and must be UL/FM listed. 3. Hydrants shall be of the compression type, closing with line pressure. 4. The operating threads will be contained in an operating chamber sealed at the top and bottom with an 0 -ring seal. The chamber will contain a lubricating grease or oil. 5. Hydrants shall be of the traffic model breakaway type, with the barrel made in two sections with the break flange located approximately two inches (2") above the ground line. Breakaway bolts are not allowed. 6. Operating nut shall be of one-piece bronze or ductile iron construction. 7. A dirt shield shall be provided to protect the operating mechanism from grit buildup and corrosion due to moisture. 8. A thrust washer shall be supplied between the operating nut and stem lock nut to facilitate operation. 9. Operating nut shall be a #7 one and a half inch (1-1/2") pentagon nut. SECTION IV Page 44 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV—Technical Specifications 10. Nozzles shall be of the tamper resistant, one quarter (1/4) turn type with 0 -ring seals or threaded into upper barrel. Nozzles shall be retained with a stainless steel locking device. 11. The main valve shall be of EPDM solid rubber. 12. The seat shall be of a bronze ring threaded to a bronze insert in the hydrant shoe, with 0 - rings to seal the barrel from leakage of water in the shoe. 13. The main valve stem will be 304 or higher grade stainless steel and made in two sections with a breakable coupling. 14. Hydrant shall have a six inch (6") Mechanical Joint epoxy lined elbow, less accessories. 15. Hydrant shall have a five and one quarter inch (5-1/4") valve opening, and shall be a left hand operation to open. 16. Hydrant shall be without drains. 17. Hydrant shall have two (2) two and one half inch (2-1/2") hose nozzles and one (1) four and one half inch (4-1/2") pumper nozzle. Threads shall be in accordance with the National Standard Hose Coupling Thread Specifications. 18. Hydrant body shall have a factory finish of yellow paint. All paints shall comply with AWWA standard C-502-85 or latest revision. All hydrants will be shop tested in accordance with the latest AWWA Specification C 502. Restrained joint assemblies shall be used which have bolted mechanical and swivel joints from the hydrant tee through to the hydrant. Restrained joints shall absorb all thrust and prevent movement of the hydrant. All hydrants shall be provided with an auxiliary gate valve so that the water to the hydrant may be shut off without the necessity of closing any other valve in the distribution system. No hydrants shall be installed on the reclaimed water system unless approved by the City of Clearwater's Engineering Department. 502-6. SERVICE SADDLES Service saddles shall be used on all service taps to four inch (4") P.V.C. water main. The largest service connection allowable on four inch (4") main shall be one and one half inch (1-1/2"). Service saddles shall be used on all two inch (2") service connections to six inch (6") and larger mains. Service saddles (JCM 406 series or Ford FC 202 series) shall be wide bodied ductile iron with epoxy or nylon coating and shall have stainless steel straps. 502-7. TESTS, INSPECTION AND REPAIRS 1. All materials shall be tested in accordance with the applicable Federal, ASTM or AWWA Specification and basis of rejection shall be as specified therein. Certified copies of the tests shall be submitted with each shipment of materials. 2. All materials will be subject to inspection and approved by the Engineer after delivery; and no broken, cracked, misshapen, imperfectly coated or otherwise damaged or unsatisfactory material shall be used. SECTION IV Page 45 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 3. All material found during the progress of the work to have cracks, flaws, or other defects shall be rejected and promptly removed from the site. 4. If damage occurs to any pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants or water main accessories in handling, the damage shall be immediately brought to the Engineer's attention. The Engineer shall prescribe corrective repairs or rejection of the damaged items. 502-8. BACKFLOW PREVENTERS The City of Clearwater owns and maintains all backflow prevention devices that are installed within their system. Therefore, any and all devices must be purchased from the City and installed by City work forces. Backflow prevention devices installed on customer's service lines at the point of delivery (service connection) shall be of a type in accordance with AWWA specification C506 or latest revision. Two (2) different types of backflow prevention devices are allowed. Type of device, and when required, is determined by the degree of hazard presented to the municipal water system from possible backflow of water within the customer's private system. The types of devices allowed are: 1 Double Check Valve Assembly - a device composed of two (2) single, independently acting, approved check valves, including tightly closing shutoff valves located at each end of the assembly and suitable connections for testing the water tightness of each check valve. 2. Reduced pressure principle backflow prevention device - a device containing a minimum of two (2) independently acting, approved check valves, together with an automatically operated pressure differential relief valve located between the two check valves. The unit must include tightly closing shutoff valves located at each end of the device, and each device shall be fitted with properly located test cocks. 502-9. TAPPING SLEEVES Steel body tapping sleeves shall be JCM Industries Inc., JCM 412 or Smith -Blair 622. All steel body tapping sleeves shall have heavy welded ASTM A 285, Grade C steel body, stainless steel bolts, manufacturer's epoxy coated body, and three-quarter inch (3/4") bronze test plug. 502-10. BLOW OFF HYDRANTS Blow offs are not allowed. 503. CONSTRUCTION 503-1. MATERIAL HANDLING 1. Pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants and accessories shall be loaded and unloaded by lifting with hoists or skidding so as to avoid shock or damage. Under no circumstances shall such materials be dropped. Pipe handled on skidways shall not be skidded or rolled against pipe already on the ground. SECTION IV Page 46 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 2. Pipe shall be so handled that the coating and lining will not be damaged. If, however, any part of the coating or lining is damaged, the repair shall be made by the Contractor at their expense in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. 3. In distributing the material at the site of the work, each piece shall be unloaded opposite or near the place where it is to be laid in the trench. 503-2. PIPE LAYING 503-2.1. ALIGNMENT AND GRADE The pipe shall be laid and maintained to the required lines and grades with fittings, valves and hydrants at the required locations, spigots centered in bells; and all valves and hydrant stems plumb. All pipe installed shall be pigged and properly blown off before any pressure testing and sterilization of the pipe can be completed. The depth of cover over the water main shall be a minimum of thirty inches (30") and a maximum of forty-two inches (42") below finished grade, except where approved by the Engineer to avoid conflicts and obstructions. Whenever obstructions not shown on the plans are encountered during the progress of the work and interfere to such an extent that an alteration of the plans is required, the Engineer shall have the authority to change the plans and order a deviation from the line and grade or arrange with the Owners of the structures for the removal, relocation, or reconstruction of the obstructions. 503-2.2. INSTALLATION Proper implements, tools, and facilities satisfactory to the Engineer shall be provided and used by the Contractor for the safe and convenient performance of the work. All pipe, fittings, valves and hydrants shall be carefully lowered into the trench piece by piece by means of a derrick, ropes, or other suitable tools or equipment in such a manner as to prevent damage to materials and protective coatings and linings. Under no circumstances shall materials be dropped or dumped in the trench. If damage occurs to any pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants or accessories in handling, the damage shall be immediately brought to the Engineer's attention. The Engineer shall prescribe corrective repairs or rejection of the damaged items. All pipe and fittings shall be carefully examined for cracks and other defects while suspended above the trench immediately before installation in final position. Spigot ends shall be examined with particular care as this area is the most vulnerable to damage from handling. Defective pipe or fittings shall be laid aside for inspection by the Engineer who will prescribe corrective repairs or rejection. All lumps, blisters, and excess coating shall be removed from the bell and spigot end of each pipe, and the outside of the spigot and the inside of the bell shall be wire brushed and wiped clean and dry and free from oil and grease before the pipe is laid. Pipe joints shall be made up in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Every precaution shall be taken to prevent foreign material from entering the pipe while it is being placed in the line. If the pipe laying crew cannot put the pipe into the trench and in place without getting earth into the pipe, the Engineer may require that, before lowering the pipe into the trench, a heavy, woven canvas bag of suitable size shall be placed over each end and left there until the SECTION IV Page 47 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications connection is to be made to the adjacent pipe. During laying operation, no debris, tools, clothing or other materials shall be placed in the pipe. As each length of pipe is placed in the trench, the spigot end shall be centered in the bell and the pipe forced home and brought to correct line and grade. The pipe shall be secured in place with approved backfill material tamped under it except at the bells. Precautions shall be taken to prevent dirt from entering the joint space. At times when pipe laying is not in progress, the open ends of pipe shall be closed by a watertight plug or other means approved by the Engineer. The cutting of pipe for inserting valves, fittings, or closure pieces shall be done in a neat and workmanlike manner without damage to the pipe or cement lining and so as to leave a smooth end at right angles to the axis of the pipe. Pipe shall be laid with bell ends facing in the direction of laying unless directed otherwise by the Engineer. Where pipe is laid on the grade of ten percent (10%) or greater, the laying shall start at bottom and shall proceed upward with the bell ends of the pipe upgrade. Wherever it is necessary to deflect pipe from a straight line, either in the vertical or horizontal plane to avoid obstructions or to plumb stems, or where long radius curves are permitted, the amount of deflection allowed shall not exceed that allowed under the latest edition of ANSUAWWA C600-82 and C900 81 or latest revisions. No pipe shall be laid when, in the opinion of the Engineer, trench conditions are unsuitable. 503-3. SETTING OF VALVES, HYDRANTS AND FITTINGS 503-3.1. GENERAL Valves, hydrants, fittings, plugs and caps shall be set and joined to pipe in the manner specified above for installation of pipe. 503-3.2. VALVES Valves in water mains shall, where possible, be located on the street property lines extended unless shown otherwise on the plans. All valves shall be installed at the tee in all cases, not to exceed eighteen inches (18") from the main line. The valve box shall not transmit any shock or stress to the valve and shall be centered and plumb over the wrench nut of the valve, with the box cover flush with the surface of the finished pavement or such other level as may be directed. Refer to City Index No. 402; Sheet 1 of 5 & Sheet 2 of 5 for potable water valve pad detail, and City Index No. 502; Sheet 1 of 2 & Sheet 2 of 2 for reclaimed water valve box and pad detail. 503-3.3. HYDRANTS Hydrants shall be located as shown or as directed so as to provide complete accessibility and minimize the possibility of damage from vehicles or injury to pedestrians. All hydrants located ten feet (10') of more from the main shall have a gate valve at the main and another gate valve at the hydrant location. No valve can be located anywhere in the hydrant run to circumvent the use of two valves. Refer to City Index No. 402; Sheet 5 of 5 for potable water hydrants. No hydrants shall SECTION IV Page 48 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 1 1 SECTION IV -Technical Specifications be installed on the reclaimed water system unless approved by the City of Clearwater's Engineering Department. All hydrants shall stand plumb and shall have their nozzles parallel with, or at right angles to, the curb, with the pumper nozzle facing the curb. Hydrants shall be set to the established grade, with nozzles as shown or as directed by the Engineer. Each hydrant shall be connected to the main with a six inch (6") ductile iron branch controlled by 1 an independent six inch (6") gate valve. If hydrant is placed greater than ten feet (10') from the main, an additional valve shall be installed at the hydrant and shall be included in the hydrant assembly cost. 503-3.4. ANCHORAGE Movement of all plugs, caps, tees, bends, etc., unless otherwise specified shall be prevented by attaching approved mechanical restraining rings or glands and installed per manufacturer's recommendations. Hydrants shall be held in place with restrained swivel joints. Restraining mechanical joint glands on hydrants may be used where hydrant run out length precludes the use 1 of hydrant connecting swivel joints. Where special anchorage is required, such anchorage shall be in accordance with details shown on the plans. 503-4. CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING LINES Where shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer, the water lines constructed under this ' contract shall be connected to the existing lines now in place. No such connection shall be made until all requirements of the specifications as to tests, flushing, and sterilization have been met and the plan of the cut in to the existing line has been approved by the Engineer. Where connections are made between new work and existing work, the connections shall be made in a thorough and workmanlike manner using proper materials and fittings to suit the actual conditions. All fittings shall be properly sterilized and pipe will be properly swabbed before connections to existing facilities. All connections to existing facilities will be completed under the supervision of the City of Clearwater. 504. TESTS 504-1. HYDROSTATIC TESTS After installation of water mains, complete with all associated appurtenances including service taps, all sections of newly laid main shall be subject to a hydrostatic pressure test of 150 pounds per square inch for a period of two (2) hours and shall conform to AWWA C600 latest revision. All mains shall be pigged and flushed to remove all sand and other foreign matter before any hydrostatic test can or will be performed. The pressure test shall be applied by means of a pump connected to the pipe in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. The pump, pipe connection and all necessary apparatus, together with operating personnel, shall be furnished by the Contractor at their expense. The Contractor shall make all necessary taps into the pipe line. The Owner will furnish the water for the test. Before applying the test pressure, all air shall be expelled from the pipe line. SECTION IV Page 49 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 504-2. NOTICE OF TEST The Contractor shall give the City of Clearwater's Owner Representative forty-eight (48) hours advance notice of the time when the installation is ready for hydrostatic testing. 505. STERILIZATION Before the system is put into operation, all water mains and appurtenances and any item of new construction with which the water comes in contact, shall be thoroughly sterilized in accordance with AWWA C651. 505-1. STERILIZING AGENT The sterilizing agent shall be liquid chlorine, sodium hypochlorite solution conforming to Federal Specification O -S -602B, Grade D, or dry hypochlorite, commonly known as "HTH" or "Perchloron". 505-2. FLUSHING SYSTEM Prior to the application of the sterilization agent, all mains shall be thoroughly flushed. Flushing shall continue until a clean, clear stream of water flows from the hydrants. Where hydrants are not available for flushing, such flushing shall be accomplished at the installed blow off devices generally at the ends of the lines. 505-3. STERILIZATION PROCEDURE All piping, valves, fittings and all other appurtenances shall be sterilized with water containing a minimum chlorine concentration of 75 ppm at any point in the system. This solution shall then remain in the distribution system for a minimum contact period of eight (8) hours and never more than twenty-four (24) hours before it is flushed out. All valves in the lines being sterilized shall be opened and closed several times during the contact period. 505-4. RESIDUAL CHLORINE TESTS After the sterilization outlined above has been accomplished, flushing shall continue until free residual chlorine tests not less than 0.2 ppm nor more than 3.0 ppm. Residual chlorine test shall be in accordance with standard methods using a standard DPD test set. 505-5. BACTERIAL TESTS After the water system has been sterilized and thoroughly flushed as specified herein, City of Clearwater Water Division or the Owner's Representative personnel shall take samples of water from remote points of the distribution system in suitable sterilized containers. The City shall forward the samples to a laboratory certified by the Florida State Board of Health for bacterial examination in accordance with AWWA C651. If tests of such samples indicate the presence of coliform organisms, the sterilization as outlined above shall be repeated until tests indicate the absence of such pollution. The bacterial tests shall be satisfactorily completed before the system is placed in operation and it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to perform the sterilization as outlined above. SECTION IV Page 50 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications If methods of sterilization differ materially from those outlined above, such methods shall be in accordance with directives of the Florida State Board of Health and all methods employed shall have the approval of that agency. Definite instructions as to the collection and shipment of samples shall be secured from the laboratory prior to sterilization and shall be followed in all respects. The City of Clearwater shall secure clearance of the water main from the Florida Department of Environmental Protection before the water distribution system is put into operation. 506. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 506-1. GENERAL Bids must include all sections and items as specified herein and as listed on the Bid Form. Payment for the work of constructing the project will be made at the unit price or lump sum payment for the items of work as set forth in the Bid, which payment will constitute full compensation for all labor, equipment, and materials required to complete the work. No separate payment will be made for the following items and the cost of such work shall be included in the applicable pay items of work: • Clearing and grubbing • Excavation, including necessary pavement removal • Shoring and/or dewatering • Structural fill • Backfill • Grading • Tracer wire • Refill materials • Joint materials • Tests and sterilization • Appurtenant work as required for a complete and operable system. 506-2. FURNISH AND INSTALL WATER MAINS 506-2.1. MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment shall be the actual number of feet of pipe of each size and type satisfactorily furnished and laid, as measured along the centerline of the completed pipe line, including the length of valves and fittings. 506-2.2. PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, materials and equipment, and constructing the water mains completely and ready for operation. SECTION IV Page 51 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 506-3. FURNISH AND INSTALL FITTINGS 506-3.1. MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment will be the number of tons, or decimal part thereof, of ductile iron fittings satisfactorily furnished and installed. Fitting weights shall be based on weights stamped on the body of the fitting, provided such weights do not exceed the theoretical weights by more than the tolerances permitted in ANSI/AWWA C110/A 21.10 82, latest revision, in which case, the weight will be based upon the theoretical weight plus the maximum tolerance. 506-3.2. PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, materials, and equipment required to furnish and install ductile iron fittings. 506-4. FURNISH AND INSTALL GATE VALVES COMPLETE WITH BOXES AND COVERS 506-4.1. MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment shall be the number of gate valves of each size satisfactorily furnished and installed. 506-4.2. PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price for each size shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, material and equipment and installing the valve complete with box and cover. 506-5. FURNISH AND INSTALL FIRE HYDRANTS 506-5.1. MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment shall be the number of fire hydrants satisfactorily furnished and installed. The only hydrants allowed to be installed in the City of Clearwater utilities system are listed in Article 501-2.5 of these Technical Specifications. No exceptions. 506-5.2. PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, material and equipment and installing the fire hydrant completely including necessary thrust anchorage, six inch (6") pipe between the main and the hydrant and gate valve and valve box on the hydrant lead. SECTION IV Page 52 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 600 SERIES: STORMWATER 601. RAISING OR LOWERING OF STORM DRAINAGE STRUCTURES Storm Drainage Structures shall be raised or lowered as indicated on the plans or as indicated by the Engineer. 601-1. BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment, unless covered by a bid item, shall be included in the cost of the work. 602. UNDERDRAINS The Contractor shall construct sub -surface drainage pipe as directed in the Scope of Work and detail drawings contained in the Project construction plans. In general, underdrain pipe shall be embedded in a bed of #6 FDOT aggregate, located behind the back of curb and aggregate surface covered with a non -degradable fibrous type filter material. A #57 aggregate may be used in lieu of #6 if it is washed and screened to remove fines. The aggregate maybe stone, slag or crushed gravel. Unless otherwise noted on the plans, underdrain pipe shall be eight inches (8") in diameter, polyvinyl chloride pipe, in conformance with ASTM F-758 "Standard Specification For Smooth Wall PVC Underdrain Systems for Highways" latest revision, minimum stiffness of 46 in conformance with ASTM D2412, perforations in conformance with AASHTO M-189 described in FDOT Section 948-1.5 or latest revision and in conformance with ASTM D3034 - SDR 35. Alternate acceptable underdrain pipe material is Contech A-2000 which is a rigid PVC pipe that exceeds ASTM Specifications D1784, minimum cell classification of 12454B or 12454C, manufactured per ASTM F949 -93a, minimum pipe stiffness of 50 psi, with no evidence of splitting, cracking or breaking when pipe is tested in accordance with ASTM D2412 at 60% flatting and with a double gasket joint. Underdrain pipe placed beneath existing driveways and roadways shall be non -perforated pipe with compacted backfill. All poly -chloride pipe which has become deteriorated due to exposure to ultra violet radiation shall be rejected. Where ductile iron pipe is specified, pipe material shall be the same as specified for potable water pipe in these technical specifications. All underdrain aggregate shall be fully encased in a polyester filter fabric "sock" (Mirafi 140-N or approved equal) per the construction detail drawings. Filter aggregate for underdrains shall be as specified in the FDOT Standard Specifications, Section 901 — Course Aggregate, and shall be either #6 or #57. If #57 is used, it must be washed and screened to remove fines. The aggregate may be stone, slag, or crushed gravel. 602-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT Measurement shall be the number of linear feet of eight inch (8") Sub -drain in place and accepted. SECTION IV Page 53 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 602-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be based upon the unit price per linear foot for underdrain as measured above, which shall be full compensation for all work described in this section of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, and labor necessary to construct the underdrain (specifically underdrain pipe, aggregate and filter fabric). Underdrain clean -outs, sod, driveway, road and sidewalk restoration shall be paid by a separate bid item. 603. STORM SEWERS All storm drain pipe installed within the City of Clearwater shall be steel reinforced concrete unless otherwise approved by the City Engineer. Said pipe shall comply with Section 430 of FDOT Standard Specifications. All reinforced concrete pipe joints shall be wrapped with Mirafi 140N filter fabric or equivalent (as approved by the City Engineer). The cost for all pipe joint wraps shall be included in the unit price for the pipe. All pipe, just before being lowered into a trench, is to be inspected and cleaned. If any difficulty is found in fitting the pieces together, this fitting is to be done on the surface of the street before laying the pipe, and the tops plainly marked in the order in which they are to be laid. No pipe is to be trimmed or chipped to fit. Each piece of pipe is to be solidly and evenly bedded, and not simply wedged up. Before finishing each joint, some suitable device is to be used to find that the inverts coincide and pipe is clear throughout. 603-1. TESTING AND INSPECTION The Contractor shall take all precautions to secure a watertight sewer under all conditions. The work under this Article shall include the internal video recording of new stormwater drainage pipes and drainage structures. The Contractor shall provide the City with a video of the completed stormwater drainage system, and a written report. The Contractor shall pump down and clean the pipes and drainage structures, to the satisfaction of the City, prior to video recording. The video shall be of the standard DVD format, in color, with all the pertinent data and observations recorded as audio on the DVD. The data should include: 1) An accurate recorded footage of the pipe lengths. 2) The drainage structure number and pipe size. 3) The run of the pipe and direction of flow (i.e. from S-1 to S-2). 4) Details of structural defects, broken pipes, sags, dips, misalignments, obstructions and infiltration. The written report shall include the four (4) items listed previously. All visual and video recording inspections shall be completed by the Contractor and be in accordance with Section 430-4.8 of FDOT Standard Specifications. Any deficient or damaged pipe discovered during the video recording process shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to repair or replace at their own expense within the contractual duration. SECTION IV Page 54 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications As a complement to the video report, the Contractor shall also provide digital photos of areas of concern in electronic (computer CD/DVD) and hard copy form (in color). All known pipe breaks or those breaks discovered after the video inspection shall be repaired by the Contractor regardless of the test allowances. Faulty sections of drainage pipes or drainage structures rejected by the Engineer shall be removed and re-laid by the Contractor. Sections of pipe that are repaired, re-laid or replaced shall be accompanied with a corresponding post construction video inspection at the Contractor's expense. In all cases that a leak is found, re -inspection shall be required at the Contractor's expense, to confirm that the problem has been resolved. 603-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per linear foot for storm sewer pipe in place and accepted, measured along the centerline of the storm sewer pipe to the inside face of exterior walls of storm manholes or drainage structures and to the outside face of endwalls. Said unit price includes all work required to install the pipe (i.e. all materials, equipment, filter fabric wrap, gravel bedding if needed for stabilization, labor and incidentals, etc.). 604. STORM MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH BASINS OR OTHER STORM STRUCTURES For details on specific design of a type of storm structure refer to Index Numbers 201 to 231. When required, inlets, catch basins or other structures shall be constructed according to the plans and applicable parts of the specifications, Articles 301, 302, 303 and 202, and as approved by the Engineer. Said structures shall be protected from damage by the elements or other causes until acceptance of the work. 604-1. BUILT UP TYPE STRUCTURES Built up type manholes shall be constructed of brick with cast iron frames and covers as shown on Index Numbers 201. Invert channels shall be constructed smooth and semi circular in shape conforming to inside of adjacent sewer section. Changes in direction of flow shall be made in a smooth'curve of as large a radius as possible. Changes in size and grade of channels shall be made gradually and evenly. Invert channels shall be built up with grout. The storm structure floor outside of channels shall be made smooth and sloped toward channels. Manhole steps shall not be provided. Joints shall be completely filled and the mortar shall be smoothed from inside of the manholes. The entire exterior of brick manholes shall be plastered with a skim coat of one half inch (1/2") of mortar. Brick shall be laid radially with every sixth course being a stretcher course. In cases where a storm pipe extends inside a structure, the excess pipe will be cut off with a concrete saw and shall not be removed with a sledge hammer. SECTION IV Page 55 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 604-2. PRECAST TYPE Precast manholes shall be constructed as shown on Index 202. The manhole base shall be set on a pad of dry native sand approximately five inches (5") thick to secure proper seating and bearing. Precast Manholes and Junction Boxes: The Contractor may substitute precast manholes and junction boxes in lieu of cast in place units unless otherwise shown on the plans. Precast Inlets will not be acceptable. When precast units are substituted, the construction of such units must be in accordance with ASTM C 478, or the standard specifications at the manufacturer's option. Precast structures must also meet the requirement that on the lateral faces, either inside or outside, the distance between precast openings for pipe or precast opening and top edge of precast structure be no less than wall thickness. A minimum of four courses of brick will be provided under manhole ring so that future adjustment of manhole lid can be accommodated. Manhole steps shall not be provided. 604-3. BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment for Junction Boxes, Manholes or other structures shall be on a unit basis. 605. GABIONS AND MATTRESSES 605-1. MATERIAL 605-1.1. PVC COATED WIRE MESH GABIONS & MATTRESSES 605-1.1.1. GABION & MATTRESS BASKETS Gabion and mattress baskets units shall conform to ASTM A975, be of non -raveling construction and fabricated from a double twist by twisting each pair of wires through three half turns developing the appearance of a triple twist. The galvanized wire core shall have a diameter of 0.106 inches. 605-1.1.2. PVC (POLYVINYL CHLORIDE) COATING The coating shall be gray in color and shall have a nominal thickness of 0.0216 inches but not less than 0.015 inches in thickness. The protective PVC plastic shall be suitable to resist deleterious effects from exposure to light, immersion in salt or polluted water and shall not show any material difference in its initial compound properties. The PVC compound is also resistant to attack from acids and resistant to abrasion. The PVC coating shall be extruded and adhere to the wire core prior to weaving. The PVC coated wire shall be woven into a double twisted hexagonal mesh having uniform openings of 3 1/4 inches by 4 '/z inches. The overall diameter of the mesh wire (galvanized wire core plus PVC coating) shall be 0.146 inches. Selvedge and reinforcing wire shall be of heavily galvanized wire core, 0.134 inches in diameter, coated with PVC and having an overall diameter (galvanized wire core plus PVC coating) of 0.174 inches. Lacing and connecting wire shall be of soft tensile strength (75,000 PSI max), heavily galvanized wire core, 0.087 inches in diameter, coated with PVC and having an overall diameter (galvanized wire core plus PVC coating) of 0.127 inches. The use of alternate wire fasteners shall be permitted in lieu of tie wire providing the alternate fastener SECTION IV Page 56 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications produces a four (4) wire selvedge joint with a strength of 1200 lbs. per linear foot while remaining in a locked and closed condition. Properly formed interlocking fasteners shall be spaced from 4 to 6 inches and have a minimum 3/4 square inch inside area to properly confine the required selvedge wires. 605-1.1.3. GABION AND MATTRESS FILLER MATERIAL: The filler stone shall be from a source approved by the Engineer before delivery is started. Representative preliminary samples of the stone shall be submitted by the contractor or supplier for examination and testing by the Engineer. The stone shall have a minimum specific gravity of 2.3 and be of a quality and durability sufficient to insure permanency in the structure. The individual stones shall be free of cracks, seams, and other defects that would tend to promote deterioration from natural causes, or which might reduce the stones to sizes that could not be retained in the gabion or mattress baskets. All filler material shall be uniformly graded between 4 inch and 8 inch (equivalent spherical diameter) and shall be angular in form. Rounded stones shall not exceed 10% of the stone, by weight and 70% of the stone, by weight, shall exceed the largest dimension of the mesh opening. Crushed concrete shall not be used for filler material. 605-1.1.4. GEOTEXTILE FABRIC Fabric shall conform to FDOT Standard Specifications, Section 985. 605-2. PERFORMANCE Gabions and Reno Mattresses shall be installed according to the manufacturer's recommendations and as shown on the Drawings. Fabrication of gabion baskets shall be in such a manner that the sides, ends, lid and diaphragms can be assembled at the construction site into rectangular baskets of the sizes specified and shown on the Drawings. Gabions and mattresses shall be of single unit construction; the base, lid ends and sides shall be either woven into a single unit or one edge of these members connected to the base section of the gabion in such a manner that the strength and flexibility at the connecting point is at least equal to that of the mesh. Where the length of the gabion and mattress exceeds one and one-half its horizontal width, they shall be equally divided by diaphragms of the same mesh and gauge as the mattresses shall be furnished with the necessary diaphragms secured in proper position on the base so that no additional tying is required at this juncture. The wire mesh is to be fabricated so that it will not ravel. This is defined as the ability to resist pulling apart at any of the twists or connections forming the mesh when a single wire strand in a section of mesh is cut. Each gabion or mattress shall be assembled by tying all untied edges with binding wire. The binding wire shall be tightly looped around every other mesh opening along seams so that single and double loops are alternated. A line of empty gabions shall be placed into position according to the contract drawings and binding wire shall be used to securely tie each unit to the adjoining one along the vertical reinforced edges and the top selvedges. The base of the empty gabions placed on top of a filled line of gabions shall be tightly wire to the latter at front and back. SECTION IV Page 57 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications To achieve better alignment and finish in retaining walls, gabion stretching is recommended. Connecting wires shall be inserted during the filling operation in the following manner: Gabions shall be filled to one third full and one connecting wire in each direction shall be tightly tied to opposite faces of each cell at one third height. The gabion shall then be filled to two thirds full and one connecting wire in each direction shall be tightly tied to opposite face of each cell at one two third height. The cell shall then be filled to the top. Filler stone shall not be dropped more than twelve inches (12") into the gabions and mattresses. Geotextile fabric shall be installed at locations shown in the Drawings. The surface to receive the cloth shall be prepared to a relatively smooth condition free of obstructions which may tear or cut the cloth. The panel shall be overlapped a minimum of 30 inches and secured against movement. Cloth damaged or displaced during installation, gabion work, or backfill shall be replaced or repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer at the contractor's expense. The work shall be scheduled so that the fabric is not exposed to ultraviolet light more than the manufacturer's recommendations or five days, whichever is less. In wet conditions, a base shall be established by spreading and compacting #57 stone prior to placement of geotextile fabric and gabions or mattresses. SECTION IV Page 58 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 700 SERIES: STREETS AND SIDEWALKS 701. RESTORATION OR REPLACEMENT OF DRIVEWAYS, CURBS, SIDEWALKS AND STREET PAVEMENT Driveways, sidewalks, and curbs destroyed or damaged during construction shall be replaced and shall be the same type of material as destroyed or damaged, or to existing City Standards, whichever provides the stronger repair. All street pavement destroyed or damaged shall be replaced with the same type of material, to existing City Standards, unless the existing base is unsuitable as determined by the Engineer, then the base shall be replaced with City approved material. All replaced base shall be a minimum eight inches (8") compacted thickness, or same thickness as base destroyed plus two inches (2"), if over six inches (6"), and compacted to 98% of maximum density per AASHTO T-180. Unless called for in the proposal as separate bid items, cost of the above work including labor, materials and equipment required shall be included in the bid price per linear foot of main or square yard of base. The bid price for street pavement, restoration or replacement when called for in the proposals, shall include all materials, labor and equipment required to complete the work, and shall be paid for on a square yard basis. When replacement is over a trench for utilities, the area of replacement shall be limited to twice the depth of the cut plus twice the inside diameter of the pipe. All necessary restoration exceeding this footprint will be at the Contractor's expense. The bid price for restoration or placement of driveways, curbs and sidewalks, when called for in the proposals, shall include all materials, labor and equipment required to complete the work and shall be paid for on the basis of the following units: Driveways, plant mix - per square yard: concrete - per square foot; curbs - per linear foot; sidewalk four inches (4") or six inches (6") thick - per square foot. Concrete walks at drives shall be a minimum of six inches (6") thick and be reinforced with 6/6 X 10/10 welded wire mesh (also see Articles 303 and 707). The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours in advance of all driveway, curb, sidewalk and street restoration and replacement work. 702. ROADWAY BASE AND SUBGRADE 702-1. BASE This specification describes the construction of roadway base and subgrade. The Contractor shall refer to Section IV, Article 101 "Scope of Work" of the City's Contract Specifications for additional roadway base and subgrade items. Roadway base shall be eight inches (8") compacted minimum thickness unless otherwise noted on the plans or directed by the Engineer. The subgrade shall be twelve inches (12") compacted minimum thickness with a minimum Limerock Bearing Ratio (LBR) of 40 unless otherwise noted on the plans or directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall obtain from an independent testing laboratory a Proctor and an LBR for each type material. The Contractor shall also have an independent testing laboratory perform all required density testing. Where unsuitable material is SECTION IV Page 59 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications found within the limits of the base, Section IV, Article 204 (Unsuitable Material Removal) of the City's Technical Specifications will apply. Once the roadway base is completed, it shall be primed that same day (unless otherwise directed by the Engineer) per Section 300 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. Repairs required to the base that result from a failure to place the prime in a timely manner shall be done to the City's satisfaction, and at the Contractor's expense. No paving of the exposed base can commence until the City approves the repaired base. The cost for placement of prime material shall be included in the bid item for base. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours in advance of all base and subgrade placement or reworking. The following base materials are acceptable: 1. Shell Base: Shell base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 200 and 913 of FDOT's Standard Specifications, and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The shell shall be FDOT approved. The cost of the prime coat shall be included in the bid item price for base. 2. Limerock Base: Limerock base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 200 and 911 of FDOT's Standard Specifications, and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The limerock shall be from a FDOT approved certified pit. The cost of the prime coat shall be included in the bid item price for base. 3. Crushed Concrete Base: Crushed concrete base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 204 and 901 of FDOT's Standard Specifications, and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The crushed concrete material shall be FDOT approved. The Contractor shall provide certified laboratory tests on gradation to confirm that the crushed concrete base material conforms to the above specifications. The LBR shall be a minimum of 100. LBR and gradation tests shall be provided to the City by the Contractor once a week for continuous operations, or every 1000 tons of material, unless requested more frequently by the City Engineer or designee. The cost of the prime coat shall be included in the bid item price for base. 4. Superpave Asphalt Base: Full depth asphalt base shall be constructed in accordance with Section 234 of FDOT's Standard Specifications, and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The cost for preparation, placement, and compaction shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. The cost of the tack coat shall be included in the bid item price for asphalt or base. 5. Reclaimed Asphalt Pavement Base: Reclaimed asphalt pavement base shall be constructed in accordance with Section 283 of FDOT's Standard Specifications, and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. As per FDOT Section 283, RAP material shall be used as a base course only on non -limited access paved shoulders, shared use paths, or other non -traffic bearing applications. The cost for preparation, placement, and compaction shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. The cost of the tack coat shall be included in the bid item price for asphalt or base. SECTION IV Page 60 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 702-1.1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE The basis of measurement shall be the number of square yards of base in place and accepted as called for on the plans. The maximum allowable deficiency shall be a half-inch (1/2"). Areas deficient in thickness shall either be fixed by the Contractor to within acceptable tolerance, or if so approved in writing by the City Engineer, may be left in place. No payment, however, will be made for such deficient areas that are left in place. 702-1.2. BASIS OF PAYMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE The unit price for base shall include: all materials, roadbed preparation, placement, spreading, compaction, finishing, prime, base, subgrade (unless the plans specify a separate pay item), stabilization, mixing, testing, equipment, tools, hauling, labor, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. Payment for asphalt base shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. 702-2. SUBGRADE All subgrade shall be stabilized and constructed in accordance with Sections 160 and 914 of FDOT's Standard Specifications unless otherwise noted herein. All subgrade shall have a minimum compacted thickness of 12" unless otherwise shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer. If limerock is used, it shall also meet the requirements of Section 911 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. Where unsuitable material is found within the limits of the subgrade, Section IV, Article 204 (Unsuitable Material Removal) of the City's Contract Specifications will apply. The extent of said removal shall be determined by the Engineer in accordance with accepted construction practices. The Contractor is responsible for clearing, grading, filling, and removing any trees or vegetation in the roadbed below the subgrade to prepare it per the plans. The cost of this work shall be included in the unit price for base or subgrade. The Contractor shall obtain from an independent testing laboratory the bearing value of the subgrade after the materials are mixed for the stabilized subgrade. 702-2.1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement shall be the number of square yards of stabilized subgrade in place and accepted as called for on the plans. The maximum allowable deficiency for mixing depth shall be per Section 161-6.4 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. Acceptable bearing values shall be per Section 160-7.2 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. Areas deficient in thickness or bearing values shall either be corrected by the Contractor to within acceptable tolerance, or if so approved in writing by the City Engineer, may be left in place. No payment, however, will be made for such deficient areas that are left in place. 702-2.2. BASIS OF PAYMENT The unit price for subgrade shall include: roadbed preparation, placement, spreading, compaction, finishing, testing, stabilizing, mixing, materials, hauling, labor, equipment and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. If no pay item is given, subgrade shall be included in the bid item for base. SECTION IV Page 61 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 703. ASPHALTIC CONCRETE MATERIALS This specification is for the preparation and application of all asphaltic concrete materials on roadway surfaces unless otherwise noted. 703-1. ASPHALTIC CONCRETE 703-1.1. AGGREGATE All aggregates shall be obtained from an approved FDOT source and shall conform to Sections 901 through 915 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. 703-1.2. BITUMINOUS MATERIALS All bituminous materials shall conform to Section 916 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. 703-2. HOT BITUMINOUS MIXTURES -- PLANT, METHODS, EQUIPMENT & QUALITY ASSURANCE The plant and methods of operation used to prepare all asphaltic concrete and bituminous materials shall conform to the requirements of Section 320 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. Unless otherwise noted, all acceptance procedures and quality control/assurance procedures shall conform to the requirements of Section 330 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. The City shall have the right to have an independent testing laboratory select, test, and analyze, at the expense of the City, test specimens of any or all materials to be used. The results of such tests and analyses shall be considered, along with the tests or analyses made by the Contractor, to determine compliance with the applicable specifications for the materials so tested or analyzed. The Contractor hereby understands and accepts that wherever any portion of the work is discovered, as a result of such independent testing or investigation by the City, which fails to meet the requirements of the Contract documents, all costs of such independent inspection and investigation as well as all costs of removal, correction, reconstruction, or repair of any such work shall be borne solely by the Contractor. Payment reductions for asphalt related items shall be determined by the following: 1. Density per FDOT's Standard Specifications. 2. Final surface or friction course tolerances per FDOT's Standard Specifications. 3. Thickness will be determined from core borings. Deficiencies of 1/4" or greater shall be corrected by the Contractor, without compensation, by either replacing the full thickness for a length extending at least twenty-five feet (25') from each end of the deficient area, or when the Engineer allows for an overlay per FDOT's Standard Specifications. In addition, for excesses of one-quarter inch (1/4') or greater, the Engineer will determine if the excess area shall be removed and replaced at no compensation, or if the pavement in question can remain with payment to be made based on the thickness specified in the contract. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours in advance of the placement of all asphalt. SECTION IV Page 62 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 703-3. ASPHALT MIX DESIGNS AND TYPES All asphalt mix designs, acceptance procedures and quality control/assurance procedures shall conform to the requirements of Sections 330 and 334 of FDOT Standard Specifications. All asphalt mix designs shall be approved by the Engineer prior to the commencement of the paving operation. Reclaimed asphalt pavement (RAP) material may be substituted for aggregate in the asphaltic concrete mixes up to 25% by weight. 703-4. ASPHALT PAVEMENT DESIGNS AND LAYER THICKNESS All asphalt pavement designs shall conform to the following requirements: Type SP/Spec 334-1 Type FC/Spec 337-8 Type B/Spec 234-8 ATPB/287-8 703-5. GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS The general construction requirements for all hot bituminous pavements (including limitations of operations, preparation of mixture, preparation of surface, placement and compaction of mixture, surface requirements, correction of unacceptable pavement, Quality Control Testing, etc.) shall be in accordance with Section 330 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. 703-6. CRACKS AND POTHOLE PREPARATION 703-6.1. CRACKS Cracks in roadway pavement shall be repaired prior to the application of asphaltic concrete by the following steps: 1. All debris to be removed from cracks by compressed air or other suitable method. 2. Apply a multiple layered application of bituminous binder and fine aggregate, as appropriate to the depth of the crack until the void of the crack is completely filled to the level of the surrounding roadway surface. 3. If application of asphaltic concrete is not to begin immediately after crack repair, cracks are to be sanded to prevent vehicular tracking. 4. Payment for crack filling shall be included in the unit price for asphaltic concrete. 703-6.2. POTHOLES Potholes shall be repaired prior to the application of asphaltic concrete by the following steps: 1. All debris is to be removed from potholes by hand, sweeping, or other suitable method. 2. A tack coat is to be applied to the interior surface of the pothole. 3. The pothole is to be completely filled with asphaltic concrete, and thoroughly compacted. SECTION IV Page 63 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 4. Payment for pothole preparation shall be included in the unit price for asphaltic concrete. 703-7. ADJUSTMENT OF MANHOLES The necessary adjustments of sanitary sewer and storm drain manholes and appurtenances shall be accomplished by the Contractor. The Contractor shall be paid on a per unit basis for each item. The use of manhole adjustment risers is acceptable under the following conditions: The riser shall meet or exceed all FDOT material, weld, and construction requirements. The riser shall consist of an A-36 hot rolled steel meeting or exceeding the minimum requirements of A.S.T.M. A-36. The riser shall be a single piece with a stainless steel adjustment stud and shall have a rust resistant finish. The use of cast iron, plastic, or fiberglass risers is not permitted. In addition, the installation of each riser shall be per manufacturer's specifications. Each manhole shall be individually measured, and each riser shall be physically marked to ensure that the proper riser is used. Also, the ring section shall be cleaned, and a bead of chemically resistant epoxy applied to the original casting, prior to installation of the riser. It is the Contractor's responsibility to ensure that the manholes are measured, the risers are physically marked, the ring sections are thoroughly cleaned, and that the epoxy is properly applied prior to installation of each riser. If risers are not used, the adjustment of manholes shall be accomplished by the removal of pavement around manhole, grade adjustment of ring and cover, and acceptable replacement and compaction of roadway materials prior to paving. A full depth backfill using asphalt is acceptable. The use of Portland cement for backfill is not acceptable. All manhole and valve adjustments shall be accomplished prior to the application of final asphaltic concrete surface. Unless otherwise noted in the specs or on the plans, the paving operation shall occur within seven (7) calendar days from the completion of the adjustment. On arterial roadways, the manholes are to be ramped with asphalt during the time period between initial adjustment and final resurfacing. Water and gas valves, sewer cleanouts, valve boxes, tree aeration vents, etc., will be adjusted by the Contractor with the cost for this work to be included in the unit cost of the asphalt. Care must be taken around said appurtenances to ensure that they are not paved over. It is the Contractor's responsibility to inform the owners of all utilities of impending work and coordinate their adjustments so they are completed prior to the scheduled paving. 703-8. ADDITIONAL ASPHALT REQUIREMENTS 1. All impacted radius returns within project limits shall be paved unless otherwise directed by the Construction Inspector or Engineer, with payment to be included in the per ton bid item for asphalt. 2. All pavement markings impacted by placement of asphalt shall be replaced prior to the road being open to traffic unless otherwise noted in the contract scope and plans. 3. All project related debris shall be hauled off the job site by the Contractor in a timely manner and at their own expense in conformance with all regulatory requirements. 4. The Contractor shall pay particular attention to sweeping when paving. Prior to paving, all construction areas shall be swept with a Municipal type sweeper (either vacuum or mechanical type) that picks up and hauls off, dust and dirt. The sweeper must be equipped SECTION IV Page 64 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications with its own water supply for pre -wetting to minimize dust. Moreover, the Contractor shall sweep debris off of sidewalks, driveways, curbs and roadways each day before leaving the job site. 5. The application of tack and prime coats (either required or placed at the Engineer's discretion) shall be placed per Section 300 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. Tack shall also be applied to the face of all curbs and driveways. The cost (including heating, hauling and applying) shall be included in the per ton bid item for asphalt, unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. 6. Leveling course and spot patching shall be applied to sections of the road as noted on the plans, or as directed by the Engineer, per Section 330 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. The cost shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt, unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. 7. If an asphalt rubber binder is required, it shall conform to the requirements of Section 336 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. 8. On all streets with curb and gutter, the final compacted asphalt shall be one-quarter inch (1/2") above the lip or face of said curb per City Index 101. 703-9. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT Basis of measurement will be the number of tons of asphaltic concrete completed, in place and accepted. Truck scale weights will be required for all asphaltic concrete used. 703-10. BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be made at the contract unit price for asphaltic concrete surface as specified and measured above. This price shall include all materials, preparation, hauling, placement, tack and/or prime coat either required or placed at Engineer's discretion, leveling, spot patching, filling of cracks, pothole repair, sweeping, debris removal, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the asphalt work in accordance with the plans and specifications. 704. ADJUSTMENT TO THE UNIT BID PRICE FOR ASPHALT When this Article applies to the contract, the unit bid price for asphalt will be adjusted in accordance with the following provisions: 1. Price adjustment for asphalt shall only be made when the current FDOT Asphalt Price Index varies more than ten percent (10%) from the bid price at the time of the bid opening. 2. The Bituminous Material Payment Adjustment Index published monthly by the FDOT shall be used for the adjustment of unit prices. This report is available on FDOT 's internet site. The address is: http://www.dot.state.fl.us/construction/fuel&bit/fuel&bit.shtm. For additional information, call FDOT at (850) 414-4252. 3. The FDOT Payment Adjustment Index in effect at the time of the bid opening will be used for the initial determination of the asphalt price. 4. The FDOT Payment Adjustment Index in effect at the time of placement of the asphalt will be used for payment calculation. SECTION IV Page 65 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV—Technical Specifications 5. The monthly billing period for contract payment will be the same as the monthly period for the FDOT Payment Adjustment Index. 6. No adjustment in bid prices will be made for either tack coat or prime coat. 7. No price adjustment reflecting any further increases in the cost of asphalt will be made for any month after the expiration of the allowable contract time. 8. The City reserves the right to make adjustments for decreases in the cost of asphalt. 705. ASPHALT DRIVEWAYS New driveways or existing asphalt driveways that must be altered for project construction shall be constructed or replaced in accordance with the specifications for paving the street with the exception that the base shall be six inches (6"). Remove only enough to allow adequate grade for access to the street. Use Article 703 Asphaltic Concrete, of these Technical Specifications, as specified for the street paving. When the finished surface of the existing drive is gravel, replacement shall be of like material. Payment shall be the same as Asphalt Driveways. 705-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT Measurement shall be the number of square yard of Asphalt Driveways in place and accepted. 705-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per square yard for Asphalt Driveways as measured above, which price shall be full compensation for all work described in this section of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 706. CONCRETE CURBS Concrete Curbs shall be constructed to the line, grade and dimensions as shown on the plans. Unless otherwise noted, all concrete curbs shall have fiber mesh reinforcement and have a minimum strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. Expansion joints shall be placed at intervals not to exceed 100 feet, and scored joints shall be placed at intervals not to exceed ten feet (10'). In addition, all the requirements of City Articles 301, 302 and 303 shall also apply. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours in advance of the placement of all concrete curbs. 706-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement shall be linear feet of curb in place and accepted. 706-2. BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per linear foot of curb, which price shall be full compensation for all work described in this and other applicable parts of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work. SECTION IV Page 66 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 707. CONCRETE SIDEWALKS AND DRIVEWAYS 707-1. CONCRETE SIDEWALKS Concrete sidewalks shall be constructed to the line, grade and dimensions as shown on the plans or herein specified. Unless otherwise noted, all concrete sidewalks shall have fiber mesh reinforcement and have a minimum strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. Unless otherwise specified, all concrete sidewalks shall have a minimum width of four feet (4'). Concrete sidewalks shall have a minimum thickness of four inches (4"), except at driveway crossings where a minimum thickness of six inches (6") is required. Also, 6/6 X 10/10 welded wire mesh reinforcement is required for all sidewalk that crosses driveways. The welded wire mesh shall be positioned in the middle to upper third of the placement. No compensation shall be given if the welded wire mesh is not properly placed. Expansion joints shall be placed at intervals of not more than 100 hundred feet, and scoring marks shall be made every five feet (5'). Concrete shall be poured only on compacted subgrade. In addition, all the requirements of Articles 301, 302 and 303 of these Technical Specifications shall also apply. 707-2. CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS Concrete driveways, whether new construction or replacement, shall be a minimum of six inches (6') in thickness with 6/6 x 10/10 welded wire mesh reinforcement and a minimum horizontal distance between expansion joints of no less than four feet (4') measured in any direction. The welded wire mesh shall be positioned in the middle to upper third of the placement. No compensation shall be given if the welded wire mesh is not properly placed. Concrete shall be poured only on compacted subgrade. In addition, all the requirements of Articles 301, 302 and 303 of these Technical Specifications shall also apply. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours in advance of the placement of all concrete sidewalks and driveways. 707-3. CONCRETE CURB RAMPS The contractor is responsible for constructing ADA compliant concrete curb ramps per the plans and installing detectable warning surfaces on said ramps as called for in the plan set. Concrete curb ramps and detectable warning surfaces are to be constructed per FDOT Standards and Specifications. 707-4. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of measurement shall be the number of square feet of four inch (4") concrete sidewalk, six inch (6") concrete sidewalk, and six inch (6") concrete driveways in place and accepted. 707-5. BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per square foot for each item as measured above, which shall be full compensation for all work described in this section and other applicable parts of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, welded wire mesh where required, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work. SECTION IV Page 67 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION W— Technical Specifications 708. MILLING OPERATIONS 708-1. EQUIPMENT, CONSTRUCTION & MILLED SURFACE Unless otherwise noted in the specs, plans or this Article, the milling operation shall be performed in accordance with Section 327 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. The Contractor shall notify the City of Clearwater Project Representative a minimum of twenty-four (24) hours in advance of all milling. 708-2. ADDITIONAL MILLING REQUIREMENTS 1. If the milling machine is equipped with preheating devices, the Contractor is responsible to secure any necessary permits, and for complying with all local, state and federal environmental regulations governing operation of this type of equipment. 2. All milled surfaces must be repaved within seven (7) days from the time it was milled, unless otherwise noted in the contract documents. 3. Prior to paving, all milled areas shall be swept with a Municipal type sweeper either of the vacuum or the mechanical type that picks up and hauls off, dust and dirt. The sweeper must be equipped with its own water supply for pre -wetting to minimize dust. Moreover, the Contractor shall sweep debris off of sidewalks, driveways and curbs in addition to the roadways before leaving the job site. 4. In cases where concrete valley swales are present, the adjoining pavement shall be milled to allow for the new asphalt grade to be flush with the concrete surface. 5. The Contractor shall be responsible for removing any asphalt that remains in the curb line and/or median curbs after the milling operation of a street is complete. The cost of this removal shall be included in the bid item for milling. 6. All radius returns on streets to be milled shall also be milled unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, with payment to be included in the bid item for milling. 7. Any leveling or base replacement required after milling shall be applied to sections of the road as noted on the plans, or directed by the Engineer, per Section 330 of FDOT's Standard Specifications The cost shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt, unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. 8. Any roadway base material exposed as a result of the milling operation shall be primed that same day (unless otherwise directed by the Engineer) per Section 300 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. Repairs required to said base that result from a failure to place the prime in a timely manner shall be done to the City's satisfaction, and at the Contractor's expense. No paving of the exposed base can commence until the City approves the repaired base. The cost of said prime shall be included in the bid item for milling. 9. Prior to the placement of asphalt, the face of all curbs and driveways shall be tacked after the milling operation is complete. SECTION IV Page 68 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 708-3. SALVAGEABLE MATERIALS Unless otherwise specified, all salvageable materials resulting from milling operations shall remain the property of the City. The transporting and stockpiling of salvageable materials shall be performed by the Contractor. The Contractor shall contact the City Project Representative to schedule delivery of material at least 48 hours prior to starting work. 708-4. DISPOSABLE MATERIALS All surplus materials not claimed by the City shall become the responsibility of the Contractor. The Contractor shall dispose of the material in a timely manner and in accordance with all regulatory requirements in areas provided by the Contractor at no additional expense to the City. 708-5. ADJUSTMENT AND LOCATION OF UNDERGROUND UTILITIES All private utilities and related structures requiring adjustment shall be located and adjusted by their owners at the owner's expense. City -owned utilities and structures shall be located by the Owner/City and adjusted by the contractor. The Contractor shall arrange their schedule to allow utility owners the time required for such adjustments (minimum 48 hours notice per State Statute). All utility adjustments shall be completed prior to the commencement of milling and resurfacing operations. 708-6. ADJUSTMENT OF UTILITY MANHOLES The necessary adjustments of sanitary sewer and stormwater utility manholes and appurtenances shall be accomplished by the Contractor in accordance with Section IV, Article 703-7 of the City's Technical Specifications. 708-7. TYPES OF MILLING There are two types of milling used by the City: A. Wedge — This will consist of milling a six foot (6') wide strip along the curb line of the pavement adjacent to the curb so the new asphalt will align with the original curb height and pavement cross section. B. Full Width — This will consist of milling the entire roadway (i.e. curb line/edge of pavement to curb line/edge of pavement). All existing horizontal and vertical geometry shall remain unless otherwise indicated or approved by the Engineer. 708-8. MILLING OF INTERSECTIONS Intersections, as well as other areas (including radius returns) are to be milled and repaved to restore and/or improve the original drainage characteristics. Said work should extend approximately fifty (50) to one hundred (100) feet in both directions from the low point of the existing swale. SECTION IV Page 69 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications 708-9. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The quantity to be paid for will be the area milled, in square yards, completed and accepted. 708-10. BASIS OF PAYMENT The unit price for milling shall include: all materials, preparation, hauling, transporting and stockpiling of salvageable materials, disposal of all surplus material, any required milling of radius returns and intersections, prime and/or tack coat either required or placed at Engineer's discretion, removal of asphalt from curbs, sweeping, labor, equipment, and all incidentals necessary to complete the milling in accordance with the plans and specifications. SECTION IV Page 70 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV—Technical Specifications 800 SERIES: TRAFFIC SIGNALS, SIGNS AND MARKINGS 801. TRAFFIC SIGNAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS All traffic signal work shall be performed per FDOT's Standard Specifications (Sections 603 through 699), unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans. This specification includes, but is not limited to, the following items: all necessary equipment, materials, guaranties, acceptance procedures, signal timings, field tests, grounding, conduit, signal and interconnect cable, span wire assemblies, pull and junction boxes, electrical power service assemblies, poles, signal assemblies, pedestrian assemblies, inductive loop detectors, pedestrian detectors, traffic controller assemblies, controller cabinets and accessories, removal of existing traffic signal equipment, and internally illuminated signs. All traffic signal installations shall be mast arms and conform to the requirements of FDOT's Mast Arm Assembly standard, and shall be signed and sealed by a professional engineer registered in the State of Florida. All mast arm calculations, as well as the geotechnical report, shall also be signed and sealed by a professional engineer registered in the State of Florida. All mast arm colors shall be determined and approved by the City prior to ordering from the manufacturer. All traffic signal indicators for vehicles and pedestrians shall be LEDs and, approved by both the City and FDOT. In addition to this, all pedestrian signal indicators shall utilize countdown features. Contractor changes to the operation of an existing signal is prohibited unless directed by the City's Traffic Engineering Division. All damaged inductive loop detectors shall be restored by the contractor per FDOT Index 17781. 801-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The basis of measurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plans and shall include all equipment, preparation, materials, testing and incidentals required to complete the work per the plans. 802. SIGNING AND MARKING All signing and marking work shall be performed per FDOT's Standard Specifications, unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans. This specification includes the following work: RPM's (Section 706), painted traffic stripes and markings (Section 710), thermoplastic stripes and markings (Section 711) and tubular delineators/flex posts (Sections 705 and 972). The Contractor is responsible to ensure that striping is correctly placed. Errors in striping or markings shall be "blacked -out" with paint, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. No payment will be made for these incorrect or "blacked -out" areas. Omissions in striping or markings shall be corrected to the City's satisfaction prior to any payment being made. SECTION IV Page 71 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications The Contractor is responsible for restoring all striping in paint and reflective beading per the FDOT indices mentioned above. The City's Traffic Engineering department shall follow up with thermoplastic striping at a later date unless otherwise specified. 802-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The basis of measurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plans and shall include all equipment, preparation, materials and incidentals required to complete the work per the plans. 803. ROADWAY LIGHTING All roadway lighting shall be constructed per Sections 715 and 992 of FDOT's Standard Specifications, unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans. 803-1. BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The basis of measurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plans and shall include all equipment, materials, testing and incidentals required to complete the work per the plans. SECTION IV Page 72 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV—Technical Specifications 900 SERIES: LANDSCAPING/RESTORATION 901. WORK IN EASEMENTS OR PARKWAYS Restoration is an important phase of construction, particularly to residents affected by the construction progress. The Contractor will be expected to complete restoration activities within a reasonable time following primary construction activity. Failure by the Contractor to accomplish restoration within a reasonable time shall be justification for a temporary stop on primary construction activity or a delay in approval of partial payment requests. Reasonable care shall be taken for existing shrubbery. Contractor shall replace all shrubbery removed or disturbed during construction. No separate payment shall be made for this work. The Contractor shall make provision and be responsible for the supply of all water, if needed, on any and all phases of the contract work. The Contractor shall not obtain water from local residents or businesses except as the Contractor shall obtain written permission. Reuse water is available for the Contractor's use without charge from the City's Water Reclamation Facilities, provided the water is used on City of Clearwater contractual work. Details for Contractor to obtain and reuse water from the Water Reclamation Facilities will be coordinated at the pre -construction conference. The Contractor's use of reuse water must conform to all regulatory requirements. 902. GENERAL PLANTING SPECIFICATIONS 902-1. IRRIGATION 902-1.1. DESCRIPTION A. The work specified in this Section consists of the installation of an automatic underground irrigation system as shown or noted in the plans. Provide all labor, materials, equipment, services and facilities required to perform all work in connection with the underground sprinkler irrigation system, complete, as indicated on the drawings and/or specified. Work noted as "NIC", "existing", or "by others" is not included in this pay item. B. The irrigation plans are schematic in nature. Valves and pipes shall be located in the turf/landscape areas except at road/paving crossings. All piping under paving shall be sleeved. Changes in the irrigation system layout shall be modified with the approval of the Engineer. 902-1.1.1. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The irrigation work shall be installed by qualified personnel or a qualified irrigation subcontracting company that has experience in irrigation systems of similar size, scope, mainline, system pressure, controls, etc. B. All applicable ANSI, ASTM, FED.SPEC. Standards and Specifications, and all applicable building codes and other public agencies having jurisdiction upon the work shall apply. SECTION IV Page 73 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications C. Workmanship: All work shall be installed in a neat, orderly and responsible manner with the recognized standards of workmanship. The Engineer reserves the right to reject material or work which does not conform to the contract documents. Rejected work shall be removed or corrected at the earliest possible time at the Contractor's expense. D. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: The Contractor shall prepare and deliver to the Engineer within ten (10) calendar days prior to completion of construction a minimum of three (3) hard cover binders, with three rings, containing the following information: 1. Index sheet stating the Contractor's address and business telephone number, twenty- four (24) hour emergency phone number, person to contact, list of equipment with name(s) and address(es) of local manufacturer's representative(s) and local supplier where replacement equipment can be purchased. 2. Catalog and part sheet on every material and equipment installed under this contract. 3. Complete operating and maintenance instructions on all major equipment. 4. Provide the Engineer and the City of Clearwater maintenance staff with written and "hands on" instructions for major equipment and show evidence in writing to the Engineer at the conclusion of the project that this service has been rendered. a. Four-hour instruction (minimum) for the Drip Emitter equipment operation and maintenance. b. Two-hour instruction (minimum) for automatic control valve operation and maintenance. 902-1.1.2. PROJECT CONDITIONS A. The Contractor shall coordinate the work with all other trades, all underground improvements, the location and planting of trees and all other planting. Verify planting requiring excavation of twenty-four inch (24") diameter and larger with the Engineer prior to installation of main lines. B. Provide temporary irrigation at all times to maintain plant materials. C. The Contractor is responsible to maintain the work area and equipment until final acceptance by the Engineer. Repairs and replacement of equipment broken, stolen, or missing as well as regular maintenance operations shall be the obligation of the Contractor. D. The Contractor shall submit a traffic control plan (per FDOT specifications) to the Engineer prior to initiating construction on the site. The Contractor shall be responsible for the maintenance of traffic signs, barriers, and any additional equipment to comply with the FDOT standards and to ensure the safety of its employees and the public. 902-1.1.3. WARRANTY A. The Manufacturer(s) shall warrant the irrigation system components to give satisfactory service for one (1) year period from the date of acceptance by the Engineer and the City of Clearwater. Should any problems develop within the warranty period due to inferior or faulty materials, they shall be corrected at no expense to the City of Clearwater. SECTION IV Page 74 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV—Technical Specifications 902-1.2. PRODUCTS 902-1.2.1. GENERAL A. All materials throughout the system shall be new and in perfect condition. No deviations from the specifications shall be allowed except as noted. 902-1.2.2. PIPING A. The irrigation system pipe shall be as stated herein and shall be furnished, installed and tested in accordance with these specifications. B. All pipe is herein specified to be Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe, 1120, Schedule 40, conforming to ASTM D2665 and D1785. C. All nipples, pipe connections, bushings, swing joints, connecting equipment to the mainline is required to be threaded Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe, Schedule 80. 902-1.2.3. PIPE FITTINGS A. All pipe fittings for Schedule 40 PVC pipe shall be as follows: Fittings shall conform to the requirements of ASTM D2466, Standard Specification for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80. All fittings shall bear the manufacturer's name or trademark, material designation, size, applicable IPS schedule and NSF seal of approval. The connection of mainline pipe to the automatic control valve shall be assembled with threaded Schedule 80 fittings and threaded Schedule 80 nipples. 902-1.2.4. PVC PIPE CEMENT AND PRIMER A. Provide solvent cement and primer for PVC solvent weld pipe and fittings as recommended by the manufacturer. Pipe joints for solvent weld pipe to be belled end. B. Purple primer shall be applied after the pipe and fittings has been cut and cleaned. The Primer shall be of contrasting color and be easily recognizable against PVC pipe. 902-1.2.5. THREADED CONNECTIONS A. Threaded PVC connections shall be made using Teflon tape or Teflon pipe sealant. 902-1.2.6. GATE VALVES 902-1.2.6.1. MANUAL GATE VALVES TWO INCHES (2") AND SMALLER A. Provide the following, unless otherwise noted on Drawings: 1. 200-250 psi Ball Valve 2. PVC body - with Teflon Ball Seals 3. Threaded -Dual end Union Connectors 4. Non -Shock Safe -T -Shear Stem 5. Safe -T -Shear True Union Ball Valve as manufactured by Spears Manufacturing Company, Sylmer, California, or approved equal. SECTION IV Page 75 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 902-1.2.6.2. GATE VALVES TWO AND A HALF INCHES (21/2") AND LARGER A. Provide the following, unless otherwise noted on Drawings: 1. AWWA-C-509 2. 2001b. O.W.G. 3. Cast Iron body - ASTM A 126 Class B 4. Deep socket joints 5. Rising stem 6. Bolted bonnet 7. Double disc 8. Equipped with two inch (2") square operating key with tee handle B. Provide two (2) operating keys for gate valve three inches (3") and larger. The "street key" shall be five feet (5') long with a two inch (2") square operating nut. 902-1.2.7. SLEEVES A. Sleeves: (Existing by City of Clearwater) 902-1.2.8. REMOTE CONTROL VALVES A. The remote control valve shall be a solenoid actuated, balance -pressure across -the diaphragm type capable of having a flow rate of 25-30 gallons per minute (GPM) with a pressure loss not to exceed 6.1 pounds per square inch (PSI). The valve pressure rating shall not be less than 150 psi. B. The valve body and bonnet shall be constructed of high impact weather resistant plastic, stainless steel and other chemical/UV resistant materials. The valve's one-piece diaphragm shall be of durable santoprene material with a clog resistant metering orifice. C. The valve body shall have a one inch (1") (FNPT) inlet and outlet or a one inch (1") slip by slip inlet and outlet for solvent weld pipe connections. D. The valve construction shall be as such to provide for all internal parts to be removable from the top of the valve without disturbing the valve installation. E. The valve shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, California, or approved equal. F. Identify all control valves using metal I.D. tags numbered to match drawings. 902-1.2.9. VALVE BOXES A. For remote control drip valve assembly and UNIK control timer use a Brooks #36 concrete value box with #36-T cast iron traffic bearing cover, or approved equal. B. For flush valve assembly use an Ametek #181014 ten inch (10") circular valve box with #181015 cover comparable to Brooks, or approved equal. SECTION IV Page 76 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications C. For air relief assembly use an Ametek #182001 (6") economy turf box with #182002 cover comparable to Brooks, or approved equal. 902-1.2.10. DRIP IRRIGATION 902-1.2.10.1. CONSTRUCTION A. Techline shall consist of nominal sized one-half inch (1/2") low-density linear polyethylene tubing with internal pressure compensating, continuously self-cleaning, integral drippers at a specified spacing (12", 18", or 24" centers). The tubing shall be brown in color and conform to an outside diameter (O.D.) of 0.67 inches and an inside diameter (I.D.) of 0.57 inches. Individual pressure compensating drippers shall be welded to the inside wall of the tubing as an integral part of the tubing assembly. These drippers shall be constructed of plastic with a hard plastic diaphragm retainer and a self-flushing/cleaning elastomer diaphragm extending the full length of the dripper. 902-1.2.10.2. OPERATION A. The drippers shall have the ability to independently regulate discharge rates, with an inlet pressure of seven to seventy (7-70) pounds per square inch (PSI), at a constant flow and with a manufacturer's coefficient of variability (Cv) of 0.03. Recommended operating pressure shall be between 15-45 PSI. The dripper discharge rate shall be 0.4, 0.6, or 0.9 gallons per hour (GPH) utilizing a combination turbulent flow/reduced pressure compensation cell mechanism and a diaphragm to maintain uniform discharge rates. The drippers shall continuously clean themselves while in operation. The dripperline shall be available in 12", 18" and 24" spacing between drippers unless otherwise specified. Techline pipe depth shall be under mulch unless otherwise specified on Plans. Maximum system pressure shall be 45 PSC. Filtration shall be 120 mesh or finer. Bending radius shall be seven inch (7"). B. For on -surface or under mulch installations, six inch (6") metal wire staples (TLS6) shall be installed three feet (3') to five feet (5') on center, and two staples installed at every change of direction. 902-1.2.10.3. LINE FLUSHING VALVES A. The sub -surface system shall utilize Automatic Line Flush Valves at the end of each independent zone area. This valve shall be capable of flushing one gallon at the beginning of each irrigation cycle. The valves shall match the dripline manufacturer and connect directly to the dripline. 902-1.2.10.4.AIRNACUUM RELIEF VALVE A. Each independent irrigation zone shall utilize an AirNacuum Relief Valve at its high point(s). The air and vacuum relief valve shall seal effectively from 2 to 110 psi. 902-1.2.10.5. PRESSURE REGULATORS A. The pressure regulator shall be designed to handle steady inlet pressures over 150 pounds per square inch (psi) and maintain a constant outlet pressure of 25 psi. Regulating accuracy shall be within +/-6%. The pressure regulator shall be manufactured from high -impact SECTION IV Page 77 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications engineering grade thermoplastics. Regulation shall be accomplished by a fixed stainless steel compression spring which shall be enclosed in a chamber separate from the water passage. 902-1.2.10.6. FILTERS A. The filter shall be a multiple disc type filter with notation indicating the minimum partial size to travel through or the mesh size of the element being used. The discs shall be constructed of chemical resistant thermoplastic for corrosion resistance. 902-1.2.10.7. FITTINGS A. All connections shall be made with barb or compression type fitting connections. Fittings and dripline shall be as manufactured by the manufacturer of the dripline to ensure the integrity of the subsurface irrigation system. 902-1.2.11. AUTOMATIC CONTROL TIMER A. The irrigation controller (control module) shall be programmable by a separate transmitter device only. The program shall be communicated to the Control Module from the Field Transmitter via an infrared connection. The controller shall be of a module type which may be installed in a valve box underground. The controller shall function normally if submerged in water and the communication from the transmitter shall function if submerged in water. B. The control module shall be housed in an ABS plastic cabinet and shall be potted to insure waterproof operation. The control module shall have two mounting slots for screws allowing the module to be securely mounted inside a valve box. C. The controller shall operate on one nine volt (9V) alkaline battery for one full year regardless of the number of stations utilized. The controller shall operate 1, 2, or 4 stations either sequentially or independently. D. The controller shall have three (3) independent programs with eight (8) start times each, station run time capability from one (1) minute to twelve (12) hours in one (1) minute increments, and a seven (7) day calendar. The controller shall turn on stations via latching solenoids installed on the valves. Manual operations shall be initiated by attaching the Field Transmitter to the Control Module and programming a manual start. The controller shall be capable of manual single station or manual program operation. E. The controller shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, California USA. 902-1.2.12. FIELD TRANSMITTER A. The irrigation controller shall be programmable by a separate transmitter device (Field Transmitter) only. The Field Transmitter shall communicate to the Control Module via an infrared connection. The Field Transmitter shall be water resistant and housed in ABS plastic and have a removable, reversible protective sheath. The Field Transmitter shall operate on one nine volt (9V) alkaline battery. SECTION IV Page 78 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications B. The Field Transmitter shall have a large LCD screen and a seven -key programming pad. A beep sound shall confirm every key stroke. The screen shall automatically turn off after one minute when not in use. C. The Field Transmitter shall be capable of programming an unlimited number of UNIK Control Modules. D. The Field Transmitter shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, California USA. 902-1.2.13. LATCHING SOLENOID A. The Latching Solenoid shall be supplied with an installed, filtered adapter allowing installation of the solenoid onto any Rain Bird DV, PGA, PEB, PES -B, GB, of EFB series valve. B. The Latching Solenoid shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, California USA. 902-1.3. EXECUTION 902-1.3.1. GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Before work is commenced, hold a conference with the Engineer to discuss general details of the work. B. Verify dimensions and grades at job site before work is commenced. C. During the progress of the work, a competent superintendent and any assistants necessary shall be on site, all satisfactory to the Engineer. This superintendent shall not be changed, except with the consent of the Engineer. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor in Contractor's absence and all directions given to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor. D. Obtain and pay for all irrigation and plumbing permits and all inspections required by outside authorities. E. All work indicated or notes on the Drawings shall be provided whether or not specifically mentioned in these Technical Specifications. F. If there are ambiguities between the Drawings and Specifications, and specific interpretation or clarification is not issued prior to bidding, the interpretation or clarification will be made only by the Engineer, and the Contractor shall comply with the decisions. In the event the installation contradicts the directions given, the installation shall be corrected by the Contractor at no additional cost. G. Layout of sprinkler lines shown on the Drawing is diagrammatic only. Location of sprinkler equipment is contingent upon and subject to integration with all other underground utilities. Contractor shall employ all data contained in the contract Documents and shall verify this information at the construction site to confirm the manner by which it relates to the installation. SECTION IV Page 79 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications H. Do not proceed with the installation of the sprinkler system when it is apparent that obstructions or grade differences exist or if conflicts in construction details, legend, or specific notes are discovered. All such obstructions, conflicts, or discrepancies shall be brought to the attention of the Engineer. I. The disturbance of existing paving will not be permitted. Install all required sleeving prior to roadway base. 902-1.3.2. EXCAVATING AND BACKFILLING 902-1.3.2.1. TRENCHING - GENERAL A. Dig sides of trenches straight. Provide continuous support for pipe on bottom of trenches. Lay pipe to uniform grade. Trenching excavation shall follow layout indicated on Drawings. B. Maintain six inch (6") horizontal and minimum clearance between sprinkler lines and between all lines of other trades. C. Do not install sprinkler lines directly above another line of any kind. D. Maintain six inch (6") vertical minimum between sprinkler lines which cross at angles of 45 degrees to 90 degrees. E. Exercise care when excavating, trenching and working near existing utilities. 902-1.3.2.2. BACKFILLING A. All pressure supply lines (mainline) shall have eighteen inches (18") of fill placed over the pipe. B. Initial backfill on all lines shall be of a fine granular material with no foreign matter larger than one half inch ('/z"). C. Compact backfill according to Section 125 of FDOT Standard Specifications. D. Do not, under any circumstances, use equipment or vehicle wheels for compacting soil. E. Restore grades and repair damages where settling occurs. F. Compact each layer of fill with approved equipment to achieve a maximum density per AASHTO T 180. Under landscaped area, compaction shall not exceed 95% of maximum density. G. Compaction shall be obtained by the use of mechanical tampers or approved hand tampers. When hand tampers are used, the materials shall be deposited in layers not more than six inches (6") thick. The hand tampers shall be suitable for this purpose and shall have a face area of not more than 100 square inches. Special precautions shall be taken to prevent damage to the irrigation system piping and adjacent utilities. 902-1.3.2.3. ROUTING OF PIPING: A. Routing of pressure and non -pressure piping lines are indicated diagrammatically on Drawings. SECTION IV Page 80 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV—Technical Specifications B. Coordinate specimen trees and shrubs with routing of lines. 1. Planting locations shall take precedence over sprinkler and piping locations. 2. Report to Owner any major deviation from routing indicated. C. Conform to Drawings layout without offsetting the various assemblies from the pressure supply line. D. Layout drip tube and make any minor adjustments required due to differences between site and Drawings. Any such deviations in layout shall be within the intent of the original Drawings, and without additional cost. E. Layout all systems using an approved staking method, and maintain the staking of approved layout. 902-1.3.3. INSTALLATION 902-1.3.3.1. WATER SUPPLY A. Connections to the water sources shall be at the approximate locations indicated on the Drawings. Make minor changes caused by actual site conditions without additional cost to the Owner. 902-1.3.3.2. ASSEMBLIES A. Routing or pressure supply lines as indicated on Drawings is diagrammatic only. Install lines and required assemblies in accordance with details on Drawings. B. Do not install multiple assemblies on plastic lines. Provide each assembly with its own outlet. When used, the pressure relief valve shall be the last assembly. C. Install all assemblies in accord with the respective detail Drawings and these Technical Specifications. D. Plastic pipe and threaded fittings shall be assembled using Teflon tape, applied to the male threads only. 902-1.3.3.3. SLEEVES: (EXISTING BY CITY OF CLEARWATER) A. The Contractor shall verify the location of all existing sleeves as shown on the roadway, utility and/or irrigation plans and notify the Engineer of any discrepancies. 902-1.3.3.4. PLASTIC PIPE A. Install plastic pipe in accord with manufacturer's recommendations. B. Prepare all welded joints with manufacturer's cleaner prior to applying solvent. 1. Allow welded joints as least fifteen (15) minutes setup/curing time before moving or handling. 2. Partially center load pipe in trenches to prevent arching and shifting when water pressure is on. SECTION IV Page 81 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 3. Do not permit water in pipe until a period of at least four (4) hours has elapsed for solvent weld setting and curing, unless recommended otherwise by solvent manufacturer. C. Curing 1. When the temperature is above 80 degrees F., allow soluble weld joints at least twenty- four (24) hours curing time before water is introduced under pressure. D. Flushing the system: 1. After all sprinkler pipe lines and risers are in place and connected, open the control valves and flush out the system with a full head of water. E. Installing piping under existing pavement: 1. Piping under existing pavement may be installed by jacking & boring. 2. Secure permission from the Engineer before cutting or breaking any existing pavement. All repairs and replacements shall be approved by Engineer and shall be accomplished at no additional cost. 902-1.3.3.5. CONTROLLERS A. Install all automatic controllers as shown in the plans. 1. The location of all controllers shall be approved by the Engineer's representative prior to installation. 902-1.3.3.6. REMOTE CONTROL VALVES A. Install at sufficient depth to provide not more than six inches (6"), nor less than four inches (4") cover from the top of the valve to finish grade. B. Install valves in a plumb position with twenty-four inch (24") minimum maintenance clearance from other equipment, three feet (3') minimum from edges of sidewalks, buildings, and walls, and no closer than seven feet (7') from the back of curb or edge of pavement along roadways. C. Contractor shall adjust the valve to provide the proper flow rate or operating pressure for each sprinkler zone. 902-1.3.3.7. GATE VALVES A. Install where indicated and with sufficient clearance from other materials for proper maintenance. B. Check and tighten valve bonnet packing before backfill. SECTION IV Page 82 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV—Technical Specifications 902-2. LANDSCAPE 902-2.1. GENERAL 902-2.1.1. REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A. Comply with Federal, State, Local, and other duly constituted authorities and regulatory agencies, without additional cost to the Owner in matters pertaining to codes, safety, and environmental matters. B. Any permits for the installation or construction of any of the work included under the contract, which are required by any of the legally constituted authorities having jurisdiction, shall be arranged for by the Contractor and paid for directly by the Contractor, unless otherwise agreed upon in writing. 902-2.1.2. SCOPE OF WORK A. All provisions of Contract, including General and Special Provisions and Plans, apply to the work specified in this Article. The Scope of Work includes everything for and incidental to executing and completing all landscape work shown on the Plans, Schedules, Notes and as specified herein. B. Furnish and provide all labor, plants and materials tools and equipment necessary to prepare the soil for plantings, to install and care for all plant materials (including finish grading if necessary); to remove and/or transplant existing plants if indicated; to furnish, plant, fertilize, guy and brace, water, mulch and prune all new plant materials; and to execute all other Work as described herein or indicated on the Plans. C. Work under this Article shall include labor and materials for final grading and raking to prepare the site for sodding, sprigging, or seeding, so finished lawn or playing field will appear even and uniform, will drain adequately, and will comply with the intent of the landscape drawings. D. Initial maintenance of landscape materials as specified in this document. 902-2.1.3. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Landscape work shall be contracted to a single firm specializing in landscape work, who shall in turn subcontract no more than 40% of the work specified. All subcontractors under the control of the Contractor involved in the completion of the landscape work, shall be made known to the Owner and the Landscape Architect prior to their commencement of work on the project. B. All work of this Article shall conform to the highest standard of landscape practices. C. The Plant Material Schedule included with these Plans is provided only for the Contractor's convenience; it shall not be construed as to conflict or predominate over the Plans. If conflict between the Plans and Specifications exists, the Plans shall predominate and be considered the controlling document. D. During this work, the Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining safety among persons in their employ in accordance with the standards set by The Occupational Safety and Health SECTION IV Page 83 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications Act of 1970 (and all subsequent amendments). Owner and Landscape Architect shall be held harmless from any accident, injury or any other incident resulting from compliance or non-compliance with these standards. E. The Contractor shall cooperate with and coordinate with all other trades whose work is built into or affects the work in this Article. F. All appropriate utility companies and agencies shall be contacted 72 hours prior to excavation. Call "One Call"/"Sunshine 811" at 8-1-1; "Sunshine 811" administrative offices may be reached at (800) 638-4097. G. The Contractor shall carefully examine the site and all existing conditions affecting the work, such as: soil, obstructions, existing trees, utilities, etc. Report any conditions in conflict with the work to the Landscape Architect. 902-2.1.4. SUBMITTALS A. The Contractor is required to submit prior to the expiration of the required maintenance period, two (2) copies of typewritten instructions recommending procedures to be established by the Owner for maintenance of landscape work for a period of one (1) year. B. Furnish unit prices for all plant materials and inert materials, including labor for all specified work. 902-2.1.5. ALTERNATES, ADDITIONS, DELETIONS, SUBSTITUTIONS A. If there are additions/alternates included in these Plans and Specifications, the Contractor must propose prices to accomplish the work stated as additions/alternates at the time of bidding. B. The Owner, through their Project Representative, reserves the right to add or deduct any of the work stated herein without rendering the Contract void. C. The Contractor must have written approval by the Project Representative for any substitutions not previously agreed to in the purchase agreement: installation without approval is entirely at the Contractor's risk. D. All material acquired through additions or substitutions shall be subject to all conditions and warranties stated herein. 902-2.1.6. ABBREVIATIONS/DEFINITIONS O.A. or HT: The over-all height of the plant measured from the ground to the natural, untied state of the majority of the foliage, not including extreme leaves, branches or fronds. C. T: Clear trunk is measured from the ground to the bottom of the first leaf or frond stem with no foliage from ground to specified height. For example, on Canary Island Date Palms or similar, the clear trunk measurement includes the "nut" at the base of the fronds. C. W: Clear wood is measured from the ground to the bottom of the base of the lowest leaf sheath or boot, trimmed in a natural manner. For example, on Canary Island Date Palms or similar, the clear wood measurement does not include the "nut" at the base of the fronds. SECTION IV Page 84 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications SPR.: Spread, branches measured in natural untied position to the average crown diameter, not including extreme leaves, branches or fronds. ST. TR.: Straight trunk. MIN: Minimum. GAL.: Gallon container size, i.e., 1 gallon, 3 gallon, 7 gallon, etc. 0.C.: On center, distance between plant centers. DIA.: Diameter. LVS.: Leaves. D.B.H.: Diameter or caliper of main trunk of tree as measured at breast height at 4-1/2 feet above grade. CAL.: Caliper, the outside diameter of up to a four inch tree is measured six inches above grade, larger trees are measured at 12 inches above grade. B&B: Balled and burlapped in accordance with horticultural standards of the American Association of Nurserymen. PPP: Plants per pot. FG: Field grown. STD.: Standard, single, straight trunk. Owner: To be known as that entity which holds title or control to the premises on which the work - is performed. Owner's Representative: Owner's on-site representative shall be responsible for approval of quantity and quality of materials specified and execution of installation. Contractor: Shall refer to that person or enterprise commonly known as the Landscape Contractor. Landscape Architect: This person or firm is the responsible representative of the Owner who produces the landscape Plans and Specifications. 902-2.1.7. PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 902-2.1.7.1. PLANT MATERIALS A. Provide container -grown or, if appropriate, freshly dug trees and shrubs. Do not prune prior to delivery. Do not bend or bind trees or shrubs in such a manner as to damage bark, break branches or destroy natural shape. Provide protective covering during delivery. If plant delivery is made in open vehicles, the entire load shall be suitably covered. B. All plants are to be handled at all times so that roots or root balls are adequately protected from sun, cold, or drying winds. No root balls for trees and container plants that have been cracked or broken shall be planted except upon special approval. Plants shall not be pulled by the tops or stems, nor handled in a rough or careless manner at any time. SECTION IV Page 85 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications C. Balled and burlapped ("B & B") plants shall be moved with firm, natural, balls of soil, not less than one foot (1') diameter of ball to every one inch (1") caliper of trunk; root ball depth shall not be less than two-thirds (2/3) of root ball diameter. B & B plants which cannot be planted upon delivery shall have their root balls covered with moist soil or mulch. D. Trees shall be dug with adequate balls, burlapped, and wire bound if needed. Root pruning to be done a minimum of four (4) weeks before removal from the field and planting at the site. Root balls may not be encased in "grow bags" or other synthetic material, except plastic shrink wrap for transport only. E. Remove all fronds form sabal palms prior to planting, but leave a minimum of twelve inches (12") of new frond growth above the bud. Do not damage bud. On all other palms, only a minimum of palm fronds shall be removed from crown to facilitate moving and handling. Clear trunk shall be determined after minimum fronds have been removed. Boots shall be removed from trunk unless otherwise specified. Palms shall be planted within twenty-four (24) hours of delivery. F. Deliver trees and shrubs after preparations for planting have been completed and plant immediately. If planting is delayed more than 6 hours after delivery, set trees and shrubs in shade, protect from weather and mechanical damage, and cover to keep the roots moist. G. Label at least one tree and one shrub of each variety with a securely attached waterproof tag bearing legible designation of botanical and common name H. Time delivery so that sod will be placed within twenty-four (24) hours after stripping. Protect sod against drying and breaking by covering palettes of sod or placing in a shaded area. 902-2.1.8. JOB CONDITIONS 902-2.1.8.1. ACCEPTANCE OF JOB CONDITIONS. A. The Contractor shall examine the sub -grade, verify elevations, observe the conditions under which work is to be performed and notify the Landscape Architect or Project Representative in writing of unsatisfactory conditions prior to beginning work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Landscape Architect. Start of work shall indicate acceptance of conditions and full responsibility for the completed work. B. Proceed with and complete the landscape work as rapidly as portions of the site become available, working within the seasonal limitations for each kind of landscape work and following the approved schedule. If seasonal limitations apply, notify the Landscape Architect for adjustments to the Schedule. C. Determine locations of all underground utilities and review for conflicts with planting procedures. D. When adverse conditions to plant growth are encountered, such as rubble fill, drainage conditions or obstruction, the Contractor shall notify the Landscape Architect in writing prior to planting. SECTION IV Page 86 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications E. Plant trees and shrubs after final grades are established and prior to sod installation or seeding lawns. Protect existing lawn, trees, and promptly repair damages from planting operations. 902-2.1.8.2. SCHEDULING OF WORK A. The work shall be carried out to completion with the utmost speed. Immediately upon award of contract, the Contractor shall prepare a construction schedule and furnish a copy to the Owner's Representative and/or the Landscape Architect for approval. The Contractor shall carry out the work in accordance with the approved schedule. B. If the Contractor incurs unforeseen costs, such as overtime hours, holidays, etc., in order to complete the work within the time stated in the Contract, and/or to maintain the progress schedule, all said costs shall be borne by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. C. The Owner's Representatives may request work stoppage in writing. Upon written request from the Owner's Representative, the Landscape Contractor shall suspend delivery of material and stop all work for such a period as deemed necessary by the Owner, the Owner's Representative, or the General Contractor, with respect to any additional costs which may result from work stoppage. 902-2.1.8.3. UTILITIES A. The Contractor shall perform work in a manner which will avoid conflicts with utilities. Hand excavate, as required, to minimize possibility of damage to underground utilities. Maintain grade stakes set by others until removal is mutually agreed upon by all parties concerned. 902-2.2. PRODUCTS 902-2.2.1. MATERIALS 902-2.2.1.1. PLANT MATERIALS: NOMENCLATURE A. Plant species, sizes, etc., shall be per Plans and Specifications on Plant Material Schedule. Nomenclature is per Manual of Cultivated Plant, Standard Encyclopedia of Horticulture, L.H. Bailey, or Standardized Plant Names Dictionary, American Joint Committee on Horticultural Nomenclature (latest editions), or conforms with names accepted in the nursery trade. 902-2.2.1.2. PLANT MATERIALS: QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide healthy, vigorous stock grown under climatic conditions similar to conditions in the locality of the project. Plants shall have a habit of growth that is normal for the species and be sound, healthy, vigorous and free from insects, pests or their eggs, plant diseases, defects and injuries. Plants shall be well branched and densely foliated when in leaf and shall have healthy, well-developed root systems. B. Trees shall be heavily branched or, in the case of palms, be heavily leafed. Some plant materials may be collected stock with the approval of the Landscape Architect. Provided SECTION IV Page 87 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV—Technical Specifications tree species that have a single main trunk (central leader), unless otherwise stated. Trees that have the main trunk forming a "Y" shape or parallel branching are not acceptable. C. Plant materials shall be specified and shall be Florida #1 or better as to shape and quality for the species as outlined in Grades and Standards for Nursery Plants Part I and II, Florida Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services (latest edition). D. The Owner or Landscape Architect reserves the right to inspect plant materials either at the place of growth or at the project site prior to planting for compliance with requirements for name, variety, size, quality, or designated area. E. Landscape materials shall be shipped with certificates of inspection as required by governmental authorities. The Contractor shall comply with all governing regulations that are applicable to landscape materials. F. Do not make substitutions. If specified landscape material is not available, submit to the Landscape Architect proof of it being non -available. In such event, if the Landscape Architect designates an available source, such shall be acquired from designated source. When authorized, a written change order for substitute material will be made by adjustment to Contract amount. G. Height and/or width of trees shall be measured from ground up; width measurement shall be normal crown spread of branches with plants in the normal position. This measurement shall not include immediate terminal growth. All measurements shall be taken after pruning for specified sizes. All trees and shrubs shall conform to measurements specified in the plant material schedule, except that plant material larger than specified may be used with the approval of the Owner or Landscape Architect, with no increase to the Contract price. Plant materials shall not be pruned prior to delivery. H. Plant Material shall be symmetrical, typical for variety and species. Plants used where symmetry is required shall be matched as nearly as possible. I. Balled and burlapped plants shall have firm, natural balls of earth of sufficient diameter and depth to encompass the feeding root system necessary for full development of the plant and to conform with the standards of the American Association of Nurserymen. Root balls and tree trunks shall not be damaged by improper binding and B & B procedures. J. Container -grown plants may be substituted for balled and burlapped plants or vice -versa provided the quality is equal or better than specified and the Landscape Architect approves the substitution. K. Container -grown stock shall have been grown in containers for at least four months, but not over two years. If requested, samples must be shown to prove no root bound condition exists. 902-2.2.1.3. GRASSES: SOD OR SEED A. Sod or seed (as/if specified) shall be a species as stated on the Plan. Solid sod shall be of even thickness and with a good root structure, 95% free of noxious weed, freshly mowed before cutting, and in healthy condition when laid. It must not be stacked more than twenty- four (24) hours before laying and it must be grown in soil compatible to that in which it will be installed. Sod must be kept moist prior to and after installation. SECTION IV Page 88 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications B. Seed shall be delivered to the site in unopened bags with certification tags in place. Purity, germination and weed content shall be as certification requirements. 902-2.2.1.4. MULCH A. Mulch shall be as specified in the plans or by the project manager. B. Install mulch to an even depth of three inches (3") before compaction, as shown in the PLANTING DETAILS in the plans. 902-2.2.1.5. FERTILIZER A. Granular fertilizer shall be uniform in composition; free flowing and suitable for application with approved equipment; received at the site in full, labeled, unopened bags bearing the name, trade name or trademark and warranty of the producer; fully conforming to State of Florida fertilizer laws. B. All fertilizer shall bear the manufacturer's statement of analysis and shall contain the appropriate minimum amounts of elements for the type of use specified herein. C. Agriform 20-10-5 fertilizer tablets or approved equal, shall be placed in planting pit for all plant materials at time of installation and prior to completion of pit backfilling. D. Ground cover and annual areas shall receive fertilization with Osmocote Time Release Fertilizer according to product instructions and rate. E. For sod and seeded areas, fertilize with a complete granular fertilizer on Bahia and St. Augustine grasses at the rate of one pound (1 lb.) of nitrogen per one thousand square feet (1000 sq ft). Fertilizer shall be commercial grade, mixed granules, with 30% to 50% of the nitrogen being in slow or controlled release form. The ratio of nitrogen to potash will be 1:1 or 2:1 for complete fertilizer formulations. Phosphorus shall be no more than one-fourth (1A) the nitrogen level. They shall also contain magnesium and micronutrients (i.e. manganese, iron, zinc, copper, etc.). 902-2.2.1.6. STAKES AND GUYS A. For trees, approved plastic or rubber guys shall be used between the stakes and the tree trunk. Galvanized steel guy wire shall not be used. B. Stakes shall be cut from 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock for trees over two inch (2") caliper. Stakes shall be 2" x 2" pressure treated (p.t.) stock for trees two inch (2") caliper and under. A minimum of two (2) stakes per tree or an optional three (3) stakes per tree shall be used. C. For single trunk palms, stakes shall be cut from 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock, with a minimum of three (3) stakes per palm. Batten consisting of 5 layers of burlap and 5 - 2" x 4" by 16" wood connected with two — three-quarter inch (3/4") steel bands shall be used around the palm trunk. D. Other tree staking systems may be acceptable if approved. 902-2.2.1.7. PLANTING SOIL SECTION IV Page 89 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV—Technical Specifications A. Unless stated on the plans or in the specifications, install plant material in tilled and loosened native soil backfill. It is the responsibility of the Landscape Contractor to test, prior to planting and at no additional cost to the City, any soils which may be unsuitable for the vigorous growth of plants. Unsuitable conditions shall be reported to the Landscape Architect immediately in writing. B. When required, planting soil media shall be provided by the Contractor and shall consist of one-third (1/3) peat and two-thirds (2/3) sandy loam, with no lumps over one inch (1"). C. Backfill and clean fill dirt provided by the Contractor shall be in a loose, friable soil. There must be slight acid reaction to the soil (about 6.0 — 6.5 pH) with no excess of calcium or carbonate, and it shall be free from excess weeds, clay lumps, stones, stumps, roots and toxic substances or any other materials that might be harmful to plant growth or a hindrance to grading, planting, and maintenance procedures and operations. No heavily organic soil, such as muck or peat shall be used as fill dirt. D. Bed preparation for annual beds under one (1) gallon container size shall consist of three inches (3") of Florida peat or other approved organic soil amendment spread over full length and width of planting area. Rototil organic layer six inches (6") to eight inches (8") into native soil. 902-2.2.1.8. SOIL AMENDMENTS A. Terra -Sorb AG or approved equal, soil amendment shall be mixed with native or planting soil for all trees, shrubs, ground cover, and annuals according to manufacturer's recommended application rates and methods, if specified on the Plans. 902-2.2.1.9. TREE PROTECTION A. Wood fencing shall be 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock with flagging on horizontal members. Space vertical members six feet (6') to eight feet (8') on center. The barricade shall be placed so as to protect the critical protection zone area, which is the area surrounding a tree within a circle described by a radius of one foot (1') for each inch of the tree's diameter at breast height DBH (four and one half feet)') above grade. 902-2.2.1.10. ROOT BARRIER SYSTEM A. Root barrier fabric shall be installed when specified in the plans and/or specifications for protection of adjacent paved surfaces according to specific product name or equal. Install as directed by the manufacturer. 902-2.2.1.11. PACKAGED MATERIALS A. Deliver packaged materials in containers showing weight, analysis and name of manufacturer. Protect materials from deterioration during delivery and while stored at the site. 902-2.2.1.12. PESTICIDES A. Pesticides shall be only approved, safe brands applied according to manufacturer's directions. SECTION IV Page 90 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 902-2.3. EXECUTION 902-2.3.1. PREPARATION 902-2.3.1.1. OBSTRUCTIONS BELOW GROUND A. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to locate and mark all underground utilities, irrigation lines and wiring prior to commencement of the work. B. If underground construction, utilities or other obstructions are encountered in excavation of planting areas or pits, the Landscape Architect shall be immediately notified to select a relocated position for any materials necessary. 902-2.3.1.2. GRADING AND PREPARATION FOR PLANT MATERIALS A. All proposed landscape areas containing existing turf grass or weeds shall be treated with Monsanto's "Round -Up" per manufacturer's specifications. All proposed landscape areas adjacent to water bodies shall be treated with "Rodeo" per the manufacturer's specifications. B. New plant materials will not be installed until a 98% weed/turf eradication has been achieved. More than one application may be required to produce an acceptable planting bed. C. Pre -emergent herbicides are not a substitute for spray treatment of "Round -Up" or "Rodeo", and may be used only with the written approval of the Landscape Architect. D. Should any plant material in the same or adjacent beds be damaged by these chemicals, the same size, quantity and quality of plants shall be immediately replaced by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner. E. Any necessary corrections or repairs to the finish grades shall be accomplished by the Contractor. All planting areas shall be carefully graded and raked to smooth, even finish grade, free from depressions, lumps, stones, sticks or other debris and such that they will conform to the required finish grades and provide uniform and satisfactory surface drainage without puddling. F. The Contractor shall remove debris (sticks, stones, rubbish) over one and one half inches (11/2") in any dimension from individual tree, shrub and hedge pits and dispose of the excavated material off the site. 902-2.3.1.3. PREPARATION FOR ANNUAL BED PLANTING A. Prepare native subgrade by rototilling or loosening by hand methods. Spread three inches (3") of one-third (1/3) Florida peat and two-thirds (2/3) sandy, or other approved organic soil amendment over the full length and width of planting area for annuals. Rototill organic layer six inches (6") to eight inches (8") into the native soil. Grade the planting bed by "crowning' to insure that surface drainage, percolation, and aeration occur at rapid rates. Add Osmocote time release fertilizer according to product instructions and rate. 902-2.3.1.4. PREPARATION FOR SEEDING AND SOD AREAS SECTION IV Page 91 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications A. All proposed sod areas containing existing turf grass or weeds shall be treated with Monsanto's "Round -Up" per manufacturer's specifications. All proposed sod areas adjacent to water bodies shall be treated with "Rodeo" per the Manufacturer's Specifications. B. Limit preparation to areas which will be planted promptly after preparation. Loosen sub - grade of seed and sod areas to a minimum depth of four inches (4"). C. Immediately prior to any turf work, the Contractor shall finish grade the soil to a smooth, even surface assuring positive drainage away from buildings and the subsequent turf flush to the tops of adjacent curbs and sidewalks. The surface shall be sloped to existing yard drains. D. A complete fertilizer shall be applied to St. Augustine or Bahia grass at a rate of one pound (1 lb.) of nitrogen per one thousand square feet (1000 sq ft). Fertilizer shall be commercial grade, mixed granules, with 30% to 50% of the nitrogen being in slow or controlled release form. Thoroughly work fertilizer into the top four inches (4") of soil. E. Moisten prepared seed and sod areas before planting if soil is dry. Water thoroughly and allow surface moisture to dry before planting lawns. Do not create a muddy soil condition. 902-2.3.2. INSTALLATION 902-2.3.2.1. BERM CONSTRUCTION (IF SPECIFIED) A. Install berms at location and design shown on Plans and at the height and slope indicated. Height stated is for finished berm with soil at natural compaction. B. Exact location and configuration of berms may require modification to allow proper drainage; such changes will be coordinated with the Landscape Architect. C. If shown on the Plan, construct berms using clean sandy loam fill dirt which is well - drained, free of rocks, roots, or other debris, with a soil pH of an acid Nature (about 6.0 - 6.5). No heavily organic soil, such as muck or peat shall be used in berm construction. 902-2.3.2.2. LAYOUT OF PLANT MATERIALS A. Unless otherwise stipulated, plant materials shall be approximately located per the plans by scale measurements using established building, columns, curbs, screen walls, etc., as the measuring reference point. Slight shifting may be required to clear wires, prevent blockage of signage, etc. 13. Shrubs and ground covers shall be located and spaced as noted on the plant material schedule (if provided), otherwise plants will be placed in the planting beds at the normally accepted spacing for each species. C. Leave an eighteen inch (18") (450 millimeters) border of mulched space between outer leaves of installed plant material and the bed line, curb, or building foundation wall for all plant sizes. D. Any necessary "minor" adjustments in the layout of planting shall be made by the Contractor with the approval of the Landscape Architect in order to conform as nearly as possible to the intent of the Plans. SECTION IV Page 92 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 902-2.3.2.3. PLANTING PROCEDURES A. All shrubs, trees and ground covers or vines shall be planted in pits having vertical sides and being circular in outline. Planting pit shall be three (3) to five (5) times the width of the root ball. B. Plants shall be set straight or plumb, in the locations shown, at such level that after settlement normal or natural relationship of the top of the root ball with the ground surface will be established. With regards to proper nursery practices, plants under certain conditions (i.e. low and wet areas) will benefit from being planted "high" with the root ball about one inch (1") higher than the surrounding grade. C. All plant materials shall be fertilized with Agriform 20-10-5 planting tablets, or approved equal, at time of installation and prior to completion of pit backfilling. Agriform planting tablets shall be placed uniformly around the root mass at a depth that is between the middle and the bottom of the root mass. Application rate: 1 gallon 1 - 21 gram tablet 3 gallon 2 - 21 gram tablet 5 gallon 3 - 21 gram tablet 7 gallon 4 - 21 gram tablet Trees 3 tablets each Y2" (12 millimeters) caliper Palms 7 - 21 gram tablets D. Native soil shall be used in back -filling plant pits or as specified. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing additional soil for building tree saucers. E. When balled and burlapped plants are set, undisturbed native soil shall be left under the base of the root ball to prevent voids. Backfill tilled and loosened native soil around the sides of the root ball. Remove the top 4 four inches (4") (100 millimeters) of burlap wire, and all tie -down material from the root ball. Do not remove these materials from the bottom of the root ball. Thoroughly water -in before bringing the back -fill up to the proper grade. Roots of bare plants shall be properly spread out, and planting soil carefully worked in among them. Failure to comply is cause for rejection. F. Containerized plants shall be installed with undisturbed native soil left under the base of the root ball to prevent voids. Planting pit shall be three (3) to five (5) times the width of the root ball. Backfill tilled and loosened native soil around the sides of the root ball. Thoroughly water -in before bringing the backfill up to the proper grade. G. Plant spacing shall be "on center" and varies with the different plant species. Space each variety of plant equally in the planting areas. Shrubs and ground covers adjacent to straight or curved edges shall be triangular - spaced in rows parallel to those edges. Plant a minimum of eighteen inches (18") from the back of the curb to the outside edge of the plant. H. All azaleas shall be placed into a prepared bed of amended soil containing 50% weed -free Florida peat or approved equivalent. Root balls shall be scarified vertically at 120 degree angles in a triangular pattern. 1. Sabal palms may be planted deeper than normal if conditions warrant and if approved. SECTION IV Page 93 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 902-2.3.2.4. SODDING A. During periods of drought, sod shall be watered sufficiently at its origin to moisten the soil adequately to the depth to which it is to be cut. B. An application of 6-6-6, 40% organic, slow or controlled release fertilizer shall be made to all lawn areas just prior to the laying of the sod at a rate of one pound (1 lb.) of nitrogen per one thousand square feet (1000 sq ft). The ground shall be moistened before the sod is laid in place. C. Solid sod shall be laid tightly with closely abutting staggered joints with an even surface edge and sod edge, in a neat and clean manner to the edge of all the paving and shrub areas. Cut down soil level to one inch (1") to one and one half inches (1-1/2") below top of walks prior to laying sod. D. Within two (2) hours after installing sod and prior to rolling, irrigate the sod. Sufficient water shall be applied to wet the sod thoroughly and to wet the sod to a depth of two inches (2") (50 millimeters). Watering shall be done in a manner that will avoid erosion due to the application of excessive quantities, and the watering equipment shall be a type that will prevent damage to the finished sod surface. Watering shall be repeated as necessary to keep sod moist until rooted to subgrade. E. The sod shall be pressed firmly into contact with the sod bed using a turf roller or other approved equipment so as to eliminate air pockets, provide a true and even surface and insure knitting without any displacement of the sod or deformation of the surfaces of sodded areas. After the sodding operation has been completed, the edges of the area shall be smooth and shall conform to the grades indicated. F. If, in the opinion of the Landscape Architect, top dressing is necessary after rolling, clean silica sand shall be used to fill voids. Evenly apply sand over the entire surface to be leveled, filling-in dips and voids and thoroughly washing into the sod areas. G. On slopes 3:1 or steeper, and as required, a geotextile fabric shall be installed per manufacturer's specifications prior to placing sod. The sod shall be fastened in place with suitable wooden pins or by other approved method. 902-2.3.2.5. SEEDING A. Seed shall be installed per the specifications of the State of Florida Department of Transportation. See plan for type of seed. 902-2.3.2.6. TREE GUYING, BRACING AND STAKING A. Tree guying, staking and bracing shall be the responsibility of the Contractor per sound nursery practices, and shall be done per details shown on the Plans. For trees, a minimum of two (2) stakes per tree or an optional three (3) stakes per tree at 120 degree spacing shall be used. Stakes shall be driven in at an angle, then tightened to vertical supported by approved plastic or rubber guys. Trees shall be staked with a minimum of four feet (4') height of stake above grade and a minimum of thirty inches (30") of stake below grade. B. For single trunk palms, a minimum of three (3) stakes per palm at 120 degree spacing shall be used. Toenail the stakes to batten consisting of five (5) layers of burlap and five (5) - 2 SECTION IV Page 94 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 1 1 1 11 1 1 1 1 1 w 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications inch x 4 inch x 16 inch wood connected with two (2) three-quarter inch (3/4") steel bands. Palms shall be staked with a minimum of five feet (5') of stake above grade. C. Contractor shall remove all tree guying, staking, and bracing from trees six (6) months after the date of final acceptance of the landscape work. D. Stake only trees that require support to maintain a plumb position or are in potentially hazardous areas. 902-2.3.2.7. MULCHING A. All planting beds shall be weed -free prior to mulching. B. All curb, roadway, and bed line edges will be "trenched" to help contain the applied mulch. Mulch should be below top of curb and resistant to washout from stormwater run-off. C. All plant beds and tree rings shall be mulched evenly with a three inch (3") layer (before compaction) of 100% Grade B recycled cypress bark mulch, or other mulch as specified on the Plans or General Notes. D. Mulch shall not be placed against the trunks of plant materials or foundations of buildings. Maintain a minimum three inch (3") clearance for trees and shrub trunks and a minimum six inch (6") clearance for the walls of buildings. E. For beds of annual flowers, a 12 inch wide x 3 inch deep band of mulch shall be installed in front of the first row of annuals. Maintain a minimum six inches (6") of non -mulched clearance from the outside edge of annuals. 902-2.3.2.8. PRUNING A. Pruning shall be done by an experienced certified Arborist to maintain the natural shape and form of the plant. B. Upon acceptance by the Owner, prune any broken branches, remove crossed branches, and branches hanging below the clear trunk of the tree. 902-2.3.2.9. CLEAN-UP A. During landscape work, store materials and equipment where directed by the Owner. B. The Contractor shall promptly remove any materials and equipment used on the job, keeping the area neat at all times. Upon completion of all planting, dispose of all excess soil and debris leaving pavements and work areas in safe and orderly condition. C. The clean-up of the site shall include the removal and proper disposal of the tree guying, staking, and bracing materials as described in specifications. 902-2.3.2.10. PROTECTION A. The Contractor shall provide safeguards for the protection of workmen and others on, about, or adjacent to the work, as required under the parameters of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (O.S.H.A.) standards. B. The Contractor shall protect the Owner's and adjacent property from damage. SECTION IV Page 95 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications C. The Contractor shall protect the landscape work and materials from damage due to landscape operations. Maintain protection during installation and maintenance periods. D. The Contractor shall provide protection (tree barricades) for all existing trees and palms as specified. 902-2.3.2.11. REPAIR OF DAMAGES E. The Contractor shall repair all damage caused by their operations to other materials, property, or trades to a level equal in quality to the existing condition prior to damage. F. The Contractor shall be held responsible for all damage done by their work or employees to other materials or trades' work. Patching and replacement of damaged work may be done by others, at the Owner's direction, but the cost of same shall be paid by the Contractor who is responsible for the damage. 902-2.3.3. MAINTENANCE A. The Contractor shall maintain all plant materials in a first class condition from the beginning of landscape construction until Final Acceptance. B. Operations: 1. Maintenance shall include, but not be limited to, watering of turf and planting beds, mowing, fertilizing, cultivation, weeding, pruning, disease and pest control, replacement of dead materials, straightening, turf or planter settlement corrections, replacement of rejected materials, staking and guying repair and tightening, wash-out repairs and regrading, and any other procedures consistent with the good horticultural practice necessary to insure normal, vigorous and healthy growth of all work under the Contract. Mowing shall be consistent with the recommended height per the University of Florida Cooperative Extension Service. 2. Within the warranty period, the Contractor shall notify the Owner of any maintenance practices being followed or omitted which would be detrimental to the healthy, vigorous growth of the landscape. 3. The Contractor shall be responsible for the final watering of not less than one inch (1") of water for all planted materials before leaving the site. 902-2.3.4. INSPECTION, REJECTION, AND ACCEPTANCE 902-2.3.4.1. INSPECTION A. Upon completion of the installation, the Contractor will notify the Owner or the Owner's Representative that the job is ready for inspection. Within fifteen (15) days of notifications, the installation will be inspected by the Landscape Architect. A written and/or graphic inspection report will be sent to the Owner and/or Landscape Contractor. 902-2.3.4.2. REJECTION AND REPLACEMENT A. The Landscape Architect shall be final judge as to the suitability and acceptability of any part of the work. Plant material will be rejected if it does not meet the requirements set forth in the Plans and Specifications. SECTION IV Page 96 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 1 A 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 w 1 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications B. Replace any rejected materials immediately or within fifteen (15) days and notify the Landscape Architect that the correction has been made. 902-2.3.4.3. ACCEPTANCE A. After replacement of rejected plant material, if any, have been made, and completion of all other correction items, the Owner or Project Representative will accept the project in writing. B. Upon Final Acceptance, the Owner assumes responsibility for maintenance within the terms of the Contract. Acceptance will in no way invalidate the Contractor's warranty period. C. The Contractor's warranty period will begin after final acceptance of the project by the Owner. 1. If evidence exists of any lien or claim arising out of or in connection with default in performance of this Contract, the Owner shall have the right to retain any payment sufficient to discharge such claim and all costs in connection with discharging such claim. 2. Where the Specifications call for any stipulated item or an "approved equivalent", or in words to that effect, the Contractor shall indicate the price of the type and species specified in the proposal, giving the price to be added or deducted from their Contract price. The final selection rests with the Owner or their representative. 3. Where plants installed do not meet specifications, the Owner reserves the right to request plant replacement or an appropriate deduction from the Contract amount to compensate for the value not received from the under -specified plant materials. No additional compensation will be made to the Contractor for plants installed that exceed specifications. 902-2.3.5. WARRANTY A. The Contractor shall warranty all palms and trees furnished under this contract for a period of one (1) year and all shrubs for a period of six (6) months. Material which is either dead or in poor health during this period or at completion will be replaced at no charge to the Owner. Should any of the plant materials show 50% or more defoliation during the warranty period, due to the Contractor's use of poor quality or improper materials or workmanship, the Contractor upon notice, shall replace without delay same with no additional cost to the Owner. Should any plant require replacing, the new plant shall be given the equal amount of warranty. 903. SODDING Unless otherwise noted herein, the Contractor shall place all sod, either shown on the plans or at the direction of the Engineer, in conformance with Sections 575, 981, 982 and 983 of FDOT's Standard Specifications. The area for sod application shall be loosened and excavated to a suitable depth and finished to a grade compatible with existing grass and structures. Sod shall be placed with edges in close contact and shall be compacted to uniform finished grade with a sod roller immediately after placement. In sloped areas, the sod shall be graded and placed so as to prohibit SECTION IV Page 97 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications erosion and undermining of the adjacent sidewalk. No sod that has been cut for more than seventy- two (72) hours can be used unless authorized by the Engineer in advance. The sod shall be thoroughly watered immediately after placement. The Contractor shall continue to water sod as needed and/or directed by the Engineer as indicated by sun exposure, soil, heat and rain conditions, to establish and assure growth, until termination of the contract. Dead sod, or sod not acceptable to the Engineer, shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at no additional compensation. Any questions concerning the type of existing sod shall be determined by the Engineer. Unless otherwise noted on the plans, payment for sod (including labor, equipment, materials, placement, rolling, watering, etc.) shall be included in other bid items. Payment for these associated bid items may be withheld until the Contractor provides the City a healthy, properly placed stand of grass. When this work is given as a separate bid item, it shall cover all labor, equipment and materials, (including water) required for this work and shall be paid for on the basis of each square foot in place and accepted. No payment for sod shall be made until the Contractor provides the City a healthy, properly placed stand of grass. 904. SEEDING Seed, or seed and mulch, shall only be used when specified for certain demolition projects. The seed and/or mulch shall be placed as called for on the plans in the following manner. The area to be seeded shall be brought to the required line and grade, fertilized and seeded in basic conformance with FDOT's Standard Specifications Sections 570, 981, 982 and 983. However, no wildflower seed shall be used, and Argentine Bahia Seed shall be used instead of Pensacola Bahia. No sprigging will be required. Also, the addition of 20 lb. of Rye Seed (to total 60 lb. of seed per acre) will be required during the stated periods. It is also required that the Contractor maintain said seed until growth is assured. When this work is given as a bid item, the item shall cover all labor, material, equipment (including water), required for this work, and shall be paid for on the basis of each square yard in place and accepted. If called for on the plans, but not shown as a bid item, then the cost of such work as stated above shall be included in the cost of other work. 905. LAWN MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS 905-1. SCOPE To remove trash and debris from landscape and paved area; maintenance and fertilization of plant beds and landscape materials; maintenance, repair, and operation of irrigation systems; ornamental pest control; palm pruning; maintenance of traffic; and the cleaning of hard surfaces at designated areas. The Contractor is to work with the City in coordinating maintenance activities and reporting irregularities in the work zone. The Contractor(s) will provide the labor and materials required to maintain the specified landscaped street areas including: • Traffic safety and Maintenance of Traffic; • Trash and debris removal from the job site; • Removal of weeds in landscaped areas and hard surfaces; • Proper trimming and pruning of landscape plants and palms; SECTION IV Page 98 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 1 1 1 t 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications • Proper fertilization and pest control of landscape and palms (may be subcontracted); • Irrigation service and repair; • Mulch replacement; • Cleaning of hard surfaces; and the • Reporting of irregularities at the job site. 905-2. SCHEDULING OF WORK The Contractor(s) shall accomplish all landscape maintenance required under the contract between the hours of 7:00 a.m. and 6:00 p.m. Monday through Saturday, excluding observed holidays. The City may grant, on an individual basis, permission to perform contract maintenance at other hours. All work shall be completed in a continuous manner, such as cleanup, weeding, trimming, etc., be completed before leaving the job site. 905-3. WORK METHODS 905-3.1. MAINTENANCE SCHEDULING The Contractor(s) will adhere to a work schedule provided by the City (see Level of Service). Any variations to that schedule, requested by either party, must be approved, either verbally or in writing by an authorized representative of the other party. 905-3.2. DUTIES PER SERVICE VISIT The Contractor(s) shall provide the following service at each scheduled visit to the designated location: 905-3.2.1. LITTER AND DEBRIS Remove trash and debris from the project site. Proper disposal of collected trash and debris is the Contractor's responsibility. Extraordinary amounts of debris caused by hurricanes, tornadoes, vandalism, etc., would be the responsibility of the City to clean up. The Contractor should report such accumulations of debris when they are encountered. Bids for the extraordinary cleanup from the Contractor would be considered. Work sites should be left in a clean and neat appearance upon completion. All debris from pruning process is to be removed from the job site and disposed of by the Contractor. 905-3.2.2. VISUAL CHECK The site should be checked for irregularities, such as irrigation leaks, vehicle damage, dead or damaged plant material, vandalism, etc., which should be reported to the City within twenty-four (24) hours after providing the service. 905-3.2.3. PLANT TRIMMING AND PALM PRUNING All plant material should be trimmed in a manner that promotes the natural shape and mature size of the particular species. Trimming should be performed at intervals that will maintain plants in a neat appearance. Trimming should be performed to promote fullness of the plants, while SECTION IV Page 99 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV —Technical Specifications maintaining height restrictions in Clear Sight Zones as established on the landscape plans. Plants shall be kept trimmed to the back of curb. Brown foliage shall be removed from Liriope. Palm pruning to be performed at least once per year, preferably in late June or July following flower formation, consistent with the following specification: 905-3.2.3.1. PHOENIX SPECIES (CANARY DATE, INDIA DATE, PYGMY DATE, ETC.) Remove all descending fronds, to the base of the frond; all parallel and ascending fronds are to remain in order to leave a full, rounded head; seed heads may remain, but remove old faded heads that are encountered in the pruning process; and remove loose frond boots; remove vegetation, such as strangler figs, Brazilian Pepper, Asparagus fern, etc., growing in the frond boots or on the trunk. Provide the rounded, classic cut on all Medjool palm boots. No climbing spikes allowed on palms. 905-3.2.3.2. TRAFFIC CONTROL Proper and safe work zones in vehicular traffic areas are to be set up and maintained by the Contractor, according to the approved Maintenance of Traffic specifications. 905-3.2.3.3. PEDESTRIAN SAFETY Contractor is responsible for maintaining safe work zones in areas where pedestrian and park users are present. The City reserves the right to limit the hours of operation in certain high pedestrian use areas. 905-3.2.4. PLANT FERTILIZATION All tree and plant material should be fertilized with the appropriate amount of 20-6-12 sulfur coated, slow release, ornamental fertilizer, three times per year. Applications should be made in mid-February, early June, and mid-September, for the first two years. Fertilizer types and amounts will change with requirements of maturing landscape materials. 905-3.2.5. WEED REMOVAL IN LANDSCAPED AREA Weeds should be removed on a regular basis in order to keep them from being visibly noticeable. Weed control with the use of appropriate herbicides is allowable, given they are properly applied by a certified applicator. Herbicide damage to landscape material will be remedied by Contractor at their expense. 905-3.2.6. MULCH CONDITION Should be maintained at a thickness that will discourage weed growth as well as help retain soil moisture, usually three inches (3"). 905-3.2.7. IRRIGATION SERVICE AND REPAIR Should be performed at each visit to assure the system's proper operation and timing. Drip tubing should be kept covered with mulch. Timer should be checked for proper time of day and operating schedule. Leaks or breaks in the system should be repaired before the next scheduled system running time. SECTION IV Page 100 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications 905-3.2.8. LAWN AND ORNAMENTAL PEST CONTROL Should be performed by a properly licensed and certified applicator to keep pest populations at a less than damaging level. Landscape materials lost to or extensively damaged by pests will be replaced by the Contractor at the Contractor's expense. Diazinon products are not to be used on City properties. 905-3.2.9. PALM FERTILIZATION Apply three (3) pounds of Magnesium sulfate and one pound of Potassium evenly, per tree, across the root zone (typically within the dripline), annually in early February. 905-3.2.10. FREEZE PROTECTION The City will provide a freeze/frost protection fabric for the Contractor to install over freeze/frost sensitive plants (Lantana and Pentas). The covering material will be stored at a City facility. Contractor will remove the covering material from storage and install over the sensitive plants, securely fastening edges of the material to the ground per manufacturer's directions. The City will furnish metal pins needed for securing fabric to the ground. The City will notify the Contractor one (1) day or twenty-four (24) hours minimum prior to the need to protect plant material. After uses, the Contractor will prepare the fabric for storage and return it to the designated City facility. Protective covering shall be removed the following afternoon or remain in place as directed by the City. The City shall notify the Contractor by 11:00 a.m. about removing the cover or keeping it in place due to continued freezing temperatures. The City may cancel the freeze protection event at any time prior to the end of the scheduled installation day (5:00 p.m.) The Contractor will be compensated for the number of hours mobilization or on-site work at the contracted rate per man- hour unit price. The Contractor shall provide a unit price for the installation and removal of the covering fabric on a per event basis, as well as an hourly rate per employee required. The City and Contractor will coordinate appropriate irrigation operations with weather conditions. Should freeze/frost damage occur, the Contractor shall perform remedial work as per unit basis, as directed by the City. 906. LEVEL OF SERVICE The Project Site is to be serviced weekly. Repairs to damage or vandalism to be made within seven (7) working days of reported irregularity. Weekly visits should occur no closer than six (6) and no further than ten (10) calendar days apart. 907. COMPLETION OF WORK Within twenty-four (24) hours of completing work the City either in person or by phone of said completion. It is acceptable to leave a phone message. 908. INSPECTION AND APPROVAL Upon receiving notification from the Contractor, the City shall inspect the serviced location the following business day. If, upon inspection, the work specified has not been completed, the City shall contact the Contractor to indicate the necessary corrective measures. The Contractor will be SECTION IV Page 101 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications given forty-eight (48) hours from this notification to make appropriate corrections. If the work has been completed successfully then the City will pay for services billed. 909. SPECIAL CONDITIONS 1. This location will be newly installed and under warranty by the installer for a twelve (12) month period on plants, trees and palms. Landscape installer will coordinate irrigation operation with the Maintenance contractor to assure adequate irrigation to the landscape materials. Installer will also be responsible for the untying of palm heads/fronds as they feel appropriate. 2. All listed acreage or square footage figures are estimates. 3. All work shall be performed in a good and workmanlike manner, consistent with trade practices and standards which prevail in the industry. 4. The Contractor shall be responsible for damage to any plant material or site feature caused by the Contractor or their employees. The Contractor shall be notified in writing of the specific nature of the damage and cost of repair. The City shall, at its option, invoice the Contractor for the payment, or reduce by the amount of the repairs on the next regular payment to the Contractor. 5. Occasionally circumstances (standing water, prolonged inclement weather, parked vehicles, etc.) may make all or portions of a location unserviceable during the regular schedule. The Contractor shall notify the City Supervisor of such occurrences, and shall schedule to perform the required work to the location as soon as the pertaining circumstances are relieved. 910. TREE PROTECTION 910-1. TREE BARRICADES A. A protective barrier shall be placed around all protected trees and palms prior to land preparation or construction activities within or adjacent to the work zone, including all staging and/or lay down areas. Protective barriers shall be installed as follows: 1. At or greater than the full dripline of all species of Mangroves and Cabbage Palms 2. At or greater than the full dripline or all protected native pine trees and other conifer species. 3. At or greater than two-thirds (2/3) of the dripline of all other protected species 4. At or greater than the full dripline of trees within a specimen tree stand. B. Protective barriers are to be constructed using no less than two inch (2") lumber for upright posts. Upright posts are to be at least four feet (4') in length with a minimum of one foot (1') anchored in the ground. Upright posts are to be placed at a maximum distance of eight feet (8') apart. Horizontal rails are to be constructed using no less than one inch (1") by four -inch (4") lumber and shall be securely attached to the top of the upright post. The City's representative must approve any variation from the above requirements. SECTION IV Page 102 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications C. Whenever a protective barrier is required, it shall be in place until all construction activity is terminated. The area within the barrier limits shall remain undisturbed by any activity during construction. Native ground cover and understory vegetation existing within the barriers shall remain throughout construction. Exotic plant species may only be removed by manual labor utilizing hand tools or by other means if authorized in writing by the City's representative. D. Prior to the erection of any required protective barrier, all surface foreign material, trash or debris shall be removed from the area enclosed by the barrier, and after erection of the barrier no such material or litter shall be permitted to remain within the protected area. No equipment, chemicals, soil deposits or construction materials shall be placed within such protective barriers. E. No signs, building permits, wires, or other attachments of any kind shall be attached to any protected tree or palm. F. At all times, due care shall be taken to protect the critical root zone of trees protected by this section, and root pruning requirements shall apply to such trees. 910-2. ROOT PRUNING A. Where proposed construction improvements involve excavation and/or impacts to the critical root zone of protected trees, the Contractor shall be required to have an International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certified arborist perform, or directly supervise root pruning to reduce the impacts of construction. The critical root zone is equivalent to the tree's dripline. Prior to any clearing, grubbing or excavation activities, the affected roots must be severed by clean pruning cuts at the point where grubbing or excavation impacts the root system. Roots can be pruned utilizing specified root pruning equipment designed for that purpose or by hand digging a trench and pruning roots with a pruning saw, chain saw or other equipment designed for tree pruning. Root pruning by trenching equipment or excavation equipment is strictly prohibited. Roots located in the critical root zone that will be impacted by construction activities shall be pruned to a minimum depth of eighteen inches (18") below existing grade or to the depth of the proposed impact if less than eighteen inches (18") from existing grade. The City's Representative on Engineering Department projects for Root Pruning issues is the Senior Landscape Architect and can be reached at (727) 562-4747, or through the construction inspector assigned to the project. B. Root pruning shall only be performed by or under the direct supervision of an International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certified arborist. C. Any proposed root pruning trenches shall be identified on site (i.e. staked or painted) inspected and approved by the City's representative prior to actual root pruning. D. Root pruning shall be performed as far in advance of other construction activities as is feasible, but at a minimum shall be performed prior to ANY impacts to the soil. Associated tree protection measures should be implemented upon completion of said root pruning. E. If there is a likelihood of excessive wind and/or rain exceptional care shall be taken on any root pruning activities. SECTION IV Page 103 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV — Technical Specifications F. Root pruning shall be limited to a minimum of ten inches (10") per one inch (1") of the trunk diameter from the tree base. Any exception must be approved by the City's representative prior to said root pruning. G. Roots shall be cut cleanly, as far from the trunk of the tree as possible. Root pruning shall be done to a minimum depth of eighteen inches (18") from existing grade, or to the depth of the disturbance if less than eighteen inches (18"). H. Root pruning shall be performed using a root cutting machine specifically designed for this purpose. Alternate equipment or techniques must be approved by the City's representative, prior to any work adjacent to trees to be preserved. I. Root pruning shall be completed, inspected and accepted prior to the commencement of any excavation or other impacts to the critical root zones of trees to be protected. J. Excavations in an area where root are present shall not cause the tearing or ripping of tree roots. Roots must first be cleanly severed prior to continuing with the excavation, or tunneled around to prevent damage to the root. K. Tree roots shall not be exposed to drying out. Root ends shall be covered with native soil or burlap and kept moist until final backfill or final grades has been established. L. When deemed appropriate (e.g., during periods of drought) the City representative may require a temporary irrigation system be utilized in the remaining critical root zones of root pruned trees. M. When underground utility lines are to be installed within the critical root zone, the root pruning requirement may be waived if the lines are installed via tunneling or directional boring as opposed to open trenching. 910-3. PROPER TREE PRUNING A. All tree pruning and/or root pruning on existing trees to remain shall only be performed by or under the direct supervision of an International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certified arborist. Furthermore, all tree work shall conform to the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 2001, American National Standard for tree care operations - Tree, Shrub and other Woody Plant Maintenance — Standard practices (pruning) ANSI A-300. B. Proper pruning techniques for all lateral branches of protected trees are required. Flush cuts (pruning cuts that remove the branch collar) and stub cuts (cuts that leave a stub on the tree) are improper techniques. Any protected tree that has been improperly pruned will not be recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy growing condition, and will require replacement consistent with the current City Code of Ordinances and Community Development Code. C. No protected tree shall have more than thirty percent (30%) of its foliage removed. D. No protected tree shall be topped, hat racked or lion -tailed. Any protected tree that has been improperly pruned will not be recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy growing condition, and will require replacement consistent with the current City Code of Ordinances and Community Development Code. SECTION IV Page 104 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 SECTION IV—Technical Specifications E. Tree Trunks and limbs shall be protected. The use of tree spikes or other devices that damage trunk and bark tissue on protected trees shall be prohibited. Any protected tree that has been damaged in such a manner will not be recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy growing condition, and will require replacement consistent with the current City Code of Ordinances and Community Development Code. SECTION IV Page 105 of 105 Updated 2/11/2016 KAPOK TERRACE SANITARY SEWER SYSTEM (Project No. 15 -0036 -UT) SECTION IVa Supplemental Technical Specifications Prepared for: CLEARWATER BRIGHT AND BEAUTIFUL • BAY TO BEACH Prepared by: Kin ENGEERINGASSOCIATES, INC.g KING ENGINEERING ASSOCIATES, INC. 4921 MEMORIAL HIGHWAY ONE MEMORIAL CENTER, SUITE 300 TAMPA, FL 33634 September 2017 SECTION IVa — SUPPLEMENTAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 00120 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 01005 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01014 SUMMARY OF WORK 01015 CONTROL OF WORK 01016 CONSTRUCTION PHASING PLAN 01030 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES 01040 COORDINATION 01050 FIELD ENGINEERING AND SURVEYING 01070 ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS 01090 REFERENCE STANDARDS 01150 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01152 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT 01153 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 01200 MEETINGS AND CONFERENCES 01300 SUBMITTALS 01310 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES 01340 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, WORKING DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES 01370 SCHEDULE OF VALUES 01380 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS 01385 COLOR AUDIO —VIDEO CONSTRUCTION RECORDS 09/01/2016 01410 TESTING AND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01505 MOBILIZATION 01510 TEMPORARY UTILITIES 01530 PROTECTION OF EXISTING FACILITIES 01540 SECURITY 01580 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION AND SIGNS 01600 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 01625 START-UP SYSTEMS TESTING 01640 QUALITY CONTROL 01670 SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS 01700 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01710 PROJECT CLEANING 01720 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01730 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01740 WARRANTIES AND BONDS DIVISION 02 SITEWORK 02060 SANITARY SEWER CLEANING AND TELEVISING 02061 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE AND FITTINGS 02100 SITE PREPARATION 02125 SILT BARRIERS 02140 TEMPORARY DEWATERING 02221 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR PIPES 02222 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR STRUCTURES ii 09/01/2016 02276 TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL 02485 SURFACE RESTORATION 02730 PRECAST CONCRETE STRUCTURES DIVISION 03 CONCRETE 03100 CONCRETE FORMWORK 03200 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 03250 CONCRETE JOINTS AND JOINT ACCESSORIES 03300 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE 03350 CONCRETE FINISHES DIVISION 13 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 13600 SEPTIC TANK ABANDONMENT AND SEWER LATERAL CONNECTION iii 09/01/2016 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 00120 2 3 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 4 5 ARTICLE SP -1 CONTRACT PERIOD 6 7 A. The Contract Period shall be 310 consecutive calendar days from Notice 8 to Proceed to Substantial Completion. Up to an additional 90 consecutive 9 calendar days shall be added to the Contract Period for completing the 10 abandonment of septic tanks and connection of sewer service laterals as 11 specified below: 12 13 1. The Owner will provide the Contractor, at any time during the 14 duration of the Contract Period, a list of property owners that have 15 agreed to abandon their individual septic tank systems and connect 16 to the new gravity sanitary sewer system as part of the project. 17 The Owner may modify the list at any time. The Contract Period 18 will be extended in order to allow the Contractor to abandon the 19 septic tank(s) and connect the sewer service lateral(s) based on 20 the total number of properties that agree to connect to the new 21 gravity sanitary sewer system as follows: 22 23 a. 1 — 50 properties: 30 calendar days shall be added to the 24 Contract Period 25 26 b. 51 — 100 properties: 60 calendar days shall be added to the 27 Contract Period 28 29 c. 101+ properties: 90 calendar days shall be added to the 30 Contract Period 31 32 The maximum Contract Period shall be 400 consecutive calendar days 33 from Notice to Proceed to Final Completion. 34 35 B. The term Final Completion means the time at which the Work has 36 progressed to the point where in the opinion of the Engineer, the Work, 37 including all "punch list" items, is fully and finally completed in a good and 38 workmanlike manner, in accordance with the Contract Documents and 39 free of all defects and deficiencies; all required final governmental 40 inspections and approvals have been obtained, closeout paperwork has 41 been submitted and approved and; the Work is ready for final payment 42 upon execution of the final Change Order and submission of the 43 Engineer's written recommendation of final payment. 44 45 C. As described in Article SP -9, it is the intent of these documents that the 46 sanitary sewer trunk system be tested, accepted, deemed substantially 47 complete, partially utilized and placed into service in phases in order to SPECIAL PROVISIONS 00120-1 04/05/17 1 allow the abandonment of septic systems and connection of individual lots 2 as the project progresses toward final completion. Substantial Completion 3 and utilization of the entire system by the Owner shall not be construed as 4 Final Completion. 5 6 ARTICLE SP -2 MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC 7 8 A. Prior to construction, the Contractor shall submit a proposed Maintenance 9 of Traffic Plan (MOT) and pedestrian controls plan in accordance with the 10 Florida Department of Transportation (FOOT) Design Standards Index 11 600 thru 670. The plan shall be signed and sealed by a Florida 12 Registered Professional Engineer. The Contractor will be provided with 13 the AUTOCAD drawing files of the contract documents to assist with this 14 effort. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for the proper and safe 15 installation and implementation of the MOT and pedestrian control plans. 16 17 B. The Contractor shall maintain access at all times for postal delivery, 18 emergency services and trash pickup. The postal service, police 19 department, fire department and solid waste services shall be notified of 20 the need to temporarily close any roadway and an alternate means of 21 access to affected properties shall be provided. 22 23 ARTICLE SP -3 MAINTAINING ACCESS TO PRIVATE PROPERTY AND 24 RESTORATION OF JOB SITE 25 26 A. The Contractor shall conduct his operations in such a manner that will 27 maintain access to private property/driveways and will result in minimum 28 inconvenience to the public accessing the neighborhood roads and/or 29 business establishments and shall provide temporary access during 30 construction. All restoration must be performed to an equal or better 31 condition than that which existed prior to construction. 32 33 B. In the event that vehicular access to residences and/or driveways will be 34 temporarily blocked, the Contractor shall notify the City three (3) business 35 days in advance and shall assist the City with coordinating with affected 36 residents. Blocking vehicular access to any residence shall not exceed 37 one calendar day. 38 39 C. For all work shown on the Drawings, the Contractor shall have no more 40 than 1,500 feet of unrestored length along a completed sewer main or 41 shall restore (to phase 1 restoration as described below) each street/road 42 where the sewer main has been completed, whichever comes first, prior 43 to excavating the next area. No open trenches shall be allowed during 44 non -working hours for all work in this project. At the end of each work 45 day, the Contractor shall grade and install stabilized roadway constructed 46 of base material, limerock or crushed concrete and shall maintain the 47 roadway to be free of ruts, washouts, potholes, and etc. until phase 1 48 asphalt restoration is completed. SPECIAL PROVISIONS 00120-2 04/05/17 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 D. Good housekeeping on this project is extremely important and the 3 Contractor will be responsible for keeping the construction site neat and 4 clean, with debris being removed daily as the work progresses or as 5 otherwise directed by the Engineer. Good housekeeping at the job site 6 shall include: Removing all tools and temporary structures, dirt, rubbish, 7 etc.; hauling all excess dirt, rock, etc., from excavations to a dump 8 provided by the Contractor; and all clean up shall be accomplished to the 9 satisfaction of the Engineer. Dust shall be controlled daily as may be 10 required. Immediately after construction completion in an area or part 11 thereof (including restoration), barricades, construction equipment and 12 surplus and discarded materials shall be removed by the Contractor. 13 14 E. In the event that the timely clean up and restoration of the job site is not 15 accomplished to the satisfaction of the Engineer or Owner, the Owner will 16 make arrangements to affect the necessary clean up by others. The 17 Contractor shall be charged for these costs through deductions in 18 payment due the contractor. If, in the opinion of the Owner, such action 19 becomes necessary, the Owner shall not be held responsible for the 20 inadvertent removal from the work site of materials which the Contractor 21 would not normally have disposed of had he affected the required clean 22 up. 23 24 F. The City reserves the right to stop new construction until the provisions of 25 this Article are satisfied with no award of additional contract time or cost. 26 27 G. Asphalt Restoration Along Existing Roadways 28 29 1. Asphalt restoration along all existing roadways shall consist of two 30 phases, asphalt restoration over the pipe trench (phase 1) followed 31 by milling and overlay of asphalt (phase 2). The first phase shall 32 consist of placing and compacting sub -base, base, and asphalt 33 over the excavated pipe trench area to 1 -inch below existing grade. 34 The second phase shall consist of the Contractor returning a 35 minimum of 30 days after the initial asphalt restoration (phase 1) to 36 mill 1 inch from any asphalt that was not removed prior to phase 1 37 asphalt restoration (i.e. the asphalt from phase 1 restoration shall 38 not be milled) and repaving 1 -inch of asphalt. All streets shall be 39 milled and overlayed with asphalt from edge -of -pavement to edge - 40 of -pavement regardless of which lanes are impacted by 41 construction activities. Milling and resurfacing of the roadway from 42 edge -of -pavement to edge -of -pavement shall not occur until all 43 construction activities within the project area are completed. 44 45 2. Phase 1 asphalt restoration as described above for existing 46 roadways shall consist of 1 -inch (one lift) of SP -9.5 asphalt. Phase 47 2 asphalt restoration as described above shall consist of milling 1 48 inch from any asphalt that was not removed prior to phase 1 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 00120-3 04/05/17 1 asphalt restoration (i.e. the asphalt from phase 1 restoration shall 2 not be milled) and repaving 1 -inch of SP- 9.5 asphalt from edge -of - 3 pavement of edge -of -pavement. 4 5 H. Asphalt Pavement Along New Roadway Areas 6 7 1. Asphalt pavement along new roadway areas (i.e. t -turnarounds and 8 Merrill Ave.) shall consist of two phases. The first phase (phase 1) 9 shall consist of installing 1 -inch of SP -9.5 asphalt after the new t- 10 turnarounds or the widening of Merrill Ave. is completed. The 11 second phase (phase 2) shall consist of installing 1 -inch of SP -9.5 12 asphalt from edge -of -pavement to edge -of -pavement at the t- 13 turnarounds and the widened Merrill Ave once all construction 14 activities within the project area is completed. This phase 2 15 restoration shall occur at the same time as phase 2 restoration for 16 existing roadways as previously described above. 17 18 ARTICLE SP -4 SCHOOL BUS STOP COORDINATION 19 20 A. The Contractor's attention is directed to the fact that during the school 21 year (August through June), school buses will need access to certain 22 locations for school bus stops. 23 24 B. Construction along a specific road may affect the location of the school 25 bus stop. In order to provide the local School Board sufficient time to 26 relocate the school bus stop, the Contractor shall be responsible for 27 notifying the Engineer and Owner a minimum of two (2) weeks prior to any 28 construction that may affect access to the school bus stop(s). 29 30 ARTICLE SP -5 WARRANTY PERIOD 31 32 A. The warranty period for all work performed in the project shall be two (2) 33 years from the date of Substantial Completion as described in the General 34 Conditions. 35 36 ARTICLE SP -6 EXISTING UTILITIES RELOCATION 37 38 A. The Contractor's attention is directed to the fact that there are multiple 39 existing utilities that are within the construction corridor (i.e. along each 40 road) that may be in conflict with the proposed piping. The Contractor 41 shall provide sufficient time in the Contractor's planning/scheduling of the 42 work so that the Contractor can field verify (pothole) existing utilities to 43 determine if a conflict exists. Should a conflict exist, the Contractor shall 44 immediately notify the Owner, Engineer, and the owner of the utility in 45 conflict. If the conflict is with a gas main or gas service lateral, the 46 Clearwater Gas company will be responsible for relocating the gas 47 main/gas service lateral at no cost to the Contractor. The Contractor shall SPECIAL PROVISIONS 00120-4 04/05/17 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 plan and coordinate his work accordingly to allow the Owner of the utility 2 that is in conflict sufficient time to relocate their utilities. No claim for 3 additional time shall be granted to the Contractor for failing to properly 4 coordinate and plan his work to allow for the relocation of existing utilities 5 by the owner of the utility. 6 7 ARTICLE SP -7 EXISTING WATER AND GAS SERVICES 8 9 A. The Contractor shall take all reasonable precautions to protect existing 10 water and gas services. In the event that water service lines are damaged 11 prior to the replacement of the water service lines, the damaged service 12 shall be replaced from the water main to the existing meter in accordance 13 with the details in the Drawings. 14 15 B. The Contractor shall provide 48 hour written notice to the City when water 16 service to any residence is anticipated to be interrupted. Interruptions in 17 water service shall not last more than 4 hours and water service shall be 18 restored by the end of each working day. 19 20 ARTICLE SP -8 GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION 21 22 A. A "Report of Geotechnical Investigation" for the project completed by 23 Driggers Engineering Services Inc. is provided in these specifications to 24 assist Contractors with preparation of their bids. 25 26 B. Contractors may perform additional geotechnical investigations at the site 27 that they deem necessary for preparing their bids. 28 29 ARTICLE SP -9 PLACING THE SEWER SYSTEM INTO SERVICE AND SEPTIC 30 SYSTEM ABANDONMENT 31 32 A. The Contractor shall construct the sanitary sewer systems beginning at 33 the existing manhole tie-ins and progressing in an upstream direction to 34 allow for clearance and partial utilization of the gravity sewer in segments 35 and for connections to the sanitary sewer to commence while the 36 remainder of the system is constructed. 37 38 B. The Contractor's schedule shall allow for a 4 week period after the 39 Engineer's acceptance of the Contractor's As -Built drawings for 40 completed segments of the sewer system, and satisfactory completion of 41 system testing, to obtain clearance from the FDEP for the completed 42 segments. Other work may take place during this 4 week period. 43 44 C. In order to provide continuous sewer service to the affected lots, septic 45 system abandonment shall not begin until the connecting sewer system is 46 tested, accepted by the Owner and cleared by the FDEP. 47 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 00120-5 04/05/17 1 2 ARTICLE SP -10 TREE PRUNING AND REMOVAL 3 4 A. All tree trimming, root pruning and tree removal must be done by or under 5 the direct supervision of an ISA certified arborist. Said certified arborist 6 must also be an employee of the tree care company performing said work. 7 To clarify, the certified arborist must be on site during any tree trimming, 8 root pruning or other tree work. The Contractor shall provide the Owner 9 and Engineer a copy of the certified arborist's current ISA Certification and 10 be approved by the City prior to the commencement of the work." All 11 trees within or adjacent to the work zone shall be protected per Section IV 12 of the Contract Documents. 13 14 B. Trees marked on the Drawings with an "X" indicate trees that are 15 potentially required to be removed by the Contractor due to not meeting 16 the criteria for root pruning and/or the tree's proximity to the location of the 17 sanitary sewer main, sanitary sewer street lateral, or sanitary sewer 18 service lateral work. 19 20 C. For each tree marked on the plans with an "X", the Contractor shall field 21 verify if the tree actually is required to be removed based on the 22 Contractor's means and methods of installing the utilities. Should the 23 Contractor deem that a tree is required to be remove, the Contractor shall: 24 25 1. Submit to the Owner and Engineer the plans to show which tree(s) in 26 private property or public right-of-way the Contractor proposes to 27 remove. 28 29 2. Mark the in the field tree by with a red ribbon around the trunk. 30 Marking the tree using paint is prohibited. 31 32 3. Notify the Owner and Engineer that potential tree(s) that are required 33 to be removed have been marked. 34 35 4. Allow the Owner and Engineer up to ten (10) business days to field 36 verify and provide the Contractor with approval that the tree may be 37 removed. The Contractor shall be responsible for marking the trees 38 and scheduling with the Owner and Engineer as described herein, so 39 that it does not affect the Contractor's schedule. The Contractor shall 40 not remove any tree without the Owner's approval. 41 42 D. Should there be other trees that are not marked with an "X" on the 43 Drawings, but is deemed by the Contractor that it is required to be 44 removed, the Contractor shall follow the same procedure as defined 45 above. 46 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 00120-6 04/05/17 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 E. Removal of trees on private property is also subject to the above 2 requirements and the homeowner's concurrence. 3 4 F. The removal of a tree consists of the following in general: 5 6 1. Removing the tree including all limbs and branches and disposing of 7 the tree. 8 9 2. Grinding the stump of the tree to 12 -inches below grade. 10 11 3. Placing top soil over the affected area. 12 13 4. Placing sod over the area and installing fertilizer and watering the sod 14 15 G. Root pruning limits shown on the Drawings indicate roots that are 16 potentially required to be pruned by the Contractor in the presence of an 17 ISA Certified Arborist due to the tree's proximity to the location of the 18 sanitary sewer main, sanitary sewer street lateral, or sanitary sewer 19 service lateral work. 20 21 H. For each tree that is shown to have root pruning performed, the 22 Contractor shall field verify if root pruning is required based on the 23 Contractor's means and methods of installing the utilities or the alignment 24 of the service lateral. Should the Contractor deem that a tree is required 25 to be root pruned, the Contractor shall: 26 27 1. Submit to the Owner and Engineer the plans to show which tree(s) and 28 the limits of root pruning for each tree on private property or public 29 right-of-way. 30 31 2. Allow the Owner and Engineer up to ten (10) business days to field 32 verify and provide the Contractor with approval that the tree may be 33 root pruned. The Contractor shall be responsible for root pruning 34 plans and scheduling with the Owner and Engineer as described 35 herein, so that it does not affect the Contractor's schedule. The 36 Contractor shall not root prune any tree without the Owner's approval. 37 38 3. Should there be other trees that are not marked on the Drawings for 39 root pruning to be performed, but is deemed by the Contractor that 40 root pruning will be required, the Contractor shall follow the same 41 procedure as defined above. 42 43 I. Any damage to public or private property during the removal of a tree or 44 root pruning in public or private property shall be repaired at the 45 Contractor's expense. 46 47 ARTICLE SP -11 WATER SERVICE LINE REPLACEMENT SPECIAL PROVISIONS 00120-7 04/05/17 1 2 A. The Contractor shall replace the water service line to every property within 3 the project area that does not meet City Index No. 401 on Sheet D1.04. 4 5 B. The replacement of each water service line includes: 6 7 1. Closing the existing curb stop and corporation stop; 8 2. Removing the existing water service pipe from the curb stop to the 9 corporation stop; 10 3. Furnishing and installing the new polyethylene water service tubing, 11 PVC casing, tracer wire, and miscellaneous compression to 12 threaded pipe adapter couplings as shown on the details. 13 4. Connecting the new water service tubing to the existing corporation 14 stop; 15 5. Open the corporation stop to flush the service tubing clean; 16 6. Furnishing and installing a new curb stop on the meter side of the 17 service tubing. 18 19 C. The Contractor shall not connect the water service tubing with the new 20 curb stop to the meter. This end shall be left loose for the Owner to make 21 the connection between the new curb stop and existing meter. All 22 necessary adapter and couplings required to make the connections shall 23 be provided by the Contractor to the Owner. 24 25 D. No pressure testing or bacteriological testing will be required to be 26 performed on the water service piping. However, all visual leaks shall be 27 repaired immediately by the Contractor. 28 29 E. The Contractor shall coordinate with the Owner and provide the Owner a 30 minimum of 48 -hours advance notice of when the water service lateral is 31 ready to be connected to the existing water meter. 32 33 34 END OF SECTION 35 36 SPECIAL PROVISIONS 00120-8 04/05/17 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 01005 2 3 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 4 5 PART I — GENERAL 6 7 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK 8 9 A. Description 10 11 The Work to be completed consists of the furnishing of all labor, materials 12 and equipment, and the performance of all Work included in this Contract. 13 14 B. Work Included 15 16 The Contractor shall furnish all labor, superintendence, materials, plant, 17 power, Tight, heat, fuel, water, tools, appliances, equipment, supplies and 18 other means of construction necessary or proper for performing and 19 completing the Work. The Contractor shall perform and complete the Work 20 in the manner best calculated to promote rapid construction consistent with 21 safety of life and property and to the satisfaction of the Engineer, and in strict 22 accordance with the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall clean up the 23 Work and maintain it during and after construction, until accepted, and shall 24 do all Work and pay all costs incidental thereto. The Contractor shall repair 25 or restore all structures and property that may be damaged or disturbed 26 during performance of the Work. 27 28 The cost of incidental Work described in these General Requirements, for 29 which there are no specific Contract Items, shall be considered as part of the 30 general cost of doing the Work and shall be included in the prices for the 31 various Contract Items. No additional payment will be made therefore. 32 33 The Contractor shall provide and maintain such modern plant, tools, and 34 equipment as may be necessary, in the opinion of the Engineer, to perform in 35 a satisfactory and acceptable manner all the Work required by this Contract. 36 Only equipment of established reputation and proven efficiency shall be 37 used. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for the adequacy of his 38 workmanship, materials and equipment, prior approval of the Engineer 39 notwithstanding. 40 41 C. Public Utility Installation and Structures 42 43 Public utility installations and structures shall be understood to include all 44 poles, tracks, pipes, wires, conduits, house service connections, vaults, 45 manholes and all other appurtenances and facilities pertaining thereto 46 whether owned or controlled by the Owner, other governmental bodies or 47 privately owned by individuals, firms or corporations, used to serve the public GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01005-1 09/01/16 1 with transportation, traffic control, gas, electricity, telephone, sewerage, 2 drainage, water or other public or private property which may be affected by 3 the Work shall be deemed included hereunder. 4 5 The Contractor shall protect all public utility installations and structures from 6 damage during the Work. Access across any buried public utility installation, 7 or structure, shall be made only in such locations and by means approved by 8 the Engineer. The Contractor shall so arrange his operations as to avoid any 9 damage to these facilities. All required protective devices and construction 10 shall be provided by the Contractor at his expense. All existing public utilities 11 damaged by the Contractor, which are shown on the Plans or have been 12 located in the field by the utility, shall be repaired by the Contractor, at his 13 expense, as directed by the Engineer. No separate payment shall be made 14 for such protection or repairs to public utility installations or structures. 15 16 Public utility installations or structures owned or controlled by the Owner or 17 other governmental body, which are shown on the Plans to be removed, 18 relocated, replaced or rebuilt by the Contractor, shall be considered as a part 19 of the general cost of doing the Work and shall be included in the prices bid 20 for the various contract items. No separate payment shall be made 21 therefore. 22 23 Where public utility installations or structures owned or controlled by the 24 Owner or other governmental body are encountered during the course of the 25 Work, and are not indicated on the Plans or in the Specifications, and when, 26 in the opinion of the Engineer, removal, relocation, replacement or rebuilding 27 is necessary to complete the Work under this Contract, such Work shall be 28 accomplished by the utility having jurisdiction, or such Work may be ordered, 29 in writing by the Engineer, for the Contractor to accomplish. If such Work is 30 accomplished by the utility having jurisdiction it will be carried out 31 expeditiously and the Contractor shall give full cooperation to permit the utility 32 to complete the removal, relocation, replacement or rebuilding as required. If 33 such Work is accomplished by the Contractor, it will be in accordance with 34 the General and Supplemental General Conditions. 35 36 All owners, governmental utility departments, and owners of public utilities 37 that may be affected by the Work will be informed in writing by the Engineer 38 within two weeks after the execution of the Contract or Contract covering the 39 Work. Such notice will set out, in general, and direct attention to, the 40 responsibilities of the Owner and other governmental utility departments and 41 other owners of public utilities for such installations and structures as may be 42 affected by the Work and will be accompanied by one set of Plans and 43 Specifications covering the Work under such Contract or Contracts. 44 45 In addition to the general notice given by the Engineer, the Contractor shall 46 give written notice to Owner and other governmental utility departments and 47 other owners of public utilities of the locations of proposed construction GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01005-2 09/01/16 1 1 I 1 2 operations, at least forty-eight hours in advance of breaking ground in any area or on any unit of the Work. 3 4 The maintenance, repair, removal, relocation or rebuilding of public utility I5 installations and structures, when accomplished by the Contractor as herein 6 provided, shall be done by methods approved by the Engineer. 7 1 8 The construction of underground utility lines and other structures shall be 9 done in accordance with the following standards: 10 I 11 1. No more than 400 lineal feet of trench shall be open at any one time; 12 13 2. Wherever consistent with safety and space consideration, excavated I 14 material shall be cast to the uphill side of trenches. Trench material 15 shall not be cast into or onto the slope of any stream, channel, road 16 ditch or waterway. I 17 18 1.02 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS 19 20 A. Drawings 21 22 When obtaining data and information from the Construction Drawings, figures I 23 shall be used in preference to scaled dimensions, and large scale drawings 24 in preference to small scale drawings. 25 26 B. Copies Furnished to Contractor 27 28 After the Agreement has been executed, the Contractor will be furnished 29 copies of Contract Documents in accordance with the General Conditions. I30 31 The Contractor shall furnish each of the subcontractors, manufacturers, and 32 suppliers such copies of the Contract Documents as may be required for their 1 33 Work. Additional copies of the Drawings and Specifications, when 34 requested, may be furnished to the Contractor at cost of reproduction. 35 I 36 C. Supplementary Drawings 37 38 When, in the opinion of the Engineer, it becomes necessary to explain more I 39 fully the Work to be done or to illustrate the Work further or to show any 40 changes which may be required, Drawings known as Supplementary 41 Drawings, with Specifications pertaining thereto, will be prepared by the I 42 Engineer and up to five paper prints thereof will be given to the Contractor 43 and two copies to the Owner. 44 45 D. Contractor to Check Drawings and Data 46 1 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01005-3 09/01/16 1 The Contractor shall verify all dimensions, quantities and details shown on 2 the Shop Drawings, Construction Drawings, Supplementary Drawings, 3 Schedules, Specifications or other data received from the Engineer and shall 4 notify the Engineer of any errors, omissions, conflicts and discrepancies 5 found therein. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a Request for 6 Information (RFI), consecutively numbered, detailing all errors, omissions, 7 conflicts and discrepancies. Engineer will promptly provide a response to all 8 RFIs submitted by the Contractor. Contractor shall not take advantage of 9 any errors or omissions, as full instructions will be furnished by the Engineer, 10 should such errors or omissions be discovered. 11 12 E. Technical Specifications 13 14 The Technical Specifications consist of three parts: General, Products and 15 Execution. The General Section contains General Requirements that govern 16 the Work. Products and Execution modify and supplement these by detailed 17 requirements for the Work and shall always govern whenever there appears 18 to be an inconsistency. 19 20 F. Intent 21 22 All Work called for in the Specifications applicable to this Contract, but not 23 shown on the Construction Drawings in their present form, or vice verse, 24 shall be of like effect as if shown or mentioned in both. Work not specified in 25 either the Construction Drawings or in the Specifications, but involved in 26 carrying out their intent or in the complete and proper execution of the Work, 27 is required and shall be performed by the Contractor as though it were 28 specifically delineated or described. 29 30 The apparent silence of the Specifications as to any detail, or the apparent 31 omission from them of a detailed description concerning any Work to be done 32 and materials to be furnished, shall be regarded as meaning that only the 33 best general practice is to prevail and that only material and workmanship of 34 the best quality is to be used, and interpretation of these Specifications shall 35 be made upon that basis. 36 37 The inclusion of the Related Requirements (or Work specified elsewhere) in 38 the General part of the specifications is only for the convenience of the 39 Contractor, and shall not be interpreted as a complete list of related 40 Specification Sections. 41 42 1.03 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 43 44 A. Manufacturer (Suppliers) 45 46 The names of proposed manufacturers, suppliers and dealers who are to 47 furnish materials, fixtures, equipment, appliances or other fittings shall be GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01005-4 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 submitted to the Engineer for approval. Such approval must be obtained 2 before shop drawings will be checked. No manufacturer will be approved for 3 any materials to be furnished under this Contract unless the Contractor shall 4 be of good reputation and have a plant of ample capacity. The Contractor 5 shall, upon the request of the Engineer, be required to submit evidence that 6 The Contractor has manufactured a similar product to the one specified and 7 that it has been previously used for a like purpose for a sufficient length of 8 time to demonstrate its satisfactory performance. All transactions with the 9 manufacturers or subcontractors shall be through the Contractor, unless the 10 Contractor shall request in writing to the Engineer, that the manufacturer or 11 subcontractor deal directly with the Engineer. Any such transactions shall 12 not in any way release the Contractor from his full responsibility under this 13 Contract. 14 15 Any two or more pieces of material or equipment of the same kind, type or 16 classification, and being used for identical types of service, shall be made by 17 the same manufacturer. 18 19 B. Delivery 20 21 The Contractor shall coordinate delivery of materials in ample quantities to 22 prevent delays. The Contractor shall insure the most speedy and 23 uninterrupted progress of the Work so as to complete the Work within the 24 allotted Contract Time. The Contractor shall also coordinate deliveries in 25 order to avoid delay in, or impediment of, the progress of the Work of any 26 related Contractor. 27 28 C. Tools and Accessories 29 30 The Contractor shall, unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, 31 furnish with each type, kind or size of equipment, one complete set of 32 suitably marked, high grade, special tools and/or appliances needed to 33 adjust, operate, maintain or repair the equipment. Such tools and appliances 34 shall be furnished in approved painted steel cases, properly labeled and 35 equipped with cylinder locks and duplicate keys. 36 37 Spare parts shall be furnished as specified herein and shall comply with one 38 of the following requirements: 39 40 Each piece of equipment shall be provided with a substantial nameplate, 41 securely fastened in place and clearly inscribed with the manufacturer's 42 name, year of manufacture, serial number, weight and principal rating data. 43 44 1. Those spare parts not available to the Owner within 24 -hours. 45 46 2. Those spare parts identified by the supplier as critical. 47 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01005-5 09/01/16 1 3. Those spare parts so specified. 2 3 D. Installation of Equipment 4 5 1. The Contractor shall have on hand sufficient proper equipment and 6 machinery of ample capacity to facilitate the Work and to handle all 7 emergencies normally encountered in Work of this character. 8 9 2. Equipment shall be erected in a neat and workmanlike manner on the 10 foundations at the locations and elevations shown on the Construction 11 Drawings, unless directed otherwise by the Engineer during 12 installation. All equipment shall be correctly aligned, leveled and 13 adjusted for satisfactory operation and shall be installed so that proper 14 and necessary connections can be made readily between the various 15 units. 16 17 3. The Contractor shall furnish, install and protect all necessary anchor 18 and attachment bolts and all other appurtenances needed for the 19 installation of the devices included in the equipment specified. Anchor 20 bolts shall be as approved by the Engineer and made of ample size 21 and strength for the purpose intended. Substantial templates and 22 working drawings for installation shall be furnished by the Contractor. 23 24 4. The Contractor shall, at his own expense, furnish all materials and 25 labor for, and shall properly bed in non -shrink grout, each piece of 26 equipment on its supporting base that rests on masonry foundations. 27 Grout shall completely fill the space between the equipment base and 28 the foundation. All metal surfaces coming in contact with concrete or 29 grout shall receive a coat of coal tar epoxy equal to Kop-Coat 300M, 30 or material/paint as directed by the Engineer. 31 32 E. Services of Manufacturer's Representative 33 34 1. The prices for equipment shall include the cost of furnishing a 35 competent and experienced, factory -trained engineer or 36 superintendent who shall represent the manufacturer and shall assist 37 the Contractor, when required, to install, adjust, test and place in 38 operation the equipment in conformity with the Contract Documents. 39 After the equipment is placed in permanent operation by the Owner, 40 such engineer or superintendent shall make all adjustments and tests 41 required by the Engineer to prove that such equipment is proper and 42 in satisfactory operating condition, and shall instruct such personnel 43 as may be designated by the Owner in the proper operation and 44 maintenance of such equipment. 45 46 2. In addition, the Contractor shall have the manufacturer's 47 representative execute a written Certification of Proper Installation GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01005-6 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 indicating that the Contractor has installed the equipment in 2 accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. No equipment 3 will be accepted without this Certification of Proper Installation. 4 5 1.04 INSPECTION AND TESTING 6 7 A. General 8 9 For tests specified to be made by the Contractor, the testing personnel shall 10 make the necessary inspections and tests and the reports thereof shall be in 11 such form as will facilitate checking to determine compliance with the 12 Contract Documents. Five copies of the reports shall be submitted and 13 certification thereof must be furnished to the Engineer as a prerequisite for 14 the acceptance of any material or equipment. 15 16 If, in the making of any test of any material or equipment, it is ascertained by 17 the Engineer that the material or equipment does not comply with the 18 Contract, the Contractor will be notified thereof and The Contractor will be 19 directed to refrain from delivering said material or equipment, or to remove it 20 promptly from the site or from the Work and replace it with acceptable 21 material, without cost to the Owner. 22 23 Tests of electrical and mechanical equipment and appliances shall be 24 conducted in accordance with recognized test codes of the ANSI, ASME, or 25 the IEEE, except as may otherwise be stated herein. 26 27 The Contractor shall be fully responsible for the proper operation of 28 equipment during tests and instruction periods and shall neither have nor 29 make any claim for damage that may occur to equipment prior to the time 30 when the Owner formally takes over the operation thereof. 31 32 B. Costs 33 34 All testing furnished under this Contract shall be performed by the Contractor 35 or inspection bureaus without cost to the Owner, unless otherwise expressly 36 specified. 37 38 The cost of shop and field tests of equipment and of certain other tests 39 specifically called for in the Contract Documents shall be borne by the 40 Contractor and such costs shall be deemed to be included in the Contract 41 price. 42 43 Materials and equipment submitted by the Contractor as equivalent to those 44 specified may be tested by the Owner for compliance with the specifications. 45 The Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for the expenditures incurred in 46 making such tests on materials and equipment that are rejected for non - 47 compliance. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01005-7 09/01/16 1 2 C. Inspection of Materials 3 4 The Contractor shall give notice in writing to the Engineer sufficiently in 5 advance of his intention to commence the manufacture or preparation of 6 materials especially manufactured or prepared for use in or as part of the 7 permanent construction. Such notice shall contain a request for inspection, 8 the date of commencement and the expected date of completion of the 9 manufacture or preparation of materials. Upon receipt of such notice, the 10 Engineer will arrange to have a representative present at such times during 11 the manufacture as maybe necessary to inspect the materials or he will notify 12 the Contractor that the inspection will be made at a point other than the point 13 of manufacture, or he will notify the Contractor that inspection will be waived. 14 The Contractor must comply with these provisions before shipping any 15 material. Such inspection shall not release the Contractor from the 16 responsibility for furnishing materials meeting the requirements of the 17 Contract Documents. 18 19 D. Certificate of Manufacture 20 21 When inspection is waived or when the Engineer so requires, the Contractor 22 shall furnish to him authoritative evidence in the form of Certificates of 23 Manufacture that the materials to be used in the Work have been 24 manufactured and tested in conformity with the Contract Documents. These 25 certificates shall be notarized and shall include copies of the results of 26 physical tests and chemical analyses, where necessary, that have been 27 made directly on the product or on similar products of the manufacturer. 28 29 E. Shop Tests of Operating Equipment 30 31 Each piece of equipment for which pressure, duty, capacity, rating, efficiency, 32 performance, function or special requirements are specified shall be tested in 33 the shop of the maker in a manner that shall conclusively prove that its 34 characteristics comply fully with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 35 No such equipment shall be shipped to the Work until the Engineer notifies 36 the Contractor, in writing, that the results of such tests are acceptable. 37 38 Five copies of the manufacturers' actual test data and interpreted results 39 thereof, accompanied by a certificate of authenticity sworn to by a 40 responsible official of the manufacturing company, will be forwarded to the 41 Engineer for approval. 42 43 The cost of shop tests and of furnishing manufacturer's preliminary and shop 44 test data of operating equipment shall be borne by the Contractor. 45 46 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01005-8 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 F. Preliminary Field Tests 2 3 As soon as conditions permit, the Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, 4 and instruments and shall make preliminary field tests of equipment. If the 5 preliminary field tests indicate that any equipment furnished under this 6 Contract does not comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents, 7 the Contractor shall, prior to the acceptance tests, make all changes, 8 adjustments and replacement required. The Contractor shall assist in the 9 preliminary field tests as applicable. 10 11 G. Final Field Tests 12 13 Upon completion of the Work and prior to final payment, all equipment and 14 piping installed under this Contract shall be subjected to acceptance tests as 15 specified or required to prove compliance with the Contract Documents. 16 17 The Contractor shall furnish labor, fuel, energy, water and all other materials, 18 equipment and instruments necessary for all acceptance tests, at no 19 additional cost to the Owner. The Supplier shall assist in the final field tests 20 as applicable. 21 22 H. Failure of Tests 23 24 Any defects in the materials and equipment or their failure to meet the tests, 25 guarantee or requirements of the Contract Documents shall be promptly 26 corrected by the Contractor, by replacement or otherwise as directed by the 27 Engineer. The decision of the Engineer as to whether or not the Contractor 28 has fulfilled his obligations under the Contract will be final and conclusive. If 29 the Contractor fails to make these corrections, or if the improved materials 30 and equipment, when tested, shall again fail to meet the guarantees or 31 specified requirements, the Owner, notwithstanding its partial payment for 32 Work, and materials and equipment, may reject the materials and equipment 33 and may order the Contractor to remove them from the site at his own 34 expense. 35 36 I. Final Inspection 37 38 During such final inspections, the Work shall be clean and free from water. 39 In no case will the final estimate be prepared until the Contractor has 40 complied with all requirements set forth and the Engineer has made his final 41 inspection of the entire Work and is satisfied that the entire Work is properly 42 and satisfactorily constructed in accordance with the requirements of the 43 Contract Documents. 44 45 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01005-9 09/01/16 1 1.05 TEMPORARY STRUCTURES 2 3 A. Temporary Fences 4 5 If, during the course of the Work, it is necessary to remove or disturb any 6 fence or part thereof, or for the protection of livestock, the Contractor shall, at 7 his own expense, if so ordered by the Engineer, provide a suitable temporary 8 fence, which shall be maintained until the permanent fence is replaced or the 9 fence is not needed. The Engineer will be solely responsible for the 10 determination of the necessity for providing a temporary fence and the type 11 of temporary fence to be used. 12 13 B. Temporary Driveways 14 15 The Contractor shall furnish, install and maintain at its own expense all 16 temporary driveways and access roads required to provide access to the 17 Work and through the site of the Work, to maintain existing operations, and to 18 allow construction of other projects in the area. The Contractor shall fully 19 cooperate with the Engineer in providing this access. 20 21 1.06 TEMPORARY SERVICES 22 23 A. First Aid 24 25 The Contractor shall keep upon the site, at each location where Work is in 26 progress, a completely equipped first aid kit and shall provide ready access 27 thereto at all times when people are employed on the Work. 28 29 1.07 LINES AND GRADE 30 31 A. Grade 32 33 All Work under this Contract shall be constructed in accordance with the lines 34 and grades shown on the Construction Drawings, or as given by the 35 Engineer. The full responsibility for keeping alignment and grade rests upon 36 the Contractor. 37 38 The Contractor, prior to commencing construction, shall establish bench 39 marks and base line controlling points. The Contractor shall so place 40 excavation and other materials as to cause no inconvenience in the use of 41 the reference marks provided. The Contractor shall remove any obstructions 42 placed by him contrary to this provision. 43 44 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01005-10 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 B. Surveys 2 3 The Contractor shall furnish and maintain, at his own expense, stakes and 4 other such materials to establish all working or construction lines and grades, 5 as required, and shall be solely responsible for the accuracy thereof. 6 7 All surveying shall be performed in accordance with Specification 01050. 8 9 C. Safeguarding Marks 10 11 The Contractor shall safeguard all points, stakes, grade marks, monuments 12 and bench marks made or established on the Work, bear the cost of re - 13 establishing them if disturbed, and bear the entire expense of rectifying Work 14 improperly installed due to not maintaining or protecting or to removing 15 without authorization such established points, stakes and marks. 16 17 The Contractor shall safeguard all existing and known property corners, 18 monuments and marks adjacent to but not related to the Work and, if 19 required, shall bear the cost of re-establishing them if disturbed or destroyed. 20 21 1.08 ADJACENT STRUCTURES AND LANDSCAPING 22 23 A. The Contractor shall be entirely responsible and liable for all damage or 24 injury as a result of his operations to all other adjacent public and private 25 property, structures of any kind and appurtenances thereto met with during 26 the progress of the Work. The cost of protection, replacement in their original 27 locations and conditions or payment of damages for injuries to such adjacent 28 public and private property and structures affected by the Work, whether or 29 not shown on the Construction Drawings or specified shall be included in the 30 various Contract Items and no separate payments will be made therefore. 31 Where such public and private property structures of any kind and 32 appurtenances thereto are not shown on the Construction Drawings and in 33 the opinion of the Engineer are damaged and required to be removed in 34 order to avoid interference with the Work, payment therefore will be made as 35 provided for in the General Conditions. 36 37 Contractor is expressly advised that the protection of buildings, structures, 38 tunnels, tanks, pipelines, etc., adjacent to and in the vicinity of his operations, 39 wherever they may be, is solely his responsibility. Conditional inspection of 40 buildings or structures in the immediate vicinity of the project, which may 41 reasonably be expected to be affected by the Work, shall be performed by, 42 and be the responsibility of, the Contractor. 43 44 Contractor shall, before starting operations, make an examination of the 45 interior and exterior of the adjacent structures, buildings, pipelines, facilities, 46 etc., and record by noting, measurements, photographs, etc., any conditions 47 that might be aggravated by open excavation and construction. Repairs or GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01005-11 09/01/16 1 1 replacement of all conditions disturbed by the construction shall be made to 2 the satisfaction of the Owner and to the satisfaction of the Engineer. This 3 does not preclude conforming to the requirements of the insurance 4 underwriters. Copies of surveys, photographs, reports, etc., shall be given to 5 the Engineer. 1 6 7 B. Protection of Trees 8 9 1. Unless indicated to be removed, the Contractor shall adequately 10 protect all trees and shrubs with boxes or otherwise in accordance 11 with ordinances governing the protection of trees. No excavated I 12 materials shall be placed so as to injure such trees or shrubs. Trees 13 or shrubs destroyed through negligence of the Contractor or his 14 employees shall be replaced with new stock of similar size and age, in 15 the proper season and at the sole expense of the Contractor. 16 17 2. Beneath trees or other surface structures, where possible, pipelines 18 may be built in short tunnels, backfilled with excavated materials, 19 except as otherwise specified, or the trees or structures carefully 20 supported and protected from damage. 21 111 22 3. The Owner may order the Contractor, for the convenience of the 23 Owner, to remove trees along the line or trench excavation. If so 24 ordered, the Owner will obtain any permits required for removal of 25 trees. 26 27 4. Requirements for Root Pruning shall be as described in the City I 28 Standard Technical Specification Section IV — 62. 29 30 C. Lawn Areas 31 32 Lawn areas shall be left in as good condition as before the starting of the 33 Work. Where sod is to be removed, it shall be restored with new sod. The 34 specific attention of the Contractor is directed to the requirements of those 35 right-of-way use permits that require sod to be installed in lieu of grassing. 36 37 The cost of all labor, materials and equipment required for the replacement or 38 repair of any lawn area shall be included in the appropriate bid items and no 39 additional payment will be made therefore. I 40 41 D. Restoration of Fences 42 I 43 Any fence, or part thereof, that is damaged or removed during the course of 44 the Work shall be replaced or repaired by the Contractor and shall be left in 45 as good a condition as before the starting of the Work. The manner in which I 46 the fence is repaired or replaced, and the materials used in such Work, shall 47 be subject to the approval of the Engineer. The cost of all labor, materials GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01005-12 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 and equipment required for the replacement or repair of any fence shall be 2 included in the appropriate Contract Item or items and no additional payment 3 will be made therefore. 4 5 6 1.09 PROTECTION OF WORK AND PUBLIC 7 8 A. Fire Conditions 9 10 The Contractor shall notify the City of Clearwater Fire Marshall of all 11 "Maintenance of Traffic" (MOT) changes. All road/lane closures, road/lane 12 narrowing and/or detours must be forwarded to the Fire Marshall 24 hours in 13 advance, and must include specific detour instructions and the duration of 14 closure. 15 16 B. Barriers and Lights 17 18 During the prosecution of the Work, the Contractor shall put up and maintain 19 at all times such barriers and lights as will effectively prevent accidents. The 20 Contractor shall provide suitable barricades, red lights, "danger" or "caution" 21 or "street closed" signs and watchmen at all places where the Work causes 22 obstructions to the normal traffic or constitutes in any way a hazard to the 23 public. 24 25 C. Smoke Prevention 26 27 The Contractor shall use hard coal, coke, oil or gas as fuel for equipment 28 generating steam. A strict compliance with ordinances regulating the 29 production of emission of smoke will be required. No open fires will be 30 permitted. 31 32 D. Noise 33 34 The Contractor shall at all times minimize noise to the greatest extent 35 practicable. Air compressing plants shall be equipped with silencers and the 36 exhaust of all gasoline motors or other power equipment shall be provided 37 with mufflers. In the vicinity of hospitals and schools, special care shall be 38 used to avoid noise or other nuisances. The Contractor shall strictly observe 39 all local regulations and ordinances covering noise control. 40 41 Except in the event of an emergency, no Work shall be done between the 42 hours of 7:00 P.M. and 7:00 A.M., holidays, or on Sundays. If the proper and 43 efficient prosecution of the Work requires operations during the night, the 44 written permission of the Engineer will be obtained before starting such items 45 of the Work. 46 47 ' GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01005-13 09/01/16 1 1 E. Access to Public Services 2 3 Neither the materials excavated nor the materials or plant used in the 4 construction of the Work shall be so placed as to prevent free access to all 5 fire hydrants, valves or manholes. 6 7 F. Dust Prevention 8 9 The Contractor shall prevent dust nuisance from his operations or from traffic 10 by keeping the roads and/or construction areas sprinkled with water at all 11 times. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for securing a source of 12 reclaimed, potable or other source of water for dust prevention and control. 13 14 1.10 CUTTING AND PATCHING 15 16 A. The Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting or patching of the Work that may be 17 required to make the several parts thereof join and coordinate in a manner 18 satisfactory to the Engineer and in accordance with the Construction 19 Drawings and Specifications. The Work shall be performed by competent 20 workmen skilled in the trade required by the restoration. 21 22 1.11 CLEANING 23 24 A. At all times during the construction of the Work, the Contractor shall keep the 25 site of the Work and adjacent premises as free from material, debris and 26 rubbish as is practicable and shall remove the same from any portion of the 27 site if, in the opinion of the Engineer, such material, debris, or rubbish 28 constitutes a nuisance or is objectionable. 29 30 The Contractor shall remove from the site all of his surplus materials and 31 temporary structures when no further need therefore develops. 32 33 B. Final Clearing 34 35 At the conclusion of the Work, all erection plant, tools, temporary structures 36 and materials belonging to the Contractor shall be promptly taken away, and 37 the Contractor shall remove and promptly dispose of all water, dirt, rubbish or 38 any other foreign substances. 39 40 The Contractor shall thoroughly clean all equipment and materials installed 41 by him and shall deliver such materials and equipment undamaged in a 42 bright, clean, polished and new operating condition. 43 44 1.12 MISCELLANEOUS 45 46 A. Protection Against Siltation and Bank Erosion 47 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01005-14 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1. The Contractor shall arrange his operations to minimize siltation and 2 bank erosion on construction sites and on existing or proposed water 3 courses, drainage ditches, wetlands and other areas of concern. 4 5 2. The Contractor, at his own expense, shall remove any siltation 6 deposits and correct any erosion problems as directed by the 7 Engineer that results from his construction operations. 8 9 3. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for any fines resulting from 10 sedimentation in any environmentally protected areas. 11 12 B. Protection of Wetland Areas 13 14 The Contractor shall properly dispose of all surplus material, including soil, in 15 accordance with Local, State and Federal regulations and the permits issued 16 for this project. Under no circumstances shall surplus material be disposed 17 of in wetland areas as defined by the Florida Department of Environmental 18 Protection, Southwest Florida Water Management District, U.S. Army Corps 19 of Engineers, etc. 20 21 C. Existing Facilities 22 23 The Work shall be so conducted to maintain existing facilities in operation 24 insofar as is possible. Requirements and schedules of operations for 25 maintaining existing facilities in service during construction shall be as 26 described in these Specifications. 27 28 D. Use of Chemicals 29 30 All chemicals used during project construction or furnished for project 31 operation, whether herbicide, pesticide, disinfectant, polymer, reactant, or of 32 other classification, must show approval of either EPA or USDA. Use of all 33 such chemicals and disposal of residues shall be in strict conformance with 34 manufacturers' instructions. 35 36 E. Tree Removal 37 38 The Contractor shall be required to notify the Engineer forty-eight (48) hours 39 in advance of any removal of trees on the project. No clearing shall occur 40 and no earth moving equipment shall be placed on-site until after the notice 41 has been issued. The Contractor shall provide maintenance of the tree 42 barricades and other preventive measures to protect the trees that are to 43 remain. The Contractor shall conform to all local ordinances, rules and 44 regulations in the removal of any trees from the site of the Work. 45 46 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01005-15 09/01/16 1 F. Storm Sewer Systems 2 3 The Contractor shall be entirely responsible for the satisfactory installation of 4 storm sewer systems in conformance to the approved Construction and Shop 5 Drawings. It is strongly recommended that no roadway base or paving be 6 constructed until the Contractor has performed Tamping of these lines to the 7 Engineer's satisfaction, and all storm sewer invert grades are verified in the 8 field. The Tamping of lines and verification of elevations in no way absolves 9 the Contractor from any contractual obligations. 10 11 G. Related Permits 12 13 The Contractor recognizes that the Engineer has applied for, and may have 14 received, certain permits pertaining to the Work. At the sole discretion of the 15 Engineer, the Engineer may assign said permits to the Contractor and the 16 Contractor shall accept said assignments upon such request from the 17 Engineer. 18 19 H. All Work in the vicinity of open waters, wetlands or any jurisdictional area is 20 to be performed in strict accordance with the environmental permits and their 21 conditions. Erosion barriers, when shown on the construction Drawings, are 22 the minimum required. If the Contractor's construction methods require that 23 additional erosion control is necessary to satisfy these permits, such controls 24 shall be supplied, installed and maintained throughout the construction 25 process by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. 26 27 It is the sole responsibility of the Contractor to submit, in a timely manner, 28 any information, data, etc. which is required as a condition of a permit. 29 Required information, data, etc. shall be submitted directly to the permitting 30 agency by the Contractor with copies to the Permittee (or Owner) and the 31 Engineer. The Contractor shall be responsible for any fine(s) or other 32 action(s) resulting from his violation of permit conditions. 33 34 1.13 RESTORATION OF PROPERTY 35 36 A. Responsibility. All damage resulting from construction on existing structures, 37 wetland areas, roadway pavement, driveways, other paved areas, fences, 38 utilities, traffic control devices and any other obstruction not specifically 39 named herein, shall be repaired, restored or replaced by the Contractor 40 unless otherwise specified. 41 42 B. Temporary Repairs. At a minimum, all damage described in Paragraph A 43 above shall be temporarily repaired, restored or replaced immediately 44 following damage thereto. Temporary restoration shall mean putting the 45 affected area back into a safe, usable condition. In no case shall trenches 46 remain open over night within a street right-of-way unless the municipality's 47 traffic control division grants specific approval. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01005-16 09/01/16 1 2 C. Permanent Repairs. All damage shall be permanently repaired, restored, or 3 replaced not later than the 30th calendar day following the completion of 4 construction at that location unless otherwise stipulated. Permanent repairs 5 shall be accomplished in a professional workmanship -like manner in 6 accordance with Specifications contained herein, or contract documents, if 7 addressed. The Contractor may be relieved of the 30 -day time limit above 8 only by specific written agreement with the Engineer. 9 10 D. Owner Retribution. In the event that the Contractor fails to make permanent 11 repairs within the time specified, the Owner, at its option, will cause the 12 repair, restoration, or replacement of the affected area to be accomplished 13 using its own resources or by contract with others. The costs of such Work 14 will be deducted from any other monies owed the Contractor. 15 16 PART II — PRODUCTS 17 (Not Used) 18 19 PART III — EXECUTION 20 (Not Used) 21 22 23 END OF SECTION 24 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01005-17 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 01014 2 3 SUMMARY OF WORK 4 5 PART I — GENERAL 6 7 1.01 LOCATION OF WORK 8 9 A. The majority of the Work of this Contract is located in rights-of-way, 10 easements, or on property owned by the Owner, local governments or 11 regulatory agencies. A portion of the Work is located on private properties, 12 where individual sewer services will be installed and connected. 13 14 1.02 SCOPE OF WORK 15 16 A. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment, tools, services 17 and incidentals to complete all work required by Contract Documents. 18 19 B. The Contractor shall perform all work complete, in place and ready for 20 continuous service, and shall include repairs, testing, permits, clean up, 21 replacements and restoration required as a result of damages caused during 22 construction. 23 24 C. All materials, equipment, skills, tools and labor which is reasonably and 25 properly inferable and necessary for the proper completion of the work in a 26 substantial manner and in compliance with the requirements stated or implied 27 by the Contract Documents shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor 28 without additional compensation, whether specifically indicated in the 29 Contract Documents or not. 30 31 D. The Contractor shall comply with all local, State, Federal, and other codes 32 that are applicable to the proposed construction work. 33 34 1.03 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF WORK TO BE PERFORMED 35 36 A. The scope of work for the installation of the gravity sanitary sewer system, 37 storm sewer system improvements and miscellaneous roadway modifications 38 includes in general the following: 39 40 1. Connection to the existing sanitary sewer system; 41 2. Installation of gravity sewer mains, precast concrete manholes, street 42 laterals/cleanouts and water services along the roadway; 43 3. Installation of storm sewer mains, precast concrete storm structures 44 and underdrain along the roadway; 45 4. Restoration of asphalt over the width of the excavated trench; 46 5. Infiltration/Exfiltration testing of sewer mains and manholes; SUMMARY OF WORK 01014-1 09/01/16 1 6. TV inspection and mandrel testing of sanitary sewer mains; 2 7. Obtaining FDEP clearance for the new sanitary sewer system; 3 8. Installation of service laterals and connection to the new sewer 4 system; 5 9. Abandonment of individual septic tanks; 6 10. Restoration of private property including landscape, driveways and 7 other miscellaneous restoration; 8 11. Installation of concrete sidewalk; 9 12. Modifications to existing roadways including t -turn arounds and 10 widening; 11 13. Milling and resurfacing of asphalt; 12 14. Restoration of concrete curbs, sidewalks, and miscellaneous site 13 restoration. 14 15 1.04 CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES 16 17 A. General 18 19 1. The Contractor shall obtain from the Owner all water required for 20 flushing, cleaning and testing purposes. The Contractor shall pay the 21 Owner for all water used during construction for flushing, testing and 22 cleaning purposes. 23 24 2. Upon successful completion of construction of each new component 25 and pre -operational testing of these facilities, the Contractor shall 26 conduct testing as required by the Contract Documents. 27 28 3. Contractor shall provide Engineer a minimum of 14 -calendar days 29 advance written notice of any requested change in utilities operations, 30 bypass requirements or connections to existing facilities, and shall 31 obtain the Engineer's written approval before scheduling this work. 32 33 4. All connections to existing manholes or sewer mains shall be 34 scheduled with the Engineer a minimum of (14) days in advance of 35 actual construction activities. 36 37 5. All work within local governments' or Pinellas County rights-of-way 38 shall comply with all applicable State and local requirements and 39 regulations. These include, but are not limited to traffic control, 40 drainage and runoff control, signage, flagging, restoration, etc. 41 42 6. No overtime costs shall be incurred by the Owner due to scheduled 43 nighttime construction activities. The Contractor shall incorporate 44 these activities into its normal operating schedule. 45 SUMMARY OF WORK 01014-2 09/01/16 1 PART II - PRODUCTS 2 (NOT USED) 3 4 PART III - EXECUTION 5 (NOT USED) 6 7 8 9 END OF SECTION SUMMARY OF WORK 01014-3 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 01015 2 3 CONTROL OF WORK 4 5 PART I — GENERAL 6 7 1.01 WORK PROGRESS 8 9 The Contractor shall provide equipment that is efficient, appropriate and large 10 enough to secure a satisfactory quality of work at a rate of progress that insures the 11 completion of the Work within the Contract Times established in the Contract. If, at 12 any time, such facilities appear to the Engineer to be inefficient, inappropriate, or 13 insufficient for securing the quality of work required or for producing the rate of 14 progress aforesaid, Engineer may order the Contractor to increase the facilities 15 equipment, and the Contractor shall conform to such order. Failure of the Engineer 16 to give such order shall in no way relieve the Contractor of his obligations to secure 17 the quality of the work and rate of progress required. Such direction provided to the 18 Contractor shall not be construed as accelerating the Work. 19 20 1.02 PRIVATE LAND 21 22 The Contractor shall not enter or occupy private land outside of designated 23 easements, except by written permission of the land Owner. 24 25 1.03 WORK LOCATIONS 26 27 Work shall be located as indicated on the Drawings, but the Engineer reserves the 28 right to make such modifications in locations as may be found desirable to avoid 29 interference with existing structures or for other reasons. Where fittings are noted 30 on the Drawings, such notation is for the Contractor's convenience and does not 31 relieve him from laying and jointing different or additional items where required. 32 33 1.04 OPEN EXCAVATIONS 34 35 A. All open excavations shall be adequately safeguarded by providing temporary 36 barricades, caution signs, lights and other means to prevent accidents to 37 persons and/or damage to property. The Contractor shall, at his own expense, 38 provide suitable and safe bridges and other crossings for accommodating travel 39 for Owner's personnel, pedestrians and workmen. Bridges provided for access 40 to private property during construction shall be provided, and then removed 41 when no longer required. The length of open trench will be controlled by the 42 particular surrounding conditions, but shall always be confined to limits that 43 minimize interference with plant operating personnel and does not endanger 44 existing facilities. If prosecution of the Work becomes hazardous, or if it 45 excessively restricts traffic, construction procedures shall be modified or 46 alternative construction procedures shall be implemented, such as limiting the CONTROL OF WORK 01015-1 09/01/16 1 length of open trench, prohibiting stacking excavated material in the street, 2 and/or requiring that the trench not remain open overnight. 3 4 B. The contractor's methods of work will be consistent with the standard practices 5 and requirements of all appropriate Safety Regulatory Agencies, particularly the 6 Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) requirements for 7 excavation. Unless otherwise specifically stated in these plans and 8 specifications, the methods of safety control and compliance with regulatory 9 agency safety requirements are the full and complete responsibility of the 10 Contractor. 11 12 C. The Contractor shall take precautions to prevent injury to the public due to open 13 trenches. All trenches, excavated material, equipment, of other obstacles that 14 could be dangerous to the public shall be well -lighted at night. 15 16 D. No more than 400 lineal feet of trench shall be open at any one time and no 17 open trenches overnight or during weekends, holidays, etc.... 18 19 1.05 TEST PITS 20 21 A. The Contractor shall excavate test pits for the purpose of locating underground 22 pipeline or structures in advance of construction. Such pits shall be excavated, 23 protected and backfilled by the Contractor so as not to create a hazardous area. 24 Test pits shall be backfilled immediately after their purpose has been satisfied 25 and the surface restored and maintained in a manner satisfactory to the 26 Engineer. 27 28 1.06 MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC 29 30 A. All work in rights -of way shall be performed in accordance with the approved 31 Right -of -Way Use Permit from the governing Local Authority or, in the absence 32 of such Permit(s), in accordance with FDOT Standard Section 102. Unless 33 permission to close a street is received in writing from the proper authority, all 34 excavated material shall be placed so that vehicular and pedestrian traffic may 35 be maintained at all times. If the Contractor's operations cause traffic hazards, 36 he shall repair the road surface, provide temporary ways, erect wheel guards or 37 fences, or take other measures for safety satisfactory to the Engineer. 38 39 B. Detours around construction will be subject to the approval of the Owner and the 40 Engineer. Where detours are permitted, the Contractor shall provide all 41 necessary barricades and signs as required to divert the flow of traffic. While 42 traffic is detoured the Contractor shall expedite construction operations and 43 those periods when traffic is being detoured will be strictly controlled by the 44 Owner. 45 46 C. The road shall be kept open to two-way traffic for the duration of the construction 47 period, except that, DURING NON -PEAK TRAFFIC PERIODS, one lane of CONTROL OF WORK 01015-2 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 traffic will be permitted provided that flagmen are used and prior approval is 2 obtained from the County. The Contractor will not be permitted to isolate 3 residences or places of business. Access shall be provided to all residences and 4 all places of business whenever construction interferes with the existing means 5 of access. 6 7 D. Temporary Curb (Asphaltic or Concrete) shall not be used, with the following 8 exception: Portable Temporary Low Profile Barrier for Roadside Safety, in 9 accordance with FDOT Index 412, can be used in lieu of barrier walls for design 10 speeds of 45 mph or less, where a low profile is desired to maintain sight 11 distance at intersections and driveways. Portable Temporary Low Profile Barrier 12 for Roadside Safety shall be paid for under the contract unit value for Barrier 13 Wall (Temporary) Low Profile Concrete (Linear Foot), and will be full 14 compensation for furnishing, installing, maintaining, relocating and removing the 15 barrier wall. The contractor shall not receive additional compensation for 16 relocating the barrier wall (i.e., from one construction phase to another). The 17 approved "Portable Temporary Low Profile Barrier for Roadside Safety" is a 18 proprietary design by the University of Florida. Only those barrier units cast by 19 producers licensed by the University of Florida will be allowed for installation. 20 21 1.07 CARE AND PROTECTION OF PROPERTY 22 23 A. The Contractor shall be responsible for the preservation of all public and private 24 property, and shall use every precaution necessary to prevent damage thereto. 25 If any direct or indirect damage is done to public or private property by or on 26 account of any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in the execution of the work 27 on the part of the Contractor, such property shall be restored by the Contractor, 28 at his expense, to a condition similar or equal to that existing before the damage 29 was done, or he shall make good the damage in other manner acceptable to the 30 Engineer. 31 32 B. All sidewalks that are disturbed by the Contractor's operations shall be restored 33 to their original condition with the use of similar or comparable materials. All 34 curbing shall be restored in a condition equal to the original construction and in 35 accordance with the best modern practice. 36 37 C. Along the location of the work all fences, walks, bushes, trees, shrubbery, and 38 other physical features shall be protected and restored in a thoroughly 39 workmanlike manner. Fences and other features removed by the Contractor 40 shall be replaced in the location indicated by the Engineer as soon as conditions 41 permit. All lawn areas beyond the limits of construction that have been 42 damaged by the Contractor shall be restored to original conditions using sod. 43 44 D. Trees close to the work shall be boxed or otherwise protected against injury in 45 accordance with local regulations. The Contractor shall trim all branches that 46 are susceptible to damage due of his operations, but in no case shall any tree 47 be cut or removed without prior notification of the appropriate authority and the CONTROL OF WORK 01015-3 09/01/16 1 Engineer. All injuries to bark, trunk, limbs, and roots of trees shall be repaired 2 by dressing, cutting, and painting in accordance with approved methods, using 3 only approved tools and materials. 4 5 E. The protection, removal, and replacement of existing facilities shall be 6 considered part of the Work under the Contract and all costs in connection 7 therewith shall be included in the unit and/or lump sum prices established. 8 9 1.08 PROTECTION AND RELOCATION OF EXISTING STRUCTURES AND UTILITIES 10 11 A. The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for the protection of all buildings, 12 structures, and utilities, public or private, including poles, signs, services to 13 buildings, utilities in the street, gas pipes, water pipes, hydrants, sewers, drains, 14 and electric and telephone cables, whether or not they are shown on the 15 Drawings. The Contractor shall carefully support and protect all such structures 16 and utilities from injury of any kind. Any damage resulting from the Contractor's 17 operations shall be repaired by him at his expense. 18 19 B. The Contractor shall bear full responsibility for obtaining all locations of 20 underground structures and utilities (including existing water services, drain 21 lines, and sewers). Services shall be maintained and all costs or charges 22 resulting from damage thereto shall be paid by the Contractor. 23 24 C. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, permanent relocation of a utility owned by the 25 Owner is required, the Engineer may direct the Contractor in writing, to perform 26 the work. Work so ordered will be paid for at the unit prices bid in the Proposal, 27 if applicable, or as provided for in the General Conditions. If relocation of a 28 privately owned utility is required, the Owner will notify the Utility to perform the 29 work as expeditiously as possible. The Contractor shall fully cooperate with the 30 Owner and Utility and shall have no claim for delay due to such relocation. 31 32 1.09 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS AND SERVICES 33 34 A. The Contractor shall only interrupt water, telephone, Cable TV, sewer, gas, or 35 other related utility services and disrupt the normal functioning of the system as 36 little as possible, and shall notify the Engineer and public 48 hours in advance of 37 any requirement for dewatering, isolating, or relocating a section of a utility, so 38 that necessary arrangements may be made with the appropriate agency. 39 40 B. If it appears that utility service will be interrupted for an extended period, the 41 Engineer may order the Contractor to provide temporary service lines. 42 Inconvenience of the users shall be the minimum, consistent with the existing 43 conditions. The safety and integrity of the system is of prime importance in 44 scheduling work. 45 46 CONTROL OF WORK 01015-4 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.10 PROTECTION OF CONSTRUCTION AND EQUIPMENT 2 3 A. All newly constructed work shall be carefully protected from injury or damage in 4 any way. No wheeling or walking or placing of heavy loads shall be allowed and 5 any portion injured or damaged shall be reconstructed by the Contractor at his 6 own expense. 7 8 B. All structures shall be protected in a manner approved by the Engineer. Should 9 any of the floors or other parts of the structures become heaved, cracked, or 10 otherwise damaged, all such damaged portions of the work shall be completely 11 repaired by the Contractor at his own expense and to the satisfaction of the 12 Engineer. If, in the final inspection of the work, any defects, faults, or omissions 13 are found, the Contractor shall cause the same to be repaired or removed and 14 replaced by proper materials and workmanship without extra compensation for 15 the materials and labor required. Further, the Contractor shall be fully 16 responsible for the satisfactory maintenance and repair of the construction and 17 other work undertaken herein, for the guarantee period. 18 19 C. The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to prevent damage to any 20 structure due to water pressure during and after construction and until such 21 structure is accepted by the Owner. 22 23 1.11 WATER FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES 24 25 A. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing all water required for 26 construction purposes at the Contractor's own expense. The Contractor shall 27 make all connections and other provisions necessary to complete all work 28 included as a part of this Contract and shall make ready for use a fully functional 29 system. 30 31 B. The Contractor shall obtain from the Owner all water required for flushing, 32 testing and cleaning purposes. 33 34 C. The Contractor shall coordinate with the Owner to have a construction water 35 meter delivered to the site. The Owner's utilities crews shall install the 36 construction water meter on a City of Clearwater fire hydrant assembly and 37 relocate as necessary. 38 39 D. Contractor shall coordinate with the Owner prior to making any connection to 40 existing water mains. An Owner's representative must be present at the time of 41 connection and the Owner will operate the valves. 42 43 1.12 MAINTENANCE OF FLOW 44 45 A. The Contractor shall, at his own cost, provide for the flow of sewers, drains, 46 drainage facilities and water courses interrupted during the progress of the work, 47 and shall immediately remove all offensive matter. The entire procedure for CONTROL OF WORK 01015-5 09/01/16 1 maintaining existing flows shall be approved by the Engineer in advance of the 2 interruption of any flow. 3 4 1 13 COOPERATION WITHIN THIS CONTRACT 5 6 A. All firms or persons authorized to perform any work under this Contract shall 7 cooperate with the General Contractor and his subcontractors or trades, and 8 shall assist in incorporating the work of other trades where necessary or 9 required. 10 11 B. Cutting and patching, drilling and fitting shall be carried out where required by 12 the trade or subcontractor having jurisdiction, unless otherwise indicated herein 13 or directed by the Engineer. 14 15 1.14 CLEAN-UP 16 17 A. During the course of the work, the Contractor shall keep the site of his 18 operations in as clean and neat a condition as is possible. He shall dispose of 19 all residues_resulting from the construction work and, at the conclusion of the 20 work, he shall remove and haul away any surplus excavation, broken pavement, 21 lumber, equipment, temporary structures, and any other refuse remaining from 22 the construction operation, and shall leave the entire site of the work in a neat 23 and orderly condition. 24 25 B. Contractor shall be responsible for the disposal of all materials removed from the 26 site. 27 28 PART II — PRODUCTS 29 (Not Used) 30 31 PART III — EXECUTION 32 33 3.01 Access to the site of the Work shall be via the various rights -or -way and 34 easements owned or secured by the Owner. The Owner's fences that are 35 temporarily removed for the performance of the Work shall be closed up nightly, 36 on weekends, and holidays or any other time work is not in progress. No valves 37 or equipment shall be operated by Contractor personnel without the prior 38 approval of the Owner or without the Owner's personnel present during the 39 equipment operation. 40 41 42 END OF SECTION CONTROL OF WORK 01015-6 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 01016 2 3 CONSTRUCTION PHASING PLAN 4 5 PART I — GENERAL 6 7 1.01 CONSTRUCTION PHASING PLAN 8 9 A. The Contractor shall be responsible for keeping all existing stormwater ponds 10 and structures in-service during the construction of the utilities. Temporary 11 bypasses and or bypass pumping shall be provided in cases where existing 12 stormwater inlets and culverts are to be removed as part of construction. 13 14 B. No facility or structure shall be taken out of service until a temporary 15 utilities/facility or the new replacement utility/facility or structure is fully 16 constructed, tested and accepted by the Owner. 17 18 C. The suggested phasing plan specified herein shall be representative only. It 19 is up to the Contractor to devise their own phasing plan, which will meet the 20 requirements as specified herein. The Contractor shall submit to the 21 Engineer a construction phasing plan for approval, prior to beginning any 22 construction onsite. 23 24 D. Brief shutdown of equipment may be allowed during critical phases. The 25 Contractor shall notify the Owner and Engineer for approval, two (2) weeks 26 prior to any temporary shutdowns. 27 28 E. The Contractor shall conduct his operations in such a manner that will 29 maintain access to private property/driveways at all times and will result in 30 minimum inconvenience to the public accessing the neighborhood roads 31 and/or business establishments and shall provide temporary access during 32 construction. 33 34 F. The Contractor shall be responsible for constructing any temporary 35 utilities/facilities and temporary pumping in order to keep the stormwater 36 system in-service during construction. All materials, piping, equipment, 37 power, labor, and etc. associated with temporary utilities/facilities or 38 temporary pumping shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 39 40 G. Suggested Phasing 41 42 1. The Contractor shall be required to maintain in-service all existing 43 utilities/structures until those new utilities/structures are constructed, 44 tested and accepted by the Owner. 45 46 2. Prior to taking out any structure or facilities, the Contractor shall make 47 temporary piping connections as required. All power, labor, ' CONSTRUCTION PHASING PLAN 01016-1 09/01/16 1 1 equipment, and materials for any temporary piping and pumping shall 2 be the responsibility of the Contractor. 3 4 3. The Contractor shall begin work per Article SP -9 of section 00120. 5 6 4. The following is a non -comprehensive list of tasks that should occur 7 during this phase. 8 9 a. Connection to the existing sanitary sewer system; 10 b. Installation of gravity sewer mains, precast concrete manholes, 11 street laterals/cleanouts and water services along the roadway; 12 c. Installation of storm sewer mains, precast concrete storm 13 structures and underdrain along the roadway; 14 d. Restoration of asphalt over the width of the excavated trench; 15 e. Modifications to existing roadways including t -turn arounds and 16 road widening; 17 f. Installation of concrete sidewalk; 18 g. Infiltration/Exfiltration testing of sewer mains and manholes; 19 h. TV inspection and mandrel testing of sanitary sewer mains; 20 i. Obtaining FDEP clearance for the new sanitary sewer system; 21 j. Installation of service laterals and connection to the new sewer 22 system; 23 k. Abandonment of individual septic tanks; 24 I. Restoration of private property including landscape, driveways 25 and other miscellaneous restoration; 26 m. Milling and resurfacing asphalt; 27 n. Restoration of concrete curbs, sidewalks, and miscellaneous 28 site restoration. 29 30 5. After the sewer main and manholes along a street/road is installed, 31 the Contractor shall compact and install the approved road base and 32 asphalt over the width of the excavated trench as to allow vehicular 33 traffic to utilize the road. Milling and resurfacing of the roadway from 34 edge -of -pavement to edge -of -pavement shall not occur until all 35 construction activities within that roadway, for the entire length of the 36 roadway, are completed. It is not required that construction activities 37 along every roadway within the project areas are completed before 38 the Contractor can mill and resurface the roadway. Should 39 construction activities along any given roadway, for the entire length 40 of the roadway be completed, the Contractor may begin to mill and 41 resurface that roadway per the requirements of Section 00120. 42 43 6. The Contractor shall complete the service lateral connection, septic 44 tank abandonment and restoration on a given property within twenty - 45 one (21) consecutive calendar days. Failure to comply could result in 46 a Stop Work Order until the remaining phases of work on the property 47 are complete. CONSTRUCTION PHASING PLAN 01016-2 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 and equipment required for the replacement or repair of any fence shall be 2 included in the appropriate Contract Item or items and no additional payment 3 will be made therefore. 4 5 6 1.09 PROTECTION OF WORK AND PUBLIC 7 8 A. Fire Conditions 9 10 The Contractor shall notify the City of Clearwater Fire Marshall of all 11 "Maintenance of Traffic" (MOT) changes. All road/lane closures, road/lane 12 narrowing and/or detours must be forwarded to the Fire Marshall 24 hours in 13 advance, and must include specific detour instructions and the duration of 14 closure. 15 16 B. Barriers and Lights 17 18 During the prosecution of the Work, the Contractor shall put up and maintain 19 at all times such barriers and lights as will effectively prevent accidents. The 20 Contractor shall provide suitable barricades, red lights, "danger" or "caution" 21 or "street closed" signs and watchmen at all places where the Work causes 22 obstructions to the normal traffic or constitutes in any way a hazard to the 23 public. 24 25 C. Smoke Prevention 26 27 The Contractor shall use hard coal, coke, oil or gas as fuel for equipment 28 generating steam. A strict compliance with ordinances regulating the 29 production of emission of smoke will be required. No open fires will be 30 permitted. 31 32 D. Noise 33 34 The Contractor shall at all times minimize noise to the greatest extent 35 practicable. Air compressing plants shall be equipped with silencers and the 36 exhaust of all gasoline motors or other power equipment shall be provided 37 with mufflers. In the vicinity of hospitals and schools, special care shall be 38 used to avoid noise or other nuisances. The Contractor shall strictly observe 39 all local regulations and ordinances covering noise control. 40 41 Except in the event of an emergency, no Work shall be done between the 42 hours of 7:00 P.M. and 7:00 A.M., holidays, or on Sundays. If the proper and 43 efficient prosecution of the Work requires operations during the night, the 44 written permission of the Engineer will be obtained before starting such items 45 of the Work. 46 47 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01005-13 09/01/16 1 E. Access to Public Services 2 3 Neither the materials excavated nor the materials or plant used in the 4 construction of the Work shall be so placed as to prevent free access to all 5 fire hydrants, valves or manholes. 6 7 F. Dust Prevention 8 9 The Contractor shall prevent dust nuisance from his operations or from traffic 10 by keeping the roads and/or construction areas sprinkled with water at all 11 times. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for securing a source of 12 reclaimed, potable or other source of water for dust prevention and control. 13 14 1.10 CUTTING AND PATCHING 15 16 A. The Contractor shall do all cutting, fitting or patching of the Work that may be 17 required to make the several parts thereof join and coordinate in a manner 18 satisfactory to the Engineer and in accordance with the Construction 19 Drawings and Specifications. The Work shall be performed by competent 20 workmen skilled in the trade required by the restoration. 21 22 1.11 CLEANING 23 24 A. At all times during the construction of the Work, the Contractor shall keep the 25 site of the Work and adjacent premises as free from material, debris and 26 rubbish as is practicable and shall remove the same from any portion of the 27 site if, in the opinion of the Engineer, such material, debris, or rubbish 28 constitutes a nuisance or is objectionable. 29 30 The Contractor shall remove from the site all of his surplus materials and 31 temporary structures when no further need therefore develops. 32 33 B. Final Clearing 34 35 At the conclusion of the Work, all erection plant, tools, temporary structures 36 and materials belonging to the Contractor shall be promptly taken away, and 37 the Contractor shall remove and promptly dispose of all water, dirt, rubbish or 38 any other foreign substances. 39 40 The Contractor shall thoroughly clean all equipment and materials installed 41 by him and shall deliver such materials and equipment undamaged in a 42 bright, clean, polished and new operating condition. 43 44 1.12 MISCELLANEOUS 45 46 A. Protection Against Siltation and Bank Erosion 47 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01005-14 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1. The Contractor shall arrange his operations to minimize siltation and 2 bank erosion on construction sites and on existing or proposed water 3 courses, drainage ditches, wetlands and other areas of concern. 4 5 2. The Contractor, at his own expense, shall remove any siltation 6 deposits and correct any erosion problems as directed by the 7 Engineer that results from his construction operations. 8 9 3. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for any fines resulting from 10 sedimentation in any environmentally protected areas. 11 12 B. Protection of Wetland Areas 13 14 The Contractor shall properly dispose of all surplus material, including soil, in 15 accordance with Local, State and Federal regulations and the permits issued 16 for this project. Under no circumstances shall surplus material be disposed 17 of in wetland areas as defined by the Florida Department of Environmental 18 Protection, Southwest Florida Water Management District, U.S. Army Corps 19 of Engineers, etc. 20 21 C. Existing Facilities 22 23 The Work shall be so conducted to maintain existing facilities in operation 24 insofar as is possible. Requirements and schedules of operations for 25 maintaining existing facilities in service during construction shall be as 26 described in these Specifications. 27 28 D. Use of Chemicals 29 30 All chemicals used during project construction or furnished for project 31 operation, whether herbicide, pesticide, disinfectant, polymer, reactant, or of 32 other classification, must show approval of either EPA or USDA. Use of all 33 such chemicals and disposal of residues shall be in strict conformance with 34 manufacturers' instructions. 35 36 E. Tree Removal 37 38 The Contractor shall be required to notify the Engineer forty-eight (48) hours 39 in advance of any removal of trees on the project. No clearing shall occur 40 and no earth moving equipment shall be placed on-site until after the notice 41 has been issued. The Contractor shall provide maintenance of the tree 42 barricades and other preventive measures to protect the trees that are to 43 remain. The Contractor shall conform to all local ordinances, rules and 44 regulations in the removal of any trees from the site of the Work. 45 46 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01005-15 09/01/16 1 F. Storm Sewer Systems 2 3 The Contractor shall be entirely responsible for the satisfactory installation of 4 storm sewer systems in conformance to the approved Construction and Shop 5 Drawings. It is strongly recommended that no roadway base or paving be 6 constructed until the Contractor has performed lamping of these lines to the 7 Engineer's satisfaction, and all storm sewer invert grades are verified in the 8 field. The lamping of lines and verification of elevations in no way absolves 9 the Contractor from any contractual obligations. 10 11 G. Related Permits 12 13 The Contractor recognizes that the Engineer has applied for, and may have 14 received, certain permits pertaining to the Work. At the sole discretion of the 15 Engineer, the Engineer may assign said permits to the Contractor and the 16 Contractor shall accept said assignments upon such request from the 17 Engineer. 18 19 H. All Work in the vicinity of open waters, wetlands or any jurisdictional area is 20 to be performed in strict accordance with the environmental permits and their 21 conditions. Erosion barriers, when shown on the construction Drawings, are 22 the minimum required. If the Contractor's construction methods require that 23 additional erosion control is necessary to satisfy these permits, such controls 24 shall be supplied, installed and maintained throughout the construction 25 process by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. 26 27 It is the sole responsibility of the Contractor to submit, in a timely manner, 28 any information, data, etc. which is required as a condition of a permit. 29 Required information, data, etc. shall be submitted directly to the permitting 30 agency by the Contractor with copies to the Permittee (or Owner) and the 31 Engineer. The Contractor shall be responsible for any fine(s) or other 32 action(s) resulting from his violation of permit conditions. 33 34 1.13 RESTORATION OF PROPERTY 35 36 A. Responsibility. All damage resulting from construction on existing structures, 37 wetland areas, roadway pavement, driveways, other paved areas, fences, 38 utilities, traffic control devices and any other obstruction not specifically 39 named herein, shall be repaired, restored or replaced by the Contractor 40 unless otherwise specified. 41 42 B. Temporary Repairs. At a minimum, all damage described in Paragraph A 43 above shall be temporarily repaired, restored or replaced immediately 44 following damage thereto. Temporary restoration shall mean putting the 45 affected area back into a safe, usable condition. In no case shall trenches 46 remain open over night within a street right-of-way unless the municipality's 47 traffic control division grants specific approval. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01005-16 09/01/16 1 1 1 2 C. Permanent Repairs. All damage shall be permanently repaired, restored, or 3 replaced not later than the 30th calendar day following the completion of 4 construction at that location unless otherwise stipulated. Permanent repairs 5 shall be accomplished in a professional workmanship -like manner in 6 accordance with Specifications contained herein, or contract documents, if 7 addressed. The Contractor may be relieved of the 30 -day time limit above 8 only by specific written agreement with the Engineer. 9 10 D. Owner Retribution. In the event that the Contractor fails to make permanent 11 repairs within the time specified, the Owner, at its option, will cause the 12 repair, restoration, or replacement of the affected area to be accomplished 13 using its own resources or by contract with others. The costs of such Work 14 will be deducted from any other monies owed the Contractor. 15 16 PART II — PRODUCTS 17 (Not Used) 18 19 PART III — EXECUTION 20 (Not Used) 21 22 23 END OF SECTION 24 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ' GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01005-17 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 01014 2 3 SUMMARY OF WORK 4 5 PART I — GENERAL 6 7 1.01 LOCATION OF WORK 8 9 A. The majority of the Work of this Contract is located in rights-of-way, 10 easements, or on property owned by the Owner, local governments or 11 regulatory agencies. A portion of the Work is located on private properties, 12 where individual sewer services will be installed and connected. 13 14 1.02 SCOPE OF WORK 15 16 A. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment, tools, services 17 and incidentals to complete all work required by Contract Documents. 18 19 B. The Contractor shall perform all work complete, in place and ready for 20 continuous service, and shall include repairs, testing, permits, clean up, 21 replacements and restoration required as a result of damages caused during 22 construction. 23 24 C. All materials, equipment, skills, tools and labor which is reasonably and 25 properly inferable and necessary for the proper completion of the work in a 26 substantial manner and in compliance with the requirements stated or implied 27 by the Contract Documents shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor 28 without additional compensation, whether specifically indicated in the 29 Contract Documents or not. 30 31 D. The Contractor shall comply with all local, State, Federal, and other codes 32 that are applicable to the proposed construction work. 33 34 1.03 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF WORK TO BE PERFORMED 35 36 A. The scope of work for the installation of the gravity sanitary sewer system, 37 storm sewer system improvements and miscellaneous roadway modifications 38 includes in general the following: 39 40 1. Connection to the existing sanitary sewer system; 41 2. Installation of gravity sewer mains, precast concrete manholes, street 42 laterals/cleanouts and water services along the roadway; 43 3. Installation of storm sewer mains, precast concrete storm structures 44 and underdrain along the roadway; 45 4. Restoration of asphalt over the width of the excavated trench; 46 5. Infiltration/Exfiltration testing of sewer mains and manholes; SUMMARY OF WORK 01014-1 09/01/16 1 6. TV inspection and mandrel testing of sanitary sewer mains; 2 7. Obtaining FDEP clearance for the new sanitary sewer system; 3 8. Installation of service laterals and connection to the new sewer 4 system; 5 9. Abandonment of individual septic tanks; 6 10. Restoration of private property including landscape, driveways and 7 other miscellaneous restoration; 8 11. Installation of concrete sidewalk; 9 12. Modifications to existing roadways including t -turn arounds and 10 widening; 11 13. Milling and resurfacing of asphalt; 12 14. Restoration of concrete curbs, sidewalks, and miscellaneous site 13 restoration. 14 15 1.04 CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES 16 17 A. General 18 19 1. The Contractor shall obtain from the Owner all water required for 20 flushing, cleaning and testing purposes. The Contractor shall pay the 21 Owner for all water used during construction for flushing, testing and 22 cleaning purposes. 23 24 2. Upon successful completion of construction of each new component 25 and pre -operational testing of these facilities, the Contractor shall 26 conduct testing as required by the Contract Documents. 27 28 3. Contractor shall provide Engineer a minimum of 14 -calendar days 29 advance written notice of any requested change in utilities operations, 30 bypass requirements or connections to existing facilities, and shall 31 obtain the Engineer's written approval before scheduling this work. 32 33 4. All connections to existing manholes or sewer mains shall be 34 scheduled with the Engineer a minimum of (14) days in advance of 35 actual construction activities. 36 37 5. All work within local governments' or Pinellas County rights-of-way 38 shall comply with all applicable State and local requirements and 39 regulations. These include, but are not limited to traffic control, 40 drainage and runoff control, signage, flagging, restoration, etc. 41 42 6. No overtime costs shall be incurred by the Owner due to scheduled 43 nighttime construction activities. The Contractor shall incorporate 44 these activities into its normal operating schedule. 45 SUMMARY OF WORK 01014-2 09/01/16 1 PART II - PRODUCTS 2 (NOT USED) 3 4 PART III - EXECUTION 5 (NOT USED) 6 7 8 9 END OF SECTION SUMMARY OF WORK 01014-3 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 01015 2 3 CONTROL OF WORK 4 5 PART I — GENERAL 6 7 1.01 WORK PROGRESS 8 9 The Contractor shall provide equipment that is efficient, appropriate and large 10 enough to secure a satisfactory quality of work at a rate of progress that insures the 11 completion of the Work within the Contract Times established in the Contract. If, at 12 any time, such facilities appear to the Engineer to be inefficient, inappropriate, or 13 insufficient for securing the quality of work required or for producing the rate of 14 progress aforesaid, Engineer may order the Contractor to increase the facilities 15 equipment, and the Contractor shall conform to such order. Failure of the Engineer 16 to give such order shall in no way relieve the Contractor of his obligations to secure 17 the quality of the work and rate of progress required. Such direction provided to the 18 Contractor shall not be construed as accelerating the Work. 19 20 1.02 PRIVATE LAND 21 22 The Contractor shall not enter or occupy private land outside of designated 23 easements, except by written permission of the land Owner. 24 25 1.03 WORK LOCATIONS 26 27 Work shall be located as indicated on the Drawings, but the Engineer reserves the 28 right to make such modifications in locations as may be found desirable to avoid 29 interference with existing structures or for other reasons. Where fittings are noted 30 on the Drawings, such notation is for the Contractor's convenience and does not 31 relieve him from laying and jointing different or additional items where required. 32 33 1.04 OPEN EXCAVATIONS 34 35 A. All open excavations shall be adequately safeguarded by providing temporary 36 barricades, caution signs, lights and other means to prevent accidents to 37 persons and/or damage to property. The Contractor shall, at his own expense, 38 provide suitable and safe bridges and other crossings for accommodating travel 39 for Owner's personnel, pedestrians and workmen. Bridges provided for access 40 to private property during construction shall be provided, and then removed 41 when no longer required. The length of open trench will be controlled by the 42 particular surrounding conditions, but shall always be confined to limits that 43 minimize interference with plant operating personnel and does not endanger 44 existing facilities. If prosecution of the Work becomes hazardous, or if it 45 excessively restricts traffic, construction procedures shall be modified or 46 alternative construction procedures shall be implemented, such as limiting the CONTROL OF WORK 01015-1 09/01/16 1 length of open trench, prohibiting stacking excavated material in the street, 2 and/or requiring that the trench not remain open overnight. 3 4 B. The contractor's methods of work will be consistent with the standard practices 5 and requirements of all appropriate Safety Regulatory Agencies, particularly the 6 Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) requirements for 7 excavation. Unless otherwise specifically stated in these plans and 8 specifications, the methods of safety control and compliance with regulatory 9 agency safety requirements are the full and complete responsibility of the 10 Contractor. 11 12 C. The Contractor shall take precautions to prevent injury to the public due to open 13 trenches. All trenches, excavated material, equipment, of other obstacles that 14 could be dangerous to the public shall be well -lighted at night. 15 16 D. No more than 400 lineal feet of trench shall be open at any one time and no 17 open trenches overnight or during weekends, holidays, etc.... 18 19 1.05 TEST PITS 20 21 A. The Contractor shall excavate test pits for the purpose of locating underground 22 pipeline or structures in advance of construction. Such pits shall be excavated, 23 protected and backfilled by the Contractor so as not to create a hazardous area. 24 Test pits shall be backfilled immediately after their purpose has been satisfied 25 and the surface restored and maintained in a manner satisfactory to the 26 Engineer. 27 28 1.06 MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC 29 30 A. All work in rights -of way shall be performed in accordance with the approved 31 Right -of -Way Use Permit from the governing Local Authority or, in the absence 32 of such Permit(s), in accordance with FDOT Standard Section 102. Unless 33 permission to close a street is received in writing from the proper authority, all 34 excavated material shall be placed so that vehicular and pedestrian traffic may 35 be maintained at all times. If the Contractor's operations cause traffic hazards, 36 he shall repair the road surface, provide temporary ways, erect wheel guards or 37 fences, or take other measures for safety satisfactory to the Engineer. 38 39 B. Detours around construction will be subject to the approval of the Owner and the 40 Engineer. Where detours are permitted, the Contractor shall provide all 41 necessary barricades and signs as required to divert the flow of traffic. While 42 traffic is detoured the Contractor shall expedite construction operations and 43 those periods when traffic is being detoured will be strictly controlled by the 44 Owner. 45 46 C. The road shall be kept open to two-way traffic for the duration of the construction 47 period, except that, DURING NON -PEAK TRAFFIC PERIODS, one lane of CONTROL OF WORK 01015-2 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 traffic will be permitted provided that flagmen are used and prior approval is 2 obtained from the County. The Contractor will not be permitted to isolate 3 residences or places of business. Access shall be provided to all residences and 4 all places of business whenever construction interferes with the existing means 5 of access. 6 7 D. Temporary Curb (Asphaltic or Concrete) shall not be used, with the following 8 exception: Portable Temporary Low Profile Barrier for Roadside Safety, in 9 accordance with FDOT Index 412, can be used in lieu of barrier walls for design 10 speeds of 45 mph or less, where a low profile is desired to maintain sight 11 distance at intersections and driveways. Portable Temporary Low Profile Barrier 12 for Roadside Safety shall be paid for under the contract unit value for Barrier 13 Wall (Temporary) Low Profile Concrete (Linear Foot), and will be full 14 compensation for furnishing, installing, maintaining, relocating and removing the 15 barrier wall. The contractor shall not receive additional compensation for 16 relocating the barrier wall (i.e., from one construction phase to another). The 17 approved "Portable Temporary Low Profile Barrier for Roadside Safety" is a 18 proprietary design by the University of Florida. Only those barrier units cast by 19 producers licensed by the University of Florida will be allowed for installation. 20 21 1.07 CARE AND PROTECTION OF PROPERTY 22 23 A. The Contractor shall be responsible for the preservation of all public and private 24 property, and shall use every precaution necessary to prevent damage thereto. 25 If any direct or indirect damage is done to public or private property by or on 26 account of any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in the execution of the work 27 on the part of the Contractor, such property shall be restored by the Contractor, 28 at his expense, to a condition similar or equal to that existing before the damage 29 was done, or he shall make good the damage in other manner acceptable to the 30 Engineer. 31 32 B. All sidewalks that are disturbed by the Contractor's operations shall be restored 33 to their original condition with the use of similar or comparable materials. All 34 curbing shall be restored in a condition equal to the original construction and in 35 accordance with the best modern practice. 36 37 C. Along the location of the work all fences, walks, bushes, trees, shrubbery, and 38 other physical features shall be protected and restored in a thoroughly 39 workmanlike manner. Fences and other features removed by the Contractor 40 shall be replaced in the location indicated by the Engineer as soon as conditions 41 permit. All lawn areas beyond the limits of construction that have been 42 damaged by the Contractor shall be restored to original conditions using sod. 43 44 D. Trees close to the work shall be boxed or otherwise protected against injury in 45 accordance with local regulations. The Contractor shall trim all branches that 46 are susceptible to damage due of his operations, but in no case shall any tree 47 be cut or removed without prior notification of the appropriate authority and the CONTROL OF WORK 01015-3 09/01/16 1 Engineer. All injuries to bark, trunk, limbs, and roots of trees shall be repaired 2 by dressing, cutting, and painting in accordance with approved methods, using 3 only approved tools and materials. 4 5 E. The protection, removal, and replacement of existing facilities shall be 6 considered part of the Work under the Contract and all costs in connection 7 therewith shall be included in the unit and/or lump sum prices established. 8 9 1.08 PROTECTION AND RELOCATION OF EXISTING STRUCTURES AND UTILITIES 10 11 A. The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for the protection of all buildings, 12 structures, and utilities, public or private, including poles, signs, services to 13 buildings, utilities in the street, gas pipes, water pipes, hydrants, sewers, drains, 14 and electric and telephone cables, whether or not they are shown on the 15 Drawings. The Contractor shall carefully support and protect all such structures 16 and utilities from injury of any kind. Any damage resulting from the Contractor's 17 operations shall be repaired by him at his expense. 18 19 B. The Contractor shall bear full responsibility for obtaining all locations of 20 underground structures and utilities (including existing water services, drain 21 lines, and sewers). Services shall be maintained and all costs or charges 22 resulting from damage thereto shall be paid by the Contractor. 23 24 C. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, permanent relocation of a utility owned by the 25 Owner is required, the Engineer may direct the Contractor in writing, to perform 26 the work. Work so ordered will be paid for at the unit prices bid in the Proposal, 27 if applicable, or as provided for in the General Conditions. If relocation of a 28 privately owned utility is required, the Owner will notify the Utility to perform the 29 work as expeditiously as possible. The Contractor shall fully cooperate with the 30 Owner and Utility and shall have no claim for delay due to such relocation. 31 32 1.09 DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS AND SERVICES 33 34 A. The Contractor shall only interrupt water, telephone, Cable TV, sewer, gas, or 35 other related utility services and disrupt the normal functioning of the system as 36 little as possible, and shall notify the Engineer and public 48 hours in advance of 37 any requirement for dewatering, isolating, or relocating a section of a utility, so 38 that necessary arrangements may be made with the appropriate agency. 39 40 B. If it appears that utility service will be interrupted for an extended period, the 41 Engineer may order the Contractor to provide temporary service lines. 42 Inconvenience of the users shall be the minimum, consistent with the existing 43 conditions. The safety and integrity of the system is of prime importance in 44 scheduling work. 45 46 CONTROL OF WORK 01015-4 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.10 PROTECTION OF CONSTRUCTION AND EQUIPMENT 2 3 A. All newly constructed work shall be carefully protected from injury or damage in 4 any way. No wheeling or walking or placing of heavy loads shall be allowed and 5 any portion injured or damaged shall be reconstructed by the Contractor at his 6 own expense. 7 8 B. All structures shall be protected in a manner approved by the Engineer. Should 9 any of the floors or other parts of the structures become heaved, cracked, or 10 otherwise damaged, all such damaged portions of the work shall be completely 11 repaired by the Contractor at his own expense and to the satisfaction of the 12 Engineer. If, in the final inspection of the work, any defects, faults, or omissions 13 are found, the Contractor shall cause the same to be repaired or removed and 14 replaced by proper materials and workmanship without extra compensation for 15 the materials and labor required. Further, the Contractor shall be fully 16 responsible for the satisfactory maintenance and repair of the construction and 17 other work undertaken herein, for the guarantee period. 18 19 C. The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to prevent damage to any 20 structure due to water pressure during and after construction and until such 21 structure is accepted by the Owner. 22 23 1.11 WATER FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES 24 25 A. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing all water required for 26 construction purposes at the Contractor's own expense. The Contractor shall 27 make all connections and other provisions necessary to complete all work 28 included as a part of this Contract and shall make ready for use a fully functional 29 system. 30 31 B. The Contractor shall obtain from the Owner all water required for flushing, 32 testing and cleaning purposes. 33 34 C. The Contractor shall coordinate with the Owner to have a construction water 35 meter delivered to the site. The Owner's utilities crews shall install the 36 construction water meter on a City of Clearwater fire hydrant assembly and 37 relocate as necessary. 38 39 D. Contractor shall coordinate with the Owner prior to making any connection to 40 existing water mains. An Owner's representative must be present at the time of 41 connection and the Owner will operate the valves. 42 43 1.12 MAINTENANCE OF FLOW 44 45 A. The Contractor shall, at his own cost, provide for the flow of sewers, drains, 46 drainage facilities and water courses interrupted during the progress of the work, 47 and shall immediately remove all offensive matter. The entire procedure for CONTROL OF WORK 01015-5 09/01/16 1 maintaining existing flows shall be approved by the Engineer in advance of the 2 interruption of any flow. 3 4 1 13 COOPERATION WITHIN THIS CONTRACT 5 6 A. All firms or persons authorized to perform any work under this Contract shall 7 cooperate with the General Contractor and his subcontractors or trades, and 8 shall assist in incorporating the work of other trades where necessary or 9 required. 10 11 B. Cutting and patching, drilling and fitting shall be carried out where required by 12 the trade or subcontractor having jurisdiction, unless otherwise indicated herein 13 or directed by the Engineer. 14 15 114 CLEAN-UP 16 17 A. During the course of the work, the Contractor shall keep the site of his 18 operations in as clean and neat a condition as is possible. He shall dispose of 19 all residues_resulting from the construction work and, at the conclusion of the 20 work, he shall remove and haul away any surplus excavation, broken pavement, 21 lumber, equipment, temporary structures, and any other refuse remaining from 22 the construction operation, and shall leave the entire site of the work in a neat 23 and orderly condition. 24 25 B. Contractor shall be responsible for the disposal of all materials removed from the 26 site. 27 28 PART II — PRODUCTS 29 (Not Used) 30 31 PART III — EXECUTION 32 33 3.01 Access to the site of the Work shall be via the various rights -or -way and 34 easements owned or secured by the Owner. The Owner's fences that are 35 temporarily removed for the performance of the Work shall be closed up nightly, 36 on weekends, and holidays or any other time work is not in progress. No valves 37 or equipment shall be operated by Contractor personnel without the prior 38 approval of the Owner or without the Owner's personnel present during the 39 equipment operation. 40 41 42 END OF SECTION CONTROL OF WORK 01015-6 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 01016 2 3 CONSTRUCTION PHASING PLAN 4 5 PART I — GENERAL 6 7 1.01 CONSTRUCTION PHASING PLAN 8 9 A. The Contractor shall be responsible for keeping all existing stormwater ponds 10 and structures in-service during the construction of the utilities. Temporary 11 bypasses and or bypass pumping shall be provided in cases where existing 12 stormwater inlets and culverts are to be removed as part of construction. 13 14 B. No facility or structure shall be taken out of service until a temporary 15 utilities/facility or the new replacement utility/facility or structure is fully 16 constructed, tested and accepted by the Owner. 17 18 C. The suggested phasing plan specified herein shall be representative only. It 19 is up to the Contractor to devise their own phasing plan, which will meet the 20 requirements as specified herein. The Contractor shall submit to the 21 Engineer a construction phasing plan for approval, prior to beginning any 22 construction onsite. 23 24 D. Brief shutdown of equipment may be allowed during critical phases. The 25 Contractor shall notify the Owner and Engineer for approval, two (2) weeks 26 prior to any temporary shutdowns. 27 28 E. The Contractor shall conduct his operations in such a manner that will 29 maintain access to private property/driveways at all times and will result in 30 minimum inconvenience to the public accessing the neighborhood roads 31 and/or business establishments and shall provide temporary access during 32 construction. 33 34 F. The Contractor shall be responsible for constructing any temporary 35 utilities/facilities and temporary pumping in order to keep the stormwater 36 system in-service during construction. All materials, piping, equipment, 37 power, labor, and etc. associated with temporary utilities/facilities or 38 temporary pumping shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 39 40 G. Suggested Phasing 41 42 1. The Contractor shall be required to maintain in-service all existing 43 utilities/structures until those new utilities/structures are constructed, 44 tested and accepted by the Owner. 45 46 2. Prior to taking out any structure or facilities, the Contractor shall make 47 temporary piping connections as required. All power, labor, CONSTRUCTION PHASING PLAN 01016-1 09/01/16 1 1 1 equipment, and materials for any temporary piping and pumping shall I 2 be the responsibility of the Contractor. 3 4 3. The Contractor shall begin work per Article SP -9 of section 00120. 5 6 4. The following is a non -comprehensive list of tasks that should occur 7 during this phase. 8 1 9 a. Connection to the existing sanitary sewer system; 10 b. Installation of gravity sewer mains, precast concrete manholes, 11 street laterals/cleanouts and water services along the roadway; I 12 c. Installation of storm sewer mains, precast concrete storm 13 structures and underdrain along the roadway; 14 d. Restoration of asphalt over the width of the excavated trench; I 15 e. Modifications to existing roadways including t -turn arounds and 16 road widening; 17 f. Installation of concrete sidewalk; I 18 g. Infiltration/Exfiltration testing of sewer mains and manholes; 19 h. TV inspection and mandrel testing of sanitary sewer mains; 20 i. Obtaining FDEP clearance for the new sanitary sewer system; I 21 j. Installation of service laterals and connection to the new sewer 22 system; 23 k. Abandonment of individual septic tanks; I 24 I. Restoration of private property including landscape, driveways 25 and other miscellaneous restoration; 26 m. Milling and resurfacing asphalt; 27 n. Restoration of concrete curbs, sidewalks, and miscellaneous 28 site restoration. 29 30 5. After the sewer main and manholes along a street/road is installed, 1 31 the Contractor shall compact and install the approved road base and 32 asphalt over the width of the excavated trench as to allow vehicular 33 traffic to utilize the road. Milling and resurfacing of the roadway from 34 edge -of -pavement to edge -of -pavement shall not occur until all 35 construction activities within that roadway, for the entire length of the 36 roadway, are completed. It is not required that construction activities I 37 along every roadway within the project areas are completed before 38 the Contractor can mill and resurface the roadway. Should 39 construction activities along any given roadway, for the entire length I 40 of the roadway be completed, the Contractor may begin to mill and 41 resurface that roadway per the requirements of Section 00120. 42 43 6. The Contractor shall complete the service lateral connection, septic 44 tank abandonment and restoration on a given property within twenty - 45 one (21) consecutive calendar days. Failure to comply could result in I 46 a Stop Work Order until the remaining phases of work on the property 47 are complete. CONSTRUCTION PHASING PLAN I 01016-2 09/01/16 1 1 ' 1 2 PART II - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3 PART III - EXECUTION (NOT USED) ' 4 5 END OF SECTION 6 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ' CONSTRUCTION PHASING PLAN 01016-3 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 01030 2 3 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES 4 5 PART I — GENERAL 6 7 1.01 WORKMANSHIP, MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 8 9 A. When a particular product is specified or called for, it is intended and shall be 10 understood that the proposal tendered by the Contractor included those 11 products in its bid. Should the Contractor desire products equal to those 12 specified the Contractor shall furnish information as described in the General 13 Conditions. The alternate product or products submitted by the Contractor 14 shall meet the requirements of the Specifications and shall, in all respects, 15 be equal to the products specified by name herein. 16 17 B. All apparatus, mechanism, equipment, machinery and manufactured articles 18 for incorporation into the Work shall be the new and unused standard 19 products of recognized reputable manufacturers. 20 21 C. Contractor shall dispose of all excess materials from the site. 22 23 D. No more than 400 lineal feet of trench shall be open at any one time. 24 25 1.02 CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING SYSTEMS 26 27 A. The Contractor shall perform all work necessary to locate, excavate and 28 perform the connection to the existing systems, as shown on the Contract 29 Documents. The costs for this work and for the actual connection to the 30 existing systems shall be included in the various prices bid for the Work and 31 shall not result in any additional cost to the Owner. 32 33 1.03 EXISTING UNDERGROUND PIPING, STRUCTURES AND UTILITIES 34 35 A. The attention of the Contractor is directed to the fact that during excavation, 36 the possibility exists that the Contractor may encounter various water, gas, 37 telephone, electrical, fiber optic cables, dewatering systems, or other utility 38 lines not shown on the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall exercise 39 extreme care before and during excavation to locate and flag these lines so 40 as to avoid damage thereto. Should damage occur to an existing line, the 41 Contractor shall immediately repair the line at no cost to the Owner. 42 43 B. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to ensure that all utility or other poles, 44 the stability of which may be endangered by the close proximity of 45 excavation, are temporarily held in position while work proceeds in the 46 vicinity of the pole and that utility or other companies concerned be given ' SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES 01030-1 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 reasonable advance written notice of any such excavation by the Contractor. I 2 Copy the Engineer on all communications with those entities. 3 4 C. The locations of existing utilities are shown without express or implied 5 representation, assurance, or guarantee that they are complete or correct or I 6 that they represent a true picture of underground piping to be encountered. 7 Encountering existing utilities at different depths or locations than shown on 8 the drawings shall not result in additional costs to the Owner. 1 9 10 D. The existing piping and utilities that interfere with new construction shall be 11 rerouted as shown, specified or required. Before any piping or utilities not I 12 shown on the Contract Documents are disturbed, the Contractor shall notify 13 the Engineer of the location of the pipeline or utility and shall reroute or 14 relocate the pipeline or utility as directed. I 15 16 E. The Contractor shall exercise care in any excavation to locate all existing 17 piping and utilities. All utilities that do not interfere with completed work shall I 18 be carefully protected against damage. Any existing utilities damaged in any 19 way by the Contractor shall be restored or replaced by the Contractor at his 20 expense, as directed by the Engineer. I 21 22 F. It is intended that wherever existing utilities such as water, gas, telephone, 23 electrical, or other service lines must be crossed, deflection of the pipe within I 24 recommended limits and cover shall be used to satisfactorily clear the 25 obstruction unless otherwise indicated on the Contract Documents. 26 However, when in the opinion of the Owner or Engineer this procedure is not I 27 feasible, he may direct the use of fittings for the utility crossing. The 28 Contractor shall verify utility crossings with test pits prior to construction as 29 required by the Engineer. 30 I 31 1.04 SERVICES OF MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICE TECHNICIAN 32 33 A. Bid prices for equipment furnished shall include the cost of a competent field I 34 service technician of the manufacturers of all equipment to supervise the 35 installation, adjustment and testing of the equipment, and to instruct the 36 Owner's operating personnel on operation and maintenance along with a I 37 syllabus for classes. The approved manufacturer's operation and 38 maintenance data shall be delivered to the Engineer prior to instructing the 39 Owner's personnel. This supervision may be divided into two or more time I 40 periods, as required by the installation program or as directed by the 41 Engineer. 42 III43 B. After installation of the equipment has been completed and the equipment is 44 presumably ready for operation, but before it is operated by others, the 45 manufacturer's field service technician shall inspect, operate, test and adjust I 46 the equipment. The inspection shall include at least the following points 47 where applicable: SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES , 01030-2 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1. Soundness (without cracked or otherwise damaged parts). 3 4 2. Completeness in all details, as specified and required. 5 6 3. Correctness of setting, alignment, and relative arrangement of various 7 parts. 8 9 4. Adequacy and correctness of packing, sealing and lubricants. 10 11 5. Calibration and adjustment of all related instrumentation and controls. 12 13 6. Energize equipment. 14 15 7. Deficiency correction. 16 17 8. Demonstration of compliance with applicable performance 18 specification. 1,9 20 C. The operation, testing and adjustment shall be as required to prove that the 21 equipment has been left in proper condition for satisfactory operation under 22 the conditions specified. 23 24 D. Upon completion of this work, the manufacturer's field service technician 25 shall submit to the Engineer in triplicate, a complete, signed report of the 26 results of his inspection, operation, adjustments and tests. The report shall 27 include detailed descriptions of the points inspected, tests and adjustments 28 made, quantitative results obtained if such are specified, and suggestions for 29 precautions to be taken to ensure proper maintenance. 30 31 E. Each equipment manufacturer shall provide instruction to the Owner's 32 operating personnel. Training shall not be performed until the requirements 33 of Paragraphs B, C and D above have been fully satisfied and any specified 34 performance testing completed. Training shall be provided for the number of 35 days specified in each equipment section of these specifications. Training 36 shall be provided on an 8 -hour per day basis. Partial days [less than eight 37 (8) full working hours shall not be credited toward the specified duration. 38 Training shall not be concurrent with on-going testing, debugging or 39 installation activities; but shall be on a separate activity devoted exclusively 40 to the instruction of the Owner's personnel in the operation and maintenance 41 of the manufacturer's equipment. Qualified representatives of each 42 equipment manufacturer specifically skilled in providing instruction to 43 operations personnel shall perform training. Training shall provide an 44 overview of operations and maintenance requirements and shall include as a 45 minimum, but not be limited to: 46 47 1. Description of unit and component parts. SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES 01030-3 09/01/16 1 2 2. Operating capabilities and performance criteria. 3 4 3. Operating procedures. 5 6 4. Maintenance procedures. 7 8 5. Servicing and lubrication schedules. 9 10 6. Troubleshooting. 11 12 7. Electrical instrumentation and control requirements and interface. 13 14 The operating and maintenance data to be provided shall be used as a basis 15 for training. 16 17 F. A certificate from the manufacturer stating that the installation of the 18 equipment is satisfactory, that the unit has been satisfactorily tested, is ready 19 for operation, and that the operating personnel have been suitably instructed 20 in the operation, lubrication and care of the unit shall be submitted before 21 start-up and acceptance by the Owner. The certificate shall indicate date 22 and time instruction was given and names of operating personnel in 23 attendance. This certification shall be submitted on a project -specific 24 certification sheet, as approved by the Engineer. 25 26 G. See the Technical Specifications for additional requirements for furnishing 27 the services of the manufacturer's field service technician. 28 29 H. For other equipment furnished, the Contractor, unless otherwise specified, 30 shall furnish the services of accredited field services technicians of the 31 manufacturer only when some evident malfunction or over -heating makes 32 such services necessary in the opinion of the Engineer. 33 34 1.05 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA 35 36 A. Operating and maintenance data for each piece of equipment furnished shall 37 be delivered directly to the Engineer for approval within 30 days of shop 38 drawing approval. No payment shall be made for equipment installed or 39 stored on-site until the Engineer has approved the adequacy and 40 completeness of operating and maintenance data. Final approved copies of 41 operating and maintenance data shall be delivered to the Engineer prior to 42 scheduling the instruction period with the Owner. 43 44 1.06 EQUIPMENT DATA LIST 45 46 A. Obtain, prepare and submit a complete, detailed listing of equipment and 47 motor data for all electrical items furnished under this Contract. This listing SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES 01030-4 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 shall be submitted with the preliminary draft of Operations and Maintenance 2 Data Manuals on Equipment Data Sheets. 3 4 1.07 SPARE PARTS 5 6 A. Spare parts for certain equipment to be provided are specified in the 7 pertinent sections of the Specifications. The Contractor shall collect and 8 store all spare parts in a manner approved by the manufacturer. In addition, 9 the Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer an inventory listing all spare 10 parts, the equipment they are associated with, the name and address of the 11 supplier, and the delivered cost of each item. Copies of actual invoices for 12 each item shall be furnished with the inventory to substantiate the delivered 13 cost. The Contractor shall deliver the spare parts to the Engineer ten (10) 14 days prior to facility start-up. 15 16 B. All spare parts shall be furnished in containers clearly identified in indelible 17 markings as to contents. Each container shall be packed for prolonged 18 storage. 19 20 1.08 INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT 21 22 A. Special care shall be taken to ensure proper alignment of all equipment, with 23 particular attention to mechanical equipment such as pumps and electric 24 drives. The units shall be carefully aligned on their foundations by qualified 25 millwrights after their sole plates have been shimmed to true alignment at the 26 anchor bolts. The anchor bolts shall be set in place and the nuts tightened 27 against the shims. After the foundation alignments have been approved by 28 the manufacturer, the bedplates or wing feet of the equipment shall be 29 securely bolted in place. The alignment of equipment shall be further 30 checked after securing to the foundations, and after confirmation of all 31 alignments, the sole plates shall be finally grouted in place. The Contractor 32 shall be responsible for the exact alignment of equipment with associated 33 piping and, under no circumstances, will "pipe springing" be allowed. 34 35 B. All wedges, shims, filling pieces, keys, packing, or other materials necessary 36 to properly align, level and secure apparatus in place shall be furnished by 37 the Contractor. All parts intended to be plumb or level must be proven 38 exactly so. Any grinding necessary to bring parts to proper bearing after 39 erection shall be done at the expense of the Contractor. 40 41 1.09 MAINTENANCE SCHEDULES 42 43 A. For all mechanical and electrical equipment furnished, the Contractor shall 44 provide a list including the equipment name and the address and telephone 45 number of the manufacturer's representative and service company so that 46 service and/or spare parts can be readily obtained. 47 ' SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES 01030-5 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1.10 INSTALLATION LISTS I 2 3 A. All manufacturers or equipment suppliers who propose to furnish equipment 4 or products to be incorporated into the Work shall submit an installation list to , 5 the Engineer along with the required Shop Drawings. 6 7 B. The installation list shall include all installations (minimum of two) where 8 identical equipment has been installed and has been in operation for a 1 9 period of at least five (5) years. 10 11 1.11 SLEEVES AND OPENINGS I 12 13 A. The Contractor shall provide all openings, channels, chases, etc., and install 14 anchor bolts and other items to be embedded in concrete, as required to I 15 complete the work under this Contract, together with those' required by 16 subcontractors, and shall do all cutting and patching, excepting cutting and 17 patching of materials of a specified trade and as stated otherwise in the I 18 following paragraph. 19 20 B. The Contractor shall coordinate with the subcontractors to provide all I 21 sleeves, inserts, hangers, anchor bolts, etc., of the proper size and material 22 for the execution of the work. The Contractor shall be responsible for any 23 corrective cutting and refinishing required to make the necessary openings, I 24 chases, etc. In no case shall beams, lintels or other structural members be 25 cut without the written approval of the Engineer. 26 I 27 1.12 PROVISIONS FOR CONTROL OF EROSION 28 29 A. Sufficient precautions shall be taken during construction to minimize the run - 30 off of polluting substances such as silt, clay, fuels, oils, bitumens, calcium 1 31 chloride, or other polluting materials harmful to humans, fish, or other life, 32 into the supplies and surface waters of the state. Control measures must be 33 adequate to assure that turbidity in the receiving water will not be increased I 34 more than 10 nephelometric turbidity units (NTU), or as otherwise required 35 by the state or other controlling body, in water used for public water supply or 36 fish unless limits have been established for the particular water. In surface I 37 water used for other purposes, the turbidity must not exceed 25 NTU unless 38 otherwise permitted. Special precautions shall be taken in the use of 39 construction equipment to prevent operations that promote erosion. I 40 41 B. The Contractor shall comply with the requirements of the EPA-NPDES 42 general permit for stormwater discharges and the stormwater pollution I 43 prevention plan developed for the project. 44 45 1 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES 01030-6 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.13 HURRICANE PREPAREDNESS PLAN 2 3 A. Within 30 days of the date of Notice to Proceed, the Contractor shall submit 4 to the Engineer and Owner a Hurricane Preparedness Plan. The Plan 5 should outline the necessary measures that the Contractor proposes to 6 perform at no additional cost to the Owner in case of a hurricane warning. 7 8 B. In the event of inclement weather, or whenever Engineer will direct; the 9 Contractor shall carefully protect the Work and materials against damage or 10 injury from the weather. If, in the opinion of Engineer, any portion of Work or 11 materials, work areas properties shall have been damaged or injured by 12 reason of failure on the part of the Contractor or subcontractors to so protect 13 the Work, such Work and materials shall be removed and replaced at the 14 expense of the Contractor. 15 16 C. For the duration of the project, all-weather emergency access shall be 17 maintained. The access shall be able to withstand the weight of a fire truck. 18 19 1.14 WARRANTIES 20 21 A. The Contractor and the equipment manufacturers shall warranty all 22 equipment supplied under these Specifications for a minimum period of two 23 (2) years unless otherwise specified. Warranty period shall commence on 24 the date that the Work is accepted by the Owner as substantially complete. 25 26 B. The equipment shall be warranted to be free from defects in workmanship, 27 design and materials. If any part of the equipment should fail during the 28 warranty period, it shall be replaced and returned to service at no expense to 29 the Owner. 30 31 C. If, within the guarantee period, repairs or changes are required in connection 32 with work which, in the opinion of the Engineer, is rendered necessary as the 33 result of the use of materials, equipment or workmanship which are inferior, 34 defective, or not in accordance with the terms of the Contract, the Contractor 35 shall, promptly upon receipt of notice from the Owner and without expense to 36 the Owner, do the following: 37 38 1. Respond to the Owner's Notice within 24 hrs. 39 40 2. Place in satisfactory condition in every particular all of such work and 41 correct all defects herein. 42 43 3. Repair or replace all damage to buildings, the site, or equipment or 44 contents thereof, which, in the opinion of the Engineer, is the result of 45 the use of materials, equipment or workmanship which are inferior, 46 defective, or not in accordance with the terms of the Contract. 47 SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES 01030-7 09/01/16 1 1 1 4. Repair or replace any work or material or equipment disturbed in I 2 fulfilling any such guarantee. 3 4 D. If the Contractor, after notice, fails within ten (10) days to proceed to comply 5 with the terms of this guarantee, the Owner may have the defects corrected, I 6 and the Contractor and his surety shall be liable for all expenses incurred, 7 provided, however, that in case of an emergency where, in the opinion of the 8 Owner, delay would cause loss or damage, repairs may be started without 1 9 notice being given to the Contractor and the Contractor shall pay the cost 10 thereof. 11 I 12 E. All special guarantees or warranties applicable to specific parts of the work, 13 as may be stipulated in the Contract Documents, shall be subject to the 14 terms of this paragraph during the first two years following acceptance. All I 15 special guarantees and manufacturers' warranties shall be assembled by the 16 Contractor and delivered to the Engineer, along with a summary list thereof, 17 before the acceptance of the Work. I 18 19 F. The manufacturer's warranty period shall run concurrently with the 20 Contractor's warranty or guarantee period. No exception to this provision I 21 shall be allowed. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining 22 equipment warranties from each of the respective suppliers or manufacturers 23 for all the equipment specified. The form of warranty may be included in the I 24 Contract Documents, or shall otherwise be acceptable to the Owner. 25 26 G. The Contractor's two-year warranty or guarantee period shall be part of the I 27 project performance bond. If an item of Work is replaced during the warranty 28 period the item's warranty shall be extended for a period of two years from 29 the date the replacement item was put in service. 30 I 31 1.15 CONSTRUCTION CONDITIONS 32 33 A. The Contractor shall strictly adhere to the specific requirements of the I 34 governmental unit or agencies having jurisdiction over the work. Wherever 35 there is a difference in the requirements of a jurisdictional body and these 36 Specifications, the more stringent shall apply. I 37 38 1.16 PUBLIC NUISANCE 39 I 40 A. The Contractor shall not create a public nuisance including, but not limited to, 41 encroachment on adjacent lands, flooding of adjacent lands, or excessive 42 noise. I 43 44 B. All noise resulting from construction activities shall follow the latest Pinellas 45 County Noise Ordinance. Sound levels shall not exceed 55 dBA 7 PM to 7 I 46 AM or 72 dBA 7 AM to 7 PM. This sound level shall be measured at the 47 exterior of the exterior wall of the nearest residence. Levels at the equip - SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES I 01030-8 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ment shall not exceed 85 dBA measured five (5) feet from the equipment at 2 any time. Sound levels in excess of these values are sufficient cause to 3 have the work suspended. Work stoppage by the Engineer or Owner for 4 excessive noise shall not relieve the Contractor of completing the Work in 5 accordance with the Contract Time, at no additional cost to the Owner. 6 7 C. No extra charge may be made for time lost due to work stoppage resulting 8 from the creation of a public nuisance. 9 10 1.17 HAZARDOUS LOCATIONS 11 12 A. Contractor shall perform work in accordance with OSHA, state and local 13 safety requirements. All the Contractor employees shall attend a safety 14 training class provided by the Owner for the work within PRF property. 15 16 1.18 SUSPENSION OF WORK DUE TO WEATHER 17 18 A. During inclement weather, all work that could be damaged or rendered 19 inferior by such weather conditions shall be suspended. The orders and 20 decisions of the Engineer as to suspensions will be final and binding. The 21 ability to issue such an order will not be interpreted as a requirement to do 22 so. During suspension of the work for any cause, the work shall be suitably 23 covered and protected so as to preserve it from injury by the weather or 24 otherwise; and, if the Engineer will so direct, rubbish and surplus materials 25 will be removed. 26 27 1.19 RELOCATIONS 28 29 A. The Contractor shall be responsible for the relocation of structures, including 30 but not limited to light poles, signs, sign poles, fences, piping, conduits and 31 drains that interfere with the positioning of the work as set out on the 32 Construction Drawings. The cost of all such relocations shall be borne by 33 the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. 34 35 1.20 SALVAGE 36 37 A. Any existing equipment or material including, but not limited to, valves, pipes, 38 fittings, couplings, etc., which is removed or replaced as a result of 39 construction under this project may be designated as necessary and 40 delivered, to the Owner at a location directed by the Owner, at the 41 Contractor's expense. Any material or equipment not considered salvage by 42 the Owner shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be disposed 43 of by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. 44 45 B. The Contractor shall be responsible for the removal and proper disposal in 46 accordance with all laws and regulations of all excess soil materials 47 excavated from the site. SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES 01030-9 09/01/16 1 1 2 1.21 PERMITS I 3 4 A. Upon notice of award, the Contractor shall immediately apply for all 5 applicable permits, not previously obtained by the Owner, from the 1 6 appropriate governmental agency or agencies. No work shall commence 7 until all applicable permits have been obtained and copies delivered to the 8 Engineer. The costs for obtaining all permits shall be borne by the I 9 Contractor. 10 11 1.22 PUMPING I 12 13 A. The Contractor with his own equipment shall do all pumping necessary to 14 prevent flotation of any part of the structures during construction operations. I 15 16 B. The Contractor shall, for the duration of the contract and with his own 17 equipment, pump out water and wastewater that may seep or leak into the 18 excavations or structures. Below grade galleries and other operating areas I 19 shall be kept dry at all times. 20 21 1.23 OWNER OCCUPANCY AND OPERATION OF COMPLETED FACILITIES 1 22 23 A. It is assumed that portions of the work will be completed prior to completion 24 of the entire work. Upon completion of construction in each individual facility, I 25 including testing, if the Owner, at his sole discretion, desires to accept the 26 individual facility, the Contractor will be issued a dated certificate of 27 completion and acceptance for each individual facility. The Owner will I 28 assume ownership and begin operation of the individual facility on that date 29 and the two-year guaranty period shall commence on that date. The Owner 30 has the option of not accepting any individual completed facility, but I 31 accepting the entire work as a whole when it is completed and tested. 32 33 1.24 NOTIFICATION OF WORK ON EXISTING FACILITIES I 34 35 A. Before commencing work on any of the existing structures or equipment, the 36 Contractor shall notify the Owner/Engineer, in writing, at least 10 calendar I 37 days in advance of the date he proposed to commence such work. 38 39 PART II — PRODUCTS 40 (Not Used) 1 41 42 PART III — EXECUTION 43 (Not Used) I 44 45 46 END OF SECTION I SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES 01030-10 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 01040 2 3 COORDINATION 4 5 PART I — GENERAL 6 7 1.1 PROJECT COORDINATION 8 9 A. The Contractor shall provide for the complete coordination of the 10 construction efforts. This shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, 11 coordination of the following: 12 13 1. The work of subcontractors. 14 15 2. The flow of material and equipment from suppliers. 16 17 3. The effort of equipment manufacturers during testing and checkout. 18 19 4. The interrelated work with public and private utilities companies. 20 21 5. The interrelated work with the Owner where tie-ins to existing facilities 22 are required. 23 24 6. The effort of independent testing agencies. 25 26 7. The Contractor shall, with the knowledge of the Engineer, coordinate 27 with the City of Clearwater and Pinellas County personnel performing 28 inspections of the Work or site visits within their jurisdictional limits. 29 30 8. Use of Owner's valves and equipment, which shall only be operated 31 by the Owner. 32 33 9. Septic tank abandonment inspection(s). 34 35 10. The Contractor shall coordinate with the City of Clearwater Parks 36 Department to schedule delivery of asphalt millings to the Parks 37 Facilities. 38 39 PART II — Product 40 (Not Used) 41 42 PART III — EXECUTION 43 (Not Used) 44 45 46 END OF SECTION 47 COORDINATION 01040-1 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 01050 2 3 FIELD ENGINEERING AND SURVEYING 4 5 PART I — GENERAL 6 7 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED 8 9 A. The Contractor shall provide and pay for all field engineering and survey 10 service required. Such work shall include survey work to establish in the field 11 right of way lines, easement lines, base lines, bench marks (elevations), 12 center lines, stationing, and grades; and to locate and lay out site 13 improvements, structures, and controlling lines and levels required for the 14 construction of the Work. Also included are such engineering services as 15 are specified or required to execute the Contractor's construction methods. 16 Engineers and Surveyor and Mappers shall be licensed professionals 17 registered in the State of Florida. 18 19 B. The accuracy of any method of staking shall be the responsibility of the 20 Contractor. All surveying for vertical and horizontal control shall be the 21 responsibility of the Contractor. 22 23 C. The Contractor shall be responsible for the preservation of all stakes and 24 marks. The Contractor shall not proceed with any work until he has 25 established such points, marks, lines and elevations as may be necessary 26 for the prosecution of the Work. 27 28 1.02 SURVEY REFERENCE POINTS 29 30 A. Existing horizontal and vertical control points for the project are those 31 designated on the Drawings. The Contractor shall locate and protect control 32 points prior to starting site work and shall preserve all permanent reference 33 points during construction. In working near any permanent property corners 34 or reference markers, the Contractor shall use care not to remove or disturb 35 any such markers. In the event that markers must be removed or are 36 disturbed due to the proximity of construction, the Contractor shall have them 37 referenced and reset by a Registered Land Surveyor and Mapper. 38 39 1.03 PROJECT SURVEY REQUIREMENTS 40 41 A. The Contractor shall engage the services of a Florida Registered Land 42 Surveyor and Mapper to establish all lines and grades on the Drawings 43 necessary to fully construct the Work, and meet the survey requirements of 44 this Section, in accordance with Chapter 5J-17 of the Florida Administrative 45 Code. 46 ' FIELD ENGINEERING AND SURVEYING 01050-1 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 2 2 1.04 RECORDS 3 4 A. The Contractor shall maintain a complete, accurate log of all control and 5 survey work as construction progresses. Survey notes indicating the 6 information and measurements used in establishing locations and grades 7 shall be kept in notebooks and furnished each month to the Engineer with 8 the Record Drawings. 1 9 10 1.05 SUBMITTALS 11 111 12 A. Submit name and address of Surveyor and Mapper to the Engineer. 13 14 B. On request of the Engineer, submit documentation to verify accuracy of field 15 engineering work. 16 17 PART II — PRODUCTS 18 19 A. The Registered Land Surveyor and Mapper shall establish and stake all 20 pipeline right-of-way and easements adjacent to construction, at 100' 21 intervals on tangents, 50' intervals on curves and at all changes in direction. 22 The surveyor shall place lath and hub at such points with stations indicated. 23 Tack in hub shall not be permitted. 24 25 B. The Registered Land Surveyor and Mapper shall utilize current right-of-way 26 maps, plats and property deeds, all being of public record, in conjunction with 27 existing monumentation, to establish the existing right-of-way lines and utility 28 easement boundaries. 29 30 C. The Registered Land Surveyor and Mapper shall establish a temporary 31 benchmark system in accordance with Chapter 5J-17 F.A.C. and shall 32 provide a written list to the Contractor for his use. 33 34 D. The Registered Land Surveyor and Mapper shall provide as -built drawings of 35 the entire project as required under Section 01720. 36 37 PART III — EXECUTION 38 (Not Used) 39 40 41 END OF SECTION 1 1 FIELD ENGINEERING AND SURVEYING 01050-2 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 01070 2 3 ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS 4 5 PART I — GENERAL 6 7 A. Referenced Standards: Any reference to published specifications or 8 standards of any organization or association shall comply with the 9 requirements of the specification or standard which is current on the date 10 of Advertisement for Bids. In case of a conflict between the referenced 11 specifications or standards, the one having the more stringent 12 requirements shall govern. However, no provision of any referenced 13 standard specification, manual or code (whether or not specifically 14 incorporated by reference in the Contract Documents) shall be effective to 15 change the duties and responsibilities of the Owner, Contractor or 16 Engineer, or any of their consultants, agents or employees from those set 17 forth in the Contract Documents. 18 19 In case of conflict between the referenced specifications or standards and 20 the Contract Documents, the Contract Documents shall govern. 21 22 B. Abbreviations: 23 AA Aluminum Association 24 AASHTO American Association of State Highway & 25 Transportation Officials 26 AASHO American Association of State Highway Officials (now 27 AASHTO) 28 ABPA Acoustical and Board Products Association 29 ACI American Concrete Institute 30 ACOE Army Corps of Engineers 31 AGA American Gas Association 32 AGMA American Gear Manufacturers Association 33 Al The Asphalt Institute 34 AIEE American Institute of Electrical Engineers (now IEEE) 35 AIMA Acoustical and Insulating Materials Association 36 AISC American Institute of Steel Construction 37 AISI American Iron and Steel Institute 38 ANSI American National Standard Institute 39 API American Petroleum Institute 40 APWA American Public Works Association 41 AREA American Railway Engineering Association 42 ASA American Standards Association (now ANSI) 43 ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers 44 ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air 45 Conditioning Engineers 46 ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers ' ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS 01070-1 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 ASSCBC American Standard Safety Code for Building I 2 Construction 3 ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials 4 AWPA American Wood Preservers Association 5 AWPB American Wood Preservers Bureau I 6 AWS American Welding Society 7 AWWA American Water Works Association 8 CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute 1 9 CS Commercial Standard 10 E/A Engineer and/or Architect 11 EPA Environmental Protection Agency 12 F'C Concrete Compressive Strength 13 FDEP Florida Department of Environmental Protection 14 FDER (now FDEP - formerly Florida Department of I 15 Environmental Regulation) 16 FDOT Florida Department of Transportation 17 FDOT Specs Spec Standard Specification for Road and Bridge , 18 Construction, Florida Department of Transportation, 19 2011 20 FS Federal Standard I 21 GPM Gallons Per Minute 22 HP Horsepower 23 ID Inside Diameter 24 IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers I 25 IPCEA Insulated Power Cable Engineers Association 26 LBR Limerock Bearing Ratio 27 NBFU National Board of Fire Underwriters I 28 NBS National Bureau of Standards 29 NEC National Electrical Code 30 NECA National Electrical Contractors' Association 1 31 NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association 32 NFPA National Fire Protection Association 33 NPDES National Pollution Discharge Elimination System I 34 NPT National Pipe Threads 35 NSF National Science Foundation 36 OD Outside Diameter I 37 OSHA U.S. Department of Labor, Occupational Safety and 38 Health Association 39 PCA Portland Cement Association I 40 PCI Prestressed Concrete Institute 41 PS United States Products Standards 42 PSIG Pounds Per Square Inch Gauge I 43 RPM Revolutions Per Minute 44 SAE Society of Automotive Engineers 45 SDI Steel Decks Institute I 46 SJI Steel Joists Institute ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS 01070-2 09/01/16 II 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 SMACNA SSPC STA SWFWMD TDH UL USACOE USASI or USAS USDA USEPA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association Structural Steel Painting Council Station (100 feet) Southwest Florida Water Management District Total Dynamic Head Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. United States Army Corps of Engineers United States of America Standards Institute (Now ANSI) United State Department of Agriculture United States Environmental Protection Agency END OF SECTION ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS 01070-3 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 01090 2 3 REFERENCE STANDARDS 4 5 PART I - GENERAL 6 7 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED 8 9 A. Abbreviations and acronyms are used in the Contract Documents to 10 identify reference standards. 11 12 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE 13 14 A. Application: When a standard is specified by reference, comply with 15 requirements and recommendations stated in latest version of that 16 standard, except when requirements are modified by the Contract 17 Documents or applicable codes establish stricter standards. 18 19 B. Publication Date: The publication in effect on the date of issue of 20 Contract Documents, except when a specific publication date is specified. 21 22 23 1.03 ABBREVIATIONS, NAMES, AND ADDRESSES OF ORGANIZATIONS 24 25 Obtain copies of referenced standards direct from publication source, when 26 needed for proper performance of Work, or when required for submittal by 27 Contract Documents. 28 29 AA Aluminum Association 30 1525 Wilson Blvd. 31 Arlington, VA 22209 32 33 AASHTO American Association of State Highway 34 and Transportation Officials 35 444 North Capitol Street, NW Suite 249 36 Washington, DC 20001 37 38 ACI American Concrete Institute 39 38800 Country Club Drive 40 Farmington Hills, MI 48331 41 42 Al Asphalt Institute 43 2696 Research Park Drive 44 Lexington KY 40511 45 46 47 48 REFERENCE STANDARDS 01090-1 09/01/16 1 AISC American Institute of Steel Construction 2 One East Wacker Drive 3 Suite 700 4 Chicago, IL 60601-2001 5 6 AISI American Iron and Steel Institute 7 1140 Connecticut Avenue 8 Suite 705 9 Washington DC 20036 10 11 ANSI American National Standards Institute 12 1819 L Street, NW, 11th Floor 13 Washington, DC 20036 14 15 ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers 16 Three Park Avenue 17 New York, NY 10016-5990 18 19 ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials 20 100 BarrHarbor Drive 21 West Conshohocken, PA 19428 22 23 AWWA American Water Works Association 24 6666 W. Quincy Avenue 25 Denver, CO 80235 26 27 AWS American Welding Society 28 550 N.W. LeJeune Road 29 Miami, FL 33126 30 31 CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute 32 33 38800 Country Club Drive 34 Farmington Hills, MI 48331 35 36 FS Federal Specification General Services 37 Administration Specifications and Consumer 38 Information Distribution Section (WFSIS) 39 470 L'enfant Plaza — Suite 8100 40 Washington, DC 20407 41 42 NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers' Association 43 1300 North 17th Street 44 Suite 1752 45 Rosslyn, VA 22209 46 47 48 REFERENCE STANDARDS 01090-2 09/01/16 1 PCA Portland Cement Association 2 5420 Old Orchard Road 3 Skokie, IL 60077 4 5 PCI Prestressed Concrete Institute 6 7 200 W. Adams Street, #2100 8 Chicago, IL 60606 9 10 SSPC Society for Protective Coatings 11 40 24th Street,. 6th floor 12 Pittsburgh, PA 15222 13 14 UL Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. 15 16 2600 NW Lake Road 17 Camas, WA 98607-8542 18 19 PART II - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 20 21 PART III - EXECUTION (NOT USED) 22 23 24 END OF SECTION REFERENCE STANDARDS 01090-3 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 01150 2 3 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 4 5 PART I - GENERAL 6 7 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK 8 9 A. This section defines the Work included in each bid item in the Proposal 10 section (Section V) of the Contract Documents. Payment will be made based 11 on the specified items included in the description in this section for each pay 12 item number. 13 14 B. All prices included in the Bid Form / Schedule of Prices of the Proposal will 15 be full compensation for all labor, supervision, materials, tools, equipment, 16 and incidentals necessary to complete the Work as shown on the Drawings 17 and/or as specified in the Contract Documents. Actual quantities of each 18 item bid on a unit price basis will be determined in the manner established for 19 each item in this section. Payment for all items listed in the Schedule of 20 Prices will constitute full compensation for all work shown and/or specified to 21 be performed under this project. 22 23 C. Unless otherwise noted as a separate bid item, restoration is considered an 24 integral part of the Work, and alt bid prices shall include the cost of 25 restoration necessitated by the Work related to that bid item. All existing 26 structures and property including, but not limited to, paving, stabilized roads, 27 drainage piping and ditches, catch basins, head walls, yard culverts, lawns, 28 fences, trees, shrubs, ground areas, walkways, sidewalks, driveways, alleys, 29 curbs, gutters and irrigation systems that are altered, removed or damaged 30 during construction shall be restored to the same or better condition than 31 existed prior to construction at no additional cost to the Owner. The bidder 32 shall hereby be advised that cleanup is an integral part of the restoration 33 process. 34 35 D. The Contractor shall exercise care to preserve and protect existing facilities 36 during construction. All existing structures and private property, including, 37 but not limited to paving, stabilized roads, drainage piping and ditches, catch 38 basins, head walls, yard culverts, lawns, fences, trees, shrubs, ground areas, 39 walkways, driveways, alleys, curbs, gutters and irrigations systems that are 40 altered, removed or damaged during construction and are not included in the 41 proposed alterations of the new work shall be restored to the same or better 42 condition than existed prior to construction. 43 44 PART II — PRODUCTS (Not Used) 45 46 ' MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01150-1 06/01/17 1 1 1 1 PART III — EXECUTION 2 3 3.01 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 4 5 A. Furnish and Install Gravity Sewer Pipe (Bid Items #3, #4) I 6 7 The Contractor shall provide all labor, equipment, and ancillary materials for 8 installing gravity sewer pipe by the open cut method, according to the 1 9 Drawings and Specifications. The open cut installation of gravity sewer pipe 10 shall include, but may not be limited to: 11 I 12 1. Excavating the trench; 13 2. Maintaining the trench, which shall include dewatering, sheeting, 14 shoring and/or bracing; I 15 3. Furnishing, installing and maintaining all necessary erosion control 16 measures including but not limited to artificial coverings, mowing, 17 sandbagging, slope drains, sediment basins, synthetic hay bales, I 18 floating silt barrier, staked silt barrier and seeding; 19 4. Furnishing and installing pipe bedding; 20 5. Furnishing and installing pipe; 21 6. Furnishing and installing metallic warning tape along PVC pipe; 22 7. Furnishing and installing polyethylene encasement of ductile iron pipe; 23 8. Backfilling and compacting the trench; 24 9. Materials, preparation, hauling, placing, grading, and compacting 25 approved road base along the width of the pipe trench; 26 10. Performing compaction and density testing; 27 11. Cleaning, televising, and performing infiltration/exfiltration testing on I 28 the pipe; 29 12. Cleaning up the job site which shall include removing excess 30 materials and debris; 1 31 13. Repairing damaged driveways, sidewalk, curb and gutter; 32 14. Sodding areas where no pavement is to be restored; 33 15. All other ancillary materials, equipment, labor, water and power I 34 required for the complete installation of the piping by open cut 35 method. 36 I 37 Payment for installing pipe by the open cut method shall be based on the 38 size and horizontal distance in linear feet of sewer pipe measured along the 39 top centerline of the pipe in-place complete and acceptable to the Engineer, I 40 paid in accordance with the unit price provided on the bid form and/or agreed 41 to in the Schedule of Values. 42 I 43 B. Furnish and Install 14" Steel Casing Pipe (Bid Item #5) 44 45 The Contractor shall provide all labor, equipment, and ancillary materials for 46 installing steel casing pipe by the open cut method, according to the 1 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01150-2 06/01/17 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Drawings and Specifications. The open cut installation of steel casing pipe 2 shall include, but may not be limited to: 3 4 1. Excavating the trench; 5 2. Maintaining the trench, which shall include dewatering, sheeting, 6 shoring and/or bracing; 7 3. Furnishing, installing and maintaining all necessary erosion control 8 measures including but not limited to artificial coverings, mowing, 9 sandbagging, slope drains, sediment basins, synthetic hay bales, 10 floating silt barrier, staked silt barrier and seeding; 11 4. Furnishing and installing pipe bedding; 12 5. Furnishing and installing the steel casing pipe, casing spacers and 13 end seals; 14 6. Backfilling and compacting the trench; 15 7. Performing compaction and density testing; 16 8. Cleaning up the job site which shall include removing excess 17 materials and debris; 18 9. All other ancillary materials, equipment, labor, water and power 19 required for the complete installation of the piping by open cut 20 method. 21 22 Payment for installing steel casing pipe by the open cut method shall be 23 based on the horizontal distance in linear feet of steel casing pipe measured 24 along the top centerline of the pipe in-place complete and acceptable to the 25 Engineer, paid in accordance with the unit price provided on the bid form 26 and/or agreed to in the Schedule of Values. 27 28 C. Remove Existing PVC Sanitary Sewer Pipe (Bid Item #6) 29 30 The Contractor shall provide all labor, equipment, and ancillary materials for 31 removing existing PVC pipe, according to the Drawings and Specifications. 32 The removal of PVC pipe shall include, but may not be limited to: 33 34 1. Excavating the trench; 35 2. Maintaining the trench, which shall include dewatering, sheeting, 36 shoring and/or bracing, trench boxes; 37 3. Installing and maintaining all necessary erosion control measures 38 including but not limited to artificial coverings, mowing, sandbagging, 39 slope drains, sediment basins, synthetic hay bales, floating silt barrier, 40 staked silt barrier and seeding; 41 4. Removing the existing PVC pipe from existing manholes and along 42 the trench; 43 5. Installing temporary Fernco type coupling at the end of each work day; 44 6. Providing necessary bypass pumping and piping during work day; 1 ' MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01150-3 06/01/17 1 1 7. All other ancillary materials, equipment, labor, water and power 2 required for the complete removal of existing PVC piping by open cut 3 method. 4 5 Payment for removing existing PVC pipe by the open cut method shall be 6 based on the horizontal distance in linear feet of sewer pipe removed 7 complete and acceptable to the Engineer, paid in accordance with the unit 8 price provided on the bid form and/or agreed to in the Schedule of Values. 9 10 D. Furnish and Install Precast Sanitary Sewer Manholes (Bid Items #7, #8) 11 12 The Contractor shall provide all labor, equipment and ancillary materials to 13 completely install the required precast concrete manholes according to the 14 Drawings and Specifications. The installation of precast sanitary sewer 15 manholes shall include, but may not be limited to: 16 17 1. Excavating the trench/pit; 18 2. Maintaining the trench/pit which shall include dewatering and bracing 19 and sheeting where required; 20 3. Furnishing, installing and maintaining all necessary erosion control 21 measures including but not limited to artificial coverings, mowing, 22 sandbagging, slope drains, sediment basins, synthetic hay bales, 23 floating silt barrier, staked silt barrier and seeding; 24 4. Furnishing and installing the required Precast Concrete Manholes with 25 No. 57 Stone as per the drawing and plans; 26 5. Furnishing and installing bench, drops, manhole covers, rings or 27 seals, in accordance with the drawings; 28 6. Connecting the sewer main pipe to the manhole; 29 7. Backfilling and compacting the trench/pit including re -grading the 30 terrain; 31 8. Performing compaction and density testing; 32 9. Performing field welding of the manhole liner, spark testing, and leak 33 testing of the manholes; 34 10. All other ancillary materials, equipment, labor, and power required for 35 the complete installation of Precast Concrete Sanitary Sewer 36 Manholes. 37 38 Payment shall be made for each precast concrete manhole installed 39 complete, working, and operating to the satisfaction of the Engineer paid in 40 accordance with the unit price provided on the bid form and/or agreed to in 41 the Schedule of Values. 42 43 44 45 46 E. Furnish and Install Sanitary Terminal Manhole (Bid Item #9) MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01150-4 06/01/17 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01150-5 06/01/17 1 2 The Contractor shall provide all labor, equipment and ancillary materials to 3 completely install the required terminal manhole according to the Drawings 4 and Specifications. The installation of sanitary terminal manholes shall 5 include, but may not be limited to: 6 7 1. Excavating the trench/pit; 8 2. Maintaining the trench/pit which shall include dewatering and bracing 9 and sheeting where required; 10 3. Furnishing, installing and maintaining all necessary erosion control 11 measures including but not limited to artificial coverings, mowing, 12 sandbagging, slope drains, sediment basins, synthetic hay bales, 13 floating silt barrier, staked silt barrier and seeding; 14 4. Furnishing and installing the required precast concrete terminal 15 manhole as per the drawing and plans; 16 5. Connecting the sewer main pipe to the terminal manhole; 17 6. Backfilling and compacting the trench/pit including re -grading the 18 terrain; 19 7. Performing compaction and density testing; 20 8. All other ancillary materials, equipment, labor, and power required for 21 the complete installation of sanitary terminal manholes. 22 23 Payment shall be made for each sanitary terminal manhole installed 24 complete, working, and operating to the satisfaction of the Engineer paid in 25 accordance with the unit price provided on the bid form and/or agreed to in 26 the Schedule of Values. 27 28 F. Connections to Existing Sanitary Manholes (Bid Item #10) 29 30 The Contractor shall provide all labor, equipment and ancillary materials for 31 connections to existing manholes, according to the Drawings and 32 Specifications. The connections to existing sanitary manholes shall include, 33 but may not be limited to: 34 35 1. Excavating the trench/pit; 36 2. Maintaining the trench/pit which shall include dewatering and bracing 37 and sheeting where required; 38 3. Furnishing, installing and maintaining all necessary erosion control 39 measures including but not limited to artificial coverings, mowing, 40 sandbagging, slope drains, sediment basins, synthetic hay bales, 41 floating silt barrier, staked silt barrier and seeding; 42 4. Coring the existing manhole; 43 5. Furnishing and installing manhole pipe boot; 44 6. Connecting the sanitary sewer main pipe to the manhole and sealing 45 the penetration; 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 7. Provide temporary bypass pumping during installation of the pipe boot; 8. Backfilling and compacting the trench/pit including regrading the terrain; 9. Performing compaction and density testing; 10. All other ancillary materials, equipment, labor, and power required for the complete installation of connections to existing manholes. Payment shall be made for each connection to existing manholes complete and acceptable to the Engineer paid in accordance with the unit price provided on the bid form and/or agreed to in the Schedule of Values. G. Remove Existing Sanitary Manhole (Bid Item #11) The Contractor shall provide all labor, equipment and ancillary materials for removal of the existing sanitary manhole, according to the Drawings and Specifications. The removal of the existing sanitary manhole shall include, but may not be limited to: 1. Excavating the trench/pit; 2. Maintaining the trench/pit which shall include dewatering and bracing and sheeting where required; 3. Furnishing, installing and maintaining all necessary erosion control measures including but not limited to artificial coverings, mowing, sandbagging, slope drains, sediment basins, synthetic hay bales, floating silt barrier, staked silt barrier and seeding; 4. Providing temporary bypass pumping and piping prior to removing the existing manhole; 5. Removal, hauling and disposal of all existing manhole materials; 6. All other ancillary materials, equipment, labor, and power required for the complete the removal of the existing manhole. Payment shall be made for each existing sanitary manhole removed complete and acceptable to the Engineering paid in accordance with the unit price provided on the bid form and/or agreed to in the Schedule of Values. H. Furnish and Install Sanitary Sewer Street Lateral and Cleanout (Bid Item #12) The Contractor shall provide all labor, equipment and ancillary materials for installing the sanitary sewer street laterals and cleanouts, between the gravity sewer main and the right-of-way line, according to the Drawings and Specifications. The installation of sanitary sewer street laterals and cleanouts shall include, but may not be limited to: 1. Excavating the trench/pit; MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01150-6 06/01/17 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2. Maintaining the trench/pit which shall include dewatering and bracing 2 and sheeting where required; 3 3. Furnishing, installing and maintaining all necessary erosion control 4 measures including but not limited to artificial coverings, mowing, 5 sandbagging, slope drains, sediment basins, synthetic hay bales, 6 floating silt barrier, staked silt barrier and seeding; 7 4. Furnishing and installing pipe bedding; 8 5. Furnishing, installing, connecting the sewer lateral from the sewer 9 main to the cleanout (Street Lateral); 10 6. Furnishing and installing the cleanout; 11 7. Backfilling and compacting the trench/pit including regrading the 12 terrain; 13 8. Materials, preparation, hauling, placing, grading, and compacting 14 approved road base and along the width of the pipe trench; 15 9. Performing compaction and density testing; 16 10. Formwork, reinforcement, and installation of concrete driveways, 17 curbs, gutters and sidewalks that were cut, removed or damaged 18 during the course of the construction; 19 11. Sodding areas where no pavement is to be restored; 20 12. All other ancillary materials, equipment, labor, and power required for 21 the complete installation of sewer laterals and cleanouts. 22 23 Payment shall be made for the number of each sewer street lateral and 24 cleanout installed complete, working, and operating to the satisfaction of the 25 Engineer. 26 27 I. Removal and Installation of Street Lateral to New Sewer Main (Bid Item #13) 28 29 The Contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment, and materials to remove the 30 existing street laterals and install a new street lateral from the existing 31 cleanout to the newly installed sewer main along Grandview Avenue. The 32 removal and installation of street laterals to the new sewer main shall include, 33 but may not be limited to: 34 35 1. Excavating the trench/pit; 36 2. Maintaining the trench/pit which shall include dewatering and bracing 37 and sheeting where required; 38 3. Furnishing, installing and maintaining all necessary erosion control 39 measures including but not limited to artificial coverings, mowing, 40 sandbagging, slope drains, sediment basins, synthetic hay bales, 41 floating silt barrier, staked silt barrier and seeding; 42 4. Removing the existing street lateral pipe; 43 5. Furnishing and installing pipe bedding and new street lateral PVC pipe 44 and connecting to new PVC sewer main; 45 6. Backfilling and compacting the trench/pit including re -grading the 46 terrain; ' MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01150-7 06/01/17 1 1 7. Materials, preparation, hauling, placing, grading, and compacting 2 approved road base and along the width of the pipe trench; 3 8. Performing compaction and density testing; 4 9. All other ancillary materials, equipment, labor, and power required for 5 the complete removal and installation of street laterals to the new PVC 6 sewer main along Grandview Avenue. 7 8 Payment shall be made for each sewer street lateral connected complete, 9 working, and operating to the satisfaction of the Engineer, in accordance with 10 the unit price provided on the bid form and/or agreed to in the Schedule of 11 Values. 12 13 J. Furnish and Install 1 -inch of SP -9.5 Asphalt (Phase 1 Restoration) (Bid Item 14 #14) 15 16 The Contractor shall provide all labor, equipment, and ancillary materials for 17 asphalt restoration. The Phase 1 Asphalt Restoration shall include, but may 18 not be limited to: 19 20 1. Materials, preparation, hauling, and placing 1" of SP -9.5 asphalt 21 pavement over the area of the sanitary and storm sewer pipe trench 22 (phase 1 asphalt restoration); 23 2. All other ancillary materials, equipment, labor, and power required for 24 the complete asphalt restoration of all roads disturbed or damaged by 25 construction. 26 27 Payment shall be made for the number of square yards of asphalt, in place 28 and accepted by the Engineer, paid in accordance with the unit price 29 provided on the bid form and/or agreed to in the Schedule of Values. 30 31 K. Mill 1 -inch of Existing Asphalt (Phase 2 Restoration) (Bid Item #15) 32 33 The Contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment, and materials to mill the 34 roadway in preparation for phase 2 asphalt restoration. The milling of asphalt 35 shall include but may not be limited to: 36 37 1. Milling of any asphalt that was not removed prior to phase 1 asphalt 38 restoration where new gravity sanitary sewer or storm sewer piping is 39 installed; 40 2. Removal, hauling and coordinating delivery of salvageable asphalt 41 millings to the City of Clearwater; 42 3. All other ancillary materials, equipment, labor, and power required for 43 milling in preparation for phase 2 asphalt restoration. 44 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01150-8 06/01/17 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Payment shall be made for the number of square yards of asphalt milled and 2 accepted by the Engineer, paid in accordance with the unit price provided on 3 the bid form and/or agreed to in the Schedule of Values. 4 5 L. Furnish and Install 1 -inch of SP -9.5 Asphalt (Phase 2 Restoration) (Bid Item 6 #16) 7 8 The Contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment to resurface all roadways 9 within the project area with asphalt pavement, according to the Drawings and 10 Specifications. The resurfacing work (Phase 2 asphalt restoration) shall 11 include but may not be limited to: 12 13 1. Materials, preparation, hauling, and placing approved asphalt 14 pavement over area as shown in the Drawings or as specified in the 15 Technical Specifications; 16 2. All other ancillary materials, equipment, labor, and power required for 17 the complete asphalt restoration of all roads disturbed or damaged by 18 construction. 19 20 Payment shall be made for the number of square yards of roadway 21 resurfaced complete, in place and accepted by the Engineer, paid in 22 accordance with the unit price provided on the bid form and/or agreed to in 23 the Schedule of Values. Payment for asphalt restoration (Phase 1) over the 24 excavated trench for installation of manholes/sewer mains/laterals shall not 25 be made under this bid item. 26 27 M. Furnish and Install Sanitary Sewer Service Laterals (Bid Items #17, #18, #19, 28 #20) 29 30 The Contractor shall provide all labor, equipment and ancillary materials for 31 installing the sanitary sewer service laterals, between the cleanout and the 32 existing private sewer lateral, by a Licensed Plumber. The installation of 33 sanitary sewer service laterals shall include, but may not be limited to: 34 35 1. Excavating the trench/pit; 36 2. Maintaining the trench/pit which shall include dewatering and bracing 37 and sheeting where required; 38 3. Furnishing, installing and maintaining all necessary erosion control 39 measures including but not limited to artificial coverings, mowing, 40 sandbagging, slope drains, sediment basins, synthetic hay bales, 41 floating silt barrier, staked silt barrier and seeding; 42 4. Furnishing, installing and connecting the sewer service lateral from 43 the private lateral to the cleanout (Service Lateral); 44 5. Backfilling and compacting the trench/pit including regrading the 45 terrain; MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01150-9 06/01/17 1 6. Private property restoration including formwork, reinforcement, and 2 installation of concrete driveways, curbs, gutters, sidewalks, sodding, 3 landscaping, irrigation systems that were removed, cut or damaged 4 during construction; 5 7. Coordinating with local municipality code enforcement for inspection 6 of service lateral; 7 8. All other ancillary materials, equipment, labor, and power required for 8 the complete installation of sewer service laterals. 9 10 Payment shall be made for each sewer service lateral installed complete, 11 working, and operating to the satisfaction of the Engineer and restoration of 12 private property is completed, in accordance with the unit price provided on 13 the bid form and/or agreed to in the Schedule of Values. 14 15 N. Abandon Existing Septic Tanks (Bid Item #21) 16 17 The Contractor shall provide all labor, equipment and ancillary materials to 18 completely abandon existing residential septic tanks including, but not limited 19 to: 20 21 1. Pumping out the septic tank and legally disposing of the contents; 22 2. Disconnecting the sanitary line from the septic tank; 23 3. Perforating the bottom of the tank; 24 4. Removing/crushing the top of the tank and depositing into the tank; 25 5. Coordinating with the Owner for inspections; 26 6. Filling the tank completely with approved material once inspection 27 is complete; 28 7. Private property restoration including sodding, landscaping, 29 irrigation systems that were removed, cut or damaged during 30 construction; 31 8. All other ancillary materials, equipment, labor, and power required 32 for the complete abandonment of septic tanks. 33 34 Payment shall be made for each septic tank abandoned which has passed 35 inspection and is complete to the satisfaction of the Pinellas County Health 36 Department, or delegated authority, and restoration of private property is 37 completed, in accordance with the unit price provided on the bid form and/or 38 agreed to in the Schedule of Values. 39 40 O. Furnish and Install Flowable Fill (Bid Item #22) 41 42 The Contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment, and materials to install 43 flowable fill inside of abandoned septic tanks under structures and in areas of 44 pipe conflicts. The installation of flowable fill shall include, but may not be 45 limited to: 46 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01150-10 06/01/17 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1. Hauling and placing FDOT Standard flowable fill into the septic tank; 2 2. Hauling and placing FDOT Standard flowable fill in areas of pipe 3 conflicts where compaction cannot be performed. 4 3. All other ancillary materials, equipment, labor, and power required for 5 the installation and placement of flowable fill into septic tanks. 6 7 Payment shall be made for the number of cubic yards of flowable fill placed 8 complete and accepted by the Engineer paid in accordance with the unit 9 price provided on the bid form and/or agreed to in the Schedule of Values. 10 The volume of flowable fill shall be documented with delivery tickets for each 11 truckload. 12 13 P. Root Pruning (Bid Items #23) 14 15 The Contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment, and materials to prune tree 16 roots within the public right-of-way and/or private property, as necessary 17 during sewer service lateral installation or where necessary for construction. 18 Root pruning shall include but may not be limited to: 19 20 1. Excavating the trench/pit; 21 2. Maintaining the trench/pit which shall include dewatering and bracing 22 and sheeting; 23 3. Furnishing, installing and maintaining all necessary erosion control 24 measures including but not limited to artificial coverings, mowing, 25 sandbagging, slope drains, sediment basins, synthetic hay bales, 26 floating silt barrier, staked silt barrier and seeding; 27 4. Pruning tree roots within public right-of-way or private property, as 28 necessary during construction; 29 5. All other ancillary materials, equipment, labor, and power required for 30 the pruning of tree roots when directed by the Owner or as shown on 31 the Drawings. 32 33 Payment shall be made based on the horizontal distance in linear feet, 34 parallel to the pipe trench, of roots pruned acceptable to the Engineer paid in 35 accordance with the unit price provided on the bid form and/or agreed to in 36 the Schedule of Values. 37 38 Q. Tree Removal (Bid Items #24, #25, #26, #27, #28) 39 40 The Contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment, and materials to remove 41 trees located in public right-of-way or private property marked by the 42 Contractor and approved by the Owner for removal. Tree removal shall 43 include but may not be limited to: 44 45 1. Cutting, grubbing, and removal of tree branches, limbs, leaves and 46 tree trunk; ' MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01150-11 06/01/17 1 1 2. Grinding or other means of removal of the tree stump to 12 -inches 2 below grade; 3 3. Disposal of tree branches, limbs, leaves, trunk and stumps; 4 4. Placing topsoil over the tree stump area; 5 5. Installation of sod over the tree stump area; 6 6. All other ancillary materials, equipment, labor, and power required for 7 the removal of trees when directed by the Owner or as shown on the 8 Drawings. 9 10 Payment shall be made based on each tree removed acceptable to the 11 Engineer. Payment for tree removal as part of clearing and grubbing a 12 construction corridor shall not be made under this bid item. 13 14 R. Pinellas County Sewer Lateral Connection Building Permit Fee Allowance 15 (Bid Item #29) 16 17 The Contractor shall acquire Pinellas County Building Permits required for 18 connecting sanitary sewer service laterals, between the cleanout and the 19 existing private sewer lateral on all unincorporated county properties. The 20 Permit Fee Allowance shall include but may not be limited to: 21 22 1. Fees imposed by Pinellas County to obtain a building permit for 23 connection. 24 25 Payment shall be made per each permit acquired based on the actual permit 26 fee imposed by the County. Any additional overhead costs (coordination, 27 scheduling inspections, etc.) associated with Pinellas County Building Permit 28 acquisition shall be included in the mobilization line item. 29 30 S. Furnish and Install Relocated Water Mains (Bid Items #30, #31) 31 32 The Contractor shall provide all labor, equipment, and ancillary materials for 33 installing water main pipe by the open cut method. The open cut installation 34 of pipe shall include, but may not be limited to: 35 36 1. Excavating the trench; 37 2. Maintaining the trench, which shall include dewatering, sheeting, 38 shoring and/or bracing where required; 39 3. Furnishing, installing and maintaining all necessary erosion control 40 measures including but not limited to artificial coverings, mowing, 41 sandbagging, slope drains, sediment basins, synthetic hay bales, 42 straw, floating silt barrier, staked silt barrier and seeding; 43 4. Beveling field -cut joints and pipe shorts; 44 5. Furnishing and installing pipe bedding; 45 6. Furnishing and installing pipe; 46 7. Furnishing and installing polyethylene encasement of ductile iron pipe; MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01150-12 06/01/17 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 8. Furnishing and installing joint restraints complete with all tie rods and 2 hardware; 3 9. Excavating the existing section of water main to install restraints; 4 10. Backfilling and compacting the trench; 5 11. Materials, preparation, hauling, placing, grading, and compacting 6 approved road base along the width of the pipe trench; 7 12. Performing compaction and density testing; 8 13. Hydrostatic pressure testing, pigging, and cleaning the pipe; 9 14. Disinfecting the potable water main pipe; 10 15. Performing bacteriological testing of water main pipe where required; 11 16. Cleaning up the job site which shall include removing excess 12 materials and debris; 13 17. Repairing damaged sidewalk, curb and gutter; 14 18. Sodding areas where no pavement is to be restored. 15 16 Payment for installing pipe by the open cut method shall be based on the 17 size and the horizontal distance in linear feet of water main pipe measured 18 along the top centerline of the pipe in-place complete and acceptable to the 19 Engineer, paid in accordance with the unit price provided on the bid form 20 and/or agreed to in the Schedule of Values. 21 22 T. Ductile Iron Fittings (Bid Item #32) 23 24 The Contractor shall provide all labor, equipment and materials to completely 25 furnish and install plugs, caps, bends, sleeves, reducers, tees, crosses, 26 offsets, restrained joints, and fittings. The installation of ductile iron fittings 27 shall include but not be limited to: 28 29 1. Excavating the trench/pit; 30 2. Maintaining the trench/pit which shall include dewatering and bracing 31 and sheeting where required or as directed by the Engineer; 32 3. Furnishing, installing and maintaining all necessary erosion control 33 measures including but not limited to artificial coverings, mowing, 34 sandbagging, slope drains, sediment basins, synthetic hay bales, 35 straw, floating silt barrier, staked silt barrier and seeding; 36 4. Furnishing, installing and sealing the fittings with polyethylene 37 encasement of not Tess than 8 mils thick; 38 5. Furnishing and installing restrained joints such as but not limited to 39 wedge action, push on joint restraints, manufactured restrained joints 40 to meet the requirements of City Index No. 403; 41 6. Backfilling and compacting the trench/pit and; 42 7. All other ancillary materials, equipment, labor, and power required for 43 the complete installation of the ductile iron fittings and joint restraints. 44 45 Payment shall be made per ton for the total weight of fittings installed based 46 on manufacturers standards of each size and type of fittings, Tess bolts and ' MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01150-13 06/01/17 1 1 1 1 accessories, installed complete with joint restraints and incorporated into the I 2 piping system, working, and operating to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 3 4 U. Replace Water Service Line (Bid Item #33) 5 6 The Contractor shall provide all labor, equipment and ancillary materials for 7 replacing same side and long side water main service lateral pipe, between 8 the water main corporation stop and the water service meter curb stop. The t 9 replacement of water main service laterals shall include, but may not be 10 limited to: 11 I 12 1. Excavating the trench/pit; 13 2. Maintaining the trench/pit which shall include dewatering and bracing 14 and sheeting where required; ' 15 3. Furnishing, installing and maintaining all necessary erosion control 16 measures including but not limited to artificial coverings, mowing, 17 sandbagging, slope drains, sediment basins, synthetic hay bales, I 18 straw, floating silt barrier, staked silt barrier and seeding; 19 4. Removing the existing water main service lateral piping from the 20 existing corporation stop to the existing curb stop; 21 5. Replacing water main service lateral piping from the existing I 22 corporation stop to the existing curb stop as shown on the Details; 23 6. Installing a new curb stop on the new service lateral piping; I 24 7. Flushing/cleaning the pipe; 25 8. Backfilling and compacting the trench/pit including regrading the 26 terrain; 27 9. Materials, preparation, hauling, placing, grading, and compacting I 28 approved road base and along the width of the pipe trench; 29 10. Performing compaction and density testing; 30 11. Formwork, reinforcement, and installation of concrete driveways, 1 31 curbs, gutters and sidewalks that were cut, removed or damaged 32 during the course of the construction; 33 12. Cleaning up the job site which shall include removing excess I 34 materials and debris; 35 13. Re -sodding areas disturbed by construction; 36 14. All other ancillary materials, equipment, labor, and power required for I 37 the complete installation of water service lines. 38 39 Payment shall be made for each water service line installed complete, I 40 working, and operating to the satisfaction of the Engineer paid in accordance 41 with the unit price provided on the bid form and/or agreed to in the Schedule 42 of Values. 1 43 44 V. Furnish and Install MJ RWGV (Bid Items #34, #35) 45 1 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01150-14 06/01/17 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 The Contractor shall provide all labor, equipment and certain materials to 2 completely install all mechanical joint (MJ) resilient wedge gate valves 3 (RWGV) where required as part of water main relocations. The MJ RWGV 4 installation shall include, but may not be limited to: 5 6 1. Excavating the trench/pit; 7 2. Maintaining the trench/pit which shall include dewatering and bracing 8 and sheeting where required or as directed by the Engineer; 9 3. Furnishing, installing and maintaining all necessary erosion control 10 measures including but not limited to artificial coverings, mowing, 11 sandbagging, slope drains, sediment basins, synthetic hay bales, 12 straw, floating silt barrier, staked silt barrier and seeding; 13 4. Furnishing and installing valves, valve boxes; 14 5. Furnishing and installing mechanical joint restraints; 15 6. Furnishing and installing valve extension rods where necessary; 16 7. Connections to existing piping systems; 17 8. Furnishing and installing brass valve identification tag and valve pad; 18 9. Backfilling and compacting the trench/pit; 19 10. Furnishing paint and painting valve cover and; 20 11. All other ancillary materials, equipment, labor, and power required for 21 the complete installation of valves and appurtenances. 22 23 Payment shall be made on a per each basis for the installation of MJ 24 RWGV's installed complete, working, and operating to the satisfaction of the 25 Engineer. Operating satisfactorily includes but is not limited to: 26 27 1. The valve box and valve is plumb and the valve box is centered on the 28 valve. 29 2. City personnel can insert a valve key through the valve box and 30 completely open and close the valve. 31 32 W. Furnish and Install Line Stop (Bid Item #36, #37) 33 34 The Contractor shall provide all labor, equipment and materials to completely 35 furnish and install the line stop. The installation of stop(s) shall include but 36 not be limited to: 37 38 1. Excavating the trench/pit; 39 2. Maintaining the trench/pit which shall include dewatering and bracing 40 and sheeting where required or as directed by the Engineer; 41 3. Furnishing, installing and maintaining all necessary erosion control 42 measures including but not limited to artificial coverings, mowing, 43 sandbagging, slope drains, sediment basins, synthetic hay bales, 44 straw, floating silt barrier, staked silt barrier and seeding; 45 4. Furnishing, installing the saddle and line stop; 46 5. Removing the line stop and installing the necessary blind flange/plug; MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01150-15 06/01/17 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 X. 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 1 1 6. Backfilling and compacting the trench/pit and; 7. All other ancillary materials, equipment, labor, and power required for the complete installation of the line stop Payment shall be made for each line stop installed complete, working, and 1 operating to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Furnish and Install RCP & ERCP Storm Sewer Pipe (Bid Items #41, #42, 1 #43, #44, #45, #46) The Contractor shall provide all labor, equipment, and ancillary materials for installing pipe by the open cut method. The open cut installation of storm sewer pipe shall include, but may not be limited to: 1. Excavating the trench/pit; 2. Maintaining the trench/pit which shall include dewatering and bracing and sheeting where required; 3. Furnishing, installing and maintaining all necessary erosion control measures included but not limited to artificial coverings, mowing, sandbagging, slope drains, sediment basins, synthetic hay bales, floating silt barrier, staked silt barrier and seeding; 4. Furnishing and installing Class III and/or Class IV RCP & ERCP Storm Sewer pipe as shown on Drawings; 5. Furnishing and installing joint gaskets, joint wrap, backfill and compaction; 6. All clearing and grubbing outside the limits as shown on the plans; 7. Disposal of surplus materials; 8. Backfilling and compacting the trench; 9. Materials, preparation, hauling, placing, grading, and compacting approved road base and along the width of the pipe trench; ' 10. Performing compaction and density testing; 11. Materials, preparation, hauling, and placing approved asphalt pavement in layers over the area of the pipe trench (phase 1 asphalt restoration); 12. Furnishing all equipment, tools and labor, for Desilting Pipe and disposal of silt and debris, and all incidentals necessary for satisfactorily performing the work; 13. Televising, laser profiling of pipe, and performing infiltration/exfiltration testing on the pipe; 14. Restoration including formwork, reinforcement, and installation of concrete driveways, curbs, gutters, sidewalks, sodding, landscaping, irrigation systems that were removed, cut or damaged during construction; 15. All other ancillary materials, equipment, labor, and power required for the complete installation of storm sewer piping. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01150-16 06/01/17 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Measurement will be along the centerline of the pipe, measured between the 2 inside walls of the structures. Payment shall be made for the number of 3 linear feet of RCP in place and accepted paid in accordance with the unit 4 price provided on the bid form and/or agreed to in the Schedule of Values. 5 6 Y. Furnish and Install 8" Underdrain (Bid Item #47) 7 8 The Contractor shall provide all labor, equipment, and ancillary materials for 9 installing underdrain pipe by the open cut method. The open cut installation 10 of underdrain pipe shall include, but may not be limited to: 11 12 1. Excavating the trench/pit; 13 2. Maintaining the trench/pit which shall include dewatering and bracing 14 and sheeting where required; 15 3. Furnishing, installing and maintaining all necessary erosion control 16 measures included but not limited to artificial coverings, mowing, 17 sandbagging, slope drains, sediment basins, synthetic hay bales, 18 floating silt barrier, staked silt barrier and seeding; 19 4. Furnishing and installing underdrain pipe, aggregate and underdrain 20 cleanouts as shown on Drawings; 21 5. Backfilling and compacting the trench; 22 6. Performing compaction and density testing; 23 7. Furnishing all equipment, tools and labor, for Desilting Pipe and 24 disposal of silt and debris, and all incidentals necessary for 25 satisfactorily performing the work; 26 8. Restoration including formwork, reinforcement, and installation of 27 concrete driveways, curbs, gutters, sidewalks, sodding, landscaping, 28 irrigations system that were removed, cut or damaged during 29 construction; 30 9. All other ancillary materials, equipment, labor, and power required for 31 the complete installation of underdrain piping. 32 33 Measurement will be along the centerline of the pipe. Payment shall be 34 made for the number of linear feet of underdrain pipe in place and accepted 35 paid in accordance with the unit price provided on the bid form and/or agreed 36 to in the Schedule of Values. 37 38 Z. Furnish and Install Precast Storm Sewer Structures and Manholes (Bid Item 39 #48, #49, #50, #51) 40 41 The Contractor shall provide all labor, equipment and ancillary materials to 42 completely install all precast storm sewer structures and connections to 43 existing piping. The Precast Storm Sewer Structure installation shall include, 44 but may not be limited to: 45 46 1. Excavating the trench/pit; MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01150-17 06/01/17 1 2. Maintaining the trench/pit which shall include dewatering and bracing 2 and sheeting where required; 3 3. Furnishing, installing and maintaining all necessary erosion control 4 measures including but not limited to artificial coverings, mowing, 5 sandbagging, slope drains, sediment basins, synthetic hay bales, 6 floating silt barrier, staked silt barrier and seeding; 7 4. Furnishing and installing Precast Storm Sewer Structures; 8 5. Furnishing and placing of all gratings, frames, covers, and any other 9 necessary fittings; 10 6. Connections to existing piping systems; 11 7. Connecting RCP piping to the stormwater structure inlets/manholes 12 8. All clearing and grubbing outside the limits as shown on the Drawings; 13 9. Restoration including formwork, reinforcement, and installation of 14 concrete driveways, curbs, gutters, sidewalks, sodding, landscaping, 15 irrigation systems that were removed, cut or damaged during 16 construction; 17 10. All other ancillary materials, equipment, labor, and power required for 18 the complete installation of Precast Storm Sewer Structures. 19 20 Payment shall be made for each precast storm sewer structure in place and 21 accepted paid in accordance with the unit price provided on the bid form 22 and/or agreed to in the Schedule of Values. 23 24 AA. Furnish and Install Concrete Rubble Riprap (Bid Item #52) 25 26 The Contractor shall provide all labor, equipment and ancillary materials to 27 completely install the required sand cement rip -rap according to the Drawings 28 and Specifications. The installation of sand cement rip -rap shall include, but 29 may not be limited to: 30 31 1. Clearing and grubbing areas as shown on the Drawings; 32 2. Furnishing and installing filter fabric; 33 3. Furnishing and installing sand cement rip -rap; 34 4. Restoration including formwork, reinforcement, and installation of 35 concrete driveways, curbs, gutters, sidewalks, sodding, landscaping, 36 irrigation systems that were removed, cut or damaged during 37 construction; 38 5. All other ancillary materials, equipment, labor, and power required for 39 the complete installation of sand cement rip -rap. 40 41 Payment shall be made for the number of square feet in place and accepted 42 by the Engineer paid in accordance with the unit price provided on the bid 43 form and/or agreed to in the Schedule of Values. 44 45 BB. Existing Storm Structure Removal (Bid Item #53) 46 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01150-18 06/01/17 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 The Contractor shall provide all labor, equipment and ancillary materials for 2 removal of existing storm structures, according to the Drawings and 3 Specifications. The removal of existing storm structures shall include, but 4 may not be limited to: 5 6 1. Excavating the trench/pit; 7 2. Maintaining the trench/pit which shall include dewatering and bracing 8 and sheeting where required; 9 3. Furnishing, installing and maintaining all necessary erosion control 10 measures including but not limited to artificial coverings, mowing, 11 sandbagging, slope drains, sediment basins, synthetic hay bales, 12 floating silt barrier, staked silt barrier and seeding; 13 4. Removal, hauling and disposal of all existing storm structure 14 materials; 15 5. All other ancillary materials, equipment, labor, and power required for 16 the complete the removal existing storm structures. 17 18 Payment shall be made for each existing storm structure removed complete 19 and acceptable to the Engineer paid in accordance with the unit price 20 provided on the bid form and/or agreed to in the Schedule of Values. 21 22 CC. Existing Storm Sewer Pipe/Underdrain Removal (Bid Item #54, #55) 23 24 The Contractor shall provide all labor, equipment and ancillary materials for 25 removal of existing storm sewer pipe and underdrain, according to the 26 Drawings and Specifications. The removal of existing storm pipe and 27 underdrain shall include, but may not be limited to: 28 29 1. Excavating the trench/pit; 30 2. Maintaining the trench/pit which shall include dewatering and bracing 31 and sheeting where required; 32 3. Furnishing, installing and maintaining all necessary erosion control 33 measures including but not limited to artificial coverings, mowing, 34 sandbagging, slope drains, sediment basins, synthetic hay bales, 35 floating silt barrier, staked silt barrier and seeding; 36 4. Removal, hauling and disposal of all existing storm sewer pipe and 37 underdrain materials; 38 5. All other ancillary materials, equipment, labor, and power required for 39 the complete removal of existing storm sewer pipe and underdrain. 40 41 Payment shall be made horizontal distance in linear feet of storm sewer pipe 42 and underdrain removed complete and acceptable to the Engineer paid in 43 accordance with the unit price provided on the bid form and/or agreed to in 44 the Schedule of Values. 45 46 DD. Merrill Avenue Widening and T -Turnarounds (Bid Item #59) ' MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01150-19 06/01/17 1 1 2 The Contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment, and materials to complete 3 the existing roadway modifications including the widening of Merrill Avenue 4 and installing T -turnarounds according to the Drawings and Specifications. 5 The existing roadway modifications shall include but may not be limited to: 6 7 1. Clearing and grubbing areas to allow for the roadway modifications; 8 2. Importing select fill materials to build up existing grade to allow for the 9 roadway modifications; 10 3. Materials, preparation, hauling, placing, grading, and compacting 11 approved road base throughout the limits of the roadway modifications 12 along Merrill Avenue and T -turnarounds; 13 4. Performing compaction and density testing; 14 5. Cleaning up the job site which shall include removing excess 15 materials and debris; 16 6. Repairing damaged driveways, sidewalk, curb and gutter; 17 7. Sodding areas where no pavement is to be restored; 18 8. All other ancillary materials, equipment, labor, water and power 19 required for the complete the roadway modifications. 20 21 Payment shall be made on a percent complete basis according to the Lump 22 Sum price provided on the bid form and/or agreed to in the Schedule of 23 Values. 24 25 EE. Furnish and Install 1" SP -9.5 Asphalt for Merrill Avenue Widening and T- 26 Turnarounds (Bid Item #60 and #61) 27 28 The Contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment, and materials to install 1" 29 SP -9.5 asphalt for the widening of Merrill Avenue and T -turnarounds 30 according to the Drawings and Specifications. The installation of asphalt for 31 the widening of Merrill Avenue and t -turnarounds shall include but may not be 32 limited to: 33 34 1. Materials, preparation, hauling, and placing approved asphalt 35 pavement over area as shown in the Drawings or as specified in the 36 Technical Specifications; 37 2. All other ancillary materials, equipment, labor, and power required for 38 the complete asphalt installation for the widening of Merrill Avenue 39 and t -turnarounds.. 40 41 Payment shall be made for the number of square yards of asphalt installed 42 complete, in place and accepted by the Engineer, paid in accordance with 43 the unit price provided on the bid form and/or agreed to in the Schedule of 44 Values. 45 46 FF. Pavement Marking/Signage (Bid Item #62) MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01150-20 06/01/17 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 The Contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment, and materials to install all 3 new pavement marking and signage according to the Drawings and 4 Specifications. The construction of pavement marking and signage shall 5 include but may not be limited to: 6 7 1. Installing pavement markings/striping and signing; 8 2. All other ancillary materials, equipment, labor, and power required for 9 the complete installation of all new roadway pavement markings and 10 signage. 11 12 Payment shall be made on a percent complete basis according to the Lump 13 Sum price provided on the bid form and/or agreed to in the Schedule of 14 Values. Payment for pavement marking and signage that were removed or 15 damaged during the course of the construction and not shown on the 16 drawings as existing shall be included in other bid items and shall not be 17 made under this bid item. 18 19 GG. Furnish and Install Sidewalk ADA Ramp (Bid Item #63) 20 21 The Contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment, and materials to construct 22 ADA Ramps according to the drawings and plans. The construction of ADA 23 Ramps shall include but may not be limited to: 24 25 1. Formwork, reinforcement, and installation of ADA Ramps; 26 2. All other ancillary materials, equipment, labor, and power required for 27 the construction of ADA Ramps. 28 29 Payment shall be made for each ADA Ramp complete and acceptable to the 30 Engineer paid in accordance with the unit price provided on the bid form 31 and/or agreed to in the Schedule of Values. 32 33 HH. Furnish and Install Concrete Curb (Bid Item #64, #65, #66) 34 35 The Contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment, and materials to construct 36 new concrete curb and gutter according to the drawings and plans. The 37 construction of new concrete curb and gutter shall include but may not be 38 limited to: 39 40 1. Formwork, reinforcement, and installation of concrete curbs and 41 gutters; 42 2. All other ancillary materials, equipment, labor, and power required for 43 the construction of curbs and gutters. 44 45 Payment shall be made for the number of linear feet of concrete curbs and 46 gutters complete and accepted by the Engineer paid in accordance with the ' MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01150-21 06/01/17 1 1 1 1 unit price provided on the bid form and/or agreed to in the Schedule of I 2 Values. Payment for concrete curbs and gutters that were cut, removed or 3 damaged during the course of the construction and not shown on the 4 drawings shall be included in other bid items and shall not be made under I 5 this bid item. 6 7 II. Furnish and Install Grand View Avenue and Merrill Avenue Retaining Walls 8 (Bid Items #67, #68) 1 9 10 The Contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment, and materials to construct 11 the retaining walls according to the Drawings and Specifications. The I 12 construction of retaining walls shall include but may not be limited to: 13 14 1. Excavating and maintaining the construction area, which shall include I 15 dewatering, sheeting, shoring and/or bracing; 16 2. Furnishing, installing and maintaining all necessary erosion control 17 measures including but not limited to artificial coverings, mowing, I 18 sandbagging, slope drains, sediment basins, synthetic hay bales, 19 floating silt barrier, staked silt barrier and seeding; 20 3. Formwork, reinforcement, and installation of concrete retaining walls; I 21 4. All other ancillary materials, equipment, labor, and power required for 22 the construction of concrete retaining walls. 23 I 24 Payment shall be made on a percent complete basis according to the Lump 25 Sum price provided on the bid form and/or agreed to in the Schedule of 26 Values. 1 27 28 JJ. Mobilization (Bid Item #1, #39, #57) 29 30 This bid item shall include obtaining all permits, insurance, indemnification, 1 31 and bonds; securing a staging area in proximity to the work if public lands are 32 insufficient; moving onto the site all materials and equipment; furnishing and 33 erecting temporary buildings, access roads and other items as necessary to I 34 complete the work; providing a color audio -videotape of existing conditions of 35 the construction site or route; providing field trailers, sanitary facilities and 36 potable water facilities as required for the proper performance and 37 completion of the work. 38 39 Bid price for mobilization shall not exceed 5% of the total base bid. I 40 41 Payment for mobilization will be on an incremental basis in accordance with 42 the following: 11143 44 Percent of Original Allowable Percent 45 Contract Amount of the Lump Sum III46 Earned Price for the Item MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT I 01150-22 06/01/17 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ' MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01150-23 06/01/17 1 5 25 2 10 50 3 25 75 4 50 100 5 6 7 8 KK. Maintenance of Traffic (Bid Item #2, #40, #58) 9 10 This bid item shall include preparation of a Maintenance of Traffic plan 11 consistent with the Contractor's work schedule/plan and coordination with 12 through the Project Representative with the Owner and County Traffic 13 Control authority. It shall include the construction and maintenance of any 14 necessary detour facilities, traffic control barriers; providing of necessary 15 facilities for access to residences and businesses, etc. along the project; 16 furnishing, installing and maintaining of traffic control and safety devices 17 during construction, including placement and removal of temporary pavement 18 markings, and signs; temporary wheelchair ramps and any other special 19 requirements for safe and expeditious movement of both vehicular and 20 pedestrian traffic. 21 22 Bid price for mobilization shall not exceed 3% of the total base bid. 23 24 Payment for Maintenance of Traffic shall be on an incremental basis in 25 accordance with the following: 26 27 Percent of Original Allowable Percent 28 Contract Amount of the Lump Sum 29 Earned Price for the Item 30 20 20 31 40 40 32 60 60 33 80 80 34 100 100 35 36 37 LL. Sanitary Sewer Contingency Allowance (Bid Item #38) 38 39 Bid price for Contingency Allowance shall be 10% of the subtotal for the 40 Sanitary Sewer System. 41 42 Measurement: Measurement for this item will be made for in accordance 43 with the Change Order authorized by the Owner. The allowance is for extra 44 work specifically authorized by the Owner, the compensation for which shall 45 be determined in accordance with the Change Order provisions of the 1 1 General Conditions. Said compensation shall be deducted from the 2 allowance at the time the Change Order is authorized by the Owner. 3 4 Payment: Payment from the Contingency Allowance shall be made on either 5 a lump sum or unit price basis, in accordance with the Change Order or Work 6 Change Directive, only after authorization from the Owner, and then in 7 accordance with the Change Order provisions of the General Conditions. 8 9 MM. Storm Sewer Contingency Allowance (Bid Item #56) 10 11 Bid price for Contingency Allowance shall be 10% of the subtotal for the 12 Stormwater System. 13 14 Measurement: Measurement for this item will be made for in accordance 15 with the Change Order authorized by the Owner. The allowance is for extra 16 work specifically authorized by the Owner, the compensation for which shall 17 be determined in accordance with the Change Order provisions of the 18 General Conditions. Said compensation shall be deducted from the 19 allowance at the time the Change Order is authorized by the Owner. 20 21 Payment: Payment from the Contingency Allowance shall be made on either 22 a lump sum or unit price basis, in accordance with the Change Order or Work 23 Change Directive, only after authorization from the Owner, and then in 24 accordance with the Change Order provisions of the General Conditions. 25 26 NN. Roadway Modifications Contingency Allowance (Bid Item #69) 27 28 Bid price for Contingency Allowance shall be 10% of the subtotal for the 29 Roadway Improvements. 30 31 Measurement: Measurement for this item will be made for in accordance 32 with the Change Order authorized by the Owner. The allowance is for extra 33 work specifically authorized by the Owner, the compensation for which shall 34 be determined in accordance with the Change Order provisions of the 35 General Conditions. Said compensation shall be deducted from the 36 allowance at the time the Change Order is authorized by the Owner. 37 38 Payment: Payment from the Contingency Allowance shall be made on either 39 a lump sum or unit price basis, in accordance with the Change Order or Work 40 Change Directive, only after authorization from the Owner, and then in 41 accordance with the Change Order provisions of the General Conditions. 42 43 44 45 END OF SECTION MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01150-24 06/01/17 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 01152 2 3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT 4 5 PART I — GENERAL 6 7 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED 8 9 A. Submit Applications for Payment to the Engineer in accordance with the 10 schedule as approved by the Owner. 11 12 B. Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for review, the proposed Application 13 for Payment form, prior to the first Payment Request. 14 15 C. The Contractor's attention is directed to the fact that the Owner shall not pay 16 the Contractor for any stored materials. The Application for Payment shall be 17 rejected if any stored materials are invoiced by the Contractor. 18 19 1.02 FORMAT AND DATA REQUIRED 20 21 A. Submit applications typed on forms either provided in these Specifications 22 furnished by the Owner, as approved by the Owner, with itemized data typed 23 on 8-1/2 inch x 11 inch white paper continuation sheets. 24 25 B. Provide itemized data on continuation sheet: 26 27 1. Format, schedules, line items and values: those of the Schedule of 28 Values accepted by the Engineer. 29 30 1.03 PREPARATION OF APPLICATION FOR EACH PROGRESS PAYMENT 31 32 A. Application Form: 33 34 1. Fill in required information, including that for Change Orders executed 35 prior to date of submittal of application. 36 37 2. Fill in summary of dollar values to agree with respective totals 38 indicated on continuation sheets. 39 40 3. Execute certification with signature of a responsible officer of the 41 Contractor. 42 43 B. Continuation Sheets: 44 45 1. Fill in total list of all scheduled component items of work, with item 46 number and scheduled dollar value for each item. ' APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT 01152-1 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 2 2. Fill in dollar value in each column for each scheduled line item when 3 work has been performed or products stored. 4 3. List each Change Order executed prior to date of submission, at the 5 end of the continuation sheets. 6 7 a. List by Change Order Number, and description, as for an 8 original component item of work. 1 9 10 1.04 SUBSTANTIATING DATA FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS 11 111 12 A. Provide substantiating data, containing suitable information for review of 13 costs requested with a cover letter identifying: 14 15 1. Project. 16 17 2. Application number and date. I 18 19 3. Detailed list of enclosures. 20 21 4. For stored products: 22 23 a. Item number and identification as shown on application. I 24 25 b. Description of specific material. 26 I 27 c. Supplier invoices. 28 29 d. A table identifying stored material, amount stored, amount 30 installed, monthly activities report, updated cash flow chart, 1 31 progress photos, and schedule of values item which the 32 material applies. 33 I 34 B. Submit one copy of data and cover letter for each copy of application. 35 36 C. The Contractor is to maintain an updated set of As -built Drawings to be used I 37 as record drawings. As a prerequisite for monthly progress payments, the 38 Contractor shall submit monthly the updated as -built drawings for review by 39 the Owner, the Engineer, or their dedicated representatives. If the I 40 Contractor fails to submit the required As -built Drawings within the time 41 prescribed, the Engineer may withhold approval of progress payment 42 estimates until such a time as the Contractor submits the required As -built I 43 Drawings. As -built Drawings shall be in accordance with Section 01720 44 Project Record Documents. 45 1 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT 01152-2 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 D. Contractor shall maintain an updated construction schedule in accordance 2 with the Specifications. As a prerequisite for monthly progress payments, 3 Contractor shall submit the updated construction schedule with the 4 applications for progress payments. If the Contractor fails to submit the 5 required updated schedule within the time prescribed, the Engineer may 6 withhold approval of progress payment estimates until such a time as the 7 Contractor submits the required updated schedule. 8 9 1.05 PREPARATION OF APPLICATION FOR FINAL PAYMENT 10 11 A. Fill in application form as specified for progress payments. 12 13 B. Use continuation sheet for presenting the final statement of accounting as 14 specified in the Specification. 15 16 C. All appropriate information must be entered on the application form. 17 18 1. The line title, "Application Period", must indicate the dates between 19 which all work was completed during the pay period. The period is 20 defined from the first day of the month to the last day of the month, 21 i.e. January 1, 2012 to January 18, 2012. 22 23 2. All blank lines within the "Contract Data" and "Summary of Project 24 Status" section of the application must be completed. Also, if any 25 Change Orders have been approved, the "Change Orders" section 26 must include that information. 27 28 3. All calculations and arithmetic must be precise to the penny. 29 30 4. The application must be signed and dated by an authorized 31 representative of the Contractor and notarized. 32 33 1.06 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE 34 35 A. Prior to submitting a completed Payment Request, the Contractor must 36 arrange a field meeting with the Resident Project Representative to review 37 and verify all installed quantities and/or stored material. Only when the 38 Resident Project Representative and Contractor agree on installed quantities 39 and percentages, should the Payment Request be submitted. 40 41 B. Submit six (6) copies of Applications for Payment to the Engineer at the 42 times stipulated in the General Conditions. 43 44 C. When the Engineer finds Application properly completed and correct, he will 45 transmit certificate for payment to Owner, with copy to Contractor. 46 47 PART II — PRODUCTS 48 (NOT USED) APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT 01152-3 09/01/16 1 1 1 2 PART III - EXECUTION 3 (NOT USED) 4 5END OF SECTION 6 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT 01152-4 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 01153 2 3 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 4 5 PART I - GENERAL 6 7 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED 8 9 A. Promptly implement Change Order procedures. 10 11 1. Provide full written data required to evaluate changes. 12 13 2. Maintain detailed records of work done on a time and material/force 14 account basis. 15 16 3. Provide full documentation to Engineer on request. 17 18 B. Designate in writing the member of Contractor's organization: 19 20 1. Who is authorized to accept changes in the work. 21 22 2. Who is responsible for informing others in the Contractor's employ of 23 the authorization of changes in the work. 24 25 C. The Contractor shall comply with all other requirements as described in the 26 City of Clearwater, Section 111— General Conditions regarding Change Order 27 procedures. 28 29 1.02 DEFINITIONS 30 31 A. Change Order: See General Conditions. 32 33 1. Request for Cost Proposal — will be authorized by the Authority prior 34 to all Work Change Directives and Field Orders. 35 36 B. Work Directive Change: A written order to the Contractor, signed by 37 Contractor, Owner and Engineer, which amends the Contract Documents as 38 described, and authorizes Contractor to proceed with a change that affects 39 the Contract Sum or the Contract Time, for inclusion in a subsequent 40 Change Order. 41 42 C. Engineer's Supplemental Instructions: A written order, instructions, or 43 interpretations, signed by Engineer making minor changes in the Work not 44 involving a change in Contract Sum or Contract Time. 45 46 D. Field Order: A written order to the Contractor, signed by the Engineer and the 47 Contractor, which is issued to interpret/clarifythe Contract Documents, order ' CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 01153-1 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 minor changes in the work. The work described by a Field Order is to be 2 accomplished without change to the Contract Sum, Contract Time, and/or 3 claims for other costs. 4 5 1.03 PRELIMINARY PROCEDURES 6 7 A. Owner and Engineer may initiate changes by submitting a Work Directive 8 Change to the Contractor. Request will include: 1 9 10 1. Detailed description of the change, products, and location of the 11 change in the Project. 12 13 2. Supplementary or revised Drawings and/or Specifications. 14 15 3. The projected time span for making the change, and a specific 16 statement as to whether overtime work is or is not authorized. 17 18 4. A specific period of time during which the requested price will be 19 considered valid. 20 21 B. Contractor may initiate changes by submitting a written notice to the 22 Engineer, prior to the work being performed, containing: 23 24 1. Description of the proposed changes. 25 26 2. Statement of the reason for making the changes. 27 28 3. Statement of the effect on the Contract Sum and the Contract Time. 29 30 4. Statement of the effect on the work of separate contractors. 1 31 32 5. Documentation supporting any change in Contract Sum or Contract 33 Time, as appropriate. 34 35 1.04 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE AUTHORIZATION 36 37 A. Work Directive Change will describe changes in the Work, both additions 38 and deletions, with attachments of revised Contract Documents to define 39 details of the change and will designate the method of determining any 40 change in the Contract Sum and any change in Contract Time. 41 42 B. Owner and Engineer will sign and date the Work Directive Change as 43 authorization for the Contractor to proceed with the changes. 44 45 1 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 01153-2 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.05 DOCUMENTATION OF PROPOSALS AND CLAIMS 2 3 A. Support each quotation for a lump sum proposal, and for each unit price 4 which has not previously been established, with sufficient substantiating data 5 to allow the Engineer to evaluate the quotation. 6 7 B. On request, provide additional data to support time and cost computations: 8 9 1. Labor required. 10 11 2. Equipment required. 12 13 3. Products required. 14 15 a. Recommended source of purchase and unit cost. 16 17 b. Quantities required. 18 19 4. Taxes, insurance, and bonds. 20 21 5. Credit for work deleted from Contract, similarly documented. 22 23 6. Overhead and profit. 24 25 7. Justification for any change in Contract Time. 26 27 C. Support each claim for additional costs, and for work done on a time -and - 28 material/force account basis, with documentation as required for a Lump 29 Sum proposal, plus additional information: 30 31 1. Name of the Owner's authorized agent who ordered the work and 32 date of the order. 33 34 2. Dates and times work was performed and by whom. 35 36 3. Time record, summary of hours worked, and hourly rates paid. 37 38 4. Receipts and invoices for: 39 40 a. Equipment used, listing dates, and times of use. 41 42 b. Products used, listing of quantities. 43 44 c. Subcontracts. 45 46 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 01153-3 09/01/16 1 1.06 PREPARATION OF CHANGE ORDERS AND FIELD ORDERS 2 3 A. Engineer will prepare each Change Order and Field Order and Work Change 4 Directives. 5 6 B. Change Order will describe changes in the Work, both additions and 7 deletions, with attachments of revised Contract Documents to define details 8 of the change. 9 10 C. Change Order will provide an accounting of the adjustment in the Contract 11 Sum and in the Contract Time. 12 13 D. Field Order will describe interpretations or clarifications of Contract 14 Documents, order minor changes in the Work, and/ or memorialize trade-off 15 agreements. 16 17 E. Field Order work will be accomplished without change in the Contract Sum, 18 Contract Time, and/or claims for other costs. 19 20 1.07 LUMP SUM/FIXED PRICE CHANGE ORDER 21 22 A. Engineer initiates the form, including a description of the changes involved 23 and attachments based upon documents and proposals submitted by 24 Contractor, or requests from Owner, or both. 25 26 B. Once Engineer has completed and signed the form, all copies should be sent 27 to Contractor for approval. After approval by Contractor, all copies should be 28 sent to Owner for approval. Engineer should make distribution of executed 29 copies. 30 31 1.08 UNIT PRICE CHANGE ORDER 32 33 A. Content of Change Orders will be based on either: 34 35 1. Engineer's definition of the scope of the required changes. 36 37 2. Contractor's Proposal for a change, as recommended by Engineer. 38 39 3. Survey of complete work. 40 41 B. The amounts of the unit prices to be: 42 43 1. Those stated in the Agreement. 44 45 2. Those mutually agreed upon between Owner and Contractor. 46 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 01153-4 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 C. When quantities of each of the items affected by the Change Order can be 2 determined prior to start of the work: 3 4 1. Owner and Engineer will sign and date a Work Directive Change as 5 authorization for Contractor to proceed with the changes. 6 7 D. When quantities of the items cannot be determined prior to start of the work: 8 9 1. Engineer or Owner will issue a Work Directive change directing the 10 Contractor to proceed with the change on the basis of unit prices, and 11 the Engineer will cite the applicable unit prices. 12 13 2. Upon completion of the change, the Engineer will determine the cost 14 of such work based on the unit prices and quantities used. Contractor 15 shall submit documentation to establish the number of units of each 16 item and any claims for a change in Contract Time. 17 18 3. Engineer will sign and date the Change Order to establish the change 19 in Contract Sum and in Contract Time. 20 21 4. Contractor will sign and date the Change Order to indicate their 22 agreement with the terms therein. 23 24 5. Owner will then sign the change order. 25 26 1.09 CORRELATION WITH CONTRACTOR'S SUBMITTALS 27 28 A. Not greater than monthly revise Schedule of Values and Request for 29 Payment forms to record each change as a separate item of work and to 30 record the adjusted Contract Sum. 31 32 B. Not greater than monthly revise the Construction Schedule to reflect each 33 change in Contract Time. Revise subschedules to show changes for other 34 items of work affected by the changes. 35 36 C. Upon completion of work under a Change Order, enter pertinent changes in 37 Record Documents. 38 39 PART II — PRODUCTS 40 (NOT USED) 41 42 PART III — EXECUTION 43 (NOT USED) 44 45 46 END OF SECTION 47 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 01153-5 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 01200 2 3 MEETINGS AND CONFERENCES 4 5 PART I — GENERAL 6 7 1.01 PRE -CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE 8 9 A. In accordance with the Contract Documents, prior to the commencement of 10 Work, a preconstruction conference shall be held at a mutually agreed time 11 at the Construction Manager's Office. 12 13 B. The purpose of the conference shall be to designate responsible personnel 14 and establish a working relationship. Matters requiring coordination shall be 15 discussed and procedures for handling such matters established. The 16 agenda shall include as a minimum: 17 18 1. Contractor's Initial Construction Schedule 19 20 2. Procedures for Transmittal, Review and Distribution of Shop Drawings 21 22 3. Procedures for Submittal and Review of Monthly Pay Applications 23 24 4. Maintaining Record Drawings 25 26 5. Critical Work Sequencing and Construction Restrictions 27 28 6. Field Decisions and Change Orders 29 30 7. Field Office, Storage Areas and Security 31 32 8. Equipment and Material Deliveries 33 34 9. Safety Meetings and Program 35 36 10. Traffic Control Plan 37 38 11. Pre -construction Video 39 40 C. The Engineer will preside at the conference and will arrange for keeping the 41 minutes and distributing them to all persons in attendance. 42 43 1.02 PROGRESS MEETINGS 44 45 A. The Engineer will schedule and conduct regular project meetings at least 46 monthly and at other times as deemed necessary by the progress of the 47 Work. The Contractor and the Engineer will be represented at each meeting. MEETINGS AND CONFERENCES 01200-1 09/01/16 1 The Contractor and/or Engineer may request attendance by representatives 2 of material Supplier(s) and Subcontractor(s). 3 4 B. The Engineer will preside at the conference and will arrange for keeping the 5 minutes and distributing them to all persons in attendance. The purpose of 6 the meetings will include but not be limited to reviewing the progress of the 7 Work, maintaining coordination of efforts, discussing changes in scheduling 8 and resolving problems which may develop; claims review; and future 9 scheduling. 10 11 1.03 TRAFFIC CONTROL MEETINGS 12 13 A. The Owner will schedule and conduct meetings as required with the 14 Contractor to attend to matters of traffic control and associated public 15 convenience and safety during the course of the Work. 16 17 B. The Engineer will preside at the meetings and provide for keeping the 18 minutes and distribution of minutes to the Owner, the Contractor and others. 19 The purpose of the meetings shall be for the Contractor presentation of 20 traffic control plans and any revisions required during performance of the 21 Work and to discuss related matters. 22 23 1.04 PUBLIC INFORMATION MEETINGS 24 25 A. The Contractor shall designate a public information specialist for the Project 26 who shall attend and actively participate in periodic public information 27 meetings that may be scheduled by the Owner. 28 29 PART II — PRODUCT 30 (Not Used) 31 32 PART III — EXECUTION 33 (Not Used) 34 35 36 END OF SECTION MEETINGS AND CONFERENCES 01200-2 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 01300 2 3 SUBMITTALS 4 5 PART I — GENERAL 6 7 1.01 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 8 9 A. Within 15 days after the Notice of Award, Contractor shall submit to Engineer 10 for review a schedule of the proposed construction operations. The 11 construction schedule shall indicate the sequence of the Work, the time of 12 starting and completion of each part, and the installation date for each major 13 item of equipment, and the time for making connections to existing piping, 14 structures, or facilities. 15 16 B. At least every 30 days the schedule shall be revised as necessary to reflect 17 changes in the progress of the Work. 18 19 C. Owner may require Contractor to add to his equipment, or construction 20 forces, as well as increase the working hours, if operations fall behind 21 schedule at any time during the construction period. 22 23 1.02 PRELIMINARY SUBMITTALS 24 25 A. Within 10 days after the Notice of Award, but prior to the pre -construction 26 conference, the Contractor shall submit the following items to the Owner's 27 construction manager for review by the ENGINEER. 28 29 1. A preliminary schedule of Shop Drawing submittals. 30 31 2. A preliminary list of all permits and licenses the Contractor shall 32 obtain showing the permitting agency, the type of permit, the 33 expected date of application for the permit, required date for receipt of 34 the permit, and permit fee. 35 36 1.03 PROGRESS REPORTS 37 38 A. A progress report shall be furnished to Engineer with each application for 39 progress payment. If the Work falls behind schedule, Contractor shall submit 40 additional progress reports at such intervals as Engineer may request. 41 42 B. Each progress report shall include sufficient narrative to describe current and 43 anticipated delaying factors, their effect on the construction schedule, and 44 proposed corrective actions. Any Work reported complete, but which is not 45 readily apparent to Engineer, must be substantiated with satisfactory 46 evidence. 47 SUBMITTALS 01300-1 09/01/16 1 C. Each progress report shall also include three (3) prints of the accepted 2 graphic schedule marked to indicate actual progress. 3 4 1.04 SCHEDULE OF VALUES 5 6 A. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for review a Schedule of Values 7 after review of the tentative schedule and before submission of the first 8 application for payment. The Schedule of Values, showing the value of each 9 kind of work, shall be acceptable to Engineer before any application for 10 payment is prepared. 11 12 B. The sum of the items listed in the Schedule of Values shall equal the 13 Contract Price. Such items as Bond premium, temporary construction 14 facilities, may be listed separately in the Schedule of Values, provided the 15 amounts can be substantiated. Overhead and profit shall not be listed as 16 separate items. 17 18 C. In addition to those items listed in Paragraph B, items that shall also be 19 included on the Schedule of Values include 0 & M manuals (including 20 electronic format), As-Builts, Start -Up and Training, and any other 21 individualized component that the Contractor would like to separately itemize 22 for payment. 23 24 D. An unbalanced Schedule of Values providing for overpayment of Contractor 25 on items of Work that would be performed first will not be accepted. The 26 Schedule of Values shall be revised and resubmitted until acceptable to 27 Engineer. Final acceptance by Engineer will indicate only consent to the 28 Schedule of Values as a basis for preparation of applications for progress 29 payments and shall not constitute an agreement as to the value of each 30 indicated item. 31 32 1.04 SCHEDULE OF PAYMENTS 33 34 A. Within thirty (30) days after award of contract, Contractor shall furnish to 35 Engineer a schedule of estimated monthly payments. The schedule shall be 36 revised and resubmitted each time an application for payment varies more 37 than 10 percent from the estimated payment schedule. 38 39 40 1.05 SHOP DRAWINGS AND ENGINEERING DATA 41 42 A. Shop Drawings and Engineering Data shall be submitted in accordance with 43 specification 01340. 44 45 SUBMITTALS 01300-2 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.06 EXCAVATION PLAN 2 3 A. The Contractor shall prepare and submit an excavation plan prior to 4 beginning the Work. The plan shall indicate the general plan for performing 5 excavation, ground dewatering, sheeting, shoring and bracing, haul routes 6 for the disposal of surface materials and for transporting excess excavation 7 materials to either (1) a disposal site chosen by the Contractor when excess 8 excavated materials are designated to become the property of the Contractor 9 or (2) to the storage area designated by the Contract Documents when the 10 excess excavated materials are designated to remain the property of the 11 Owner. The excavation plan is for the Owner's information only. Submission 12 and acceptance by the Owner of this information shall not relieve the 13 Contractor from constructing the Work in a continuous safe mariner at all 14 times and in accordance with the Contract Documents. 15 16 1.07 SURVEY DATA 17 18 A. All field books, notes, and other data developed or obtained by the 19 Contractor in performing the surveys required by the Work shall be available 20 to the Owner or Engineer for examination throughout the construction period. 21 All such data shall be submitted to the Owner with all other Project 22 Record Documents required for Final Completion of the Work in accordance 23 with Section 01720. 24 25 B. Survey data shall be submitted in digital electronic format as specified in 26 Section 01720. 27 28 1.08 CONTRACTOR'S DAILY REPORTS 29 30 A. The Contractor shall furnish the Owner's construction manager with one (1) 31 copy of each of the Contractor's daily report. These reports shall include, at 32 a minimum, the following: 33 34 1. The number of craftsmen and hours worked by each Subcontractor 35 36 2. The number and hours worked by each trade 37 38 3. The number and hours worked of each type of equipment 39 40 4. A description of work activities performed 41 42 5. A description of any material or equipment deliveries 43 44 6. Description of obstructions encountered 45 46 7. Temperature and weather conditions 47 SUBMITTALS 01300-3 09/01/16 1 8. Testing and start-ups performed 2 3 9. Training conducted 4 5 10. Water quality monitoring activities and turbidity readings 6 7 The daily reports shall be submitted to the Owner's construction manager at 8 weekly intervals in a format that has been approved by the Engineer. 9 10 Information provided on the daily report shall not constitute NOTICE of delay 11 or any other Notice required by the Contract Documents. Notice shall be as 12 required therein. 13 14 1.09 LAYOUT DATA 15 16 A. Contractor shall keep neat and legible notes of measurements and 17 calculations made by him in connection with the layout of the Work. Copies 18 of such data shall be furnished to the Engineer for use in checking. 19 20 B. Contractor's layout as provided under Lines and Grades. All such data 21 considered of value to Owner will be transmitted to Owner by Engineer with 22 other records upon completion of the Work. 23 24 PART II — PRODUCT 25 (Not Used) 26 27 PART III — EXECUTION 28 (Not Used) 29 30 31 END OF SECTION SUBMITTALS 01300-4 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 01310 2 3 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES 4 5 PART I - GENERAL 6 7 1.01 GENERAL 8 9 A. Construction under this contract must be coordinated to assure that 10 construction is completed within the time allowed by the Contract Documents. 11 The Contractor will also coordinate his activities with the other contractors to 12 allow orderly and timely completion of all the work. 13 14 B. All construction schedules shall be of the critical path method, bar chart type, 15 and shall be prepared using SURETRACK, PRIMAVERA P3, or equal. 16 17 1.02 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULING GENERAL PROVISIONS 18 19 A. Within 15 calendar days after the issuance of the Notice of Award, the 20 Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Engineer a preliminary construction 21 progress schedule. The schedule shall contain a sufficient number of tasks 22 such that no single task has a value that exceeds 1.5% of the total Contract 23 Amount. Partial payments will not be approved until an acceptable 24 construction progress schedule has been approved by the Engineer. 25 26 B. The schedule shall be updated monthly reflecting the approved baseline 27 schedule and the Contractor's progress on each activity. No progress 28 payment will be approved until the updated schedule is submitted and 29 approved by the Engineer. 30 31 C. Night work may be established by the Contractor as regular procedure only 32 with the prior written permission of the Owner. Such permission, however, 33 may be revoked at any time by the Owner if the Contractor fails to maintain 34 adequate equipment and supervision for the proper execution and control of 35 the work at night. 36 37 D. The Contractor shall designate an authorized representative of his firm who 38 shall be responsible for development and maintenance of the schedule and of 39 progress and payment reports. This representative of the Contractor shall 40 have direct project control and complete authority to act on behalf of the 41 Contractor in fulfilling the commitments of the Contractor's schedule. 42 43 1.03 PROGRESS OF THE WORK 44 45 A. The work shall be executed with such progress as may be required to prevent 46 any delay to the general completion of the work. The work shall be executed 47 at such times and in or on such parts of the project, and with such forces, ' CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES 01310-1 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 materials and equipment to assure completion of the work in the time I 2 established by the Contract. 3 4 B. If the Contractor for his convenience and at his own expense, should desire to I 5 carry on his work at night or outside regular hours, he shall submit written 6 notice to the Engineer and he shall allow ample time for satisfactory 7 arrangements to be made for inspecting the work in progress. The Contractor 8 shall reimburse the Owner for extra inspection required for work outside 1 9 regular hours. The Contractor shall Tight the different parts of the project as 10 required to comply with all applicable Federal and State regulations and with 11 all applicable requirements of the municipality in which the work is being done. ' 12 13 PART II - PROGRESS SCHEDULE SUBMITTALS 14 15 2.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 16 17 A. As required within the General Conditions, the Contractor shall submit a critical I 18 path progress schedule as described herein. The schedule shall take into 19 considerations all work phasing and restrictions as specified elsewhere in the 20 Contract Documents. I 21 22 B. The critical path progress schedule requirement will consist of a detailed 23 schedule, monthly status reports (Monthly Reports), a start-up schedule, and I 24 revisions to the schedules and analyses as described. The planning, 25 scheduling, management and execution of the work are the sole 26 responsibilities of the Contractor. The progress schedule shall allow Engineer 27 to review Contractor's planning, scheduling, management and execution of the I 28 work; to assist Engineer in evaluating work progress and make progress 29 payments; to allow other contractors to cooperate and coordinate their 30 activities with those of the Contractor; and to provide Owner with information 1 31 about "construction schedule" and "cumulative outlay schedule." 32 33 C. Engineer's review of the schedule submittals shall not relieve Contractor from 34 responsibility for any deviations from the Contract Documents unless 35 Contractor has in writing called Engineer's attention to such deviations at the 36 time of submission and Engineer has given written concurrence to the specific I 37 deviations, nor shall any concurrence by Engineer relieve Contractor from 38 responsibility for errors and omissions in the submittals. 39 I 40 D. Float or slack time is not for the exclusive benefit of the Owner, the Engineer or 41 the Contractor. Extensions of time for performance, as specified in the 42 General Conditions, will be granted only to the extent that equitable time 43 adjustments for the network activity, or activities affected, exceed the total float 44 or slack time along the affected network paths, as shown in the precedence 45 diagram and computer printout report in effect at the instant of either (a) a 46 notice to proceed with a change, or (b) a notice of suspension of work or 47 possession, or (c) detection of a subsequently acknowledged differing site CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES 111 01310-2 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 condition, or (d) occurrence of cause for an excusable delay. Further, use of 2 float time in the schedule, or the allocation of float time to activities by means 3 of special logic restraints or imposed dates, shall be shared to the benefit of 4 Owner, Engineer, Contractor, and his subcontractors and suppliers in 5 proportion of their scope of responsibilities. Excessive use of float time to the 6 detriment of succeeding activities may be cause for denying an extension of 7 time if it can be demonstrated that the float along the network paths affected at 8 the instant of the delaying condition would have been larger than the delay had 9 it not been for the excessive and unreasonable float usage in violation of the 10 sharing concept required by this Specification. 11 12 E. Engineer's review of the schedule submittals shall be only for conformance 13 with the information given in the Contract Documents and shall not extend to 14 the means, methods, sequences and techniques or procedures of construction 15 or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. Engineer's review of the 16 schedule submittals will be predicated on a Contractor's stamp of approval 17 signed off by Contractor. Contractor's stamp of approval on any schedule 18 submittals shall constitute a representation to Owner and Engineer that 19 Contractor, has either determined or verified all data on the submittal, or 20 assumes full responsibility for doing so, and that Contractor and his 21 subcontractors and suppliers have reviewed and coordinated the sequences 22 shown in the submittal with the requirements of the work under the Contract 23 Documents. 24 25 2.02 SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS 26 27 A. Graphic network diagrams shall be on a time -scaled precedence network 28 format. The graphic network diagram shall include the following format: 29 30 1. Description of each activity, or restraint, shall be brief but convey the 31 scope of work described. 32 33 2. Activities shall identify all items of work that must be accomplished to 34 achieve substantial completion, or any interim substantial completion, 35 such as the major disciplines of work; items pertaining to the approval 36 of regulatory agencies; contractor's time required for submittals, 37 fabrication and deliveries; the time required by Engineer to review all 38 submittals as set forth in the Contract Documents; items of work 39 required of Owner to support pre -operational and start-up testing; time 40 required for the relocation of utilities. Activities shall also identify 41 interface milestones with the work of other contract work under 42 separate contracts with Owner. 43 44 3. Any activities not shown on the graphic network diagram shall be 45 considered to have no effect on the Contractor's ability to achieve 46 substantial completion, or interim substantial completion, within the 47 Contract Time. Any delays to activities that do not appear in the CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES 01310-3 09/01/16 1 concurred detailed schedule shall give rise only to non -prejudicial 2 delays. Attempts to impose after -the -fact logic constraints where none 3 existed previously to justify time extensions will not be permitted. 4 5 4. Activity durations shall be in whole working days. 6 7 5. Graphic diagrams shall be time -scaled and sequenced by work areas. 8 The Diagram of Activities shall show numerical values for total float and 9 be shown on their early schedules. The diagram shall be neat and 10 legible and submitted on sheets no larger than 24 inches by 36 inches 11 on a medium suitable for reproduction. 12 13 B. Printout reports shall contain the following data for each activity or restraint: 14 15 1. Activity identification, activity description, activity duration, activity 16 man -days, computed or specified early start date, computed early finish 17 date, computed late start date, computed or specified late finish date, 18 and total float and free float. 19 20 2. Five separate reports shall be provided, including all activities and 21 restraints, and shall be submitted monthly as follows: 22 23 a. Activity, sort by early start dates in order of ascending numbers. 24 b. Activity, sort by department. 25 c. Float report, in order of ascending total float values. 26 d. Successor/predecessor report. 27 28 PART III - EXECUTION 29 30 3.01 DETAILED SCHEDULE SUBMITTAL 31 32 A. Submittal shall include a time -scaled graphic diagram showing all Contract 33 activities, computer printout reports, and a supporting narrative. The initial 34 Detailed Schedule submittal shall be delivered within 10 calendar days after 35 the Notice to Proceed, and shall use the Notice to Proceed as the "data date". 36 Upon receipt of Engineer's comments, Contractor shall meet with Engineer 37 and discuss an appraisal and evaluation of the proposed work plan. 38 Necessary revisions resulting from this review shall be made by Contractor 39 and the detailed schedule resubmitted within 15 calendar days after the 40 meeting. The re -submittal, if agreed to by the Owner, and unless 41 subsequently changed with the concurrence of or at the direction of Owner, 42 shall be the work plan to be used by the Contractor for planning, scheduling, 43 managing and executing the work. If Contractor fails to provide an acceptable 44 Detailed Schedule submittal, he will be deemed not to have provided a basis 45 upon which progress may be evaluated, which will further constitute reasons 46 for refusing to recommend payment. 47 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES 01310-4 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 B. The graphic diagram shall be formatted in accordance with Article 2.02(A) 2 above. The diagram shall include (1) all detailed activities grouped by major 3 areas of work. The critical path activities shall be identified, including critical 4 paths for interim dates, if applicable, by clearly highlighting the path on the 5 graphics diagram. 6 7 C. This submittal shall include five copies of the graphic diagram, the printout 8 reports and the narrative, in accordance with Article 2.02 of these scheduling 9 requirements. 10 11 D. The narrative shall include sufficient data to explain the basis of Contractor's 12 determination of durations, describe the contract conditions and restraints 13 plugged into the schedule, and provide a "what -if' analysis pertaining to 14 potential problems and practical steps to mitigate them. Should Engineer 15 require additional data, this information shall be supplied by Contractor within 16 ten calendar days. 17 18 3.02 MONTHLY STATUS REPORTS 19 20 A. Beginning with the first month, and every month thereafter, Contractor shall 21 submit to Engineer, with each request for payment, a Monthly Status Report 22 (based on the Detailed Schedule) with data as of the last day of the pay 23 period. The monthly Status Report shall include a revised copy of the currently 24 accepted graphic diagram, computer printouts and a narrative. The Monthly 25 Status Report will be reviewed by the Engineer. The Contractor will address 26 the Engineer's comments in the subsequent Monthly Status Report. If 27 Contractor fails to provide acceptable Monthly Status Reports, he will be 28 deemed not to have provided a basis upon which progress may be evaluated, 29 which will be reason for refusing to recommend progress payments. 30 31 B. The revised diagram shall show, for the currently accepted detailed diagram, 32 percentages of completion for all activities, actual start and finish dates, and 33 remaining durations, as appropriate. Activities not previously included in the 34 currently accepted detailed schedule shall be added, except that contractual 35 dates will not be changed except by Change Order. Review of a revised 36 diagram by the Engineer will not be construed to constitute concurrence with 37 the time frames, duration, or sequencing for such added activities; instead the 38 corresponding data as ultimately incorporated into an appropriate change 39 order shall govern. 40 41 C. The narrative shall include the information shown in the following outline in a 42 narrative form: 43 44 1. Construction progress (refer to activity number in the Detailed 45 Schedule) including: 46 47 a. Activities completed this reporting period; CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES 01310-5 09/01/16 1 b. Activities in progress this reporting period; 2 c. Activities scheduled to commence next reporting period. 3 4 2. Description of problem areas 5 6 3. Current and anticipated delays 7 8 a. Cause of the delay; 9 b. Corrective action and schedule adjustments to correct the delay; 10 c. Impact of the delay on other activities, on milestones, and on 11 completion dates. 12 13 4. Changes in construction sequence 14 15 5. Pending items and status thereof 16 17 a. Permits 18 b. Change Orders 19 c. Time extensions 20 d. Other 21 22 6. Contract completion date status 23 24 a. Ahead of schedule and number of days 25 b. Behind schedule and number of days 26 27 3.03 REVISIONS 28 29 A. All revised Detailed Schedule submittals shall be in the same form and detail 30 as the initial submittal and shall be accompanied by an explanation of the 31 reasons for such revisions, all of which shall be subject to review by Engineer. 32 The revision shall incorporate all previously made changes to reflect current 33 as -built conditions. Minor changes to the submittal may be reviewed at 34 monthly meetings. Changes to activities having adequate float shall be 35 considered a minor change. 36 37 B. A revised detailed work plan submittal shall be submitted for review, when 38 required by Engineer, for one of the following reasons: 39 40 1. Owner or Engineer directs a change that affects the date(s) specified in 41 the Agreement or alters the length of a critical path. 42 43 2. Contractor elects to change any sequence of activities so as to affect a 44 critical path of the currently accepted detailed schedule documents. 45 46 C. lf, prior to agreement on an equitable adjustment to the Contract Time, 47 Engineer requires revisions to the Detailed Schedule in order to evaluate CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES 01310-6 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 planned progress, Contractor shall provide an interim revised submittal for 2 review with change effect(s) incorporated as directed. Approved interim 3 revisions to the documents will be incorporated during the first subsequent 4 Monthly Status Report. 5 6 3.04 START-UP SCHEDULE SUBMITTALS 7 8 A. At least 90 calendar days prior to the date of Substantial Completion, 9 Contractor shall submit a time -scaled (days after notice to proceed) graphic 10 diagram detailing the work to take place in the period between 60 days prior to 11 Substantial Completion, together with a supporting narrative. Engineer shall 12 have 10 calendar days after receipt of the submittal to respond. Upon receipt 13 of Engineer's comments, Contractor shall make the necessary revisions and 14 submit the revised schedule within ten calendar days. If Contractor fails to 15 provide acceptable Start-up Schedule Submittals, he will be deemed not to 16 have provided a basis upon which progress may be evaluated, which will be 17 reason for refusing to recommend payment. 18 19 B. The Start-up Schedule may not be combined with the Detailed Schedule. The 20 Start-up Schedule is intended to show much greater detail than the Detailed 21 Schedule for start-up activities. Typical information required includes, but is 22 not limited to, the timing of vendor representatives, pre-op testing, individual 23 equipment start-ups, Owner's training, and performance certification testing. 24 25 C. The graphic diagram shall use the currently accepted Detailed Schedule for 26 those activities completed ahead of the last 60 calendar days prior to 27 Substantial Completion, and detailed activities for the remaining 60 -day period 28 within the time frames outlined in the currently accepted Detailed Schedule. 29 30 D. Contractor will be required to continue the requirement for monthly reports, as 31 outlined in Articles 3.03 and 3.04 above. In preparing these reports, 32 Contractor must assure that the Detailed Schedule is consistent with the 33 progress noted in the Start-up Schedule. 34 35 E. In addition, Contractor will be required to submit a revised copy of the start-up 36 graphic diagram on a monthly basis with a start-up narrative. This revised 37 diagram shall highlight percentages of completion, actual start and finish 38 dates, and remaining durations as applicable. Activities not previously 39 included in the accepted detailed work plan shall be added in these submittals, 40 except that contractual dates shall not be changed except by Change Order. 41 Reviews of these submittals by Engineer will not be construed to constitute 42 concurrence with the time frames, durations or sequence of work for each 43 added activity. 44 45 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES 01310-7 09/01/16 1 3.05 CONSTRUCTION PERIOD 2 3 A. Whenever it becomes apparent from the current monthly progress evaluation 4 and updated schedule data that any milestone and/or Contract completion 5 date will not be met, the Contractor shall take appropriate action to bring the 6 work back on schedule. Actions could include: 7 8 1. Increase construction manpower in such quantities and crafts as to 9 substantially eliminate the backlog of work; 10 11 2. Increase the number of working hours per shift, shifts per work day, 12 work days per week, or the amount of construction equipment, or any 13 combination of the foregoing sufficient to substantially eliminate the 14 backlog of work; and 15 16 3. Reschedule work items to achieve concurrency of accomplishment. 17 18 B. The addition of equipment or construction forces, increasing the working hours 19 or any other method, manner, or procedure to return to the current Detailed 20 Schedule shall be at the Contractor's own cost and shall not be considered 21 justification for a Change Order or treated as an acceleration order. 22 23 24 END SECTION CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES 01310-8 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 01340 2 3 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, WORKING DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES 4 5 PART I - GENERAL 6 7 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED 8 9 A. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for review such working 10 drawings, shop drawings, test reports and data on materials and equipment 11 (hereinafter in this Section called data), and material samples (hereinafter in 12 this Section called samples) as are required for the proper control of work, 13 including but not limited to those working drawings, shop drawings, data and 14 samples for materials and equipment specified elsewhere in the 15 Specifications and in the Contract Drawings. 16 17 B. The Contractor shall note that there are specific submittal requirements in 18 other sections of these Specifications. 19 20 1.02 SHOP DRAWINGS 21 22 A. When used in the Contract Documents, the term "shop drawings" shall be 23 considered to mean Contractor's Drawings for material and equipment which 24 become an integral part of the Project. These drawings shall be complete 25 and detailed. Shop drawings shall consist of fabrication, erection and setting 26 drawings and schedule drawings, manufacturer's scale drawings, bills of 27 material, wiring and control diagrams, and inspection and test reports 28 including performance curves and certifications as applicable to the Work. 29 30 B. All details on shop drawings submitted for review shall show clearly the 31 elevations of the various parts to the main members and lines of the 32 structure and/or equipment, and where correct fabrication of the work 33 depends upon field measurements, such measurements shall be made and 34 noted on the shop drawings before being submitted for review. 35 36 C. See Shop Drawing Schedule requirements in Subparagraph 1.07 37 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY. 38 39 1.03 PRODUCT DATA 40 41 A. Product data as specified in individual sections, include, but are not 42 necessarily limited to, standard prepared data for manufactured products 43 (sometimes referred to as catalog data), such as the manufacturers product 44 specification and installation instructions, availability of colors and patterns, 45 manufacturer's printed statements of compliances and applicability, 46 roughing -in diagrams and templates, catalog cuts, product photographs, 47 standard wiring diagrams, printed performance curves and operational -range SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, WORKING DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES 01340-1 09/01/16 1 diagrams, production or quality control inspection and test reports and 2 certifications, mill reports, product operating and maintenance instructions 3 and recommended spare -parts listing storage instructions, and printed 4 product warranties, as applicable to the work. 5 6 1.04 WORKING DRAWINGS 7 8 A. When used in the Contract Documents, the term "working drawings" shall be 9 considered to mean the Contractor's Drawings for temporary structures such 10 as temporary bulkheads, support of open cut excavation, support of utilities, 11 ground water control systems, forming and falsework; for underpinning; and 12 for such other work as may be required for construction but does not become 13 an integral part of the Project. 14 15 B. Working drawings shall be signed and sealed by a registered Professional 16 Engineer, currently licensed to practice in the State and shall convey, or be 17 accompanied by, calculations or other sufficient information to completely 18 explain the structure, machine, or system described and its intended manner 19 of use. Prior to commencing such work, working drawings must have been 20 reviewed without specific exceptions by the Engineer. Such review will be for 21 general conformance and will not relieve the Contractor in any way from his 22 responsibility with regard to the fulfillment of the terms of the Contract. All 23 risks of error are assumed by the Contractor; the Owner and Engineer will 24 have no responsibility therefore. 25 26 1.05 SAMPLES 27 28 A. The Contractor shall furnish, for review of the Engineer, samples required by 29 the Contract Documents or requested by the Engineer. Samples shall be 30 delivered to the Engineer as specified or directed and in quantities and sizes 31 as specified. A minimum of two samples of each item shall be submitted 32 unless otherwise specified. The Contractor shall prepay all shipping charges 33 on samples. Materials or equipment for which samples are required shall not 34 be used in work until reviewed by the Engineer. 35 36 B. Samples specified in individual sections, include, but are not necessarily 37 limited to, physical examples of the work such as sections of manufactured 38 or fabricated work, small cuts or containers of materials, complete units of 39 repetitively -used products, color/texture/pattern swatches and range sets, 40 specimens for coordination of visual effect, graphic symbols, and units of 41 work to be used by the Engineer or Owner for independent inspection and 42 testing, as applicable to the Work. 43 44 C. The Contractor shall prepare a transmittal letter for each shipment of 45 samples. He shall enclose a copy of this letter with the shipment and send a 46 copy of this letter to the Engineer. Review of a sample shall be only for the SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, WORKING DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES 01340-2 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 characteristics or use named in such review and shall not be construed to 2 change or modify any Contract requirements. 3 4 1.06 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS 5 6 A. The Contractor shall review, approve, and submit, with reasonable 7 promptness and in such sequence, so as to cause no delay in the Contract 8 Work or in the Work of the Owner or any separate contractor, all shop 9 drawings, product data, working drawings and samples required by the 10 Contract Documents. 11 12 B. The Contractor shall submit eight (8) copies of descriptive or product data 13 submittals to complement shop drawings to the Engineer. The Engineer will 14 review the submittal and return to the Contractor two (2) marked -up copies of 15 the shop drawings with the appropriate review comments. 16 17 C. Shop drawings, product data, working drawings and samples shall be 18 furnished with the following information: 19 20 1. Number and title of the drawing. 21 22 2. Date of drawing or revision. 23 24 3. Name of project building, facility or system. 25 26 4. Name of contractor, subcontractor, and manufacturer submitting 27 drawing. 28 29 5. Clear identification of contents, location of the work, and the sheet 30 numbers where the product is found in the contract drawings. 31 32 6. Contractor Certification Statement. 33 34 7. Submittal Identification Number. 35 36 8. Contract Drawing Number Reference. 37 38 D. All items specified are not necessarily intended to be a manufacturer's 39 standard product. Variations from specified items will be considered on an 40 "or equal" basis. If submittals show variations from Contract requirements 41 because of standard shop practice or for other reasons, the Contractor shall 42 describe such variations in his letter of transmittal and on the shop drawings 43 along with notification of his intent to seek contract adjustment. If 44 acceptable, proper adjustment in the Contract shall be implemented where 45 appropriate. If the Contractor fails to describe such variations he shall not be 46 relieved of the responsibility for executing the work in accordance with the 47 Contract, even though such drawings have been reviewed. Variations SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, WORKING DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES 01340-3 09/01/16 1 submitted but not described may be cause for rejection. Any variations 2 initiated by the Contractor will not be considered as an addition to the scope 3 of work unless specifically noted and then approved as such in writing by the 4 Engineer. 5 6 E. Data on materials and equipment shall include materials and equipment lists 7 giving, for each item thereon, the name and location of the supplier or 8 manufacturer, trade name, catalog reference, material, size, finish and all 9 other pertinent data. 10 11 F. For all mechanical and electrical equipment furnished, the Contractor shall 12 provide a list including the equipment name, and address and telephone 13 number of the manufacturer's representative and service company so that 14 service and/or spare parts can be readily obtained. In addition, a 15 maintenance and lubrication schedule for each piece of equipment shall be 16 submitted as specified in Section 01730. 17 18 G. The Contractor shall use the color "green" to make his remarks on the 19 Submittals. Only the Engineer will utilize the color "red" in marking 20 submittals. 21 22 1.07 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY 23 24 A. It is the duty of the Contractor to check, and coordinate with the work of all 25 trades, all drawings, data, schedules and samples prepared by or for him 26 before submitting them to the Engineer for review. Each and every copy of 27 any drawing or data sheet larger than 11"x17" shall bear Contractor's stamp 28 showing that they have been so checked and approved. Drawings or data 29 sheets 11"x17" and smaller shall be bound together in an orderly fashion and 30 bear the Contractor's stamp on the cover sheet. The cover sheet shall fully 31 describe the packaged data and include a list of all sheet numbers within the 32 package. Shop drawings submitted to the Engineer without the Contractor's 33 stamp will be returned to the Contractor, without review at the Engineer's 34 option, for conformance with this requirement. 35 36 B. The Contractor shall review shop drawings, product data, and samples prior 37 to submission to determine and verify the following: 38 39 1. Field measurements. 40 41 2. Field construction criteria. 42 43 3. Manufacturer's catalog numbers and similar data. 44 45 4. Conformance with Specifications. 46 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, WORKING DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES 01340-4 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 C. Shop drawings shall indicate any deviations in the submittal from the 2 requirements of the Contract Documents. 3 4 D. At a time decided upon at the preconstruction meeting the Contractor shall 5 furnish the Engineer a Shop Drawing schedule fixing the respective dates for 6 the initial submission of shop and working drawings, the beginning of 7 manufacture, testing and installation of materials, supplies and equipment. 8 This schedule shall be provided as a separate entity and indicate those 9 submittals that are critical to the progress schedule. The Contractor shall 10 prepare and transmit each submittal sufficiently in advance of performing the 11 related work or other applicable activities, or within the time specified in the 12 individual work sections of the Specifications, so that the installation will not 13 be delayed by processing times including disapproval and resubmittal (if 14 required), coordination with other submittals, testing, purchasing, fabrication, 15 delivery, and similar sequenced activities. No extension of time will be 16 authorized because of the Contractor's failure to transmit complete and 17 acceptable submittals sufficiently in advance of the Work. 18 19 E. The Contractor shall not begin any work affected by a submittal returned, 20 "Rejected. Revise as indicated and resubmit". Before starting this work all 21 revisions must be corrected by the Contractor. After resubmittal they will be 22 reviewed and returned to him by the Engineer. If returned marked, "No 23 exceptions noted" or "Exceptions as noted", then the Contractor may begin 24 this work. Any corrections made to the shop drawings are to be followed 25 without exception. 26 27 F. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer all shop drawings and data 28 sufficiently in advance of construction requirements to provide no Tess than 29 twenty-one (21) calendar days for review from the time the Engineer receives 30 them. 31 32 G. The Contractor shall be responsible for and bear all cost of damages which 33 may result from the ordering of any material or from proceeding with any part 34 of work prior to review by the Engineer of the necessary shop drawings. 35 36 H. All shop drawings, product data, working drawings and samples submitted by 37 subcontractors for review shall be sent directly to the Contractor for checking. 38 The Contractor shall be responsible for their submission according to the 39 approved shop drawing schedule so as to prevent delays in delivery of 40 materials and project completion. 41 42 I. The Contractor shall check all subcontractor's shop drawings, product data, 43 working drawings and samples regarding measurements, size of members, 44 materials, and details to satisfy himself that they are in conformance to the 45 Contract Documents. Shop drawings found to be inaccurate or otherwise in 46 error shall be returned to the subcontractors for correction before submission 47 to the Engineer. SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, WORKING DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES 01340-5 09/01/16 1 1 1 I 2 1.08 ENGINEER'S REVIEW OF SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, WORKING 3 DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES 4 I 5 A. The Engineer's review is for general conformance with the design concept 6 and contract drawings. Markings or comments shall not be construed as 7 relieving the Contractor from compliance with the Contract Drawings and 8 Specifications or from departures therefrom. The Contractor remains 1 9 responsible for details and accuracy, for coordinating the work with all other 10 associated work and trades, for selecting fabrication processes, for 11 techniques of assembly, and for performing work in a safe manner. I 12 13 B. The review of shop drawings, data, and samples will be general. They shall 14 not be construed: I 15 16 1. As permitting any departure from the Contract requirements; 17 I 18 2. As relieving the Contractor of responsibility for any errors, including 19 details, dimensions, and materials; 20 I 21 3. As approving departures from details furnished by the Engineer, 22 except as otherwise provided herein. 23 I 24 C. If the shop drawings, data or samples as submitted describe variations per 25 subparagraph (1.07H), and show a departure from the Contract requirements 26 which Engineer finds to be in the interest of the Owner and to be so minor as I 27 not to involve a change in Contract Price or time for performance, the 28 Engineer may return the reviewed drawings without noting an exception. 29 30 D. Submittals will be returned to the Contractor under one of the following: I 31 32 "NO EXCEPTIONS NOTED" is assigned when there are no notations or 33 comments on the submittal. When returned under this code the Contractor I 34 may release the equipment and/or material for manufacture. 35 36 "EXCEPTIONS AS NOTED" is assigned when notations or comments have I 37 been made on the submittal pointing out minor discrepancies as compared 38 with the Contract Documents. Resubmittal or confirmation is not necessary 39 prior to release for manufacturing. I 40 41 "EXCEPTIONS AS NOTED/CONFIRM." This combination of codes is 42 assigned when a confirmation of the notations and comments is required by I 43 the Contractor. The Contractor may release the equipment or material for 44 manufacture; however, all notations and comments must be incorporated 45 into the final product. This confirmation is to address the omissions and/or I 46 nonconforming items that were noted. Only the items to be "confirmed" need 47 to be resubmitted. SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, WORKING DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES I 01340-6 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 "EXCEPTIONS AS NOTED/RESUBMIT." This combination of codes is 3 assigned when a resubmittal is required by the Contractor. The Contractor 4 may release a portion of the equipment or material for manufacture; 5 however, all notations and comments must be incorporated into the final 6 submittal. This resubmittal is to address the omissions and/or 7 nonconforming items that were noted. 8 9 "REJECTED. REVISE AS INDICATED AND RESUBMIT." This combination 10 of codes is assigned when the submittal is in noncompliance with the 11 Contract Documents and must be corrected and the entire package 12 resubmitted. This code generally means that the equipment or material 13 cannot be released for manufacture unless the Contractor takes full 14 responsibility for providing the submitted items in accordance with Contract 15 Documents. 16 17 "FOR YOUR INFORMATION" is assigned when the package provides 18 information of a general nature that may or may not require a response. 19 20 E. Resubmittals will be handled in the same manner as first submittals. On 21 resubmittals the Contractor shall direct specific attention, in writing, on the 22 letter of transmittal and on resubmitted shop drawings by use of revision 23 triangles or other similar methods, to revisions other than the corrections 24 requested by the Engineer on previous submissions. Any such revisions 25 which are not clearly identified shall be made at the risk of the Contractor. 26 The Contractor shall make corrections to any work done because of this type 27 revision that is not in accordance to the Contract Documents as may be 28 required by the Engineer. 29 30 F. If the Contractor considers any correction indicated on the shop drawings to 31 constitute a change to the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall give 32 written notice thereof to the Engineer at least seven (7) working days prior to 33 release for manufacture. 34 35 G. The Engineer will review each original submittal and the first re -submittal of 36 Shop Drawings, product data and samples. Further reviews of subsequent 37 re -submittals shall be charged to the Contractor at a rate of $150.00 per 38 hour. 39 40 H. When the shop drawings have been completed to the satisfaction of the 41 Engineer, the Contractor shall carry out the construction in accordance 42 therewith and shall make no further changes therein except upon written 43 instructions from the Engineer. 44 45 I. Partial submittals may not be reviewed. The Engineer will be the only judge 46 as to the completeness of a submittal. Submittals not complete will be 47 returned to the Contractor. The Engineer may at his option provide a list or SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, WORKING DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES 01340-7 09/01/16 1 1 1 mark the submittal directing the Contractor to the areas that are incomplete. 2 3 4 PART II — PRODUCTS 5 (NOT USED) 6 7 PART III — EXECUTION 8 (NOT USED) 9 10 11 END OF SECTION 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, WORKING DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES 01340-8 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 01370 2 3 SCHEDULE OF VALUES 4 5 PART I — GENERAL 6 7 1.01 DESCRIPTION 8 9 A. Scope of Work: 10 11 1. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a proposed Schedule of 12 Values allocated to the various lump sum price items of the Work, 13 within ten (10) days after the issuance of the Notice to Proceed. 14 15 2. Upon request of the Engineer, the Contractor shall support the 16 Schedule of Values with data that shall substantiate their correctness. 17 18 3. The Schedule of Values will be used by the Owner and Engineer for 19 the purpose of reviewing lump sump price items and Payment 20 Applications. 21 22 1.02 FORM AND CONTENT OF SCHEDULE OF VALUES 23 24 A. The Schedule of Values shall be typed on 8-1/2 inch x 11 -inch white 25 paper; Contractor's standard forms and computer printout will be 26 considered for approval by the Engineer upon Contractor's request. The 27 schedule shall identify: 28 29 1. Project name and location 30 2. Project number 31 3. Name and address of Contractor 32 4. Engineer's name 33 5. Date of submission 34 35 B. The Schedule of Values shall list the installed value of the component part 36 of the Work in sufficient detail to serve as a basis for computing values for 37 partial payments during construction. 38 39 C. Each line item shall be identified with the number and title of the 40 respective major section of the Specifications. 41 42 D. For each major line item, the Schedule of Values shall list sub -values of 43 major products or operations under the item. 44 45 46 47 SCHEDULE OF VALUES 01370 - 1 09/01/16 1 1.03 SUB -SCHEDULE OF UNIT MATERIAL VALUES 2 3 A. The Contractor shall submit a Sub -Schedule of Unit Material Values, 4 including costs and quantities, for products on which partial payments will 5 be requested for stored products. 6 7 B. The form of submittal shall parallel that of the Schedule of Values, with 8 each item identified the same as the line item in the Schedule of Values. 9 10 C. The unit quantity for bulk materials shall include an allowance for normal 11 waste. 12 13 D. The unit values for the materials shall be broken down into: 14 15 1. Cost of the material, delivered and unloaded at the site, with taxes 16 paid. 17 2. Copies of paid invoices for component material shall be included 18 with the payment request in which the material first appears. 19 20 E. The installed unit value multiplied by the quantity listed shall equal the cost 21 of that item in the Schedule of Values. 22 23 1.04 REVIEW AND RESUBMITTAL 24 25 A. After review by Engineer and Owner, the Contractor shall revise and 26 resubmit the Schedule of Values and Sub -Schedule of Unit Material 27 Values as required. 28 29 B. The Contractor shall resubmit revised schedules in the same manner. 30 31 PART II — PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 32 33 PART III — EXECUTION (NOT USED) 34 35 36 END OF SECTION SCHEDULE OF VALUES 01370 - 2 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 01380 2 3 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS 4 5 PART I — GENERAL 6 7 1.01 REQUIREMENTS 8 9 A. The Contractor shall employ a competent photographer to take pre and post 10 construction record photographs. All photos shall be taken in a manner with 11 minimum distortion and high resolution and sharpness. 12 13 1.02 PHOTOGRAPHY REQUIRED 14 15 A. Pre -construction photographs shall be taken in strict conformance with this 16 Section and shall be furnished to the Owner and Engineer prior to any 17 excavation work. 18 19 B. Pre and post construction photographs shall be taken to include the 20 following: 21 22 1. All Right-of-ways areas; 23 2. All asphalt paved areas; 24 3. All concrete driveways and sidewalks; 25 4. All private properties where sewer lateral and septic tank 26 abandonment is to be performed, a minimum of twenty (20) 27 photographs shall be taken no sooner than 30 days prior to work 28 being performed and no later than two (2) weeks prior to work 29 being performed and shall include the following at minimum: 30 31 a. The driveway and driveway apron 32 b. Each side of the house 33 c. The back of the house 34 d. The front of the house 35 e. Alignment of proposed sewer lateral 36 37 5. Completion of site restoration and landscaping. 38 6. Installation of equipment and facilities as directed by the Engineer. 39 7. All wetlands, both pre- and post -construction at each wetland. 40 41 C. Digital Photos: 42 43 1. All photographs are to be color digital, compiled on CD-ROM or 44 DVD, and provided with a description index of the images with 45 dates. 46 2. Filenames of photos on private property photos shall be named 47 with the street address of the private property. CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS 01380-1 09/01/16 1 1 1 3. All digital photos shall include the date and time on the actual 2 image. 3 4. Resolution: Color, minimum 8.0 megapixels, 3264 x 2448 4 5. File Format: JPG. 5 6 D. The Owner and Engineer reserves the right to request additional photos 7 be taken upon review of the photos submitted by the Contractor. 8 9 PART II — PRODUCTS - (NOT USED) 10 11 12 PART III — EXECUTION (NOT USED) 13 14 15 16 END OF SECTION 1 1 1 1 1 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS 01380-2 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 01385 2 3 COLOR AUDIO -VIDEO CONSTRUCTION RECORDS 4 5 PART I — GENERAL 6 7 1.01 DESCRIPTION 8 9 A. Scope 10 11 The Contractor shall prepare color audio/video DVDs of all work areas within 12 21 days of the Notice to Proceed. 13 14 B. Requirements Included 15 16 Prior to commencing work, the Contractor shall have a continuous color 17 audio/video DVD recording taken along the entire length of the Project 18 including all affected project areas. Streets, easements, rights -of way, lots or 19 construction sites within the Project must be recorded to serve as a record of 20 pre -construction conditions. One copy of DVD recordings and video log will 21 be submitted to the Owner and one copy to the Engineer. The Engineer will 22 designate those areas, if any, to be omitted from or added to the audio-visual 23 coverage. All DVDs and written records will become property of the Owner. 24 25 C. Scheduling 26 27 No construction shall begin prior to review and approval of the DVDs 28 covering the Project construction area(s) by the Engineer. The Engineer and 29 Owner will have the authority to reject all or any portion of video DVD not 30 conforming to specifications and order that it be redone at no additional 31 charge. The Contractor shall reschedule unacceptable coverage within 32 seven days after being notified. DVD recordings shall not be made more 33 than 21 days after Notice to Proceed. 34 35 D. Videographer Qualifications 36 37 The Contractor shall engage the services of a professional videographer 38 known to be skilled and regularly engaged in the business of preconstruction 39 color audio -video DVD documentation. The videographer, through the 40 Contractor, shall furnish to the Engineer a list of all equipment to be used for 41 the audio -video recording, i.e., manufacturer's name, model number, 42 specifications and other pertinent information. 43 44 Additional information to be furnished by the videographer is the names and 45 addresses of two references that the videographer has performed color 46 audio -video recording on projects of a similar nature within the last 12 47 months. Engineer's approval of the selected videographer is required prior to COLOR AUDIO -VIDEO CONSTRUCTION RECORDS 01385-1 09/01/16 1 taking first audio -video DVD. 2 3 E. Equipment 4 5 The Contractor shall furnish all equipment, accessories, materials and labor 6 to perform this service. The total audio -video system shall reproduce bright, 7 sharp, clear pictures with accurate colors and shall be free from distortion, 8 tearing, rolls or any other form of imperfection. The audio portion of the 9 recording shall reproduce the commentary of the camera operator with 10 proper volume, clarity and be free from distortion and interruptions. In some 11 instances, audio -video coverage may be required in areas not accessible by 12 conventional wheeled vehicles. Such coverage shall be obtained by walking. 13 The color video camera used in the recording shall be of Industrial Grade 14 and shall have EIA Standard NTSC type color - 1.0V 75 OHMS. Video 15 output from camera shall be capable of horizontal resolution of 350 lines at 16 center and utilize a minimum of 8:1 zoom with a 2/3 Newvicon tube or CCD 17 pick-up element for optimum color imagery plus minimum lag through of one 18 foot candle. The recording shall be made with Industrial Grade recorder. 19 The recordings shall be high resolution, extended still frame capable, in 20 color. The recorded video DVDs shall be compatible for playback with any 21 American TV Standard DVD player. 22 23 F. Recorded Information, Audio 24 25 Each DVD shall begin with the current date, project name and be followed by 26 the general location, i.e., viewing side and direction of progress. 27 Accompanying the video recording of each video DVD shall be a 28 corresponding and simultaneously recorded audio recording. This audio 29 recording, exclusively containing the commentary of the camera operator or 30 aide, shall assist in viewer orientation and in any needed identification, 31 differentiation, clarification, or objective description of the features being 32 shown in the video portion of the recording. The audio recording shall also 33 be free from any conversations. 34 35 G. Recorded Information, Video 36 37 All video recordings must continuously display transparent digital information 38 to include the date and time of recording. The date information shall contain 39 the month, day and year. The time information shall contain the hour, 40 minutes and seconds. Additional information shall be displayed periodically. 41 Such information shall include, but not be limited to, project name, contract 42 number, direction of travel and the viewing side. This transparent 43 information shall appear on the extreme upper left hand third of the screen. 44 Camera pan, tilt, zoom -in and zoom -out rates shall be sufficiently controlled 45 such that recorded objects will be clearly viewed during video DVD playback. 46 In addition, all other camera and recording system controls, such as lens 47 focus and aperture, video level, pedestal, chrome, white balance, and COLOR AUDIO -VIDEO CONSTRUCTION RECORDS 01385-2 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 electrical focus shall be properly controlled or adjusted to maximize picture 2 quality. The construction documentation shall be recorded in SP mode. 3 4 H. Viewer Orientation 5 6 The audio and video portions of the recording shall maintain viewer 7 orientation. To this end, overall establishing views of all visible house and 8 business addresses shall be utilized. In areas where the proposed 9 construction location will not be readily apparent to the video DVD viewer, 10 highly visible yellow flags shall be placed, by the Contractor, in such a 11 fashion as to clearly indicate the proposed centerline of construction. When 12 conventional wheeled vehicles are used as conveyances for the recording 13 system, the vertical distance between the camera lens and the ground shall 14 not exceed 10 feet. The camera shall be firmly mounted such that transport 15 of the camera during the recording process will not cause an unsteady 16 picture. 17 18 I. Lighting 19 20 All recording shall be done during time of good visibility. No recording shall 21 be done during precipitation, mist or fog. The recording shall only be done 22 when sufficient sunlight is present to properly illuminate the subjects of 23 recording and to produce bright, sharp video recordings of those subjects. 24 25 J. Speed of Travel 26 27 The average rate of travel during a particular segment of coverage shall be 28 directly proportional to the number, size and value of the surface features 29 within that construction areas zone of influence. The rate of speed in the 30 general direction of travel of the vehicle used during recording shall not 31 exceed 44 feet per minute. 32 33 K. Video Log/Index 34 35 All video DVDs shall be permanently labeled and shall be properly identified 36 by video DVD number and project title. Each video DVD shall have a printed 37 log of that video DVD's contents. The log shall describe the various chapters 38 of coverage contained on the video DVD in terms of the names of the streets 39 or location of easements, coverage beginning and end, directions of 40 coverage, video unit counter numbers, engineering survey or coordinate 41 values (if reasonably available) and the date. This log shall correspond 42 directly to the information displayed on the title screen of the video DVD as 43 described below. 44 45 Each video DVD shall contain a title screen that clearly describes the 46 contents of each chapter on the video DVD. The chapters shall be divided to 47 allow the Engineer the ability to locate a particular area of the project and COLOR AUDIO -VIDEO CONSTRUCTION RECORDS 01385-3 09/01/16 1 shall correspond directly to the printed video log. 2 3 L. Area of Coverage 4 5 DVD coverage shall include all surface features located within the zone of 6 influence of construction supported by appropriate audio coverage. Such 7 coverage shall include, but not be limited to, existing driveways, sidewalks, 8 curbs, pavements, drainage system features, mailboxes, landscaping, 9 culverts, fences, signs, Contractor staging areas, adjacent structures, etc., 10 within the area covered by the project. Of particular concern shall be the 11 existence of any faults, fractures, or defects. DVD coverage shall be limited 12 to one side of the site, street, easement or right-of-way at any one time. 13 14 M. Costs of Video Services 15 16 The cost to complete the requirements under this section shall be included in 17 the contract items provided in the Bid Form. There is no separate pay item 18 for this work. 19 20 PART II — PRODUCTS 21 (NOT USED) 22 23 PART III — EXECUTION 24 (NOT USED) 25 26 27 END OF SECTION COLOR AUDIO -VIDEO CONSTRUCTION RECORDS 01385-4 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 01410 2 3 TESTING AND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 4 5 PART I - GENERAL 6 7 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED 8 9 A. The Contractor shall employ and pay for the services of an Owner approved 10 independent testing laboratory to perform the geotechnical testing (soil and 11 roadway materials density testing and concrete testing) specifically indicated 12 on the Contract Documents or specified in the Specifications. The Owner 13 may at any other time elect to have materials and equipment tested for 14 conformity with the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall pay for all 15 testing. 16 17 1. Contractor shall cooperate with the laboratory to facilitate the 18 execution of its required services. 19 20 2. Employment of the laboratory shall in no way relieve Contractor's 21 obligations to perform the Work of the Contract. 22 23 B. Contractor shall perform and pay for all other testing required in the 24 specifications. 25 26 1.02 LIMITATIONS OF AUTHORITY OF TESTING LABORATORY 27 28 A. Laboratory is not authorized to: 29 30 1. Release, revoke, alter or enlarge on requirements of Contract 31 Documents. 32 33 2. Approve or accept any portion of the Work. 34 35 3. Perform any duties of the Contractor. 36 37 1.03 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES 38 39 A. Cooperate with laboratory personnel; provide access to Work and to 40 Manufacturer's operations. 41 42 B. Secure and deliver to the laboratory adequate quantities of representational 43 samples of materials proposed to be used and which require testing. 44 45 C. Provide to the laboratory the preliminary design mix proposed to be used for 46 concrete, and other materials mixes that require control by the testing 47 laboratory. ' TESTING AND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 01410-1 09/01/16 1 1 2 D. Materials and equipment used in the performance of work under this 3 Contract are subject to inspection and testing at the point of manufacture or 4 fabrication. Standard specifications for quality and workmanship are 5 indicated in the Contract Documents. The Engineer may require the 6 Contractor to provide statements or certificates from the manufacturers and 7 fabricators that the materials and equipment provided by them are 8 manufactured or fabricated in full accordance with the standard 9 specifications for quality and workmanship indicated in the Contract 10 Documents. All costs of this testing and providing statements and 11 certificates shall be a subsidiary obligation of the Contractor, and no extra 12 charge to the Owner shall be allowed on account of such testing and 13 certification. 14 15 E. Furnish incidental labor and facilities: 16 17 1. To provide access to work to be tested. 18 19 2. To obtain and handle samples at the Project site or at the source of 20 the product to be tested. 21 22 3. To facilitate inspections and tests. 23 24 4. For storage and curing of test samples. 25 26 F. Notify laboratory sufficiently in advance (minimum 48 hours) of operations to 27 allow for laboratory assignment of personnel and scheduling of tests. 28 29 1. When tests or inspections cannot be performed after such notice, 30 reimburse Owner for laboratory personnel and travel expenses 31 incurred due to Contractor's negligence. 32 33 G. Employ and pay for the services of the same or a separate, equally qualified 34 independent testing laboratory to perform additional inspections, sampling 35 and testing required for the Contractor's convenience and as approved by 36 the Engineer. 37 38 1.04 TESTING FREQUENCY REQUIREMENTS SANITARY AND STORM SEWERS 39 40 41 A. Sanitary Sewer Manholes 42 43 1. One density test beneath each manhole prior to placement of No. 57 44 stone. Density tests beneath manholes shall be completed for work in 45 both City of Clearwater Right -of -Way and Pinellas County Right -of - 46 Way. 47 TESTING AND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 01410-2 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 B. The testing frequency requirements described herein shall be for all work 2 within the City of Clearwater Right -of -Way. Testing frequency requirements 3 for work performed within the Pinellas County Right -of -Way shall be 4 performed in accordance with Pinellas County Minimum Testing Frequency 5 Requirements, latest edition. The Contractor shall be responsible for 6 obtaining the latest copy of the Pinellas County Minimum Testing Frequency 7 Requirements. 8 9 C. Sanitary Sewer Piping 10 11 1. One density test for each lift of backfill, beginning at the haunches of 12 the pipe. Proctor as required for each different soil type encountered; 13 at a minimum testing shall be conducted at 200 foot intervals. 14 15 D. Roadway Pavement 16 17 1. Density tests at the midpoint between manholes at the subgrade. 18 Proctors as required for each different soil type encountered. 19 20 2. Limerock base density and LBR tests at the midpoint between 21 manholes. Proctors as required. 22 23 3. For each asphalt truck delivered: asphalt temperature, Marshall 24 Stability and flow, extraction and gradation. 25 26 4. Density at the midpoint between manholes along the road. 27 28 E. The Owner and Engineer reserve the right to require additional tests. 29 30 F. The Lab technician shall notify the Contractor, the Owner's representative 31 and the Engineer upon failing results. Work shall not continue in a given 32 area until passing results are obtained. 33 34 G. The Owner and the Engineer shall be provided with copies of all test reports. 35 36 37 PART II — PRODUCTS 38 (NOT USED) 39 40 PART III — EXECUTION 41 (NOT USED) 42 43 44 END OF SECTION 45 TESTING AND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 01410-3 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 01500 2 3 TEMPORARY FACILITIES 4 5 PART I — GENERAL 6 7 1.01 SANITARY FACILITIES 8 9 A. Contractor shall furnish temporary separate male and female sanitary 10 facilities at the site, as provided herein, for the needs of all construction 11 workers and others performing work or furnishing services on the Project. 12 13 B. Sanitary facilities shall be of reasonable capacity, properly maintained 14 throughout the construction period, and obscured from public view to the 15 greatest practical extent. If toilets of the chemically treated type are used, at 16 least one toilet will be furnished for each 20 persons. Contractor shall 17 enforce the use of such sanitary facilities by all personnel at the site. 18 19 1.02 MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC 20 21 A. Contractor shall conduct his work to interfere as little as possible with public 22 travel, whether vehicular or pedestrian. Whenever it is necessary to cross, 23 obstruct, or close roads, driveways and walks, whether public or private, 24 Contractor shall provide and maintain suitable and safe bridges, detours, or 25 other temporary expedients for the accommodation of public and private 26 travel, and shall give reasonable notice to owners of private drives before 27 interfering with them. Driveway access to commercial properties shall be 28 maintained at all times. Such maintenance of traffic shall not be required 29 when Contractor has obtained permission from the owner and tenant of 30 private property, or from the authority having jurisdiction over public property 31 involved, to obstruct traffic at the designated point. At all times, the 32 Contractor shall perform the Work in accordance with the permits and 33 easement agreements. 34 35 B. Traffic control shall be in accordance with Pinellas County and the City of 36 Clearwater Roadway and Traffic Design Standards for Traffic Control 37 Through Work Zones and as shown on the Drawings. The Contractor shall 38 follow all traffic rules regulated by the local governments. 39 40 C. In making open -cut street crossings, the Contractor shall not block more than 41 one-half of the street at a time. Whenever possible, Contractor shall widen 42 the shoulder on the opposite side to facilitate traffic flow. Temporary 43 surfacing shall be provided as necessary on shoulders. 44 45 1.03 BARRICADES AND LIGHTS 46 47 A. All streets, roads, highways, and other public thoroughfares which are closed TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01500-1 09/01/16 1 to traffic shall be protected by effective barricades on which shall be placed 2 acceptable warning signs. Barricades shall be located at the nearest 3 intersecting public highway or street on each side of the blocked section. 4 5 B. All open trenches and other excavations shall have suitable barricades, 6 signs, and lights to provide adequate protection to the public. Obstructions 7 such as material piles and equipment shall be provided with similar warning 8 signs and lights. Contractor shall be responsible for public safety within the 9 construction area. 10 11 C. All barricades and obstructions shall be illuminated with warning lights from 12 sunset to sunrise. Material storage and conduct of the Work on or alongside 13 public streets and highways shall cause the minimum obstruction and 14 inconvenience to the traveling public. All barricades, signs, lights and other 15 protective devices shall be installed and maintained in conformity with 16 applicable statutory requirements and, where within railroad and highway 17 rights-of-way, as required by the authority having jurisdiction thereof. 18 19 D. Open trenches and other excavations shall not be left open overnight, over 20 weekends and holidays, or greater than one calendar day, except during 21 adverse weather conditions. 22 23 1.04 PROTECTION OF PUBLIC AND PRIVATE PROPERTY 24 25 A. Contractor shall protect, shore, brace, support, and maintain all underground 26 pipes, conduits, drains, and other underground construction uncovered or 27 otherwise affected by his construction operations. All pavement, surfacing, 28 driveways, curbs, walks, buildings, utility poles, guy wires, fences, and other 29 surface structures affected by construction operations, together with all sod 30 and shrubs in yards and parking areas, shall be restored to their original 31 condition, whether within or outside the easement. All replacements shall be 32 made with new materials. 33 34 1.05 PARKING 35 36 A. Contractor shall provide and maintain suitable parking areas for the use of all 37 construction workers and others performing work or furnishing services in 38 connection with the Project, as required to avoid any need for parking 39 personal vehicles where they may interfere with public traffic, Owner's 40 operations, or construction activities. 41 42 1.06 DUST CONTROL 43 44 A. Contractor shall take reasonable measures to prevent unnecessary dust. 45 Earth surfaces subject to dusting shall be kept moist with water or by 46 application of an approved chemical dust suppressant. Dusty materials in TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01500-2 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 piles or in transit shall be covered when practicable to prevent blowing. 2 3 B. Buildings or operating facilities that may be adversely affected by dust shall 4 be adequately protected from dust. Existing or new machinery, motors, 5 instrument panels or similar equipment, shall be protected by suitable dust 6 screens. Proper ventilation shall be included with dust screens. 7 8 1.07 SWEEPING 9 10 A. The Contractor shall sweep loose material from all pavements at the end of 11 each workday. 12 13 1.08 POLLUTION CONTROL 14 15 A. Contractor shall prevent the pollution of drains and watercourses by sanitary 16 wastes, sediment, debris and other substances resulting from construction 17 activities. No sanitary wastes will be permitted to enter any drain or 18 watercourse other than sanitary sewers. No sediment, debris or other 19 substance will be permitted to enter sanitary sewers and reasonable 20 measures will be taken to prevent such materials form entering any drain or 21 watercourse. 22 23 1.09 STORMWATER CONTROL 24 25 A. The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining stormwater flow and 26 drainage of the construction area. In cases where existing stormwater 27 structures and culverts are to be removed as part of construction, temporary 28 flow paths or bypass pumping shall be provided until the new stormwater 29 system is accepted and placed into service. 30 31 1.10 FIELD OFFICE 32 33 A. The Contractor shall furnish, install and maintain temporary field offices for 34 the Engineer and the Contractor during the entire construction period; and 35 shall furnish, install and maintain storage and work sheds needed for 36 construction. The Contractor shall remove field offices, sheds or contents no 37 sooner than two (2) weeks prior to achieving Substantial Completion of the 38 Work. 39 40 B. Prior to installation of offices, the Contractor shall consult with the Owner on 41 location, access and related facilities. 42 43 C. Construction shall: 44 45 1. Be structurally sound, weather tight, with floors raised above ground. TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01500-3 09/01/16 1 2. Have temperature transmission resistance: Compatible with 2 occupancy and storage requirements. 3 3. At Contractor's option, portable or mobile buildings may be used. 4 Mobile trailers, when used, shall be modified for office use. Mobile 5 trailers shall not be used for living quarters. 6 7 D. The Contractor shall furnish one (1) onsite temporary conference room and 8 one (1) onsite temporary Engineer's field office (located in same trailer) for 9 the Engineer. The Engineer's office shall be a minimum area of 250 ft2 and 10 the conference room shall be a minimum area of 275 ft2. The trailer area 11 shall be equipped with four (4) graveled area parking spaces, a minimum of 12 one (1) restroom facility for the Engineer. The field office shall be air 13 conditioned, equipped with standard office furniture, in addition to the 14 following equipment: 15 16 1. One (1) standard office desk (5'x3'), rolling chair with adjustable 17 height and armrest; and two (2) "visitors" standard chair 18 2. One (1) plan table (5'x3') for full size (24"x36") drawings 19 3. One vertical hanging plan holder for 24"x36" drawings 20 4. High speed (cable, DSL or equal) internet service connection for PC. 21 All ancillary wires and cables to connect PC/Printer/Scanner 22 equipment. 23 5. Two (2) Five drawer lateral file cabinets, legal size. 24 6. Direct telephone line and telephone. 25 7. Scheduling software compatible with the Contractor's scheduling 26 software as specified in Section 01310. 27 8. One (1) Hewlett-Packard laserjet (black/white) printer/copier/scanner 28 compatible with PC furnished. Printer shall be able to print letter and 29 11"x17" sized documents and network compatible. Contractor shall 30 configure PC system so as to provide printing from the Engineer's PC 31 in the Engineer's office to the printer. The printer shall be capable of 32 scanning up to 11"x17" documents and automatically converting the 33 document to a "PDF" format file and uploading the document to the 34 PC. The printer shall also be capable of copying "letter" size up to 35 11"x17" documents. 36 37 E. The conference room shall be air conditioned and equipped with the 38 following: 39 40 1. One (1) conference table, minimum dimensions of 12' x 3.5'; 41 2. Twelve (12) rolling chairs; 42 3. One (1) direct telephone line and combination phone/fax machine with 43 speaker phone capability; 44 4. One (1) microwave; 45 5. One (1) refrigerator. 46 TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01500-4 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 F. All equipment and furniture specified herein shall be new and unused. 2 Contractor shall setup and configure all PC/printer/scanner equipment on 3 one single local area network (LAN). All other hardware/software shall be 4 configured for a complete operational PC system. Contractor shall bear all 5 monthly costs for the high speed internet service connection including 6 installation costs. 7 8 G. The Contractor shall be responsible for regularly (at minimum bi-weekly) 9 maintain, clean, and service the Engineer's Field Office, restroom and 10 conference room, including daily disposal of garbage (trash), replacing ink 11 toner printer cartridges, supplying sufficient quantities of letter sized and 11" 12 x 17" printing paper and replacement of any office furniture, equipment or PC 13 components defective for the duration of the Contract time. Contractor shall 14 be responsible for maintaining the graveled parking area for the duration of 15 the Contract time. 16 17 H. The Contractor shall make all provisions and pay all installations and other 18 costs including maintenance and supplies for the Engineer's field office in 19 order to provide telephone service, internet service, power service, 20 water/sewer service and all other cost as required for the Engineer's field 21 office for the duration of construction. 22 23 1.11 COMBUSTIBLES STORAGE 24 25 A. The Contractor shall protect all combustible products and materials placed 26 on site from vehicular damage and vandalism. 27 28 B. Contractor shall submit a plan for all locations of fuel and vehicle storage 29 through the duration of the project, updated as necessary to address specific 30 phases or locations of the work. 31 32 C. There shall be no fuel storage in wetland areas. 33 34 D. Fuel storage containers shall be limited to 549 gallons or less. The 35 Contractor is solely responsible for maintaining fuel containers and ensuring 36 that all measures for protection and containment are provided as required by 37 law. 38 39 PART II — PRODUCT 40 (Not Used) 41 42 PART III — EXECUTION 43 (Not Used) 44 45 46 END OF SECTION 47 ' TEMPORARY FACILITIES 01500-5 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 01505 2 3 MOBILIZATION 4 5 PART I — GENERAL 6 7 1.01 DEFINITION AND SCOPE 8 9 A. Mobilization shall include the obtaining of all permits, insurance, and bonds; 10 moving onto the site with construction equipment; furnishing and erecting 11 temporary facilities, and other construction facilities; all as required for the 12 proper performance and completion of the Work. Mobilization shall include, 13 but not be limited to, the following principal items: 14 15 1. Move onto the site all equipment required for first month's operations. 16 17 2. Install temporary construction power, wiring, and lighting facilities. 18 19 3. Establish fire protection plan and safety program and Hurricane 20 Preparedness Plan. 21 22 4. Secure construction water supply. 23 24 5. Provide on-site sanitary facilities and potable water facilities. 25 26 6. Arrange for and erect Contractor's work and storage yard and 27 employees' parking facilities. 28 29 7. Submit all required insurance certificates and bonds. 30 31 8. Obtain all required permits. 32 33 9. Post all OSHA, Environmental Protection Agency, Department of 34 Labor, and all other required notices. 35 36 10. Have superintendent at the job site full time. 37 38 11. Submit a detailed construction schedule acceptable to the Engineer. 39 40 12. If required, erect project construction sign(s). 41 42 13. Submit a finalized schedule of values of the Work acceptable to the 43 Owner. 44 45 14. Submit a finalized schedule of submittals. 46 MOBILIZATION 01505-1 09/01/16 1 15. Construct, maintain, and restore temporary access and haul roads. 2 3 16. Provide a continuous color audio -videotape recording of existing 4 conditions. 5 6 17. Install, and maintain wooden lath station stakes (every 100 ft) on one 7 side of the project for the duration of the project. The wooden lath 8 station stakes shall be 48 inch long, Station stakes shall be removed 9 by the Contractor upon written notice of the Engineer. 10 11 PART II — PRODUCT 12 (Not Used) 13 14 PART III — EXECUTION 15 (Not Used) 16 17 18 END OF SECTION MOBILIZATION 01505-2 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 01510 2 3 TEMPORARY UTILITIES 4 5 PARTI- GENERAL 6 7 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED 8 9 A. Furnish, install and maintain temporary utilities required for construction, 10 remove on completion of Work. 11 12 1.02 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES 13 14 A. Comply with National Electric Code. 15 16 B. Comply with Federal, State and local codes and regulations and with utility 17 18 company requirements. 19 C. Comply with regulations of Health Department of the municipalities. 20 21 PART II - PRODUCTS 22 23 2.01 MATERIALS, GENERAL 24 25 A. Materials may be new or used, but must be adequate in capacity for the 26 required usage, must not create unsafe conditions, and must not violate 27 requirements of applicable codes and standards. 28 29 2.02 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY AND LIGHTING 30 31 A. Arrange with utility company and Owner to provide service required for power 32 and lighting, and pay all costs for service and for power used in the 33 construction, testing and trial operation prior to final acceptance of the work 34 by the Owner as stipulated by the Engineer. All cost associated with 35 obtaining temporary and permanent power will be at Contractor expense. 36 37 B. Provide adequate artificial lighting for all areas of work when natural light is 38 not adequate for work, and for areas accessible to the public. 39 2.03 TEMPORARY TELEPHONE AND INTERNET SERVICE 40 41 A. Arrange with local company to provide direct line telephone line and internet 42 service at the construction site for the use by personnel and employees. 43 44 45 B. Pay all costs for installation, maintenance and removal, and service charges. 46 TEMPORARY UTILITIES 01510-1 09/01/16 1 2.04 TEMPORARY WATER 2 3 A. If applicable, install at each and every connection to the Owner's water 4 supply a backflow preventer and meter meeting local requirements. This 5 does not include water for testing. 6 7 B. The Contractor shall include in its bid any cost(s) anticipated for the use of 8 temporary water facilities as a part of the construction of this project. 9 10 2.05 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES 11 12 A. Provide sanitary facilities in compliance with laws and regulations. 13 14 B. Service, clean and maintain facilities and enclosures. 15 16 PART III - EXECUTION 17 18 3.01 GENERAL 19 20 A. Maintain and operate systems to assure continuous service. 21 22 B. Modify and extend systems as work progress requires. 23 24 C. Allow the Owner and Engineer reasonable use of all temporary utilities. 25 26 3.02 REMOVAL 27 28 A. Completely remove temporary materials and equipment when their use is no 29 longer required as determined by the Engineer, but not before achieving 30 Substantial Completion. 31 32 B. Clean and repair damage caused by temporary installations or use of 33 temporary facilities. 34 35 36 END OF SECTION TEMPORARY UTILITIES 01510-2 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 01530 2 3 PROTECTION OF EXISTING FACILITIES 4 5 PART I — GENERAL 6 7 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK 8 9 A. The Contractor shall protect all existing utilities, service lines, facilities, 10 and improvements not designated for removal and restore damaged or 11 temporarily located utilities, service lines, facilities, and improvements to a 12 condition equal to or better than they were prior to such damage or 13 temporary relocation in accordance with the requirements of the Contract 14 Documents. 15 16 B. The number of exploratory excavations required shall be that number 17 sufficient to determine the alignment and depth of the existing utility or 18 facility. 19 20 C. The Contractor shall determine the exact locations and depths of all 21 existing utilities indicated on the Drawings that affect the Work. In addition 22 to those indicated, the Contractor shall make exploratory excavations of all 23 utilities including but not limited to water service lines, water meters, and 24 gas service lines. All such exploratory excavations shall be performed as 25 soon as practicable after Notice to Proceed and, in any event, a sufficient 26 time in advance of construction to avoid possible delays to the 27 Contractor's Work. 28 29 D. The Contractor's specific attention is directed to the fact that the Work of 30 this project includes work located on private property (i.e. each property 31 lot). The Contractor shall take all precautions necessary to assure that the 32 existing utilities, cable, water, internet, telephone, electric, etc. remains in 33 service during construction of the new sanitary sewer lateral from each 34 home to the gravity sewer system. The Contractor will be held liable for 35 all damages resulting from his failure to properly protect the existing 36 utilities on each property lot. 37 38 PART II — PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 39 40 PART III — EXECUTION 41 42 3.01 RIGHTS-OF-WAY 43 44 A. The Contractor shall not do any Work that would affect any oil, gas, sewer, 45 or water pipeline; any telephone, telegraph, or electric transmission line; 46 fiber optic cable; any fence; or any other structure, nor shall the Contractor ' PROTECTION OF EXISTING FACILITIES 01530-1 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 enter upon the rights-of-way or easements involved with any such utilities I 2 until the Contractor has secured authority therefore from the utility, rights - 3 of -way or easement owner, and has provided the Engineer with written 4 proof of same. After authority has been obtained, the Contractor shall 5 give said facility owner a minimum of one week's notice of the Contractor's I 6 intention to begin Work, and shall give said facility owner convenient 7 access for removing, shoring, supporting, or otherwise protecting its 8 pipeline, transmission line, ditch, fence, or structure and for replacing 1 9 same. Should two (2) or more contracts be executed at one time on the 10 same or adjacent land in such manner that work on one contract may 11 interfere with that on another, the Owner shall decide which Contractor I 12 shall have priority to perform and in what manner. When the territory of 13 one contract is the necessary or convenient means of access for the 14 execution of another contract, such privilege of access or any other I 15 reasonable privilege may be granted by the Owner to the Contractor so 16 desiring, to the extent, amount, manner, and times permitted by the 17 Owner. No such decision as to the method or time of conducting the Work I 18 or the use of territory shall be made the basis of any claim for delay or 19 damage, except as provided for temporary suspension of the Work. 20 I 21 3.02 PROTECTION OF STREET OR ROADWAY MARKERS 22 23 A. The Contractor shall not destroy, remove, or otherwise disturb any existing I 24 survey markers, or other existing street or roadway markers, without 25 proper authorization. No pavement breaking or excavation shall be 26 started until all survey or other permanent marker points that may be I 27 disturbed by the construction operations have been properly referenced 28 for easy and accurate restoration. It shall be the Contractor's 29 responsibility to notify the proper representatives of the Owner of the time 30 and location that work will be done. Such notice shall be sufficiently in 1 31 advance of construction that there shall be no delay due to waiting for 32 survey points to be satisfactorily referenced for restoration. All survey 33 markers or points disturbed without proper authorization by the Engineer I 34 will be accurately restored by the Contractor at no additional cost to the 35 Owner after all street or roadway resurfacing has been completed. 36 I 37 3.03 RESTORATION OF PAVEMENT 38 39 A. General: All paved areas, including asphaltic concrete cut or damaged I 40 during construction, shall be replaced with similar materials and of equal 41 thickness to match the existing adjacent undisturbed areas, except where 42 specific resurfacing requirements have been called for in the Contract I 43 Documents or in the requirements of the agency issuing the permit. All 44 temporary and permanent pavements shall conform to the requirements of 45 the affected pavement owner. All pavement subject to partial removal I PROTECTION OF EXISTING FACILITIES 01530-2 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 shall be neatly saw cut in straight lines. All restoration shall be performed 2 in accordance with these Specifications. 3 4 B. Temporary Resurfacing: Wherever required by the authorities having 5 jurisdiction, the Contractor shall place temporary surfacing promptly after 6 backfilling and maintain such surfacing for the period of time fixed by said 7 authorities before proceeding with the final restoration of improvements. 8 Temporary resurfacing shall be constructed in accordance with these 9 Specifications. 10 11 C. Permanent Resurfacing: All pavement restoration shall be in accordance 12 with these Specifications. 13 14 3.04 EXISTING UTILITIES AND IMPROVEMENTS 15 16 A. General: The Contractor shall protect all utilities and other improvements 17 that may be impaired during construction operations. It shall be the 18 Contractor's responsibility to ascertain the actual location of all existing 19 utilities and other improvements indicated on the Drawings that may be 20 encountered during construction, and to assure that such utilities or other 21 improvements are adequately protected from damage due to such 22 operations. The Contractor shall take all possible precautions for the 23 protection of unforeseen utility lines, for uninterrupted utility service and 24 such special protection as may be directed by the Owner. 25 26 B. Utilities To Be Moved: If it becomes necessary to move the property of any 27 public utility or franchise holder, such utility company or franchise holder 28 will, upon proper application by the Contractor, be notified by the Owner to 29 relocate such property within a specified reasonable time. The Contractor 30 shall not interfere with said property until it has been relocated by the 31 utility or franchise holder. 32 33 C. Owner's Right of Access: The right is reserved by the Owner, and by the 34 owners of public utilities and franchises, to enter at any time upon any 35 public street, alley, right-of-way, or easement for the purpose of making 36 changes in their property made necessary by the Work. 37 38 D. Existing Utilities: Existing utility lines that are shown on the Drawings or 39 the locations of which are made known to the Contractor prior to 40 excavation that are to be retained and all utility lines that are constructed 41 during excavation operations shall be protected from damage during 42 excavation and backfilling and, if damaged, shall be immediately repaired 43 by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. 44 45 E. Utilities To Be Removed: When utility lines that are to be removed are 46 encountered within the area of operations, the Contractor shall notify the PROTECTION OF EXISTING FACILITIES 01530-3 09/01/16 1 utility owner and the Owner a sufficient time in advance for the necessary 2 measures to be taken to prevent interruptions of the service. 3 4 F. Approval Of Repairs: All repairs to a damaged improvement facility shall 5 be inspected and approved by an authorized representative of the 6 improvement's Owner before being concealed by backfill or other Work. 7 8 G. Relocation of Utilities: Where the proper completion of the Work requires 9 the temporary or permanent removal and/or relocation of an existing utility, 10 or other improvement that is shown on the Drawings, the Contractor shall, 11 at Contractor's own expense, remove, and without unnecessary delay, 12 temporarily replace or relocate such utility or improvement in a manner 13 satisfactory to the Owner and the owner of the facility. In all cases of such 14 temporary removal or relocation, restoration to the former location shall be 15 accomplished by the Contractor in a manner that will restore or replace 16 the utility or improvement as nearly as possible to its former location and 17 to as good or better condition as prior to removal. 18 19 H. Maintaining In Service: All oil and gasoline pipelines, power, telephone, or 20 other communication cable ducts, gas and water mains, irrigation lines, 21 sewer lines, storm drain lines, poles, and overhead power and 22 communication wires and cables encountered along the line of the Work 23 shall be maintained continuously in service during all the operations, 24 unless other arrangements satisfactory to the Engineer are made with the 25 Owner of said pipelines, duct, main, irrigation line, sewer, storm drain, 26 pole, wire, or cable. The Contractor shall be responsible for and shall 27 make good all damage due to Contractor's operations, and the provisions 28 of this Section shall not be abated even in the event such damage occurs 29 after backfilling or is not discovered until after completion of the backfilling. 30 31 3.05 TREES WITHIN RIGHTS-OF-WAY AND PROJECT LIMITS 32 33 A. General: The Contractor shall exercise all necessary precautions to 34 prevent damage or destruction of any trees or shrubs, including those 35 lying within street rights-of-way and Project limits. The Contractor shall 36 not trim or remove any trees unless such trees have been approved for 37 trimming or removal by all jurisdictional agencies and the Owner. All 38 existing trees and shrubs that are damaged during construction shall be 39 trimmed or replaced by Contractor under permit from the jurisdictional 40 agencies and the Owner and to the satisfaction of said agencies and the 41 Owner. Tree trimming, tree planting and transplanting shall be 42 accomplished in accordance with these specifications. 43 44 PROTECTION OF EXISTING FACILITIES 01530-4 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3.06 NOTIFICATION BY THE CONTRACTOR 2 3 A. Prior to any excavation in the vicinity of any existing underground facilities, 4 including all water, sewer, storm drain, gas, petroleum products, or other 5 pipelines; all buried electric power, communications, or television cables; 6 all traffic signal and street lighting facilities; and all roadway and state 7 highway rights-of-way, the Contractor shall notify the respective authorities 8 representing the owners or agencies responsible for such facilities not less 9 than three (3) working days nor more than five (5) working days prior to 10 excavation so that representatives of said owners or agencies can be 11 present during such work if they so desire. 12 13 3.07 SUBSURFACE OBSTRUCTIONS 14 15 A. The Contractor shall field determine, before pipeline trenching or any other 16 excavations are begun, the depth and location of existing utilities. Utility 17 locations indicated on the Drawings are shown based on available data. 18 The Contractor shall submit descriptions, depths, and locations of 19 subsurface obstructions to the Engineer for review if they differ from those 20 shown on the Drawings. 21 22 B. In excavation, backfilling, and laying pipe, care shall be taken not to 23 remove, disturb, or damage existing pipes, conduits, or structures. If 24 necessary, the Contractor shall sling, shore -up, and maintain such 25 structures in operation at no additional cost to the Owner. 26 27 C. The Contractor shall obtain the permission of and give sufficient Notice to 28 the proper authorities of the Contractor's intention to remove or disturb any 29 pipe, conduit, structure or facility, and shall abide by their requirements 30 and Laws and Regulations governing such work. 31 32 D. In the event subsurface structures are broken or damaged in the 33 execution of the Work, the Contractor shall immediately notify the proper 34 authorities and, at the option of said authorities, either repair the damage 35 at once or pay the proper charges for repairing said damage at no 36 additional cost to the Owner. Repairs shall be made to the satisfaction of 37 the Engineer. The Contractor shall be responsible for any damage to 38 persons or property caused by such breaks or due to the neglect in 39 reporting and/or repairing such damages. 40 41 E. Neither the Owner nor the Engineer will be liable for any claims made by 42 the Contractor based on underground obstructions that could have been 43 reasonably identified as being different than that indicated on the 44 Drawings. The Contractor shall uncover subsurface obstructions in 45 advance of construction so that the method of avoiding same may be 46 determined before the Work reaches the obstruction. PROTECTION OF EXISTING FACILITIES 01530-5 09/01/16 1 2 3.08 CONFLICTS WITH OTHER UTILITIES 3 4 A. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to provide the appropriate utility 5 company sufficient advance Notice so their representatives may verify the 6 utility location on the Project site when construction begins. The 7 Contractor shall coordinate and cooperate with these utilities to ensure 8 that no damages occur which may cause interruption of their services. 9 10 B. All temporary support or minor adjustment that does not require 11 replacement or direct by-pass connections to these existing services (such 12 as all direct -buried telephone cables or two-inch and smaller gas lines) 13 shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 14 15 C. Where it may be necessary to relocate gas mains or telephone ducts 16 (defined here as gas lines larger than 2-1/2 inches and telephone cables 17 within ductwork) to allow construction of the Work or where major 18 relocation of small services requires replacement or performing 19 connections to the existing lines, all such relocation work is the 20 responsibility of and must be performed by the respective utility 21 companies. The Contractor shall immediately provide Notice to the proper 22 utility company and the Engineer of the occurrence and location of such 23 required relocations. 24 25 D. The Owner will not be responsible for any delay or inconvenience to the 26 Contractor resulting from the existence, removal, or adjustment of any 27 public or private utility that could have been reasonably identified. 28 Additional costs incurred as a result thereof shall be borne by the 29 Contractor and considered as included in the price bid for the various pay 30 items. 31 32 E. Relocation or realignment of storm drains or sewer lines that may interfere 33 with the construction of the Work shall be the responsibility of the 34 Contractor. 35 36 F Where storm drains or sewer lines are removed by the Contractor to 37 facilitate construction and replaced in their original position, there shall be 38 no direct payment made. All related costs shall be included in the price 39 bid for the various pay items. 40 41 3.09 POLE RELOCATION AND PROTECTION 42 43 A. The Contractor shall take notice of the number of power, telephone, and 44 traffic signal support poles along the length of the Project. Several may be 45 in proximity to or in direct conflict with the alignment of the proposed new 46 pipelines. The Contractor shall immediately provide Notice to the proper PROTECTION OF EXISTING FACILITIES 01530-6 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 utility company and the Engineer of the occurrence and location of such 2 required relocations. It is intended that poles shall be supported with mud 3 jacks or by other means of bracing as required to maintain them in a 4 stable condition. The Contractor shall coordinate relocation and protection 5 activities with the pole owner. 6 7 3.10 EXISTING FENCE LINES 8 9 A. At various locations along the length of the Project, existing fences may 10 conflict with or impair construction operations for the installation of the 11 Work. The Contractor shall protect these fences in places where they do 12 not conflict with construction operations. Where a fence may conflict with 13 the backswing of machinery or otherwise impede construction, the 14 Contractor shall contact the owner and arrange for the temporary removal 15 or relocation of the fence. Any fence temporarily relocated shall be placed 16 in a manner to maintain the intent and integrity of the original fenced area. 17 Any fence removed or temporarily relocated shall be restored to its original 18 condition and location unless otherwise arranged with the owner of the 19 fence. Where it is impossible to salvage the existing materials to 20 reconstruct the fence, the fence shall be replaced "in kind." 21 22 B. All cost for such temporary removal, temporary replacement, or "in kind" 23 replacement shall be included in the price bid for the various pay items. 24 No direct payment shall be made for fence replacement. 25 26 3.11 UTILITY INVESTIGATION 27 28 A. Prior to commencing with trench or other excavations required for the 29 performance of the Work, the Contractor shall conduct a field investigation 30 for the purpose of determining existing locations of all underground utilities 31 and facilities which are shown on the Drawings. The Contractor shall 32 coordinate all utility investigations with Sunshine. The investigation shall 33 be made by hand or machine excavation. All such excavations shall 34 include removal of surface material and obstructions required to perform 35 the excavations. The Contractor shall notify, in writing, the owner of the 36 facility to be excavated and request that a representative of the owner be 37 present during the excavation. The Contractor shall provide the utility 38 owner adequate Notice so that a representative can be there. The 39 Contractor shall provide sheeting, shoring, and bracing as required to 40 minimize the required size of the excavation and support adjacent ground, 41 structures, roadways, and utilities. After the data is obtained at each 42 excavation site, the Contractor shall immediately backfill each excavation 43 site. Backfill shall be compacted sand for the full depth. The surface shall 44 be returned to its original grade and condition except that paved areas 45 may be temporarily surfaced and maintained where excavations required 46 for the performance of the Work coincide with the location of the ' PROTECTION OF EXISTING FACILITIES 01530-7 09/01/16 1 1 investigative location. The Contractor shall be responsible for all costs 2 associated with the repair of roadways, paving, structures, underground 3 and above ground utilities and facilities damaged in conducting the 4 investigations. 5 6 B. Findings of the investigation shall be reported to the Engineer. The 7 Engineer will furnish one (1) set of full-size Drawings for the Contractor's 8 field use in recording the findings of the investigation. The Contractor 9 shall describe the size, material, and location of existing underground 10 utilities and facilities. Locations and elevations shall be referenced to 11 Project stationing, distance from base line, and Project bench marks. The 12 Contractor shall provide written detailed description of any underground 13 utility or facility conflicting with the elevation or alignment of the Work. 14 15 3.12 SPECIAL RESTORATION REQUIREMENTS 16 17 A. The Contractor shall schedule and conduct operations to minimize the 18 impact of construction upon lawns, driveways, sidewalks, irrigation 19 systems, and street paving. Restoration for these items shall be 20 completed as soon as practical after installation of proposed pipelines. 21 The following specific requirements apply. 22 23 1. Driveways and Sidewalks: The Contractor shall saw cut existing 24 driveway or sidewalk pavement and remove the required section 25 not sooner than the same day the Work is to be installed beneath it. 26 The Contractor shall maintain full access to each driveway at all 27 times. The Contractor shall re -grade and compact disturbed areas 28 immediately after the Work is installed. The Contractor shall 29 provide suitable, safe, temporary walking surfaces where the 30 sidewalk is removed. The Contractor shall construct temporary 31 driveway or sidewalk section within 24 hours of removal of the 32 existing section. The Contractor shall coordinate driveway 33 construction and restoration with property owners. Property owners 34 shall be provided with Notice of proposed method and schedule of 35 construction and restoration a minimum of 72 hours prior to 36 commencement of construction activities affecting the property 37 owner's driveways or sidewalks. 38 39 2. Irrigation Systems: The Contractor shall provide 10 -day Notice to 40 property owners prior to the Contractor removing irrigation system 41 components. 42 43 3. Lawn Areas: The Contractor shall remove existing grass along a 44 straight line to a minimum distance of six inches beyond the areas 45 disturbed by construction activities on each side of the affected 46 area. Sod shall be installed in disturbed lawn areas in a strip of PROTECTION OF EXISTING FACILITIES 01530-8 09/01/16 1 uniform width along each section of lawn area with sod of identical 2 type as existing. The Contractor shall grade and compact the area 3 before the end of the next calendar day after excavation is 4 performed. All sodding shall be performed in accordance with 5 these Specifications. The Contractor shall install new sod within 6 fourteen days after excavation. 7 8 4. Trees, Shrubs, and Landscaping: The Contractor shall use a 9 bonded company, licensed to perform landscape work, to perform 10 all landscaping work required in accordance with these 11 Specifications. 12 13 5. Fencings and all other existing facilities impacted by construction 14 operations: The Contractor shall protect and restore all fences and 15 existing facilities impacted by construction to their previously 16 undisturbed state. 17 18 19 END OF SECTION 20 PROTECTION OF EXISTING FACILITIES 01530-9 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 01540 2 3 SECURITY 4 5 PART I — GENERAL 6 7 1.01 DESCRIPTION 8 9 A. The Contractor shall insure that each employee, representative, 10 subcontractor, supplier, and others working for the Contractor use 11 designated access roads and parking areas. 12 13 B. The Contractor shall employ watchmen on the Work when necessary and 14 shall erect and maintain such strong and suitable barriers and such lights 15 as shall effectually prevent the happening of any accident to health or to 16 property or to any partially completed Work or to any materials stored on 17 or adjacent to the site of the Work. 18 19 C. The Contractor shall employ temporary fencing and gates to adequately 20 protect the Work, and shall provide all access required by the Engineer, 21 the Owner, and others requiring access to the Work. 22 23 D. Stored materials shall be kept in a neat and orderly manner. Materials 24 that are subject to deterioration by exposure to the sun, rain or other 25 elements shall be kept adequately covered and protected. 26 27 E. The Contractor shall be responsible for protecting all stored materials and 28 the Project site safe from theft and vandalism. The Contractor shall 29 employ security personnel and erect fences as necessary at no additional 30 cost to the Owner. 31 32 G. All security measures shall be provided at no additional cost to the Owner. 33 34 PART II — MATERIALS (NOT USED) 35 36 PART III — EXECUTION (NOT USED) 37 38 39 END OF SECTION SECURITY 01540-1 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 01580 2 3 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION AND SIGNS 4 5 PART I - GENERAL 6 7 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED 8 9 A. Furnish, install prior to construction, and maintain three (3) project 10 identification signs at locations to be determined by the Owner. 11 12 B. Remove signs on completion of construction. 13 14 C. Allow no other signs to be displayed. 15 16 D. The Contractor shall comply with all other requirements as described in the 17 City of Clearwater, Section III — General Conditions, 23, Project Information 18 Signs. 19 20 1.02 INFORMATIONAL SIGNS 21 22 A. Painted signs with painted lettering, or standard products. 23 24 1. Size of signs and lettering: as required by the Owner, or as 25 appropriate to usage. 26 27 2. Colors: as required by the Owner, otherwise of uniform colors 28 throughout Project. 29 30 B. Erect at appropriate locations, as directed by the Owner or Engineer, to 31 provide required information. 32 33 C. Project identification sign shall comply with standards shown in the Drawings. 34 35 1. Project identification sign will be provided by the Owner. 36 37 2. Project identification sign shall be installed by the Contractor. 38 39 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE 40 41 A. Sign Painter: Professional experienced in type of work required. 42 43 B. Finishes, Painting: Adequate to resist weathering and fading for scheduled 44 construction period. 45 46 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION AND SIGNS 01580-1 09/01/16 1 PART II - PRODUCTS 2 3 2.01 SIGN MATERIALS 4 5 A. Structure and Framing: May be new or used, wood or metal, in sound 6 condition structurally adequate and suitable for specified finish. 7 8 B. Sign Surfaces: Exterior softwood plywood with medium density overlay, 9 standard large sizes to minimize joints. 10 11 1. Thickness: As required by standards to span framing members, to 12 provide even, smooth surface without waves or buckles. 13 14 C. Rough Hardware: Galvanized. 15 16 D. Paint: Exterior quality. 17 18 1. Use Bulletin colors for graphics. 19 20 2. Colors for structures, framing, sign surface and graphics: 21 22 E. The project sign shall be painted in accordance with the detail provided by 23 the Owner. 24 25 PART III - EXECUTION 26 27 3.01 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS 28 29 A. Paint exposed surface of supports, framing and surface material; one coat of 30 primer and one coat of exterior paint. 31 32 3.02 MAINTENANCE 33 34 A. Maintain signs and supports in a neat, clean condition; repair damages to 35 structures, framing or sign. 36 37 3.03 REMOVAL 38 39 A. Remove signs, framing, supports and foundations at completion of project. 40 41 42 END OF SECTION PROJECT IDENTIFICATION AND SIGNS 01580-2 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 01600 2 3 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 4 5 PART I - GENERAL 6 7 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED 8 9 Material and equipment incorporated into the Work: 10 11 A. Conform to applicable specifications and standards. 12 13 B. Comply with size, make, type and quality specified, or as specifically 14 approved in writing by the Engineer. 15 16 C Manufactured and fabricated products: 17 18 1. Design, fabricate and assemble in accord with the best engineering 19 and shop practices. 20 21 2. Manufacture like parts of duplicate units to standard sizes and 22 gauges, to be interchangeable. 23 24 3. Two or more items of the same kind shall be identical, by the same 25 manufacturer. 26 27 4. Products shall be suitable for service conditions. 28 29 5. Equipment capacities, sizes and dimensions shown or specified shall 30 be adhered to unless variations are specifically approved in writing. 31 32 D. Do not use material or equipment for any purpose other than that for which it 33 is designed or is specified. 34 35 1.02 APPROVAL OF MATERIALS 36 37 A. All materials and equipment furnished by the Contractor shall be subject to 38 the inspection and approval of the Engineer. No material shall be delivered 39 to the work without prior review of the Engineer. 40 41 B. Facilities and labor for handling and inspection of all materials and 42 equipment shall be furnished by the Contractor. If the Engineer requires, 43 either prior to beginning or during the progress of the work, the Contractor 44 shall submit samples of materials for such special tests as may be necessary 45 to demonstrate that they conform to the specifications. Such samples shall 46 be furnished, stored, packed, and shipped as directed at the Contractor's MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 01600-1 09/01/16 1 expense. Except as otherwise noted, the Engineer will make arrangements 2 and the Owner will pay for the tests. 3 4 C. The Contractor shall submit data and samples sufficiently early to permit 5 consideration and review before materials are necessary for incorporation in 6 the work. Any delay resulting from the Contractor's failure to submit samples 7 or data promptly shall not be used as a basis of claims against the Owner or 8 the Engineer. 9 10 D. The materials and equipment used on the work shall correspond to the 11 approved samples or other data previously submitted to the Engineer for 12 review. 13 14 1.03 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS FOR INSTALLATION 15 16 A. When Contract Documents require that installation of work shall comply with 17 manufacturer's printed instructions, obtain and distribute copies of such 18 instructions to parties involved in the installation, including four (4) copies to 19 the Engineer. 20 21 1. Maintain one set of complete instructions at the job site during 22 installation and until completion. 23 24 B. Handle, install, connect, clean, condition and adjust products in strict accord 25 with such instructions and in conformity with specified requirements. 26 27 1. Should job conditions or specified requirements conflict with 28 manufacturer's instructions, consult with Engineer for further 29 instructions. 30 31 2. Do not proceed with work without clear instructions. 32 33 C. Perform work in accord with manufacturer's instructions. Do not omit any 34 preparatory step or installation procedure unless specifically modified or 35 exempted by Contract Documents. 36 37 D. Upon completion of installation, the Contractor shall obtain from the 38 manufacturer a signed certification that the equipment has been properly 39 installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 40 41 1.04 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING 42 43 A. Arrange deliveries of products in accord with construction schedules, 44 coordinate to avoid conflict with work and conditions at the site. 45 46 1. Deliver products in undamaged condition, in manufacturer's original 47 containers or packaging, with identifying labels intact and legible. MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 01600-2 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2. Immediately on delivery, inspect shipments to assure compliance with 3 requirements of Contract Documents and approved submittals, and 4 that products are properly protected and undamaged. 5 6 B. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent 7 soiling or damage to products or packaging. 8 9 1.05 STORAGE AND PROTECTION 10 11 A. The Contractor shall furnish a covered, weather -protected storage structure 12 providing a clean, dry, noncorrosive environment for all mechanical 13 equipment, valves, architectural items, electrical and instrumentation 14 equipment, and special equipment to be incorporated into this project. 15 Storage of equipment shall be in strict accordance with the "instructions for 16 storage" of each equipment supplier and manufacturer including connection 17 of heaters, placing of storage lubricants in equipment or climate -controlled 18 facilities, etc. The Contractor shall furnish a copy of the manufacturer's 19 instructions for storage to the Engineer prior to storage of all equipment and 20 materials. Corroded, damaged or deteriorated equipment and parts shall be 21 replaced before acceptance of the project. Equipment and materials not 22 properly stored will not be included in a payment estimate. 23 24 B. Store products in accord with manufacturer's instructions, with seals and 25 labels intact and legible. 26 27 1. Store products subject to damage by the elements in weather tight 28 enclosures. 29 30 2. Maintain temperature and humidity within the ranges required by 31 manufacturer's instructions. 32 33 3. Store fabricated products above the ground on blocking or skids to 34 prevent soiling or staining. Cover products which are subject to 35 deterioration with impervious sheet coverings, provide adequate 36 ventilation to avoid condensation. 37 38 4. Store loose granular materials in a well -drained area on solid surfaces 39 to prevent mixing with foreign matter. 40 41 C. All materials and equipment to be incorporated in the work shall be handled 42 and stored by the Contractor before, during, and after shipment in a manner 43 to prevent warping, twisting, bending, breaking, chipping, rusting, and any 44 injury, theft or damage of any kind whatsoever to the material or equipment. 45 46 D. Cement, sand and lime shall be stored under a roof and off the ground and 47 shall be kept completely dry at all times. All miscellaneous steel and MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 01600-3 09/01/16 1 reinforcing steel shall be stored off the ground and covered or otherwise to 2 prevent accumulations of dirt or grease, and in a position to prevent 3 accumulations of standing water and to minimize rusting. Precast concrete 4 sections shall be handled and stored in a manner to prevent accumulations 5 of dirt, standing water, staining, chipping or cracking. Brick, block and similar 6 masonry products shall be handled and stored in a manner to reduce 7 breakage, chipping, cracking, and spilling to a minimum. 8 9 E. All materials that, in the opinion of the Engineer, have become so damaged 10 as to be unfit for the use intended or specified shall be promptly removed 11 from the site of the work, and the Contractor shall receive no compensation 12 for the damaged material or its removal. 13 14 F. Arrange storage in a manner to provide easy access for inspection. Make 15 periodic inspections of stored products to assure that products are 16 maintained under specified conditions, and free from damage or 17 deterioration. 18 19 G. Protection after Installation: 20 21 1. Provide substantial coverings as necessary to protect installed 22 products from damage from traffic and subsequent construction 23 operations. Remove covering when no longer needed. 24 25 H. The Contractor shall be responsible for all material, equipment, and supplies 26 sold and delivered to the Owner under this Contract until final inspection of 27 the work and acceptance thereof by the Owner. In the event any such 28 material, equipment, and supplies are lost, stolen, damaged, or destroyed 29 prior to final inspection and acceptance, the Contractor shall replace same 30 without additional cost to the Owner. 31 32 I. Should the Contractor fail to take proper action on storage and handling of 33 equipment supplied under this Contract within seven days after written notice 34 to do so, the Owner retains the right to correct all deficiencies noted in 35 previously transmitted written notice and deduct the cost associated with 36 these corrections from the Contract Price. These costs may be comprised of 37 expenditures for labor, equipment usage, administrative, clerical, and 38 engineering and any other costs associated with making the necessary 39 corrections. 40 41 1.06 SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS 42 43 A. Contractor's Options: 44 45 1. For products specified only by reference standard, select any product 46 meeting that standard. 47 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 01600-4 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2. For products specified by naming several products or manufacturers, 2 submit the products or manufacturers named in the Proposal, which 3 complies with the specifications. 4 5 3. For products specified by naming one or more products or more 6 products or manufacturers and "or equal", Contractor shall submit a 7 request as for substitutions for any product or manufacturer not 8 specifically named. 9 10 B. Substitutions: 11 12 1. After the Effective Date of the Agreement, the Engineer will consider 13 written requests from Contractor for substitution of products. 14 15 2. Submit a separate request for each product, supported with complete 16 data, with drawings and samples as appropriate, including: 17 18 a. Comparison of the qualities of the proposed substitution with 19 that specified. 20 21 b. Changes required in other elements of the work because of the 22 substitution. 23 24 c. Effect on the construction schedule. 25 26 d. Cost data comparing the proposed substitution with the 27 product specified. 28 29 e. Any required license fees or royalties. 30 31 f. Availability of maintenance service, and source of replacement 32 materials. 33 34 3. The Engineer will solely determine the acceptability of the proposed 35 substitution. 36 37 C. Contractor's Representation: 38 39 1. A request for a substitution constitutes a representation that 40 Contractor: 41 42 a. Has investigated the proposed product and determined that it 43 is equal to or superior in all respects to that specified. 44 45 b. Will provide the same warranties or bonds for the substitution 46 as for the product specified. 47 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 01600-5 09/01/16 1 c. Will coordinate the installation of an accepted substitution into 2 the Work, and make such other changes as may be required 3 to make the Work complete in all respects. 4 5 d. Waives all claims for additional costs, under his responsibility, 6 which may subsequently become apparent. 7 8 1.07 SPECIAL TOOLS 9 10 A. Manufacturers of equipment and machinery shall furnish any special tools 11 (including grease guns or other lubricating devices) required for normal 12 adjustment, operations and maintenance, together with instructions for their 13 use. The Contractor shall preserve and deliver to the Owner these tools and 14 instructions in good order no later than upon completion of the Contract. 15 16 1.08 WARRANTY 17 18 A. For all major pieces of equipment, submit a warranty from the equipment 19 manufacturer as specified in Section 01740. At a minimum, the 20 manufacturer's warranty period shall be concurrent with the Contractor's for 21 two (2) years after the time of Substantial Completion. Exceptions for 22 extended warranties shall be noted within each piece of equipment's 23 technical specification. 24 25 1.09 SPARE PARTS 26 27 A. Spare parts for certain equipment have been specified in the pertinent 28 sections of the Specifications. The Contractor shall collect and store all 29 spare parts so required in an area to be designated by the Engineer. In 30 addition, the Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer an inventory listing all 31 spare parts, the equipment they are associated with, the name and address 32 of the supplier, and the delivered cost of each item. Copies of actual 33 invoices for each item shall be furnished with the inventory to substantiate 34 the delivered cost. 35 36 B. Where "Manufacturer's Recommended" spare parts are specified to be 37 furnished, the Contractor shall furnish those spares that are recommended 38 by the Manufacturer as noted in their standard product literature. 39 40 PART II — PRODUCTS 41 (Not Used) 42 43 PART III — EXECUTION 44 (Not Used) 45 46 47 END SECTION MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 01600-6 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 01625 2 3 START-UP SYSTEMS TESTING 4 5 PART I - GENERAL 6 7 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED 8 9 A. Prior to requesting issuance of the Certificate of Substantial Completion, the 10 Contractor shall perform start-up testing services as specified herein. 11 12 B. Start-up of the facilities and appurtenances will require completion of all 13 structures, installation of all equipment, and all connections to existing 14 systems. All components of the Work shall be installed as if each were 15 ready for use by the Owner for their intended purposes. 16 17 C. All equipment shall be tested, approved, and accepted by the Engineer prior 18 to placement of the new facilities into operation. 19 20 D. All lubricants, water, air, fuel and power necessary for initial operation and 21 tests as specified herein shall be furnished by the Contractor at no additional 22 cost to the Owner. 23 24 E. In addition to furnishing, delivering, installing, and testing each piece of 25 equipment, the Contractor shall provide the services of competent factory 26 certified representatives for the periods indicated in other sections of these 27 Specifications. Such representatives shall assist the Engineer by instructing 28 the operating personnel of the Owner in the maintenance and operation of 29 the equipment, conducting tests, and making recommendations for 30 producing the most efficient results. These services shall be made during 31 the initial operation of the completed facilities and shall be in addition to 32 services necessary during erection or to correct defective materials or 33 workmanship during the guarantee period. These representatives shall be 34 specially trained and qualified for installation, adjustment, start-up, and 35 testing work and shall not be sales representatives only. The cost of such 36 representation, including subsistence and travel, shall be provided by the 37 Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. 38 39 F. The Contractor shall furnish a signed and dated certificate from each 40 manufacturer or supplier of equipment furnished stating that the equipment 41 has been installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's 42 recommendations and that it is ready to be placed in service. 43 44 PART II - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 45 46 1 START-UP SYSTEMS TESTING 01625-1 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 PART III - EXECUTION 1 2 3 3.01 PRELIMINARY MATTERS 4 5 A. General Requirements: 1 6 7 1. Successfully execute the start-up of the system(s) and demonstrate 8 satisfactory performance of the intended use thereof. The start-up 1 9 and performance demonstration shall be successfully executed prior 10 to the Engineer's issuance of Substantial Completion. 11 12 2. Field acceptance tests will be witnessed by the Engineer. At least 13 thirty (30) calendar days prior to scheduled testing, Contractor shall 14 submit details of all test procedures to the Engineer for review, , 15 comment, and approval. Test procedures shall be submitted to the 16 Engineer in accordance with Specification Section 01340. 17 I 18 3. All performance tests and inspections shall be scheduled at least ten 19 (10) working days in advance with the Engineer. All performance 20 tests and inspections shall be conducted during the normal work week I 21 of Monday through Friday, unless otherwise authorized, in writing, by 22 the Engineer. 23 I 24 4. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for the proper operation of 25 equipment during start-up systems testing and shall neither have nor 26 make any claim for damage that may occur to equipment prior to the 27 time when the Owner takes over the operation thereof. I 28 29 B. Preparation for Systems Start -Up: 30 1 31 1. Upon completion of the Work and all related systems, all pipes shall 32 be filled and flushed clean with water. All process systems and 33 pipelines shall be filled and flushed with water, or other applicable 34 fluid, and hydraulically checked for leaks, cracks, and defects. 35 36 2. All mechanical and electrical equipment shall be checked to ensure I 37 that each component is in good working order and properly installed 38 and connected. All systems shall be purged as required. All pipelines 39 that are hydraulically checked shall be drained and returned to their 40 original condition once the water testing is complete. All pipelines that 41 have been filled and flushed shall be drained clean. 42 I 43 3. All instruments and controls shall be calibrated through their full 44 operational distribution range. Any other adjustments required for 45 proper operation of all instrumentation and control equipment shall be 11146 made and confirmed by the specific factory authorized service 47 representative. START-UP SYSTEMS TESTING I 01625-2 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 4. The Contractor shall work with each factory certified technician to 3 complete any remaining tasks, connections, adjustments, and 4 preparations needed to ensure proper equipment and/or system 5 operation. 6 7 5. No testing or equipment operation shall occur until the Engineer has 8 confirmed that all specified safety equipment has been installed and 9 is in good working order. 10 11 6. No testing or equipment operation shall occur until the Engineer has 12 verified that all calibrations, Manufacturer's Certification of Proper 13 Installation, spare parts, Owner training, maintenance equipment, and 14 approved equipment Operation and Maintenance manuals have been 15 furnished as specified. 16 17 7. No testing or equipment operation shall occur until the factory certified 18 technician for that particular component has confirmed that all 19 lubricants, electrical connections, drains, fuel and exhaust systems 20 have been provided and installed in accordance with the 21 manufacturer's recommendations. 22 23 3.02 TESTING OF GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS 24 25 A. The Contractor shall take all precautions to secure a perfectly water tight 26 sewer under all conditions. The water tightness of a sewer which has a 27 crown lying below groundwater level may be tested by measuring infiltration. 28 The water tightness of sewers having crowns lying above groundwater level 29 may be tested by filling the pipe with water so as to produce a hydrostatic 30 head of two feet or more above the crown of the sewer at the upper end of 31 the test section or the water table outside of the sewer, whichever is higher, 32 and then measuring the exfiltration. In no case shall the infiltration or 33 exfiltration exceed 50 gallon per inch of diameter per mile per day. The 34 Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment to test the amount 35 of infiltration or exfiltration under the Engineer's direction. Where the 36 infiltration or exfiltration is excessive, the Contractor at his own expense shall 37 take the necessary steps to remedy such conditions by uncovering the 38 sewer, remaking the joints or by replacing the entire length of sewer as 39 required by the Engineer. No such repaired joints may be backfilled until after 40 they have been tested and found to be acceptable. Care shall be taken to 41 avoid flotation. The Contractor shall TV inspect all mains to verify the true 42 and uniform grade and the absence of bellies or dropped joints prior to 43 acceptance. Any infiltration, dips or sags of more than 3/4 -inches shall be 44 cause for rejection. The above tests shall be performed all sections of the 45 gravity line. 46 47 START-UP SYSTEMS TESTING 01625-3 09/01/16 1 3.03 TESTING OF GRAVITY STORM SEWERS 2 3 A. The Contractor shall take all precautions to secure a perfectly watertight 4 sewer under all conditions. At the discretion of the City Engineer or his 5 designee, the watertightness of a sewer which has a crown lying below 6 groundwater level may be tested by measuring the infiltration. The 7 watertightness of sewers having crowns lying above groundwater level may 8 be tested by filling the pipe with water so as to produce a hydrostatic head of 9 two feet or more above the crown of the sewer at the upper end of the test 10 section of the water table outside of the sewer, whichever is higher, and then 11 measuring the exfiltration. In no case shall the infiltration or exfiltration 12 exceed 150 gallon per inch of diameter per mile per day. The Contractor 13 shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment to test the amount of 14 infiltration or exfiltration under the Engineer's direction. Where the infiltration 15 or exfiltration is excessive the Contractor at his own expense shall take the 16 necessary steps to remedy such conditions by uncovering the sewer, 17 remaking the joints or by replacing the entire length of sewer as required by 18 the Engineer. No trench made joints may be backfilled until after they have 19 been tested and found to be acceptable. Care shall be taken to avoid 20 flotation. The above tests shall be performed on all sections of the line. 21 22 3.04 TESTING OF PRECAST SANITARY SEWER MANHOLES 23 24 A. All new precast sanitary sewer manholes shall pass a leakage test. 25 26 B. The Contractor shall test each manhole (after assembly and backfilling) for 27 leakage, separate and independent of the collection system pipes, by 28 hydrostatic exfiltration testing, 29 30 C. Hydrostatic Testing 31 32 1. The maximum leakage for hydrostatic testing lined manholes shall be 33 zero (0) gallons; 34 35 2. To perform a hydrostatic exfiltration test, the Contractor shall seal all 36 wastewater pipes coming into a manhole with an internal pipe plug, fill 37 the manhole with water, and maintain the test for a minimum of two 38 (2) hours. 39 40 3. Independently measure change in water volume due to evaporation 41 and precipitation using a 24 inch deep white, watertight container. 42 Position the container to experience environmental conditions similar 43 to the manhole being tested. The volume change of the manhole 44 shall be corrected based on the water volume change in the sample 45 container. 46 47 START-UP SYSTEMS TESTING 01625-4 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3.05 WATER MAIN PRESSURE TESTING 2 3 A. Field tests shall be made to confirm compliance with the contract and to 4 establish compliance with the technical provision. The test shall be 5 performed by the Contractor as herein specified. All piping, and equipment 6 shall be tested in the field in the presence of the Engineer or his authorized 7 assistant, in the manner prescribed in the Sections of these Specifications 8 pertaining to such installation. 9 10 B. Prior to pressure testing, all mains shall be flushed and pigged to remove all 11 sand and other foreign matter. The velocity of the flushing water shall not be 12 less than 2 feet per second. Flushing shall be terminated at the direction of 13 the Engineer. The Contractor shall dispose of the flushing water without 14 causing a nuisance or property damage. 15 16 C. Pressure and Leakage Test of Underground Piping 17 18 1. Hydrostatic pressure and leakage tests shall conform with Section 4 19 of AWWA C600 Specification with the exception that the Contractor 20 shall furnish all gauges, meters, pressure pumps and other equipment 21 needed to test the line. 22 23 2. The pressure required for the field hydrostatic pressure and leakage 24 test shall be 150 psi. The Contractor shall provide temporary plugs 25 and blocking necessary to maintain the required test pressure. 26 Corporation cocks at least 2 inches in diameter, pipe riser and angle 27 globe valves shall be provided at each pipe dead-end in order to 28 bleed air from the line. The cost of these items shall be included as 29 part of testing. 30 31 3. All leaks evident at the surface shall be repaired and leakage 32 eliminated regardless of total leakage as shown by test. Lines which 33 fail to meet tests shall be repaired and retested as necessary until test 34 requirements are complied with. Defective materials, pipes, valves, 35 and accessories shall be removed and replaced. The pipe lines shall 36 be tested in such sections as may be directed by the Engineer by 37 shutting valves or installing temporary plugs as required. The line 38 shall be filled with water and all air removed and the test pressure 39 shall be maintained in the pipe for the entire test period by means of a 40 force pump to be furnished by the Contractor. Accurate means shall 41 be provided for measuring the water required to maintain this 42 pressure. The amount of water required is a measure of the leakage. 43 44 4. During the duration of the test, the line pressure shall not be permitted 45 to drop more than 5 psi below the test pressure. Once the pressure 46 drops 5 psi below the test pressure, the line shall be refilled until the 47 test pressure is restored. START-UP SYSTEMS TESTING 01625-5 09/01/16 1 5. The amount of leakage which will be permitted shall be in accordance 2 with AWWA, C600 Standards for all pressure. No pipe installation 3 shall be accepted if the leakage is greater than that determined by the 4 following formula: 5 6 L = SD(P)1/2 7 148,000 8 9 In which L is the allowable leakage in gallons per hour; S is the length 10 of pipe tested, in feet; D is the nominal diameter of the pipe, in inches; 11 and P is the average test pressure during the leakage test, in pounds 12 per square inch gauge. The duration of the leakage test shall be two 13 (2) hours for pressurized pipes. The equation is based on 18' pipe 14 lengths and shall be adjusted accordingly for other lengths. 15 16 6. The Contractor must submit his plan for testing to the Engineer for 17 review at least ten (10) days before starting the test. The Contractor 18 shall remove and adequately dispose of all blocking material and 19 equipment after completion and acceptance of the field hydrostatic 20 test, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. Any damage to the 21 pipe coating shall be repaired by the Contractor. Lines shall be totally 22 free and clean prior to final acceptance. 23 24 7 No leakage will be allowed for solvent weld PVC pipe or pipe sections 25 less than 500 feet in length. 26 27 28 END OF SECTION START-UP SYSTEMS TESTING 01625-6 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 01640 2 3 QUALITY CONTROL 4 5 PART I — GENERAL 6 7 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES 8 9 A. Quality assurance and control of installation. 10 11 B. References. 12 13 C. Field samples. 14 15 D. Mock-up. 16 17 E. Inspection and testing laboratory services. 18 19 F. Manufacturers' field services and reports. 20 21 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS 22 23 A. Section 01090 - Reference Standards. 24 25 B. Section 01300 - Submittals 26 27 C. Section 01410 — Testing and Testing Laboratory Services. 28 29 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE/CONTROL OF INSTALLATION 30 31 A. Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, Products, services, site 32 conditions, and workmanship, to produce Work of specified quality. 33 34 B. Comply fully with manufacturers' instructions, including each step in 35 sequence. 36 37 C. Should manufacturers' instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request 38 clarification from Engineer before proceeding. 39 40 D. Comply with specified standards as a minimum quality for the Work except 41 when more stringent tolerances, codes, or specified requirements indicate 42 higher standards or more precise workmanship. 43 44 E. Perform work by persons qualified to produce workmanship of specified 45 quality. 46 QUALITY CONTROL 01640-1 07/10/14 1 F. Secure Products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and 2 sized to withstand stresses, vibration, physical distortion or disfigurement. 3 4 1.04 REFERENCES 5 6 A. Conform to reference standard by date of issue current on date of Owner 7 Bids. 8 9 B. Should specified reference standards conflict with Contract Documents, 10 request clarification for Engineer before proceeding. 11 12 C. The contractual relationship of the parties to the Contract shall not be altered 13 from the Contract Documents by mention or inference otherwise in any 14 reference document. 15 16 1.05 FIELD SAMPLES 17 18 A. Install field samples at the site as required by individual specifications 19 Sections for review. 20 21 B. Acceptable samples represent a quality level for the Work. 22 23 C. Where field sample is specified in individual Sections to be removed, clear 24 area after field sample has been accepted by Engineer. 25 26 1.06 MOCK-UP 27 28 A. Tests will be performed under provisions identified in this section. 29 30 B. Assemble and erect specified items, with specified attachment and 31 anchorage devices, flashings, seals, and finishes. 32 33 C. Where mock-up is specified in individual Sections to be removed, clear area 34 after mock-up has been accepted by Engineer. 35 36 1.07 INSPECTION AND TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES 37 38 A. The Contractor shall employ, and pay for services of an independent firm to 39 perform testing. Services during construction shall be coordinated by 40 Contractor. 41 42 B. The independent firm shall perform tests, and other services specified in 43 individual specification Sections and as required by the Engineer. 44 45 C. Reports will be submitted by the independent firm to the Engineer, in 46 duplicate, indicating observations. and results of tests and indicating QUALITY CONTROL 01640-2 07/10/14 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 compliance or non-compliance with Contract Documents. 2 3 D. Cooperate with independent firm; furnish samples of materials, design mix, 4 equipment, tools, storage and assistance as requested. 5 6 1. Notify Engineer and independent firm 48 hours prior to expected time 7 for operations requiring services. 8 9 2. Make arrangements with independent firm and pay for additional 10 samples and tests required for Contractor's use. 11 12 E. Retesting required because of non-conformance to specified requirements 13 shall be performed by the same independent firm on instructions by the 14 Engineer. Payment for retesting will be charged to the Contractor by 15 deducting inspection or testing charges from the Contract Price. 16 17 1.08 MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES AND REPORTS 18 19 A. When specified in individual specification Sections, require material or 20 Product suppliers or manufacturers to provide qualified staff personnel to 21 observe site conditions, conditions of surfaces and installation, quality of 22 workmanship, start-up of equipment, test, adjust, and balance of equipment 23 as applicable, and to initiate instructions when necessary. 24 25 B. Submit qualifications of observer to Engineer 30 days in advance of required 26 observations. Observer shall be subject to approval of Engineer and Owner. 27 28 C. Individuals shall report observations and site decisions or instructions given 29 to applicators or installers that are supplemental or contrary to 30 manufacturers' written instructions. 31 32 D. Submit report in duplicate within 30 days of observation to Engineer for 33 review. 34 35 PART II — PRODUCTS 36 (Not Used) 37 38 PART III — EXECUTION 39 (Not Used) 40 41 42 END OF SECTION 43 1 QUALITY CONTROL 01640-3 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 r 1 1 SECTION 01670 2 3 SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS 4 5 PART I — GENERAL 6 7 1.01 DESCRIPTION 8 9 A. General: 10 11 1. This section covers the furnishing of all labor, materials, tools, 12 equipment, and performance of all work and services for furnishing, 13 submitting, processing and handling of requests for substitution and 14 product options. See items as indicated on Drawings and as 15 specified. Any substitution or option shall be in accord with the 16 provisions of Contract Documents, and completely coordinated with 17 work of other trades. 18 19 2. Although such work is not specifically indicated, furnish all 20 supplementary or miscellaneous items, appurtenances and devices 21 incidental to or necessary for a sound, secure and complete 22 installation. 23 24 3. See appropriate sections for specific items specified. See General 25 Conditions for additional information. 26 27 B. Procedure: 28 29 1. For equipment and materials that are listed in the Bid Form, observe 30 procedures outlined in Instructions to Bidders. 31 32 2. For products, equipment, and materials that are named in Drawings 33 or Specifications for which a request for substitution is made, observe 34 procedures outlined in these specifications. 35 36 C. Costs: Cost incurred by requestor in providing information, catalogs, and 37 samples - including but not limited to labor, materials, freight postage, and 38 transportation - are sole cost of "Requestor" with no cost assessed Owner or 39 Engineer. 40 41 1.02 REQUESTS FOR SUBSTITUTION - GENERAL: 42 43 A. Base all bids on materials, equipment and procedures specified. 44 45 B. Certain types of equipment and kinds of material are described in 46 specifications by means of trade names and catalog numbers and/or 47 manufacturer's names. Where this occurs, it was not intended to exclude SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS 01670-1 09/01/16 1 from consideration such types of equipment and kinds of material bearing 2 other trade names, catalog numbers and/or manufacturer's names, capable 3 of accomplishing purpose of types of equipment or kinds of material 4 specifically indicated. 5 6 C. Other types of equipment and kinds of material may be acceptable to Owner 7 and Engineer. 8 9 D. Types of equipment, kinds of material and methods of construction, if not 10 specifically indicated must be approved in writing by Engineer and be agreed 11 upon by Owner. 12 13 1.03 SUBMISSION OF REQUESTS FOR SUBSTITUTION: 14 15 A. Within no more than 30 days after award of the Contract, the Engineer will 16 consider requests for substitutions of products, materials, systems or other 17 items. Requests must be received by Engineer within 30 calendar days after 18 the Notice to Proceed. All requests for substitution shall be completed as 19 specified below. 20 21 B. Substitute items must comply with color and pattern of base specified items 22 unless specifically approved otherwise. 23 24 C. Submit two (2) copies of request for substitution. Include in request: 25 26 1. Name of product located by Drawing No. or Specification No., 27 followed by a detail or line number the particular item(s) for which 28 request for substitution is initiated. 29 30 2. Complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution 31 with Contract Documents. 32 33 3. For products, include: 34 35 a. Product identification by schedule or tag no., including 36 manufacturer's name. 37 38 b. Manufacturer's literature, marked to indicate specific model, 39 type, size, and options to be considered: 40 41 1) Product Description 42 2) Performance and test data 43 3) Reference standards 44 4) Difference in power demand 45 5) Dimensional differences for specified unit 46 47 c. Submit samples, full size if so required. The Engineer SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS 01670-2 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 reserves the right to impound samples until physical units are 2 installed on project for comparison purposes. All costs of 3 furnishing and return of samples shall be paid by requester. 4 Engineer is not responsible for loss of or damage to samples. 5 6 d. Name and address of similar projects where product was used, 7 date of installation, and field performance data on installation. 8 9 4. For construction methods, include: 10 11 a. Detailed description of proposed method. 12 13 b. Drawings illustrating methods. 14 15 5. Itemized comparison of proposed substitution with product or method 16 specified. 17 18 6. Data relating to changes in construction schedule. 19 20 7. Accurate cost data on proposed substitution in comparison with 21 product or method specified. 22 23 8. Include with any request a specific statement defining changes in 24 contract time or amount. 25 26 D. In making request for substitution, or in using an approved substitute item, 27 Supplier/Manufacturer represents: 28 29 1. He has personally investigated proposed product or method, and has 30 determined that it is equal or superior in all respects to that specified, 31 and that it will perform function for which it is intended. 32 33 2 Will provide same or better warranty for substitute item as for product 34 or method specified. 35 36 3. Will coordinate installation of accepted substitution into work, to 37 include but not be limited to the following: 38 39 a. Building and structure modifications as necessary; 40 41 b. Additional ancillary equipment to accommodate change; 42 43 c. Piping, valving, mechanical, electrical, or instrumentation 44 changes, and, 45 46 d. All other changes required for work to be complete in all SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS 01670-3 09/01/16 1 1 1 respects to permit incorporation of substitution into project. I 2 3 4. Waives all claims for additional costs related to substitution which 4 subsequently become apparent. 5 6 E. Written acceptance or rejection of items presented for substitution will be 7 given within two weeks of receipt of request. 8 9 F. In the event the acceptance of a substitute results in a change in Contract 10 Price or Time, or is a deviation from the Contract Documents, a change order 11 will be issued to reflect such change. In the event the acceptance of an I 12 alternate does not result in a change in Contract Price or Time, a field order 13 will be issued. 14 I 15 G. Substitutes may be rejected for the following reasons: 16 17 1. Acceptance will require substantial revision of Contract Documents or I 18 building spaces. 19 20 2. If they are in Engineer's opinion, not equal to base product specified, I 21 or will not adequately perform function for which intended. 22 23 3. If request is not initiated by the Contractor in accordance with this 24 specification section. I 25 26 1.04 SUBSTITUTION DUE TO UNAVAILABILITY 27 28 A. Unavailability of specified item due to strikes, lockouts, bankruptcy, 29 discontinuance of production, proven shortage, or similar occurrences are 30 reasons for substitution after Contract award. 31 32 B. Notify Engineer in writing, as soon as condition ,of unavailability becomes 33 apparent; include substantiating data. Submit request for substitution t 34 sufficiently in advance to avoid delays. 35 36 C. Submit data as required in paragraph 1.03 above. I 37 38 PART II - PRODUCTS 39 (NOT USED) 40 41 PART III - EXECUTION 42 (NOT USED) , 43 44 45 END OF SECTION I SUBSTITUTIONS AND PRODUCT OPTIONS 01670-4 09/01/16 1 SECTION 01700 2 3 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 4 5 PART I - GENERAL 6 7 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED 8 9 Comply with requirements stated in General Conditions and in Specifications for 10 administrative procedures in closing out the Work. 11 12 1.02 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION 13 14 A. When Contractor considers the Work is substantially complete, he shall 15 submit to the Engineer: 16 17 1. A written notice that the Work, or designated portion thereof, is 18 substantially complete. 19 20 2. A list of items to be completed or corrected. 21 22 3. A copy of all applicable, executed: 23 24 • Manufacturer Certifications of Proper testing, Ready for 25 Operation and Completion 26 • Calibration and Testing Certificates 27 • Transmittals of Operations and Maintenance Manuals 28 • Transmittals of Spare Parts 29 • Owner's Equipment Training Attendance Sign -in sheets 30 • Warranties and guarantees of the manufacturer(s). 31 32 B. Within a reasonable time after receipt of such notice, the Engineer will make 33 an inspection to determine the status of completion. 34 35 C. Should the Engineer determine that the Work is not Substantially Complete: 36 37 1. The Engineer will promptly notify the Contractor, in writing, giving the 38 reasons therefore. 39 40 2. Contractor shall remedy the deficiencies in the Work, and send a 41 second written notice of substantial completion to the Engineer. 42 43 3. The Engineer will re -inspect the Work. 44 45 D. When the Engineer finds that the Work is Substantially Complete, he will: 46 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700-1 09/01/16 1 1. Prepare and deliver to Owner a tentative Certificate of Substantial 2 Completion with a tentative list of items to be completed or corrected 3 before final completion. 4 5 2. After consideration of any objections made by the Owner as provided 6 in Conditions of the Contract, and when the Engineer considers the 7 Work Substantially Complete, he will execute and deliver to the 8 Owner and the Contractor a definite Certificate of Substantial 9 Completion with a revised tentative list of items to be completed or 10 corrected. 11 12 1.03 FINAL INSPECTION 13 14 A. When Contractor considers the Work to be complete, he shall submit written 15 certification that: 16 17 1. Contract Documents have been reviewed. 18 19 2. Work has been inspected for compliance with Contract Documents. 20 21 3. Work has been completed in accordance with Contract Documents. 22 23 4. Equipment and systems have been tested in the presence of the 24 Owner's representative and are operational. 25 26 5. Work is completed and ready for final inspection. 27 28 B. The Engineer will make an inspection to verify the status of completion with 29 reasonable promptness after receipt of such certification. 30 31 C. Should the Engineer consider that the Work is incomplete or defective: 32 33 1. The Engineer will promptly notify the Contractor in writing, listing the 34 incomplete or defective work. 35 36 2. Contractor shall take immediate steps to remedy the stated 37 deficiencies, and send a second written certification to the Engineer 38 that the Work is complete. 39 40 3. The Engineer will re -inspect the Work. 41 42 D. When the Engineer finds that the Work is acceptable under the Contract 43 Documents, he shall request the Contractor to make closeout submittals. 44 45 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700-2 09/01/16 1 1 1 1.04 REINSPECTION FEES I 2 3 A. Should the Engineer perform re -inspections, due to failure of the Work, to 4 comply with the claims of status of completion made by the Contractor: I5 6 1 Owner will compensate the Engineer for such additional services. 7 I 8 2. Owner will deduct the amount of such compensation from the final 9 payment to the Contractor. 10 I 11 1.05 CONTRACTOR'S CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS TO ENGINEER 12 13 A. Evidence of compliance with requirements of governing authorities. I 14 15 B. Project Record Documents and As -built Drawings. 16 I 17 C. Operating and Maintenance Data, Instructions to Owner's Personnel. 18 19 D. Warranties and Bonds, w/ a log of start dates and expiration dates. I 20 21 E. Keys and Keying Schedule. 22 ' 23 F. Spare Parts, Maintenance Materials and Specific Tools. 24 25 G. Evidence of Payment and Release of Liens. 26 I27 H. Certificate of Insurance for Products and Completed Operations. 28 29 I. Contractor's Final Affidavit. I 30 31 J. Lien Waivers from Subcontractors and Suppliers. 32 I 33 K. Consent of Surety from the bonding company. 34 35 L. Contractor's Guarantee. I 36 37 1.06 FINAL ADJUSTMENT OF ACCOUNTS 38 I 39 A. Submit a final statement of accounting to the Engineer. 40 41 B. Statement shall reflect all adjustments to the Contract Sum: I 42 43 1. The original Contract Sum. 44 I 45 46 2. Additions and deductions resulting from: 47 a. Previous Change Orders. I CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700-3 09/01/16 1 1 2 b. Unit Prices. 3 4 c. Deductions for uncorrected Work. 5 6 d. Penalties and Bonuses. 7 8 e. Deductions for liquidated damages. 9 10 f. Deductions for re -inspection payments. 11 12 g. Other adjustments. 13 14 3. Total Contract Sum, as adjusted. 15 16 4. Previous payments. 17 18 5. Sum remaining due. 19 20 C. Engineer will prepare a final Change Order, reflecting approved adjustments 21 to the Contract Price, which were not previously made by Change Orders. 22 23 1.07 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT 24 25 A. Contractor shall submit the final Application for Payment in accordance with 26 procedures and requirements stated in the General Conditions. 27 28 PART II — PRODUCTS 29 (Not Used) 30 31 PART III — EXECUTION 32 (Not Used) 33 34 35 END OF SECTION CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700-4 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 01710 2 3 PROJECT CLEANING 4 5 PART I - GENERAL 6 7 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK 8 9 A. The Contractor shall execute cleaning during progress of Work and at 10 completion of the Work as required by the General Conditions. 11 12 1.02 DISPOSAL REQUIREMENTS 13 14 A. The Contractor shall conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply 15 with all applicable Laws and Regulations. 16 17 PART II — MATERIALS 18 19 2.01 MATERIALS 20 21 A. The Contractor shall use only those cleaning materials which do not create 22 hazards to health or property and which do not damage surfaces. 23 24 B. The Contractor shall use only those cleaning materials and methods 25 recommended by the Manufacturer of the surface material to be cleaned. 26 27 C. The Contractor shall use cleaning materials only on surfaces so 28 recommended by cleaning material Manufacturer. 29 30 PART III — EXECUTION 31 32 3.01 CLEANING DURING CONSTRUCTION 33 34 A. The Contractor shall execute daily cleaning to keep the Work, the site and 35 adjacent properties free from accumulations of waste materials, water, 36 eroded material, rubbish and windblown debris resulting from construction 37 operations. 38 39 B. The Contractor shall provide suitable on-site containers for the daily 40 collection of all waste materials, debris and rubbish. 41 42 C. The Contractor shall remove waste materials, debris and rubbish from site 43 containers periodically and dispose of at properly licensed and permitted 44 disposal areas away from the site. 45 46 D. The Contractor shall remove from the site all surplus materials and 47 temporary structures when no further need therefore develops and as PROJECT CLEANING 01710-1 09/01/16 1 approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall be responsible and liable 2 for all spillage and shall incur all associated costs including, but not limited 3 to, costs related to repair and maintenance resulting from any such damage. 4 5 6 END OF SECTION PROJECT CLEANING 01710-2 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 01720 2 3 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 4 5 PART I - GENERAL 6 7 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED 8 9 A. Maintain at the site for the Owner one record copy of: 10 11 1. Drawings 12 13 2. Specifications 14 15 3. Addenda 16 17 4. Requests for Information 18 19 5. Work Change Directives, Requests for Cost Proposals 20 21 6. Change Orders and other Modifications to the Contract 22 23 7. Engineer's Field Orders or written instructions 24 25 8. Approved Shop Drawings, Working Drawings and Samples 26 27 9. Field Test Records 28 29 10. Construction Photographs 30 31 11. Detailed Progress Schedule, Monthly Updates 32 33 1.02 MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES 34 35 A. Store documents and samples in Contractor's field office apart from 36 documents used for construction. 37 38 1. Provide files and racks for storage of documents. 39 40 2. Provide locked cabinet of secure storage space for storage of 41 samples. 42 43 B. File documents and samples in accordance with CSI format. 44 45 C. Maintain documents in a clean, dry, legible condition and in good order. Do 46 not use record documents for construction purposes. 47 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01720-1 09/01/16 1 D. Make documents and samples available at all times for inspection by the 2 Engineer. 3 4 E. As a pre -requisite for monthly progress payments, the Contractor is to exhibit 5 the currently updated "record documents" for review by the Engineer and 6 Owner. 7 8 1.03 MARKING DEVICES 9 10 A. Provide felt tip marking pens for recording information in the color code 11 designated by the Engineer. 12 13 1.04 RECORDING 14 15 A. Label each document "PROJECT RECORD" in neat large printed letters. 16 17 B. Record information concurrently with construction progress. 18 19 1. Do not conceal any work until required information is recorded. 20 21 C. Drawings: Legibly mark to record actual construction: 22 23 1. Depths of various elements of foundation in relation to finish first floor 24 datum 25 26 2. Denote all underground piping elevations and dimensions; all 27 changes to piping location; horizontal and vertical locations of 28 underground utilities and appurtenances, all referenced to permanent 29 surface improvements or by state Plane coordinates. Actual installed 30 pipe material, class, etc. 31 32 3. Locations of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in the 33 construction, referenced to visible and accessible features of the 34 structure. 35 36 4. Field changes of dimension and detail. 37 38 5. Changes made by Field Order, Work Change Directives, Request for 39 Information or by Change Order. 40 41 6. Details not on original Contract Documents. 42 43 7. Equipment and piping relocations. 44 45 D. Specifications and Addenda; legibly mark each Section to record: 46 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01720-2 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1. Manufacturer, trade name, catalog number, and supplier of each 2 product and item of equipment actually installed. 3 4 2. Changes made by Field Order or by Change Order. 5 6 E. Shop Drawings (after final review and approval) 7 8 1.05 AS -BUILT DRAWINGS 9 10 A. As -built drawings shall be maintained by the Contractor in strict Accordance 11 with the GENERAL CONDITIONS. 12 13 B. Payment Applications will not be approved if the As -built drawings are not 14 kept current and will not be approved until the As -built drawings show 15 completely all information required and are current. 16 17 C. The final Payment Application shall not be accepted by the Owner until the 18 As -built drawings are approved for conformance to the minimum 19 requirements. The Owner's acceptance of the Contractor's As -built drawings 20 does not relieve the Contractor of the sole responsibility for the accuracy or 21 completeness of the As -built drawings. 22 23 D. In addition to the requirements defined in the General Conditions Article 24 6.11.2, Contractor shall provide an As -Built Survey of all pipelines and 25 manholes installed in the project, signed and sealed by a Florida Registered 26 Surveyor and Mapper. As a minimum, the As -Built Survey shall provide at 27 minimum: 28 29 30 1. Pipe invert elevations at every 100 feet; 31 32 2. Pipe invert elevations at any grade change or direction changes; 33 34 3. Pipe inverts of all utilities at utility crossings where the proposed utility 35 crosses above or below other utilities; 36 37 4. N -E coordinates and Station and Offset of all manholes, storm sewer 38 structures or any other concrete structures. 39 40 5. Pipe invert elevations into existing/new structures or manholes; 41 42 6. Bottom, Rim and pipe invert elevations of all manholes and storm 43 sewer structures etc. 44 45 7. Storm Sewers and Structures: Station and offset for all catch basins, 46 manholes, spillways and other structures. Elevations of grates/lids, 47 throats, weirs, and orifices. Invert elevations for all pipes and PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01720-3 09/01/16 1 structures. Pipe size, type, material, slope, and distance between 2 structures. Elevations and dimensions of any skimmers or concrete 3 pads surrounding outfall structures. 4 5 8. If any pavement is restored and is greater than 10 feet in length, 6 pavement elevations on a 10 foot grid; 7 8 9. All other surveying as required to show that the work has been 9 completed to the lines and grades shown on the Drawings or the 10 Specifications. 11 12 10. Wetlands: Cross-sectional surveys, at 100' intervals, through all 13 impacted wetland areas to verify that final grades are in accordance 14 with project permits and the CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 15 16 E. All changes and significant deviations from the original design plans must be 17 included as described below: 18 19 1. Pipe diameter and material, including services. 20 21 2. Elevations and dimensions of diversion weirs, earthen weirs, spillway 22 and control structure weir openings. 23 24 3. Gravity Storm Sewers: Locations all manholes and control structures. 25 Elevations for top of manholes and pipe inverts. Pipe size, type, 26 slope, and distance between manholes. 27 28 All deviations shall be highlighted on the As -built drawings using a "cloud". If 29 any revisions to the original plans required a CHANGE ORDER, the "cloud" 30 shall include the CHANGE ORDER number. 31 32 F. A significant deviation is defined as follows: 33 34 1. Horizontal: 1 foot or one half the diameter of the pipe, whichever is 35 Tess. 36 37 2. Vertical — 38 39 a. More than 1 inch for gravity pipelines and diversion weir 40 structure. 41 42 b. More than 0.2 feet for surface excavations unless sod is to be 43 placed adjacent to pavement, curbs or sidewalks, final grading 44 shall allow the top of sod soil mat to be flush with top edge of 45 pavement, curb or sidewalk. 46 47 G. The Contractor shall submit all As -built drawings after review and approval PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01720-4 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 by the Owner and Engineer in digital electronic format (Auto CADD and pdf) 2 along with one set of marked up drawings. 3 4 H. Submit three (3) full sized 24"x36" of as -built survey, signed and sealed by 5 the Registered Land Surveyor. 6 7 I. Submit two (2) CD-ROMS of the as -built survey in AUTOCAD 2007 or later 8 format. 9 10 1.06 SUBMITTAL 11 12 A. At contract close-out, deliver Record Documents to the Engineer for the 13 Owner. 14 15 B. Accompany submittal with transmittal letter in duplicate, containing: 16 17 1. Date 18 19 2. Project title and number 20 21 3. Contractor's name and address 22 23 4. Title and number of each Record Document 24 25 5. Signature of Contractor or his authorized representative 26 27 28 1.07 MAJOR EQUIPMENT SHOP DRAWINGS, PIPE LAYING SCHEDULE, AND 29 SURVEYING MANUAL 30 31 A. This manual shall contain a copy of the final approved shop drawings for the 32 major materials and equipment associated with the project. The manual 33 shall be divided into sections with each section dedicated to a particular 34 specification section. The manual shall contain pipe laying schedules and 35 reference survey information appropriate for the project. 36 37 B. Five hard copy sets of this manual and one electronic file copy in ".pdf' 38 format are to be delivered to the Owner. The requirements for hard copies 39 and for electronic files are provided below in this section. 40 41 1.08 WARRANTIES, GUARANTEES, BONDS, AND CERTIFICATES MANUAL 42 43 A. This manual shall contain all warranties, guarantees, bonds, certificates, and 44 similar documents, including those customarily provided by manufacturers 45 and suppliers which cover a period greater than the two-year correction 46 period. Show Owner as beneficiary on these documents. 47 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01720-5 09/01/16 1 B. Two hard copy sets of this manual and one electronic file copy are to be 2 delivered to the Owner. The requirements for hard copies and for electronic 3 files are provided below in this section. 4 5 1.09 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS 6 7 A. This manual shall contain construction photographs obtained from the 8 Contractor, Engineer, and Owner. All photographs are to be color digital 9 compiled on CD and provided with a descriptive index of the images with 10 dates 11 12 B. Two electronic file copies are to be delivered to the Owner. 13 14 PART II — PRODUCTS 15 (Not Used) 16 17 PART III — EXECUTION 18 (Not Used) 19 20 21 END OF SECTION PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01720-6 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 01730 2 3 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA 4 5 PART I - GENERAL 6 7 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED 8 9 A. The Contractor shall compile product data and related information 10 appropriate for Owner's maintenance and operation of the actual products 11 furnished by the Contractor. 12 13 1. Prepare operating and maintenance data as specified in this Section 14 and as referenced in other pertinent sections of Specifications. 15 16 B. The Contractor shall instruct Owner's personnel in maintenance of products 17 and in operation of equipment and systems. 18 19 C. The Contractor shall furnish the Owner five (5) approved complete hardcopy 20 sets of Operation and Maintenance Data and one (1) approved complete set 21 of Operation and Maintenance Data in electronic ".pdf' format as specified 22 herein for the project. 23 24 D. The Contractor shall organize all electronic Operation and Maintenance Data 25 by specification division and section number, and shall submit on compact 26 disc (CD) media. 27 28 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE 29 30 A. Preparation of data shall be done by personnel: 31 32 1. Trained and experienced in maintenance and operation of described 33 products. 34 35 2. Familiar with requirements of this Section. 36 37 3. Skilled and technical writer to the extent required to communicate 38 essential data. 39 40 4. Skilled as draftsman competent to prepare required Drawings. 41 42 1.03 FORM OF SUBMITTALS 43 44 A. Prepare data in form of an instructional manual for use by Owner's 45 personnel. 46 47 B. Format: OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01730-1 09/01/16 1 2 1. Size: 8-1/2 inches x 11 -inches. 3 4 2. Paper: 20 pound minimum white, for typed pages. 5 6 3. Text: Manufacturer's printed data, or neatly typewritten. 7 8 4. Drawings: 9 a. Provide reinforced punched binder tabs, bind in with text. 10 b. Reduce larger Drawings and fold to size of text pages but not 11 larger than 14 -inches x 17 -inches. 12 13 5. Provide fly -leaf for each separate product, or each piece of operating 14 equipment. 15 a. Provide typed description of product, and major component 16 parts of equipment. 17 b. Provide indexed tabs. 18 19 6. Cover: Identify each volume with typed or printed title "OPERATING 20 AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS." List: 21 a. Title of Project 22 b. Identity of separate structure, as applicable. 23 c. Identity of general subject matter covered in the manual. 24 25 C. Binders: 26 27 1. Commercial quality three -post binders with durable and cleanable 28 plastic covers. 29 30 2. Maximum post width: 2 -inches. 31 32 3. When multiple binders are used, correlate the data into related 33 consistent groupings. 34 35 1.04 CONTENT OF MANUAL 36 37 A. Neatly typewritten table of contents for each volume, arranged in systematic 38 order. 39 40 1. Supplier name and contact information for parts and technical 41 assistance. 42 43 2. Contractor, name of responsible principal, address and telephone 44 number. 45 46 3. A list of each product required to be included, indexed to content of 47 the volume. OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01730-2 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 4. List, with each product, name, address and telephone number of: 3 a. Subcontractor or installer. 4 b. Maintenance contractor, as appropriate. 5 c. Identify area of responsibility of each. 6 d. Local source of supply for parts and replacement. 7 8 5. Identify each product by product name and other identifying symbols 9 as set forth in Contract Documents. 10 11 B. Product Data: 12 13 1. Include only those sheets that are pertinent to the specific product. 14 15 2. Annotate each sheet to: 16 a. Clearly identify specific product or part installed 17 b. Clearly identify data applicable to installation. 18 c. Delete references to inapplicable information. 19 20 C. Drawings: 21 22 1. Supplement product data with drawings as necessary to clearly 23 illustrate, where applicable to the individual subsystem: 24 a. Relationship of component parts of equipment and systems. 25 b. Control and flow diagrams. 26 27 D. Written text, as required to supplement product data for the particular 28 installation: 29 1. Organize in consistent format under separate headings for different 30 procedures. 31 32 2. Provide logical sequence of instructions of each procedure. 33 34 E. Copy of each warranty, bond and service contract issued. 35 36 1. Provide information sheet for Owner's personnel, give: 37 a. Proper procedures in event of failure. 38 b. Instances which might affect validity of warranties or bonds. 39 40 1.05 INSTRUCTION OF OWNER'S PERSONNEL 41 42 A. Prior to final inspection or acceptance, fully instruct Owner's designated 43 operating and maintenance personnel in operation, adjustment and 44 maintenance of products, equipment and systems. 45 46 B. Operating and maintenance manual shall constitute the basis of instruction. 47 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01730-3 09/01/16 1 1. Review contents of manual with personnel in full detail to explain all 2 aspects of operation and maintenance. 3 4 C. Two weeks prior to the schedule vendor's training, a detailed lesson plan 5 shall be submitted to the Engineer for review that is representative of the 6 material to be covered during the training period. 7 8 D. The acceptance of the manufacturer's training will be in accordance with the 9 successful completion of the attached Manufacturer's Training Summary 10 Report. This checklist will be completed by the Owner and Engineer at the 11 completion of each vendor training session. 12 13 14 PART II — PRODUCTS 15 (Not Used) 16 17 PART III — EXECUTION 18 (Not Used) 19 20 21 END OF SECTION OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01730-4 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 01740 2 3 WARRANTIES AND BONDS 4 5 PART I - GENERAL 6 7 1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED 8 9 A. Compile warranties and bonds, as specified in Articles 5 and 6 of the 10 General Conditions. 11 12 B. Co -execute submittals when so specified. 13 14 C. Review submittals to verify compliance with Contract Documents. 15 16 D. Submit to the Engineer for review and transmittal to Owner. 17 18 1.02 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS 19 20 A. Assemble warranties, bonds and service and maintenance contracts, 21 executed by each of the respective manufacturers, suppliers and 22 subcontractors. 23 24 B. Number of signed originals required: two (2) each. 25 26 C. The Table of Contents shall be neatly typed in orderly sequence. Provide 27 complete information for each item. 28 29 1. Product or work item. 30 31 2. Firm, with name of principal, address and telephone number. 32 33 3. Scope. 34 35 4. Date of beginning warranty, bond or service and maintenance 36 contract. 37 38 5. Duration of warranty, bond or service maintenance contract. 39 40 6. Provide information for Owner's personnel: 41 42 a. Proper procedure in case of failure. 43 44 b. Instances which might affect the validity of warranty or bond. 45 46 7. Contractor, name of responsible principal, address and telephone 47 number. WARRANTIES AND BONDS 01740-1 09/01/16 1 2 1.03 WARRANTY SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS 3 4 A. For all major pieces of equipment, submit a warranty from the equipment 5 manufacturer. The manufacturer's warranty period shall be concurrent with 6 the Contractor's for two (2) years, unless otherwise specified, commencing at 7 the time of Substantial Completion. 8 9 PART II — PRODUCTS 10 (Not Used) 11 12 PART III — EXECUTION 13 (Not Used) 14 15 16 END OF SECTION WARRANTIES AND BONDS 01740-2 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ' SANITARY SEWER CLEANING AND TELEVISING 02060-1 09/01/16 1 SECTION 02060 2 3 SANITARY SEWER CLEANING AND TELEVISING 4 5 PART I — GENERAL 6 7 1.01 SCOPE 8 9 A. The Contractor shall provide for cleaning and closed circuit television 10 inspection (CCTV) of sewer pipes installed as part of the project. 11 12 B. The Work includes furnishing all water, power, labor, tools, equipment and 13 materials including various forms of specialized pipe cleaning, and 14 televising of sanitary sewage mains and related manholes, and all 15 operations to support the cleaning and inspection activities. 16 17 C. This specification section also applies to new installations for compliance 18 documentation of construction specifications. 19 20 1.02 SAFETY CODE REQUIREMENTS 21 22 A. The Contractor shall conduct his operations in strict accordance with all 23 applicable Federal, State, and Local safety codes and statutes and shall 24 be fully responsible and obligated to maintain procedures for safety of the 25 public as well as work, personnel and equipment involved in the project. 26 27 B. The Contractor shall at all times during the course of the cleaning and 28 televising conform to Occupational Safety and Health Administration 29 (OSHA) and all other applicable safety codes or standards. No additional 30 compensation will be allowed for OSHA or other safety code standards or 31 requirements. 32 33 1.03 SUBMITTALS 34 35 A. The Contractor shall submit the following information: 36 37 1. Information on all types of processes that will be used for cleaning. 38 2. Copies of PACP/ MACP certifications for personnel performing 39 television and manhole inspections. 40 3. Manufacturer's certification that the equipment to be used meets 41 the referenced standards and these specifications. 42 4. Proposed equipment and procedures for accomplishing the work. 43 5. Proposed personnel assigned to the cleaning work. 44 45 1 1 PART II — EQUIPMENT 2 3 2.01 SEWER PIPE CLEANING 4 5 A. All sanitary sewer pipes shall be flushed with a minimum velocity of 2.5 6 feet per second (fps) to ensure that the lighter solids are removed from the 7 pipe interior. 8 9 B. Vacuum debris removal system shall be used to remove sand, silt, rocks, 10 bricks, and all other debris from manholes during the cleaning process. 11 12 C. Contractor shall provide equipment capable of removing all sand, dirt, 13 rocks and other debris from the sewer reach to allow unobstructed remote 14 television internal inspection of all internal surfaces. 15 16 2.02 CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION EQUIPMENT 17 18 A. Video inspection shall be performed using National Association of Sewer 19 Companies (NASSCO) Pipeline Assessment and Certification Program 20 (PACP) certified software and shall meet the following: 21 22 1. Shall be performed by a NASSCO PACP Certified Operator who 23 will use software that is compatible with Granite XP latest version 24 software to NASSCO PACP Standards. 25 26 2. Shall be submitted as digital media (i.e. DVD) that includes video 27 and data base file in PACP format and include a printed copy of the 28 PACP television inspection log. 29 30 3. Shall perform a manhole inspection and provide a completed 31 NASSCO Manhole Inspection form latest version for each manhole 32 that is connected to the sewer being inspected. 33 34 4. All pertinent data recorded in audio on the media to include: 35 36 a. Location name. 37 b. Manhole numbers (these numbers must match manhole 38 numbers on "as built" drawings). 39 c. Date 40 d. Size and material of pipe 41 e. Service connection locations, right or left 42 f. All distances between manholes 43 g. Locations of suspected and obvious pipe deficiencies (i.e., 44 bad joints, breaks or Teaks etc) 45 SANITARY SEWER CLEANING AND TELEVISING 02060-2 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 5. PVC pipe shall have a deflection test using a seven and one-half 2 percent (go -no-go) test mandrel of appropriate size, which shall be 3 visible on video at all times. 4 5 6. The printed NASSCO PACP television report (indicating manhole 6 numbers) which will accompany the media. This written report must 7 include: 8 9 a. Manhole numbers (these numbers must match manhole 10 numbers on "as -built" drawings). 11 b. Service connection locations, right or left. 12 c. Reference to service connection locations out of manholes. 13 d. Locations of suspected and obvious pipe deficiencies (i.e., 14 bad joints, breaks or leaks, etc.). 15 e. Depth of each manhole. 16 f. Actual measured distance (on ground) between manholes. 17 18 7. All visual and television inspections shall be completed and 19 approved by Engineer after the road base has been constructed but 20 prior to the placing of any asphalt. 21 22 8. Television Inspection Media must clearly show details of structural 23 defects, misalignments and infiltration. 24 25 9. All known or indicated breaks shall be repaired by the Contractor 26 regardless of the test allowances. Faulty sections of sewer lines or 27 manholes rejected by the Engineer shall be removed and re-laid by 28 the Contractor. Sunken manholes will not be accepted. 29 30 B. Closed Circuit Television Inspection Equipment shall produce a color 31 video. 32 33 C. Pipe inspection camera shall be a pan -and -tilt and radial viewing pipe 34 inspection camera that pans a minimum of ± 275 degrees and rotates 360 35 degrees. 36 37 D. A slope indicator shall be included on the camera and accurately 38 calibrated per manufacture's instructions for measurement of pipe slope. 39 40 E. The camera shall be equipped with a measuring device capable of 41 accurately measuring the depth of standing water in the pipe. The 42 measuring device shall be mounted to the front of the unit and be capable 43 of being read as the unit advances through the pipe. 44 45 F. A camera with an accurate footage counter shall be used, which displays 46 on the monitor the exact distance of the camera from the centerline of the 47 starting manhole. ' SANITARY SEWER CLEANING AND TELEVISING 02060-3 09/01/16 1 1 2 G. The camera will be capable of height adjustment so that the camera lens 3 is always centered at one-half the inside diameter, or higher, in the pipe 4 being televised. 5 6 H. Lighting for the camera shall be suitable to allow a clean picture of the 7 entire periphery of the pipe. A reflector in front of the camera may be 8 required to enhance lighting in dark or large diameter pipe. 9 10 I. The camera, television monitor and other components of the video system 11 shall be capable of producing a minimum 500 -line resolution colored video 12 picture. 13 14 J. Two (2) copies of the video data shall be provided to the Owner and 15 Engineer in a digital format such as a DVD, or other device or media, as 16 required by the Owner to be uploaded to the CCTV inspection database. 17 18 K. Video data shall be PACP database compliant and compatible with the 19 Owner's existing software database system. 20 21 PART 111— EXECUTION 22 23 3.01 CLEANING 24 25 A. The sewers shall be cleaned by removing dirt, rock, sand, and other 26 deleterious materials from the pipe and manholes. 27 28 B. All necessary precautions are to be taken to protect the sewer lines from 29 damage resulting from the cleaning and inspection process. 30 Reimbursement for damage to the sewer infrastructure or damage or 31 flooding of private or public property, as a direct or indirect result of the 32 cleaning and inspection operation shall be the responsibility of the 33 Contractor. 34 35 3.02 CLOSE CIRCUIT TELEVISION INSPECTION PROCEDURE 36 37 A. The Contractor shall provide the Owner with digital media that includes 38 video and data base file that is compatible with Granite XP in NASSCO 39 PACP format. Compatibility issues with software other than Granite XP 40 latest version are the Contractor's responsibility. 41 42 B. CCTV inspection shall be performed by NASSCO PACP certified 43 operators who use NASSCO certified software that is compatible with 44 Granite XP latest version using PACP defect coding methodology. 45 46 C. Perform CCTV inspection immediately after line cleaning. Before insertion 47 of the camera into the sewer, the camera shall record on video the SANITARY SEWER CLEANING AND TELEVISING 02060-4 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 upstream and downstream manhole, pipe size, specific location of the 2 sewer, and the direction in which the camera will travel. The camera shall 3 be moved through the line in either direction at a moderate rate, stopping 4 when necessary to permit proper documentation of the sewer's condition 5 in audio and documented on the television inspection log. 6 7 D. The camera height shall be adjustment so that the camera lens is always 8 centered at one-half the inside diameter, or higher, in the pipe being 9 televised. 10 11 E. The camera shall not travel at a speed greater than thirty (30) feet per 12 minute. To better understand the flow from each individual lateral the 13 camera shall be positioned at each lateral for a sufficient duration to 14 determine the nature of flow and condition of the lateral (minimum of 30- 15 seconds). 16 17 F. Videos shall pan beginning and ending manholes to demonstrate that all 18 debris has been removed. A manhole inspection shall be performed for all 19 manholes. 20 21 G. Manual winches, power winches, TV cable powered rewinds, or self 22 propelled cameras may be used to move the camera through the sewer 23 line. 24 25 H. When manually operated winches are used to pull the television camera 26 through the line, telephones or other suitable means of communication 27 should be set up between the two manholes of the section being 28 inspected to insure good communication between members of the crew. 29 30 I. Distance Measurements: The accuracy of the measurements for location 31 of defects, service connections, changes in pipe materials, and all other 32 PACP recognized conditions is paramount, particularly when it may 33 require later corrective action or a dig -up. The accuracy of the footage 34 meter shall be checked by taking a reading at the entrance to the away 35 manhole and comparing with a surface measurement made with a steel 36 tape or walking meter (Roll -A -Tape). These measurements shall be 37 performed by the Contractor in the presence of the Owner's inspector. 38 Measurement meters shall be accurate to one-tenth of a foot over the 39 entire length of the sewer line section being inspected. Otherwise, the 40 Contractor shall take corrective action. 41 42 J. The video inspection shall be clear and visible with adequate lighting to 43 enable the viewer to discern even small defects in the pipe being 44 inspected. Camera distortions, inadequate lighting, dirty lens, or 45 blurred/hazy picture will be cause for rejection of a video and rejection of 46 the associated line segment. Any pipeline reach television inspection 47 video that does not meet this requirement or fails to meet PACP SANITARY SEWER CLEANING AND TELEVISING 02060-5 09/01/16 1 specifications shall be cause for Contractor to re -inspect the pipe at no 2 additional cost to the Owner. Payment for television inspection and sewer 3 rehabilitation will not be made until the Owner approves the quality of the 4 video and logs. 5 6 K. CCTV inspection video shall be continuous for pipe segments between 7 manholes. Do not leave gaps in the video of a segment between 8 manholes and do not show a single segment on more than one video, 9 unless specifically allowed by the Owner. 10 11 L. Documentation of television inspection by the Contractor shall be 12 performed in accordance with these Specifications. The video, PACP 13 television inspection report and the NASSCO Manhole Inspection Form 14 version 4.3 or higher, with all applicable fields accurately completed per 15 PACP format, shall be supplied to the Owner within 30 days of completion 16 of the sewer televising. 17 18 19 END OF SECTION SANITARY SEWER CLEANING AND TELEVISING 02060-6 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 02061 2 3 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE AND FITTINGS 4 5 PART I — GENERAL 6 7 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK 8 9 A. The Work includes furnishing all labor, tools, equipment, materials, and 10 performing all operations in connection with construction of sanitary 11 sewers and appurtenant structures, including excavation, trenching, 12 backfilling and appurtenant work as required, or as directed. 13 14 1.02 Material Depth Limitations 15 16 A. Pipe materials used for gravity sewers shall be subject to the depth 17 limitations indicated in accordance with the Standard Details. 18 19 PART II — PRODUCTS 20 21 2.01 MATERIALS 22 23 A. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Gravity Sewer Pipe 24 25 1. PVC sewer pipe for the sewer main, street lateral, and service 26 lateral shall be of Standard Dimension Ratio (SDR) -26 when 27 installed with greater than 10 feet of cover. PVC pipe shall be of 28 SDR -35 when installed with 10 feet or less of cover. 29 30 2. All PVC pipe shall conform to ASTM Standards D-3034, Cell 31 classification 12454B or 12364C as defined under ASTM Standards 32 D1784. 33 34 3. PVC pipe shall have push -on integral bell type supplied with an 35 elastomeric gasket installed. Joints shall be per ASTM Standards 36 D3212 sewer plastic pipe using elastomeric gaskets. No solvent - 37 cement weld pipe or fittings will be accepted. 38 39 4. Gaskets shall be per ASTM Standards F477 for joining plastic pipe. 40 41 5. Pipe shall be color coded green. 42 43 6. Pipe laying length shall be a maximum of 20 -feet. 44 45 7. Shall comply with and be labeled as approved by the National 46 Sanitation Foundation (NSF) for use in sanitary sewer. 47 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE AND FITTINGS 02061-1 09/01/16 1 8. PVC Pipe shall be as manufactured by JM Eagle, Diamond 2 Plastics, National Pipe & Plastics or approved equal. 3 4 B. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Gravity Sewer Fittings 5 6 1. PVC fittings for gravity sewer shall meet or exceed the performance 7 specifications of ASTM Standards D-3034. SDR of the fitting shall 8 match the sewer pipe to which the fitting is connected. 9 10 2. Gaskets per ASTM Standards F477. 11 12 3. ASTM Standards D 1784, manufactured from compounds with cell 13 classification 12454B (type 1, grade 1 material). 14 15 4. No solvent -cement weld pipe or fittings will be accepted. 16 17 5. Joint per ASTM Standards D3212 sewer plastic pipe using 18 elastomeric gaskets. 19 20 6. Fittings shall be color coded green and shall comply with and be 21 labeled as approved by the National Sanitation Foundation (NSF) 22 for use in sanitary sewer. 23 24 7. PVC fittings shall be as manufactured by CERTAINTEED, FLO- 25 CONTROL, FREEDOM PLASTICS, GPK PRODUCTS, HARCO or 26 approved equal. 27 28 C. Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings 29 30 1. Ductile iron pipe shall conform to the requirements of AWWA 31 C151/ANSI A21.51, Pressure Class 350 minimum. All pipe shall 32 have a ceramic epoxy lining interior such as Protecto 401 Ceramic 33 Epoxy Liner as provided by U.S. Pipe and exterior asphaltic seal 34 coat in accordance with AWWA and ANSI Standards. 35 36 2. Pipe for installation below ground shall be supplied in lengths not in 37 excess of a nominal 20 feet. Pipe shall be either push -on joint or 38 manufactured restrained joint where required. All buried ductile 39 iron piping shall be restrained unless shown otherwise on the 40 Drawings. 41 42 3. The Contractor shall provide a polyethylene encasement over all 43 buried ductile iron pipe and fittings. The material, installation and 44 workmanship shall conform to applicable sections of AWWA 45 C105/ANSI Standard A21.5. Installation methods A or B shall be 46 employed using flat tube polyethylene. The Contractor shall make 47 provisions to keep the polyethylene from direct exposure to sunlight GRAVITY SEWER PIPE AND FITTINGS 02061-2 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 prior to installation; and backfilling following installation shall be 2 completed without delay to avoid exposure to sunlight. 3 Polyethylene shall be color coded green. 4 5 4. Fittings for buried service shall be mechanical joint ductile iron with 6 a minimum pressure rating of 350 psi. Fittings shall meet the 7 requirements of AWWA C153/ANSI A21.53 as applicable. Rubber 8 gasket joints shall conform to AWWA C111/ANSI A21.11 for 9 mechanical and push -on type joints. All fittings shall be 10 mechanically restrained. 11 12 5. Pipe and fittings for underground service shall be coated on the 13 exterior with a 1.0 mil thick bituminous coat in accordance with 14 ANSI A21.51. 15 16 6. Maximum pipe laying lengths shall be 20 feet with shorter lengths 17 provided as required by the Construction Drawings or to complete 18 the Work and as allowed by AWWA C151. 19 20 7. Fittings shall have a ceramic epoxy lining such as Protecto 401 21 Ceramic Epoxy Liner as provided by U.S. Pipe. Exterior coating 22 shall be standard bituminous coating of one (1) mil thickness. 23 24 8. All fittings shall be furnished with all joint material (bolts, nuts, 25 gaskets and glands) complete, ready for installation. 26 27 9. All fittings shall have distinctly cast upon them the manufacturer's 28 identification, pressure rating, nominal diameter and the number of 29 degrees or fraction of a circle on all bends. Ductile iron fittings shall 30 have the letters "DI" or "DUCTILE" cast on them. 31 32 10. Ductile iron pipe shall be as manufactured by American Cast Iron 33 Pipe Company or approved equal. 34 35 PART III — EXECUTION 36 37 3.01 CONSTRUCTION 38 39 A. Order of Work 40 41 1. The Engineer reserves the right to specify which sewer lines will 42 receive priority in construction. In general, however, the work will be 43 from the lower end of the sewer towards the upper end of the 44 sewer. 45 46 B. Maintenance of Existing Sewerage Facilities 47 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE AND FITTINGS 02061-3 09/01/16 1 1. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to maintain operation of the 2 existing sewerage facilities during construction and repair work. 3 The Contractor shall be responsible for providing any equipment 4 required to maintain operation of service during construction. Any 5 damage done to any existing sewer pipe or structure is to be 6 immediately repaired to a condition equal to, or better than, it's 7 original condition. 8 9 C. Location and Grade of Sewers 10 11 1. The line and the grade of the sewer, as well as the location of 12 manholes, and all other appurtenances, shall be as shown on the 13 Drawings or, as directed by the Engineer. The grade line as given 14 on the Drawings indicates the grade of the invert of the sewer pipe. 15 16 D. Cutting Gravity Sewer Pipe 17 18 1. Cutting PVC sewer pipe may be field cut using hand or power saws 19 in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. The raw 20 spigot end thus formed shall be filed to remove gasket damaging 21 burrs and to form a standard bevel. 22 23 E. Laying Gravity Sewers 24 25 1. Installation of PVC pipe shall be per ASTM D-2321 and UNI -B-5. 26 27 2. Trench excavation shall be as specified in Section 02221, 28 Excavation and Backfill for Pipes. 29 30 3. Each pipe shall be laid true to line and grade so as to form a close 31 concentric joint with the adjoining pipe, preventing offsets in the 32 flow line. The trench bottom shall form a solid base for the entire 33 length of pipe and shall be capable of supporting the full weight of 34 the pipe and backfill material. The pipe bells shall not bear against 35 the solid bottom of the ditch. Sewers will be inspected with mirrors 36 at intervals during construction and corrected, if necessary, before 37 backfill. 38 39 4. Where pipe bedding is insufficient to adequately support pipe, the 40 contractor will be required to remove unsuitable material and bed 41 pipe in Class I material (1/2" Dia. aggregate) to provide firm support 42 of pipe. 43 44 5. All wye units, stubs, or other fittings placed in lines for future 45 connections, or services, shall have the open bell tightly plugged 46 using pipe manufacturer's recommended watertight plug. All plugs GRAVITY SEWER PIPE AND FITTINGS 02061-4 09/01/16 1 shall be capable of withstanding 4 psi internal air test pressure, yet 2 permit easy removal for future use. 3 4 6. The open ends of all pipelines shall be kept securely plugged at the 5 end of each day's work and at any other time when any operation is 6 being carried out which might permit foreign materials, rock, dirt, 7 etc. to enter the pipe. Pipelines shall be thoroughly flushed out 8 upon their completion and when directed by the Engineer. 9 10 F. Joining Gravity Sewer Pipe 11 12 1. Gravity sewer pipe having factory fabricated joints shall be joined 13 together in strict accordance with the manufacturer's specifications. 14 The surface shall be wiped free of dust, dirt, gravel, or other foreign 15 materials before joining. The spigot end shall be centered on grade 16 into the bell end of the last downstream length of pipe, and properly 17 seated. 18 19 2. When seating pipe with a pry, lever, or other approved device, care 20 shall be taken to protect the pipe end from damage. Ends damaged 21 in any manner shall be cause for rejection of the pipe. 22 23 3.02 INSPECTIONS OF LINES AND MANHOLES 24 25 A. Inspection of completed lines and manholes shall be scheduled within a 26 reasonable time after construction or when required by the Engineer. 27 Before scheduling an inspection, the Contractor shall prepare the lines by 28 cleaning and flushing. Manholes shall be clean, finished and free of leaks. 29 30 B. Manholes shall be on a true and uniform grade. The inverts shall have a 31 smooth steel troweled finish. All benches shall be uniformly sloping. The 32 frames shall be tight and properly set in mortar on solid masonry. The 33 invert, benches and adjacent pipe shall be free of splattered mortar. All 34 required interior lining or paint shall be kept intact. Manhole frames shall 35 be adjusted to grade with the covers and frames cleaned and free of 36 mortar and asphaltic mixtures. All precast manhole seams shall be filled 37 with an approved asphaltic compound. 38 39 C. Pipe between manholes shall be true to line and grade. Dips and sags 40 with three-quarter (3/4) inch or more of trapped water shall be cause for 41 rejection. Sewer main alignment and grade shall be verified by the use of 42 a laser leveling device. 43 44 D. The Contractor shall provide the Owner with a Television Inspection of the 45 completed gravity sewers in accordance with Section 02060. 46 47 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE AND FITTINGS 02061-5 09/01/16 1 3.03 SERVICE CONNECTIONS -WYE UNITS AND SERVICE PIPE 2 3 A. D.I.P. and PVC service connections shall be made by means of a wye or 4 tee. All joints connected to the wye unit shall remain flexible. Service 5 connections on existing mains shall be made using a sewer saddle as 6 manufactured by Romac Style CB Sewer Saddle or approved equal. 7 8 B. All new sewer service connections shall have a continuous looped trace 9 wire consisting of one (1) 14 -gauge minimum solid copper or one (1) 12- 10 gauge copper clad steel tracer wires taped to the top center of the pipe 11 from the cleanout to the main line and back to the cleanout in accordance 12 with the details as shown on the Drawings. 13 14 C. Service pipe for all properties shall be laid to the property line and 15 plugged, as shown on the Drawings. All ends of service lines shall be 16 marked by a permanent stake and where sidewalks or curbs are located 17 nearby, by a chiseled mark cut in the sidewalk or curb. Service pipe shall 18 have a protective cover of not less forty-two (42) inches under all roads 19 and thirty-six (36) inches at all property lines. Inspection of service pipe 20 shall be made before backfill. Service pipe shall have a visibly good line 21 and grade. Shallow service shall be laid by using a four foot hand level 22 with proper shim attached to one end. 23 24 D. In cases of extra depth where service pipe cannot be laid on a continuous 25 grade to the property line, the Contractor shall then furnish all materials 26 and construct risers as shown on the Drawings. When pipe cannot be 27 adequately supported on undisturbed earth, it shall be supported on a 28 concrete cradle. 29 30 3.04 SEWER SERVICE RECONNECTIONS 31 32 A. Sewer service reconnections shall be as specified in Section 13600. 33 34 3.05 JOINING NEW PIPE TO OLD PIPE 35 36 A. Joining polyvinyl chloride pipe to existing ductile iron pipe requires a 37 ductile iron transition adapter as manufactured by Harco or equal for all 38 joints that will not connect properly with ordinary factory joints. Approved 39 pipe cutting methods must be used to cut any pipe required for the 40 connection. All cut pipe shall be ground and smoothed to remove snags 41 and sharp edges. No mortar or collars shall be used for such connections 42 unless approved by the Engineer. 43 44 , 3.06 CLEAN -OUTS 45 46 A. Clean -outs shall be constructed in accordance with the Drawings at 47 locations as shown on the Drawings. GRAVITY SEWER PIPE AND FITTINGS 02061-6 09/01/16 1 2 3.07 JOINING PIPE TO MANHOLES OR OTHER STRUCTURES 3 4 A. All manhole connection holes shall be core drilled with a maximum hole 5 diameter not to exceed one and a half times the pipe diameter. 6 7 A. Connections to sanitary manholes using approved PVC sewer main shall 8 be made with a manhole adapter coupling by Flo Control, Inc., or a flexible 9 rubber boot shall be used at the manhole to pipe connection. The boot 10 shall be manufactured of neoprene or isoprene compounds formulated 11 and tested to resist deterioration due to sewage, hydrogen sulfide, oils, 12 fats, greases, petroleum products and by-products. The connection at the 13 manhole wall shall be flexible and water -tight. The flexible boot shall be 14 as manufactured by NPC Kor-n-Seal or equal. Any annular space inside 15 the manhole at the connection shall be filled with approved caulking 16 material or joint filler. 17 18 B. Stubouts for future mains shall be constructed at the locations and to the 19 elevations shown on the Drawings. The manhole benches shall be 20 constructed to direct flows from all shown manhole inlets smoothly to the 21 outlet. Stubouts shall be plugged with bricks and mortar per the detail 22 shown on the Drawings. 23 24 25 END OF SECTION 26 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE AND FITTINGS 02061-7 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 02100 2 3 SITE PREPARATION 4 5 PART I — GENERAL 6 7 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK 8 9 A. This Section covers clearing, grubbing, stripping, proof -rolling, and 10 undercutting. 11 12 B. Clearing and grubbing shall be performed in accordance with Section 110 of 13 FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Unless otherwise specified 14 in the contract documents, the Contractor shall take ownership of all 15 removed material and dispose of them off-site in accordance with all Local, 16 State and Federal Requirements. 17 18 C. The Contractor shall clear and grub all of the area within the limits of 19 construction, or as required, which includes, but is not limited to, utility 20 easements. The width of the area to be cleared shall be reviewed by the 21 Engineer prior to the beginning of any clearing. 22 23 D. Embankment and structure areas shall be proof -rolled. Proof -rolling must be 24 observed on a full time basis by the Engineer or Owner's Representative. 25 Undercutting of unsatisfactory materials will be as recommended by the 26 Engineer or Owner's Representative. 27 28 E. Undercutting unsatisfactory soils will likely extend below the prevailing water 29 table. Temporary construction dewatering may be required. 30 31 F. The Contractor's attention is directed to any and all applicable Local, State or 32 Federal Soil Erosion and Sedimentation Control and water discharge 33 ordinances. The Contractor shall comply with all applicable sections of these 34 ordinances and obtain all required permits. 35 36 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE 37 38 A. The Owner will select and pay for a qualified geotechnical engineering and 39 testing laboratory (Testing Laboratory) to monitor all aspects of this section. 40 Scheduling shall be performed by the Engineer. 41 42 PART II — PRODUCTS 43 (Not Used) 44 45 SITE PREPARATION 02100-1 09/01/16 1 PART III — EXECUTION 2 3 3.01 CLEARING 4 5 A. The area to be cleared shall be completely cleared of all timber, brush, 6 stumps, roots, grass, weeds, rubbish, asphalt, base material, piping, pond 7 inlets and all other objectionable obstructions resting on or protruding 8 through the surface of the ground. However, trees designated by the 9 Engineer will be preserved as hereinafter specified. Clearing operations 10 shall be conducted so as to prevent damage to existing structures and 11 installations. 12 13 3.02 GRUBBING 14 15 B. Grubbing shall consist of the complete removal of all stumps, roots, matted 16 roots, brush, timber, logs, and any other organic or metallic debris not 17 suitable for support purposes, resting on, under or protruding through the 18 surface of the ground to a depth of 18 inches below the subgrade unless 19 otherwise noted on the Drawings. 20 21 3.03 STRIPPING AND STOCKPILING 22 23 A. The entire site shall be stripped and cleared of all surface vegetation, root - 24 laden topsoil, and pond or wetland muck. Stripping about of unsuitable 25 materials should be anticipated in non -pond areas. Removal of pond or 26 wetland muck should be expected in some locations as shown in the 27 geotechnical report. 28 29 B. In areas so designated, and impacted wetlands, topsoil and pond muck shall 30 be stockpiled for replacement as topsoil in the affected areas to promote 31 vegetation growth. Topsoil and pond muck, so stockpiled, shall be protected 32 until the material is placed as specified. The Contractor shall dispose at their 33 own expense of any of these materials remaining after all work is in place. 34 35 3.04 STOCKPILING 36 37 A. Material identified by the Engineer as satisfactory structural fill shall be 38 stockpiled in an area approved by the Engineer. This stockpile shall be 39 protected until the material is placed as specified. The Contractor shall 40 dispose of any of these materials remaining after all work is in place. 41 42 B. Siltation and erosion control measures shall be in place in all stockpile areas 43 to prevent turbid runoff and remain in compliance with the environmental 44 permits and applicable regulations. 45 46 SITE PREPARATION 02100-2 09/01/16 1 3.05 DISPOSAL OF CLEARED AND GRUBBED MATERIAL 2 3 A. The Contractor shall dispose of all material and debris from the clearing and 4 grubbing operation by hauling such material and debris off-site. 5 6 7 END OF SECTION 8 SITE PREPARATION 02100-3 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 02125 2 3 SILT BARRIERS 4 5 PART I — GENERAL 6 7 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK 8 9 A. The work included under this section consists of furnishing all necessary 10 labor, equipment, tools and materials, and in performing all operations in 11 connection with the installation of a staked silt barrier, of cloth or synthetic 12 hay bales, or a floating silt barrier for the protection of open water, wetland 13 systems or areas intended to remain undisturbed by adjoining work. 14 15 B. This work shall be performed in strict accordance with the requirements of all 16 applicable sections of these specifications and in conformity with lines, 17 grades, notes and typical sections as shown on the drawings, as directed by 18 the Engineer or as directed by representatives of governmental agencies 19 having permitting jurisdiction over areas to be protected. 20 21 PART II — PRODUCTS 22 23 2.01 STAKED FABRIC SILT BARRIER 24 25 A. The sediment control fabric is to be woven polypropylene meeting the 26 following standards: 27 28 Mullen Burst Test (ASTM D-3786) 200 psi (min.) 29 Grab Elongation (ASTM D-1682) 30% (max.) 30 Slurry Flow Rate (VTM-51) 0.3 gpm/sf (min.) 31 Retention Efficiency (VTM-51) 75% (min.) 32 33 B. The fabric shall be provided in widths adequate to provide a barrier of a 34 minimum of 24 inches in height and allow for 8 inches of fabric to be buried 35 for restraint. 36 37 PART III — EXECUTION 38 39 3.01 STAKED CLOTH SILT BARRIER 40 41 A. The sediment control fabric shall be attached per the manufacturer's 42 recommendations to the uphill or sediment producing side of the stakes. 43 The stakes shall be spaced at 6 to 10 foot intervals. A 4" to 6" trench shall 44 be dug along the fence line and backfilled with the bottom 8 inches of control 45 fabric in place. 46 SILT BARRIERS 02125-1 09/01/16 1 B. The ends of each unit of fence shall be connected to adjoining fence 2 sections with a connector provided by the manufacturer or by intertwining the 3 two end posts to overlap the fabric sufficiently to prevent sediment from 4 escaping, as shown in the Drawings. 5 6 3.02 STAKED SYNTHETIC HAY BALES 7 8 A. Securely bound synthetic hay bales may be used as a sediment barrier. The 9 bales shall be securely bound with two strands of rope or wire. The bales 10 shall be positioned in a 4 inch trench along the plan alignment and each bale 11 is to be secured by driving two 2"x 2" stakes or #5 rebar through the bale and 12 18" to 24" into the ground. The tops of the stakes shall then be secured by a 13 continuous wire tie. 14 15 B. Deteriorated bales shall be replaced as directed by the Engineer. 16 17 3.03 REMOVAL 18 19 A. Upon obtaining Substantial Completion, the Contractor shall be responsible 20 for the complete removal of all silt barriers unless so directed by the 21 Engineer. Following removal, all materials shall become the property of the 22 Contractor. 23 24 25 END OF SECTION SILT BARRIERS 02125-2 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 02140 2 3 TEMPORARY DEWATERING 4 5 PART I — GENERAL 6 7 1.01 DESCRIPTION 8 9 A. The Work to be performed includes the furnishing of all equipment, 10 materials and labor necessary to remove surface or subsurface waters 11 from excavation areas in accordance with the requirements set forth and 12 as shown on the Drawings or as specified. 13 14 B. Unless specifically authorized by the Engineer, all pipe and structures 15 shall be laid "in the dry". 16 17 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE 18 19 A. The dewatering of any excavation areas and the disposal of the water 20 produced shall be in strict accordance with the latest revision of all Laws 21 and Regulations; with the local, State and Federal permits for the project; 22 and, with the Contractor's approved Storm Water Pollution Prevention 23 Plan (SWPPP). 24 25 PART II — PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) 26 27 PART III — EXECUTION 28 29 3.01 TEMPORARY DEWATERING 30 31 A. Prior to commencing work, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for 32 approval the Contractor's plans for dewatering. The dewatering system 33 shall be in conformity with the overall construction plan. 34 35 B. The Contractor shall obtain a dewatering permit per Chapter 62-621.300 36 F.A.C. necessary for dewatering. 37 38 C. The Contractor shall provide adequate equipment for the removal of 39 surface or subsurface waters that may accumulate in the excavation. 40 Flotation and migration of fines shall be prevented by the Contractor by 41 maintaining a positive and continuous operation of the dewatering system. 42 The Contractor shall be fully responsible and liable for all damages that 43 may result from the operation and/or failure of this system. 44 45 D. If subsurface water is encountered, the Contractor shall utilize suitable 46 equipment to adequately dewater the excavation so that it will be dry to a 47 depth of 12 -inches below the pipeline subgrade compaction level or over - TEMPORARY DEWATERING 02140-1 09/01/16 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 E. 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 F. 23 24 25 26 27 G. 28 29 30 31 32 H. 33 34 35 I. 36 37 38 39 40 J. 41 42 43 44 1 1 excavation level, whichever is lower, but not more than 5 -feet, to facilitate effective subgrade compaction and to provide for a stable trench bottom. For concrete structures, the dewatering system shall maintain the water at such a level at least 2 feet below the subgrade of the structure. A wellpoint system, trench drain, sump pump operation, or other dewatering method shall be utilized to maintain the excavation in a dry condition for preparation of the trench bottom and until the fills, structures or pipes to be built thereon have been completed to such extent that they will not be floated or otherwise damaged by allowing water levels to return to natural levels. No water shall be allowed to contact masonry or concrete within 24 hours after being placed. 1 Dewatering shall at all times be conducted in such a manner as to preserve the undisturbed bearing capacity of the subgrade soils at proposed bottom of excavation and to preserve the integrity of adjacent structures and utilities. Well or sump installations shall be constructed and operated continuously with proper sand filters to prevent drawing of finer grained soil from the surrounding ground. Dewatering by trench pumping shall not be permitted if migration of fine grained natural material from bottom, side walls, or bedding material may occur. In the event that satisfactory dewatering cannot be accomplished due to subsurface conditions, or where dewatering could damage existing structures, the Contractor shall obtain the Engineer's approval of wet trench construction or procedure before commencing construction. Engine -driven dewatering pumps shall be equipped with residential type 1 mufflers. Where practical and feasible, electrical "power drops" and electric motor -driven equipment shall be used in lieu of portable generators. The Contractor shall take all additional precautions to prevent uplift of any structure during construction. 1 The Contractor shall take all precautions to preclude the accidental discharge of fuel, oil, etc. to prevent adverse effects on groundwater quality. All costs associated with any such adverse effects shall be borne by the Contractor. The Contractor shall, at no expense to the Owner, be required to excavate 1 below grade and refill with approved fill material if the Engineer determines that adequate drainage has not been provided. 1 TEMPORARY DEWATERING 02140-2 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3.02 DISPOSAL 2 3 A. All product water from dewatering shall be pumped from the trench or 4 other excavation and shall be disposed of in strict accordance with the 5 Permits. The Contractor will be allowed to discharge product water from 6 dewatering offsite into storm sewers, or ditches having adequate capacity, 7 canals or suitable disposal pits, or other surface waters in accordance with 8 the Dewatering Plan, provided that the water has been sampled and 9 tested by the Contractor, is in compliance with the concentration limits 10 specified in 62-621.300(2) FAC, and the Contractor has obtained a 11 Generic Permit for the Production of Groundwater. The frequency of 12 water sampling and testing shall be determined by the Engineer based on 13 existing conditions and field observations. 14 15 B. Prior to discharging produced groundwater from any construction site, the 16 contractor must collect samples and analyze the groundwater, which must 17 meet acceptable discharge limits per 62-621.300(2) FAC. 18 19 C. Permission to use any storm sewers, or drains, for water disposal 20 purposes shall be obtained from the authority having jurisdiction. Any 21 requirements and costs for such use shall be the responsibility of the 22 Contractor. However, the Contractor shall not cause flooding by 23 overloading or blocking up the flow in the drainage facilities, and shall 24 leave the facilities unrestricted and as clean as originally found. Any 25 damage to existing facilities shall be repaired or restored as directed by 26 the Engineer or the authority having jurisdiction, at no cost to the Owner. 27 28 D. Contractor shall be responsible for acquiring and complying with all 29 permits required to discharge the product water from dewatering and shall 30 protect waterways from turbidity during the operation. 31 32 E. In areas where adequate disposal sites are not available, partially 33 backfilled trenches may be used for water disposal only when the 34 Contractor's plan for trench disposal is approved in writing by the 35 Engineer. The Contractor's plan shall include temporary culverts, 36 barricades and other protective measures to prevent damage to property 37 or injury to any person or persons. 38 39 F. Contractor shall not dam, divert, or cause water to flow in excess in 40 existing gutters, pavements or other structures: and to do this he may be 41 required to conduct the water to a suitable place of discharge determined 42 by the Engineer. 43 44 G. No flooding of streets, roadways, driveways or private property shall be 45 permitted. 46 47 ' TEMPORARY DEWATERING 02140-3 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 3.03 EQUIPMENT REMOVAL I 2 3 A. Removal of dewatering equipment shall be accomplished after the system 4 is no longer required. All materials and equipment constituting the system 5 shall be removed by the Contractor. I 6 7 8 END OF SECTION 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 TEMPORARY DEWATERING I 02140-4 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 02221 2 3 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR PIPES 4 5 PART I — GENERAL 6 7 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK 8 9 A. This work covers clearing and grubbing, site work, excavation, and backfill 10 for sanitary sewers, force mains, potable water mains, reclaimed water mains 11 and their appurtenances. 12 13 B. The work pertaining to storm sewers shall be performed in accordance the 14 Florida Department of Transportation "Standard Specifications for Road and 15 Bridge Construction" (FDOT Specifications), latest edition. The Contractor 16 shall acquire his own copies of the FDOT Specifications. In the event of 17 conflict between the FDOT Specifications and the Specifications listed in 18 these documents, the FDOT Specifications shall govern. 19 20 1.02. BURNING 21 22 A. Burning of debris shall not be permitted. 23 24 1.03 CLEAN-UP 25 26 A. Clean-up is an essential part of the work. As the work progresses and is 27 completed, the Contractor shall clean the various sites of all operations and 28 completely restore all work areas to the satisfaction of the Engineer and the 29 Owner. This clean-up shall be done as promptly as practical and shall not be 30 left until the end of the construction period. No part of the work shall be 31 considered complete, and no payment will be made, until clean-up is 32 completed. 33 34 B. It is the Contractor's responsibility to assure that all construction sites and all 35 other affected properties are restored to a condition equal to, or better than, 36 the existing conditions prior to construction. All restoration is subject to the 37 approval of the Engineer and/or Property Owners. 38 39 1.04 DRAINAGE 40 41 A. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to maintain the existing drainage 42 systems during construction. Any damage done to an existing drainage 43 structure or system is to be immediately repaired at no additional cost to the 44 Owner to a condition equal to or better than its original condition to the 45 satisfaction of the Engineer. 46 47 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR PIPES 02221-1 09/01/16 1 1.05 DUST CONTROL 2 3 A. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to control all dust problems that may 4 occur during the construction with required watering. Dust control will be 5 required seven days a week. 6 7 1.06 SPRINKLERS 8 9 A. The Contractor shall be responsible for sprinklers encountered within the 10 area of excavation and shall make sure that, if disturbed or damaged, they 11 shall be rebuilt to the satisfaction of the Engineer or property Owner and with 12 no additional cost to the Owner. 13 14 1.07 EROSION CONTROL 15 16 A. It is the Contractor's responsibility to erect suitable silt fences, synthetic hay 17 bales or other erosion runoff control devices prior to commencement of earth 18 moving or excavation activities. The Contractor shall be responsible for 19 maintaining the silt fences, synthetic hay bales or other erosion runoff control 20 devices in an effective manner, repairing or replacing damaged or ineffective 21 section during the course of the work until a ground cover of grass is 22 established and final environmental approval has been obtained. 23 24 1.08 PERMITS FOR DEWATERING OPERATIONS 25 26 A. The Contractor is responsible for obtaining all permits required for 27 dewatering discharges, including a Florida Department of Environmental 28 Protection Generic Permit for Produced Groundwater per F.A.0 62-621.300 29 and as specified in Section 02140. 30 31 PART II — PRODUCTS 32 33 2.01 MATERIALS 34 35 A. General 36 37 1. Materials for use as fill are described below. For each material, the 38 Contractor shall notify the testing lab of the source of the material at 39 least ten (10) calendar days prior to the date of anticipated use of 40 such material. 41 42 2. Materials shall be furnished as required from off site sources and 43 hauled to the site. 44 45 3. Disposal of unsuitable material is specified in this Section. 46 47 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR PIPES 02221-2 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 B. Common Fill 2 3 1. Common fill shall consist of mineral soil, free of organic material, 4 loam, wood, trash and other objectionable materials, which may be 5 compressible or which cannot be compacted properly. Common fill 6 shall not contain stones larger than four inches in any dimension, 7 broken concrete, masonry, rubble, or other similar materials. It shall 8 have physical properties such that it can be readily spread and 9 compacted during filling. 10 11 2. Material falling within the above Specification, encountered during the 12 excavation, may be stored in segregated stockpiles for reuse. All 13 material, which in the opinion of the Engineer, is not suitable for reuse 14 shall be spoiled as specified herein for disposal of unsuitable 15 materials. 16 17 C. Crushed Stone 18 19 1. Pea Gravel for PVC pipe bedding shall be FDOT No. 89 in 20 accordance with Section 901 of the FDOT Standard Specifications for 21 Road and Bridge Construction. 22 23 2. Crushed stone for all other pipe bedding shall be FDOT No. 57 in 24 accordance with Section 901 of the FDOT Standard Specifications for 25 Road and Bridge Construction. 26 27 D. Select Fill 28 29 1. Select fill shall be noncohesive, non -plastic material free of all debris, 30 lumps or clods. Fill material shall be clean earth fill composed of sand 31 or an approved mixture of clay and sand. Backfill material placed 32 within one foot of piping and appurtenances shall not contain any 33 stones or rocks larger than two inches in diameter, or three-quarter 34 inch in diameter for PVC pipe. 35 36 PART III — EXECUTION 37 38 3.01 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND TEMPORARY WORKS 39 40 A. The Contractor shall provide and maintain adequate barricades, construction 41 signs, torches, flashers and guards as required in pedestrian and vehicular 42 traffic areas. All safety rules and regulations of local authorities shall be 43 observed. Local fire officials shall be kept advised of roads closed and roads 44 re -opened. 45 46 B. Where required, the Contractor shall provide suitable crossings at street 47 intersections and driveways, and supply such aid, as may be required for EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR PIPES 02221-3 09/01/16 1 pedestrians and motorists, including delivery vehicles, to safely negotiate the 2 construction area. "Street Closed to Through Traffic" signs and "Detour" 3 routes shall be indicated and maintained by the Contractor when the job is 4 located in a public or private street or way. In the case of dead end streets, 5 the Contractor shall advise all concerned residents and make all 6 arrangements to maintain reasonable ingress and egress for the residents. 7 Particular attention shall be given to residents in bad health, emergencies 8 and emergency vehicles. The Contractor shall be responsible for building 9 and maintaining all by-pass roadway areas and restoring those areas to their 10 original condition. 11 12 C. The Contractor shall furnish temporary or permanent support, adequate 13 protection and maintenance of all underground facilities and utilities 14 encountered. Support, protection, maintenance and restoration are the 15 Contractor's responsibility at no additional cost to the Owner. 16 17 3.02 CLEARING AND GRUBBING 18 19 A. The Contractor shall remove only vegetation such as trees, shrubs, and 20 grass, which interfere with the construction, as may be determined by the 21 Engineer, and he shall preserve and protect all other existing vegetation. 22 23 3.03 EXCAVATION 24 25 A. General 26 27 1. The Contractor shall perform all excavation of every description, and 28 of whatever substances encountered, to the depth indicated on the 29 Drawings, or as otherwise specified. 30 31 2. Trench excavation shall be such that the pipe can be laid to the 32 alignment and grade required. Trenches shall be shored and drained 33 in such a manner that work may proceed safely and efficiently. 34 35 3. Trench dewatering pumps shall discharge to natural drainage 36 channels, drains or sewers and shall be adequate to remove 37 accumulated storm and/or subsurface water. The Contractor shall 38 take necessary action to prevent surface water from flowing into the 39 trenches. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to assure that all 40 trench walls and trench bottoms are dry and remain dry during 41 pipeline construction. 42 43 4. The Contractor shall separate, remove and dispose of excavated 44 material not suitable for backfill, as directed by the Engineer. 45 46 5. All excavated material retained for backfill shall be piled in such a 47 manner as not to endanger the work or obstruct the sidewalks, EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR PIPES 02221-4 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 driveways or drainage. Fire hydrants, valve pit covers and hoses, curb 2 stop boxes, fire and police call boxes and other utility controls shall be 3 unobstructed and accessible at all times during construction. 4 5 B. Unclassified Excavation 6 7 1. Unclassified excavation shall include soil, clay, silt, sand, muck, 8 gravel, hardpan, loose shale, loose stones in masses and boulders 9 measuring less than one-half cubic yard in volume. 10 11 C. Classified Excavation 12 13 1. Classified excavation shall be rock further defined as follows: 14 boulders, measuring one-half cubic yard or more in volume, rock 15 material in ledges, bedded deposits and unstratified masses, 16 conglomerate deposits firmly cemented and concrete or masonry 17 structures, except sidewalks and paving, that in the opinion of the 18 Engineer, requires removal by drilling and blasting, wedging, sledging, 19 barring or breaking up with a power operated hand tool. 20 21 2. No soft or disintegrated rock that can be removed with a hand pick or 22 power operated excavator or shovel, no loose, shaken, or previously 23 blasted rock or broken stone in rock fillings or elsewhere, and no rock 24 exterior to the minimum limits of measurement all owed, which may 25 fall into the excavation, shall be considered as rock. 26 27 3.04 TRENCH PREPARATION 28 29 A. Unsupported trench width shall be limited to the minimum practicable width 30 allowing working space to place and compact the haunching material. The 31 maximum width shall be the pipe diameter plus one foot on each side of the 32 pipe at springline for pipe in unsupported trenches. In sheeted trenches the 33 width of trench between faces of the sheeting shall be adequate to allow the 34 pipe bedding and haunching to be placed and completed, and the sheeting 35 removed without disturbing the bedding and haunching material within two) 36 pipe diameters on each side of the pipe. Trench boxes and moveable 37 sheeting shall be wide enough to allow moving without disturbing the bedding 38 and haunching within two pipe diameters on each side of the pipe. Trench 39 boxes and moveable sheeting shall be constructed and used in the trench to 40 avoid disturbing the piping, bedding and haunching when being moved 41 forward in the trench. 42 43 B. Dewatering of the trench bottom shall be accomplished using adequate 44 means to allow preparation of bedding, placement of haunching and pipe in 45 a trench environment without standing water. Dewatering shall continue until 46 sufficient backfill is placed above the pipe to prevent flotation. 47 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR PIPES 02221-5 09/01/16 1 C. The trench shall be dug so that the pipe can be laid to the alignment and 2 depth required, and it shall be excavated only so far in advance of the pipe 3 laying as allowed by the Engineer. The trench shall be so braced and 4 drained that the workmen may work in it safely and efficiently. All trench 5 preparation shall comply with all the latest applicable Local, State (Florida 6 Trench Safety Act) and Federal Regulations (OSHA: Safe Trench Act). It is 7 essential that the discharge of the trench dewatering pumps be conducted to 8 natural drainage channels, drains or storm sewers. 9 10 D. Bell holes shall be provided at each joint to permit the joint to be made 11 properly. Ledge rock, boulders and large stones shall be removed to provide 12 a clearance of six inches on all pipe twenty-four (24) inches and smaller and 13 nine inches on pipe larger than twenty-four (24) inches. If such removal is 14 required, backfilling will be done with selected material approved by the 15 Engineer and tamped to establish the proper grade. 16 17 E. Trench Bottom 18 19 1. Where the bottom of the trench at subgrade is found to be unstable or 20 to include ashes, cinders, refuse, vegetable or other organic matter, 21 or large pieces or fragments of inorganic material that, in the 22 judgment of the Engineer, should be removed, the Contractor shall 23 excavate and remove such unsuitable material to the width and depth 24 as directed by the Engineer. Before the pipe is laid, the subgrade 25 shall be made by backfilling with an approved material in three inch 26 uncompacted layers. The layers shall be thoroughly tamped as 27 specified by the Engineer to provide the uniform and continuous 28 bearing support as heretofore described. 29 30 2. The trench shall be dry when the bottom is prepared. The trench 31 bottom shall be excavated, or filled and compacted, as required to 32 bring it to grade and shaped to receive and support the pipe barrel. In 33 addition, bell holes shall be excavated so that after placement only 34 the barrel of the pipe receives bearing pressure from and is uniformly 35 supported by, the bottom of the trench. Preparation of the trench 36 bottom and placement of the pipe shall be such that the final position 37 of the pipe is true to line and grade, and uniformly supported 38 throughout the barrel of each length. When pipe is placed in refill 39 material, additional refill of the same material shall be tamped on 40 each side of the barrel to the springline, thus forming a trough of firm 41 bedding. 42 43 F. All materials that, in the opinion of the Engineer, are suitable for reuse in 44 restoring the disturbed surface shall be kept separated from the general 45 excavation material and can only be used as directed by the Engineer. 46 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR PIPES 02221-6 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 G. All excavated material shall be piled in a manner that will not endanger the 2 work and that will avoid obstructing sidewalks and driveways. Hydrants, valve 3 pit covers, valve boxes, curb stop boxes, fire and police call boxes, or other 4 utility controls shall be left unobstructed and accessible until the work is 5 completed. Gutters, drainage inlets, natural water courses and 6 miscellaneous drainage structures shall be kept clear or other satisfactory 7 provisions made for their proper operation. 8 9 H. Hand methods for excavation shall be employed when damage to existing 10 facilities is likely if heavy equipment is utilized or as directed by the Engineer. 11 12 3.05 DEPTH 13 14 A. Gravity Sewers 15 16 1. The depth of trenches for gravity sewers shall be such that the invert 17 of the pipe will be at elevations shown on the plan .Gravity sewers 18 shall be on straight alignment and constant grade between manholes. 19 20 B. Overdepth 21 22 1. When classified excavation is required, the rock shall be excavated to 23 a minimum depth of six inches below the trench depths as indicated 24 on the drawings or Specifications. Authorized overdepths in rock 25 excavation shall be refilled to grade with loose granular moist earth or 26 shell thoroughly tamped in place. 27 28 C. Trench shall be excavated to the depth required so as to provide a uniform 29 and continuous bearing and support for the pipe on solid and undisturbed 30 ground at every point between bell holes, except as necessary for removal of 31 pipe slings or other lifting tackle. Any part of the bottom of the trench 32 excavated to a point below the specified grade shall be corrected with 33 approved material at the Contractor's expense and thoroughly tamped as 34 directed by the Engineer. 35 36 D. Wherever unstable soil or muck that is determined by the Engineer to be 37 incapable of properly supporting the pipe is encountered in the bottom of the 38 trench, such material shall be removed to the required depth and the trench 39 refilled as specified to proper grade. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, 40 removal of the unstable material by this method is impractical, then the 41 Contractor shall support the pipe as detailed on the plans, or as directed by 42 the Engineer. 43 44 3.06 BACKFILL 45 46 A. General 47 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR PIPES 02221-7 09/01/16 1 1. The Contractor shall not perform any of the backfilling operations until 2 after he has inspected the lines and found them to be acceptable to 3 the Owner. 4 5 2. Backfill material shall consist of earth, loam, sandy clay, sand, gravel, 6 soft shale or other materials, free from organic materials, large clods 7 of earth, or stones. Where excavated material is not suitable for 8 backfill, it shall be replaced by excess excavated material from other 9 areas. 10 11 3. In all areas, backfill material shall be deposited in six-inch layers and 12 carefully tamped until the compacted backfill depth reaches one foot 13 above the top of pipe. 14 15 4. No mechanical equipment, or machinery other than a hand operated 16 mechanical vibrator, shall be allowed within the trench area until the 17 backfill has been properly tamped to one foot above the top of pipe. 18 The remainder of the backfill shall be deposited in one foot layers and 19 thoroughly tamped. Settling the backfill with water shall not be 20 permitted. 21 22 5. Where trenches are improperly backfilled, or where settlement occurs, 23 the trenches shall be reopened to the depth required for proper 24 compaction, refilled and compacted, and the surface restored to the 25 required grade and compaction, mounded over and smoothed off. 26 27 B. Gravity Sewers 28 29 1. Haunching of native material shall be placed to the springline and 30 compacted. If ground water, or trench bottom conditions, is such as to 31 require use of Class I material, either to aid in dewatering, or to 32 provide foundation and bedding for the pipe, the haunching shall also 33 be of Class I material. Care shall be taken to place the haunching 34 material, without voids, completely filling the trench from pipe wall to 35 trench wall. 36 37 C. Compaction Requirements 38 39 1. Trenches located under pavement or inside the two feet horizontal to 40 one foot vertical slope, downward from roadway shoulder or the back 41 of curb and from spring line to bottom of sub -grade or the finished 42 surface of the embankment, as appropriate, shall be compacted to a 43 density of ninety-eight (98) percent as determined by AASHTO T- 44 180, Modified Density Test. 45 46 2. Trenches located outside of the two feet horizontal to one foot vertical 47 slope downward from roadway shoulder or the back of curb and EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR PIPES 02221-8 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 where no vehicular traffic will pass over the trenches, backfill shall be 2 compacted to a density approximately equal to that soil adjacent to 3 the trench but not less than ninety-five (95) percent of the maximum 4 density as determined by AASHTO T-180, Modified Density Test. 5 6 7 D. Testing of Backfill 8 9 1. Trenching within, or across roadways, or other areas to be paved, or 10 stabilized shall be backfilled and compacted to their full depth. 11 Compaction testing shall also meet the requirements of Section 12 01410. 13 14 2. Density tests for backfilled trenches within, or across roadways, shall 15 be performed as specified or as directed by the Engineer, with at least 16 one test taken at different locations for each vertical foot beginning 17 from two feet over pipe to ground level. 18 19 3. For all work performed with the Pinellas County Right -of -Way, backfill 20 testing shall be performed in accordance with Pinellas County 21 Minimum Testing Frequency Requirements, latest edition, unless 22 called out differently by the Engineer on the plan documents. 23 24 4. Where unsatisfactory compaction is revealed by the test, the 25 Contractor shall re -excavate, backfill, re -compact and/or rework the 26 backfill as required, to obtain the required degree of compaction over 27 the entire depth of the trench. 28 29 5. Satisfactory backfill compaction is an integral part of pipe laying, 30 paving, and stabilizing. Satisfactory density reports shall be on file 31 before each Contractor's statement is submitted for payment. 32 33 E. Disturbance of Sewer Mains 34 35 1. Sewer mains shall be checked by the Contractor to determine 36 whether any displacement of the pipe has occurred after the trench 37 has been backfilled to two feet above the pipe. If such inspection 38 shows poor alignment, displaced pipe or any defects, these defects 39 shall be remedied to the satisfaction of the Engineer by the Contractor 40 at his expense. 41 42 3.07 DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS MATERIAL 43 44 A. All excavated material not required or not suitable for fill, or backfill, shall be 45 disposed of by the Contractor, as directed by the Engineer. 46 B. Material suitable for backfill shall be stockpiled on, or near site, until released 47 by the Engineer for disposal. EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR PIPES 02221-9 09/01/16 1 1 1 2 C. The Contractor shall bear all costs for disposal of all surplus or unsuitable 3 materials. 4 5 3.08 SHEETING AND BRACING I 6 7 A. The Contractor shall do all shoring and sheeting required to perform and 8 protect the excavation and, as required, for the safety of the employees. 1 9 10 B. All trenches shall be sheeted and braced as required by the Engineer and all 11 applicable Federal, State, County and Municipal regulations. Sheeting and ' 12 bracing shall be used to prevent shifting of adjacent soil and to prevent 13 damage to structures or the work. The sole responsibility for the design, 14 methods of installation, and adequacy of the sheeting and bracing, shall be I 15 and shall remain that of the Contractor. 16 17 C. Sheeting and bracing or approved laying box shall be used in all trenches I 18 unless the slopes are excavated until the natural angle of repose of the soil is 19 encountered. 20 I 21 D. In general, sheeting and bracing shall be removed as the excavation is 22 backfilled in such a manner as to avoid the caving in of the bank or 23 disturbance of adjacent areas or structures. The voids left by withdrawal of I 24 the sheeting and bracing shall be carefully filled by jetting, ramming or other 25 means approved by the Engineer. Permission shall be obtained from the 26 Engineer prior to removal of any sheeting or bracing. Permission shall not I 27 relieve the Contractor of any responsibility for damage due to failure to leave 28 such sheeting and bracing in place. 29 30 E. The Engineer may order, in writing, any or all sheeting or bracing to be left in 1 31 place for the purpose of preventing injury to adjacent structures, property, 32 etc. If left in place, such sheeting shall be cut off at the elevation ordered, but 33 in no case less than thirty-six (36) inches below the existing grade. Bracing I 34 remaining in place shall be driven in tight. The right of the Engineer to order 35 sheeting and bracing to remain in place shall not be construed as creating 36 any obligation on his part to issue such orders. Payment for sheeting and I 37 bracing, unless specifically called for on the Drawings shall not be paid under 38 separate item, but shall be included in the payment for other items of Work. 39 I 40 3.09 DEWATERING BY WELLPOINT 41 42 A. Well points shall be spaced and at sufficient depths as required to eliminate I 43 water during the excavation period until the work is completed. Ample means 44 and equipment shall be provided with which to remove promptly, and dispose 45 properly all water entering any excavation. This includes the use of sand or I 46 gravel as required to maintain adequate flow during the pipe laying or 47 installation of other items of work within the excavation. EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR PIPES I 02221-10 09/01/16 1 2 B. Water pumped or drained shall be disposed of in a suitable manner without 3 damage to adjacent property to other work under construction or to street 4 pavements or public parks. Water shall not be discharged onto streets 5 without adequate protection of the surface at the point of discharge. All 6 gutter, drains, culverts, sewers and inlets shall be kept clean and open for 7 surface drainage. Water shall not be directed across or over pavements 8 except through approved pipes or properly constructed troughs. Contractor 9 shall obtain permission from the owner of any property involved before 10 digging ditches or constructing water courses for removal of water, and 11 provide for disposal of the water without ponding or creating a public 12 nuisance. Water may be discharged into storm sewers provided that such 13 water has been pre-treated to meet the Contractor's Storm Water Pollution 14 Prevention Plan (SWPPP). Payment for dewatering shall not be paid for 15 under a separate item, but shall be included in the payment for other items of 16 work, unless it is specifically included as a Pay Item in the Contract. 17 18 3.10 APPURTENANCES 19 20 A. Excavation for manholes and other appurtenances shall be made to size that 21 will allow at least twelve (12) inches between their outer surfaces and the 22 embankment or shoring. Overdepth excavation and backfill to required 23 depth below such appurtenances, that have not been directed by the 24 Engineer, shall be at the expense of the Contractor. 25 26 27 END OF SECTION 28 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR PIPES 02221-11 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 02222 2 3 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR STRUCTURES 4 5 PART I — GENERAL 6 7 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK 8 9 A. This work involves clearing and grubbing, site work, excavation and backfill 10 for sanitary sewer manholes, wet wells and other buried utility structures. 11 12 B. The work pertaining to storm sewers shall be performed in accordance the 13 Florida Department of Transportation "Standard Specifications for Road and 14 Bridge Construction" (FDOT Specifications), latest edition. The Contractor 15 shall acquire his own copies of the FDOT Specifications. In the event of 16 conflict between the FDOT Specifications and the Specifications listed in 17 these documents, the FDOT Specifications shall govern. 18 19 1.02 BURNING 20 21 A. Burning of debris will not be permitted. 22 23 1.03 CLEANUP 24 25 A. Cleanup is an essential part of the work. As the work progresses and is 26 completed, the Contractor shall clean the site of all operations and 27 completely restore the area to the satisfaction of the Engineer. This cleanup 28 shall be done as promptly as practicable and shall not be left until the end of 29 the construction period. No part of the work shall be considered complete 30 and no payment will be made until cleanup is completed. 31 32 B. It is the Contractor's responsibility to assure that all construction sites and all 33 other affected properties are restored to a condition equal to, or better than, 34 the existing conditions prior to construction. All restoration is subject to the 35 approval of the Engineer. 36 37 1.04 DRAINAGE 38 39 A. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to maintain the existing drainage 40 systems during construction. Any damage done to an existing drainage 41 structure or system is to be immediately repaired, at no additional cost to the 42 Owner, to a condition equal to or better than its original condition to the 43 satisfaction of the Engineer. 44 45 1.05 DUST CONTROL 46 47 A. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to control all dust problems that may EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR STRUCTURES 02222-1 09/01/16 1 occur during the construction with required watering. Dust control will be 2 required seven days a week. 3 4 1.06 SPRINKLERS 5 6 A. The Contractor shall be responsible for sprinklers encountered within the 7 area of excavation and shall make sure that, if disturbed or damaged, they 8 shall be rebuilt to the satisfaction of the Engineer and with no additional cost 9 to the Owner. 10 11 1.07 EROSION CONTROL 12 13 A. It is the Contractor's responsibility to erect suitable silt fences, synthetic hay 14 bales or other erosion runoff control devices prior to commencement of earth 15 moving or excavation activities at the locations indicated on the plans. The 16 Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining the silt fences, synthetic hay 17 bales or other erosion runoff control devices in an effective manner, repairing 18 or replacing damaged or ineffective section during the course of the work 19 until a ground cover of grass is established. 20 21 1.08 PERMITS FOR DEWATERING OPERATIONS 22 23 A. The Contractor is responsible for obtaining all permits required for 24 dewatering discharges, including a Florida Department of Environmental 25 Protection Generic Permit for Produced Groundwater. 26 27 PART II — PRODUCTS 28 29 2.01 FILL MATERIALS 30 31 A. Compacted granular fill which will provide support for building or structure 32 foundations will be referred to as "structural fill." Backfill which is placed 33 against the exterior side of the building walls or structures, or as fill over pipe 34 lines, will be referred to as "common fill." 35 36 B. Materials for compacted structural granular fill shall be gravel, sandy gravel, 37 or gravely sand free of organic material, loam, wood, trash, and other 38 objectionable material and shall be well -graded within the following limits: 39 40 Sieve Size Percent Finer by Weight 41 6 -in. 100 42 No. 4 20 - 95 43 No. 40 0 - 60 44 No. 200 0 - 8 45 46 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR STRUCTURES 02222-2 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 C. Common Fill 2 3 1. Common fill shall consist of mineral soil, free of organic material, 4 loam, wood, trash and other objectionable material which may be 5 compressible or which cannot be compacted properly. Common fill 6 shall not contain stones larger than ten (10) inches in any dimension, 7 broken concrete, masonry, rubble or other such materials. It shall 8 have physical properties such that it can be readily spread and 9 compacted during filling. 10 11 2. Material falling within the above Specification, encountered during the 12 excavation, may be stored in segregated stockpiles for reuse. All 13 material which, in the opinion of the Engineer, is not suitable for reuse 14 shall be spoiled as specified herein for disposal of unsuitable 15 materials. 16 17 D. Crushed Stone 18 19 1. Crushed stone shall be size No. 57 with gradation as noted in Table 20 1, Section 901 of Department of Transportation, Construction of 21 Roads and Bridges. 22 23 2.02 UNSUITABLE MATERIAL 24 25 A. Highly organic soil ASTM D 2487 Group PT, topsoil, roots, vegetable matter, 26 trash and debris. 27 28 PART III — EXECUTION 29 30 3.01 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND TEMPORARY WORKS 31 32 A. The Contractor shall provide and maintain adequate barricades, construction 33 signs, torches, flashers and guards as required in pedestrian and vehicular 34 traffic areas. All safety rules and regulations of local authorities shall be 35 observed. Local fire officials shall be kept advised of roads closed and roads 36 re -opened. 37 38 B. Where required, the Contractor shall provide suitable crossings at street 39 intersections and driveways, and supply such aid, as may be required for 40 pedestrians and motorists, including delivery vehicles, to safely negotiate the 41 construction area. "Street Closed to Through Traffic" signs and "Detour" 42 routes shall be indicated and maintained by the Contractor when the job is 43 located in a public or private street or way. In the case of dead end streets, 44 the Contractor shall advise all concerned residents and make all 45 arrangements to maintain reasonable ingress and egress for the residents. 46 Particular attention shall be given to residents in bad health, emergencies 47 and emergency vehicles. The Contractor shall be responsible for building EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR STRUCTURES 02222-3 09/01/16 1 and maintaining all by-pass roadway areas and restoring those areas to their 2 original condition. 3 4 C. The Contractor shall furnish temporary or permanent support, adequate 5 protection and maintenance of all underground facilities and utilities 6 encountered. Support, protection, maintenance and restoration are the 7 Contractor's responsibility at no additional cost to the Owner. 8 9 3.02 CLEARING AND GRUBBING 10 11 A. The Contractor shall remove only vegetation such as trees, shrubs, and 12 grass which interfere with the construction, as may be determined by the 13 Engineer, and he shall preserve and protect all other existing vegetation. 14 15 3.03 JOB CONDITIONS 16 17 A. Lateral Support of Excavation for Structures 18 19 1. Furnish, put in place, and maintain sheeting and bracing required to 20 support the sides of the excavations, to prevent any movement which 21 could in any way diminish the width of the excavation below that 22 necessary for proper construction, and to protect structures, pipe and 23 utilities from damage due to lateral movement or settlement of 24 ground. If the Engineer is of the opinion that at any point sufficient or 25 proper supports have not been provided, he may order additional 26 supports put in at the expense of the Contractor, and compliance with 27 such order shall not relieve or release the Contractor from his 28 responsibility for the sufficiency of such supports. 29 30 B. Dewatering for Structures 31 32 1. Furnish, install, maintain, operate, and remove a temporary 33 dewatering system, as required to lower and control the groundwater 34 level, so that the structures may be constructed in the dry. The 35 Contractor shall, at his own expense, correct all damage resulting 36 ' from inadequacy of the dewatering system or from flooding or the 37 construction site from other causes. 38 39 2. The dewatering system shall be adequate to drain any excavated 40 area, to maintain the water at such a level as to permit construction in 41 the dry, and to maintain the lowered water table until the structure has 42 been completed to the required stages. 43 44 3. Continuously maintain excavation in a dry condition to prevent 45 damage to the subsoil or fill during interruptions due to weather, labor 46 strikes, power failures or other delays. Provide and have ready for 47 immediate use at all times diesel or gasoline powered standby EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR STRUCTURES 02222-4 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 pumping units to serve the system in case of failure of the normal 2 pumping units. 3 4 4. Piping and boiling, or any form of uncontrolled seepage, in the bottom 5 or sides of the excavation shall be prevented at all times. If for any 6 reason the dewatering system is found to be inadequate to meet the 7 requirements set forth herein, the Contractor shall, at his own 8 expense, make such additions, changes and/or replacements as 9 necessary to provide a satisfactory dewatering system. 10 11 C. Control of Groundwater Level 12 13 1. Maintain the groundwater level at or below subgrade of the structure 14 until the concrete structures are up high enough to: (1) prevent 15 flooding the structure, (2) support both bottom and top levels of walls, 16 and (3) prevent flotation. 17 18 2. After the structure has been completed in its entirety, backfill as 19 described hereinafter. 20 21 3. Flotation shall be prevented by maintaining a positive and continuous 22 operation of the dewatering system. The Contractor shall be fully 23 responsible and liable for all damages which may result from failure of 24 this system. 25 26 4. Disposal of drainage water shall be in an area approved by the 27 Engineer. Precautions shall be taken to prevent the flow or seepage 28 of drainage back into the drainage area. Particular care shall be taken 29 to prevent the discharge of unsuitable drainage to a water supply or 30 surface water body. 31 32 5. Removal of the dewatering system shall be accomplished after the 33 dewatering system is no longer required. 34 35 3.04 EXCAVATION 36 37 A. General 38 39 1. The Contractor shall perform all excavation of every description, and 40 of whatever substances encountered, to the depth indicated on the 41 Drawings, or as otherwise specified. 42 43 2. Excavation shall be such that the structures can be installed at the 44 grades required. Excavations shall be shored and drained in such a 45 manner that work may proceed safely and efficiently. 46 47 3. Dewatering pumps shall discharge to natural drainage channels, EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR STRUCTURES 02222-5 09/01/16 1 drains or sewers and shall be adequate to remove accumulated storm 2 and/or subsurface water. The Contractor shall take necessary action 3 to prevent surface water from flowing into the excavations. It is the 4 responsibility of the Contractor to assure that all excavation walls and 5 bottoms are dry and remain dry during construction. 6 7 4. The Contractor shall separate, remove and dispose of excavated 8 material not suitable for backfill, as directed by the Engineer. 9 10 5. All excavated material retained for backfill shall be piled in such a 11 manner as not to endanger the work or obstruct the sidewalks, 12 driveways or drainage. Fire hydrants, valve pit covers and hoses, curb 13 stop boxes, fire and police call boxes and other utility controls shall be 14 unobstructed and accessible at all times during construction. 15 16 B. Unclassified Excavation 17 18 1. Unclassified excavation shall include soil, clay, silt, sand, muck, 19 gravel, hardpan, loose shale, loose stones in masses and boulders 20 measuring Tess than one-half cubic yard in volume. 21 22 C. Classified Excavation 23 24 1. Classified excavation shall be rock further defined as follows: 25 boulders, measuring one-half cubic yard or more in volume, rock 26 material in ledges, bedded deposits and unstratified masses, 27 conglomerate deposits firmly cemented and concrete or masonry 28 structures, except sidewalks and paving, that in the opinion of the 29 Engineer requires removal by drilling and blasting, wedging, sledging, 30 barring or breaking up with a power operated hand tool. 31 32 2. No soft or disintegrated rock that can be removed with a hand pick or 33 power operated excavator or shovel, no loose, shaken, or previously 34 blasted rock or broken stone in rock fillings or elsewhere, and no rock 35 exterior to the minimum limits of measurement all owed, which may 36 fall into the excavation, will be considered as rock. 37 38 3.05 STRUCTURE EXCAVATION AND COMPACTION PROCEDURES - GENERAL 39 40 A. Excavation shall be made to such widths as will give suitable room for 41 construction of the structures, for bracing and supporting, pumping and 42 drainage; and the bottom of the excavations shall be rendered firm and dry 43 and in all respects acceptable to the Engineer. 44 45 B. Excavation and dewatering shall be accomplished by methods which 46 preserve the undisturbed state of subgrade soils. Subgrade soil which 47 becomes soft, loose, "quick," or otherwise unsatisfactory for support of EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR STRUCTURES 02222-6 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 structures as a result of inadequate excavation, dewatering or other 2 construction methods shall be removed and replaced by structural fill as 3 required by the Engineer at the Contractor's expense. 4 5 C. Dewatering shall be such as to prevent boiling or detrimental underseepage 6 at the base of the excavation as specified herein. The Contractor shall install 7 such means as required to preserve the stability of the base of the operation. 8 9 D. Excavating equipment shall be satisfactory for carrying out the work in 10 accordance with the Specifications. In no case shall the earth be 11 ploughed, scraped or dug with machinery so near to the finished subgrade 12 as to result in excavation of, or disturbance of material below grade, the last 13 of the excavated material being removed with pick and shovel just before 14 placing of concrete or working mat thereon. 15 16 E. During final excavation to subgrade level, the Contractor shall take whatever 17 precautions are required to prevent disturbance and remolding of the 18 subgrade. Material which has become softened and mixed with water shall 19 be removed. Hand excavation of the final three to six inches will be required 20 as necessary to obtain a satisfactory undisturbed bottom. The Engineer will 21 be the sole judge as to whether the work has been accomplished 22 satisfactorily. 23 24 F. All structure areas shall be stripped, cleared and grubbed of all surface 25 vegetation and root laden top soils. 26 27 G. After stripping, the structure areas should be leveled sufficiently to permit 28 equipment traffic and then proof -rolled with a vibratory roller with at least a 29 twenty (20) ton static weight. Careful observations should be made during 30 proof -rolling of the stripped subgrade area to identify any areas of soft 31 yielding soils that may require over excavation and replacement. 32 33 H. Compaction should continue until the minimum density specified in the 34 Special Provisions or on the Plans is achieved. 35 36 3.06 BACKFILLING AND COMPACTION 37 38 A. Common fill may be used as backfill against the exterior walls of the 39 structures, including manholes, wet wells and storm structures, or in other 40 areas as designated by the Engineer. 41 42 1. Common fill located under pavement or inside the two feet horizontal 43 to one foot vertical slope, downward from roadway shoulder or the 44 back of curb and from spring line to bottom of sub -grade or the 45 finished surface of the embankment, as appropriate shall be placed 46 in loose lifts not exceeding twelve (12) inches and should be 47 compacted to a density of ninety-eight (98) percent of the maximum EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR STRUCTURES 02222-7 09/01/16 1 density as determined by AASHTO T-180, Modified Density Test. 2 3 2. Common fill located outside of the two feet horizontal to one foot 4 vertical slope downward from roadway shoulder or the back of curb 5 and where no vehicular traffic will pass over the trenches, shall be 6 placed in loose lifts not exceeding twelve (12) inches and should be 7 compacted to a density approximately equal to that soil adjacent to 8 the trench but not less than ninety-five (95) percent of the maximum 9 density as determined by AASHTO T-180, Modified Density Test. 10 11 B. Materials placed in fill areas shall be deposited to the lines and grades 12 shown on the Drawings making due allowance for settlement of the material 13 and for the placing of topsoil thereon. 14 15 C. The surfaces of filled areas shall be grades to smooth true lines, strictly 16 conforming to grades indicated on the Drainage Plans, and no soft spots or 17 uncompacted areas will be allowed in the work. 18 19 D. No compacting shall be done when the material is too wet either from rain or 20 from excess application of water. At such times, work shall be suspended 21 until the previously placed and new materials have dried sufficiently to permit 22 proper compaction. 23 24 E. Density tests shall be performed by an engineering testing laboratory as 25 specified or as directed by the Engineer. 26 27 F. When a density test is scheduled and a time agreed upon by the Engineer 28 and Contractor, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to properly prepare 29 the area in advance. 30 31 G. Where unsatisfactory compaction is revealed by the test, the Contractor shall 32 re -excavate, backfill, re -compact and/or rework the backfill as required, to 33 obtain the required degree of compaction. 34 35 3.07 SHEETING LEFT IN PLACE 36 37 A. Where damage is likely to result from withdrawing sheeting, upon direction of 38 the Engineer, the sheeting shall be left in place. 39 40 3.08 DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS MATERIAL 41 42 A. All excavated material not required or not suitable for fill, or backfill, shall be 43 disposed of by the Contractor, as directed by the Engineer. 44 45 B. Material suitable for backfill is to be stockpiled on, or near site, until released 46 by the Engineer for disposal. 47 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR STRUCTURES 02222-8 09/01/16 1 3.09 GRADING 2 3 A. Grading in preparation for placing of topsoil, planting areas, paved walks and 4 drives, and appurtenances shall be performed at all places that are indicated 5 on the Drawings, to the lines, grades, and elevations shown and otherwise 6 as directed by the Engineer. Such work shall be performed in a manner that 7 the requirements for formation of slopes, lines, and grades can be followed. 8 All material encountered, of whatever nature, within the limits indicated, shall 9 be removed and disposed of as directed. During the process of grading, the 10 subgrade shall be maintained in such condition that it will be well drained at 11 all times. When directed, temporary drains and drainage ditches shall be 12 installed to intercept or divert surface water which may affect the progress or 13 condition of the work. If, at the time of grading, it is not possible to place any 14 material in its proper section of the permanent structure, it shall be stockpiled 15 for later use. No extra payment will be made for the stockpiling or double 16 handling of excavated material. 17 18 The right is reserved to make minor adjustments or revisions in lines or 19 grades, if found necessary as the work progresses, due to discrepancies on 20 the Drawings or in order to obtain satisfactory construction. 21 22 Stones or rock fragments larger than four inches in their greatest dimensions 23 will not be permitted in the top six inches of the finished subgrade of all fills 24 or embankments. 25 26 In cuts, all loose or protruding rocks on the back slopes shall be barred loose 27 or otherwise removed to line or finished grade of slope. All cut and fill slopes 28 shall be uniformly dressed to the slope, cross section, and alignment shown 29 on the Drawings or as directed by the Engineer. 30 31 No grading is to be done in areas where there are existing pipe lines that 32 may be uncovered or damaged until such lines have been located and it has 33 been determined if such lines must be maintained are relocated, or where 34 lines are to be abandoned, all required valves are closed and remaining 35 pipes are plugged. 36 37 38 END OF SECTION 39 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR STRUCTURES 02222-9 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 02276 2 3 TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL 4 5 PART I - GENERAL 6 7 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK 8 9 A. The work specified in this Section consists of designing, providing, 10 maintaining and removing temporary erosion and sedimentation controls as 11 necessary. 12 13 B. Temporary erosion controls include, but are not limited to, synthetic hay bale, 14 filter fabric, permanent vegetation, grassing, mulching, netting, watering and 15 reseeding on-site surfaces, spoil and borrow areas and providing interceptor 16 ditches at those locations that will ensure that erosion during construction will 17 be either eliminated or maintained within acceptable limits as established by 18 the Engineer, Owner and the permitting agencies. 19 20 C. Temporary sedimentation controls include, but are not limited to, silt dams, 21 traps, barriers and appurtenances, which ensure that sedimentation will be 22 either eliminated or maintained within acceptable limits as established by the 23 Owner and the permitting agencies. 24 25 D. The Contractor shall provide routine re-establishment, daily maintenance of 26 permanent and temporary erosion and sediment control measures features 27 until the project is complete and all soil stabilized. 28 29 E. Contractor shall be required to comply with all permit conditions included as 30 attachments to these Contract Documents and as required by these 31 Specifications. 32 33 F. The Contractor shall use all methods and products that meet or exceed 34 those set forth in the FDOT Standard Specifications. 35 36 37 1.02 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES AND STANDARDS 38 39 A. Standard Building Code. 40 41 B. Environmental Resource Permit 42 43 PART II - PRODUCTS 44 45 2.01 EROSION CONTROL 46 47 A. Loaming, seeding, sodding, and mulching is specified in Section 02485. TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL 02276-1 09/01/16 1 2 B. Netting - fabricated of material acceptable to the Engineer. 3 4 2.02 SEDIMENTATION CONTROL 5 6 A. Bales — synthetic hay type. 7 8 B. Netting - fabricated of material acceptable to the Engineer. 9 10 C. Filter stone - crushed stone conforming to Florida Department of 11 Transportation specifications. 12 13 D. Concrete block - hollow, non -load-bearing type. 14 15 E. Concrete - exterior grade not less than one inch thick. 16 17 F. Drain pipe with sock (sedimentation control) shall be used to prevent and 18 control soil erosion runoff and intrusion into stormwater drainage systems. 19 20 1. Drain sock products such as "ADSSock" or approved equal. 21 22 2. Sock material shall be on ultra -porous filter (synthetic wrap material) 23 fitted snuggly over pipe. Material shall be 100 percent knitted 24 polyester (or approved equal), equivalent opening size of 30 to 40, 25 burst strength of 100-135 (ASTM D 3786), fiber size of 100-40 200 26 denier filament, 2.5 to 3.5 ounces per square yard (ASTM D 3776). 27 28 3. Approval of material is required by Owner prior to use. 29 30 4. Drain pipe with sock shall span the entire opening of the inlet. 31 32 PART III - EXECUTION 33 34 3.01 EROSION CONTROL 35 36 A. Type of erosion control barriers used shall be governed by the nature of the 37 construction operation, Contract Documents and all applicable permits. 38 39 B. Diversion ditches or swales may be required to prevent turbid storm water 40 runoff from being discharged to wetlands or other water bodies. It may be 41 necessary to employ a combination of barriers, ditches and other 42 erosion/turbidity control measures as conditions warrant. 43 44 C. Fill material stockpiles shall be protected at all times by on-site drainage 45 controls which prevent erosion of the stockpiled material. Control of dust 46 from such stockpiles may be required, depending upon their location and the TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL 02276-2 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 expected length of time the stockpiles will be present. In no case shall an 2 unstabilized stockpile remain after thirty (30) calendar days. 3 4 D. No disturbed area may be denuded for more than thirty (30) calendar days 5 unless otherwise authorized by the City Engineer. Within sixty (60) calendar 6 days after final grade is established on any portion of a project site, that 7 portion of the site shall be provided with established permanent soil 8 stabilization measures per the original site plan, whether by impervious 9 surface or landscaping. 10 11 E. Minimum procedures for grassing are: 12 13 1. Scarify slopes to a depth of not less than 6 inches and remove large 14 clods, rock, stumps and roots all larger than 1/2 -inch in diameter and 15 debris. 16 17 2. Sow seed within twenty-four (24) hours after the ground is scarified 18 with either mechanical seed drills or rotary hand seeders. 19 20 3. Apply mulch loosely and to a thickness between 3/4 -inch and 1-1/2 21 inches. 22 23 4. Apply netting over mulched areas on all sloped surfaces. 24 25 5. Roll and water seeded areas in a manner which will encourage 26 sprouting of seeds and growing of grass. Reseed areas that exhibit 27 unsatisfactory growth. Backfill and seed eroded areas. 28 29 3.02 SEDIMENTATION CONTROL 30 31 A. Install and maintain silt dams, traps, barriers and appurtenances, as shown 32 on the Drawings and as described herein. Synthetic hay bales that 33 deteriorate and filter stone that is dislodged shall be replaced. 34 35 B. Existing storm water systems shall be protected at all times to prevent 36 sedimentation of the storm water system. Sedimentation prevention shall 37 comply with or exceed "Best Management Practices" in accordance with the 38 Southwest Florida Water Management District. 39 40 C. Siltation accumulations greater than the lesser of 12 inches or one-half the 41 depth of the siltation control barrier shall be immediately removed and 42 placed in upland areas. 43 44 D. Where pumps are to be used to remove turbid waters from the construction 45 area, the water shall be treated to reduce turbidity to state water quality 46 standards prior to discharge to the wetlands. Treatment methods include, 47 for example, turbid water being pumped into grassed swales or appropriate TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL 02276-3 09/01/16 1 vegetated areas (other than upland preservation areas and wetland buffers), 2 sediment basins, or confined by an appropriate enclosure such as turbidity 3 barriers and kept confined until its turbidity level meets state water quality 4 standards. 5 6 E. Sediment basins and traps, perimeter berms, filter fences, berms, sediment 7 barriers, vegetative buffers and other measures intended to trap sediment 8 and/or prevent the transport of sediment onto adjacent properties, or into 9 existing water bodies; must be installed, constructed, or, in the case of 10 vegetative buffers, protected from disturbance, as a first step in the land 11 alteration process. Such systems shall be fully operative and inspected by 12 the City before any other disturbance of the site begins. Earthen structures 13 including but not limited to berms, earth filters, dams or dikes shall be 14 stabilized and protected from drainage damage or erosion within one week 15 of installation. 16 17 F. Areas of 3 acres or more shall be required to have temporary sedimentation 18 basins as a positive remedy against downstream siltation and will be shown 19 and detailed on construction plans. During development, permanent 20 detention areas may be used in place of silt basins provided they are 21 maintained to the satisfaction of the City. 22 23 G. The Contractor shall be prohibited from discharging silt through any 24 stormwater outfall structure during construction. When temporary 25 sedimentation basins are used, they shall be capable at all times of 26 containing at least one (1) cubic foot of sediment for each one hundred 27 (100) square feet of area tributary to the basin. Such capacity shall be 28 maintained throughout the project by regular removal of sediment from the 29 basin. 30 31 H. Land alteration and construction shall be minimized in both permanent and 32 intermittent waterways and the immediately adjacent buffer of 25 feet from 33 top of bank of the waterways and the buffer area whenever possible, and 34 barriers shall be used to prevent access. Where in channel work cannot be 35 avoided, precautions must be taken to stabilize the work area during land 36 alteration, development and/or construction to minimize erosion. If the 37 channel and buffer area are disturbed during land alteration, they must be 38 stabilized within three (3) calendar days after the in channel work is 39 completed. 40 41 I. Silt curtains or other filter/siltation reduction devices must be installed on the 42 downstream side of the in channel alteration activity to eliminate impacts 43 due to increased turbidity. Wherever stream crossings are required, properly 44 sized temporary culverts shall be provided by the contractor and removed 45 when construction is completed. The area of the crossing shall be restored 46 to a condition as nearly as possible equal to that which existed prior to any 47 construction activity. TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL 02276-4 09/01/16 1 2 3.03 PERFORMANCE 3 4 A. Should any temporary erosion and sediment control measures employed by 5 the Contractor fail to produce results, which comply with the requirements of 6 the State of Florida, the Contractor shall immediately take the necessary 7 steps to correct the deficiency at his or her own expense. 8 9 3.04 MAINTENANCE 10 11 All erosion and siltation control devices shall be checked regularly, especially 12 after each rainfall and will be cleaned out and/or repaired as required. 13 14 3.05 COMPLIANCE 15 16 A. Failure to comply with the aforementioned requirements may result in a fine 17 and/or more stringent enforcement procedures such as (but not limited to) 18 issuance of a "Stop Work Order". 19 20 21 END OF SECTION 22 TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL 02276-5 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 02485 2 3 SURFACE RESTORATION 4 5 PART I - GENERAL 6 7 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK 8 9 A. Furnish all labor, materials, and equipment necessary to satisfactorily return 10 all construction areas to their original conditions or better. 11 12 B. Work includes furnishing and placing sod, fertilizer, gravel, concrete, asphalt, 13 planting, watering and maintenance until acceptance by the Owner. 14 15 C. All grassed areas disturbed by the work of this contract shall be sodded. 16 Seeding/Hydroseeding shall not be acceptable, unless shown on the plans. 17 18 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE 19 20 A. Requirements: It is the intent of this Specification that the Contractor is 21 obliged to deliver a satisfactory stand of grass as specified. If necessary, the 22 Contractor shall repeat any or all of the work, including grading, fertilizing, 23 watering, and sodding at no additional cost to the Owner until a satisfactory 24 stand is obtained. 25 26 B. Satisfactory Stand: For purposes of grassing, a satisfactory stand of grass is 27 herein defined as a full lawn cover over areas to be sodded, with grass free 28 of weeds, alive and growing, leaving no bare spots larger than 3/4 sq. yd. 29 within a radius of 10 ft. 30 31 1.03 SUBMITTALS 32 33 A. Provide technical data as required for shop drawings on all materials or 34 installation procedures required under this Section. 35 36 PART II - PRODUCTS 37 38 2.01 MATERIALS 39 40 A. Fertilizer 41 42 1. Fertilizer shall be a complete fertilizer, the elements of which are 43 derived from organic sources. Fertilizer shall be a standard product 44 complying with State and Federal fertilizer laws. 45 46 2. Percentages of nitrogen, phosphorus and potash shall by based on 47 laboratory tests on soils outlined in Paragraph 1.038 and approved by SURFACE RESTORATION 02485-1 04/05/17 1 the Engineer. For purpose of bidding, assume 6% nitrogen, 6% 2 phosphorus and 6% potash by weight. At least 50% of the total 3 nitrogen shall contain no Tess than 3% water -insoluble nitrogen. 4 5 3. Fertilizer shall be delivered to the site, mixed as specified, in the 6 original unopened standard size bags showing weight, analysis and 7 name of manufacturer. Containers shall bear the manufacturer's 8 guaranteed statement of analysis, or a manufacturer's certificate of 9 compliance covering analysis shall be furnished to the Engineer. 10 Store fertilizer in a weatherproof place and in such a manner that it 11 will be kept dry and its effectiveness will not be impaired. 12 13 4. Superphosphate shall be composed of finely ground phosphate rock 14 as commonly used for agricultural purposes containing not less than 15 20% available phosphoric acid. 16 17 B. Sodding 18 19 1. Sod shall be Argentine Bahia or St. Augustine to match existing sod 20 of firm texture having a compacted growth and good root 21 development as approved. 22 23 2. Sod shall be certified to meet Florida State Plant Board 24 Specifications, absolutely true to varietal type, and free from weeds or 25 other objectionable vegetation, fungus, insects and disease of any 26 kind. 27 28 3. Before being cut and lifted the sod shall have been mowed 3 times 29 with the final mowing not more than a week before cutting into uniform 30 dimensions. 31 32 C. Water 33 34 It is the Contractor's responsibility to water the site, as required during 35 sodding operations and through the maintenance period and until the work is 36 accepted. The Contractor shall make whatever arrangements may be 37 necessary to ensure an adequate supply of water to meet the needs for his 38 work. The Contractor shall also furnish all necessary hose, equipment, 39 attachments and accessories for the adequate irrigation of lawns and planted 40 areas as may be required. 41 42 D. Asphalt Restoration 43 44 1. Asphalt Restoration Along Existing Roadways 45 46 a. Asphalt restoration along all existing roadways shall consist of 47 two phases, asphalt restoration over the pipe trench (phase 1) 48 followed by milling and overlay of asphalt (phase 2). The first SURFACE RESTORATION 02485-2 04/05/17 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 phase shall consist of placing and compacting sub -base, base, 2 and asphalt over the excavated pipe trench area to 1 -inch 3 below existing grade. The second phase shall consist of the 4 Contractor returning a minimum of 30 days after the initial 5 asphalt restoration (phase 1) to mill 1 inch from any asphalt 6 that was not removed prior to phase 1 asphalt restoration (i.e. 7 the asphalt from phase 1 restoration shall not be milled) and 8 repaving 1 -inch of asphalt. All streets shall be milled and 9 overlayed with asphalt from edge -of -pavement to edge -of - 10 pavement regardless of which lanes are impacted by 11 construction activities. Milling and resurfacing of the roadway 12 from edge -of -pavement to edge -of -pavement shall not occur 13 until all construction activities within the project area are 14 completed. 15 16 b. Phase 1 asphalt restoration as described above for existing 17 roadways shall consist of 1 -inch (one lift) of SP -9.5 asphalt. 18 Phase 2 asphalt restoration as described above shall consist 19 of milling 1 inch from any asphalt that was not removed prior to 20 phase 1 asphalt restoration (i.e. the asphalt from phase 1 21 restoration shall not be milled) and repaving 1 -inch of SP- 9.5 22 asphalt from edge -of -pavement of edge -of -pavement. 23 24 2. Asphalt Pavement Along New Roadway Areas 25 26 a. Asphalt pavement along new roadway areas (i.e. t -turnarounds 27 and Merrill Ave.) shall consist of two phases. The first phase 28 (phase 1) shall consist of installing 1 -inch of SP -9.5 asphalt 29 after the new t -turnarounds or the widening of Merrill Ave. is 30 completed. The second phase (phase 2) shall consist of 31 installing 1 -inch of SP -9.5 asphalt from edge -of -pavement to 32 edge -of -pavement at the t -turnarounds and the widened Merrill 33 Ave once all construction activities within the project area is 34 completed. This phase 2 restoration shall occur at the same 35 time as phase 2 restoration for existing roadways as previously 36 described above. 37 38 PART III - EXECUTION 39 40 3.01 INSTALLATION 41 42 A. Following the subgrade preparation, the Contractor shall commence work on 43 lawns and grassed areas. Areas to be sodded shall be free from soft spots 44 and uneven grades. Apply 20 lbs. of 12-3-6 fertilizer per 1,000 sq. ft. 45 46 B. Protection 47 SURFACE RESTORATION 02485-3 04/05/17 1 Sodded areas shall be protected against the traffic or other use by placing 2 warning signs or erecting barricades as necessary. Any areas damaged 3 prior to actual acceptance by the Owner shall be repaired by the Contractor 4 as directed by the Engineer. 5 6 3.02 LAWN BED PREPARATION 7 8 A. Areas to be sodded shall be cleared of all rough grass, weeds, and debris, 9 and the ground brought to an even grade as approved. 10 11 B. The soil shall then be thoroughly tilled to a minimum 8 -inch depth. 12 13 C. Superphosphate at a rate for bidding purposes of 5 pounds per 1,000 square 14 foot and complete fertilizer at a rate for bidding purposes of 16 pounds per 15 1000 square foot shall be evenly distributed over entire area and cross - 16 disced into a depth of 4-6 inches. 17 18 D. The areas shall then be brought to proper grade, free of sticks, stones, or 19 other foreign matter over 1 -inch in diameter of dimension. The surface shall 20 conform to finish grade, less the thickness of sod, free of water -retaining 21 depressions, the soil friable and of uniformly fill texture. 22 23 3.03 SOD HANDLING AND INSTALLATION 24 25 A. During delivery, prior to planting, and during the planting of the lawn areas, 26 the sod panels at all times be protected from excessive drying and 27 unnecessary exposure of the roots to the sun. All sod shall be stacked 28 during construction and planting so as not to be damaged by sweating or 29 excessive heat and moisture. 30 31 B. After completion of soil conditioning as specified above, sod panels shall be 32 laid tightly together so as to make a solid sodded lawn area. On mounds 33 and other slopes, the long dimension of the sod shall be laid perpendicular 34 to the slope. Immediately following sod laying the lawn areas shall be rolled 35 with a lawn roller customarily used for such purposes, and then thoroughly 36 watered. 37 38 C. Bring the sod edge in a neat, clean manner to the edge of all paving and 39 shrub areas. Top dressing with approved, clean, weed free, sand may be 40 required at no additional cost to the Owner if deemed necessary by the 41 Engineer. 42 43 3.04 CLEANUP 44 45 A. Soil, mulch, or similar materials spilled onto paved areas shall be removed 46 promptly, keeping those areas as clean as possible at all times. Upon 47 completion of sodding operations, all excess soil, stones, and debris 48 remaining shall be removed from the construction areas. SURFACE RESTORATION 02485-4 04/05/17 1 2 3.05 MAINTENANCE 3 4 A. Any existing landscape items damaged or altered during construction by the 5 Contractor shall be restored or replaced as directed by the Engineer. 6 7 B. Maintain landscape work until Owner accepts project. Watering, weeding, 8 cultivating, restoration of grade, mowing and trimming grass, protection from 9 insects and diseases, fertilizing and similar operations as needed to ensure 10 normal growth and good health for live plant material shall be the 11 responsibility of the Contractor and at no additional cost to the Owner. 12 Sodded areas shall receive no Tess than 1.5 inches of water per week. 13 14 3.06 REPAIRS TO LAWN AREAS DISTURBED BY CONTRACTOR'S OPERATIONS 15 16 A. Lawn areas planted under this Contract and all lawn areas damaged by the 17 Contractor's operation shall be repaired by proper soil preparation, fertilizing, 18 and resodding, in accordance with these Specifications. 19 20 21 END OF SECTION 22 SURFACE RESTORATION 02485-5 04/05/17 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 02730 2 3 PRECAST CONCRETE STRUCTURES 4 5 PART I — GENERAL 6 7 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK 8 9 A. The work included under this section consists of furnishing all necessary 10 labor, equipment, materials, testing and performing all operations in 11 connection with construction and installation of sanitary sewer manholes, 12 and any other appurtenant structures including excavation, trenching, 13 backfilling along with any other work as required or as directed that would be 14 required to install a fully functional system. 15 16 17 1.02 SUBMITTALS 18 19 A. Shop drawings shall be submitted to the Engineer for review in accordance 20 with the General Conditions and shall include dimensioning and technical 21 specification for all materials to be furnished. 22 23 B. Shop drawings for all manholes shall clearly depict the following at minimum: 24 25 1. Rim elevation; 26 2. Invert elevations and size and material of all pipes; 27 3. Location of joints; 28 4. Manhole diameter; 29 5. Any other pertinent dimensions to verify that the manhole meets the 30 lines and grade as shown on the Drawings. 31 32 C. Location inventory submitted with shop drawing shall detail parts of manhole 33 per manhole as numbered on the construction plans. All manhole parts shall 34 be numbered or lettered before being sent to the job site to permit proper 35 construction placement. A plan or list of the numbering system shall be 36 present on the job site when manhole components are delivered. 37 38 PART II — PRODUCTS 39 40 2.01 PRECAST STRUCTURES 41 42 A. All precast concrete structures shall be new, unused and manufactured for 43 this project. All manholes shall be precast concrete. The minimum 44 acceptable manhole inside diameter is 4 feet. Precast, reinforced concrete 45 manholes shall have tongue and groove with Ram-Nek gasket or "0" ring to 46 provide a watertight joint. Inverts shall be formed as specified herein. It shall 47 be the responsibility of the Contractor to assure that all manhole inlets are PRECAST CONCRETE STRUCTURES 02730-1 09/01/16 1 provided at the proper locations and elevations to accommodate the actual 2 field requirements without additional compensation. All manholes shall be 3 placed on a FDOT No. 57 gravel base of a minimum of 12 inches in depth. 4 5 B. Precast reinforced concrete manhole risers, grade rings and tops shall 6 conform as to materials, design, and fabrication with the requirements of 7 ASTM Designation C-478. The concrete shall consist of 4000 psi/28 day 8 Type II Portland Cement. The walls for manholes shall be no less than 5" 9 thick. All precast manhole parts are to be free of fractures, honeycomb, and 10 other defects of concrete. Cones shall be concentric. 11 12 C. Precast manholes shall consist of a base unit with openings for the sewer 13 pipe, riser units of various lengths to build the manhole up to the required 14 depth and concentric cones. The minimum height of the shortest riser shall 15 be 12". The maximum height of adjusting ring is 18 - inches. Top and 16 bottom ends of riser or sections shall be perfectly formed so that continuous 17 and uniform contact is possible around the entire joint. Malformed joints 18 shall be rejected. 19 20 D. The precast reinforced based shall be a minimum of 8 inches thick or as 21 shown on the Drawings and be cast monolithically with the bottom section of 22 manhole walls. 23 24 2.02 SANITARY SEWER MANHOLES 25 26 A. The interior of all sanitary sewer manholes shall be lined with Agru American 27 HDPE Sure Grip®, minimum 2.0mm thickness. Exterior shall be coated with 28 15 mils dry thickness of PROCO EP -214-351 Sewer Coating or approved 29 equal. 30 31 B. All slabs for precast drop manholes shall be of sufficient size to entirely 32 support the drop structures. 33 34 C. Precast manhole dimensions, drop entry, grout flow of channel, etc., shall be 35 as shown on Drawings. Manhole sections shall be rejected if abused during 36 shipping or placement and if pipe openings are not properly aligned. The 37 "break in" to precast manholes for pipe entry shall not be allowed. 38 39 40 2.03 MORTAR 41 42 A. Mortar for manholes shall consist of one part Portland Type II cement, two to 43 three parts fine sand mixed with water for proper consistency. Lime shall not 44 be used in mortar for manholes. Commercially prepared mortar mixes or 45 expanding grout shall not be used. Admixtures to mortar or commercial fast - 46 setting cements shall not be used without approval of the Owner's Engineer. PRECAST CONCRETE STRUCTURES 02730-2 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2.04 MANHOLE FRAMES AND COVERS 3 4 A. All frames and covers shall be U.S. Foundry and Manufacturing Corporation 5 as shown on the Drawings. All mating surfaces shall be machined for proper 6 fit. Castings are to be cleaned and tar coated. All manhole covers shall 7 have two watertight pick holes. Waterproof sewer guards are required for 8 manholes in drainage pathways and other areas prone to flooding as shown 9 on the Drawings. Manhole covers in paved areas shall be flush with the top 10 of pavement. Manholes in nonpaved areas shall be 3 - inches above 11 finished grade. Identification lettering shall be in accordance with the details 12 included on the Drawings. 13 14 PART III — EXECUTION 15 16 3.01 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL 17 18 A. All excavation and backfill for manholes and other structures shall be 19 performed in accordance with the requirements of Section 02222. 20 21 3.02 JOINING PIPE TO MANHOLES OR OTHER STRUCTURES 22 23 A. Connections to existing sanitary manholes using approved PVC sewer main 24 shall be made with a manhole adapter coupling by Flo Control, Inc., or 25 approved water stop coupling. 26 27 B. Connections to sanitary manholes using approved PVC sewer main shall be 28 made with a manhole adapter coupling by Flo Control, Inc., or a flexible 29 rubber boot shall be used at the manhole to pipe connection. The boot shall 30 be manufactured of neoprene or isoprene compounds formulated and tested 31 to resist deterioration due to sewage, hydrogen sulfide, oils, fats, greases, 32 petroleum products and by-products. The connection at the manhole wall 33 shall be flexible and water -tight. The flexible boot shall be as manufactured 34 by NPC Kor-n-Seal or equal. Any annular space inside the manhole at the 35 connection shall be filled with approved caulking material or joint filler. 36 37 C. For manholes greater than or equal to 20 feet deep, all sewer connections to 38 precast manholes shall be grouted on the interior and on the exterior in 39 addition to the use of the rubber boot. The interior and exterior of 40 connections to fiberglass manholes greater than or equal to 20 feet deep 41 shall be glassed in. 42 43 D. No pipe to manhole connections shall occur within 12 inches of a manhole - 44 to -manhole section joint. 45 46 3.03 PRECAST MANHOLES PRECAST CONCRETE STRUCTURES 02730-3 09/01/16 1 2 A. All slabs or bottom sections shall be installed at a grade that will allow 3 clearance under the bells of the pipe. All slabs or bottom sections shall be 4 solidly installed on 3/4 -inch bedding stone that has been compacted against 5 firm undisturbed soil. Depth of bedding stone will be as directed by the 6 Engineer. 7 8 B. The tongue and groove ends of each unit shall be primed with Ram-nek 9 primer and allowed to dry. Immediately before placing the next unit, the 10 joints shall receive a coating of Ram-nek. Enough plastic material shall be 11 placed in the joint to squeeze a bead of excess material out of the joint 12 insuring a completely sealed joint. 13 14 C. The top of the cone shall be set between 2 1/2 inches and 14 1/2 inches 15 below the bottom of the manhole cover frame. It is the intent of the 16 Specifications to provide a minimum of 2 1/2 inches to accommodate future 17 grade changes without disturbing the manhole. Where the distance between 18 the bottom of the manhole cover frame and the top of the cone is greater 19 than 14 1/2 inches, 12 inch riser units shall be used to bring the top of the 20 cone to within the limits specified. 21 22 D. On all sewers, the interior and exterior annular space between the sewer 23 pipe and the opening in the manhole shall be grouted with Portland cement 24 mortar and wiped or collared to insure a watertight joint. Invert channels 25 shall be formed after the manhole is set by one of the following methods: 26 Build up with brick and mortar, or lay a full section of sewer pipe through 27 manhole and cut out the top half. The manhole floor outside of the channels 28 shall be made smooth and sloped toward the channels on a slope of 2 29 inches per foot. 30 31 E. Agru American HDPE Sure Grip® liner shall be field welded at each interior 32 manhole joint. Upon completion of field welding, manholes shall be spark 33 tested to detect any imperfections of the liner. Imperfections shall be 34 identified, repaired and the spark test repeated. 35 36 3.04 DROP MANHOLES 37 38 A. External drops are required on all manholes where the upper invert is 2' or 39 more above the lowest invert. The upper invert shall not be blocked. 40 41 B. Drop manholes shall be constructed in accordance with details shown on the 42 plans. 43 44 3.05 MANHOLE INVERTS 45 PRECAST CONCRETE STRUCTURES 02730-4 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 A. Invert channels shall be constructed smooth and semicircular, conforming to 2 the inside of adjacent sewer section. The mortared invert channel shall have 3 a steel trowel finish. Changes in direction of flow shall be made in a smooth 4 curve of as large a radius as possible. Changes in size and grade shall be 5 made gradually and smoothly. Whenever possible, inverts shall be formed 6 with a full section of pipe laid through the manhole and then breaking out the 7 top half. Benches shall be built up solidly with concrete and shall be sloping 8 to the invert. All inside drops shall have a flume construction to channel flow 9 into the invert. All pipe entering the manhole must be trimmed flush with the 10 walls. All exposed sharp edges of pipe shall be wiped smooth with mortar. 11 12 B. Manhole inverts and benches shall be constructed at the same profile slope 13 as the downstream pipe. 14 15 C. Manhole inverts shall be as follows: 16 17 1. Precut PVC half -pipe for flow through manhole; or 18 19 2. Manhole bench constructed of solid concrete forming an invert the 20 shape of a half -pipe. 21 22 3.06 ADJUSTMENT OF MANHOLE FRAMES AND COVERS 23 24 A. Existing manhole frames and covers shall be adjusted to pavement grade 25 during road resurfacing by addition or removal of height adjustment rings., 26 Where required by the Engineer, height adjustment inserts of continuous 27 rings of a type as directed by the Engineer shall be installed in the existing 28 frame/cover assembly. 29 30 31 END OF SECTION 32 PRECAST CONCRETE STRUCTURES 02730-5 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 03100 2 3 CONCRETE FORMWORK 4 5 PART 1 - GENERAL 6 7 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK 8 9 A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required and cut, 10 remove, repair or otherwise modify parts of existing concrete structures or 11 appurtenances as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. Work 12 under this Section shall also include bonding new concrete to existing 13 concrete. 14 15 B. Secure to forms as required or set for embedment as required, all 16 miscellaneous metal items, sleeves, reglets, anchor bolts, inserts and other 17 items furnished under other Sections and required to be cast into concrete, or 18 approved in advance by the Engineer. 19 20 1.02 RELATED WORK 21 22 A. Concrete Reinforcement is included in Section 03200. 23 B. Concrete Joints and Joint Accessories are included in Section 03250 24 C. Cast -in -Place Concrete is included in Section 03300. 25 D. Grout is included in Section 03600. 26 27 1.03 SUBMITTALS 28 29 A. Submit to the Engineer, in accordance with Section 01300, shop drawings 30 and product data showing materials of construction and details of installation 31 for: 32 33 1. Form release agent 34 2. Form ties 35 36 B. Samples 37 38 1. Demonstrate to the Engineer on a designated area of the concrete 39 substructure exterior surface that the form release agent will not 40 adversely affect concrete surfaces to be painted, coated or otherwise 41 finished and will not affect the forming materials. 42 43 C. Certificates 44 45 1. Certify that form release agent is suitable for use in contact with 46 potable water after 30 days (non-toxic and free of taste and odor). 47 48 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS CONCRETE FORMWORK 03100 - 1 04/10/17 1 2 A. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 3 4 1. ACI 301 - Standard Specification for Structural Concrete 5 2. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete 6 3. ACI 347 - Formwork for Concrete 7 8 B. American Plywood Association (APA) 9 10 1. Material grades and designations as specified 11 12 C. Where reference is made to one of the above standards, the revision in effect 13 at the time of bid opening shall apply. 14 15 1.05 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 16 17 A. General: Architectural Concrete is wall, slab, beam or column concrete which 18 will have surfaces exposed to view in the finished work. It includes similar 19 exposed surfaces in water containment structures from the top of walls to 2 -ft 20 below the normal water surface in open tanks and basins. 21 22 B. Formwork shall be designed and erected in accordance with the requirements 23 of ACI 301 and ACI 318 and as recommended in ACI 347 and shall comply 24 with all applicable regulations and codes. The design shall consider any 25 special requirements due to the use of plasticized and/or retarded set 26 concrete. 27 28 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 29 30 2.01 GENERAL 31 32 A. The usage of a manufacturer's name and model or catalog number is for the 33 purpose of establishing the standard of quality and general configurations 34 desired. 35 36 2.02 MATERIALS 37 38 A. Forms for cast -in-place concrete shall be made of wood, metal, or other 39 approved material. Construct wood forms of sound lumber or plywood of 40 suitable dimensions and free from knotholes and loose knots. Where used 41 for exposed surfaces, dress and match boards. Sand plywood smooth and fit 42 adjacent panels with tight joints. Metal forms may be used when approved by 43 the Engineer and shall be of an appropriate type for the class of work 44 involved. All forms shall be designed and constructed to provide a flat, 45 uniform concrete surface requiring minimal finishing or repairs. 46 47 B. Wall Forms 48 CONCRETE FORMWORK 03100 - 2 04/10/17 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1. Forms for all exposed exterior and interior concrete walls shall be 3 "Plyform" exterior grade plywood panels manufactured in compliance 4 with the APA and bearing the trademark of that group, or equal 5 acceptable to the Engineer. Provide B grade or better veneer on all 6 faces to be placed against concrete during forming. The class of 7 material and grades of interior plies shall be of sufficient strength and 8 stiffness to provide a flat, uniform concrete surface requiring minimal 9 finishing and grinding. 10 11 2. All joints or gaps in forms shall be taped, gasketed, plugged, and/or 12 caulked with an approved material so that the joint will remain 13 watertight and will withstand placing pressures without bulging. 14 15 C. Rustication strips shall be at the location and shall conform to the details 16 shown on the Drawings. Moldings for chamfers and rustications shall be 17 milled and planed smooth. Rustications and corner strips shall be of a 18 nonabsorbent material, compatible with the form surface and fully sealed on 19 all sides to prohibit the loss of paste or water between the two surfaces. 20 21 D. Form Release Agent 22 23 1. Coat all forming surfaces in contact with concrete using an effective, 24 non -staining, non -residual, water based, bond -breaking form coating 25 unless otherwise noted. Form release agents used in potable water 26 containment structures shall be suitable for use in contact with potable 27 water and shall be non-toxic and free of taste or odor and meet the 28 requirements of NSF/ANSI Standard 61. Form release agent shall be 29 Farm Fresh by Unitex or approved equal. 30 31 E. Form Ties 32 33 1. Form ties encased in concrete other than those specified in the 34 following paragraphs shall be designed so that, after removal of the 35 projecting part, no metal shall remain within 1 -1/2 -in of the face of the 36 concrete. The part of the tie to be removed shall be at least 1/2 -in 37 diameter or be provided with a wood or metal cone at least 1/2 -in 38 diameter and 1 -1/2 -in long. Form ties in concrete exposed to view 39 shall be the cone -washer type. 40 41 2. Form ties for exposed exterior and interior walls shall be as specified in 42 the preceding paragraph except that the cones shall be of approved 43 wood or plastic. 44 45 3. Flat bar ties for panel forms, if used, shall have plastic or rubber inserts 46 having a minimum depth of 1 -1/2 -in and sufficient dimensions to permit 47 proper patching of the tie hole. 48 CONCRETE FORMWORK 03100 - 3 04/10/17 1 2 4. Ties for liquid containment structures shall have an integral waterstop 3 that is tightly welded to the tie. 4 5 5. Common wire shall not be used for form ties. 6 7 6. Alternate form ties consisting of tapered through -bolts at least 1 -in in 8 diameter at smallest end or through -bolts that utilize a removable 9 tapered sleeve of the same minimum size may be used at the 10 Contractor's option. Obtain Engineer's acceptance of system and 11 spacing of ties prior to ordering or purchase of forming. Clean, fill and 12 seal form tie hole with non -shrink cement grout. A vinyl plug shall be 13 inserted into the hole to serve as a waterstop. The Contractor shall be 14 responsible for water -tightness of the form ties and any repairs 15 needed. 16 17 PART 3 - EXECUTION 18 19 3.01 GENERAL 20 21 A. Forms shall be used for all cast -in-place concrete including sides of footings. 22 Forms shall be constructed and placed so that the resulting concrete will be of 23 the shape, lines, dimensions and appearance indicated on the Drawings. 24 25 B. Forms for walls shall have removable panels at the bottom for cleaning, 26 inspection and joint surface preparation. Forms for walls of considerable 27 height shall have closable intermediate inspection ports. Tremies and 28 hoppers for placing concrete shall be used to allow concrete inspection, to 29 prevent segregation and to prevent the accumulation of hardened concrete on 30 the forms above the fresh concrete. 31 32 C. Molding, bevels, or other types of chamfer strips shall be placed to produce 33 block outs, rustications, or chamfers as shown on the Drawings or as 34 specified herein. Chamfer strips shall be provided at horizontal and vertical 35 projecting corners to produce a 3/4 -in chamfer. Rectangular or trapezoidal 36 moldings shall be placed in locations requiring sealants where specified or 37 shown on the Drawings. Sizes of moldings shall conform to the sealants 38 manufacturer's recommendations. 39 40 D. Forms shall be sufficiently rigid to withstand construction loads and vibration 41 and to prevent displacement or sagging between supports. Construct forms 42 so that the concrete will not be damaged by their removal. The Contractor 43 shall be entirely responsible for the adequacy of the forming system. 44 45 E. Before form material is re -used, all surfaces to be in contact with concrete 46 shall be thoroughly cleaned, all damaged places repaired, all projecting nails 47 withdrawn and all protrusions smoothed. Reuse of wooden forms for other CONCRETE FORMWORK 03100 - 4 04/10/17 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 than rough finish will be permitted only if a "like new" condition of the form is 2 maintained. 3 4 5 3.02 FORM TOLERANCES 6 7 A. Forms shall be surfaced, designed and constructed in accordance with the 8 recommendations of ACI 347 and shall meet the following additional 9 requirements for the specified finishes. 10 11 1. Formed Surface Exposed to View: Edges of all form panels in contact 12 with concrete shall be flush within 1/16 -in and forms for plane surfaces 13 shall be such that the concrete will be plane within 3/16 -in in 4 -ft. 14 Forms shall be tight to prevent the passage of mortar, water and grout. 15 The maximum deviation of the finish wall surface at any point shall not 16 exceed 1/4 -in from the intended surface as shown on the Drawings. 17 Form panels shall be arranged symmetrically and in an orderly manner 18 to minimize the number of seams. 19 20 2. Formed surfaces not exposed to view or buried shall meet 21 requirements of Class "C" Surface in ACI 347. 22 23 3. Formed rough surfaces including mass concrete, pipe encasement, 24 electrical duct encasement and other similar installations shall have no 25 minimum requirements for surface smoothness and surface 26 deflections. The overall dimensions of the concrete shall be plus or 27 minus 1 -in. 28 29 3.03 FORM PREPARATION 30 31 A. Wood forms in contact with the concrete shall be coated with an effective 32 release agent prior to form installation. 33 34 B. Steel forms shall be thoroughly cleaned and mill scale and other ferrous 35 deposits shall be sandblasted or otherwise removed from the contact surface 36 for all forms, except those utilized for surfaces receiving a rough finish. All 37 forms shall have the contact surfaces coated with a release agent. 38 39 3.04 REMOVAL OF FORMS 40 41 A. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damage resulting from removal of 42 forms. Forms and shoring for structural slabs or beams shall remain in place 43 in accordance with ACI 301 and ACI 347. Form removal shall conform to the 44 requirements specified in Section 03300 and a curing compound applied. 45 46 3.05 INSPECTION 47 CONCRETE FORMWORK 03100 - 5 04/10/17 1 A. The Engineer on site shall be notified when the forms are complete and ready 2 for inspection at least 6 hours prior to the proposed concrete placement. 3 4 B. Failure of the forms to comply with the requirements specified herein or to 5 produce concrete complying with requirements of Section 03300 shall be 6 grounds for rejection of that portion of the concrete work. Rejected work shall 7 be repaired or replaced as directed by the Engineer at no additional cost to 8 the Owner. Such repair or replacement shall be subject to the requirements 9 of this Section and approval of the Engineer. 10 11 END OF SECTION CONCRETE FORMWORK 03100 - 6 04/10/17 1 I1 SECTION 03200 2 1 3 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 4 5 PART1 GENERAL I 6 7 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK 8 I 9 A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required and install all 10 concrete reinforcement complete as shown on the Drawings and as specified 11 herein. I 12 13 1.02 RELATED WORK 14 15 A. Concrete Formwork is included in Section 03100. 16 17 B. Cast -in-place Concrete is included in Section 03300. I 18 19 1.03 SUBMITTALS 20 I 21 22 A. Submit to the Engineer, in accordance with Section 01300, shop drawings and product data showing materials of construction and details of installation 23 for: 24 I 25 1. Reinforcing steel. Placement drawings shall conform to the 26 recommendations of ACI 315. All reinforcement in a concrete 27 placement shall be included on a single placement drawing or cross I28 referenced to the pertinent main placement drawing. The main 29 drawing shall include the additional reinforcement (around openings, at 30 corners, etc) shown on the standard detail sheets. Bars to have I 31 special coatings and/or to be of special steel or special yield strength 32 are to be clearly identified. For all cast -in-place concrete tanks, 33 retaining walls, building stem walls, wall sections shall be included in I 34 the drawings. 35 36 2. Bar bending details. The bars shall be referenced to the same I 37 38 identification marks shown on the placement drawings. 39 3. Schedule of all placements to contain synthetic reinforcing fibers. The I 40 amount of fibers per cubic yard to be used for each of the placements 41 shall be noted on the schedule. The name of the manufacturer of the 42 fibers and the product data shall be included with the submittal. I 43 44 B. Submit Test Reports, in accordance with Section 01300, of each of the 45 following items. 46 I47 1. Certified copy of mill test on each steel proposed for use showing the 48 physical properties of the steel and the chemical analysis. 1 1 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 03200 - 1 04/10/17 1 2. Welder's certification. The certification shall be in accordance with 2 AWS D1.4 when welding of reinforcement required. 3 4 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS 5 6 A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 7 8 1. ASTM A82 - Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete 9 Reinforcement. 10 2. ASTM A184 - Standard Specification for Fabricated Deformed Steel 11 Bar Mats for Concrete Reinforcement. 12 3. ASTM A185 - Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric, 13 Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement 14 4. ASTM A496 - Standard Specification for Steel Wire, Deformed, for 15 Concrete Reinforcement 16 5. ASTM A497 - Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric, 17 Deformed, for Concrete Reinforcement 18 6. ASTM A615 - Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain 19 Billet -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement 20 7. ASTM A616 - Standard Specification for Rail -Steel Deformed and Plain 21 Bars for Concrete Reinforcement 22 8. ASTM A617 - Standard Specification for Axle -Steel Deformed and 23 Plain Bars for Concrete Reinforcement 24 9. ASTM A706 - Standard Specification for Low -Alloy Steel Deformed 25 and Plain Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. 26 10. ASTM A767 - Standard Specification for Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) 27 Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement 28 11. ASTM A775 - Standard Specification for Epoxy -Coated Reinforcing 29 Steel Bars. 30 12. ASTM A884 - Standard Specification for Epoxy -Coated Steel Wire and 31 Welded Wire Fabric for Reinforcement. 32 13. ASTM A934 - Standard Specification for Epoxy -Coated Prefabricated 33 Steel Reinforcing Bars. 34 35 B. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 36 37 1. ACI 301 - Standard Specification for Structural Concrete 38 2. ACI 315 - Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement. 39 3. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete 40 4. ACI SP -66 - ACI Detailing Manual 41 42 C. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI) 43 44 1. Manual of Standard Practice 45 46 D. American Welding Society (AWS) 47 48 1. AWS D1.4 - Structural Welding Code Reinforcing Steel CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 03200 - 2 04/10/17 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 E. Where reference is made to one of the above standards, the revision in effect 2 at the time of bid opening shall apply. 3 4 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE 5 6 A. Provide services of a manufacturer's representative, with at least 2 years 7 experience in the use of the reinforcing fibers for a preconstruction meeting 8 and assistance during the first placement of the material. 9 10 1.06 DELIVERY, HANDLING AND STORAGE 11 12 A. Reinforcing steel shall be substantially free from mill scale, rust, dirt, grease, 13 or other foreign matter. 14 15 B. Reinforcing steel shall be shipped and stored with bars of the same size and 16 shape fastened in bundles with durable tags, marked in a legible manner with 17 waterproof markings showing the same "mark" designations as those shown 18 on the submitted Placing Drawings. 19 20 C. Reinforcing steel shall be stored off the ground and kept free from dirt, oil, or 21 other injurious contaminants. 22 23 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 24 25 2.01 MATERIALS 26 27 A. Materials shall be new, of domestic manufacture and shall comply with the 28 following material specifications. 29 30 B. Deformed Concrete Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A615, Grade 60 deformed bars. 31 32 C. Concrete Reinforcing Bars required on the Drawings to be Welded: ASTM 33 A706. 34 35 D. Welded Steel Wire Fabric: ASTM A185. Provide in flat sheets. 36 37 E. Welded Deformed Steel Wire Fabric: ASTM A497. 38 39 F. Welded Plain Bar Mats: ASTM A704 and ASTM A615 Grade 60 plain bars. 40 41 G. Fabricated Deformed Steel Bar Mats: ASTM A184 and ASTM A615 Grade 42 60 deformed bars. 43 44 H. The following alternate materials are allowed: 45 46 1. ASTM A615 Grade 60 may be used for ASTM A706 provided the 47 following requirements are satisfied: CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 03200 - 3 04/10/17 1 a. The actual yield strength of the reinforcing steel based on mill 2 tests shall not exceed the specified yield strength by more than 3 18,000 psi. Retests shall not exceed this value by more than an 4 additional 3000 psi. 5 6 b. The ratio of the actual ultimate tensile strength to the actual 7 tensile yield strength of the reinforcement shall not be less than 8 1.25. 9 10 c. The carbon equivalency (CE) of bars shall be 0.55 or less. 11 12 I. Reinforcing Steel Accessories 13 14 1. Plastic Protected Bar Supports: CRSI Bar Support Specifications, 15 Class 1 - Maximum Protection. 16 17 2. Stainless Steel Protected Bar Supports: CRSI Bar Support 18 Specifications, Class 2 - Moderate Protection. 19 20 3. Precast Concrete Block Bar Supports: CRSI Bar Support 21 Specifications, Precast Blocks. Blocks shall have equal or greater 22 strength than the surrounding concrete. 23 24 4. Steel Protected Bar Supports: #4 Steel Chairs with plastic or rubber 25 tips. 26 27 J. Tie Wire 28 29 1. Tie Wires for Reinforcement shall be 16 -gauge or heavier, black 30 annealed wire or stranded wire. 31 32 K. Mechanical reinforcing steel butt splices shall be positive connecting taper 33 threaded type employing a hexagonal coupler such as Lenton rebar splices 34 as manufactured by Erico Products Inc., Solon, OH or equal. They shall meet 35 all ACI 318 Building Code requirements. Bar ends must be taper threaded 36 with coupler manufacturer's bar threader to ensure proper taper and thread 37 engagement. Bar couplers shall be torqued to manufacturer's recommended 38 value. 39 40 1. Unless otherwise noted on the Drawings, mechanical tension splices 41 shall be designed to produce a splice strength in tension or 42 compression of not less than 125 percent of the ASTM specified 43 minimum yield strength of the rebar. 44 45 2. Compression type mechanical splices shall provide concentric bearing 46 from one bar to the other bar and shall be capable of developing the 47 ultimate strength of the rebar in compression. 48 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 03200 - 4 04/10/17 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 L. Fiber Reinforcement 3 4 1. Synthetic reinforcing fiber for concrete shall be 100 percent 5 polypropylene collated, fibrillated fibers as manufactured by Propex 6 Concrete Systems Chattanooga, TN - Propex or equal. Fiber length 7 and quantity for the concrete mix shall be in strict compliance with the 8 manufacturer's recommendations as approved by the Engineer. 9 10 2.02 FABRICATION 11 12 A. Fabrication of reinforcement shall be in compliance with the CRSI Manual of 13 Standard Practice. 14 15 B. Bars shall be cold bent. Bars shall not be straightened or rebent. 16 17 C. Bars shall be bent around a revolving collar having a diameter of not less than 18 that recommended by the ACI 318. 19 20 D. Bar ends that are to be butt spliced, placed through limited diameter holes in 21 metal, or threaded, shall have the applicable end(s) saw -cut. Such ends shall 22 terminate in flat surfaces within 1-1/2 degrees of a right angle to the axis of 23 the bar. 24 25 PART 3 EXECUTION 26 27 3.01 INSTALLATION 28 29 A. Surface condition, bending, spacing and tolerances of placement of 30 reinforcement shall comply with the CRSI Manual of Standard Practice. The 31 Contractor shall be solely responsible for providing an adequate number of 32 bars and maintaining the spacing and clearances shown on the Drawings. 33 34 B. Except as otherwise indicated on the Drawings, the minimum concrete cover 35 of reinforcement shall be as follows: 36 37 1. Concrete cast against and permanently exposed to earth: 3 -in 38 39 2. Concrete exposed to soil, water, sewage, sludge and/or weather: 2 -in 40 (Including bottom cover of slabs over water or sewage) 41 42 3. Concrete not exposed to soil, water, sewage, sludge and/or weather: 43 44 a. Slabs (top and bottom cover), walls, joists, shells and folded 45 plate members — 3/4 -in 46 b. Beams and columns (principal reinforcement, ties, spirals and 47 stirrups) - 1 -1/2 -in CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 03200 - 5 04/10/17 1 C. Reinforcement which will be exposed for a considerable length of time after 2 being placed shall be coated with a heavy coat of neat cement slurry. 3 4 D. No reinforcing steel bars shall be welded either during fabrication or erection 5 unless specifically shown on the Drawings or specified herein, or unless prior 6 written approval has been obtained from the Engineer. All bars that have 7 been welded, including tack welds, without such approval shall be 8 immediately removed from the work. When welding of reinforcement is 9 approved or called for, it shall comply with AWS D1.4. 10 11 E. Reinforcing steel interfering with the location of other reinforcing steel, 12 conduits or embedded items, may be moved within the specified tolerances or 13 one bar diameter, whichever is greater. Greater displacement of bars to 14 avoid interference shall only be made with the approval of the Engineer. Do 15 not cut reinforcement to install inserts, conduits, mechanical openings or 16 other items without the prior approval of the Engineer. 17 18 F. Securely support and tie reinforcing steel to prevent movement during 19 concrete placement. Secure dowels in place before placing concrete. 20 21 G. Reinforcing steel bars shall not be field bent except where shown on the 22 Drawings or specifically authorized in writing by the Engineer. If authorized, 23 bars shall be cold -bent around the standard diameter spool specified in the 24 CRSI. Do not heat bars. Closely inspect the reinforcing steel for breaks. If 25 the reinforcing steel is damaged, replace, Cadweld or otherwise repair as 26 directed by the Engineer. Do not bend reinforcement after it is embedded in 27 concrete unless specifically shown otherwise on the Drawings. 28 29 3.02 REINFORCEMENT AROUND OPENINGS 30 31 A. Unless specific additional reinforcement around openings is shown on the 32 Drawings, provide additional reinforcing steel on each side of the opening 33 equivalent to one half of the cross-sectional area of the reinforcing steel 34 interrupted by an opening. The bars shall have sufficient length to develop 35 bond at each end beyond the opening or penetration. 36 37 3.03 SPLICING OF REINFORCEMENT 38 39 A. Splices designated as compression splices on the Drawings, unless 40 otherwise noted, shall be 30 bar diameters, but not less than 12 -in. The lap 41 splice length for column vertical bars shall be based on the bar size in the 42 column above. 43 44 B. Tension lap splices shall be provided at all laps in compliance with ACI 318. 45 Splices in adjacent bars shall be staggered. Class A splices may be used 46 when 50 percent or less of the bars are spliced within the required lap length. 47 Class B splices shall be used at all other locations. CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 03200 - 6 04/10/17 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 C. Splicing of reinforcing steel in concrete elements noted to be "tension 2 members" on the Drawings shall be avoided whenever possible. However, if 3 required for constructability, splices in the reinforcement subject to direct 4 tension shall be welded to develop, in tension, at least 125 percent of the 5 specified yield strength of the bar. Splices in adjacent bars shall be offset the 6 distance of a Class B splice. 7 8 D. Install wire fabric in as long lengths as practicable. Wire fabric from rolls shall 9 be rolled flat and firmly held in place. Splices in welded wire fabric shall be 10 lapped in accordance with the requirements of ACI -318 but not less than 11 12 -in. The spliced fabrics shall be tied together with wire ties spaced not 12 more than 24 -in on center and laced with wire of the same diameter as the 13 welded wire fabric. Do not position laps midway between supporting beams, 14 or directly over beams of continuous structures. Offset splices in adjacent 15 widths to prevent continuous splices. 16 17 18 E. Mechanical reinforcing steel splicers shall be used only where shown on the 19 Drawings. Splices in adjacent bars shall be offset by at least 30 bar 20 diameters. Mechanical reinforcing splices are only to be used for special 21 splice and dowel conditions approved by the Engineer. 22 23 3.04 ACCESSORIES 24 25 A. Determine, provide and install accessories such as chairs, chair bars and the 26 like in sufficient quantities and strength to adequately support the 27 reinforcement and prevent its displacement during the erection of the 28 reinforcement and the placement of concrete. 29 30 B. Use precast concrete blocks where the reinforcing steel is to be supported 31 over soil. 32 33 34 C. Stainless steel bar supports or steel chairs with stainless steel tips shall be 35 used where the chairs are set on forms for a concrete surface that will be 36 exposed to weather, high humidity, or liquid (including bottom of slabs over 37 liquid containing areas). Use of galvanized or plastic tipped metal chairs is 38 permissible in all other locations unless otherwise noted on the Drawings or 39 specified herein. 40 41 D. Alternate methods of supporting top steel in slabs, such as steel channels 42 supported on the bottom steel or vertical reinforcing steel fastened to the 43 bottom and top mats, may be used if approved by the Engineer. 44 45 3.05 INSPECTION 46 47 A. In no case shall any reinforcing steel be covered with concrete until the 48 installation of the reinforcement, including the size, spacing and position of CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 03200 - 7 04/10/17 1 the reinforcement has been observed by the Engineer and the Engineer's 2 release to proceed with the concreting has been obtained. The Engineer 3 shall be given ample prior notice of the readiness of placed reinforcement for 4 observation. The forms shall be kept open until the Engineer has finished 5 his/her observations of the reinforcing steel. 6 7 END OF SECTION CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 03200 - 8 04/10/17 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 03250 2 3 CONCRETE JOINTS AND JOINT ACCESSORIES 4 5 PART1 GENERAL 6 7 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK 8 9 A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required and install 10 accessories for concrete joints as shown on the Drawings and as specified 11 herein. 12 13 1.02 RELATED WORK 14 15 A. Concrete Formwork is included in Section 03100. 16 B. Concrete Reinforcement is included in Section 03200. 17 C. Cast -In -Place Concrete is included in Section 03300. 18 D. Concrete Finishes are included in Section 03350. 19 20 1.03 SUBMITTALS 21 22 A. Submit to the Engineer, in accordance with Section 01300, shop drawings 23 and product data. Submittals shall include at least the following: 24 25 1. Premolded joint fillers: Product data including catalogue cut, technical 26 data, storage requirements, installation requirements, location of use 27 and conformity to ASTM standards. 28 2. Bond breaker: Product data including catalogue cut, technical data, 29 storage requirements, installation requirements, location of use and 30 conformity to ASTM standards. 31 3. Expansion joint dowels: Product data on the complete assembly 32 including dowels, coatings, lubricants, spacers, sleeves, expansion 33 caps, installation requirements and conformity to ASTM standards. 34 4. Compressible joint filler: Product data including catalogue cut, 35 technical data, storage requirements, installation requirements, 36 location of use and conformity to ASTM standards. 37 5. Bonding agents: Product data including catalogue cut, technical data, 38 storage requirements, product life, application requirements and 39 conformity to ASTM standards. 40 41 B. Certifications 42 43 1. Certification that all materials used within the joint system is compatible 44 with each other. 45 2. Certifications that materials used in the construction of joints are 46 suitable for use in contact with potable water 30 days after installation. 47 48 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS CONCRETE JOINTS AND JOINT ACCESSORIES 03250 - 1 04/10/17 1 A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 2 3 1. ASTM A675 - Standard Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon, Hot - 4 Wrought, Special Quality, Mechanical Properties. 5 2. ASTM C881 - Standard Specification for Epoxy -Resin -Base Bonding 6 Systems for Concrete. 7 3. ASTM C1059 - Standard Specification for Latex Agents for Bonding 8 Fresh to Hardened Concrete. 9 4. ASTM D1751 - Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint 10 Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction. (Nonextruding 11 and Resilient Bituminous Types). 12 5. ASTM D1752 - Standard Specification for Preformed Sponge Rubber 13 and Cork Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural 14 Construction. 15 16 B. U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (CRD). 17 18 1. CRD C572 - Specification for Polyvinylchloride Waterstops. 19 20 C. Federal Specifications 21 22 1. FS SS -S -210A - Sealing Compound for Expansion Joints. 23 24 D. Where reference is made to one of the above standards, the revision in effect 25 at the time of bid opening shall apply. 26 27 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 28 29 2.01 GENERAL 30 31 A. The use of manufacturer's name and model or catalog number is for the 32 purpose of establishing the standard of quality and general configuration 33 desired. 34 35 B. All materials used together in a given joint (bond breakers, backer rods, joint 36 fillers, sealants, etc) shall be compatible with one another. Coordinate 37 selection of suppliers and products to ensure compatibility. Under no 38 circumstances shall asphaltic bond breakers or joint fillers be used in joints 39 receiving sealant. 40 41 42 C. All chemical sealant type waterstops shall be products specifically 43 manufactured for the purpose for which they will be used and the products 44 shall have been successfully used on similar structures for more than five 45 years. 46 47 2.02 MATERIALS 48 CONCRETE JOINTS AND JOINT ACCESSORIES 03250 - 2 04/10/17 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 A. Premolded Joint Filler 2 3 1. Premolded joint filler - Structures. Self -expanding cork, premolded 4 joint filler shall conform to ASTM D1752, Type III. The thickness shall 5 be 3/4 -in unless shown otherwise on the Drawings. 6 7 2. Premolded joint filler - sidewalk and roadway concrete pavements or 8 where fiber joint filler is specifically noted on the Drawings. The joint 9 filler shall be asphalt -impregnated fiber board conforming to ASTM 10 D1751. Thickness shall be 3/4 -in unless otherwise shown on the 11 Drawings. 12 13 B. Bond Breaker 14 15 1. Bond breaker tape shall be an adhesive -backed glazed butyl or 16 polyethylene tape which will satisfactorily adhere to the premolded joint 17 filler or concrete surface as required. The tape shall be the same width 18 as the joint. 19 20 2. Except where tape is specifically called for on the drawings, bond 21 breaker for concrete shall be either bond breaker tape or a nonstaining 22 type bond prevention coating such as Williams Tilt -up Compound by 23 Williams Distributors Inc.; Silcoseal 77, by SCA Construction Supply 24 Division, Superior Concrete Accessories or equal. 25 26 C. Expansion Joint Dowels 27 28 1. Dowels shall be smooth steel conforming to ASTM A675, Grade 70. 29 Dowels must be straight and clean, free of loose flaky rust and loose 30 scale. Dowels may be sheared to length provided deformation from 31 true shape caused by shearing does not exceed 0.04 -in on the 32 diameter of the dowel and extends no more than 0.04 -in from the end. 33 Bars shall be coated with a bond breaker on the expansion end of the 34 dowel. Expansion caps shall be provided on the expansion end. Caps 35 shall allow for at least 1 -1/2 -in of expansion. 36 37 2. Dowel Bar Sleeves: Provide Greenstreak two component Speed 38 Dowel System, to accept 1" diameter x 12" long slip dowels. The 39 Greenstreak Group, Inc. Speed Dowel System is comprised of a 40 reusable base and a plastic sleeve. Both pieces shall be 41 manufactured from polypropylene plastic. 42 43 D. Bonding Agent 44 45 1. Epoxy bonding agent shall be a two -component, solvent -free, moisture 46 insensitive, epoxy resin material conforming to ASTM C881, Type II. 47 The bonding agent shall be Sikadur 32 Hi -Mod by Sika Corporation of 48 Lyndhurst, N.J.; Concresive Liquid (LPL) by Master Builders of ' CONCRETE JOINTS AND JOINT ACCESSORIES 03250 - 3 04/10/17 1 1 Cleveland, OH or equal. Acrylic may be used if approved by the 2 Engineer. 3 4 E. Compressible Joint Filler 5 6 1. The joint filler shall be a non -extruded watertight strip material use to 7 fill expansion joints between structures. The material shall be capable 8 of being compressed at least 40 percent for 70 hours at 68 degrees F 9 and subsequently recovering at least 20 percent of its original 10 thickness in the first 1/2 hour after unloading. Compressible Joint filler 11 shall be Evasote 380 E.S.P, by E-Poxy Industries, Inc., Ravena, NY , 12 Sikaflex la by Sika or equal. 13 14 PART 3 - EXECUTION 15 16 3.01 INSTALLATION 17 18 A. Construction Joints 19 20 1. Make construction joints only at locations shown on the Drawings or as 21 approved by the Engineer. Any additional or relocation of construction 22 joints proposed by the Contractor, must be submitted to the Engineer 23 for written approval. 24 25 2. Additional or relocated joints should be located where they least impair 26 strength of the member. In general, locate joints within the middle third 27 of spans of slabs, beams and girders. However, if a beam intersects a 28 girder at the joint, offset the joint a distance equal to twice the width of 29 the member being connected. Locate joints in walls and columns at 30 the underside of floors, slabs, beams or girders and at tops of footings 31 or floor slabs. Do not locate joints between beams, girders, column 32 capitals, or drop panels and the slabs above them. Do not locate joints 33 between brackets or haunches and walls or columns supporting them. 34 35 3. All joints shall be perpendicular to main reinforcement. Continue 36 reinforcing steel through the joint as indicated on the Drawings. When 37 joints in beams are allowed, provide a shear key and inclined dowels 38 as approved by the Engineer. 39 40 4. Provide sealant grooves for joint sealant where indicated on the 41 Drawings. 42 43 5. At all construction joints and at concrete joints designated on the 44 Drawings to be "roughened", uniformly roughen the surface of the 45 concrete to a full amplitude (distance between high and low points or 46 side to side) of approximately 1/4 -in to expose a fresh face. 47 Thoroughly clean joint surfaces of loose or weakened materials by 48 water -blasting or sandblasting and prepare for bonding. CONCRETE JOINTS AND JOINT ACCESSORIES 03250 - 4 04/10/17 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 6. Provide waterstops in all wall and slab construction joints in liquid 2 containment structures and at other locations shown on the Drawings. 3 4 7. Keyways shall not be used in construction joints unless specifically 5 shown on the Drawings or approved by the Engineer. 6 7 B. Expansion Joints 8 9 1. Do not extend through expansion joints, reinforcement or other 10 embedded metal items that are continuously bonded to concrete on 11 each side of joint. 12 13 2. Position premolded joint filler material accurately. Secure the joint filler 14 against displacement during concrete placement and compaction. 15 Place joint filler over the face of the joint, allowing for sealant grooves 16 as detailed on the Drawings. Tape all joint filler splices to prevent 17 intrusion of mortar. Seal expansion joints as shown on the Drawings. 18 3. Expansion joints shall be 3/4 -in in width unless otherwise noted on the 19 Drawings. 20 21 4. Where indicated on Drawings, install smooth dowels at right angles to 22 expansion joints. Align dowels accurately with finished surface. 23 Rigidly hold in place and support during concrete placement. Unless 24 otherwise shown on the Drawings, apply oil or grease to one end of all 25 dowels through expansion joints. Provide plastic expansion caps on 26 the lubricated ends of expansion dowels. 27 5. Provide center bulb type waterstops in all wall and slab expansion 28 joints in liquid containment structures and at other locations shown on 29 the Drawings. 30 31 C. Control Joints 32 33 1. Provide sealant grooves, sealants and waterstops at control joints in 34 slabs on grade or walls as detailed. Provide waterstops at all wall and 35 slab control joints in water containment structures and at other 36 locations shown on the Drawings. 37 38 2. Control joints may be sawed if specifically approved by the Engineer. 39 If control joint grooves are sawed, properly time the saw cutting with 40 the time of the concrete set. Start cutting as soon as concrete has 41 hardened sufficiently to prevent aggregates from being dislodged by 42 the saw. Complete cutting before shrinkage stresses have developed 43 sufficiently to induce cracking. No reinforcing shall be cut during 44 sawcutting. 45 46 3. Extend every other bar of reinforcing steel through control joints or as 47 indicated on the Drawings. Where specifically noted on the Drawings, 48 coat the concrete surface with a bond breaker prior to placing new CONCRETE JOINTS AND JOINT ACCESSORIES 03250 - 5 04/10/17 concrete against it. Avoid coating reinforcement or waterstops with bond breaker at these locations. END OF SECTION CONCRETE JOINTS AND JOINT ACCESSORIES 03250 - 6 04/10/17 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 03300 2 3 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 4 5 PART 1 - GENERAL 6 7 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK 8 9 A. Furnish all labor and materials required and install cast -in-place concrete 10 complete as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. 11 12 1.02 RELATED WORK 13 14 A. Concrete Formwork is included in Section 03100. 15 B. Concrete Reinforcement is included in Section 03200. 16 C. Concrete Joints and Joint Accessories are included in Section 03250. 17 D. Concrete Finishes are included in Section 03350. 18 19 1.03 SUBMITTALS 20 21 A. Submit to the Engineer, in accordance with Section 01300, shop drawings 22 and product data including the following: 23 24 1. Sources of cement, pozzolan and aggregates 25 26 2. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for all concrete components and 27 admixtures. 28 29 3. Air -entraining admixture. Product data including catalogue cut, 30 technical data, storage requirements, product life, recommended 31 dosage, temperature considerations and conformity to ASTM 32 standards. 33 34 4. Water -reducing admixture. Product data including catalogue cut, 35 technical data, storage requirements, product life, recommended 36 dosage, temperature considerations and conformity to ASTM 37 standards. 38 39 5. High -range water -reducing admixture (plasticizer). Product data 40 including catalogue cut, technical data, storage requirements, product 41 life, recommended dosage, temperature considerations, retarding 42 effect, slump range and conformity to ASTM standards. Identify 43 proposed locations of use. 44 45 6. Concrete mix for each formulation of concrete proposed for use 46 including constituent quantities per cubic yard, water-cementitious 47 materials ratio, concrete slump, type and manufacturer of cement. 48 Provide either a. or b. below for each mix proposed. CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 1 04/10/17 1 a. Standard deviation data for each proposed concrete mix based 2 on statistical records. 3 4 b. The curve of water-cementitious materials ratio versus concrete 5 cylinder strength for each formulation of concrete proposed 6 based on laboratory tests. The cylinder strength shall be the 7 average of the 28 day cylinder strength test results for each mix. 8 Provide results of 7 and 14 day tests if available. 9 10 7. Sheet curing material. Product data including catalogue cut, technical 11 data and conformity to ASTM standard. 12 13 8. Liquid curing compound. Product data including catalogue cut, 14 technical data, storage requirements, product life, application rate and 15 conformity to ASTM standards. Identify proposed locations of use. 16 17 B. Samples 18 19 1. Fine and coarse aggregates if requested by the Engineer. 20 21 C. Test Reports 22 23 1. Fine aggregates - sieve analysis, physical properties, and deleterious 24 substance. 25 26 2. Coarse aggregates - sieve analysis, physical properties, and 27 deleterious substances. 28 29 3. Cements - chemical analysis and physical properties for each type. 30 31 4. Pozzolans - chemical analysis and physical properties. 32 33 5. Proposed concrete mixes - compressive strength, slump and air 34 content. 35 36 D. Certifications 37 38 1. Certify admixtures used in the same concrete mix are compatible with 39 each other and the aggregates. 40 41 2. Certify admixtures are suitable for use in contact with potable water 42 after 30 days of concrete curing. 43 44 3. Certify curing compound is suitable for use in contact with potable 45 water after 30 days (non-toxic and free of taste or odor). 46 47 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS 48 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 2 04/10/17 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 2 1. ASTM C31 - Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test 3 Specimens in the Field. 4 2. ASTM C33 - Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates. 5 3. ASTM C39 - Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of 6 Cylindrical Concrete Specimens. 7 4. ASTM C42 - Standard Test Method for Obtaining and Testing Drilled 8 Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete. 9 5. ASTM C94 - Standard Specification for Ready -Mixed Concrete. 10 6. ASTM C143 - Standard Test Method for Slump of Hydraulic Cement 11 Concrete 12 7. ASTM C150 - Standard Specification for Portland Cement 13 8. ASTM C171 - Standard Specification for Sheet Materials for Curing 14 Concrete 15 9. ASTM C173 - Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed 16 Concrete by the Volumetric Method. 17 10. ASTM C231 - Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed 18 Concrete by the Pressure Method. 19 11. ASTM C260 - Standard Specification for Air -Entraining Admixtures for 20 Concrete. 21 12. ASTM C309 - Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane -Forming 22 Compounds for Curing Concrete. 23 13. ASTM C494 - Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for 24 Concrete. 25 14. ASTM C618 - Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or 26 Calcined Natural Pozzolan for Use as a Mineral Admixture in Concrete. 27 15. ASTM C1017 - Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for use 28 in Producing Flowing Concrete. 29 30 B. American Concrete Institute (ACI). 31 32 1. ACI 304 - Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and Placing 33 Concrete. 34 2. ACI 305 - Hot Weather Concreting. 35 3. ACI 306.1 - Standard Specification for Cold Weather Concreting. 36 4. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete. 37 5. ACI 350 - Environmental Engineering Concrete Structures. 38 6. Where reference is made to one of the above standards, the revision in 39 effect at the time of bid opening shall apply. 40 41 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE 42 43 A. Reinforced concrete shall comply with ACI 318, the recommendations of ACI 44 350R and other stated requirements, codes and standards. The most 45 stringent requirement of the codes, standards and this Section shall apply 46 when conflicts exist. 47 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 3 04/10/17 1 B. Only one source of cement and aggregates shall be used on any one 2 structure. Concrete shall be uniform in color and appearance. 3 C. Well in advance of placing concrete, discuss with the Engineer the sources of 4 individual materials and batched concrete proposed for use. Discuss 5 placement methods, waterstops and curing. Propose methods of hot and 6 cold weather concreting as required. Prior to the placement of any concrete 7 containing a high -range water -reducing admixture (plasticizer), the 8 Contractor, accompanied by the plasticizer manufacturer, shall discuss the 9 properties and techniques of batching and placing plasticized concrete. 10 11 D. If, during the progress of the work, it is impossible to secure concrete of the 12 required workability and strength with the materials being furnished, the 13 Engineer may order such changes in proportions or materials, or both, as 14 may be necessary to secure the desired properties. All changes so ordered 15 shall be made at the Contractor's expense. 16 17 E. If, during the progress of the work, the materials from the sources originally 18 accepted change in characteristics, the Contractor shall, at his/her expense, 19 make new acceptance tests of aggregates and establish new design mixes. 20 21 F. Testing of the following materials shall be furnished by Contractor to verify 22 conformity with this Specification Section and the stated ASTM Standards. 23 24 1. Fine aggregates for conformity with ASTM C33 - sieve analysis, 25 physical properties, and deleterious substances. 26 2. Coarse aggregates for conformity with ASTM C33 - sieve analysis, 27 physical properties, and deleterious substances. 28 3. Cements for conformity with ASTM C150 - chemical analysis and 29 physical properties. 30 4. Pozzolans for conformity with ASTM C618 - chemical analysis and 31 physical properties. 32 5. Proposed concrete mix designs - compressive strength, slump and air 33 content. 34 35 G. Field testing and inspection services will be provided by the Owner. The cost 36 of such work, except as specifically stated otherwise, shall be paid by the 37 Owner. Testing of the following items shall be by the Owner to verify 38 conformity with this Specification Section. 39 40 1. Concrete placements - compressive strength (cylinders), compressive 41 strength (cores), slump, and air content. 42 43 2. Other materials or products that may come under question. 44 45 H. All materials incorporated in the work shall conform to accepted samples. 46 47 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING 48 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 4 04/10/17 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 A. Cement: Store in weather -tight buildings, bins or silos to provide protection 2 from dampness and contamination and to minimize warehouse set. 3 B. Aggregate: Arrange and use stockpiles to avoid excessive segregation or 4 contamination with other materials or with other sizes of like aggregates. 5 Build stockpiles in successive horizontal layers not exceeding 3 -ft in 6 thickness. Complete each layer before the next is started. Do not use frozen 7 or partially frozen aggregate. 8 9 C. Sand: Arrange and use stockpiles to avoid contamination. Allow sand to 10 drain to uniform moisture content before using. Do not use frozen or partially 11 frozen aggregates. 12 13 D. Admixtures: Store in closed containers to avoid contamination, evaporation 14 or damage. Provide suitable agitating equipment to assure uniform 15 dispersion of ingredients in admixture solutions which tend to separate. 16 Protect liquid admixtures from freezing and other temperature changes which 17 could adversely affect their characteristics. 18 19 E. Pozzolan: Store in weather -tight buildings, bins or silos to provide protection 20 from dampness and contamination. 21 22 F. Sheet Curing Materials: Store in weather -tight buildings or off the ground and 23 under cover. 24 25 G. Liquid Curing Compounds: Store in closed containers. 26 27 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 28 29 2.01 GENERAL 30 31 A. The use of manufacturer's name and model or catalog number is for the 32 purpose of establishing the standard of quality and general configuration 33 desired. 34 35 2.02 Cement: U.S. made portland cement complying with ASTM C150. Air 36 entraining cements shall not be used. Cement brand shall be subject to 37 approval by the Engineer and one brand shall be used throughout the Work. 38 39 2.03 MATERIALS 40 41 42 A. Materials shall comply with this Section and any applicable State or local 43 requirements. 44 45 B. Cement: The following cement type(s) shall be used: 46 47 1. All Classes - Type I/II or Type II 48 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 5 04/10/17 1 C. Fine Aggregate: Washed inert natural sand conforming to the requirements 2 of ASTM C33. 3 D. Coarse Aggregate: Well -graded crushed stone or washed gravel conforming 4 to the requirements of ASTM C33. Grading requirements shall be as listed in 5 ASTM C33 Table 2 for the specified coarse aggregate size number. Limits of 6 Deleterious Substances and Physical Property Requirements shall be as 7 listed in ASTM C33 Table 3 for severe weathering regions. Size numbers for 8 the concrete mixes shall be as shown in Table 1 herein. 9 10 E. Water: Potable water free from injurious amounts of oils, acids, alkalis, salts, 11 organic matter, or other deleterious substances. 12 13 F. Admixtures: Admixtures shall be free of chlorides and alkalis (except for 14 those attributable to water). When it is required to use more than one 15 admixture in a concrete mix, the admixtures shall be from the same 16 manufacturer. Admixtures shall be compatible with the concrete mix including 17 other admixtures and shall be suitable for use in contact with potable water 18 after 30 days of concrete curing. 19 20 21 1. Air -Entraining Admixture: The admixture shall comply with ASTM 22 C260. Proportioning and mixing shall be in accordance with 23 manufacturer's recommendations. 24 25 2. Water -Reducing Agent: The admixture shall comply with ASTM C494, 26 Type A. Proportioning and mixing shall be in accordance with 27 manufacturer's recommendations. 28 29 3. High -Range Water -Reducer (Plasticizer): The admixture shall comply 30 with ASTM C494, Type F and shall result in non -segregating 31 plasticized concrete with little bleeding and with the physical properties 32 of low water/cement ratio concrete. The treated concrete shall be 33 capable of maintaining its plastic state in excess of 2 hours. 34 Proportioning and mixing shall be in accordance with manufacturer's 35 recommendations. Where walls are 14" thick or less and the wall 36 height exceeds 12 ft a mix including a plasticizer must be used. 37 4. Admixtures causing retarded or accelerated setting of concrete shall 38 not be used without written approval from the Engineer. When 39 allowed, the admixtures shall be retarding or accelerating water 40 reducing or high range water reducing admixtures. 41 42 G. Pozzolan (Fly Ash): Pozzolan shall be Class C or Class F fly ash complying 43 with ASTM C618 except the Loss on Ignition (LOI) shall be limited to 3 44 percent maximum. 45 46 H. Sheet Curing Materials. Waterproof paper, polyethylene film or white 47 burlap -polyethylene sheeting all complying with ASTM C171. 48 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 6 04/10/17 1 I. Liquid Curing Compound. Liquid membrane -forming curing compound shall 2 comply with the requirements of ASTM C309, Type 1-D (clear or translucent 3 with fugitive dye) and shall contain no wax, paraffin, or oil. Curing compound 4 shall be approved for use in contact with potable water after 30 days 5 (non-toxic and free of taste or odor). Curing compound shall comply with 6 Federal, State and local VOC limits. 7 8 2.04 MIXES 9 10 A. Development of mix designs and testing shall be by an independent testing 11 laboratory acceptable to the Engineer engaged by and at the expense of the 12 Contractor. 13 14 B. Select proportions of ingredients to meet the design strength and materials 15 limits specified in Table 1 and to produce concrete having proper placability, 16 durability, strength, appearance and other required properties. Proportion 17 ingredients to produce a homogenous mixture which will readily work into 18 corners and angles of forms and around reinforcement without permitting 19 materials to segregate or allowing excessive free water to collect on the 20 surface. 21 22 C. The design mix shall be based on standard deviation data of prior mixes with 23 essentially the same proportions of the same constituents or, if such data is 24 not available, be developed by a testing laboratory, acceptable to the 25 Engineer, engaged by and at the expense of the Contractor. Acceptance of 26 mixes based on standard deviation shall be based on the modification factors 27 for standard deviation tests contained in ACI 318. The water content of the 28 concrete mix, determined by laboratory testing, shall be based on a curve 29 showing the relation between water cementitious ratio and 7 and 28 day 30 compressive strengths of concrete made using the proposed materials. The 31 curves shall be determined by four or more points, each representing an 32 average value of at least three test specimens at each age. The curves shall 33 have a range of values sufficient to yield the desired data, including the 34 specified design strengths as modified below, without extrapolation. The 35 water content of the concrete mixes to be used, as determined from the 36 curve, shall correspond to strengths 16 percent greater than the specified 37 design strengths. The resulting mix shall not conflict with the limiting values 38 for maximum water cementitious ratio and net minimum cementitious content 39 as specified in Table 1. 40 41 D. Compression Tests: Provide testing of the proposed concrete mix or mixes to 42 demonstrate compliance with the specified design strength requirements in 43 conformity with the above paragraph. 44 45 E. Entrained air, as measured by ASTM C231, shall be as shown in Table 1. 46 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 7 04/10/17 1 1. If the air -entraining agent proposed for use in the mix requires testing 2 methods other than ASTM C231 to accurately determine air content, 3 make special note of this requirement in the admixture submittal. 4 5 F. Slump of the concrete as measured by ASTM C143, shall be as shown in 6 Table 1. If a high -range water -reducer (plasticizer) is used, the slump 7 indicated shall be that measured before plasticizer is added. Plasticized 8 concrete shall have a slump ranging from 5 to 8 -in. 9 10 G. Proportion admixtures according to the manufacturer's recommendations. 11 Two or more admixtures specified may be used in the same mix provided that 12 the admixtures in combination retain full efficiency and have no deleterious 13 effect on the concrete or on the properties of each other. 14 15 TABLE 1 16 17 CONCRETE MIX REQUIREMENTS 18 19 Design Fine Coarse Cementitious 20 Class Strength Cement Aggregate Aggregate Content 21 (1) (2) (2) (3) (4) 22 23 24 A 2500 C150 Type II C33 57 440 min. 25 26 B 3000 C150 Type II C33 57 480 min. 27 28 C 4000 C150 Type II C33 57 560 min. 29 30 D 5000 C150 Type II C33 57 600 min. 31 32 33 W/Cm AE Slump 34 Class Ratio Fly Ash Range WR HRWR Range 35 (5) (6) (7) (8) Inches 36 37 38 A 0.62 max. -- 3.5 to 5 Yes 1-4 39 40 B 0.54 max. -- 3.5 to 5 Yes * 1-3 41 42 C 0.44 max. 25% max 3.5 to 5 Yes * 3-5 43 44 D 0.40 max. -- 3.5 to 5 Yes * 3-5 45 46 NOTES: 47 (1) Minimum compressive strength in psi at 28 days 48 (2) ASTM designation CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 8 04/10/17 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 (3) Size Number in ASTM C33 2 (4) Cementitious content in lbs/cu yd 3 (5) W/Cm is Water-Cementitious ratio by weight 4 (6) AE is percent air -entrainment 5 (7) WR is water -reducer admixture 6 (8) . HRWR is high -range water -reducer admixture 7 * HRWR used at contractor's option except where walls are 14" thick or less 8 and the wall height exceeds 12 ft a mix including a plasticizer must be used. 9 10 PART 3 - EXECUTION 11 12 3.01 MEASURING MATERIALS 13 14 A. Concrete shall be composed of portland cement, fine aggregate, coarse 15 aggregate, water and admixtures as specified and shall be produced by a 16 plant acceptable to the Engineer. All constituents, including admixtures, shall 17 be batched at the plant except a high -range water -reducer may also be added 18 in the field. 19 20 B. Measure materials for batching concrete by weighing in conformity with and 21 within the tolerances given in ASTM C94 except as otherwise specified. 22 Scales shall have been certified by the local Sealer of Weights and Measures 23 within 1 year of use. 24 25 26 C. Measure the amount of free water in fine aggregates within 0.3 percent with a 27 moisture meter. Compensate for varying moisture contents of fine 28 aggregates. Record the number of gallons of water as -batched on printed 29 batching tickets. 30 31 D. Admixtures shall be dispensed either manually using calibrated containers or 32 measuring tanks, or by means of an automatic dispenser approved by the 33 manufacturer of the specific admixture. 34 35 1. Charge air -entraining and chemical admixtures into the mixer as a 36 solution using an automatic dispenser or similar metering device. 37 38 2. Inject multiple admixtures separately during the batching sequence. 39 40 3.02 MIXING AND TRANSPORTING 41 42 A. Batch plants shall have a current NRMCA Certification or equal. 43 44 B. Concrete shall be ready -mixed concrete produced by equipment acceptable 45 to the Engineer. No hand -mixing will be permitted. Clean each transit mix 46 truck drum and reverse drum rotation before the truck proceeds under the 47 batching plant. Equip each transit -mix truck with a continuous, nonreversible, 48 revolution counter showing the number of revolutions at mixing speeds. CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 9 04/10/17 1 2 C. Ready -mix concrete shall be transported to the site in watertight agitator or 3 mixer trucks loaded not in excess of their rated capacities as stated on the 4 name plate. 5 6 7 D. Keep the water tank valve on each transit truck locked at all times. Any 8 addition of water above the appropriate W/Cm ratio must be directed by the 9 Engineer. Added water shall be incorporated by additional mixing of at least 10 35 revolutions. All added water shall be metered and the amount of water 11 added shall be shown on each delivery ticket. 12 13 E. All central plant and rolling stock equipment and methods shall comply with 14 ACI 318 and ASTM C94. 15 16 F. Select equipment of size and design to ensure continuous flow of concrete at 17 the delivery end. Metal or metal -lined non -aluminum discharge chutes shall 18 be used and shall have slopes not exceeding 1 vertical to 2 horizontal and not 19 less than 1 vertical to 3 horizontal. Chutes more than 20 -ft long and chutes 20 not meeting slope requirements may be used if concrete is discharged into a 21 hopper before distribution. 22 23 G. Retempering (mixing with or without additional cement, aggregate, or water) 24 of concrete or mortar which has reached initial set will not be permitted. 25 26 H. Handle concrete from mixer to placement as quickly as practicable while 27 providing concrete of required quality in the placement area. Dispatch trucks 28 from the batching plant so they arrive at the work site just before the concrete 29 is required, thus avoiding excessive mixing of concrete while waiting or delays 30 in placing successive layers of concrete in the forms. 31 32 I. Furnish a delivery ticket for ready mixed concrete to the Engineer as each 33 truck arrives. Each ticket shall provide a printed record of the weight of 34 cement and each aggregate as batched individually. Use the type of indicator 35 that returns for zero punch or returns to zero after a batch is discharged. 36 Clearly indicate the weight of fine and coarse aggregate, cement and water in 37 each batch, the quantity delivered, the time any water is added, and the 38 numerical sequence of the delivery. Show the time of day batched and time 39 of discharge from the truck. Indicate the number of revolutions of the truck 40 mixer. 41 42 J. Temperature and Mixing Time Control 43 44 1. In cold weather, do not allow the as -mixed temperature of the concrete 45 and concrete temperatures at the time of placement in the forms to 46 drop below 40 degrees F. 47 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 10 04/10/17 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2. If water or aggregate has been heated, combine water with aggregate 2 in the mixer before cement is added. Do not add cement to mixtures of 3 water and aggregate when the temperature of the mixture is greater 4 than 90 degrees F. 5 6 3. In hot weather, cool ingredients before mixing to maintain temperature 7 of the concrete below the maximum placing temperature of 90 degrees 8 F. If necessary, substitute well -crushed ice for all or part of the mixing 9 water. 10 11 4. The maximum time interval between the addition of mixing water 12 and/or cement to the batch and the placing of concrete in the forms 13 shall not exceed the values shown in Table 2. 14 15 TABLE 2 16 17 MAXIMUM TIME TO DISCHARGE OF CONCRETE 18 19 Air or Concrete Temperature (whichever is higher) Maximum Time 20 21 80 to 90 Degree F (27 to 32 Degree C) 45 minutes 22 23 70 to 79 Degree F (21 to 26 Degree C) 60 minutes 24 25 40 to 69 Degree F (5 to 20 Degree C) 90 minutes 26 27 28 If an approved high -range water -reducer (plasticizer) is used to produce 29 plasticized concrete, the maximum time interval shall not exceed 90 minutes. 30 31 3.03 CONCRETE APPEARANCE 32 33 A. Concrete mix showing either poor cohesion or poor coating of the coarse 34 aggregate with paste shall be remixed. If this does not correct the condition, 35 the concrete shall be rejected. If the slump is within the allowable limit, but 36 excessive bleeding, poor workability, or poor finishability are observed, 37 changes in the concrete mix shall be obtained only by adjusting one or more 38 of the following: 39 40 1. The gradation of aggregate. 41 2. The proportion of fine and coarse aggregate. 42 3. The percentage of entrained air, within the allowable limits. 43 44 B. Concrete for the work shall provide a homogeneous structure which, when 45 hardened, will have the required strength, durability and appearance. 46 Mixtures and workmanship shall be such that concrete surfaces, when 47 exposed, will require no finishing. When concrete surfaces are stripped, the CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 11 04/10/17 1 concrete, when viewed in good lighting from 10 -ft away, shall be pleasing in 2 appearance, and at 20 -ft shall show no visible defects. 3 4 3.04 PLACING AND COMPACTING 5 6 A. Placing 7 8 1. Verify that all formwork completely encloses concrete to be placed and 9 is securely braced prior to concrete placement. Remove ice, excess 10 water, dirt and other foreign materials from forms. Confirm that 11 reinforcement and other embedded items are securely in place. Have 12 a competent workman at the location of the placement who can assure 13 that reinforcing steel and embedded items remain in designated 14 locations while concrete is being placed. Sprinkle semi -porous 15 subgrades or forms to eliminate suction of water from the mix. Seal 16 extremely porous subgrades in an approved manner. 17 18 2. Deposit concrete as near its final position as possible to avoid 19 segregation due to rehandling or flowing. Place concrete continuously 20 at a rate which ensures the concrete is being integrated with fresh 21 plastic concrete. Do not deposit concrete which has partially hardened 22 or has been contaminated by foreign materials or on concrete which 23 has hardened sufficiently to cause formation of seams or planes of 24 weakness within the section. If the section cannot be placed 25 continuously, place construction joints as specified or as approved. 26 27 3. Pumping of concrete will be permitted. Use a mix design and 28 aggregate sizes suitable for pumping and submit for approval. 29 30 4. Remove temporary spreaders from forms when the spreader is no 31 longer useful. Temporary spreaders may remain embedded in 32 concrete only when made of galvanized metal or concrete and if prior 33 approval has been obtained. 34 35 5. Do not place concrete for supported elements until concrete previously 36 placed in the supporting element (columns, slabs and/or walls) has 37 reached adequate strength. 38 39 6. Where surface mortar is to form the base of a finish, especially 40 surfaces designated to be painted, work coarse aggregate back from 41 forms with a suitable tool to bring the full surface of the mortar against 42 the form. Prevent the formation of excessive surface voids. 43 44 7. Slabs 45 46 a. After suitable bulkheads, screeds and jointing materials have 47 been positioned, the concrete shall be placed continuously 48 between construction joints beginning at a bulkhead, edge form, CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 12 04/10/17 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 or corner. Each batch shall be placed into the edge of the 2 previously placed concrete to avoid stone pockets and 3 segregation. 4 5 b. Avoid delays in casting. If there is a delay in casting, the 6 concrete placed after the delay shall be thoroughly spaded and 7 consolidated at the edge of that previously placed to avoid cold 8 joints. Concrete shall then be brought to correct level and 9 struck off with a straightedge. Bullfloats or darbies shall be 10 used to smooth the surface, leaving it free of humps or hollows. 11 c. Where slabs are to be placed integrally with the walls below 12 them, place the walls and compact as specified. Allow 1 hour to 13 pass between placement of the wall and the overlying slab to 14 permit consolidation of the wall concrete. Keep the top surface 15 of the wall moist so as to prevent cold joints. 16 17 8. Formed Concrete 18 19 a. Place concrete in forms using tremie tubes and taking care to 20 prevent segregation. Bottom of tremie tubes shall preferably be 21 in contact with the concrete already placed. Do not permit 22 concrete to drop freely more than 4 -ft. Place concrete for walls 23 in 12 to 24 -in lifts, keeping the surface horizontal. If plasticized 24 concrete is used, the maximum lift thickness may be increased 25 to 4 -ft. 26 27 9. Underwater concreting shall be performed in conformity with the 28 recommendations of ACI 304R. The tremie system shall be used to 29 place underwater concrete. Tremie pipes shall be in the range of 8 to 30 12 -in in diameter and be spaced at not more than 16 -ft on centers nor 31 more than 8 -ft from an end form. Where concrete is being placed 32 around a pipe, there shall be at least one tremie pipe on each side of 33 each pipe. Where the tremie system is not practical, direct pumped 34 concrete for underwater placement may be used subject to approval of 35 the system including details by the Engineer. 36 37 B. Compacting 38 39 1. Consolidate concrete by vibration, puddling, spading, rodding or 40 forking so that concrete is thoroughly worked around reinforcement, 41 embedded items and openings and into corners of forms. Puddling, 42 spading, etc, shall be continuously performed along with vibration of 43 the placement to eliminate air or stone pockets which may cause 44 honeycombing, pitting or planes of weakness. 45 46 2. All concrete shall be placed and compacted with mechanical vibrators. 47 The number, type and size of the units shall be approved by the 48 Engineer in advance of placing operations. No concrete shall be CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 13 04/10/17 1 ordered until sufficient approved vibrators (including standby units in 2 working order) are on the job. 3 4 3. A minimum frequency of 7000 rpm is required for mechanical vibrators. 5 Insert vibrators and withdraw at points from 18 to 30 -in apart. At each 6 insertion, vibrate sufficiently to consolidate concrete, generally from 5 7 to 15 seconds. Do not over vibrate so as to segregate. Keep a spare 8 vibrator on the site during concrete placing operations. 9 10 11 4. Concrete Slabs: Concrete for slabs less than 8 -in thick shall be 12 consolidated with vibrating screeds; slabs 8 to 12 -in thick shall be 13 compacted with internal vibrators and (optionally) with vibrating 14 screeds. Vibrators shall always be placed into concrete vertically and 15 shall not be laid horizontally or laid over. 16 17 5. Walls and Columns: Internal vibrators (rather than form vibrators) shall 18 be used unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. In general, for 19 each vibrator needed to melt down the batch at the point of discharge, 20 one or more additional vibrators must be used to densify, homogenize 21 and perfect the surface. The vibrators shall be inserted vertically at 22 regular intervals, through the fresh concrete and slightly into the 23 previous lift, if any. 24 25 6. Amount of Vibration: Vibrators are to be used to consolidate properly 26 placed concrete but shall not be used to move or transport concrete in 27 the forms. Vibration shall continue until: 28 29 a. Frequency returns to normal. 30 b. Surface appears liquefied, flattened and glistening. 31 c. Trapped air ceases to rise. 32 d. Coarse aggregate has blended into surface, but has not 33 disappeared. 34 35 3.05 CURING AND PROTECTION 36 37 A. Protect all concrete work against injury from the elements and defacements of 38 any nature during construction operations. 39 40 B. Curing Methods 41 42 43 1 Curing Methods for Concrete Surfaces: Cure concrete to retain 44 moisture and maintain specified temperature at the surface for a 45 minimum of 7 days after placement. Curing methods to be used are as 46 follows: 47 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 14 04/10/17 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 a. Water Curing: Keep entire concrete surface wet by ponding, 2 continuous sprinkling or covered with saturated burlap. Begin 3 wet cure as soon as concrete attains an initial set and maintain 4 wet cure 24 hours a day. 5 6 b. Sheet Material Curing: Cover entire surface with sheet material. 7 Securely anchor sheeting to prevent wind and aiir from lifting the 8 sheeting or entrapping air under the sheet. Place and secure 9 sheet as soon as initial concrete set occurs. 10 11 12 c. Liquid Membrane Curing: Apply over the entire concrete 13 surface except for surfaces to receive additional concrete. 14 Curing compound shall NOT be placed on any concrete surface 15 where additional concrete is to be placed, where concrete 16 sealers or surface coatings are to be used, or where the 17 concrete finish requires an integral floor product. Curing 18 compound shall be applied as soon as the free water on the 19 surface has disappeared and no water sheen is visible, but not 20 after the concrete is dry or when the curing compound can be 21 absorbed into the concrete. Application shall be in compliance 22 with the manufacturer's recommendations. 23 24 2. Specified applications of curing methods. 25 26 a. Slabs for Water Containment Structures: Water curing only. 27 28 b. Slabs on Grade and Footings (not used to contain water): 29 Water curing, sheet material curing or liquid membrane curing. 30 31 c. Structural Slabs (other than water containment): Water curing 32 or liquid membrane curing. 33 34 d. Horizontal Surfaces which will Receive Additional Concrete, 35 Coatings, Grout or Other Material that Requires Bond to the 36 substrate: Water curing. 37 38 e. Formed Surfaces: None if nonabsorbent forms are left in place 39 7 days. Water cure if absorbent forms are used. Sheet cured 40 or liquid membrane cured if forms are removed prior to 7 days. 41 Exposed horizontal surfaces of formed walls or columns shall be 42 water cured for 7 days or until next placement of concrete is 43 made. 44 45 f. Surfaces of Concrete Joints: Water cured or sheet material 46 cured. 47 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 15 04/10/17 1 C. Finished surfaces and slabs shall be protected from the direct rays of the sun 2 to prevent checking and crazing. 3 4 D. Cold Weather Concreting: 5 6 1. "Cold weather" is defined as a period when for more than 3 successive 7 days, the average daily outdoor temperature drops below 40 degrees 8 F. The average daily temperature shall be calculated as the average 9 of the highest and the lowest temperature during the period from 10 midnight to midnight. 11 12 2. Cold weather concreting shall conform to ACI 306.1 and the additional 13 requirements specified herein. Temperatures at the concrete 14 placement shall be recorded at 12 hour intervals (minimum). 15 16 3. Discuss a cold weather work plan with the Engineer. The discussion 17 shall encompass the methods and procedures proposed for use during 18 cold weather including the production, transportation, placement, 19 protection, curing and temperature monitoring of the concrete. The 20 procedures to be implemented upon abrupt changes in weather 21 conditions or equipment failures shall also be discussed. Cold weather 22 concreting shall not begin until the work plan is acceptable to the 23 Engineer. 24 25 4. During periods of cold weather, concrete shall be protected to provide 26 continuous warm, moist curing (with supplementary heat when 27 required) for a total of at least 350 degree-days of curing. 28 29 a. Degree-days are defined as the total number of 24 hour periods 30 multiplied by the weighted average daily air temperature at the 31 surface of the concrete (eg: 5 days at an average 70 degrees F 32 = 350 degree-days). 33 34 b. To calculate the weighted average daily air temperature, sum 35 hourly measurements of the air temperature in the shade at the 36 surface of the concrete taking any measurement less than 50 37 degrees F as 0 degrees F. Divide the sum thus calculated by 38 24 to obtain the weighted average temperature for that day. 39 40 5. Salt, manure or other chemicals shall not be used for protection. 41 42 6. The protection period for concrete being water cured shall not be 43 terminated during cold weather until at least 24 hours after water 44 curing has been terminated. 45 46 E. Hot Weather Concreting 47 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 16 04/10/17 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1. "Hot weather" is defined as any combination of high air temperatures, 2 low relative humidity and wind velocity which produces a rate of 3 evaporation estimated in accordance with ACI 305R, approaching or 4 exceeding 0.2 lbs/sgft/hr). 5 6 2. Concrete placed during hot weather, shall be batched, delivered, 7 placed, cured and protected in compliance with the recommendations 8 of ACI 305R and the additional requirements specified herein. 9 10 11 a. Temperature of concrete being placed shall not exceed 90 12 degrees F and every effort shall be made to maintain a uniform 13 concrete mix temperature below this level. The temperature of 14 the concrete shall be such that it will cause no difficulties from 15 loss of slump, flash set or cold joints. 16 17 b. All necessary precautions shall be taken to promptly deliver, to 18 promptly place the concrete upon its arrival at the job and to 19 provide vibration immediately after placement. 20 21 c. The Engineer may direct the Contractor to immediately cover 22 plastic concrete with sheet material. 23 24 3. Discuss with the Engineer a work plan describing the methods and 25 procedures proposed to use for concrete placement and curing during 26 hot weather periods. Hot weather concreting shall not begin until the 27 work plan is acceptable to the Engineer. 28 29 3.06 REMOVAL OF FORMS 30 31 A. Except as otherwise specifically authorized by the Engineer, forms shall not 32 be removed before the concrete has attained a strength of at least 70 percent 33 of its specified design strength for beams and slabs and at least 30 percent of 34 its specified design strength for walls and vertical surfaces, nor before 35 reaching the following number of day -degrees of curing (whichever is the 36 longer) 37 38 TABLE 3 39 40 MINIMUM TIME TO FORM REMOVAL 41 42 Forms for Degree Da� 43 44 Beams and slabs 500 45 Walls and vertical surfaces 100 46 47 (See definition of degree-days in Paragraph 3.05D above). 48 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 17 04/10/17 1 B. Shores shall not be removed until the concrete has attained at least 70 2 percent of its specified design strength and also sufficient strength to support 3 safely its own weight and construction live loads. 4 5 3.07 INSPECTION AND FIELD TESTING 6 7 A. The batching, mixing, transporting, placing and curing of concrete shall be 8 subject to the inspection of the Engineer at all times. The Contractor shall 9 advise the Engineer of his/her readiness to proceed at least 24 hours prior to 10 each concrete placement. The Engineer will inspect the preparations for 11 concreting including the preparation of previously placed concrete, the 12 reinforcing steel and the alignment, cleanliness and tightness of formwork. 13 No placement shall be made without the inspection and acceptance of the 14 Engineer. 15 16 B. Sets of field control cylinder specimens will be taken by the Engineer (or 17 inspector) during the progress of the work, in compliance with ASTM C31. 18 The number of sets of concrete test cylinders taken of each class of concrete 19 placed each day shall not be less than one set per day, nor less than one set 20 for each 150 cu yds of concrete nor less than one set for each 5,000 sq ft of 21 surface area for slabs or walls. 22 23 1. A "set" of test cylinders consists of four cylinders: one to be tested at 7 24 days and two to be tested and their strengths averaged at 28 days. 25 The fourth may be used for a special test at 3 days or to verify strength 26 after 28 days if 28 day test results are low. 27 28 2. When the average 28 day compressive strength of the cylinders in any 29 set falls below the specified design strength or below proportional 30 minimum 7 day strengths (where proper relation between seven and 31 28 day strengths have been established by tests), proportions, water 32 content, or temperature conditions shall be changed to achieve the 33 required strengths. 34 35 C. Cooperate in the making of tests by allowing free access to the work for the 36 selection of samples, providing an insulated closed curing box for specimens, 37 affording protection to the specimens against injury or loss through the 38 operations and furnish material and labor required for the purpose of taking 39 concrete cylinder samples. All shipping of specimens will be paid for by the 40 Owner. Curing boxes shall be acceptable to the Engineer. 41 42 D. Slump tests will be made in the field immediately prior to placing the concrete. 43 Such tests shall be made in accordance with ASTM C143. If the slump is 44 greater the specified range, the concrete shall be rejected. 45 46 E. Air Content: Test for air content shall be made on fresh concrete samples. 47 Air content for concrete made of ordinary aggregates having low absorption CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 18 04/10/17 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 t 1 1 1 1 1 shall be made in compliance with either the pressure method complying with 2 ASTM C231 or by the volumetric method complying with ASTM C173. 3 4 F. The Engineer may have cores taken from any questionable area in the 5 concrete work such as construction joints and other locations as required for 6 determination of concrete quality. The results of tests on such cores shall be 7 the basis for acceptance, rejection or determining the continuation of concrete 8 work. 9 10 G. Cooperate in obtaining cores by allowing free access to the work and 11 permitting the use of ladders, scaffolding and such incidental equipment as 12 may be required. Repair all core holes. The work of cutting and testing the 13 cores will be at the expense of the Owner. 14 15 H. See Specification Section 03900 for Leak Testing. 16 17 18 3.08 FAILURE TO MEET REQUIREMENTS 19 20 A. Should the strengths shown by the test specimens made and tested in 21 compliance with the previous provisions fall below the values given in Table 22 1, the Engineer shall have the right to require changes in proportions outlined 23 to apply to the remainder of the work. Furthermore, the Engineer shall have 24 the right to require additional curing on those portions of the structure 25 represented by the test specimens which failed. The cost of such additional 26 curing shall be at the Contractor's expense. In the event that such additional 27 curing does not give the strength required, as evidenced by core and/or load 28 tests, the Engineer shall have the right to require strengthening or 29 replacement of those portions of the structure which fail to develop the 30 required strength. The cost of all such core borings and/or load tests and any 31 strengthening or concrete replacement required because strengths of test 32 specimens are below that specified, shall be entirely at the expense of the 33 Contractor. In such cases of failure to meet strength requirements the 34 Contractor and Engineer shall confer to determine what adjustment, if any, 35 can be made in compliance with Sections titled "Strength" and "Failure to 36 Meet Strength Requirements" of ASTM C94. The "purchaser" referred to in 37 ASTM C94 is the Contractor in this Section. 38 39 B. When the tests on control specimens of concrete fall below the specified 40 strength, the Engineer will permit check tests for strengths to be made by 41 means of typical cores drilled from the structure in compliance with ASTM 42 C42 and C39. In the case of cores not indicating adequate strength, the 43 Engineer, in addition to other recourses, may require, at the Contractor's 44 expense, load tests on any one of the slabs, beams, piles, caps, and columns 45 in which such concrete was used. Tests need not be made until concrete has 46 aged 60 days. 47 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 19 04/10/17 1 C. Should the strength of test cylinders fall below 60 percent of the required 2 minimum 28 day strength, the concrete shall be rejected and shall be 3 removed and replaced. 4 5 6 3.09 PATCHING AND REPAIRS 7 8 A. It is the intent of this Section to require quality work including adequate 9 forming, proper mixture and placement of concrete and curing so completed 10 concrete surfaces will require no patching. 11 12 B. Defective concrete and honeycombed areas as determined by the Engineer 13 shall be repaired as specified by the Engineer. 14 15 C. As soon as the forms have been stripped and the concrete surfaces exposed, 16 fins and other projections shall be removed; recesses left by the removal of 17 form ties shall be filled; and surface defects which do not impair structural 18 strength shall be repaired. Clean all exposed concrete surfaces and adjoining 19 work stained by leakage of concrete, to approval of the Engineer. 20 21 D. Immediately after removal of forms remove plugs and break off metal ties as 22 required by Section 03100. Promptly fill holes upon stripping as follows: 23 Moisten the hole with water, followed by a 1/16 -in brush coat of neat cement 24 slurry mixed to the consistency of a heavy paste. Immediately plug the hole 25 with a 1 to 1.5 mixture of cement and concrete sand mixed slightly damp to 26 the touch (just short of "balling"). Hammer the grout into the hole until dense, 27 and an excess of paste appears on the surface in the form of a spiderweb. 28 Trowel smooth with heavy pressure. Avoid burnishing. 29 30 E. When patching exposed surfaces the same source of cement and sand as 31 used in the parent concrete shall be employed. Adjust color if necessary by 32 addition of proper amounts of white cement. Rub lightly with a fine 33 Carborundum stone at an age of 1 to 5 days if necessary to bring the surface 34 down with the parent concrete. Exercise care to avoid damaging or staining 35 the virgin skin of the surrounding parent concrete. Wash thoroughly to 36 remove all rubbed matter. 37 38 3.10 SCHEDULE 39 40 A. The following (Table 4) are the general applications for the various concrete 41 classes and design strengths: 42 43 TABLE 4 44 45 CONCRETE SCHEDULE 46 47 Design 48 Strength CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 20 04/10/17 1 Class (psi) Description 2 3 A 2,500 Concrete fill and duct encasement 4 5 B 3,000 Concrete overlay slabs and pavements 6 7 C 4,000 Walls, slabs on grade, suspended slab 8 and beam systems, columns, grade 9 beams and all other structural concrete 10 11 D 5,000 Prestressed concrete 12 13 END OF SECTION 14 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 21 04/10/17 1 1 1 1 1 M 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 03350 2 3 CONCRETE FINISHES 4 5 6 PART1 GENERAL 7 8 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK 9 10 A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required and finish 11 cast -in-place concrete surfaces as shown on the Drawings and as specified 12 herein. 13 14 1.02 RELATED WORK 15 16 A. Concrete Formwork is included in Section 03100. 17 18 B. Cast -In -Place Concrete is included in Section 03300. 19 20 1.03 SUBMITTALS 21 22 A. Submit to the Engineer, in accordance with Section 01300, shop drawings 23 and product data showing materials of construction and details of installation 24 for: 25 26 1. Concrete sealer. Confirmation that the sealer is compatible with 27 additionally applied coatings shall also be submitted. 28 29 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS 30 31 A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 32 33 1. ASTM C33 - Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates. 34 35 B. Where reference is made to one of the above standards, the revision in effect 36 at the time of bid opening shall apply. 37 38 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE 39 40 A. Finishes 41 42 1. For concrete which will receive additional applied finishes or materials, 43 the surface finish specified is required for the proper application of the 44 specified manufacturer's products. Where alternate products are 45 approved for use, determine if changes in finishes are required and 46 provide the proper finishes to receive these products. 47 CONRETE FINISHES 03350 - 1 04/10/17 1 2. Changes in finishes made to accommodate products different from 2 those specified shall be performed at no additional cost to the Owner. 3 Submit the proposed new finishes and their construction methods to 4 the Engineer for approval. 5 6 3. Services of Manufacturer's Representative 7 8 a. Make available at no extra cost to the Owner, upon 72 hours 9 notification, the services of a qualified field representative of the 10 manufacturer of curing compound, sealer or hardener to instruct 11 the user on the proper application of the product under 12 prevailing job conditions. 13 14 PART 2 PRODUCTS 15 16 2.01 MATERIALS 17 18 A. Chemical hardener shall be Lapidolith by Sonneborn; Hornolith by A.C. Horn; 19 Penalith by W.R. Meadows or equal fluosilicate base material. 20 21 B. Concrete sealer shall be "MasterKure CC 180 WB", by Master Builders 22 Solutions, Shakopee, MN or equal. 23 24 PART 3 EXECUTION 25 26 3.01 FORMED SURFACES 27 28 A. Forms shall not be removed before the requirements of Section 03300, have 29 been satisfied. 30 31 B. Exercise care to prevent damaging edges or obliterating the lines of 32 chamfers, rustications or corners when removing the forms or performing any 33 other work adjacent thereto. 34 35 C. Clean all exposed concrete surfaces and adjoining work stained by leakage of 36 concrete. 37 38 D. Rough -Form Finish 39 40 41 1 Immediately after stripping forms and before concrete has changed 42 color, carefully remove all fins and projections. 43 44 2. Promptly fill holes left by tie cones and defects as specified in Section 45 03300. 46 47 48 E. Rubbed Finish CONRETE FINISHES 03350 - 2 04/10/17 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1. Immediately upon stripping forms and before concrete has changed 2 color, carefully remove all fins. While the wall is still damp apply a thin 3 coat of medium consistency neat cement slurry by means of bristle 4 brushes to provide a bonding coat within all pits, air holes or blemishes 5 in the parent concrete. Avoid coating large areas with the slurry at one 6 time. 7 8 2. Before the slurry has dried or changed color, apply a dry (almost 9 crumbly) grout proportioned by volume and consisting of 1 part cement 10 to 1-1/2 parts of clean masonry sand having a fineness modulus of 11 approximately 2.3 and complying with the gradation requirements of 12 ASTM C33 for such a material. Grout shall be uniformly applied by 13 means of damp pads of coarse burlap approximately 6 -in square used 14 as a float. Scrub grout into the pits and air holes to provide a dense 15 mortar in all imperfections. 16 17 3. Allow the mortar to partially harden for 1 or 2 hours depending upon 18 the weather. If the air is hot and dry, keep the wall damp during this 19 period using a fine, fog spray. When the grout has hardened 20 sufficiently so it can be scraped from the surface with the edge of a 21 steel trowel without damaging the grout in the small pits or holes, cut 22 off all that can be removed with a trowel. (Note: Grout allowed to 23 remain on the wall too long will harden and will be difficult to remove.) 24 25 4. Allow the surface to dry thoroughly and rub it vigorously with clean dry 26 burlap to completely remove any dried grout. No visible film of grout 27 shall remain after this rubbing. The entire cleaning operation for any 28 area must be completed the day it is started. Do not leave grout on 29 surfaces overnight. Allow sufficient time for grout to dry after it has 30 been cutoff with the trowel so it can be wiped off clean with the burlap. 31 32 5. On the day following the repair of pits, air holes and blemishes, the 33 walls shall again be wiped off clean with dry, used pieces of burlap 34 containing old hardened mortar which will act as a mild abrasive. After 35 this treatment, there shall be no built-up film remaining on the parent 36 surface. if, however, such a film is present, a fine abrasive stone shall 37 be used to remove all such material without breaking through the 38 surface film of the original concrete. Such scrubbing shall be Tight and 39 sufficient only to remove excess material without changing the texture 40 of the concrete. 41 42 6. A thorough wash -down with stiff bristle brushes shall follow the final 43 bagging or stoning operation. No extraneous materials shall remain on 44 the surface of the wall. The wall shall be sprayed with a fine fog spray 45 periodically to maintain a continually damp condition for at least 3 days 46 after the application of the repair grout. 47 48 CONRETE FINISHES 03350 - 3 04/10/17 1 7. It is the intent of this finish to provide a surface that is uniform in 2 appearance with no blemishes, imperfections, discolorations, etc. 3 4 F. Abrasive Blast Finish 5 6 1. Coordinate with Rubbed Finish application. Do not begin until Rubbed 7 Finish operation is complete or before concrete has reached minimum 8 7 -day strength. The Rubbed Finish application may be deleted by the 9 Engineer if the unfinished concrete surface is of superior quality. Apply 10 the abrasive blast finish only where indicated on Drawings. 11 12 2. Prepare a sample area of minimum 4 -ft high by 16 -ft wide Blast Finish 13 as directed by Engineer on a portion of new wall construction which will 14 not be exposed in the final work. Sample area shall contain a variety 15 of finishes obtained with different nozzles, nozzle pressures, grit 16 materials and blasting techniques for selection by Engineer. Final 17 accepted sample shall remain exposed until completion of all Blast 18 Finish operations. 19 20 3. Blast finish operation shall meet all regulatory agency requirements. 21 Blast Finish contractor shall be responsible for obtaining all required 22 permits and/or licenses. 23 24 4. Perform abrasive blast finishing in as continuous an operation as 25 possible, utilizing the same work crew to maintain continuity of finish 26 on each surface or area of work. Maintain patterns or variances in 27 depths of blast as present on the accepted sample. 28 29 5. Use an abrasive grit of proper type and gradation as well as equipment 30 and technique to expose aggregate and surrounding matrix surfaces 31 as follows: 32 33 a. Medium: Generally expose coarse aggregate - 1/4 -in to 3/8 -in 34 reveal. 35 36 6. Abrasive blast corners and edge of patterns carefully, using back-up 37 boards, to maintain uniform corner or edge line. Determine type of 38 nozzle, nozzle pressure and blasting techniques required to match 39 Architect's samples. 40 41 7. Upon completion of the Blast Finish operation, thoroughly flush 42 finished surfaces with clean clear water to remove residual dust and 43 grit. Allow to air dry until curing of concrete is complete. 44 45 8. After the concrete has cured for a minimum of 28 days, apply a clear 46 acrylic sealer as directed by manufacturer. 47 48 CONRETE FINISHES 03350 - 4 04/10/17 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3.02 FLOORS AND SLABS 2 3 A. Floated Finish 4 5 1. Machine Floating 6 7 a. Screed floors and slabs with straightedges to the established 8 grades shown on the Drawings. Immediately after final 9 screeding, a dry cement/sand shake in the proportion of two 10 sacks of portland cement to 350 lbs of coarse natural concrete 11 sand shall be sprinkled evenly over the surface at the rate of 12 approximately 500 lbs /1,000 sq ft of floor. Do not sprinkle neat, 13 dry cement on the surface. 14 15 b. The application of the cement/sand shake may be eliminated at 16 the discretion of the Engineer if the base slab concrete exhibits 17 adequate fattiness and homogeneity and the need is not 18 indicated. When the concrete has hardened sufficiently to 19 support the weight of a power float without its digging into or 20 disrupting the level surface, thoroughly float the shake into the 21 surface with a heavy revolving disc type power compacting 22 machine capable of providing a 200 Ib compaction force 23 distributed over a 24 -in diameter disc. 24 25 c. Start floating along walls and around columns and then move 26 systematically across the surface leaving a matte finish. 27 28 d. The compacting machine shall be the "Kelly Power Float with 29 Compaction Control" as manufactured by Kelley Industries of 30 SSP Construction Equipment Inc., Pomona, CA or equal. 31 Troweling machines equipped with float (shoe) blades that are 32 slipped over the trowel blades may be used for floating. 33 Floating with a troweling machine equipped with normal trowel 34 blades will not be permitted. The use of any floating or 35 troweling machine which has a water attachment for wetting the 36 concrete surface during finishing will not be permitted. 37 38 2. Hand Floating 39 40 a. In lieu of power floating, small areas may be compacted by 41 hand floating. The dry cement/sand shake previously specified 42 shall be used unless specifically eliminated by the Engineer. 43 Screed the floors and slabs with straightedges to the 44 established grades shown on the Drawings. While the concrete 45 is still green, but sufficiently hardened to support a finisher and 46 kneeboards with no more than 1/4 -in indentation, wood float to a 47 true, even plane with no coarse aggregate visible. Use CONRETE FINISHES 03350 - 5 04/10/17 1 sufficient pressure on the wood floats to bring moisture to the 2 surface. 3 4 3. Finishing Tolerances 5 6 a. Level floors and slabs to a tolerance of plus or minus 1/8 -in 7 when checked with a 10 -ft straightedge placed anywhere on the 8 slab in any direction. Where drains occur, pitch floors to drains 9 such that there are no low spots left undrained. Failure to meet 10 either of the above requirements shall be cause for removal, 11 grinding, or other correction as directed by the Engineer. 12 13 B. Broom Finish 14 15 1. Screed slabs with straightedges to the established grades indicated on 16 the Drawings. When the concrete has stiffened sufficiently to maintain 17 small surface indentations, draw a stiff bristle broom lightly across the 18 surface in the direction of drainage, or, in the case of walks and stairs, 19 perpendicular to the direction of traffic to provide a non -slip surface. 20 21 C. Steel Trowel Finish 22 23 1. Finish concrete as specified in Paragraph 3.04 and 3.05. Then, hand 24 steel trowel to a perfectly smooth hard even finish free from high or low 25 spots or other defects. 26 27 D. Concrete Sealer 28 29 1. Prepare and seal surfaces indicated on the room finish schedule to 30 receive a sealer as follows: 31 32 a. Finish concrete as specified in the preceding paragraphs and in 33 accordance with the Schedule in Paragraph 3.05 below. 34 35 b. Newly Placed Concrete: Surface must be sound and properly 36 finished. Surface is application -ready when it is damp but not 37 wet and can no longer be marred by walking workmen. 38 39 c. Newly -Cured Bare Concrete: Level any spots gouged out by 40 trades. Remove all dirt, dust, droppage, oil, grease, asphalt and 41 foreign matter. Cleanse with caustics and detergents as 42 required. Rinse thoroughly and allow to dry so that surface is 43 no more than damp, and not wet. 44 45 d. Aged Concrete: Restore surface soundness by patching, 46 grouting, filling cracks and holes, etc. Surface must also be free 47 of any dust, dirt and other foreign matter. Use power tools 48 and/or strippers to remove any incompatible sealers or coatings. CONRETE FINISHES 03350 - 6 04/10/17 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Cleanse as required, following the procedure indicated under 2 cured concrete. 3 4 e. Methods: Apply sealer so as to form a continuous, uniform film 5 by spray, soft -bristle pushbroom, long -nap roller or lambswool 6 applicator. Ordinary garden -type sprayers, using neoprene 7 hose, are recommended for best results. 8 9 f. Applications: For curing only, apply first coat evenly and 10 uniformly as soon as possible after final finishing at the rate of 11 200 to 400 sq ft per gallon. Apply second coat when all trades 12 are completed and structure is ready for occupancy at the rate 13 of 400 to 600 sq ft per gallon. 14 15 g. To meet guarantee and to seal and dustproof, two coats are 16 required. For sealing new concrete, both coats shall be applied 17 full-strength. On aged concrete, when renovating, dustproofing 18 and sealing, the first coat should be thinned 10 to 15 percent 19 with reducer per manufacturer's directions. 20 21 3.03 CONCRETE RECEIVING CHEMICAL HARDENER 22 23 A. After 28 days, minimum, concrete cure, apply chemical hardener in three 24 applications to a minimum total coverage of the undiluted chemical of 100 sq 25 ft per gallon and in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations as 26 reviewed. 27 28 3.04 APPROVAL OF FINISHES 29 30 A. All concrete surfaces, when finished, will be inspected by the Engineer. 31 32 B. Surfaces which, in the opinion of the Engineer, are unsatisfactory shall be 33 refinished or reworked. 34 35 C. After finishing horizontal surfaces, regardless of the finishing procedure 36 specified, the concrete shall be cured in compliance with Section 03300 37 unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. 38 39 3.05 SCHEDULE OF FINISHES 40 41 A. Concrete shall be finished as specified either to remain as natural concrete to 42 receive an additional applied finish or material under another section. 43 44 B. Concrete for the following conditions shall be finished as noted on the 45 Drawings and as further specified herein: 46 47 CONRETE FINISHES 03350 - 7 04/10/17 1 1. Concrete to Receive Dampproofing: Rough -form finish. See 2 Paragraph 3.01 D above. 3 4 2. Concrete Not Exposed to View and Not Scheduled to Receive an 5 Additional Applied Finish or Material: Rough -form finish. See 6 Paragraph 3.01D above. 7 8 3. Exterior. Vertical Concrete Above Grade Exposed to View: Rubbed 9 finish. See Paragraph 3.01E above. 10 11 4. Interior Vertical Concrete Exposed to View: Rubbed finish. See 12 Paragraph 3.01E above. 13 14 5. Interior and Exterior Underside of Concrete Exposed to View: Rubbed 15 finish. See Paragraph 3.01E above. 16 17 6. Exterior surfaces exposed to view and indicated to have an abrasive 18 blast finish. See Paragraph 3.01F above. 19 20 7. Interior or Exterior Horizontal Concrete not Requiring Floor Hardener 21 or Sealer: Floated finish. See Paragraph 3.02A above. 22 23 8. Concrete for Exterior Walks, Interior and Exterior Stairs: Broomed 24 finish perpendicular to direction of traffic. See Paragraph 3.02B above. 25 26 9. Concrete to Receive Hardener: See Paragraph 3.03 above. 27 28 10. Concrete to Receive Floor Sealer: See Paragraph 3.02D above. 29 30 31 END OF SECTION CONRETE FINISHES 03350 - 8 04/10/17 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION 13600 2 3 SEPTIC TANK ABANDONMENT AND SEWER LATERAL CONNECTION 4 5 PART I — GENERAL 6 7 1.01 SCOPE OF WORK 8 9 A. The Contractor shall furnish all labor and materials required to properly 10 abandon individual residential septic tank systems. The Contractor shall 11 furnish the services of a Florida State licensed septage disposal service 12 and/or a Florida State licensed plumber to complete the abandonment of 13 the septic tank and reconnection of the private sewer service lateral to the 14 new street lateral. 15 16 B. All workmanship and materials shall be in accordance with Pinellas 17 County Health Department and the latest Florida Building/Plumbing Code 18 requirements. 19 20 C. All septic tank abandonment shall be performed in accordance with 21 Florida Administrative Code, F.A.C. 64E-6.011. 22 23 D. The Contractor's attention is directed to the fact that the will be performing 24 work on private property. The Contractor shall be liable for all damage to 25 private property when performing the scope of work described herein and 26 as shown on the Drawings. Damage to private property shall be the 27 repaired or replaced to the property owner's satisfaction at no cost to the 28 property owner or the Owner. 29 30 E. These specifications are intended to give a general description of what is 31 required, but do not cover all details. They are, however, intended to 32 cover all materials, labor, power, etc. for the complete abandonment of 33 each individual septic tank system and reconnect the sewer service 34 lateral, whether specifically mentioned in the Specifications or not. 35 36 F. Septic tank abandonment shall not begin until the connecting segment of 37 the gravity sewer system is accepted, cleared by the FDEP and placed 38 into service. 39 40 G. The Contractor shall complete the service lateral connection, septic tank 41 abandonment and restoration on a given property within twenty-one (21) 42 consecutive calendar days. Failure to comply could result in a Stop Work 43 Order until the remaining phases of work on the property are complete. 44 45 46 1.02 SUBMITTALS SEPTIC TANK ABANDONMENT AND SEWER LATERAL CONNECTION 13600-1 09/01/16 1 2 A. Procedures for abandoning and filling the septic tanks shall be submitted 3 to the Engineer in accordance with Section 01340. 4 5 PART II — PRODUCTS 6 7 2.01 FILL MATERIAL 8 9 A. Material used for filling the septic tank shall be of clean sand, pea gravel, 10 or common fill. 11 12 B. For all septic tanks that are under existing structures that cannot be 13 removed, the Contractor shall fill the septic tank with 100 PSI, excavatable 14 flowable fill meeting the requirements of Florida Department of 15 Transportation (FDOT) Road and Bridge Construction Specification 16 Section 121 headed "Flowable Fill." 17 18 2.02 PVC SERVICE LATERAL PIPE AND FITTINGS 19 20 A. Service lateral pipe is defined as the pipe from the building/house to the 21 cleanout at the right-of-way. 22 23 B. Sewer service laterals from the building/house to the cleanout shall be a 24 minimum of four (4) inches in diameter for residential and six (6) inches in 25 diameter for non-residential installations. 26 27 C. PVC sewer service lateral pipes and fittings shall meet the requirements of 28 Section 02061. 29 30 PART III - EXECUTION 31 32 3.01 GENERAL 33 34 A. The Contractor shall provide written notice to the property owner that 35 construction work will be performed on the property owner's lot. Written 36 notice to the property owner shall be a minimum of a five (5) calendar 37 days prior to commencing any work on private property. A copy of this 38 notice shall also be furnished to the Owner and Engineer. 39 40 B. The Contractor shall coordinate with the property owner to determine the 41 preferred path of the service lateral to all connections. The Contractor 42 shall paint the proposed route of the service lateral and take photographs 43 along the entire route. Photographs shall be provided electronically to the 44 Engineer and used by the Contractor for permitting procedures. 45 Photographs shall be submitted to the Engineer meeting the requirements SEPTIC TANK ABANDONMENT AND SEWER LATERAL CONNECTION 13600-2 09/01/16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 of Section 01380 at minimum five (5) days in advance of any work 2 performed on private property. 3 4 C. The Contractor shall provide to the Owner and Engineer a septic tank 5 abandonment report with the following information: 6 7 1. Property address 8 2. Date abandonment was completed 9 3. Name of Plumber or Plumbing Company performing the work 10 4. Copies of septic pump out receipts 11 5. Copies of septage disposal tickets 12 13 D. The report shall be submitted to the Owner and Engineer on a monthly 14 basis and shall be submitted as a hardcopy report and electronically in 15 Microsoft Excel format. 16 17 3.02 PERMIT 18 19 A. The Owner or Owner's representative will witness each the septic tank 20 abandonment. As such, a permit from the local County Health 21 Department for the septic tank abandonment will not be required to be 22 obtained by the Contractor. 23 24 B. The Contractor shall obtain all required Building Department 25 permits/approvals from either Pinellas County or the City of Clearwater 26 (depending on if the property is incorporated into the County or City) for 27 the connection of the sewer service lateral. 28 29 C. Pinellas County Building Permit acquisition procedures include the 30 following: 31 32 1. Obtaining carbon copies of the permit application from Pinellas 33 County and completing the form(s) with the property owner's 34 signature; 35 2. Providing hard copies of photographs of the proposed service 36 lateral route (painted); 37 3. Coordinating inspections of the completed work. 38 39 D. City of Clearwater Building Permit acquisition procedures include the 40 following: 41 42 1. Obtaining and completing copies of the permit application; 43 2. Coordinating inspections of the completed work. 44 45 3.03 CONNECTION OF SEWER SERVICE LATERALS 46 SEPTIC TANK ABANDONMENT AND SEWER LATERAL CONNECTION 13600-3 09/01/16 1 1 1 A. The Contractor shall furnish the services of a State of Florida licensed I 2 plumber to connect each sewer service lateral from the building/home to 3 the street lateral pipe. The laterals shown on the plans do not necessarily 4 reflect exact locations. The Contractor is required to locate all existing I 5 laterals for reconnection and to coordinate with the homeowner and the 6 Owner's representative regarding the location of all new laterals. 7 8 B. Contractors shall note that some Tots have more than one structure with 1 9 service laterals. In these cases, the individual service laterals shall be 10 combined into one service lateral at the right-of-way line for connection to 11 the cleanout at the right-of-way. A cleanout shall be provided at all I 12 locations where service laterals combine. 13 14 C. Sewer service laterals shall be installed with a two-way cleanout at the I 15 connection to the existing lateral and shall be installed per the latest 16 Florida Building/Plumbing Code. A cleanout shall also be installed every 17 100 feet and at every change of direction of greater than 45 degrees. I 18 19 D. Upon obtaining all required permits/approvals, the existing lateral shall be 20 connected to the new lateral and the building/home shall be serviced by I 21 the new sanitary sewer system. 22 23 3.04 SEPTIC TANK ABANDONMENT I 24 25 A. After a lot has been connected to the new sewer system, the existing 26 septic tank shall be abandoned. I 27 28 B. The Contractor shall furnish the services of a State of Florida state 29 licensed septage disposal service to completely pump out the septage 30 material from the septic tank. The septage material removed from the I 31 septic tank shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be 32 properly disposed at a septic receiving facility. A copy of the receipt for 33 the pumpout shall be provided to the Owner and Engineer. I 34 35 C. At no time shall the Contractor be permitted to discharge or dump septage 36 material into roadside ditches, stormwater collection systems, any surface I 37 waterbody or sanitary sewer manhole. 38 39 D. Subsequent to the removal of all septage from the septic tank, the I 40 Contractor shall perforate or break apart the bottom of the septic tank to 41 allow for the free flow of groundwater in and out of the abandoned tank. 42 I 43 E. After the bottom of the septic tank has been perforated, the Contractor 44 shall crush and/or remove the entire top lid of the septic tank and deposit it 45 into the septic tank. Il46 SEPTIC TANK ABANDONMENT AND SEWER LATERAL CONNECTION I 13600-4 09/01/16 1 F. All piping inlets/outlets of the septic tank shall be cut and capped. 2 3 G. The Contractor shall request the Owner and/or Engineer to witness the 4 emptied, perforated septic tank, with a 72 hour advanced notice, to verify 5 the septic tank abandonment. The Contractor shall not cover the 6 abandoned septic tank prior to inspection. 7 8 H. Upon the Owner and/or Engineer's acceptance of the abandoned septic 9 tank, the Contractor shall be responsible for furnishing and placing 10 sufficient compacted structural fill material to completely fill the septic tank. 11 12 I. The Contractor shall consult the Engineer regarding abandonment of 13 septic tanks that are beneath structures and cannot be completely 14 accessed. At a minimum, such tanks will need to be pumped out, 15 perforated, and filled with flowable fill. 16 17 3.05 RESTORATION 18 19 A. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, and equipment necessary 20 to satisfactorily return all construction areas to their original conditions or 21 better. Site restoration shall be as specified elsewhere in the Technical 22 Specifications. 23 24 25 26 27 END OF SECTION 28 SEPTIC TANK ABANDONMENT AND SEWER LATERAL CONNECTION 13600-5 09/01/16 APPENDIX OTHER PROJECT DOCUMENTATION Table of Contents GEOTECHNICAL SOIL REPORT 1 PERMITS 2 APPENDIX i Updated 2/11/2016 APPENDIX - OTHER PROJECT DOCUMENTATION GEOTECHNICAL SOIL REPORT Geotechnical Report by Driggers Engineering Services, Inc. dated August 22, 2016 REPORT OF THE GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION PROPOSED SANITARY SEWER KAPOK TERRACE CLEARWATER, FLORIDA °riggers Engineering Services Incorporated DRI G G E R S ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED Geotechnical Engineering S. Construction Materials Testing King Engineering Associates, Inc. One Memorial Center 4921 Memorial Highway, Suite 300 Tampa, Florida 33634 Attention: Mr. Loc P. Truong, P.E. RE: Report of the Geotechnical Investigation Proposed Sanitary Sewer Kapok Terrace Clearwater, Florida Our File: DES 167853R Dear Loc: August 22, 2016 Pursuant to your authorization, DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES, INC. (DESI) has completed the requested investigation of subsurface conditions in the areas of subject improvements. Included herein are the results of our testing together with geotechnical recommendations for your consideration. FIELD INVESTIGATION PROGRAM A program of exploratory borings was conducted along the alignments of the planned sanitary sewer and at proposed manhole locations. The boring locations were approximately located in the field by our field staff using provided plans. The elevations discussed herein and depicted on the attached soil boring logs are referenced to NAVD 88 datum. SANITARY SEWER BORINGS- To investigate subsurface soil and groundwater conditions at the planned manholes for the sanitary sewer and intermediate locations between manholes along the alignment, an overall program of forty-nine (49) Standard Penetration Test (SPT) borings was requested and conducted. The preliminary depth of the bottom of the sanitary manholes will vary from about 5 to 12 feet below existing grade. The requested depths of the borings varied from a nominal depth of 10 feet to 20 feet below grade. The detailed locations of the borings should be checked in the field by King Engineering Associates, Inc. (KEA) and depicted on the civil plan and profile sheets. However, for general reference, we have provided the approximate boring locations on Plate I of the report attachments. Sarasota Phone: 727.471.6655 Fax: 941.371.8962 saroffice@driggers-eng.com Clearwater Spring Hill P.O. Box 17839 • Clearwater, Florida 33762 Phone: 727.471.6657 Phone: 727.571.1313 • Fax: 727.471.6653 Fax: 727.471.6653 clwoffice@driggers-eng.com sphilloffice @driggers-eng.com 2 The Standard Penetration Test (SPT) borings were performed in general accordance with ASTM D-1586. The Standard Penetration method of sampling was incorporated to obtain soil samples for visual classification and to develop penetration resistance data for use in evaluating foundation requirements. Logs of the Standard Penetration Test borings are presented in the attachments, together with a brief description of this sampling and testing technique. LABORATORY INVESTIGATION- A limited laboratory testing program was also undertaken to aid in characterizing the engineering properties of the subsurface soils. Our laboratory tests included five (5) grainsize or sieve analyses, four (4) Atterberg Limits determinations together with two (2) organic content tests on selected specimens. The results of our laboratory tests are included in the report appendix. Also included are the graphical depictions of the individual grainsize analyses. GENERALIZED SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS The site grades within the boring locations ranged from about EL +10.0 feet to EL +40.0 feet (NAVD). The majority of the boring locations were conducted at an approximate elevation of about EL +30.0 to EL +35.0. SOIL CONDITIONS — The majority of the borings were conducted within existing asphalt pavements. The pavement section consisted of about 2.5 to 4 inches of asphaltic concrete with typical thicknesses ranging from 3.0 to 3.5 inches, followed by 4 to 8 inches of base type material. The base typically consisted of crushed limestone or sand and shell. Below the pavement section, virtually all of the borings identified fine sands with varying silt and clay fines to a depth of 8 to 15 feet below existing grade. These soils were generally represented by the SP, SP -SM and SM or A-3 and A-2-4 designation. Below these sands, the borings penetrated clayey fine sand and clay to the termination depth of the borings. These clayey fine sand and clay soils generally represent the SC, CH and CL or A-2-6 and A-2-7 designation. An exception was evidenced at boring P-11 where a highly organic layer was encountered in the depth range of 4.0 to 5.5 feet below grade. GROUNDWATER CONDITIONS- Groundwater levels varied somewhat tluoughout the investigated areas. Water levels at the boring locations were recorded from 0.8 feet below grade to 6.6 feet below grade. The groundwater level at each boring was recorded during the course of our geotechnical investigation at the depths noted on each respective boring log. You will note Driggers Engineering Services Incorporated 3 that these observations were generally obtained from May to early June which would be considered the dry season. Groundwater levels are likely to rise some one to two feet higher during normal , seasonal high conditions. EVALUATION AND GEOTECHNICAL RECOMMENDATIONS PROPOSED SANITARY SEWERAGE - Although preliminary, based on the information provided, the bottom of manhole depths will likely range from about 5 feet below grade to 12 feet below grade. The invert of the pipe between the manholes would be expected to be at or above the bottom of manhole. The following presents a discussion of the geotechnical considerations for sanitary sewer construction. Manhole Subgrade Conditions- Our geotechnical studies conducted within the planned manhole areas indicate that the subgrade soils beneath the majority of manholes will principally consist of fine sands with variable silt and clay fines comprising the SP, SP - SM, and SM Unified Soil Classification (USC) or A-3 and A-2-4 AASHTO designation. The subgrade soils beneath the remaining manholes wiII comprise clayey fine sands to clay soils consisting of the USC of SC, CH and CL or AASHTO A-2-6 and A-2-7 designations. The sandy soil types will generally be suitable for subgrade support for manhole construction provided that the subgrade is prepared and compacted in accordance with the project specification requirements. In areas where the manholes are embedded within clayey sands and clays, we recommend undercutting the excavation a minimum of 18 inches and replacing the subgrade materials with a compacted gravel corresponding to a grading no coarser than an FDOT No. 67. We further recommend that the gravel be completely wrapped (bottom, sides and top) with a geotextile fabric corresponding to a Mirafi 140N or equivalent. This fabric should be overlapped a minimum of 24 inches. The gravel bedding is warranted to minimize the potential for disturbance of the excavation bottom during the manhole construction and also to act as a drainage blanket for the collection of any minor seepage or rainfall that may enter the excavation. Pipeline Subgrade Conditions- Much of the pipeline construction will occur within predominantly sandy soils. However, as with the manholes, significant portions will also be embedded within clays and clayey, silty sands. In all cases, subgrade preparation should conform to project specification requirements. We would anticipate this would include placement of at least 6 to 12 inches of compacted select backfill bedding material per project specifications. During pipeline construction, the contractor should avoid any remolding or disturbance of Driggers Engineering Services Incorporated 4 the subgrade soils that would then necessitate further undercutting and replacement with a suitable compacted backfill material per project specification requirements. Need for Geotechnical Inspection- It is recommended that the excavations for construction of the sanitary sewerage be carefully inspected and probed by representatives of the project geotechnical engineer. The purpose of this inspection would be to identify any weak or compressible zones that may warrant deeper undercutting and replacement, or specialized subgrade preparation. This will be especially important in areas that would penetrate into deeper clayey soils. With proper inspection and subgrade preparation, we would expect that maximum settlements would be less than 1 inch with the majority of this movement occurring during dewatering and construction activities. Following placement and compaction of backfill and the re-establishment of normal groundwater levels, the net stress increase below manholes and piping will be minimal. Suitability of Excavated Soils For Use As Backfill - Fine sands with minimal fines would represent suitable materials for replacement and compaction as backfill following pipeline installation. These fine sands comprising the SP to SP -SM Unified Soil Classification and the AASHTO A-3 Soil designation should respond effectively to conventional vibratory compaction. Of course, all backfill soils must comply with project specification requirements. The potential also exists for encountering soils with increased silt and clay fines content representing the SM or A-2-4 designations. These non -plastic to low plasticity silty to slightly clayey sands having more than about 10 to12 and less that 35 percent fines may also be suitable for backfill placement from an engineering standpoint depending on the project specifications. These soils should have an Atterberg liquid limit of 40 or less and a plasticity index of 10 or less. If permitted to be utilized, these soils will likely require aeration to reduce the moisture content of the soils to levels suitable for compaction and as such will be weather sensitive. Soils representing the CH (A-7-6), SC (A-2-6) and Pt (A- 8) would not be considered suitable for use as backfill. It is important to recognize that some of the soils excavated above the water table may have a very low natural moisture content depending upon the rainfall occurring at the time of construction and may require addition of water. Further, soils excavated below the water table may require processing to reduce the moisture content to help facilitate compaction. Accordingly, these soil types may require some adjustment in moisture content to achieve Driggers Engineering Services Incorporated 5 efficient and effective compaction. In general, it is beneficial to adjust moisture contents to within ±2% of the optimum moisture as established by the Modified Proctor moisture - density relationship as set forth in ASTM D-1557 or AASHTO T-180. All backfill soils underneath the roadway should be compacted to at least 98% of the Modified Proctor maximum dry density per ASTM D-1557. All other areas should be compacted to at least 95% of the Modified Proctor maximum dry density. Construction Considerations- We would anticipate that the majority of the pipeline construction would incorporate trenchbox construction. Portions below the practical depth capability of trench boxes will likely be constructed within a sheeted and braced excavation. Portions of the pipeline may also be constructed utilizing open -cutting and rapid backfilling following pipeline installation. Depending on the depth of the cut, it may be necessary to adjust the slope ratios to no steeper than about 1.5 horizontal to 1.0 vertical in order to minimize sloughing or caving during the backfilling operations. Utilization of this slope ratio will necessitate proper dewatering and protection of the slope with respect to erosion and sloughing. Naturally, the contractor must comply with applicable OSHA requirements with respect to trench safety. Portions of the alignment will most certainly require dewatering to lower groundwater to depths suitable for placement and compaction of backfill soils. Of course, abnormal rainfall could produce higher than expected groundwater levels and necessitate some local management of groundwater along any portion during pipeline construction. The implementation of appropriate dewatering is a critical aspect of construction so as to allow proper preparation of the subgrade and appropriate backfilling and compaction of surrounding soils. Improper implementation of dewatering can result in de -stabilization and disturbance of the subgrade soils and enhanced total and differential settlement. It is recommended that the dewatering system consist of a properly designed wellpoint system. Due to the potentially stratified nature of the soils and the required depth of dewatering, we would strongly recommend that the contractor retain the services of a qualified dewatering consultant to appropriately design and monitor performance of the dewatering system. Driggers Engineering Services Incorporated 6 The dewatering system should be installed so as to maintain groundwater levels to no less than 1 foot below the bottom of the excavation. Care should be exercised by the contractor in his ways and means of construction to avoid significant vibrations that could result in settlement or damage to neighboring residential structures or appurtenant utilities. This, of course, would include the contractor's selection of means and methods for installation and removal of sheetpiling that may be required for deep excavation as well as the selection of equipment for compaction activities. The contractor should certainly consider appropriate vibration monitoring to check that the vibratory accelerations or displacements are within acceptable limits. ROADWAY REPLACMENT- Where the sewerage occurs within existing pavement, at a minimum, that portion of the pavement that is disturbed will require replacement. The existing pavement section at the borings conducted within the asphalt pavement are included on the respective logs. With respect to the soil support value of the probable backfill soils, we would recommend utilization of a Limerock Bearing Ratio (LBR) of 15. It has been our experience that this LBR value is generally available with local fine sands comprising the SP to SP -SM Unified Soil Classification. Where critical to the design of the pavement structure, Limerock Bearing Ratio (LBR) testing should be planned during the construction stage as borrow materials are developed and the embankment is brought to the anticipated subgrade elevation. It must be recognized that groundwater occurs at relatively shallow depths along portions of the existing alignment and is likely to occur close to existing grade during periods of significant rainfall. In general, it is our recommendation that groundwater levels be maintained no less than 18 inches below the pavement base or stabilized subgrade. Where this separation is not maintained, underdrains would typically be recommended provided there is a positive outfall. Compaction testing will also be required during the subgrade preparation and backfilling operations to check that the soils are being compacted in accordance with project specification requirements. The compaction tests should be conducted in such a manner so as to check that all of the backfill soils are being uniformly densified to project specification requirements. Driggers Engineering Services Incorporated 7 LIMITATIONS- The geotechnical investigation program was undertaken to provide general information to assist in the design and construction of the planned facilities. Our investigation may not have included all information that the prospective contractor may require in the preparation of his bid proposal. The contractor is certainly encouraged to conduct such additional studies as he may deem necessary to qualify his proposal. Further, the studies herein were limited to an examination of subsurface soil and groundwater conditions so as to address geotechnical design and construction issues. Studies relative to environmental issues or impacts were not within the authorized scope of services of our firm. DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES, INC. appreciates the opportunity to be of service to you on this project and we trust if you have any questions concerning our report, you will not hesitate to contact the undersigned at your convenience. Respectfully submitted, DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES, INC. Je . Driggers, P.E. Pr. ect Engineer FL Registration No. 70598 e Driggers, P.E. ident FL Registration No. 16989 JAD JAD-REP/167853 Copies submitted: (1) Email Driggers Engineering Services Incorporated i%:; 44".• . \GENg•.C,• �i No. 70598 . N (*( F/lE ' Sf .p STATE OF . o. APPENDIX PLATE I - BORING LOCATION PLAN STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BORING LOGS SUMMARY OF LABORATORY TEST RESULTS GRAINSIZE ANALYSES METHOD OF TESTING °riggers Engineering Services Incorporated PLATE I- BORING LOCATION PLANS Driggers Engineering Services Incorporated 111111 N 1 I NM 1 1 R 111111 NE 1 MN 111111 111111 1 1 N 1111111 PROJECT NO. I DES 167853 SHEET NO. I PLATE I Q 1 �� m m . I�® m . I ] ji j j° .. ,, m. 3666 % ! 1 i/� ` r} I rY ' I l $:: \l 'Y` .. ' a ' P-20 I i I ; i m L-. —�I' \ - 4 GLEN OAK AVB.N 11 1 _ /' i u '" �Y�^/�• I SAN JOSE STREET T a ]vs � . ( ,.ss 3ml I- TERMINAL J CLEAN-OUT , a] 3 --r I `„ \ \l‘ S P-� 3'm �m � tI ' m J m P-4 6m M-2®>= n] e e,6 a ,m Hi nm • SHEET TITLE BORING LOCATION PLAN PROJECT NAME PROPOSED SANITARY SEWER KAPOK TERRACE CLEARWATER. FLORIDA .11 N` VIST"A ORIV® I J _ Ns —6,—T9 ' ,. , Mau 1 /�\ l SAN .1.6012.0 S T R E t f ��,FT;,y ���� M� g it 6 ' n.' M-5 �P-3 I I ,; f:' 3321\ �7 \ J I m' ` 111 $ . _ M 4 /,"' 113' , \�\ P— �]m mm m �I m' m,. ,.m � � 6.. .4 \ 1� ITER 311 3136 s,az \i,\, ''\ SCE VIEW AVENUE I uo AN 9 < NA 0, P-6 M -1O JP -7 M-9 f SAN 13 RNANO STREET IJ ,. . I3.v,52. as Eiril 6. \» mS v® u --H1----- 006 M -12l 0 Fas.. .. I 36{f'•_?`"<.o-f<e. o m1. M-13 / 1,f,m m'. M-14 1 m m . M-15 ,6 »36 ' „ 11 31 ,.l I GISA R V AV�UE _ I _ / / _ - � j $1 SAN A TE0 STREET `I 31s 11 I t r •S L T I P-10 P-9 T. P-8 / ®M-21 5.1 . m /u mn . m. m, m, w, m ,1 31 1I� el, M-20 3.m/ 3666 "334?, 1M-19 �'t' £fe :P -12T uM em / ,.' 3416 11 m.c P-13 M-17 "-- wi ,m. w. M-16 u „ ],w nm nu v,. ] ». ]». 2,a I 1 3137 r / ®21 � 1 1 A V E N 11.10. ® b THOMAS P[IAG I _� ® Si( —I / �/— I rQI J-18 .,, .1n, m], P -14,I.>',,,234, n/ I3077r ]m 1 3113 13116 N26 M-26 ;,. 3121 O� M-28 /. CAD / ENGINEER p m o X PREPARED BY RS ENGINEERING S INCORPORATED 7P -176#I I / / / / 342. ms > u I. ].n '"N/122R3 ].s6 3666 m, '•. ..•..'. M M-23 M-24 OM -27 -22I —� .,:2�; W/ / / 1 `SI HOYT® AVENUE ®�— \ M-25 P18 4 P-19, is m r-P 16 -m., 3663,='.I I P-15 ., » ., 1 Y62c. o- 1 I I / _ LEGEND: r \ 5 STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BORING LOCATION I L — / / 1 o 100 200 i0 r ® STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BORING/HAND CONE SOUNDING LOCATION SCALE IN FEET STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BORING LOGS Driggers Engineering Services Incorporated 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED Project No. DES 167853 BORING NO. M-1 Project Proposed Sanitary Sewer, Kapok Terrace, Clearwater, Florida Location See Plate I Foreman B.D. Completion Depth To Depth 16.5' Date 6/2/16 Water 4.6' Time Date 6/2/16 DEPTH, FT SYMBOL w ii u) SOIL DESCRIPTION SURF. EL: +38.5+1--' BLOWS ON SAMPLER PER 6" OR PEN. STR. STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BLOWS/FT. ON 2" O.D. SAMPLER -140 LB. HAMMER, 30" DROP 10 20 40 60 80 0 °If,.,*.xn ••• •• 3-1/2" Asphalt Pavement 212/2 2/3/4 2/2/3 3/1/4 8/11/12 7/6/9 Gray Fine SAND with shell (SP) (A-3) \Brown Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) • • Very loose tan Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) 5 • ::' ::: I 1 2/3/6 P Loose Tight brown to brown Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) Medium dense light gray Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) ,° r:. Medium dense light grayish -brown silty Fine SAND (SM) (A-2-4) - 15 - - 20 - - 25 - -30- Remarks Borehole Grouted Casing Length DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED Project No. DES 167853 BORING NO. M-2 Project Proposed Sanitary Sewer, Kapok Terrace, Clearwater, Florida Location See Plate I Foreman J.R. Completion Depth To Depth 16.5' Date 6/16/16 Water 3.5' Time Date 6/16/16 DEPTH, FT SYMBOL co w co SOILDESCRIPTION • SURF. EL: +38.1+/-' BLOWS ON SAMPLER PER 6" OR PEN. STR. STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BLOWS/FT. ON 2" O.D. SAMPLER -140 LB. HAMMER, 30" DROP 10 20 40 60 80 0 IFI 2-3/8" Asphalt Pavement Light -brown Fine SAND 1 grayish with shell __...11111 '.1.i1:. (SP) (A-3) ' Brown Fine SAND 1/2/1 I •11111 (SP) (A-3) - %::: : 1 Brown and Tight brown Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) • 1111 5 = Very loose brown Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) 2/2/1 -_•■•,1111 imi IM • "': 1/1/1 !l 11111 1 11111 iii:, :�� Very loose dark brown slightly silty Fine SAND 2/1/2 11111 11111 10 if, ;1 i'' ■ (SP -SM) (A-3) _-.W111111 dr Medium dense light brown silty, slightly clayey Fine SAND (SM) (A-2-4) 4/14/15 __W • 1111 % ■ Medium dense light grayish -brown clayey Fine SAND (SC) (A-2-6) 8/6/6 ■•iiiiiiii 15 ::'' Medium dense Tight gray silty, luIlllII :::� slightly clayey Fine SAND (SM) (A-2-4) 6/8/10�IIIM H11 20 25 30 MI IIII = 1111 1111 111111 Remarks Borehole Grouted Casing Length 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED Project No. DES 167853 BORING NO. M-3 Project Proposed Sanitary Sewer, Kapok Terrace, Clearwater, Florida Location See Plate I Foreman B.D. Completion Depth To Depth 11.5' Date 6/2/16 Water 3.5' Time Date 6/2/16 DEPTH, FT SYMBOL Lu a Q a) SOIL DESCRIPTION SURF. EL: +33.6+/-' BLOWS ON SAMPLER PER 6" OR PEN. STR. STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BLOWS/FT. ON 2" O.D. SAMPLER -140 LB. HAMMER, 30" DROP 10 20 40 60 80 0 • • • 3-3/8, Asphalt Pavement v.: ;� Light brown Fine SAND with shell (SP) (A-3) __.■.,1111 Gray Fine SAND with trace of shell (SP) (A-3) 4/7/7 MN 1111 Brown Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) Medium dense light brown Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) _—...Hili - 5 ;•'; !+:':� Loose light brown slightly silty Fine SANDrivi_��11�1111 (SP-SM)A-3 it ( ) 2/2/3 1.i.3 :1 _�� �a Veryloose to medium dense dark brown 2/2/2 ■„""'I `,T,';':?, i Fi.,;, 1'[7.1'1 ,— slightly silty Fine SAND (SP -SM) (A-3) _,_■..,11 i �I i � I INIII •■.u1111 10 ij:_�_...i11iI 1;r` Loose light grayish -brown silty, 3/3/5 11111E 1111 slightly clayey Fine SAND (SM) (A-2-4) 1111 ��...�NM 15 1111 INN 20 25 - 11111 - 30 11111 ��...�1111 1111 1111 ��..■1111 1111 Remarks Borehole Grouted Casing Length DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED Project No. DES 167853 BORING NO. M-4 Project Proposed Sanitary Sewer, Kapok Terrace, Clearwater, Florida Location See Plate I Foreman R.K. Completion Depth To Depth 11.5' Date 6/1/16 Water 4.2' Time Date 6/1/16 DEPTH, FT SYMBOL co ii U) SOIL DESCRIPTION SURF. EL: +37.7+!-' BLOWS ON SAMPLER PER 6" OR PEN. STR. STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BLOWS/FT. ON 2" D.D. SAMPLER -140 LB. HAMMER, 30" DROP 10 20 40 60 80 0 3-3/8" Asphalt Pavement -brown Fine SAND with Crushed Shell __.■.,MI IGrayish (SP) (A-3) Brown Fine SAND 3/4/5 Ilir MI (SP) (A-3) Light brown Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) 1 1111 5 :::: Loose tan to light tan Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) EN inn 3/3/3 i.c1111 Loose brown to dark brown 5/3/3 IN 11111111 ;.fW slightly silty Fine SAND (SP -SM) (A-3) _,_...1111' L ii 2/4/6 II MI - 10-rciafi �•rli,i i 'ii�,3/4/6 ==...IMO !l...i111i ....,., ��...11111 ��...�MI - 15 ��...�1111 1111 ��.■.011111 11111 ��.• 1111 - 20 - ��...�1111 1111 1111 11 1111 11111 - 25 ��.■■1111 11111 111111111 ��...111111 111111 - 30 ��...�1111 ��...M1111 IMII nil ��...�MI Remarks Borehole Grouted Casing Length 1 1 1 r 1 DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED Project No. DES 167853 BORING NO. M-5 Project Proposed Sanitary Sewer, Kapok Terrace, Clearwater, Florida Location See Plate I Foreman B.D. Completion Depth To Depth 11.5' Date 6/2/16 Water 4.2' Time Date 6/2/16 I -- LL I- a_ w J 0 S CO Co w J a 2 U) SOIL DESCRIPTION SURF. EL: +37.7+12 STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BLOWS/FT. ON 2" O.D. SAMPLER -140 LB. HAMMER, 30" DROP 0 6 0 3-1/4" Asphalt Pavement 6 • :::i): Gray Fine SAND with Crushed Shell and Limestone (SP) (A-3) Grayish -brown Fine SAND with trace 3/3/4 • '::t*-'-'` of limestone fragments (SP) (A-3) - 5 :.- I .c;a:,, Loose tan to light gray Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) 3/4/3 j < <�a:. P Very loose to medium dense 2/2/2 "" I �•�,,:� — brown to dark brown slightly siltyFine SANDi 9 Y X0:1:3 CIftiU t3:1.1 (SP -SM) (A-3) 2/2/2 !IX vt3:1.1 r. i,:o 10/10/15 \`• - 15 - - 20 - - 25 - - 30 - Remarks Borehole Grouted Casing Length DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED Project No. DES 167853 BORING NO. M-6 Project Proposed Sanitary Sewer, Kapok Terrace, Clearwater, Florida Location See Plate I Foreman R.K. Completion Depth To Depth 16.5' Date 6/8/16 Water 2.2' Time Date 6/8/16 DEPTH, FT SYMBOL Cl) a u'Qi SOIL DESCRIPTION SURF. EL: +35.8+/-' BLOWS ON SAMPLER PER 6" OR PEN. STR. STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BLOWS/FT. ON 2" O.D. SAMPLER -140 LB. HAMMER, 30" DROP 10 20 40 60 80 0 . • • • 3-3/8" Asphalt Pavement 6/6/9 4/3/2 1/1/2 4/9/11 4/13/9 6/10/23 8/12/15 7.:-.37 Light brown Fine SAND Crushed Shell .!:!.-t •••• • with (SP) (A-3) Gray Fine SAND with trace of shell (SP) (A-3) Medium dense tan Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) 5 :.'. Loose light brown Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) `•. �<, :;!Fr._ Very loose brown silty Fine SAND with roots (SM) (A-2-4) Medium dense brown Fine SAND (SP) (A-3)• } r 10 /:r _ Medium dense light brown silty, slightly clayey Fine SAND (SM) (A-2-4) 4iEi t��/tl Dense light greenish -gray silty, clayey Fine SAND (SM -SC) (A-2-6) - 15 - P . '' Medium dense light green silty, slightly clayey Fine SAND (SM)(A-2-4) i - 20 - - 25 - - 30 - Remarks Borehole Grouted Casing Length 1 1 1 1 1 t 1 1 1 1 1 t DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED Project No. DES 167853 BORING NO. M-7 Project Proposed Sanitary Sewer, Kapok Terrace, Clearwater, Florida Location See Plate I Foreman B.D. Completion Depth To Depth 16.5' Date 6/2/16 Water 4.3' Time Date 6/2/16 DEPTH, FT -j OSOIL U) Cl)2:1 Co DESCRIPTION SURF. EL: +31.3+/-' BLOWS ON SAMPLER PER 6" OR PEN. STR. STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BLOWS/FT. ON 2" O.D. SAMPLER -140 LB. HAMMER, 30" DROP 10 20 40 60 80 0:.a -•`;y. • 3-5/8" Asphalt Pavement 4/4/2 3/2/2 3/4/5 • 3/6/10 7/8/8 5/4/3 15/12/39 : ?i; :. "'" ' Brown Fine SAND with shell (SP) (A-3) ,Dark brown Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) — ,Brown Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) Loose light brown Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) _ 5 _ i.;,; ; f P.31; Very loose brown slightly silty Fine SAND (SP -SM) (A-3) 000;001 40 Loose light grayish -brown silty, clayey Fine SAND (SM -SC) (A-2-6) • t = x •: :� .9 Medium dense light grayish -brown silty, slightly clayey Fine SAND (SM) (A-2-4) - 10 _:. •• • • _ : Firm to hard light green sandy CLAY (CH) to (CL) (A-7-6) - trace of calcareous CLAY at depth 15.0' - 15 • - 20 - - 25 - - 30 - Remarks Borehole Grouted Casing Length DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED Project No. DES 167853 BORING NO. M-8 Project Proposed Sanitary Sewer, Kapok Terrace, Clearwater, Florida Location See Plate I Completion Depth 21.5' Date 6/2/16 Water 6.6' Time Depth To Foreman B.D. Date 6/2/16 J 0 >- w J a SOIL DESCRIPTION SURF. EL: +19.8+!-' D ar Ww 69 O a m<0 STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BLOWS/FT. ON 2" O.D. SAMPLER -140 LB. HAMMER, 30" DROP 10 20 40 60 80 0 :•.• "• 3-1/2" Asphalt Pavement Light gray Fine SAND with shell (SP) (A-3) Y:���Ar ` El Brown Fine SAND with trace of shell (SP) (A-3) Dark brown Fine SAND finely divided 5/10/11 j J,• with organic material (SP) (A-3) - 5 t to Medium dense to dense light brown and orange 11/18/28 to light brown and gray silty, Y; r r— slightly clayey Fine SAND (SM) (A-2-4) 5/9/10 oe Stiff light green sandy CLAY (CH) (A-7-6) 3/4/10 • 'r - 10 Firm to stiff light green CLAY (CH) (A-7-6) 4/4/7 f 3/3/4 - 15 3/5/8 / -20-� Soft green CLAY (CH) (A-7-6) 2/1/2 - 25 - - 30 - Remarks Borehole Grouted Casing Length 1 1 1 1 1 DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED Project No. DES 167853 BORING NO. M-9 Project Proposed Sanitary Sewer, Kapok Terrace, Clearwater, Florida Location See Plate I Foreman R.K. Completion Depth To Depth 11.5' Date 6/1/16 Water 3.2' Time Date 6/1/16 0 m ›- 0- a SOIL DESCRIPTION SURF. EL: +37.0+1-' d paw coDe Ww m<O a STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BLOWS/FT. ON 2" O.D. SAMPLER -140 LB. HAMMER, 30" DROP 0 40 60 80 0 ;,J W � 3" Asphalt Pavement Cream Crushed " " \13" Colored Limestone Base Medium dense to loose tan to light brown Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) 6/9/8 • 3/5/5 1i,i;a i.iia:l Very loose to loose brown to dark brown 1 slightly`•r''' siltyFine SAND (SP-SM)1/112 1.1111:I r.ri 2/2/4 a: t • :. Medium dense light grayish -brown 4/11/13 clayey Fine SAND (SC) (A-2-6) - 15 - - 20 - - 25 - - 30 - Remarks Borehole Grouted Casing Length DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED Project No. DES 167853 BORING NO. M-10 Project Proposed Sanitary Sewer, Kapok Terrace, Clearwater, Florida , Location See Plate I Foreman R.K. Completion Depth To Depth 16.5' Date 6/8/16 Water 1.9' Time Date 6/8/16 DEPTH, FT SYMBOL w aa. a SOIL DESCRIPTION SURF. EL: +36.8+/-' BLOWS ON SAMPLER PER 6" OR PEN. STR. STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BLOWS/FT. ON 2" O.D. SAMPLER -140 LB. HAMMER, 30" DROP 10 20 40 60 80 0 3-3/8" Asphalt Pavement 3/4/5 4/5/6 3/5/5 2/5/8 14/16/13 5/14/17 3/4/5 ---- - ..- _ :::: Light Gray Fine SAND with Crushed Shell (SP) (A-3) +t Dark brown Fine SAND with shell fragments (SP) (A-3) 1 Loose tan Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) Medium dense light brown Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) riaLoose C13c,,,., i:r?a•f i ".1 F r:,a I- i ii:ri to medium dense brown to dark brown slightly silty Fine SAND (SP -SM) (A-3) \\NI - 10 f0 f' ;.;; ,., S7? SF Medium dense brown and dark brown slightly silty Fine SAND (SP -SM) (A-3) • r -• rtsrr Dense light green silty, slightly clayey Fine SAND (SM) (A-2-4) - 15 - Loose light gray silty Fine SAND (SM) (A-2-4) ZVI 20 - 25 - - 30 - Remarks Borehole Grouted Casing Length 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED Project No. DES 167853 BORING NO. M-11 Project Proposed Sanitary Sewer, Kapok Terrace, Clearwater, Florida Location See Plate I Foreman J.R. Completion Depth To Depth 16.5' Date 6/15/16 Water 1.8' Time Date 6/15/16 DEPTH, FT SYMBOL w E CO SOIL DESCRIPTION SURF. EL: +30.5+/-' BLOWS ON SAMPLER PER 6" OR PEN. STR. STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BLOWS/FT. ON 2" O.D. SAMPLER -140 LB. HAMMER, 30" DROP 10 20 40 60 80 0 3- Asphalt Pavement 2/1/2 2/4/5 3/5/7 3/6/9 2/3/6 215/7 r9;111/8" cr9;11: ..' Gray Fine SAND with Crushed Shell (SP) (A-3) \Brown slightly silty Fine SAND (SP -SM) (A-3) ••" • Very loose brown Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) - 5 i'tI:u1 ,! '. .4 .14 Loose dark brown slightly silty Fine SAND with trace of cemented fragments (SP-SM)(A-3)2/3/2 . : tri ;ii: r. ri Loose to medium dense light gray silty, slightly clayey Fine SAND (SM) (A-2-4) r: r : _ Medium dense light grayish -green clayey Fine SAND (SC) (A-2-6) Ir Stiff green CLAY (CH) (A-7-6) - 15 - 20 - - 25 - - 30 - Remarks Borehole Grouted Casing Length DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED Project No. DES 167853 BORING NO. M-12 Project Proposed Sanitary Sewer, Kapok Terrace, Clearwater, Florida Location See Plate I Foreman R.K. Completion Depth To Depth 11.5' Date 6/8/16 Water 0.8' Time Date 6/8/16 DEPTH, FT SYMBOL w ii * U) SOIL DESCRIPTION SURF. EL: +32.2+/-' BLOWS ON SAMPLER PER 6" OR PEN. STR. STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BLOWS/FT. ON 2" O.D. SAMPLER -140 LB. HAMMER, 30" DROP 10 20 40 60 80 0 4, it 3-3/8" Asphalt Pavement \6-5/8" Cream Colored Limestone Base Medium dense light brown Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) 6/8/6 - 5 -" ii �.�; '•' " i' Medium dense dark brown r 4/4/8 4N4ip ' slightly silty Fine SAND (SP -SM) (A-3) ? : fr Medium dense light brown silty, 6/11/13 li slightly clayey Fine SAND (SM) (A-2-4) Medium dense light brown silty, 7/10/15 - ^1, clayey Fine SAND (SM -SC) (A-2-6) 10 Medium dense light brown silty Fine SAND 4/7/8 (SM) (A-2-4) - 15 - - 20 - - 25 - - 30 - Remarks Borehole Grouted Casing Length 1 1 1 1 DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED Project No. DES 167853 BORING NO. M-13 Project Proposed Sanitary Sewer, Kapok Terrace, Clearwater, Florida Location See Plate I Foreman R.K. Completion Depth To Depth 16.5' Date 6/8/16 Water 0.8' Time Date 6/8/16 DEPTH, FT SYMBOL w a U' SOIL DESCRIPTION SURF. EL: +25.3+/--' BLOWS ON SAMPLER PER 6" OR PEN. STR. STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BLOWS/FT. ON 2" O.D. SAMPLER -140 LB. HAMMER, 30" DROP 10 20 40 60 80 0 a: • 3-1/2" Asphalt Pavement 8/6/3 2/2/4 2/5/9 2/4/7 2/8/10 7/13/14 16/18/18 :w /. \Brown Fine SAND with gravel (SP) (A-3) Brown Fine Fine SAND with shell and pockets of clayey Fine SAND (SP/SC) (A -3/A-2-6) ao 4 e'l Loose brown Fine SAND and stiff brown CLAY - 5 - .2 i Ei LI Y7 r.r i•i3! i " `` • with gravel and limestone fragments (SP) and (CH) (A-3) and (A-7-6) Loose light brown slightly silty Fine SAND 1(SP-SM) (A-3) rA I Medium dense light brown silty Fine SAND �: //- \(SM) (A-2-4) - 10 Stiff to very stiff green CLAY (CH) (A-7-6) Very stiff to hard green sandy CLAY (CH) to (CL) (A-7-6) - slight trace of calcareous SILT at depth 15.0' - 15 - 20 - - 25 - -30- Remarks Borehole Grouted Casing Length DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED Project No. DES 167853 BORING NO. M-14 Project Proposed Sanitary Sewer, Kapok Terrace, Clearwater, Florida Location See Plate I Foreman J.R. Completion Depth To Depth 16.5' Date 6/16/16 Water 3.2' Time Date 6/16/16 DEPTH, FT SYMBOL w a n can SOIL DESCRIPTION SURF. EL: +37.2+/-' BLOWS ON SAMPLER PER 6" OR PEN. STR. STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BLOWS/FT. ON 2" O.D. SAMPLER -140 LB. HAMMER, 30" DROP 10 20 40 60 80 0 ..... 2-1/2" Asphalt Pavement 3/3/3 2/2/3 2/3/4 5/8/16 8/15/2 3/5/7 Grayish -brown Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) Loose tan to light gray Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) 5 Li iii ':Ci t'l 11 Ft)4 1l i r+ 0 c� v1 1•yi 1.1 F- ; 1- • rri 1, r Ijl — Loose to medium dense brown to dark brown slightly siltyFine SAND (SP -SM) (A-3 )rt1ia`— - 10 -r �'�'- •5/7/8 y Medium denselight gray clayeyFine SAND (SC) (A-2-6) - 15 -! . ill �, : Medium dense light ht ra 9 9 Y silty, slightly clayey Fine SAND (SM) (A-2-4) -20- - 25 - - 30 - Remarks Borehole Grouted Casing Length 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED Project No. DES 167853 BORING NO. M-15 Project Proposed Sanitary Sewer, Kapok Terrace, Clearwater, Florida Location See Plate I Foreman B.D. Completion Depth To Depth 11.5' Date 5/19/16 Water 5.0' Time Date 5/19/16 DEPTH, FT SYMBOL co w a E Q co SOIL DESCRIPTION SURF. EL: +38.4+1-' BLOWS ON SAMPLER PER 6" OR PEN. STR. STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BLOWS/FT. ON 2" O.D. SAMPLER -140 LB. HAMMER, 30" DROP 10 20 40 60 80 0 3-3/4" Asphalt Pavement 4/4/4 2/3/2 1/1/1 2/2/1 2/3/6 __.■.,111 f ? Gray Fine SAND with Crushed Shell and rock (fragments (SP) (A-3) .� 1111 Brown Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) -�_•11011111 Light brown Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) 5 •t r•i) :rLoose r;;?:� r r;?:i '• s"' :� r,,:, 113:0 63n;1 .!':t cr1 .1 tan Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) WS 1111 Very loose to loose brown to dark brown slightly silty Fine SAND (SP -SM) (A-3) /i�����1111 II 11111111 10 _ INI ��111111I • • 15 - 20 - 25 - 30 - Remarks Borehole Grouted Casing Length DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED Project No. DES 167853 BORING NO. M-16 Project Proposed Sanitary Sewer, Kapok Terrace, Clearwater, Florida Location See Plate I Foreman B.D. Completion Depth To Depth 11.5' Date 5/17/16 Water 4.6' Time Date 5/17/16 DEPTH, FT SYMBOL w a en SOIL DESCRIPTION SURF. EL: +37.8+/--' BLOWS ON SAMPLER PER 6" OR PEN. STR. STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BLOWS/FT. ON 2" O.D. SAMPLER -140 LB. HAMMER, 30" DROP 10 20 40 60 80 0�3-1 /2" Asphalt Pavement 4/3/3 1/1/1 1/1/0 1/1/1 1/3/7 \3 __S■■,1111 M -■■■1111 1/2" Light Grayish Brown Shell Base Brownish gray Fine SAND with pockets of clayey Fne SAND (SP/SC) (A -3/A-2-6) :: 11111_■11■11111 Brown Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) 5 "5:.:� 1C;:� s CI :1:i U:'.' ,;,.F, c��aa ica:i:1 vWO iii; 1. iii t 1.0 4:1 Loose tan Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) �__■■■1111 1�_�■■1111 �� ■■■11111 11111 Very loose to loose brown to dark brown slightly silty Fine SAND (SP -SM) (A-3) 11- 1111111 - 10-r.t2it ���■■■11111 ==■■■1 111 HMI - 15 _��_■■■1111 11111 ���■■ ��■■■1111 ��■■■11111 1111 ��■■■1111 - 20 - ��■■■i1111 ��■■■1111 ��■■■1111 �_�_�■■1111 11111 25 ���■■1111 ��■■■1111 ��■■■1111 ��■■■1111 ��■■■1111 ���■■1111 - 30 ��■■■1111 ��■■■1111 ��■■■11111 Remarks Borehole Grouted Casing Length 1 1 1 1 1 e r 1 DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED Project No. DES 167853 BORING NO. M-17 Project Proposed Sanitary Sewer, Kapok Terrace, Clearwater, Florida Location See Plate I Foreman B.D. Completion Depth To Depth 16.5' Date 5/13/16 Water 3.2' Time Date 5/13/16 DEPTH, FT SYMBOL co ii * u SOIL DESCRIPTION SURF. EL: +36.7+/-' BLOWS ON SAMPLER PER 6" OR PEN. STR. STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BLOWS/FT. ON 2" O.D. SAMPLER -140 LB. HAMMER, 30" DROP 10 20 40 60 80 03 1/2" Asphalt Pavement 6/6/4 2/1/1 1/1/2 9/17/16 9/13/9 6/6/6 4/5/8 ' / Light brown Fine SAND with abundant shell ' (SP) (A-3) Brown Fine SAND with pockets of CLAY - (SP/CH) (A -3/A-7-6) n Light grayish -brown Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) - 5 - iii rt vrii? t. E, 0 ''"'.f 1•1.? 7i cci' iiiaa` 1 Loose light gray Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) Very loose brown slightly silty Fine SAND (SP -SM) (A-3) Cha ::' XI t.{1 IA.- 1 Dense dark reddish -brown slightly silty Fineis, SAND with trace of finely divided organic material (SP -SM) (A-3) - 10 I! :c; ri ''''' r Medium dense reddish -brown - sli• ht l silt Fine SAND SP -SM A-3 '' r Z ±il� Z :IIr Z r r, Y : . f � A it v i: ir •r. _ Medium dense light grayish -green silty, slightly clayey Fine SAND (SM) (A-2-4) ( - 15 - 20 - -25- - 30 - Remarks Borehole Grouted Casing Length DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED Project No. DES 167853 BORING NO. M-18 Project Proposed Sanitary Sewer, Kapok Terrace, Clearwater, Florida Location See Plate I Foreman B.D. Completion Depth To Depth 16.5' Date 5/13/16 Water 1.8' Time Date 5/13/16 DEPTH, FT SYMBOL w a E cQ SOIL DESCRIPTION SURF. EL: +33.6+/-' BLOWS ON SAMPLER PER 6" OR PEN. STR. STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BLOWS/FT. ON 2" O.D. SAMPLER -140 LB. HAMMER, 30" DROP 10 20 40 60 80 0 3-3/4" Asphalt Pavement 6/6/4 2/1/2 4/3/3 6/5/5 4/4/4 4/4/3 5/6/7 • 'Light grayish -brown Fine SAND with abundant •.: • 'shell (SP) (A-3) Grayish -brown Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) Loose light grayish -brown Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) Very loose to loose brown Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) .� '////J Stiff grayish -brown sandy CLAY with seam of brown silty Fine SAND (CH/SM) (A -7-6/A-2-4) - 10;: r•Loose {. light grayish -brown clayey Fine SAND• (SC) (A-2-6) v: .. Loose light grayish -green silty, slightly clayey Fine SAND (SM) (A-2-4) . - 15 Stiff light green sandy CLAY (CH) (A-7-6) - 20 - 25 - 30 - Remarks Borehole Grouted Casing Length 1 1 1 s 1 1 DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED Project No. DES 167853 BORING NO. M-19 Project Proposed Sanitary Sewer, Kapok Terrace, Clearwater, Florida Location See Plate I Completion Depth To Depth 16.5' Date 6/15/16 Water 2.4' Time Foreman J.R. Date 6/15/16 I - w 2 F a w a 0 m >U) U) LU J ct a U) SOIL DESCRIPTION SURF. EL: +28.2+/-' ce 0 CL Jw d m<0 STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BLOWS/FT. ON 2" O.D. SAMPLER -140 LB. HAMMER, 30" DROP 10 20 40 60 80 0 ;easy: 3-3/8" Asphalt Pavement cn�rBrownish-gray Fine SAND with Crushed Shell 59. \and rock fragments (SP) (A-3) - 5 - 10 - 15 - Dark gray slightly organic, slightly silty Fine SAND (SP -SM) (A-3) \Loose brownish -gray Fine SAND with trace of roots (SP) (A-3) \Loose dark brown slightly silty Fine SAND (SP -SM) (A-3) Loose light brown clayey Fine SAND \(SC) (A-2-6) Loose light brown silty, \slightly clayey Fine SAND (SM) (A-2-4) Medium dense light grayish -green \silty Fine SAND (SM) (A-2-4) Firm to very stiff green CLAY (CH) (A-7-6) - 20 - - 25 - -30- 2/2/4 2/3/7 2/3/3 2/3/6 5/8/8 3/4/4 7/10/12 Remarks Borehole Grouted Casing Length DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED Project No. DES 167853 BORING NO. M-20 Project Proposed Sanitary Sewer, Kapok Terrace, Clearwater, Florida Location See Plate I Foreman J.R. Completion Depth To Depth 21.5' Date 6/16/16 Water 2.8' Time Date 6/16/16 DEPTH, FT J m 0 Cl) eL � SOIL DESCRIPTION SURF. EL: +19.6+/-' BLOWS ON SAMPLER PER 6" OR PEN. STR. STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BLOWS/FT. ON 2" O.D. SAMPLER -140 LB. HAMMER, 30" DROP 10 20 40 60 80 0 `' a,:' t Fine SAND \Grayish -brown with roots (SP) (A-3) \Light grayish -brown Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) __•1111111 Grayish -brown Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) MIN Loose 2/3/5 1111 to very loose brown to light brown Fine SAND (SP) (A 3) IA 11,1111 - ..... =::':`': FAN 11111 5 1/1/1 i ci• ��� Medium dense dark grayish -brown '•' slightly4/6/7•iiiuiiiit silty Fine SAND (SP -SM) (A-3) 0. Medium dense dark brown clayey Fine SAND 6/5/7 1111111111.... 10 Stiff light green sandy CLAY (CH) (A-7-6) 4/5/5 11111 11111 Firm to very stiff green 2 /3/3 ■„"111 to green and orange CLAY (CH) (A-7-6) - 15 -.,/,' Ill• •u1 i1111 9/13/13 11 1111 20 111 LIN 12/10/12 1 MI 1111 25 - ��•uuu1111 ����■1111 30 11111 •ui1111 11111 1111 Remarks Borehole Grouted Casing Length 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED Project No. DES 167853 BORING NO. M-21 Project Proposed Sanitary Sewer, Kapok Terrace, Clearwater, Florida Location See Plate I Foreman R.K. Completion Depth To Depth 21.5' Date 6/10/16 Water 1.3' Time Date 6/10/16 DEPTH, FT SYMBOL w a w SOIL DESCRIPTION SURF. EL: +10.4+1--' BLOWS ON SAMPLER PER 6" OR PEN. STR. STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BLOWS/FT. ON 2" O.D. SAMPLER -140 LB. HAMMER, 30" DROP 10 20 40 60 80 0 `' `?Dark brown Fine SAND with roots and finely 9/7/8 8/7/5 6/6/7 4/3/3 6/7/7 4/4/6 3/4/7 9/10/8 , -t `divided organic material (SP) (A-3) — '• \Dark brown Fine SAND with roots (SP) (A-3) Medium dense brownish -gray to light brown Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) Medium dense light brownish -gray slightly silty Fine SAND (SP -SM) (A-3) 5 - r'011:'1 r i:r':rt ;.;;.,;, _ I Loose brown silty Fine SAND (SM) (A-2-4) 10,% ,• Stiff light green and orange to orange and green sandy CLAY (CH) (A-7-6) - 15 Stiff green and orange CLAY (CH) (A-7-6) - 20 ... Medium dense green clayey Fine SAND (SC) (A-2-6) -25- - 30 - Remarks Borehole Grouted Casing Length DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED Project No. DES 167853 BORING NO. M-22 Project Proposed Sanitary Sewer, Kapok Terrace, Clearwater, Florida Location See Plate I Completion Depth To Depth 16.5' Date 5/17/16 Water 3.3' Time Date 5/17/16 Foreman B.D. J 0 >- U) w J a Q SOIL DESCRIPTION SURF. EL: +35.1+/-' STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BLOWS/FT. ON 2" O.D. SAMPLER -140 LB. HAMMER, 30" DROP 0 '!•!'! 3-1/4" Asphalt Pavement 3-3/4" Light Brown Shell ••• - • \Light brown Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) Loose tan to light -brown Fine SAND 3/4/4 — grayish (SP) (A-3) 5 :.' 2/3/3 1.8r Very loose to loose brown to dark brown 2/2/2 i'si ;., _ 1. C1:u slightly silty Fine SAND (SP -SM) (A-3) ., 'sin1 2/2/3 - 10 rr;:ia f • Stiff light brown sandy CLAY (CH) (A-7-6) 4/4/7 Medium dense to loose 4/5/7 - 15 light brown clayey Ane SAND (SC) (A-2-6) 5/5/4 I - 20 - - 25 - - 30 - Remarks Borehole Grouted Casing Length 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED Project No. DES 167853 BORING NO. M-23 Project Proposed Sanitary Sewer, Kapok Terrace, Clearwater, Florida Location See Plate I Foreman B.D. Completion Depth To Depth .16.5' Date 5/19/16 Water 2.9' Time Date 5/19/16 DEPTH, FT SYMBOL w a * co SOIL DESCRIPTION SURF. EL: +36.1+/-' BLOWS ON SAMPLER PER 6" OR PEN. STR. STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BLOWS/FT. ON 2" O.D. SAMPLER -140 LB. HAMMER, 30" DROP 10 20 40 60 80 0 3-7/8" Asphalt Pavement 4/4/4 1/1/2 1/2/2 2/1/2 3/3/7 3/4/4 3/3/7 r. v • ,_,. 'Gray Fine SAND with Crushed Shell and rock fragments (SP) (A-3) Light brown Fine SAND with trace of shell (SP) (A-3) 5r: i•t?ii1 ; , � 1"'t• Ir ie c•lia'1 fI■-- i.l•i Y., (17;1 1 rh i, rtia'1 /1 Loose tan Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) Very loose brown to dark brown slightly silty Fine SAND (SP -SM) (A-3) 1 T - 10 ; Stiff light brown sandy CLAY (CH) (A-7-6) r r r e.• _ !i•f Loose light grayish -brown silty, slightly clayey Fine SAND (SM) (A-2-4) - 15 - ` " 'r r Loose light brown silty Fine SAND (SM) (A-2-4) - 20 - 25 - -30- Remarks Borehole Grouted Casing Length DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED Project No. DES 167853 BORING NO. M-24 Project Proposed Sanitary Sewer, Kapok Terrace, Clearwater, Florida Location See Plate I Foreman B.D. Completion Depth To Depth 11.5' Date 5/19/16 Water 4.1' Time Date 5/19/16 DEPTH, FT SYMBOL w a w SOIL DESCRIPTION SURF. EL: +36.9+/-' BLOWS ON SAMPLER PER 6" OR PEN. STR. STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BLOWS/FT. ON 2" O.D. SAMPLER -140 LB. HAMMER, 30" DROP 10 20 40 60 80 0 3-1/8" Asphalt Pavement 4/4/3 2/1/1 212/2 1/2/2 4/5/7 .. : : Gray Fine SAND with Crushed Shell (SP) (A-3) ,Brown Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) •. ,Light brown Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) Loose tan Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) 5 • ::: • r I el . Very loose to medium dense brown Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) - 15 - - 20 - -25- - 30 - Remarks Borehole Grouted Casing Length 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED Project No. DES 167853 BORING NO. M-25 Project Proposed Sanitary Sewer, Kapok Terrace, Clearwater, Florida Location See Plate I Foreman B.D. Completion Depth To Depth 11.5' Date 5/12/16 Water 5.1' Time Date 5/12/16 DEPTH, FT SYMBOL w _..1 (.1) SOIL DESCRIPTION SURF. EL: +36.9+/-' BLOWS ON SAMPLER PER 6" OR PEN. STR. STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BLOWS/FT. ON 2" O.D. SAMPLER -140 LB. HAMMER, 30" DROP 10 20 40 60 80 0 aazer: 3-1/2" Asphalt Pavement 3/4/3 3/2/2 1/1/1 2/2/4 3/4/6 Brown Fine SAND with shell (SP) (A-3) ••• •• Gray Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) Loose to very loose light brown to tan Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) .• . 5 rii m "''' Loose dark brown slightly silty Fine SAND (SP -SM) (A-3) � ,:ii - 10 -ic.1 rt)"' - 15 - - 20 7 -25- - 30 - Remarks Borehole Grouted Casing Length DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED Project No. DES 167853 BORING NO. M-26 Project Proposed Sanitary Sewer, Kapok Terrace, Clearwater, Florida Location See Plate I Foreman B.D. Completion Depth To Depth 16.5' Date 5/12/16 Water 5.1' Time Date 5/12/16 DEPTH, FT SYMBOL w a co SOIL DESCRIPTION SURF. EL: +36.0+1--' BLOWS ON SAMPLER PER 6" OR PEN. STR. STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BLOWS/FT. ON 2" O.D. SAMPLER -140 LB. HAMMER, 30" DROP 10 20 40 60 80 0 ---• • 4" Asphalt Pavement 314/4 3/3/2 2/1/1 2/2/2 2/3/4 4/4/4 7/7/8 - Grayish -brown Fine SAND with shell (SP) (A-3) \Brown Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) - -•• • • • .. •-' :.. • ./ Loose to very loose light brown Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) - 5 - i.,.7ai'.,r r i••L 1! i.f) -I f a L- it Very loose to loose dark brown slightly silty Fine SAND (SP -SM) (A-3) - 10 - Loose to medium dense light grayish -brown silty, clayey Fine SAND (SM -SC) (A-2-6) - 15 • = -20- - 25 - 30 Remarks Borehole Grouted Casing Length i 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED Project No. DES 167853 BORING NO. M-27 Project Proposed Sanitary Sewer, Kapok Terrace, Clearwater, Florida Location See Plate I Foreman B.D. Completion Depth To Depth 16.5' Date 5/11/16 Water 4.8' Time Date 5/11/16 DEPTH, FT SYMBOL w a a u `SURF. SOIL DESCRIPTION EL: +33.1+/-' BLOWS ON SAMPLER PER 6" OR PEN. STR. STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BLOWS/FT. ON 2" O.D. SAMPLER -140 LB. HAMMER, 30" DROP 10 20 40 60 80 0 `:ti Gray Fine SAND with trace of roots (SP) (A-3) 4/3/2 3/3/4 4/4/4 4/5/9 4/5/9 ,. „ Gray Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) ca c Dark brown slightly silty Fine SAND with finely : \divided organic material (SP -SM) (A-3) Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) is ` :Brown Light brown Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) `_Liu i �, is •i r1 ix) ci 2.- J2.12_ f'' Loose brown slightly silty Fine SAND P iND - 10 :. Firm to 'stiff light green sandy CLAY (CH) (A-7-6) -----/fr - 15 : Or /4 10 Medium dense light green silty, clayey Fine SAND (SM -SC) (A-2-6) - 20 - - 25 - -30- Remarks Borehole Grouted Casing Length 1".."1"i DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED HAND AUGER BORING/HAND CONE SOUNDING LOG PROJECT: Proposed Sanitary Sewer Kapok Terrace Clearwater, Florida Project No.: DES 167853 CLIENT: King Engineering Associates Inc. WATER TABLE: 4.8' DATE: 5/11/16 TECHNICIAN: B.D./M. F. DATE: 5/11/16 COMPLETION DEPTH: 6.0' LOCATION: See Plate I TEST NUMBER: M-27 ELEV. (FT) DESCRIPTION DEPTH (FT) SYMBOL HAND CONE TIP RESISTANCE (TSF) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 Gray Fine SAND with trace of roots (SP) (A-3) 0 :: Gray Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) :: . 2 Dark brown slightly silty Fine SAND with finely divided organic material (SP-SM)(A-3):i 2'z r.Z 1 x Gia �� i t• - E -t:1 3 -I:S ct7' Z Y tis Brown Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) • •„ } Light brown Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) - 5 Surface Elevation: +33.1+/-' LEGEND: • + Denotes Penetration Resistance in excess of 50 TSF - 7 - 1 1 1 1 1 t DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED Project No. DES 167853 BORING NO. M-28 Project Proposed Sanitary Sewer, Kapok Terrace, Clearwater, Florida Location See Plate I Foreman B.D. Completion Depth To Depth 21.5' Date 5/11/16 Water 3.2' Time Date 5/11/16 DEPTH, FT SYMBOL w na. uai SOIL DESCRIPTION SURF. EL: +34.6+/-' BLOWS ON SAMPLER PER 6" OR PEN. STR. STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BLOWS/FT. ON 2" O.D. SAMPLER -140 LB. HAMMER, 30" DROP 10 20 40 60 80 0 1/1/1 1/2/1 3/8/11 7/7/7 7/9/15 3/4/7 .::2' .Light \Gray Fine SAND with roots (SP) (A-3) \Brown Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) Light brown Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) r brown silty Fine SAND (SM) (A-2-4) ```i='� i•Th'a . Light brown slightly silty Fine SAND (SP -SM) (A-2-4) - 5 - ;j; T :J a ;t�- Very loose brown silty Fine SAND with roots (SM) (A-2-4) re LTi; ?'A' Very loose light brown slightly silty Fine SAND with roots (SP -SM) (A-3) Medium dense light tan Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) ______/--:-.Medium dense gray to light brown _ clayey Fine SAND (SC) (A-2-6) 15 \ }� Stiff light green sandy CLAY (CH) (A-7-6) '.: i ::)!. . - 20 -25- - 30 - Remarks Borehole Grouted Casing Length DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED HAND AUGER BORING/HAND CONE SOUNDING LOG PROJECT: Proposed Sanitary Sewer Kapok Terrace Clearwater, Florida Project No.: DES 167853 CLIENT: King Engineering Associates Inc, WATER TABLE: 3.2' DATE: 5/11/16 TECHNICIAN: B.D./M.F. DATE: 5/11/16 COMPLETION DEPTH: 6.0' LOCATION: See Plate I TEST NUMBER: M-28 ELEV. (FT) DESCRIPTION DEPTH (FT) SYMBOL HAND CONE TIP RESISTANCE (TSF) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 Gray Fine SAND with roots (SP) (A-3) 0 ;'.:. Y: :) 1.7%. . 1—:v4- Brown Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) • ., 1 -I Light brown Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) • - 2 + Light brown silty Fine SAND (SM) (A-2-4) - 3 - Light brown slightly silty Fine SAND (SP -SM) (A-2-4) 'I i- rei f'' l'' t "i.l'r1.i .1:1; ( r r ;II_i;jt f1:t1:f :ll:rl.[ .1.1:1: 1. f :I' I: I: i i"i-t1.% iiiii •I I.4l1 a:I:rt I.4.61 i:r):ti .LJ.fi.f .{ --_ Surface Elevation: +34.6+!-' LEGEND: 6 • + Denotes Penetration Resistance in excess of 50 TSF - 7 - t 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED Project No. DES 167853 BORING NO. M-29 Project Proposed Sanitary Sewer, Kapok Terrace, Clearwater, Florida Location See Plate I Foreman B.D. Completion Depth To Depth 11.5' Date 5/12/16 Water 3.0' Time Date 5/12/16 DEPTH, FT SYMBOL w a * can SOIL DESCRIPTION SURF. EL: +34.1+/-' BLOWS ON SAMPLER PER 6" OR PEN. STR. STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BLOWS/FT. ON 2" O.D. SAMPLER -140 LB. HAMMER, 30" DROP 10 20 40 60 80 0 3" Asphalt Pavement 6/8/7 2/1/1 1/3/7 6/5/8 7/6/8 • • '•:' Light grayish -brown Fine SAND with shell ... (SP) (A-3) Grayish -brown Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) Medium dense light brown Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) 5 - ' I Very loose to medium dense brown Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) 10 Stiff light grayish -green sandy CLAY (CH) (A-7-6) 15 - I 20 -I 25 - 30 - Remarks Borehole Grouted Casing Length DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED Project No. DES 167853 BORING NO, P-1 Project Proposed Sanitary Sewer, Kapok Terrace, Clearwater, Florida Location See Plate I Foreman R.K. Completion Depth To Depth 16.5' Date 5/31/16 Water 5.4' Time Date 5/31/16 DEPTH, FT SYMBOL w ii n Q (i) SOIL DESCRIPTION SURF. EL: +37.8+1-' BLOWS ON SAMPLER PER 6" OR PEN. STR. STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BLOWS/FT. ON 2" O.D. SAMPLER -140 LB. HAMMER, 30" DROP 10 20 40 60 80 0 3-5/8" Asphalt Pavement • \Gray Fine SAND with shell (SP) (A-3) :.:.•.: \Brown Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) ••'•: 5/4/4 Loose tan to light brown Fine SAND - (SP) (A-3) 4/5/5 • •• ~ 2/3/4 r. j l :f, 1•ri;IA r Very loose to medium dense dark brown 2/2/2' - 10 - '` •••• ca_r• I 1 to brown slightly siltyFine SANDr.u1:1f (SP 1•ii 11 -SM) (A-3) 3/5/10 rriu.1 Ciiiri 113:1-, 1.-r)::., i 7/10/13 r 9?:1 15 • Very stiff light brown sandy CLAY •(CH) (A-7-6) 13/8/13 - 20 - 25 - 30 - Remarks Borehole Grouted Casing Length 1 1 1 1 deli DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED Project No. DES 167853 BORING NO. P-2 Project Proposed Sanitary Sewer, Kapok Terrace, Clearwater, Florida Location See Plate I Completion Depth To Depth 16.5' Date 5/31/16 Water 5.3' Time Date 5/31/16 Foreman R.K. H U. F a w 0 J 0 m >- U) U) J a SOIL DESCRIPTION SURF. EL: +38.3+1-' cc Li oat J m<0 m STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BLOWS/FT. ON 2" O.D. SAMPLER -140 LB. HAMMER, 30" DROP 0 3-1/2" Asphalt Pavement Gray Fine SAND with shell (SP) (A-3) Brown Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) __.■.,"' ' ' Loose tan Fine SAND (SP) 2/4/4 (A-3) Very loose light brown to brown Fine SAND 2/2/1 (SP) (A-3) 2/1/1 I2/1/1 10 '' I Medium dense light brown 2/4/8 to light gray Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) 7/10/12 III - 15 Medium dense light brown clayey Fine SAND I= 11111 (SC) (A-2-6) 7/8/11 _��••I11I 20 - 25 - 30 - Remarks Borehole Grouted Casing Length DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED Project No. DES 167853 BORING NO. P-3 Project Proposed Sanitary Sewer, Kapok Terrace, Clearwater, Florida Location See Plate I Foreman R.K. Completion Depth To Depth 16.5' Date 6/1/16 Water 3.9' Time Date 6/1/16 DEPTH, FT SYMBOL w aa. 0 SOIL DESCRIPTION SURF. EL: +38.1+/-' BLOWS ON SAMPLER PER 6" OR PEN. STR. STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BLOWS/FT. ON 2" O.D. SAMPLER -140 LB. HAMMER, 30" DROP 10 20 40 60 80 0 'iI:#7a 3-1/4" Asphalt Pavement 4/4/6 3/2/3 4/2/4 3/3/3 2/3/4 7/9/8 6/8/11 Gray Fine SAND with shell (SP) (A-3) •• •. • Brown Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) Loose tan to light brown Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) f 5 - •' • ii: ... • : I Loose brown Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) r - 10 - • :f Medium dense light brown silty, slightly clayey Fine SAND (SM) (A-2-4) - 15 - Medium dense light greenish -gray I silty Fine SAND (SM) (A-2-4) - 20 - - 25 - - 30 - Remarks Borehole Grouted Casing Length 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED Project No. DES 167853 BORING NO. P-4 Project Proposed Sanitary Sewer, Kapok Terrace, Clearwater, Florida Location See Plate I Foreman R.K. Completion Depth To Depth 16.5' Date 6/1/16 Water 4.2' Time Date 6/1/16 DEPTH, FT SYMBOL w a can SOIL DESCRIPTION SURF. EL: +37.0+/-' BLOWS ON SAMPLER PER 6" OR PEN. STR. STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BLOWS/FT. ON 2" O.D. SAMPLER -140 LB. HAMMER, 30" DROP 10 20 40 60 80 0 0 Ava 3-3/8" Asphalt Pavement 6/5/5 3/3/3 2/2/3 2/3/5 8/15/17 6/5/10 3/3/4 Grayish -brown Fine SAND with Crushed Shell (SP) (A-3) "" ' ' • " Brown Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) Loose tan to light brown Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) Loose brown to dark brown Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) 5 - 1 . r fli/- : • • ' ,j • •-•'' •(SP 10 -; Dense brown slightly silty Fine SAND -SM) (A-3) ` '' -::':• Very stiff light grayish -brown sandy CLAY (CH) (A-7-6) - 15 • ' Loose light greenish -gray silty Fine SAND (SM) (A-2-4) -20- - 25 - - 30 - Remarks Borehole Grouted Casing Length DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED Project No. DES 167853 BORING NO. P-5 Project Proposed Sanitary Sewer, Kapok Terrace, Clearwater, Florida Location See Plate I Foreman R.K. Completion Depth To Depth 16.4' Date 5/31/16 Water 2.8' Time Date 5/31/16 DEPTH, FT SYMBOL co -ur I n_ Q al SOIL DESCRIPTION SURF. EL: +31.5+/2 BLOWS ON SAMPLER PER 6" OR PEN. STR. STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BLOWS/FT. ON 2"O.D. SAMPLER -140 LB. HAMMER, 30" DROP 10 20 40 60 80 0 3-3/8" Asphalt Pavement 4/2/1 3/4/3 5/8/8 5/9/12 10/14/11 4/5/8 15/20/50* •.... „•• • •••• ....' Gray Fine SAND with shell (SP) (A-3) Very loose to loose brown Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) 5 .:.: . Medium dense light grayish -green very clayey Fine SAND (SC) (A-2-6) L Medium dense light grayish -green silty Fine SAND (SM) (A-2-4) 10 ',T Very stiff light green sandy CLAY (CH) (A-7-6) 7 �� Stiff to hard light green CLAY (CH) to (CL) (A-7-6) - 15 -� * 0.4' Penetration - 20 - - 25 - - 30 - Remarks Borehole Grouted Casing Length 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 deli DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED Project No. DES 167853 BORING NO. P-6 Project Proposed Sanitary Sewer, Kapok Terrace, Clearwater, Florida Location See Plate I Foreman R.K. Completion Depth To Depth 16.5' Date 5/31/16 Water 3.8' Time Date 5/31/16 DEPTH, FT SYMBOL SAMPLES SOIL DESCRIPTION SURF. EL: +35.4+/-' BLOWS ON SAMPLER PER 6" OR PEN. STR. STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BLOWS/FT. ON 2" O.D. SAMPLER -140 LB. HAMMER, 30" DROP 10 20 40 60 80 0 3-3/8" Asphalt Pavement \Gray and brown Fine SAND with shell (SP) (A-3) -_■.■„'l' ,Brown Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) _�■■■„��� Medium dense tan Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) 6/7/7 _ 111111,■■1"'I - :;:: Loose light brown to brown Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) 3/3/4 ■/■1■■■i1111 2/3/3 t! II 1111 .'. ;ii'I'L r Medium dense dark brown 4/8/9 IIIIlIII i ;, I , _ slightly silty Fine SAND (SP -SM) (A-3) 11111 10 : it r? Wit 1 ■ 1111 i17/15/15 x:.a � II■■11111 r ; f f Medium dense light grayish -brown silty, 616111 _�■■■I1111 4' :rr- slightly clayey Fine SAND (SM) (A-2-4) IA 1111 15 t ifr r <A 4v:r 3/5/7 _11111 VIM 1 111111 1111 ��■■■111111 ��■■■ • 1111 ��■■■i1111 20 ■■■111i1 111111 NH �■■■I1111 ��■■■ION - 25 ��■■■111 1111 11111 ��■■■11111 ��■■■1111 30 ��■■■1111 fill ��■■■1111 1111 ��■■■11111 1111 Remarks Borehole Grouted Casing Length DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED Project No. DES 167853 BORING NO. P-7 Project Proposed Sanitary Sewer, Kapok Terrace, Clearwater, Florida Location See Plate I Foreman R.K. Completion Depth To Depth 16.5' Date 6/1/16 Water 4.1' Time Date 6/1/16 DEPTH, FT SYMBOL co w n n Q co SOIL DESCRIPTION SURF. EL: +37.5+1--' BLOWS ON SAMPLER PER 6" OR PEN. STR. STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BLOWS/FT. ON 2" O.D. SAMPLER -140 LB. HAMMER, 30" DROP 10 20 40 60 80 0 3-1/4" Asphalt Pavement :`Brown Fine SAND with Crushed Shell (SP) (A-3) Dark grayish -brown Fine SAND with trace 7/8/9 ,,, of shell (SP) (A-3) Medium dense tan Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) 5 -.. Medium dense light grayish -brown 3/5/7 to light brown Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) 5/5/6 • ::: r Medium dense brown Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) 3/5/6 10 ^ ' ts ':1 i:n.0 Medium dense very dark brown 2/6/7 J i.ii-,;, t,:.: slightly silty Fine SAND (SP -SM) (A-3) _. %i6 jr light grayish -brown silty, 4/3/7 '_ slightly clayey Fine SAND (SM) (A-2-4) - 15 . - Loose light grayish -brown clayey Fine SAND (SC) (A-2-6) 3/3/5 - 20 - 25 - - 30 Remarks Borehole Grouted Casing Length 1 1 1 1 1 1 t 1 1 DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED Project No. DES 167853 BORING NO. P-8 Project Proposed Sanitary Sewer, Kapok Terrace, Clearwater, Florida Location See Plate I Foreman B.D. Completion Depth To Depth 16.5' Date 5/19/16 Water 5.6' Time Date 5/19/16 DEPTH, FT SYMBOL w a ai SOIL DESCRIPTION . SURF. EL: +38.9+/-' BLOWS ON SAMPLER PER 6" OR PEN. STR. STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BLOWS/FT. ON 2" O.D. SAMPLER -140 LB. HAMMER, 30" DROP 10 20 40 60 80 0 '.*74er 3-1/4" Asphalt Pavement 3/3/3 3/3/2 1/1/1 5/8/12 6/6/9 6/8/9 2/2/5 Gray Fine SAND with Crushed Shell (SP) (A-3) 11' Brown Fine SAND with trace of shell (SP) (A-3) Brown Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) Loose tan to light brown Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) Very loose brown Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) - ••-j i.'.)a�.r 1.fl'l t kf !:1 tr:,a c)xt 1:ci:,- ,..;• ...: r if _ Medium dense dark brown slightly silty Fine SAND (SP -SM) (A-3) Medium dense to loose light brownish -gray to light grayish -brown silty Fine SAND (SM) (A-2-4) - 10 -s�xf I _ I - 15 - r / - 20 - - 25 - - 30 - Remarks Borehole Grouted Casing Length DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED Project No. DES 167853 BORING NO. P-9 Project Proposed Sanitary Sewer, Kapok Terrace, Clearwater, Florida Location See Plate I Completion Depth 16.5' Date 6/1/16 Water 4.2' Time Depth To Foreman R.K. Date 6/1/16 F- U.. z t - a w J 0 m N w a. U) SOIL DESCRIPTION SURF. EL: +34.1+!-' STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BLOWS/FT. ON 2" O.D. SAMPLER -140 LB. HAMMER, 30" DROP 0 ?:v:v: •Tre, 2-3/4" Asphalt Pavement ` \Brown Fine SAND with shell (SP) (A-3) Light brown Fine SAND with shell (SP) (A-3) Tan Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) Brown Fine SAND (SP) .i: -:f. 010 Loose dark brown slightly silty Fine SAND 2/3/3 03J•' t•J!'t II (SP-SM)(A-3) Medium dense brown very silty Fine SAND 4/4/8 - 10 _ (SM) (A-2-4) r :r: ? r r Loose light gray silty, 3/3/6 i _ slightly clayey Fine SAND (SM) (A-2-4) z 2/ ' �' 3/2/6 C\ a • - 15 •(CH) Very stiff light green sandy CLAY (A-7-6) 6/11/8 - 20 - - 25 - - 30 - Remarks Borehole Grouted Casing Length 1 i t 1 1 1 1 1 DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED Project No. DES 167853 BORING NO. P-10 Project Proposed Sanitary Sewer, Kapok Terrace, Clearwater, Florida Location See Plate I Foreman R.K. Completion Depth To Depth 16.5' Date 6/1/16 Water 3.7' Time Date 6/1/16 DEPTH, FT SYMBOL SAMPLES SOIL DESCRIPTION SURF. EL: +19.3+1--' BLOWS ON SAMPLER PER 6" OR PEN. STR. STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BLOWS/FT. ON 2" O.D. SAMPLER -140 LB. HAMMER, 30" DROP 10 20 40 60 80 0 e r,,, ° 3-1/4" Asphalt Pavement 10/9/6 1/1/2 3/2/3 3/4/4 2/1/2 4/4/5 4/4/5 ' Dark grayish -brown Fine SAND `with :4'. "' , • Crushed Concrete (SP) (A-3) Dark brown silty Fine SAND with shell — (SM) (A-2-4) - 5 -? Vit$ ; iwr. (1)3 i r'�Very Medium dense dark brown silty Fine SAND with shell and gravel (SM) (A-2-4) loose dark brown slightly silty Fine SAND with roots (SP -SM) (A-3) iii ro.I vi `:': J: - ~ Loose brown slightly silty Fine SAND nwith trace of roots (SP -SM) (A-3) — Loose to very loose brown and gray to light greenish -gray silty Fine SAND (SM) (A-2-4) - 10 Stiff orange and green CLAY (CH) (A-7-6) - 15 -J -20- - 25 - - 30 - Remarks Borehole Grouted Casing Length DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED Project No. DES 167853 BORING NO. P-11 Project Proposed Sanitary Sewer, Kapok Terrace, Clearwater, Florida Location See Plate I Completion Depth To Depth 16.5' Date 6/15/16 Water 2.2' Time Date 6/15/16 Foreman J.R. LL z F- 0 w 0 O m w J a SOIL DESCRIPTION SURF. EL: +21.6+/-' ZO 0. L. I. a m<O C( STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BLOWS/FT. ON 2" O.D. SAMPLER -140 LB. HAMMER, 30" DROP 0 gowc 3-5/16" Asphalt Pavement Light brown Fine SAND 'K°' with Crushed Shell \and rock fragments (SP) (A-3) Grayish -brown Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) 6/6/8 , Medium dense tan Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) loose dark gray highly organic, 1/2/2 - 5Very silty Fine SAND (Pt) (A-8) :%::`:: Firm dark brown sandy CLAY 2/2/4 :: t iLoose with trace of roots (CH) (A-7-6) lit__ light brown silty, 3/2/3 - 10 slightly clayey Fine SAND (SM) (A-2-4) Soft green CLAY (CH) (A-7-6) 1/2/2 Firm green sandy CLAY (CH) (A-7-6) 3/3/4 - 15 Stiff green CLAY (CH) (A-7-6) 4!5/4 // - 20 - 25 - - 30 - Remarks Borehole Grouted Casing Length 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED Project No. DES 167853 BORING NO. P-12 Project Proposed Sanitary Sewer, Kapok Terrace, Clearwater, Florida Location See Plate I Foreman B.D. Completion Depth To Depth 16.5' Date 5/13/16 Water 1.9' Time Date 5/13/16 DEPTH, FT SYMBOL w a (n SOIL DESCRIPTION SURF. EL: +32.2+/-' BLOWS ON SAMPLER PER 6" OR PEN. STR. STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BLOWS/FT. ON 2" O.D. SAMPLER -140 LB. HAMMER, 30" DROP 10 20 40 60 80 0 3-3/4" Asphalt Pavement 3/3/2 2/2/2 3/2/5 6/4/8 4/4/6 4/516 2/3/3 f If 1 `Brown Fine SAND with gravel (SP) (A-3) Dark grayish -brown Fine SAND with trace of gravel (SP) (A-3) Loose to very loose light brown Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) Loose dark brown slightly silty Fine SAND (SP -SM) (A-3) 5 - i '' •"`I' ,)•,:,:.._ i:i: r • rr • %'• :: Stiff light grayish -green sandy CLAY• (CH) (A-7-6) - 10 • Loose to medium dense light grayish -green silty, clayey Fine SAND (SM -SC) (A-2-6) 2 - 15 /z f/ Firm green CLAY (CH) (A-7-6) - 20 - - 25 - - 30 - Remarks Borehole Grouted Casing Length DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED Project No. DES 167853 BORING NO. P-13 Project Proposed Sanitary Sewer, Kapok Terrace, Clearwater, Florida Location See Plate I Foreman B.D. Completion Depth To Depth 16.5' Date 5/13/16 Water 2.6' Time Date 5/13/16 DEPTH, FT SYMBOL co a a co SOIL DESCRIPTION SURF. EL: +35.7+/-' BLOWS ON SAMPLER PER 6" OR PEN. STR. STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BLOWS/FT. ON 2" O.D. SAMPLER -140 LB. HAMMER, 30" DROP 10 2.0 40 60 80 03-1/2" Asphalt Pavement 6/6/6 2/1/1 2/1/3 12/9/8 6/6/8 4/4/6 4/4/7 : ; Light brown Fine SAND with abundant shell •.•.•...•.•_ '(SP) (A-3) Brown and light brown Fine SAND with trace of shell (SP) (A-3) 5 Medium dense tan Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) Very loose brown Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) (i 1:111;1 i 111:1 i f Very loose dark brown slightly silty Fine SAND (SP -SM) (A-3) lt'4; i; rf I ,_ Medium dense dark reddish -brown slightly silty Fine SAND with trace of finely divided hit• - 10 f \organic material (SP -SM) (A-3) Stiff light green sandy CLAY (CH) (A-7-6) //5 Loose to medium dense light grayish -green silty, clayey Fine SAND (SM -SC) (A-2-6) 15 • e • - 20 - - 25 - - 30 - Remarks Borehole Grouted Casing Length 1 1 1 1 1 t 1 DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED Project No. DES 167853 BORING NO. P-14 Project Proposed Sanitary Sewer, Kapok Terrace, Clearwater, Florida Location See Plate I Foreman B.D. Completion Depth To Depth 16.5' Date 5/17/16 Water 4.0' Time Date 5/17/16 DEPTH, FT SYMBOL w a. * ai SOIL DESCRIPTION SURF. EL: +37.5+/-' BLOWS ON SAMPLER PER 6" OR PEN. STR. STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BLOWS/FT. ON 2" O.D. SAMPLER -140 LB. HAMMER, 30" DROP 10 20 40 60 80 0 3" Asphalt Pavement 6/4/3 1/1/1 1/1/1 8/7/7 3/4/4 3/4/5 4/5/7 v: `. `Light brown Fine SAND with shell (SP) (A-3) Grayish -brown Fine SAND with trace of shell (SP) (A-3) ;:1 :; — Tan Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) - 5 .•i ti ••• r 1N !At. jf11I C t fl I:,Loose 1a ;:• I 1:* 1.1 - 1;1 1., r I..' light brown Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) Very loose to medium dense dark brown slightly silty Fine SAND (SP -SM) (A-3) ik,N>. .: Firm light brownish -gray sandy CLAY• (CH) (A-7-6) •s; �E/ •pi Loose light brown silty, clayey Fine SAND (SM -SC) (A-2-6) - 15 - •''• : : Medium dense light brown silty, slightly clayey Fine SAND (SM) (A-2-4) - 20 - - 25 - - 30 - Remarks Borehole Grouted Casing Length DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED Project No. DES 167853 BORING NO. P-15 Project Proposed Sanitary Sewer, Kapok Terrace, Clearwater, Florida Location See Plate I Foreman B.D. Completion Depth To Depth 16.5' Date 5/19/16 Water 3.4' Time Date 5/19/16 DEPTH, FT -1 . m * co w a 2 can SOIL DESCRIPTION SURF. EL: +36.6+/_-' BLOWS ON SAMPLER PER 6" OR PEN. STR. STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BLOWS/FT. ON 2" O.D. SAMPLER -140 LB. HAMMER, 30" DROP 10 20 40 60 80 0 •0, . 4-1/4" Asphalt Pavement 3/5/4 3/3/3 1/1/2 2/2/6 5/6/7 3/5/5 2/2/4 - . •. Ir Brownish -gray Fine SAND with Crushed Shell and rock fragments (SP) (A-3) Brown Fine SAND with trace of shell (SP) (A-3) Loose tan Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) iii:ici Ir '•'•''•'''•` IP q! I.-0 1:1 ctrl_ i.l•1 . — §ti i.i : rj III rs+ii f0 0 I— Very loose to medium dense brown to dark brown slightly silty Fine SAND (SP -SM) (A-3) 10 ' • • f Loose light grayish -brown clayey Fine SAND (SC) (A-2-6) 15 -1 rA ,.• A Loose light grayish -brown silty, slightly clayey Fine SAND (SM) (A-2-4) 20 - 25 - 30 - Remarks Borehole Grouted Casing Length 1 1 1 1 1 1 t DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED Project No. DES 167853 BORING NO. P-16 Project Proposed Sanitary Sewer, Kapok Terrace, Clearwater, Florida Location See Plate I Foreman B.D. Completion Depth To Depth 16.5' Date 5/17/16 Water 3.2' Time Date 5/17/16 DEPTH, FT SYMBOL w a uu) SOIL DESCRIPTION SURF. EL: +35.8+/-' BLOWS ON SAMPLER PER 6" OR PEN. STR. STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BLOWS/FT. ON 2" O.D. SAMPLER -140 LB. HAMMER, 30" DROP 10 20 40 60 80 0f:•• • • 3-3/4" Asphalt Pavement 4/3/3 2/2/1 2/1/1 4/5/6 4/3/4 4/3/4 :: Light brown Fine SAND with shell (SP) (A-3) Loose tan Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) 5 • •(SP) r ' • Very loose light brown to brown Fine SAND (A-3) WO r ''"� •• 2/6/11 •slightly Medium dense dark brown siltyFine SAND (SP-SM)(A-3) - 10 „. +�: :' :' r Stiff light grayish -brown sandy CLAY (CH) (Ai -7-6) 4 Iv. r tv:r r !;r,r x el "' ' n s7 Loose light brown silty, slightly clayey Fine SAND (SM) (A-2-4) - 15 -r • - 20 - 25 - - 30 - Remarks Borehole Grouted Casing Length DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED Project No. DES 167853 BORING NO. P-17 Project Proposed Sanitary Sewer, Kapok Terrace, Clearwater, Florida Location See Plate I Foreman B.D. Completion Depth To Depth 16.5' Date 5/13/16 Water 2.7' Time Date 5/13/16 DEPTH, FT SYMBOL co a cn SOIL DESCRIPTION SURF. EL: +34.7+/-' BLOWS ON SAMPLER PER 6" OR PEN. SIR. STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BLOWS/FT. ON 2" O.D. SAMPLER -140 LB. HAMMER, 30" DROP 10 20 40 60 80 0::._ • 3-3/4" Asphalt Pavement 4/5/7 2/3/3 2/2/1 2/2/6 4/3/5 4/4/4 41415 £ .:. • ••• • ^ •••:: Light brown Fine SAND with abundant shell I(SP) (A-3) Brown Fine SAND with trace of shell (SP) (A-3) Medium dense to loose light brown Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) 5 - I se o r ''"'-f soni Very loose dark brown slightly silty Fine SAND (SP -SM) (A-3) Mi i:i r is1;f i.ii.,,_ Loose dark brown slightly silty Fine SAND with trace of finely divided organic material - 10• \(SP -SM) (A-3) S Firm light brown sandy CLAY (CH) (A-7-6) �i�> IOW Loose light brown silty, clayey Fine SAND (SM -SC) (A-2-6) - 15 -/f Stiff green CLAY (CH) (A-7-6) • - 20 - - 25 - - 30 - Remarks Borehole Grouted Casing Length 1 1 s 1 t 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED Project No. DES 167853 BORING NO. P-18 Project Proposed Sanitary Sewer, Kapok Terrace, Clearwater, Florida Location See Plate I Foreman B.D. Completion Depth To Depth 16.5' Date 5/12/16 Water 5.0' Time Date 5/12/16 DEPTH, FT SYMBOL w a * COa SOIL DESCRIPTION SURF. EL: +36.4+/-' BLOWS ON SAMPLER PER 6" OR PEN. STR. STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BLOWS/FT. ON 2" O.D. SAMPLER -140 LB. HAMMER, 30" DROP 10 20 40 60 80 0 3-3/4" Asphalt Pavement 3/2/2 2/3/3 2/2/2 3/2/4 5/6/6 6/6/9 6/6/9 . \2-1/4" Gray Fine SAND with Limerock Base rock fragments (SP) (A-3) • ,and Brownish -gray Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) • •• — 1 Very loose to loose light brown Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) - 5 -•.•.:f I.i �).� Very loose to medium dense 7 ' ` brown to dark brown slightly silty Fine SAND IP i•! (SP -SM) (A-3) , "' 11•4 : 1 r I" i[+0 - 10 - Medium dense light brown clayey Fine SAND dly 40) (SC) (A-2-6) 15 0011x. ''�O Medium dense light grayish -brown silty, clayey Fine SAND (SM -SC) (A-2-6) • - 20 - 25 - -30- Remarks Borehole Grouted Casing Length dLS DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED Project No. DES 167853 BORING NO. P-19 Project Proposed Sanitary Sewer, Kapok Terrace, Clearwater, Florida Location See Plate I Foreman B.D. Completion Depth To Depth 16.5' Date 5/11/16 Water 5.0' Time Date 5/11/16 DEPTH, FT SYMBOL co a Q cn SOIL DESCRIPTION SURF. EL: +34.8+/-' BLOWS ON SAMPLER PER 6" OR PEN. STR. STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BLOWS/FT. ON 2" O.D. SAMPLER -140 LB. HAMMER, 30" DROP 10 20 40 60 80 0 ••••• • . 3-1/2" Asphalt Pavement 3/3/2 2/3/3} 4/3/2 3/2/3 3/7/4 4/6/10 4/5/11 .: = \Orangish-brown Fine SAND with shell (SP) (A-3) ••• \Grayish -brown Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) Loose brown to light brown Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) - tan at depth 4.0' r - 5 - i ;, ''' "'' • I Loose dark brown slightly silty Fine SAND / (SP-SM)(A-3) - 10 Stiff to very stiff light green sandy CLAY (CH) (A-7-6) Medium dense light gray silty, clayey Fine SAND (SM -SC) (A-2-6) 15 'r 010 FO • - 20 - - 25 - - 30 - Remarks Borehole Grouted Casing Length 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES INCORPORATED Project No. DES 167853 BORING NO. P-20 Project Proposed Sanitary Sewer, Kapok Terrace, Clearwater, Florida Location See Plate I Foreman B.D. Completion Depth To Depth 16.5' Date 5/12/16 Water 4.3' Time Date 5/12/16 DEPTH, FT SYMBOL co ii u) SOIL DESCRIPTION SURF. EL: +34.8+/-' BLOWS ON SAMPLER PER 6" OR PEN. STR. STANDARD PENETRATION TEST BLOWS/FT. ON 2" O.D. SAMPLER -140 LB. HAMMER, 30" DROP 10 20 40 60 80 0 '�.•s',r •• •• • 3-1/2" Asphalt Pavement 4/3/3 7/5/6 2/1/1 2/2/2 6/6/8 6/9/7)' 5/5/6 Gray Fine SAND with shell (SP) (A-3) Grayish -brown Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) I Loose to medium dense light brown Fine SAND (SP) (A-3) 5 - rii:i•i ' ` ras: ,:ii• i L7;i I cy�,r 1•I•ili e — cr3aa T rc;:0 1— Very loose to medium dense dark brown slightly silty Fine SAND (SP -SM) (A-3) - 10 -viiia Medium dense brown clayey Fine SAND (SC) (A-2-6) - 15 - ' • ` • Medium dense light brown silty, slightly clayey Fine SAND (SM) (A-2-4) - 20 - - 25 - - 30 - Remarks Borehole Grouted Casing Length SUMMARY OF LABORATORY TEST RESULTS Driggers Engineering Services Incorporated M 1 l 1- e 1- MI I I- - 1 s w i r l SUMMARY OF LABORATORY TEST RESULTS BORING NO. DEPTH (ft) DESCRIPTION W % yd (pet) Gs ATTERBERG LIMITS P.P. (tst) U.C. CON. G.S. ORG. (%) pH Cl. (PPnm) SO 4 (ppm) RES. (ohm -cm) LL PL PI M-6 6,0-7.5 Brown silty Fine SAND with roots M-15 10.0-11.5 Dark brown slightly silty Fine SAND ' M-17 12.0-13.5 1 Light grayish -green) silty, slightly clayey Fine SAND 26.2 NP NP s* 35.5 M-18 10.0-11.5 Light grayish -brown silty, slightly clayey Fine SAND 27.2 NP NP a* 32.4 M-19 1.1-2.0 Dark gray slightly organic, slightly silty Fine SAND 4.8 M-20 8.0-9.5 Dark brown clayey Fine SAND 29.6 32 23 9 es 23.6 M-23 8,0-9.5 Dark brown slightly silty Fine SAND • M-24 4.0-5.5 Brown Fine SAND' M-28 3.7-6.0 Light brown slightly silly Fine SAND M-28 12.0-13.5 Gray very clayey Fine SAND 17.2 31 17 14 as 47.9 P-11 4.0-5.5. Dark gray highly organic, silty Fine SAND 10.0 • W% = Y d (pcf) = Gs = LL PL = PI P.P. (tsf) U.C. Water Content Dry Density Specific Gravity Liquid Limit Plastic Limit Plasticity Index Pocket Penetrometer Unconfined Compression Con. G.S. (+i) ORG. (%) Cl. (ppm) SO4 (ppm) RES. (ohm -cm) ** • Consolidation Tes • Grainsize Analysis (Hydrometer) • Organic Content • Total Chloride = Total Sulfate • Lab Resistivity = See Test Curves • Percent Passing No. 200 Sieve CLIENT: PROJECT: FILE: King Engineering Associates, Inc. Proposed Sanitary Sewer, Kapok Terrace, Clearwater, Florida DES 167853 GRAINSIZE ANALYSES Driggers Engineering Services Incorporated all NM all 1 r On N— NM 1 1-- N— En 1-- DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES, INC. I •M U. $ Standard 3 2 }OpeningsYaOpeningsin , 7 inches1 ] is U. $ Standard Sieve Numbers 20 30 SO 710 Hydrometer 100 1i0 Zip Percent Finer by Weight 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 0 S 0 I I 1 1 _t i T 1 ....,.L , 3 8 $ o 8 8 0 0 0 0 a Percent Coarser by Weight \ ' _ 1\ \ ___ 1 100 50 10 5 0 5 0 1 0.05 0.01 0,005 0.001 Grain Size in Millimeters GRAVEL SAND Coarse I Medium I Fine SILT or CLAY Number Depth Natural Moisture L L. P. L P. I. Classification CLIENT: King Engineering Associates, Inc. PROJECT: Proposed Sanitary Sewer, Kapok Terrace, Clearwater, Florida FILE: DES 167853 M-6 6.0' - 7.5' Brown silty Fine SAND with roots . DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES, INC. 3 S Standard 5w�wl0ptn'np in lne ] 10 2 Stands0 Simi Nub ben50 70 100 110 app MYdrometer n Percent Finer by Weight o o o o 8 g 8 (} jj/7( 1 r , o 8 8 S $ 8 o 0 0 0 Percent Coarser by Weight •\ t _ 100 50 10 5 0 5 0 1 0.05 0.01 0.005 0.001 Grain Size in Millimeters GRAVEL SAND SILT or CLAY Coarse I Medium [ Fine Number Depth Natural Moisture L L P. L P. I. Classification CLIENT: King Engineering Associates, Inc. PROJECT: Proposed Sanitary Sewer, Kapok Terrace, Clearwater, Florida FILE: DES 167853 M-15 10.0' -11.5' Dark brown slightly silty Fine SAND - - - - - MIN NMI MI - - - NM - - - MO NM 11111 11111 111111 I E I S! 11E1 1 S 1 M 111111 MI - - NS i DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES, INC. U. S Standard Siwe Owings In Inches U. S Standard Sieve 31 Numbers 40 50 '0 110 Nydrorneter n Percent Finer by Weight 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 S 8 I -I' I I -, 1 I n.,---1-7---12.-1-36.„. i r 1100 8 8 S 0 g g e. 0 Ca 0 0 Percent Coarser by Weight — \ ,_r_A*`\ • { _ __ s .. 100 50 10 5 0 5 0 1 0.05 0.01 0.005 0.001 Grain Size in Millimeters GRAVEL SAND SILT or CLAY Coarse I Medium ( Fine Number Depth Natural Moisture L L. P. L P. I. Classification CLIENT: King Engineering Associates, Inc. PROJECT: Proposed Sanitary Sewer, Kapok Terrace, Clearwater, Florida FILE: DES 167853 t4-23 8.0' - 9.5' Dark brown slightly silty Fine SAND DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES, INC. U.5 StandardjSiwe • •••• ] Open]{mes In Inches 6 10 U. S Stands d 51eya NumbersHYdromattr 14 6 20 30 40 50 7[i 100 140 I Percent Finer by Weight 0 0 0 0 0 a o S 8 I 1 1 1 1 T � t I 1 3 $ $ o $ d c c 0 o c Percent Coarser by Weight 1 -• \ • I— r 1 i j t 100 50 10 5 0 5 0 1 0.05 0.01 0.005 0.001 Grain Size in Millimeters GRAVEL SAND Coarse I Medium I Fine SILT or CLAY Number Depth Natural Moisture L L P. L P. I. Classification CLIENT: King Engineering Associates, Inc. PROJECT: Proposed Sanitary Sewer, Kapok Terrace, Clearwater, Florida FILE: DES 167853 M-24 4.0' -5.5' Brown Fine SAND J rwr — 1111 — — 111111 all A — i — r — — — 1111111 MI all 11111 N 1 M NM O 1 MB NM 1 111111 1 On 1 1 N 111111 S 1 DRIGGERS ENGINEERING SERVICES, INC. U. S Standard 5atie;0pe n� ininc 6 10 U. S Standard Sieve Numbers 20 30 r0 50 ,0 Ib .. Hydrometer I 1 t 1100 1 1 8 O O O O O O O N O Percent Coarser by Weight A N Percent Finer by Weight mm ] O O O U p O 0 1 \ 1 1 Li 1 100 50 10 5 05 0 1 0.05 0.01 0.005 0.001 Grain Size in Millimeters GRAVEL SAND SILT CLAY Coarse Medium I Fine or \Number Depth Natural MoiMurc L L. P. L P. I. Classification CLIENT: King Engineering Associates, Inc. PROJECT: Proposed Sanitary Sewer, Kapok Terrace, Clearwater, Florida FILE: DES 167853 M-28 3.7' - 6.0' Light brown slightly silty Fine SAND METHOD OF TESTING t Driggers Engineering Services Incorporated STANDARD PENETRATION TEST AND SOIL CLASSIFICATION STANDARD PENETRATION TEST (ASTM D-1586) hi the Standard Penetration Test borings, a rotary drilling rig is used to advance The borehole to the desired test depth. A viscous drilling fluid is circulated through the drill rods and bit to stabilize the borehole and -to assist in removal of soil and rock cuttings up and out of the borehole. Upon reaching the desired test depth, the 2 inch O.D. split -barrel sampler or "split -spoon", as it is sometimes called, is attached to an N -size drill rod and lowered to the bottom of the borehole. A 140 pound hammer, attached to the drill string at the ground surface, is then used to drive the sampler into the formation. The hammer is successively raised and dropped for a distance of 30 inches using a rope and "cathead"assembly. The number of blows is recorded for each 6 inch interval ofpenetration or until virtual refusal is achieved. In the above manner, the samples are ideally advanced a total of 18 inches. The sum of the blows required to effect the final 12 inches of penetration is called the blowcount, penetration resistance or "N" value -of the particular material at the sample depth. After penetration, the rods and sampler are retracted to the ground surface where the core sample is removed, sealed in a glass jar and transported to the laboratory for verification offield classification and storage. - SOIL SYMBOLS AND CLASSIFICATION Soil and rock samples secured in the field sampling operation were visually classified as to texture, color and consistency. The Unified Soil Classification wasassigned to each soil stratum p erASTM D-2487. Soil classifications are presented descriptively and symbolically for ease of interpretation. The stratum identification lines represent the approximate boundary between soil types. In many cases, this transition maybe gradual. Consistency of the soil as to relative density or undrained shear strength, unless otherwise noted, is based upon Standard Penetration resistance values of "N" values and industry -accepted standards. "N" values, or blowcounts, are presented in both tabular and graphical form on each respective boring log at each sample interval. The graphical plot of blowcount versus depth is for illustration purposes only and does not warrant continuity in soil consistency or linear variation between sample intervals. The borings represent subsurface conditions atrespective•boring locations and sample intervals only. Variations in subsurface conditions may occur between boring locations. Groundwater depths shown represent water depths at the dates and time shown only. The absence of water table information does not necessarily imply that groundwater was not encountered. Rev. 9/2011 APPENDIX - OTHER PROJECT DOCUMENTATION PERMITS 1. Florida Department of Environmental Protection (FDEP) Environmental Resource Permit (ERP) Exemption # 52 -0352821 -001 -EE 2. Florida Department of Environmental Protection (FDEP) General Permit Constructing a Domestic Wastewater Collection/Transmission System # CS52-0139900-055-DWC/CG 3. Pinellas County Right -of -Way Utilization Permit # 17-0557D Florida Department of Environmental Protection (FDEP) Environmental Resource Permit (ERP) Exemption # 52-0352821-001-EE Florida Department of Environmental Protection Southwest District Office 13051 North Telecom Parkway, Suite 101 Temple Terrace, FL 33637-0926 May 3, 2017 City of Clearwater — Engineering Department c/o Michael E. Ross, P.E., King Engineering Associates, Inc. 100 S. Myrtle Avenue Clearwater, FL, 33756 mrossnkingengineering.com File No.: 52 -0352821 -001 -EE, Pinellas County Dear Mr. Ross: Rick Scott Governor Carlos Lopez-Cantera Lt. Governor Ryan E. Matthews Interim Secretary On April 5, 2017, we received your request for verification of exemption to perform the addition of impervious surface for the construction of four t -turnarounds to be located at the end of four dead-end streets. These streets are Wolfe Road, Merrill Avenue, Grand View Avenue and Lake Vista Drive. The t - turnaround for Merrill Avenue requires the widening of Merrill Avenue from one lane to two lanes from the end of the existing two lane portion to the proposed t -turnaround. This exemption is being issued to create safe conditions for the home owners and the sanitation drivers as they turn and leave the aforementioned streets in a residential subdivision that was developed with a stormwater management system which was designed prior to current rule requirements. Silt fence, floating turbidity barrier and sod will be used to prevent erosion when needed. The project is located within the Kapok Terrace subdivision in Clearwater, Section 9, Township 29 South, Range 16 East, Pinellas County. The streets mentioned, Wolfe Road, Merrill Avenue, Grand View Avenue and Lake Vista Drive, are all dead-end streets within Kapok Terrace. Your request has been reviewed to determine whether it qualifies for (1) regulatory exemption, (2) proprietary authorization (related to state-owned submerged lands), and (3) federal approval that may be necessary for work in wetlands or waters of the United States. Your project qualifies for all three. However, this letter does not relieve you from the responsibility of obtaining other federal, state, or local authorizations that may be required for the activity. If you change the project from what you submitted, the authorization(s) granted may no longer be valid at the time of commencement of the project. Please contact us prior to beginning your project if you wish to make any changes. If you have any questions regarding this matter, please contact Ryan Martin via email at ryan.p.martin(cr�,dep.state.fl.us or by phone at 813-470-5944. 1. Regulatory Review — Verified Based on the information submitted, the Department has determined that the addition of impervious surface for the purpose of providing safe conditions for the home owners and the sanitation drivers as they turn and leave the aforementioned streets in a residential subdivision is exempt, under Section 373.406(6) of the Florida Statutes, from the need to obtain a regulatory permit under Part IV of Chapter 373 of the Florida Statutes. This determination is made because the activity, in consideration of its type, size, nature, location, use, and operation, is expected to have only minimal or insignificant individual or cumulative adverse impacts on the water resources. File Name: City of Clearwater — Kapok Terrace Roadway Improvements FDEP File No.: 52 -0352821 -001 -EE Page 2 of 4 This exemption verification is based on the information you provided the Department and the statutes and rules in effect when the information was submitted. This verification may not be valid if site conditions materially change, the project design is modified, or the statutes or rules governing the exempt activity are amended. In the event you need to re -verify the exempt status for the activity, a new request and verification fee will be required. Any substantial modifications to the project design should be submitted to the Department for review, as changes may result in a permit being required. 2. Proprietary Review - Not Required The activity does not appear to be located on sovereign submerged lands, and does not require further authorization under chapter 253 of the Florida Statutes, or chapters 18-20 or 18-21 of the Florida Administrative Code. 3. Federal Review - SPGP Not Required Your proposed activity as outlined in your application and attached drawings has been reviewed for compliance with the State Programmatic General Permit V and it has been determined to not be within the jurisdiction of the Corps. No further permitting for these activities is required by the Corps. Authority for review - an agreement with the USACOE entitled "Coordination Agreement Between the U. S. Army Corps of Engineers (Jacksonville District) and the Florida Department of Environmental Protection, or Duly Authorized Designee, State Programmatic General Permit", Section 10 of the Rivers and Harbor Act of 1899, and Section 404 of the Clean Water Act. Additional Information Please retain this letter. The activities may be inspected by authorized state personnel in the future to ensure compliance with appropriate statutes and administrative codes. If the activities are not in compliance, you may be subject to penalties under Chapter 373, F.S., and Chapter 18-14, F.A.C. Notice of Rights This action is final and effective on the date filed with the Clerk of the Department unless a petition for an administrative hearing is timely filed under Sections 120.569 and 120.57, F.S., before the deadline for filing a petition. On the filing of a timely and sufficient petition, this action will not be final and effective until further order of the Department. Because the administrative hearing process is designed to formulate final agency action, the filing of a petition means that the Department's final action may be different from the position taken by it in this notice. Petition for Administrative Hearing A person whose substantial interests are affected by the Department's action may petition for an administrative proceeding (hearing) under Sections 120.569 and 120.57, F.S. Pursuant to Rule 28- 106.201, F.A.C., a petition for an administrative hearing must contain the following information: (a) The name and address of each agency affected and each agency's file or identification number, if known; (b) The name, address, any email address, any facsimile number, and telephone number of the petitioner; the name, address, and telephone number of the petitioner's representative, if any, which shall be the address for service purposes during the course of the proceeding; and an explanation of how the petitioner's substantial interests are or will be affected by the agency determination; (c) A statement of when and how the petitioner received notice of the agency decision; (d) A statement of all disputed issues of material fact. If there are none, the petition must so indicate; File Name: City of Clearwater — Kapok Terrace Roadway Improvements FDEP File No.: 52 -0352821 -001 -EE Page 3 of 4 (e) A concise statement of the ultimate facts alleged, including the specific facts that the petitioner contends warrant reversal or modification of the agency's proposed action; (f) A statement of the specific rules or statutes that the petitioner contends require reversal or modification of the agency's proposed action, including an explanation of how the alleged facts relate to the specific rules or statutes; and (g) A statement of the relief sought by the petitioner, stating precisely the action that the petitioner wishes the agency to take with respect to the agency's proposed action. The petition must be filed (received by the Clerk) in the Office of General Counsel of the Department at 3900 Commonwealth Boulevard, Mail Station 35, Tallahassee, Florida 32399-3000. Also, a copy of the petition shall be mailed to the applicant at the address indicated above at the time of filing. Time Period for Filing a Petition In accordance with Rule 62-110.106(3), F.A.C., petitions for an administrative hearing by the applicant must be filed within 21 days of receipt of this written notice. Petitions filed by any persons other than the applicant, and other than those entitled to written notice under Section 120.60(3), F.S. must be filed within 21 days of publication of the notice or within 21 days of receipt of the written notice, whichever occurs first. Under Section 120.60(3), F.S., however, any person who has asked the Department for notice of agency action may file a petition within 21 days of receipt of such notice, regardless of the date of publication. The failure to file a petition within the appropriate time period shall constitute a waiver of that person's right to request an administrative determination (hearing) under Sections 120.569 and 120.57, F.S., or to intervene in this proceeding and participate as a party to it. Any subsequent intervention (in a proceeding initiated by another party) will be only at the discretion of the presiding officer upon the filing of a motion in compliance with Rule 28-106.205, F.A.C. Extension of Time Under Rule 62-110.106(4), F.A.C., a person whose substantial interests are affected by the Department's action may also request an extension of time to file a petition for an administrative hearing. The Department may, for good cause shown, grant the request for an extension of time. Requests for extension of time must be filed with the Office of General Counsel of the Department at 3900 Commonwealth Boulevard, Mail Station 35, Tallahassee, Florida 32399-3000, before the applicable deadline for filing a petition for an administrative hearing. A timely request for extension of time shall toll the running of the time period for filing a petition until the request is acted upon. Mediation Mediation is not available in this proceeding. FLAWAC Review The applicant, or any party within the meaning of Section 373.114(1)(a) or 373.4275, F.S., may also seek appellate review of this order before the Land and Water Adjudicatory Commission under Section 373.114(1) or 373.4275, F.S. Requests for review before the Land and Water Adjudicatory Commission must be filed with the Secretary of the Commission and served on the Department within 20 days from the date when the order is filed with the Clerk of the Department. Judicial Review Any party to this action has the right to seek judicial review pursuant to Section 120.68, F.S., by filing a Notice of Appeal pursuant to Rules 9.110 and 9.190, Florida Rules of Appellate Procedure, with the Clerk of the Department in the Office of General Counsel, 3900 Commonwealth Boulevard, M.S. 35, Tallahassee, Florida 32399-3000; and by filing a copy of the Notice of Appeal accompanied by the File Name: City of Clearwater – Kapok Terrace Roadway Improvements FDEP File No.: 52 -0352821 -001 -EE Page 4 of 4 applicable filing fees with the appropriate District Court of Appeal. The Notice of Appeal must be filed within 30 days from the date this action is filed with the Clerk of the Department. Executed in Hillsborough County, Florida. STATE OF FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION Sincerely, Mark Langford Environmental Consultant Permitting and Waste Cleanup Program Southwest District Enclosures: Section 373.406(6), F. S. Attachments: Project Drawings cc: Ryan P. Martin, P.E., DEP Southwest District, ryan.p.martinAdep.state.fl.us DEP Southwest District, SW_ERPAdep.state.fl.us DEP Southwest District, SWD Clerical(a,dep.state.fl.us CERTIFICATE OF SERVICE The undersigned duly designated deputy clerk hereby certifies that this determination, including all copies, was mailed before the close of business on May 3, 2017, to the above listed persons. FILING AND ACKNOWLEDGMENT FILED, on this date, pursuant to 120.52(7), Florida Statutes, with the designated Department Clerk, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged. Clerk Date May 3, 2017 373.406 Exemptions.—The following exemptions shall apply: (6) Any district or the department may exempt from regulation under this part those activities that the district or department determines will have only minimal or insignificant individual or cumulative adverse impacts on the water resources of the district. The district and the department are authorized to determine, on a case-by-case basis, whether a specific activity comes within this exemption. Requests to qualify for this exemption shall be submitted in writing to the district or department, and such activities shall not be commenced without a written determination from the district or department confirming that the activity qualifies for the exemption. Florida Department of Environmental Protection (FDEP) General Permit Constructing a Domestic Wastewater Collection/Transmission System # CS52-0139900-055-DWC/CG 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 April 27, 2017 Florida Department of Environmental Protection Southwest District Office 13051 North Telecom Parkway, Suite 101 Temple Terrace, Florida 33637-0926 PERMITTEE: Robert Fahey, P.E., Utilities Engineering Manager City of Clearwater 100 S. Myrtle Ave. Clearwater, FL 33756 Robert.Fahey(Zi myClearwater.com PERMIT NUMBER: ISSUE DATE: EXPIRATION DATE: COUNTY: PROJECT NAME: WWTF NAME: FACILITY ID: CS52-0139900-055-DWC/CG April 27, 2017 April 26, 2022 Pinellas Kapok Terrace Sanitary Sewer System Project Clearwater East WWTF FL0021865 Rick Scott Governor Carlos Lopez-Cantera Lt. Governor Ryan E. Matthews Interim Secretary NOTIFICATION OF ACCEPTANCE OF USE OF A GENERAL PERMIT Dear Mr. Fahey, This letter acknowledges receipt of your Notification/Application for Constructing a Domestic Wastewater Collection/Transmission System for the subject project. Our Office received the Notice on April 17, 2017. This is to advise you that the Department does not object to your use of this general permit for the following: eight -inch diameter gravity pipes and 32 manholes. Please note the attached requirements apply to your use of this general permit for constructing the proposed domestic wastewater collection/transmission system. You are further advised that the construction activity must conform to the description contained in your Notification/Application for Constructing a Domestic Wastewater Collection/Transmission System and that any deviation may subject the permittee to enforcement action and possible penalties. www.dep.state.f/.us Mr. Fahey, Utilities Engineering Manager Page 2 April 27, 2017 If you have any questions, please contact Larisa Orekhova at 813-470-5929 or via email at Larisa. Orekhova(a,dep.state. flus zPamala Vazquez Program Administrator Permitting & Waste Cleanup Program Southwest District Copies furnished to: Loc Truong, P.E., King Engineering Associates, Inc., ltruong@kingengineering.com Larisa Orekhova, FDEP SWD, Larisa.Orekhova(2i dep.state.fl.us SWD Clerical, SWD Clerical(a,dep.state.fl.us Mr. Fahey, Utilities Engineering Manager Page 3 April 27, 2017 REQUIREMENTS FOR USE OF THE GENERAL PERMIT FOR DOMESTIC WASTEWATER COLLECTION/TRANSMISSION SYSTEMS: 1. This general permit is subject to the general permit conditions of Rule 62-4.540, F.A.C., as applicable. This rule is available at the Department's Internet site at: http://www.dep.state.fl.us/water/rulesprog.htm#ww [62-4.540] 2. This general permit does not relieve the permittee of the responsibility for obtaining a dredge and fill permit where it is required. [62-604.600(6)(b)1] 3. This general permit cannot be revised, except to transfer the permit. [62-604.600(6)(6)2] 4. This general permit will expire five years from the date of issuance. If the project has been started and not completed by that time, a new permit must be obtained before the expiration date in order to continue work on the project. [62-4.030] 5. Upon completion of construction of the collection/transmission system project, and before placing the facilities into operation for any purpose other than testing for leaks or testing equipment operation, the permittee shall submit to the Department's Southwest District Office Form 62-604.300(8)(b), Request for Approval to Place a Domestic Wastewater Collection/Transmission System into Operation. This form is available at the Department's Internet site at: http://www.dep.state.fl.us/water/wastewater/forms.htm [62-604.700(2)] 6. The new or modified collection/transmission facilities shall not be placed into service until the Department clears the project for use. [62-604.700(3)] 7. Abnormal events shall be reported to the Department's Southwest District Office in accordance with Rule 62-604.550, F.A.C. For unauthorized spills of wastewater in excess of 1000 gallons per incident, or where information indicates that public health or the environment may be endangered, oral reports shall be provided to the STATE WATCH OFFICE TOLL FREE NUMBER (800) 320-0519 as soon as practical, but no later than 24 hours from the time the permittee or other designee becomes aware of the circumstances. Unauthorized releases or spills less than 1000 gallons per incident are to be reported orally to the Department's Southwest District Office within 24 hours from the time the permittee, or other designee becomes aware of the circumstances. [62-604.550] LOCATION OF PUBLIC WATER SYSTEM MAINS IN ACCORDANCE WITH F.A.C. RULE 62-555.314 Other Pipe Horizontal Separation Crossings (1) Joint Spacing : Crossings (Full Joint Centered) Storm Sewer. Stormwater Force Main. Reclaimed Water (2) Veer Main 3 ft minimum Water Main 12 niches is the minimum_ except for storm sewer; then 6 inches is the minimum and 12 inches is preferred Alternate 3 ft. minimum wi I 1 Water Main I 11 Vacuum Sanitary Sewer Gravity or Pressure Sanitary Sewer. Sanitary Sewer Force Main, Reclaimed Water (4) On -Site Sewage Treatment & Disposal System IWater Main I 10 ft. preferred 3 ft. minimum Water Main 12 inches preferred 6 inches minimum loft, minimum Water Main 12 inches is the minimum. except for gravity sewer, then 6 inches is the minimum and 12 niches is preferred Alternate 6 ft. minimum (1) Water main should cross above other pipe. When water main must be below other pipe. the minimum separation is 12 inches. (2) Reclaimed water regulated under Part ill of Chapter 62-610, F A.C. (3) 3 ft, for gravity sanitary sewer where the bonom of the water main is laid at least 6 inches above the top of the gravity saiiitaiy sewer. (4) Reclaimed water not regulated under Part III of Chapter 62-610, FA C Disclaim — Ti dormant is oiid.d for yew ceesreajees,=kr. Maw Wee to VAC Rale 61-55631.1 for ohlitioari roastroctios napiriares, MI 11111 11111 NS MIN 111111 111111 11111 1111 an all NM MN MIN 11111 NMI NMI NM Pinellas County Right -of -Way Utilization Permit # 17-0557D 11111 BOARD OF COUNTY COMMISSIONERS Dave Eggers Pat Gerard Charlie Justice Janet C. Long John Morroni Karen Williams Seel Kenneth T. Welch King Engineering Associates Inc. 4921 Memorial Highway Tampa, FL 33634 Pinellas County DEVELOPMENT REVIEW SERVICES Utilization Permit 17-0557 D June 16, 2017 Attn: Loc Truong, P.E. Re: Utilization Permit for Kapok Terrace Sanitary Sewer (09/29/16) Dear Mr. Truong: We are enclosing your conditionally approved Utilization Permit covering the proposed construction below: Kapok Terrace Sewer System Project @ various locations in the City of Clearwater, per attached plans. 1. It is the responsibility of the Engineer of Record to procure all necessary permits that are required by agencies that are affected by the proposed construction. 2. Notify Pinellas County Public Works Inspector Chad Madonia prior to beginning work @ 727-378-2042 or cmadonia(cr�,pinellascounty.orq, 48 Hrs. Minimum Notice). 3. Any portion of the roadway, Right -of -Way or curb that sustains excessive construction related damage, in the opinion of Pinellas County Public Works, shall be repaired at the contractor's expense in a manner specified by Pinellas County Public Works. Refer to PC - 1291 for pavement restoration. 4. Signs and Barricades shall be in accordance with the U.S. DOT "Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices" (MUTCD) and the Florida DOT "Roadway and Traffic Design Standards" Indexes 600 through 670 (latest editions). 5. Any sidewalk removed or damaged must be replaced within three (3) days. 6. All lane closures need to be coordinated with Sean Tipton 727-222-0441. 7. The Pinellas County Standard Utility Construction notes are attached and shall be a binding part of this permit. Pinellas County Development Review Services 440 Court St. Clearwater, FL 33756 Main Office: (727) 464-3888 V/TDD: (727) 464-4062 www.pinellascounty.org 1 1 1 1 1 Page 2 Utilization Permit 17-0557 U 8. No stockpiling of material in roadway or on sidewalk; all dirt and debris will be removed from job site daily. Roads and sidewalk to be swept daily as part of daily clean-up. 9. Disturbed area within the right of way will be compacted to 100% of maximum density and sodded. 10. Contractor shall use best management practices and provide stormwater protection devices to any stormwater inlets downstream of the work area. Contractor shall also provide erosion control measures to avoid sediment from being discharged into stormwater inlets and roadside drains. Before this Permit becomes effective, it will be necessary to contact the Utility Notification Center, "Call Sunshine", (1-800-432-4770) not less than 48 hours or more than five (5) days prior to construction. Sincerely, Amy Casamo Right -of -Way Utilization Permits Regulatory Services Enclosure/ cc: Sean Tipton — Pinellas County Public Works Pinellas County Building & Development Review Services RIGHT OF WAY UTILIZATION PERMIT PERMIT NO: 17- aSS1 V THE COUNTY OF PINELLAS, a political subdivision of the State of Florida, hereinafter called the Permitter, hereby grants to King Engineering Associates,. Inc. of 4921 Memorial Highway, Tampa, FL, 33634 (Name) (Street Address, City, State, Zip) hereinafter called the Permittee, a Permit to construct U, operate ❑, maintain ❑, renew ❑ and/or remove ❑ and/or property of Permitter at the following location: County Road No. Attached Name: See Attached situated at See Attached Please see Attached. on attached plan along, across, beneath, or over right of way Parcel ID No. Public Right of Way , Florida, subject to the following provisions and conditions: (Address or Street Intersection) 1. Construction, operation and maintenance of such utility shall not interfere with property and rights of prior occupant. 2. The construction, operation and maintenance of such utility shall not create obstruction or conditions which are or may become dangerous to the traveling public. 3. All work must be done in keeping with standards of the Florida Department of Transportation Manual of Uniform Minimum Standards for Design, Construction and Maintenance for Streets and Highways, Roadway and Traffic Design Standards, Florida Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, AASHTO and by the County Director or his agent. 4. All materials and equipment shall be subject to inspection by an Engineer of the County or his agent. 5. The Permittee shall and does hereby agree to indemnify, pay the cost of defense, and save harmless the Permitter from and against payment of all claims, suits, actions, costs, attorneys' fees, expenses, damages, judgments, or decrees by reason of any person or persons or property being damaged or injured by the Permittee, his employees, agents or sub -contractors or in any way attributable to the performance, prosecution, construction, operation, or maintenance of work herein permitted by Permitter and resulting from negligent acts or omissions of said Permittee in connection with the work herein permitted. 6. The Permittee shall repair any damage or injury to the road or highway or other County property by reason of the exercise of any of the privileges granted in this Permit, and shall repair the same promptly, within seven (7) days of opening, restoring it to a condition at least equal to that which existed immediately prior to the infliction of such damage or injury. (Note: All portions of the right of way other than paved areas disturbed by the construction of this utility will be compacted, grassed and mulched or sodded as required.) 7. All overhead installations shall conform to clearance standards of the State Utilities Accommodation Guide and all underground crossing installations shall be laid at a minimum depth of 36" below pavement, or at such greater depth as Permitter may require. 8. In the event of widening, repair or reconstruction of said road, the Permittee shall move or remove said utility installation at no cost to the Permitter. 9. This permit creates a permissive use only and the placing of facilities upon County property pursuant hereto shall not operate to create or to vest any property rights in said Permittee and is granted in perpetuity subject to termination by the Permitter upon the giving of 30 -days notice in writing to the Permittee. 10. The Permittee shall furnish the Permitter with a survey showing the exact locations of all facilities to be installed pursuant to this permit, said survey to be sufficiently detailed to allow location of said installation by reference thereto. The attached plan, covering details of this installation, shall be a part of this permit. Upon completion of installation, if field adjustments are made, an as -built drawing will have to be submitted. 11. Section corner monuments subject to displacement shall first be referenced and later reset by a Florida Registered Land Surveyor. 12. All activities in accordance with this permit will require conformance to the "Manual on Traffic Control and Safe Practices for Street and Highway Construction, Maintenance and Utility Operations." (Chapter 316 Florida Statutes) 13. The Permittee's attention is directed to the provisions of the Trench Safety Act (Florida Statutes, SectRE 1, o j IORY. eri:Supational Safety and Health Administration Excavation Safety Standards (29 C.F.R. Section 1926.650, SAWIttiViey r tftkampleyq(tit$iiction, operation, and maintenance pursuant to this permit. 14. Compaction within right of way to meet Pinellas County Minimum Standards. 15. Public Works Operations is to be notified a minimum of 48 hours prior to beginning work at 464-8900, otherwise the Permit will be voided. 16. If this permit is for a monitor well, copies of all testing reports are to be forwarded to Pinellas County Regulatory Services. 17. The Permittee shall commence construction within 60 days from the date of this permit and it shall be completed within days. APR 21 2017 Permittee or Agent: Loc P. Truong, P.E. TYPE OR PRINT AME Rev 8/4/2010 Phone: 813-880-8881 Date: Li(27 fit 7 APPLICATION SUBMITTAL INSTRUCTIONS 1. Description and nature of the proposed installation shall be outlined in the two blank lines on application. 2. The bottom of Application Sheet 1 shall be signed by applicant or his agent. 3. On the attached plan, the following data shall be supplied: The plan shall show the right of way lines and the widths of right of way. The offset distance from the centerline of the proposed installation shall be shown and the scope of the proposed project, with all the distances and sizes clearly indicated. b. Typical cross section shall be furnished showing width of pavement, width of right of way on each side, offset distance from centerline to proposed installation and any pertinent data to sidewalks, curbs and gutters, etc. c. Indicate type of installation on both typical cross section and plan view. d. All pertinent drainage information and calculations or justification for size of pipe and/or grading. 4. All improvements within County maintained right of way shall conform to Florida Department of Transportation requirements and/or Pinellas County Subdivision requirements. 5. All applications for water and sewer lines must be separate applications and countersigned by the utility involved prior to submittal. 6. This form is to be made out in QUADRUPLICATE with four (4) drawings; one fully executed copy will be returned to you after approval. 7. There is a variable processing fee that must be received prior to the issuance of the permit. Please make check payable to Board of County Commissioners. 8. Due to the extensive work being done in Pinellas County right of way, please provide proof that you meet the following insurance requirements: "Comprehensive General Liability Insurance including, but not limited to, Independent Contractor, Contractual, Premises/Operations, Products/Completed Operation, Explosion, Collapse and Underground, and Personal Injury covering the liability assumed under indemnification provisions of this permit, with limits of liability for personal injury and/or bodily injury, including death, of not less than $300,000, each occurrence; and property damage of not less than $100,000, each occurrence. (Combined Single Limits of not less than $300,000, each occurrence, will be acceptable unless otherwise stated.) Coverage shall be on an "occurrence" basis, and the policy shall include Broad Form Property Damage coverage, and Fire Legal Liability of not less than $50,000 per occurrence, unless otherwise stated by exception herein." THE UTILITY NOTIFICATION CENTER "CALL SUNSHINE" (1-800-432-4770) MUST BE NOTIFIED 48 HOURS IN ADVANCE OF CONSTRUCTION. Pinellas County BDRS Regulatory Services 310 Court Street, 1st Floor Clearwater, FL 33756 (727) 464-3404 OR 464-3394 UTILITY COUNTERSIGN weer,vJ //(c�ir►2ij�+ir (Name/Title) 4 -7 - (Date; TO BE FILLED OUT BY PINELLAS COUNTY REGULATORY SERVICES Sod required Open cut Yes No Yes ,No DA, Acting by Authority of the Board of County Commissioners Services Section PINELLAS COUNTY, FLO Date: lv I 1 to (k7 Jack and bore es 10 Directional b• et"! -s riNo SEE ATTACHED LETTER FOR ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS TO THIS UTILITY PERMIT. PROJECT DESCRIPTION Pinellas County Right of Way Utilization Form This project includes the construction of gravity sanitary sewer, stormwater improvements and miscellaneous roadway modifications within the area known as Kapok Terrace. A detailed description of proposed construction activities along each road is listed below. Approximately 430 linear feet of gravity sewer main will be installed along Glen Oak Ave. N. east of Moss Ave. Approximately 530 linear feet of gravity sewer main will be installed along Glen Oak Ave. E. north of Terrace View Ln. Approximately 820 linear feet of gravity sewer main will be installed along Lake Vista Dr. west of Glen Oak Ave. E. Modifications along Lake Vista Dr. include constructing a t -turnaround at the west end of Lake Vista Dr. Approximately 635 linear feet of gravity sewer main will be installed along Terrace View Ln. between Moss Ave. and N. McMullen Booth Rd. Approximately 975 linear feet of gravity sewer main will be installed along Moss Ave. between Hoyt Ave. and Glen Oak Ave N. Additionally, approximately 1,700 linear feet of underdrain will be installed along Moss Ave. and approximately 100 linear feet of RCP drainage pipe will be installed at the intersection of Moss Ave. and Terrace View Ln. Approximately 1,120 linear feet of gravity sewer main will be installed along Merrill Ave. west of N. McMullen Booth Rd. Additionally, approximately 855 linear feet of RCP drainage pipe will be installed along Merrill Ave. Modifications along Merrill Ave. include widening the existing road west of Moss Ave. and constructing a t - turnaround at the west end of Merrill Ave. Per the attached exhibit from the County's GIS database, Merrill Ave. west of Moss Ave. is currently owned and operated by the City of Clearwater. Approximately 585 linear feet of gravity sewer main will be installed along Hoyt Ave. west of N. McMullen Booth Rd. Approximately 290 linear feet of gravity sewer main will be installed along San Jose St. extending west of Madera Ave. Approximately 520 linear feet of gravity sewer main will be installed along Wolfe Rd. east of N. McMullen Booth Rd. O:\ENV_ENG\211 O\217\0001Design\Regulatory\Pinellas County\Project Description.doc All construction along County roads will be via open cut. The project includes milling and resurfacing of all roads within the project area from edge -of -pavement to edge -of -pavement with SP -9.5 asphalt. A permit application has been submitted to the FDEP for applicable portions of this project. Construction is scheduled to begin on September 2017 and will be completed by September 2018. Exhibit A — Jurisdiction Map Green = City of Clearwater O:\ENV_ENG\2110\217\000\Design\Regulatory\Pinellas County\Project Description.doc Pinellas County Standard Utility Construction notes: Any portion of the roadway, ROW, or curb that sustains excessive construction related damage, in the opinion of Pinellas County Public Works, shall be repaired at the contractor's expense in a manner specified by Pinellas County Public Works. Refer to PC -1291 for pavement restoration. Sec. 154-115 details sidewalk construction. Signs and barricades shall be in accordance with the US Department of Transportation's "Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices" and the Florida Department of Transportation's Design Standards indexes 600 through 670 (latest editions). Contractor must provide proper MOT while completing work within the ROW. Roadway pavement will not be open cut or disturbed. Installation shall be accomplished by approved methods only. Do not disturb the curb or pavement. Installations involving concrete and asphalt driveways, in good conditions, shall be accomplished by jack and bore or pushing. No jetting shall be permitted. Minimum clearance for road bores for excavations/entry and exit points and ends of casing/conduit are as follows: Type F curb — 4 feet behind back of curb. Any other type of roadway — 8 feet from edge of pavement. No stockpiling of material in roadway or on sidewalk; all dirt and debris will be removed from jobsite daily. Roads and sidewalk to be swept daily as a part of daily clean up. Refer to Sec. 154-115 details sidewalk construction. If sidewalks have to be removed and reconstructed, sidewalks are to be reconstructed within three (3) days after removal and removed/reconstructed to the nearest joint. Sidewalks shall be reconstructed as per ADA guidelines and requirements. All new construction shall meet Pinellas County specifications. Refer to Pinellas County Minimum Testing Requirements for density and compaction requirements. Any section of sidewalk that becomes undermined shall be removed and replaced. Roadway connections replaced shall meet current ADA Standards per FDOT Index 304. Do not disturb existing underdrain or storm systems. Contact the inspector with Pinellas County Public Works Department at 464-8900 for assistance. All existing drainage shall be maintained and restored to designed, permitted conditions. Maintain at least eighteen inches clearance from sanitary sewer lines and twelve inches clearance from all other utilities in the area. Minimum depth at ditch crossings is 36" below flow -line. SECTION V — Contract Documents SECTION V CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Table of Contents PUBLIC CONSTRUCtION BOND 1 CONTRACT 3 CONSENT OF SURETY TO FINAL PAYMENT 7 PROPOSAL/BID BOND 8 AFFIDAVIT 9 NON COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT 10 PROPOSAL 11 CITY qF CLEARWATER ADDENDUM SHEET 13 BIDDER'S PROPOSAL 14 SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH CUBA AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION FORM 17 SECTION V Page i Updated: 2/6/2017 SECTION V — Contract Documents Bond No,: 013 023 499 PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND (1) This bond is given to comply with § 255.05, Florida Statutes, and any action instituted by a claimantunder this bond for payment must be in accordance with the notice and time limitation provisions in subsections (2) and (10). Pursuant to § 255.05(1)(b), Florida Statutes, "Before commencing the work or before recommencing the work after a default or abandonment, the contractor shall provide to the public entity a certified copy of the recorded bond. Not -withstanding the terms of the contract or any other law governing prompt payment for construction services, the public entity may not make a payment to the contractor until the contractor has complied with this paragraph." CONTRACTOR SURETY OWNER Suncoast Development of • [name] Pinellas County, Inc. Liberty Mutual Insurance Company 2340 Destiny Way Odessa, FL 33556 727-372-9033 [principal business address) 175 Berkeley Street , Boston, Massachusetts 02116 [phone number] 800-268-1229 City of Clearwater Engineering Department 100 S. Myrtle Avenue Clearwater, FL 33756 (727) 562-[4747] PROJECT NAME: KAPOK TERRACE SANITARY SEWER SYSTEM PROJECT NO.: 15 -0036 -UT PROJECT DESCRIPTION: Construction of a gravity sanitary sewer system including approximately 7,500 OF of gravity sanitary sewer piping, 33 precast concrete manholes and abandonment of individual onsite septic systems. The project also includes approximately 1,100 LF of storm sewer piping, 12 precast storm sewer structures, 2,200 LF of undcrdrain and 3,100 SY of new roadway construction. BY THIS BOND, We, Liberty Mutual Insurance Company City of Clearwater, Florida, herein called Owner, bind ourselves, our heirs, personal representatives Suncoast Develo pment of Pinellas County, Inc. as Contractor, and , a corporation, as Surety, are bound to the in the sum of $ 3,926,032.00, for payment of which we successors, and assigns, jointly and severally. THE CONDITION OF THIS BOND is that if Contractor: 1, Performs the contract dated , between Contractor and Owner for construction of Kapok Terrace Sanitary Sewer System, the contract documents being made a part of this bond by reference (which include the Advertisement for Bids, Proposal, Contract, Surety Bond, Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions, Plans, Technical Specifications and Appendix, and such alterations as may be made in said Plans and Specifications as therein provided for), at the times and in the manner prescribed in the contract; and Promptly makes payments to all claimants, as defined in Section 255.05(1), Florida Statutes, supplying Contractor with labor, materials, or supplies, used directly or indirectly by Contractor in the prosecution of the work provided for in the contract; and SECTION V Page 1 of 17 Updated: 2/6/2017 SECTION V — Contract Documents Bond No.: 013 023 499 PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND (2) 3. Pays Owner all losses, damages, expenses, costs, and attorney's fees, including appellate proceedings, that Owner sustains because of a default by Contractor under the contract; and 4. To the limits of § 725.06(2), Florida Statutes, shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner, their officers and employees, from liabilities, damages, losses and costs, including, but not limited to, reasonable attorney's fees, to the extent caused by the negligence, recklessness, or intentional wrongful misconduct of Contractor and persons employed or utilized by Contractor in the performance of the construction contract; and 5. Performs the guarantee of all work and materials furnished under the contract for the time specified in the contract, then this bond is void; otherwise it remains in full force. 6. Any action instituted by a claimant under this bond for payment must be in accordance with the notice and time limitation provisions in Section 255.05(2), Florida Statutes. 7. Any changes in or under the contract documents and compliance or noncompliance with any formalities connected with the contract or the changes does not affect Surety's obligation under this bond, and Surety does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the specifications. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, witness the hands and seals of the parties hereto this 3rd day of November , 20 17 , (If sole Ownership or Partnership, two (2) Witnesses required). (If Corporation, Secretary only will attest and affix seal). (affix corporate seal) SECTION V [Suncoast Developm By: Title: Print Name: of Pinellas County, Inc:.:„ WITNESS: f_ `tel Print Name: Jw AMA, LIBERTY MUTUAL INSURANCE COMPANY (Corporate Sur ATTO Print Name EY -IN -FACT Wendy L. Hingson, Attorney -in -Fast and Florida Resident Agent (239) 27,.% , (affix corporate seal) (Power ofAttorney must be attached) Page 2 of 17 Updated: 2/6/2017 THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS NOT VALID UNLESS IT IS PRINTED ON RED BACKGROUND. This Power of Attorney limits the acts of those named herein, and they have no authority to bind the Company except in the manner and to the extent herein stated. Certificate No Liberty Mutual Insurance Company The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company West American Insurance Company 7718782 POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOWN ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS: That The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of New Hampshire, that Liberty Mutual Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Massachusetts, and West American Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Indiana (herein collectively called the "Companies"), pursuant to and by authority herein set forth, does hereby name, constitute and appoint, Dawn M. Onzo; Wendy L. Hingson all of the city of Fort Myers , state of FL each individually if there be more than one named, its true and lawful attorney-in-fact to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver, for and on its behalf as surety and as its act and deed, any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations, in pursuance of these presents and shall be as binding upon the Companies as if they have been duly signed by the president and attested by the secretary of the Companies in their own proper persons. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Power of Attorney has been subscribed by an authorized officer or official of the Companies and the corporate seals of the Companies have been affixed thereto this 5th day of April 2017 . STATE OF PENNSYLVANIA COUNTY OF MONTGOMERY On this 5th day of April 2017 , before me personally appeared David M. Carey, who acknowledged himself to be the Assistant Secretary of Liberty Mutual Insurance Company, The Ohio Casualty Company, and West American Insurance Company, and that he, as such, being authorized so to do, execute the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained by signing on behalf of the corporations by himself as a duly authorized officer. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed my notarial seal at King of Prussia, Pennsylvania, on the day and year first above written. ss The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company Liberty Mutual Insurance Company West merican Insurance Company By: at David M. CareyAssistant Secretary COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIAi%�Dr� Notarial Seal Teresa Pastella. Notary Public By: 164,61-06 I Upper Merlon Twp., Montgomery County Teresa Pastella, Notary Public My Commission Expires March 28, 2021 Member, Pennsylvania Association of Notaries This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the following By-laws and Authorizations of The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company, Liberty Mutual Insurance Company, and West American Insurance Company which resolutions are now in full force and effect reading as follows: ARTICLE IV- OFFICERS - Section 12. Power of Attorney. Any officer or other official of the Corporation authorized for that purpose in writing by the Chairman or the President, and subject to such limitation as the Chairman or the President may prescribe, shall appoint such attorneys -in -fact, as may be necessary to act in behalf of the Corporation to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations. Such attomeys-in-fact, subject to the limitations set forth in their respective powers of attorney, shall have full power to bind the Corporation by their signature and execution of any such instruments and to attach thereto the seal of the Corporation. When so executed, such instruments shall be as binding as if signed by the President and attested to by the Secretary. Any power or authority granted to any representative or attorney-in-fact under the provisions of this article may be revoked at any time by the Board, the Chairman, the President or by the officer or officers granting such power or authority. ARTICLE XIII - Execution of Contracts - SECTION 5. Surety Bonds and Undertakings. Any officer of the Company authorized for that purpose in writing by the chairman or the president, and subject to such limitations as the chairman or the president may prescribe, shall appoint such attomeys-in-fact, as may be necessary to act in behalf of the Company to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations. Such attorneys -in -fact subject to the limitations set forth in their respective powers of attorney, shall have full power to bind the Company by their signature and execution of any such instruments and to attach thereto the seal of the Company. When so executed such instruments shall be as binding as if signed by the president and attested by the secretary. Certificate of Designation - The President of the Company, acting pursuant to the Bylaws of the Company, authorizes David M. Carey, Assistant Secretary to appoint such attomeys-in- fact as may be necessary to act on behalf of the Company to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations. Authorization - By unanimous consent of the Company's Board of Directors, the Company consents that facsimile or mechanically reproduced signature of any assistant secretary of the Company, wherever appearing upon a certified copy of any power of attorney issued by the Company in connection with surety bonds, shall be valid and binding upon the Company with the same force and effect as though manually affixed. I, Renee C. Llewellyn, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary, The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company, Liberty Mutual Insurance Company, and West American Insurance Company do hereby certify that the original power of attomey of which the foregoing is a full, true and correct copy of the Power of Attorney executed by said Companies, is in full force and effect and has not been revoked. i -td IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seals of said Companies thi day of 1?6/ r 20 1'7 LMS_12873_022017 By: Renee C. Llew ssistant Secretary 62 of 250 SECTION V — Contract Documents CONTRACT (1) This CONTRACT made and entered into this JI day of7/70.2.Ur16/ , 2017 by and between the City of Clearwater, Florida, a municipal corporation, hereinafter designated as the "City", and of the City of County of and State of Florida, hereinafter designated as the "Contractor". [Or, if out of state:) This CONTRACT made and entered into this day of 20 by and; between the City of Clearwater, Florida, a municipal corporation, hereinafter designated asthe "City", and a/an(State) Corporation: authorized to do business in the State of Florida, of the City of County of and State of , hereinafter designated as the "Contractor". WITNESSETH: That the parties to this contract each in consideration of the undertakings, promises and agreements on the part of the other herein contained, do hereby undertake, promise and agree as follows: The Contractor, and his or its successors, assigns, executors or administrators, in consideration of the sums of money as herein after set forth to be paid by the City and to the Contractor, shall and will at their own cost and expense perform all labor, furnish all materials, tools and equipment for the following: PROJECT NAME: KAPOK TERRACE SANITARY SEWER SYSTEM PROJECT NO.: 15 -0036 -UT in the amount of $ 3,926,032.00 In accordance with such proposal and technical supplemental specifications and such other special provisions and drawings, if any, which will be submitted by the City, together with any advertisement, instructions to bidders, general conditions, technical specifications, proposal and bond, which may be hereto attached, and any drawings if any, which may be herein referred to, are hereby made a part of this contract, and all of said work to be performed and completed by the contractor and its successors and assigns shall be fully completed in a good and workmanlike manner to the satisfaction of the City. If the Contractor should fail to comply with any of the terms, conditions, provisions or stipulations as contained herein within the time specified for completion of the work to be performed by the Contractor, then the City, may at its option, avail itself of any or all remedies provided on its behalf and shall have the right to proceed to complete such work as Contractor is obligated to perform in accordance with the provisions as contained herein. SECTION V Page 3 of 17 Updated: 2/6/2017 SECTION V — Contract Documents CONTRACT (2) THE CONTRACTOR AND HIS OR ITS SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS DOES HEREBY AGREE TO ASSUME THE DEFENSE OF ANY LEGAL ACTION WHICH MAY BE BROUGHT AGAINST THE CITY AS A RESULT OF THE CONTRACTOR'S ACTIVITIES ARISING OUT OF THIS CONTRACT AND FURTHERMORE, IN CONSIDERATION OF THE TERMS, STIPULATIONS AND CONDITIONS AS CONTAINED HEREIN, AGREES TO HOLD THE CITY FREE AND HARMLESS FROM ANY AND ALL CLAIMS FOR DAMAGES, COSTS OF SUITS, JUDGMENTS OR DECREES RESULTING FROM ANY CLAIMS MADE UNDER THIS CONTRACT AGAINST THE CITY OR THE CONTRACTOR OR THE CONTRACTOR'S SUB CONTRACTORS, AGENTS, SERVANTS OR EMPLOYEES RESULTING FROM ACTIVITIES BY THE AFOREMENTIONED CONTRACTOR, SUB CONTRACTOR, AGENT SERVANTS OR EMPLOYEES, TO THE LIMITS OF § 725.06(2). In addition to the foregoing provisions, the Contractor agrees to conform to the following requirements: In connection with the performance of work under this contract, the Contractor agrees not to discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, sex, religion, color, or national origin. The aforesaid provision shall include, but not be limited to, the following: employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; lay off or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post hereafter in conspicuous places, available for employees or applicants for employment, notices to be provided by the contracting officer setting forth the provisions of the non discrimination clause. The Contractor further agrees to insert the foregoing provisions in all contracts hereunder, including contracts or agreements with labor unions and/or worker's representatives, except sub contractors for standard commercial supplies or raw materials. It is mutually agreed between the parties hereto that time is of the essence of this contract, and in the event that the work to be performed by the Contractor is not completed within the time stipulated herein, it is then further agreed that the City may deduct from such sums or compensation as may be due to the Contractor the sum of $1,000.00 per day for each day that the work to be performed by the Contractor remains incomplete beyond the time limit specified herein, which sum of $1,000.00 per day shall only and solely represent damages which the City has sustained by reason of the failure of the Contractor to complete the work within the time stipulated, it being further agreed that this sum is not to be construed as a penalty but is only to be construed as liquidated damages for failure of the Contractor to complete and perform all work within the time period as specified in this contract. It is further mutually agreed between the City and the Contractor that if, any time after the execution of this contract and the public construction bond which is attached hereto for the faithful performance of the terms and conditions as contained herein by the Contractor, that the City shall at any time deem the surety or sureties upon such public construction bond to be unsatisfactory or if, for any reason, the said bond ceases to be adequate in amount to cover the performance of the work the Contractor shall, at his or its own expense, within ten (10) days after receipt of written notice from the City to do so, furnish an additional bond or bonds in such term and amounts and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the City. If such an event occurs, no further payment shall be made to the Contractor under the terms and provisions of this contract until such new or additional security bond guaranteeing the faithful performance of the work under the terms hereof shall be completed and furnished to the City in a form satisfactory to it. SECTION V Page 4 of 17 Updated: 2/6/2017 SECTION V — Contract Documents CONTRACT (3) In addition to all other contract requirements as provided by law, the contractor executing this agreement agrees to comply with public records law. IF THE CONTRACTOR HAS QUESTIONS REGARDING THE APPLICATION OF CHAPTER 119, FLORIDA STATUTES, THE CONTRACTORS DUTY TO PROVIDE PUBLIC RECORDS RELATING TO THIS CONTRACT. CONTACT THE CUSTODIAN OF PUBLIC RECORDS AT 727-562-4092, Rosemarie.Call(amyclearwater.com, 112 S. Osceola Ave., Clearwater, FL 33756 The contractor's agreement to comply with public records law applies specifically to: a) Keep and maintain public records required by the City of Clearwater (hereinafter "public agency") to perform the service being provided by the contractor hereunder. b) Upon request from the public agency's custodian of public records, provide the public agency with a copy of the requested records or allow the records to be inspected or copied within a reasonable time at a cost that does not exceed the cost provided for in Chapter 119, Florida Statutes, as may be amended from time to time, or as otherwise provided by law. c) Ensure that the public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements are not disclosed except as authorized by law for the duration of the contract term and following completion of the contract if the contractor does not transfer the records to the public agency. d) Upon completion of the contract , transfer, at no cost, to the public agency all public records in possession of the contractor or keep and maintain public records required by the public agency to perform the service. If the contractor transfers all public records to the public agency upon completion of the contract, the contractor shall destroy any duplicate public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements. If the contractor keeps and maintains public records upon completion of the contract, the contractor shall meet all applicable requirements for retaining public records. All records stored electronically must be provided to the public agency, upon request from the public agency's custodian of public records, in a format that is compatible with the information technology systems of the public agency. e) A request to inspect or copy public records relating to a public agency's contract for services must be made directly to the public agency. If the public agency does not possess the requested records, the public agency shall immediately notify the contractor of the request and the contractor must provide the records to the public agency or allow the records to be inspected or copied within a reasonable time. f) The contractor hereby acknowledges and agrees that if the contractor does not comply with the public agency's request for records, the public agency shall enforce the contract provisions in accordance with the contract. g) A contractor who fails to provide the public records to the public agency within a reasonable time may be subject to penalties under Section 119.10, Florida Statutes. h) If a civil action is filed against a contractor to compel production of public records relating to a public agency's contract for services, the court shall assess and award against the contractor the reasonable costs of enforcement, including reasonable attorney fees, if: SECTION V Page 5 of 17 Updated: 2/6/2017 SECTION V — Contract Documents CONTRACT (4) 1. The court determines that the contractor unlawfully refused to comply with the public records request within a reasonable time; and 2. At least 8 business days before filing the action, the plaintiff provided written notice of the public records request, including a statement that the contractor has not complied with the request, to the public agency and to the contractor. i) A notice complies with subparagraph (h)2. if it is sent to the public agency's custodian of public records and to the contractor at the contractor's address listed on its contract with the public agency or to the contractor's registered agent. Such notices must be sent by common carrier delivery service or by registered, Global Express Guaranteed, or certified mail, with postage or shipping paid by the sender and with evidence of delivery, which may be in an electronic format. A contractor who complies with a public records request within 8 business days after the notice is sent is not liable for the reasonable costs of enforcement. j) IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to the agreement have hereunto set their hands and seals and have executed this Agreement, the day and year first above written. CITY OF CLEARWATER IN PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA By: GU AAA -AAA. Adim,u,---z. William B. Horne, II City Manager Countersigned: By: -1i2,0/\Q ^ C'4 i koj George N. Cretekos, Mayor Contra or must indicate whether: V Corporation, Partnership, Attest: Rosemarie Call City Clerk Appr Matth Assistant City Atto Company, or Individual SCA., e. Jev-olopM (Contractor) By: Print Name: Title: c:. - (SEAL) r 4,91,4-11£ JL L c?. fel i`� The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name, and his title;`" where the person is signing for a Corporation, he must, by Affidavit, show his authority to bind the Corporation — provide Affidavit. SECTION V Page 6 of 17 Updated: 2/6/2017 SECTION V — Contract Documents CONSENT OF SURETY TO FINAL PAYMENT TO OWNER: City of Clearwater PROJECT NAME: KAPOK TERRACE SANITARY SEWER SYSTEM Engineering Department 100 S. Myrtle Ave. CONTRACT DATE: PROJECT NO.: 15 -0036 -UT Clearwater, FL 33756 BOND NO. : [ j, recorded in O.R. Book [ 1, Page [ 1, of the Public Records of Pinellas County, Florida. CONTRACTOR: Suncoast Devlopment of Pinellas County, Inc. Pursuant to § 255.05(11), Florida Statutes, and in accordance with the provisions of the Contract between the Owner and the Contractor as indicated above, the: [insert name of Surety] [address] [address] on bond of Suncoast Development of Pinellas County, Inc. 2340 Destiny Way Odessa, FL 33556 ,SURETY, ,CONTRACTOR, hereby approves of the final payment to the Contractor, and agrees that final payment to the Contractor shall not relieve Surety of any of its obligations to City of Clearwater Engineering Department 100 S. Myrtle Ave. Clearwater, FL 33756 as set forth in said Surety's bond. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Surety has hereunto set its hand this day of Attest: (Seal): SECTION V ,OWNER, (Surety) (Signature of authorized representative) (Printed name and title) Page 7 of 17 Updated: 2/6/2017 SECTION V — Contract Documents PROPOSAL/BID BOND (No. to be filled out if a certified check is submitted) KNOWN ALL MIEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, the undersigned. SuncoastDevelopmentof Pinellas County, Inc. as Contractor, and Liberty Mutual Insurance Company as Surety, whose address is 175 Berkeley Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02116 . are held and firmly bound unto the City; of Clearwater, Florida. in the sum of Four Thousand Hundred Dollars (y 400, 000. 00 ) (being a minimum of 10% of Contractor's total bid amount) for the payment ofwhich, well and truly to be made, we hereby _jointly and severally bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. The condition of the above obligation is such that if the attached Proposal of Suncoast Development of Pinellas County, Inc. as Contractor, and Liberty Mutual Insurance Company as Surety, for work specified as: Kapok Terrace Sanitary Sewer System all as stipulated in said Proposal, by doing all work incidental thereto, in accordance with the plans and specifications provided herefor, all within Pinellas County, is accepted and the contract awarded to the above named bidder, and the said bidder shall within ten days after notice of said award enter into a contract, in writing, and furnish the required Public Construction Bond with surety or sureties to be approved by the City Manager, this obligation shall be void, otherwise the same shall be in full force and virtue by law and the full amount of this -Proposal/Bid Bond will be paid to the City as stipulated or liquidated damages. Principal must indicate whether: X Corporation, Partnership. Company, or Signed this 6th day of Septemtzer individual Suncoast Deve opment of Pinellas County, Inc. Contrac . 20 17 Principal re Title Liberty Mutual Sure Wendy L. Hingson, Attome --Fact and Florida Resident Ager The person signing shall, in his own handwriting. sign the Principal's ,< me, his own name,"a where the person is signing for a Corporation, he must, by .affidavit, show his authority to bi Corporation — provide Affidavit. SECTION V Page 8 of 17 Updated 216/2011 THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS NOT VALID UNLESS IT IS PRINTED ON RED BACKGROUND. • This Power of Attorney limits the acts of those named herein, and they have no authority to bind the Company except in the manner and to the extent herein stated. Certificate No. 7718778 Liberty Mutual Insurance Company The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company West American Insurance Company POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOWN ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS: That The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of New Hampshire, that Liberty Mutual Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Massachusetts, and West American Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Indiana (herein collectively called the "Companies"), pursuant to and by authority herein set forth, does hereby name, constitute and appoint, Dawn M. Onzo; Wendy L. Hingson all of the city of Fort Myers , state of FL each individually if there be more than one named, its true and lawful attomey-in-fact to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver, for and on its behalf as surety and as its act and deed, any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations, in pursuance of these presents and shall be as binding upon the Companies as if they have been duly signed by the president and attested by the secretary of the Companies in their own proper persons. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Power of Attorney has been subscribed by an authorized officer or official of the Companies and the corporate seals of the Companies have been affixed thereto this 5th day of April 2017 STATE OF PENNSYLVANIA COUNTY OF MONTGOMERY On this 5th day of April , 2017 , before me personally appeared David M. Carey, who acknowledged himself to be the Assistant Secretary of Liberty Mutual Insurance Company, The Ohio Casualty Company, and West American Insurance Company, and that he, as such, being authorized so to do, execute the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained by signing on behalf of the corporations by himself as a duly authorized officer. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed my notarial seal at King of Prussia, Pennsylvania, on the day and year first above written. ss By: The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company Liberty Mutual Insurance Company West American Insurance Company David M. Care ; Assistant Secretary COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA Notarial Seat Teresa Pastelta, Notary Public Upper Merlon Twp,. Montgomery County I My Commission Expires March 28, 2021 Member, Pennsylvania Association of Notaries This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the following By-laws and Authorizations of The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company, Liberty Mutual Insurance Company, and West American Insurance Company which resolutions are now in full force and effect reading as follows: ARTICLE IV— OFFICERS — Section 12. Power of Attorney. Any officer or other official of the Corporation authorized for that purpose in writing by the Chairman or the President, and subject to such limitation as the Chairman or the President may prescribe, shall appoint such attorneys -in -fact, as may be necessary to act in behalf of the Corporation to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations. Such attorneys -in -fact, subject to the limitations set forth in their respective powers of attorney, shall have full power to bind the Corporation by their signature and execution of any such instruments and to attach thereto the seal of the Corporation. When so executed, such instruments shall be as binding as if signed by the President and attested to by the Secretary. Any power or authority granted to any representative or attorney-in-fact under the provisions of this article may be revoked at any time by the Board, the Chairman, the President or by the officer or officers granting such power or authority. ARTICLE XIII — Execution of Contracts — SECTION 5. Surety Bonds and Undertakings. Any officer of the Company authorized for that purpose in writing by the chairman or the president, and subject to such limitations as the chairman or the president may prescribe, shall appoint such attomeys-in-fact, as may be necessary to act in behalf of the Company to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations. Such attorneys -in -fact subject to the limitations set forth in their respective powers of attorney, shall have full power to bind the Company by their signature and execution of any such instruments and to attach thereto the seal of the Company. When so executed such instruments shall be as binding as if signed by the president and attested by the secretary. Certificate of Designation — The President of the Company, acting pursuant to the Bylaws of the Company, authorizes David M. Carey, Assistant Secretary to appoint such attomeys-in- fact as may be necessary to act on behalf of the Company to make, execute, seal, acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings, bonds, recognizances and other surety obligations. Authorization — By unanimous consent of the Company's Board of Directors, the Company consents that facsimile or mechanically reproduced signature of any assistant secretary of the Company, wherever appearing upon a certified copy of any power of attorney issued by the Company in connection with surety bonds, shall be valid and binding upon the Company with the same force and effect as though manually affixed, I, Renee C. Llewellyn, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary, The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company, Liberty Mutual Insurance Company, and West American Insurance Company do hereby certify that the original power of attorney of which the foregoing is a full, true and correct copy of the Power of Attorney executed by , • -Companies, is in full force and effect and has not been revoked. By: Nt41---4.,€) Teresa Pastelta, Notary Public IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seals of said Companies this day of LMS_12873_022017 58 of 250 SECTION V — Contract Documents AFFIDAVIT (To be tilled in and executed if the bidder is a corporation) STATE OF FLORIDA ?Are O COUNTY OF L 14° 1 u - , being duly sworn, de oses and says that he/she is Secretary of L,. NGOKl / to Vs/op /I a }7. C../ .2••v C a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the ws of the State of Florida, and having its principal office at: 0231/0 t# e.r71,^ y 4--7 (Street & Number) D dais -4 il-Jeo (City) (County) AL • (State) Affiant further says that he is familiar with the records, minute books and by-laws of (5:Ai Ls.¢ -01-- L9lrr4, /y 1 U IY• rt0 K ,f t G ' ' J ! G (Name of Corporation) // GJ' Affiant further says that C h4✓l�P�tc if is �+1. �GIVT1t (Officer's Name) (Title) of the corporation, is duly authorized to sign the Proposal for SGt/)Gcr vele) /0 /f or said corporation by virtue' - of ioV#S'v (state whet er a provision of by laws or a Resolution of Board of Directors. If by Reon give da of adoption). - e tfotera4 Affiant As - Sworn to before me this �e day of. SGtiofiimb er_, 20 /7 ;.�:7.1 JOSEPH JOY "_. Commission # FF 056652 Expires January 22, 2018 Bonded Tku Troy Fan Insurance 800385-7010 Public Type/print/stamp name of Notary Title or rank, and Serial No., if any SECTION V Page 9 of 17 Updated: 2/6/2017 SECTION V — Contract Documents NON COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT STATE OF FLORIDA ) COUNTY OF P44-(fCO ) C44�%+J PiiuL`O being, first duly sworn, deposes and says that he is ./efe 44e.4 of 5isNco.P414e0Grat lop Mt..4ij 2..i the party making the foregoing Proposal or Bid; that such Bid is genuine and not collusive or sham: that said bidder is not financially interested in or otherwise affiliated in a business way with any other bidder on the same contract; that said bidder has not colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed, directly or indirectly, with any bidders or person, to put in a sham bid or that such other person shall refrain from bidding, and has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement or collusion, or communication or conference, with any person, to fix the bid price or affiant or any other bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit or cost element of said bid price, or that of any other bidder, or to secure any advantage against the City of Clearwater, Florida, or any person or persons interested in the proposed contract; and that all statements contained in said proposal or bid are true; and further, that such bidder has not directly or indirectly submitted this bid, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto to any association or to any member or agent thereof. Sworn to and subscribed before me this G h day of -K44:71JOSEPH JOY .: :e. Commission # FF 056652 .g Expires January 22, 2018 Banded Thai Troy Fain Mwance 900.385-7019 SECTION V Page 10 of 17 Updated: 2/6/2017 SECTION V — Contract Documents PROPOSAL (1) TO THE CITY OF CLEARWATER, FLORIDA, for KAPOK TERRACE SANITARY SEWER SYSTEM (PROJECT NO. 15 -0036 -UT) and doing such other work incidental thereto, all in accordance with the contract documents, marked KAPOK TERRACE SANITARY SEWER SYSTEM (PROJECT NO. 15 -0036 -UT) Every bidder must take notice of the fact that even though his proposal be accepted and the documents signed by the bidder to whom an award is made and by those officials authorized to do so on behalf of the City of Clearwater, Florida, that no such award or signing shall be considered a binding contract without a certificate from the Finance Director that funds are available to cover the cost of the work to be done, or without the approval of the City Attorney as to the form and legality of the contract and all the pertinent documents relating thereto having been approved by said City Attorney; and such bidder is hereby charged with this notice. The signer of the Proposal, as bidder, also declares that the only person, persons, company or parties interested in this Proposal, are named in this Proposal, that he has carefully examined the Advertisement, Instructions to Bidders, Contract Specifications, Plans, Supplemental Specifications, General Conditions, Special Provisions, and Public Construction Bond, that he or his representative has made such investigation as is necessary to determine the character and extent of the work and he proposes and agrees that if the Proposal be accepted, he will contract with the City of Clearwater, Florida, in the form of contract; hereto annexed, to provide the necessary labor, materials, machinery, equipment, tools or apparatus, do all the work required to complete the contract within the time mentioned in the General Conditions and according to the requirements of the City of Clearwater, Florida, as herein and hereinafter set forth, and furnish the required surety bonds for the following prices to wit: If the foregoing Proposal shall be accepted by the City of Clearwater, Florida, and the undersigned shall fail to execute a satisfactory contract as stated in the Advertisement herein attached, then the City may, at its option determine that the undersigned has abandoned the contract, and thereupon this Proposal shall be null and void, and the certified check or bond accompanying this Proposal, shall be forfeited to become the property of the City of Clearwater, Florida, and the full amount of said check shall be retained by the City, or if the Proposal Bond be given, the full amount of such bond shall be paid to the City as stipulated or liquidated damages; otherwise, the bond or certified check accompanying this Proposal, or the amount of said check, shall be returned to the undersigned as specified herein. SECTION V Page 11 of 17 Updated: 2/6/2017 SECTION V — Contract Documents PROPOSAL (2) Attached hereto is a bond or certified check on Bank, for the sum of g4.44 �/esG �� ss fa 4/D .r)'' LG e ($ 4164 (Ma ) ( eing a minimum of 10% of Contractor's total bid amount). The full names and residences of all persons and parties interested in the foregoing bid are as follows: (If corporation, give the names and addresses of the President and Secretary. If firm or partnership, the names and addresses of the members or partners. The Bidder shall list not only his name but also the name of any person with whom bidder has any type of agreement whereby such person's improvements, enrichment, employment or possible benefit, whether sub contractor, materialman, agent, supplier, or employer is contingent upon the award of the contract to the bidder). NAMES: Ch44e, ZAP t le.0.4fy o ADDRESSES: /0 lao C , .doe. T.z. -' , . 4r�s.c- 937 if? Bbp,j z 7,710 4°1"1t ,ny, Signature of Bidder: 1 The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sign the Principal's name, his own name and his title. Where the person signing for a corporation is other than the President or Vice President, he must, by affidavit, show his authority, to bind the corporation. (2 W AID Principal: By: TitleP'•e,..re..-1r Company Legal Name: ju'7 C a 4-ltl-- e vel.7 ,ia ✓M G.� t�" #�' � • - 7-42 Doing Business As (if different than above): Business Address of Bidder: o2 -,3'/O ,/)er/-Ia City and State: 6.3stiil Skil-� Phone:72-7f 371 " YO/3 Email Address: Dated at O Lei SECTION V MI Zip Code 4.,?�4S3Z ch'jjJC G#40 tr0,1 , this G day of SG c.• -6a✓ , A.D., 20 /7 Page 12 of 17 Updated: 2/6/2017 SECTION V — Contract Documents CITY OF CLEARWATER ADDENDUM SHEET PROJECT: KAPOK TERRACE SANITARY SEWER SYSTEM (PROJECT NO. 15 -0036 -UT) Acknowledgment is hereby made of the following addenda received since issuance of Plans and Specifications. SECTION V Addendum No. : Date: it /7 Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendum No. Date: 2t'vd42/7;47•614—'21V (Name of 13. der) (Signature of Officer) /ef sot/tit• (Tit e of Offi r) (Date) Page 13 of 17 Updated: 2/6/2017 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 PROJECT: •1. SECTION V — Contract Documents BIDDER'S PROPOSAL u ' .I -11 CONTRACTOR: Sum co tdpevelvpme,./ o 1/ C. BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL: $ 37-925, "7.00 S, 92 4 0,42. (Numbers) BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL: Tkrc.p T _ • . d Ni - - ' - rpt 171F07)- A44 c A -CSC lars S%ss-frouxa. lot ;---i----7.714;)(e),1D L%✓S (Words) THE BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL ABOVE IS HIS TOTAL BID BASED ON HIS UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICES AND THE ESTIMATED QUANTITIES REQUIRED FOR EACH SECTION. THIS FIGURE IS FOR INFORMATION ONLY AT THE TIME OF OPENING BIDS. THE CITY WILL MAKE THE TABULATION FROM THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE BID. IF THERE IS AN ERROR IN THE TOTAL BY THE BIDDER, 1T SHALL BE CHANGED AS ONLY THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE SHALL GOVERN. BID ITEMS QTY UNIT UNIT PRICE TOTAL SANITARY SEWER SYSTEM 1 Mobilization (Maximum of 5%of Sanitary Sewer Subtotal) 1 LS $/Z49/o0O'` $ %ZOO VOd s 2 Maintenance of Traffic (Maximum of 3% of Sanitary Sewer Subtotal) 1 LS $ 71I 00.0- $ 71,000.'• 3 Furnish and Install 8" PVC SDR -35 Gravity Sewer Pipe 7,150 LF $ 79f, ro $S6 p, •• �f 2r , 4 Furnish and Install 8" Ductile Iron Gravity Sewer Pipe 450 LF $ 476 . ! $43 '`2r 3 5 Furnish and Install 14" Steel Casing Pipe 50 LF $ 100 s $ S 110. - 6 Remove Existing 8" PVC Sanitary Sewer Pipe 280 LF $/o. L $ ,z, ped. 7 Furnish and Install Precast Sanitary Manhole Less than 8' Depth 32 EA $ et 200 s $,2 9l/ dim ac 8 Furnish and Install Precast Sanitary Manhole 8'- 12" Depth 1 EA $ -- Novi.pit $ Y 000. 9 Furnish and Install Sanitary Terminal Manhole 1 EA $ 9, aree $ 9 leg s 10 Connection to Existing Manhole 3 EA $ /,800 2 $ S HMO % 11 Remove Existing Sanitary Manhole 3 EA $ /1 rep L $ Lf r' . : 12 Furnish and Install Sewer Street Lateral and Cleanout 135 EA $ 9d0 Is $ /16 47# m 13 Removal and Installation of Street Lateral to New Sewer Main 6 EA $ �� �e0 " $ 6i' Q d0 14 Furnish and Install 1 -inch of SP -9.5 Asphalt (Phase 1 Restoration) 9,000 SY $ 8: 40 $ 75; 6 dr s 15 Mill 1 -inch of Existing Asphalt (Phase 2 Restoration) 10,000 SY $ I. r o $ 3 r ,Oo. SECTION V Page 14 of 17 Updated: 2/6/2017 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION V - Contract Documents SECTION V Page 15 of 17 Updated: 2/6/2017 .00 .00 .00 BID ITEMS QTY UNIT UNIT PRICE TOTAL 16 Furnish and Install I -inch of SP -9.5 Asphalt (Phase 2 Restoration) 19.000 SY $¢ y0 v • $ /, 600 17 Furnish and Install Sewer Service Lateral <50' 15 EA $ /, 80O 2 $ az 000 u. 18 Furnish and Install Sewer Service Lateral 51' - 100' 75 EA $ i. �� j $ pc.‘' I7` 4°W 19 Furnish and Install Sewer Service Lateral 101' - 150' 35 EA $ 4.YOo a $ /6P,o00 s 20 Furnish and Install Sewer Service Lateral 151' - 200' 10 EA $ 6/ too = $ 64 000. a 21 Abandon Existing Septic Tank 135 EA $ 4/00 's $ / moo s 22 Furnish and install Flowable Fill 40 CYD $ / 60 $ 6iYOO• s 23 Root Pruning 2,000 LF $ 7-. $ /%0•0-• 24 Tree Removal Trunk Diameter 4 -inch to 1 2 -inch 20 EA $ 2 120 s $ Ij D00 OR 25 Tree Removal Trunk Diameter 13 -inch to 24 -inch 25 EA $SOO s $ /1/rt/o 4, 26 Tree Removal Trunk Diameter 25 -inch to 36 -inch 10 EA $ o7/ j -V0 . $ 2T 000 s 27 Tree Removal Trunk Diameter 37 -inch to 48 -inch 5 EA $ S OI' f *0 2— $' s 28 Tree Removal Trunk Diameter49-inch or Greater 5 EA $000 ' Z $joc r. ' I 29 Pinellas County Sewer Lateral Connection Building Permit Fee Allowance 1 LS $ /Ca400 r $ /f; d 00'4 30 Furnish and Install Relocated Water Main - 4" DIP 50 LF $ 7A '' $ 4 red " 31 Furnish and Install Relocated Water Main - 6" DIP 50 LF $ 7y $3�, vo •' 32 Furnish and Install Ductile Iron Fittings 2 TON $ /coo s $240061 % 33 Replace Water Service Lateral Pipe 135 EA $ ,50.' $ Ze ZD • s 34 34 4"MJRWGV 2 EA $ 6�." ail $ at 35 6" MJ RWGV 2 EA $ 92o• • $ /f ego la 36 Furnish and install 4" Line Stop 2 EA $ 4,000 • '` $ 4 000. 37 Furnish and Install 6" Line Stop 2 EA $Siddd c $ AO d /O " 1 Sub-Total Sanitary Sewer System $' 2, 49!4, 24;C 38 " ' TO %Contingency Sanitary Sewer System 1 LS $ i49,424 _ $ 249, 42; 4 STORMWATER Total Sanitary Sewer System SYSTEM $ 2,743,669 BID ITEMS 38 10 % 1 LS 39 Mobilization (Maximum of 5% of Storm Sewer Subtotal) 1 LS $ /5- -000 $ i5- 000. 40 Maintenance of Traffic (Maximum of 3% of Storm Sewer Subtotal) 1 LS $$ 9/ dOd 2. 9 000, Y 41 Furnish and Install 15" RCP Storm Sewer Pipe 210 LF $ !•.. $ 'Q $ /2, yeiS• . 42 Furnish and install 18" RCP Storm Sewer Pipe 30 LF $ 6? • , » $1 0 EI s 43 Furnish and Install 24" RCP Storni Sewer Pipe 420 LF $ ,(V7 $ -s 44 Furnish and Install 30" RCP Storm Sewer Pipe 100 LF $ /O/PTO $ 0 p. 45 Furnish and Install I 2"xl 8" RCP Storm Sewer Pipe 30 LF S9- $ qriD $� !/ /7dro'Ss 46 Furnish and Install 24"x38" RCP Storm Sewer Pipe 280 LF $ // a sand 800 s 47 Furnish and Install 8" Underdrain and Cleanout 2,800 LF $43 /, JV $ ,P11,20a SECTION V Page 15 of 17 Updated: 2/6/2017 .00 .00 .00 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SECTION V — Contract Documents 48 49 50 Furnish and Install Wing Inlets Furnish and Install Storni Manhole Furnish and Install FDOT Type "C" and Type "V" Inlets 6 1 4 EA EA EA 51 Furnish and Install FDOT 30" Flared End Section EA $52c0� a $.17Deo. w $ $.2e, roe % 52 Furnish and Install FDOT Concrete Rubble Riprap PP 470 SF v/ ��� $ y 64r J u vp. $ /17Fe'• 53 Existing Storm Structure Removal 4 EA $ /2 o.: $ r., ?op 54 Existing Storm Sewer Removal 375 LF $ es a $ 5,62.0'4 55 Existing Underdrain Removal 2,900 LF / $ v..t. $ /7 Vos .' Sub -Total Stormwater System $ 299,920. 56 10% Contingency Stormwater System 1 LS $ 29,992. $ 29,992. Total Stormwater System $ 329,912. ROADWAY MODIFICATIONS BID ITEMS QTY UNIT UNIT PRICE TOTAL 57 Mobilization (Maximum of 5% of Roadway Modifications Subtotal) 1 LS $ JI 001 a $ ec 0 OO g 58 Maintenance of Traffic (Maximum of 3% of Roadway Modifications Subtotal) 1 LS $ Oa Q de : $ 2$ 6de 11 59 Merrill Avenue Widening and T -Turnarounds 1 LS 32/ o* i. $32/w $4-2.ODO 2- 60 Furnish and Install 1 -inch of SP -9.5 Asphalt for PeasMerrill e 1) Avenue Widening and T -Turnarounds 1,900 SY $ yo $ _ /rNeV. 61 Furnish and Install ]-inch of SP -9.5 Asphalt for Merrill Avenue Widening and T -Turnarounds (Phase 2) 1,900 SY $ Y 0 $ / 5 5 62 Pavement Marking/Signage 1 LS $ 1/, ?S t$ 1/ no . 63 Furnish and Install Sidewalk ADA Ramp 1 EA $ zTdd. — 2 $ � 1�• 64 Valley Gutter Curb 1,800 LF $ 35 It $ L3 Opp* 65 Valley Swale Curb 620 LF $ 32 • $ / 91 orgy` i 66 Straight Curb 500 LF $ 2� L $ /0 roe. s 67 Grand View Avenue Retaining Wall I LS , $(.3 e s Sd4 A�/d. •; 68 Merrill Avenue Retaining Wall 1 LS $/6����211111; �0 . V if2, rAD Sub -Total Roadway Modifications 4 94,3- 69 10% Contingency Roadway Modifications it $ 7" 49.2: $ 77 , 4 9 2 . 0 0 Total Roadway Modifications k 8.52-7-4-1-2-.7$9. s5vrs6. Sub -Total g 9 ency Total Contract BID TOTAL SECTION V Page 16 of 17 334 9/2" 9'26, 032. 924032. 0 0 0 $ Updated: 2/6/2017 . 0 SECTION V — Contract Documents SCRUTINIZED COMPANIES AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS WITH CUBA AND SYRIA CERTIFICATION FORM PER SECTION III, ITEM 25, IF YOUR BID IS $1,000,000 OR MORE, THIS FORM MUST BE COMPLETED AND SUBMITTED WITH THE BID PROPOSAL. FAILURE TO SUBMIT THIS FORM AS REQUIRED, MAY DEEM YOUR SUBMITTAL NONRESPONSIVE. The affiant, by virtue of the signature below, certifies that: 1. The vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner is aware of the requirements of section 287.135, Florida Statutes, regarding companies on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Energy Sector List, or engaging in business operations in Cuba and Syria; and 2. The vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner is eligible to participate in this solicitation and is not listed on either the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in the Iran Petroleum Sector List, or engaged in business operations in Cuba and Syria; and 3. Business Operations means, for purposes specifically related to Cuba or Syria, engaging in commerce in any form in Cuba or Syria, including, but not limited to, acquiring, developing, maintaining, owning, selling, possessing, leasing or operating equipment, facilities, personnel, products, services, personal property, real property, military equipment, or any other apparatus of business or commerce; and 4. If awarded the Contract (or Agreement), the vendor, company, individual, principal, subsidiary, affiliate, or owner will immediately notify the City of Clearwater in writing, no later than five (5) calendar days after any of its principals are placed on the Scrutinized Companies with Activities in Sudan List, the Scrutinized Companies with Activities int Iran Petroleum Sector List, or engages in business operations in Cuba and Syria. STATE OF �Ldrla COUNTY OF Polkieig Aut}�egiz�d Sinatu eJ (e Printe me W. Tit y edotre- A' Veld p Name of Entity/Corporation The foregoing i ent was ac wledged before me on this 4 " day of toe , 20/7 , by �c/ rk_ii` 0(name of person whose signature is emg notarized) as the /B✓ ' (title) of 5i,-,v-c.o •a-p000•_W1vn",1,11.— (name of , or produced a (type of identification) as identi cation, and who did/did ► a e an oath. corporation/entity) personally known to me as described herein �ntri'' JOSEPH JOY +t Commission # FP Ob6162 xpires January 22, ve,.rr knewTlruraw f 20 1Ai My Commission Expires: NOTARY SEAL ABOVE SECTION V Not blic Pri ed Name Page 17 of 17 Updated: 2/6/2017 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 _. ) ly R 'I CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE (MM/DO/YYYY) 10/182017 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(les) must be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER VTC Insurance GroupPHONE Ft. Myers Office HANE: CONTACT Wendy Hingson (239) 275-8226 LFAX t (239) 275-8837 AI.whingson@vtcins.com 4110 Center Point Drive #215 Ft. Myers FL 33916 INSURER(S) AFFORDING COVERAGE MAIC # INSURER A:Valle Fore Insurance Company 20508 20478 INSURED Suncoast Development of Pinellas County, Inc, 2340 Destiny Way Odessa, Florida 33556 INSURER 6 :National Fire Insurance of Hartford INSURER C ;Certain Underwriters at Lloyd's INSURER D: INSURER E A INSURER F : .2017-2018 REVISION NUMBER: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS INSR LTR TYPE OF INSURANCE ADDL INSD, SUER WVD POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFF (MM/00/YM) POLICY EXP IMM/DD/YYYY) LIMITS X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 A CLAIMS -MADE � 1 .. OCCUR ,1 'CJA'�M(3E TO nENTED PREMISES (Ea w alrNIm01 $ , 100 000 X Inc. 7tCU�, CaptraGtttal X Y 5084100174 1/1/2017 1/1/2018 MED EXP (An Y one person) $ 15, 000 GEN't. Liability/Broad Form PDPERSONAL&ADVINJURY AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: GENERAL AGGREGATE $ 1,000,000 $ 2,000,000 POLICY OTHER X fa*. LOC PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG $ __" 2, 000, 000 $ AUTOMOBILE LIABIL TY COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT $ 1,000,000 X ANY AUTO BODILY INJURY (Per person) $ B ALL OWNED AUTOSv X SCHEDULED AUTOS X y 4034190163 1/1/2017 1/1/2018 BODILY INJURY (Per accident) $ X HIRED AUTOS R NON -OWNED AUTOS ' PROPERTY DAMAGE _ etx_ac4011tit.__.- $ $ . PIP -Basic UMBRELLA LIAB EXCESS LIAB — OCCUR CLAIMS -MADE EACH OCCURRENCE AGGREGATE $ $ DED . RETENT ON $ $ WORKERS COMPENSATION X PER aI !! 1 OT ER AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE Y / N E.L. EACH ACCIDENT "'""" $�_ 1 009,, 000 A OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? N� (Mandatory In NH) H yes,descrbe under DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below N / A y 4034190132 1/1/2017 1/1/2018 . -E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE E . DISEASE • POLICY LIMIT $ 1, 000,000 $ 1,000,000 C C Pollution Liability and Professional Liability PGIARK05414-01 PG1ARK05414-01 9/17/2016 9/17/2016 9/17/2017 9/17/2017 $1,000,000 Per Occurence $10, 000 $1,000,000 Per Claim Deductible DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS 1 LOCATIONS / VEHICLES (ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, may be attached It more space Is requked) Project: Kapok Terrace Sanitary System, Project #15 -0036 -UT Where required by written contract, the City of Clearwater is add'l insured for General Liability (GL) as respects ongoing & completed operations on a primary & non-contributory basis and add'l insured with respects to Automobile liability. GL, Auto & Workers Comp policies include a waiver of subrogation on behalf of the City of Clearwater as required by written contract and where allowed by law. Insurer will endeavor to mail 30 days written notice of cancellation to the certificate holder. ERTWICATE CANCELLATION City of Clearwater Engineering Department Construction Office Specialist P 0 Box 4748 Clearwater, FL 33758-4748 SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE __ Wendy Hingson/V510 - ACORD 25 (2014/01) • INS025 (201401) ©1988-2014 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD